Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2007


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


Form 20-F

 


(Mark One)

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

or

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

For the transition period from              to            

Commission file number: 1-31318

 


Gold Fields Limited

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


Republic of South Africa

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

24 St. Andrews Road,

Parktown, 2193

South Africa

011-27-11-644-2400

(Address of principal executive offices)

 


Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Ordinary shares of par value Rand 0.50 each

American Depositary Shares, each representing one ordinary share

 

New York Stock Exchange*

New York Stock Exchange

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report:

652,158,066 ordinary shares of par value Rand 0.50 each

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:    Yes   x     No   ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:    Yes   ¨     No   x

Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   x     Accelerated filer   ¨     Non-accelerated filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:    Item 17   ¨     Item 18   x

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):    Yes   ¨     No   x

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court:    Yes   ¨     No   ¨

 



Table of Contents

The Worldwide Locations of Gold Fields’ Operations

LOGO


Table of Contents

Presentation of Financial Information

Gold Fields Limited, or Gold Fields or the Company, is a South African company and the majority of its operations, based on gold production, are located there. Accordingly, its books of account are maintained in South African Rand and its annual and interim financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as prescribed by law. Gold Fields also prepares annual financial statements in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or U.S. GAAP, which are translated into U.S. dollars. Except as otherwise noted, the financial information included in this annual report has been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and is presented in U.S. dollars, and descriptions of critical accounting policies refer to accounting policies under U.S. GAAP.

For Gold Fields’ financial statements, unless otherwise stated, balance sheet item amounts are translated from Rand to U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the date that it closed its accounts for fiscal 2007 (Rand 7.15 per $1.00 as of June 25, 2007), except for specific items included within shareholders’ equity that are translated at the rate prevailing on the date the relevant transaction was entered into, and statement of operations item amounts are translated from Rand to U.S. dollars at the weighted average exchange rate for each period (Rand 7.20 per $1.00 for the year ended June 30, 2007).

In this annual report, Gold Fields presents the financial items “total cash costs,” “total cash costs per ounce,” “total production costs” and “total production costs per ounce,” which have been determined using industry standards promulgated by the Gold Institute and are not U.S. GAAP measures. The Gold Institute was a non-profit international industry association of miners, refiners, bullion suppliers and manufacturers of gold products that ceased operation in 2002, which developed a uniform format for reporting production costs on a per ounce basis. The Gold Institute has now been incorporated into the National Mining Association. The guidance was first adopted in 1996 and revised in November 1999. An investor should not consider these items in isolation or as alternatives to production costs, net income/(loss), income before tax, operating cash flows or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. While the Gold Institute has provided definitions for the calculation of total cash costs and total production costs, the calculation of total cash costs, total cash costs per ounce, total production costs and total production costs per ounce may vary significantly among gold mining companies, and by themselves do not necessarily provide a basis for comparison with other gold mining companies. See “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Information on the Company—Glossary of Mining Terms—Total cash costs per ounce” and “Information on the Company—Glossary of Mining Terms—Total production costs per ounce.”

Defined Terms and Conventions

In this annual report, all references to “South Africa” are to the Republic of South Africa, all references to “Ghana” are to the Republic of Ghana, all references to “Australia” are to the Commonwealth of Australia, all references to “Venezuela” are to the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela, all references to “Finland” are to the Republic of Finland and all references to “Peru” are to the Republic of Peru.

This annual report contains descriptions of gold mining and the gold mining industry, including descriptions of geological formations and mining processes. In order to facilitate a better understanding of these descriptions, this annual report contains a glossary defining a number of technical and geological terms. See “Information on the Company—Glossary of Mining Terms.”

In this annual report, “R” and “Rand” refer to the South African Rand and “Rand cents” refers to subunits of the South African Rand, “$,” “U.S.$” and “U.S. dollars” refer to United States dollars, “U.S. cents” refers to subunits of the U.S. dollar, “A$” and “Australian dollars” refer to Australian dollars, “C$” refers to Canadian dollars and “VEB” and “Bolivars” refer to Venezuelan bolivars.

 

1


Table of Contents

In this annual report, gold production figures are provided in troy ounces, which are referred to as “ounces” or “oz,” and ore grades are provided in grams per metric ton, which are referred to as “grams per ton” or “g/t.” All references to “tons” or “t” in this annual report are to metric tons. See “Information on the Company—Glossary of Mining Terms” for further information regarding units of measurement used in this annual report and a table providing rates of conversion between different units of measurement.

In this annual report, except where otherwise noted, all production and operating statistics are based on Gold Fields’ total operations, which include production from the Tarkwa and Damang mines in Ghana which is attributable to the minority shareholders in those mines.

For the convenience of the reader, certain information in this annual report presented in Rand and Australian dollars has been translated into U.S. dollars. Unless otherwise stated, the conversion rates for these translations are Rand 7.15 per $1.00 and A$1.00 per $0.85, which were the noon buying rates on June 25, 2007. For Bolivars, the conversion rate is VEB 2,150 per $1.00, which was the rate fixed by the Venezuelan government as of June 30, 2007. By including convenience currency translations, Gold Fields is not representing that the Rand, Australian dollar or Bolivar amounts actually represent the U.S. dollar amounts shown or that these amounts could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rates indicated.

Information on South Deep, Western Areas and BGSA

This annual report contains certain information relating to Western Areas Limited, or Western Areas, Barrick Gold South Africa (Pty) Limited, or BGSA, and the South Deep gold mine, or South Deep, including information contained in “Risk Factors,” “Information on the Company,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “Additional Information.” This information, as it relates to information regarding South Deep, Western Areas and BGSA in the period before Gold Fields’ acquisition, has been compiled from information published by Western Areas, including information filed with the JSE Limited, or JSE, and certain due diligence materials made available to Gold Fields by Western Areas and Barrick Gold Corporation, or Barrick, and has not been commented on by any representative of Western Areas or Barrick. Gold Fields has sought to ensure that the information presented has been accurately reproduced from these sources. However, Gold Fields is otherwise unable to confirm that the information relating to Western Areas, South Deep and BGSA is in accordance with the facts and does not omit anything likely to affect the import of the information. Gold Fields’ attributable proven and probable reserves for South Deep are based on the pre-acquisition South Deep operation reserve figures as declared for December 2005 by an independent reserve panel for the Barrick Gold-Western Areas Joint Venture between BGSA (formerly, Placer Dome South Africa Proprietary Limited) and Western Areas, but updated by Gold Fields to June 30, 2007 for mining depletions. See also “Risk Factors—Gold Fields has not independently confirmed the reliability of the South Deep, BGSA or Western Areas information for the period prior to their respective acquisitions by Gold Fields included in this annual report.”

Forward-looking Statements

This annual report contains forward-looking statements with respect to Gold Fields’ financial condition, results of operations, business strategies, operating efficiencies, competitive position, growth opportunities for existing services, plans and objectives of management, markets for stock and other matters. Statements in this annual report that are not historical facts are “forward-looking statements.”

These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to the future business prospects, revenues and income of Gold Fields, wherever they may occur in this annual report and the exhibits to the annual report, are necessarily estimates reflecting the best judgment of the senior management of Gold Fields and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. As a consequence, these forward-looking statements should be

 

2


Table of Contents

considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in this annual report. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

 

   

overall economic and business conditions in South Africa, Ghana, Australia, Venezuela and elsewhere;

 

   

the ability to achieve anticipated efficiencies and other cost savings in connection with past and future acquisitions;

 

   

the success of exploration and development activities;

 

   

decreases in the market price of gold;

 

   

the occurrence of hazards associated with underground and surface gold mining;

 

   

the occurrence of labor disruptions;

 

   

availability, terms and deployment of capital;

 

   

changes in relevant government regulations, particularly environmental regulations and potential new legislation affecting mining and mineral rights;

 

   

fluctuations in exchange rates, currency devaluations and other macroeconomic monetary policies; and

 

   

political instability in South Africa, Ghana, or regionally in Africa.

Gold Fields undertakes no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

3


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

Contents

   Page

PART I

   5

ITEM 1: IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

   5

ITEM 2: OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

   5

ITEM 3: KEY INFORMATION

   5

RISK FACTORS

   11

ITEM 4: INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

   27

ITEM 4A: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

   119

ITEM 5: OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

   120

ITEM 6: DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

   174

ITEM 7: MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   202

ITEM 8: FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   207

ITEM 9: THE OFFER AND LISTING

   208

ITEM 10: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   211

ITEM 11: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

   233

ITEM 12: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

   238

PART II

   239

ITEM 13: DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

   239

ITEM 14: MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

   240

ITEM 15: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

   241

ITEM 16A: AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

   242

ITEM 16B: CODE OF ETHICS

   243

ITEM 16C: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

   244

ITEM 16D: EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

   245

ITEM 16E: PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

   246

PART III

   247

ITEM 17: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   247

ITEM 18: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   248

ITEM 19: EXHIBITS

   249

SIGNATURES

   253

 

4


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1: IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2: OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3: KEY INFORMATION

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

The selected historical consolidated financial data set out below for each of the three years ended June 30, 2007, and as of June 30, 2007 and 2006 have been extracted from the more detailed information, including Gold Fields’ audited consolidated financial statements for those years and as of those dates and the related notes, which appear elsewhere in this annual report. The selected historical consolidated financial data for each of the two years ended June 30, 2004, and as of June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003 have been derived from Gold Fields’ audited consolidated financial statements as of that date, which are not included in this annual report, and adjusted where applicable as described below. The selected historical consolidated financial data presented below have been derived from financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

    Year ended June 30, (1)(2)  
    2003     2004    

2005

   

2006

    2007  
    (in $ millions, except where otherwise noted)  

Statement of Operations Data

         

Revenues

  1,538.2     1,706.2     1,893.1     2,282.0     2,735.2  

Production costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

  1,015.0     1,255.2     1,372.4     1,499.9     1,707.7  

Depreciation and amortization

  188.1     230.5     366.4     353.3     388.2  

Corporate expenditure

  16.6     20.3     22.5     21.9     38.4  

Employment termination costs

  3.8     10.5     13.7     9.1     4.9  

Exploration expenditure

  29.6     39.9     46.0     39.3     47.4  

Impairment of assets

  29.6     72.7     233.1     —       —    

Impairment of critical spares

  —       —       2.8     —       —    

(Decrease)/increase in post-retirement healthcare provision

  (5.0 )   (5.1 )   (4.2 )   (0.5 )   1.3  

Accretion expense on environmental rehabilitation

  5.3     8.4     11.5     8.6     6.4  

Share-based compensation

  —       —       2.1     11.5     12.5  

Harmony hostile bid costs

  —       —       50.8     —       —    

IAMGold transaction costs

  —       —       9.3     —       —    

Interest and dividends

  (21.3)     19.4     29.2     26.8     26.8  

Finance income/(expense)

  4.2     (12.2 )   (54.9 )   (55.6)     (95.2 )

Unrealized gain on financial instruments

  35.7     39.2     4.9     14.6     15.4  

Realized gain/(loss) on financial instruments

  15.1     (8.7 )   2.1     (9.1 )   (10.7 )

Realized loss on foreign exchange

  —       —       —       —       (15.1 )

Gain on disposal of St. Helena mine

  13.4     —       —       —       —    

Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment

  —       0.3     0.8     3.7     7.4  

Profit on disposal of listed investments

  57.2     13.9     8.1     6.3     26.8  

Profit on disposal of exploration rights

  —       —       7.5     —       —    

Profit on disposal of mineral rights

  —       27.1     —       —       —    

Write-down of investments

  —       —       (7.7 )   —       —    

Write-down of mineral rights

  —       (3.6 )   —       —       —    

Other income/(expenses)

  3.4     1.8     (4.3 )   (16.5 )   (2.2 )
                             

Income/(loss) before tax, share of equity investees’ losses and minority interests

  405.5     180.7     (247.6 )   309.1     481.6  

Income and mining tax (expense)/benefit

  (133.8 )   (50.9 )   85.8     (110.6 )   (209.3 )
                             

 

5


Table of Contents
    Year ended June 30, (1)(2)  
    2003    

2004

   

2005

   

2006

    2007  
    (in $ millions, except where otherwise noted)  

Income/(loss) before share of equity investees’ losses and minority interests

  271.7     129.8     (161.8 )   198.5     272.3  

Share of equity investees’ losses

  —       (13.3 )   (0.8 )   (7.0 )   0.3  

Minority interests

  (14.4 )   (21.8 )   (20.6 )   (29.8 )   (26.5 )
                             

Income/(loss) before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

  258.3     94.7     (183.2 )   161.7     246.1  

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, net of tax

  (1.3 )   —       —       —       —    

Net income/(loss)

  257.0     94.7     (183.2 )   161.7     246.1  
                             

Other Financial and Operating Data

         

Basic (loss)/earnings per share before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles ($)

  0.55     0.10     (0.37 )   0.33     0.44  

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles ($)

  0.54     0.10     (0.37 )   0.33     0.44  

Basic earnings/(loss) per share ($)

  0.54     0.19     (0.37 )   0.33     0.44  

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share ($)

  0.54     0.19     (0.37 )   0.33     0.44  

Dividend per share (Rand)

  3.70     1.40     0.70     0.80     2.00  

Dividend per share ($)

  0.39     0.19     0.11     0.13     0.28  

Total cash costs per ounce of gold produced($/oz) (3)

  212     273     302     338     394  

Total production costs per ounce of gold produced ($/oz) (4)

  254     329     385     419     482  

Notes:

 

(1) The data for each of the three years ended June 30, 2006 and as of June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 has been adjusted due to a change in accounting policy regarding ore reserve development costs, which were previously expensed and are now capitalized. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Change in Accounting Principle—Capitalization of Costs Relating to Ore Reserve Development at the South African Operations.”

 

(2) As a result of the acquisition of Western Areas, Western Areas was fully consolidated with Gold Fields as from December 1, 2006. See Note 3(a) to Gold Fields’ audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. During the period between December 1, 2006 and March 31, 2007, Gold Fields did not own 100% of Western Areas and therefore did not own 100% of South Deep. The percentages of the results of Western Areas and South Deep that did not accrue to Gold Fields have been accounted for as minority interests. U.S. GAAP requires that where a company is acquired through a series of transactions, an investment in that company that was previously accounted for as available for sale be retrospectively accounted for on an equity basis. Since Gold Fields had previously held interests in Western Areas which were accounted for as available for sale, its results for prior years and the period July 1, 2006 to November 30, 2006 have been adjusted accordingly to account for the investment in Western Areas using the equity method.

 

(3)

Gold Fields has calculated total cash costs per ounce by dividing total cash costs, as determined using guidance provided by the Gold Institute, by gold ounces sold for all periods presented. The Gold Institute was a non-profit international industry association of miners, refiners, bullion suppliers and manufacturers of gold products that ceased operation in 2002, which developed a uniform format for reporting production costs on a per ounce basis. The Gold Institute has now been incorporated into the National Mining Association. The guidance was first adopted in 1996 and revised in November 1999. Total cash costs, as defined in the Gold Institute industry guidance, are production costs as recorded in the statement of operations, less offsite (i.e. central) general and administrative expenses (including head office costs charged to the mines, central training expenses, industry association fees and social development costs), rehabilitation costs, plus royalties and employee termination costs. Changes in total cash costs per ounce are affected by operational performance, as well as changes in the currency exchange rate between the Rand,

 

6


Table of Contents
 

Australian dollar and the Bolivar, compared with the U.S. dollar. Management, however, believes that total cash costs per ounce provides a measure for comparing Gold Fields’ operational performance against that of its peer group, both for Gold Fields as a whole, and for its individual operations. Total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce are not U.S. GAAP measures. An investor should not consider total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce in isolation or as an alternative to total production costs or net income/(loss), income before tax, operating cash flows or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In particular, depreciation and amortization is included in a measure of production costs under U.S. GAAP, but is not included in total cash costs under the guidance provided by the Gold Institute. Furthermore, while the Gold Institute has provided a definition for the calculation of total cash costs, the calculation of total cash costs per ounce may vary significantly among gold mining companies, and by itself does not necessarily provide a basis for comparison with other gold mining companies. See “Information on the Company—Glossary of Mining Terms—Total cash costs per ounce.” For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ production costs to its total cash costs for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Results of Operations—Years Ended June 30, 2007 and 2006” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Results of Operations—Years Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005.”

 

(4) Gold Fields has calculated total production costs per ounce by dividing total production costs, as determined using the guidance provided by the Gold Institute, by gold ounces sold for all periods presented. Total production costs, as defined by the Gold Institute industry guidance, are total cash costs, as calculated using the Gold Institute guidance, plus amortization, depreciation and rehabilitation costs. Changes in total production costs per ounce are affected by operational performance, as well as changes in the currency exchange rate between the Rand, Australian dollar and the Bolivar, compared with the U.S. dollar. Management, however, believes that total production costs per ounce provides a measure for comparing Gold Fields’ operational performance against that of its peer group, both for Gold Fields as a whole, and for its individual operations. Total production costs per ounce is not a U.S. GAAP measure. An investor should not consider total production costs per ounce in isolation or as an alternative to total production costs or net income/(loss), income before tax, operating cash flows or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. While the Gold Institute has provided a definition for the calculation of total production costs, the calculation of total production costs per ounce may vary significantly among gold mining companies, and by itself does not necessarily provide a basis for comparison with other gold mining companies. See “Information on the Company—Glossary of Mining Terms—Total production costs per ounce.” For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ production costs to its total production costs for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Results of Operations—Years Ended June 30, 2007 and 2006” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Results of Operations—Years Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005.”

 

7


Table of Contents
     Year ended June 30, (1)(2)
     2003    

2004

    2005
   

2006

    2007
     (in $ millions, except where otherwise noted)

Balance Sheet Data

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   133.6     656.3     503.7     217.7     326.4

Current portion of financial instruments

   —       37.0     46.8     30.4     —  

Receivables

   74.9     116.4     119.9     148.7     295.3

Inventories

   76.8     63.9     77.4     111.3     144.9

Material contained in heap leach pads

   41.8     42.5     55.1     47.7     58.1
                            

Total current assets

   327.1     916.1     802.9     555.8     824.7

Property, plant and equipment, net (3)

   2,231.0     2,912.7     2,688.6     3172.1     5,576.8

Goodwill

   —       —       —       —       1,222.7

Non-current portion of financial instruments

   67.7     70.3     32.4     —       —  

Non-current investments

   101.0     161.5     192.0     371.8     401.8

Total assets

   2,726.8     4,060.6     3,715.9     4.099.7     8,026.0
                            

Accounts payable and provisions

   184.7     273.4     241.9     299.8     474.4

Interest payable

   —       17.2     32.6     29.8     34.7

Income and mining taxes payable

   52.0     14.2     18.0     46.8     72.2

Current portion of long-term loans

   20.5     —       —       0.3     227.5

Bank overdaft

   —       —       —       —       3.3
                            

Total current liabilities

   257.2     304.8     292.5     376.7     812.1

Long-term loans

   21.1     643.2     653.1     737.9     1,211.8

Deferred income and mining taxes

   647.3     811.8     650.0     781.8     1,247.1

Provision for environmental rehabilitation

   99.2     116.0     134.6     146.4     197.2

Provision for post-retirement healthcare costs

   23.9     18.9     9.0     7.4     9.5

Minority interests

   58.8     102.7     118.4     125.1     127.1

Share capital

   42.2     43.6     43.7     43.9     54.8

Additional paid-in capital

   1,565.2     1,792.3     1,797.9     1,827.6     4,468.9

Retained earnings

   255.3     261.7     24.0     123.9     211.8

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (243.4 )   (34.4 )   (7.3 )   (71.0 )   55.7

Total shareholders’ equity

   1,619.3     2,063.2     1,858.3     1,924.4     4,791.2
                            

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   2,726.8     4,060.6     3,715.9     4,099.7     8,026.0
                            

 

    Year ended June 30, (1)(2)
    2003   2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
    (in $ millions, except where otherwise noted)

Other Data

         

Number of ordinary shares as adjusted to reflect changes in capital structure

  472,364,872   491,492,520   492,294,226   494,824,723   652,158,066

Net assets

  1,619.3   2,063.2   1,858.3   1,924.4   4,791.2

Notes:

 

(1)

During the year ended June 30, 2007, Gold Fields changed its accounting principle regarding capitalization of underground mining costs at its South African operations to capitalize all underground development costs incurred to access specific ore blocks or other areas of the mine where such costs are expected to provide future economic benefits as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves associated with a specific block or area of operations, even after the reef horizon may have been intersected with the development of the first specific ore block or area of the mine. Under this revised accounting principle, all costs associated with the development of a specific underground block or area are capitalized until saleable minerals are extracted from that specific block or area. At Gold Fields’ underground mines, these costs include the cost of shaft sinking and access, the costs of building access ways, lateral development, drift development, ramps, box cuts and other infrastructure development. Previously, at Gold Fields’ underground mines, costs

 

8


Table of Contents
 

incurred to develop the property were capitalized only until the reef horizons were intersected. Subsequent mine development costs to access other specific ore blocks or areas of the mine were treated as variable production costs and expensed as incurred.

Gold Fields believes that the new principle is preferable because: (i) it aligns its accounting principles with those of its global gold mining company industry peers; (ii) it allows for a more direct link between revenue and associated expenditures; (iii) each block of ore can be described as a commencement of a new area of operations, separate and distinct from other existing operations, with the choice to mine based on an approved life-of-mine plan for that particular block of ore; and (iv) the additional costs capitalized under the revised accounting principle meet the definition of an asset. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Change in Accounting Principle—Capitalization of Costs Relating to Ore Reserve Development at the South African Operations.”

 

(2) As a result of the acquisition of Western Areas, Western Areas was fully consolidated with Gold Fields as from December 1, 2006. See Note 3(a) to Gold Fields’ audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. During the period between December 1, 2006 and March 31, 2007, Gold Fields did not own 100% of Western Areas and therefore did not own 100% of South Deep. The percentages of the results of Western Areas and South Deep that did not accrue to Gold Fields have been accounted for as minority interests. U.S. GAAP requires that where a company is acquired through a series of transactions, an investment in that company that was previously accounted for as available for sale be retrospectively accounted for on an equity basis. Since Gold Fields had previously held interests in Western Areas which were accounted for as available for sale, its results for prior years and the period July 1, 2006 to November 30, 2006 have been adjusted accordingly to account for the investment in Western Areas using the equity method.

 

(3) Gold Fields changed its method of accounting for mineral and surface use rights during the 2004 fiscal year in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Staff Position FAS 141-1, which required the balance of the mineral interests and other intangible assets in 2003 to be restated and included as part of Property, plant and equipment, net.

 

9


Table of Contents

Exchange Rates

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, the average, high, low and period-end noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers in Rand as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, expressed in Rand per $1.00:

 

Year ended June 30,

   Average (1)    High    Low    Period end

2003

   8.87    10.90    7.18    7.51

2004

   6.78    7.80    6.17    6.23

2005

   6.20    6.92    5.62    6.67

2006

   6.42    7.43    5.99    7.17

2007

   7.20    7.94    6.72    7.04

2008 (through November 30, 2007)

   6.89    7.00    6.45    6.80

Note:

 

(1) The average of the noon buying rates on the last day of each full month during the relevant period.

 

Month ended

   High    Low    Period end

June 30, 2007

   7.27    7.04    7.04

July 31, 2007

   7.15    6.81    7.09

August 31, 2007

   7.50    7.02    7.16

September 30, 2007

   7.25    6.88    6.88

October 31, 2007

   6.91    6.49    6.54

November 30, 2007

   7.00    6.45    6.80

The noon buying rate for the Rand on December 5, 2007 was Rand 6.74 per $1.00. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Rand and the U.S. dollar will affect the dollar equivalent of the price of the ordinary shares on the JSE Limited, or JSE, which may affect the market price of the American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, on the New York Stock Exchange. These fluctuations will also affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by owners of ADSs on the conversion of any dividends paid in Rand on the ordinary shares.

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information included in this annual report, the considerations listed below could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, financial condition or results of operations, resulting in a decline in the trading price of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares or ADSs. The risks set forth below comprise all material risks currently known to Gold Fields. However, there may be additional risks that Gold Fields does not currently know of or that Gold Fields currently deems immaterial based on the information available to it. These factors should be considered carefully, together with the information and financial data set forth in this document.

Changes in the market price for gold, which in the past has fluctuated widely, affect the profitability of Gold Fields’ operations and the cash flows generated by those operations.

Substantially all of Gold Fields’ revenues are derived from the sale of gold. Historically, the market price for gold has fluctuated widely and has been affected by numerous factors over which Gold Fields has no control, including:

 

   

the demand for gold for industrial uses and for use in jewelry;

 

   

actual, expected or rumored purchases and sales of gold bullion holdings by central banks or other large gold bullion holders or dealers;

 

   

speculative trading activities in gold;

 

   

the overall level of forward sales by other gold producers;

 

   

the overall level and cost of production by other gold producers;

 

   

international or regional political and economic events or trends;

 

   

the strength of the U.S. dollar (the currency in which gold prices generally are quoted) and of other currencies;

 

   

financial market expectations regarding the rate of inflation; and

 

   

interest rates.

In addition, the current demand for and supply of gold affects the price of gold, but not necessarily in the same manner as current demand and supply affect the prices of other commodities. Since the potential supply of gold is large relative to mine production in any given year, normal variations in current production will not necessarily have a significant effect on the supply of gold or the gold price. Central banks, financial institutions and individuals historically have held large amounts of gold as a store of value, and production in any given year historically has constituted a small portion of the total potential supply of gold. Historically, gold has tended to retain its value in relative terms against basic goods in times of inflation and monetary crisis. Pursuant to a gold sales agreement entered into by 15 European central banks, individual banks may sell up to 500 tons of gold per year, the effect on the market in terms of total gold sales is unclear. This agreement is scheduled to be reviewed in 2009.

While the aggregate effect of these factors is impossible for Gold Fields to predict, if gold prices should fall below Gold Fields’ cost of production and remain at such levels for any sustained period, Gold Fields may experience losses and may be forced to curtail or suspend some or all of its operations and/or reduce capital expenditure. In addition, Gold Fields might not be able to recover any losses it may incur during that period.

Because Gold Fields does not use commodity or derivative instruments to protect against low gold prices with respect to its production, Gold Fields is exposed to the impact of any significant drop in the gold price.

As a general rule Gold Fields sells its gold production at market prices. Gold Fields generally does not enter into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for the sale of its

 

11


Table of Contents

future gold production. In general, hedging reduces the risk of exposure to volatility in the gold price. Hedging also enables a gold producer to fix a future price for hedged gold that generally is higher than the then current spot price. To the extent that it does not generally use commodity or derivative instruments, Gold Fields will not be protected against decreases in the gold price, and if the gold price decreases significantly, Gold Fields runs the risk of reduced revenues in respect of gold production that is not hedged. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Gold Fields’ reserves are estimates based on a number of assumptions, any changes to which may require Gold Fields to lower its estimated reserves.

The ore reserves stated in this annual report represent the amount of gold that Gold Fields estimated, as of June 30, 2007, could be mined, processed and sold at prices sufficient to recover Gold Fields’ estimated future total costs of production, remaining investment and anticipated additional capital expenditures. Ore reserves are estimates based on assumptions regarding, among other things, Gold Fields’ costs, expenditures, prices and exchange rates, many of which are beyond Gold Fields’ control. In the event that Gold Fields revises any of these assumptions in an adverse manner, Gold Fields may need to revise its ore reserves downwards. In particular, if Gold Fields’ production costs or capital expenditures increase, if gold prices decrease or if the Rand, Australian dollar, Bolivar or Peruvian Nuevo Sole strengthens against the U.S. dollar, a portion of Gold Fields’ ore reserves may become uneconomical to recover, forcing Gold Fields to lower its estimated reserves. See “Information on the Company—Reserves of Gold Fields as of June 30, 2007.”

To the extent that Gold Fields seeks to expand through acquisitions, it may experience problems in executing acquisitions or managing and integrating the acquisitions with its existing operations.

In order to expand its operations and reserve base, Gold Fields may seek to make acquisitions of selected precious metal producing companies or assets. Gold Fields’ success at making any acquisitions will depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

negotiating acceptable terms with the seller of the business to be acquired;

 

   

obtaining approval from regulatory authorities;

 

   

assimilating the operations of an acquired business in a timely and efficient manner;

 

   

maintaining Gold Fields’ financial and strategic focus while integrating the acquired business;

 

   

implementing uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies at the acquired business; and

 

   

conducting and managing operations in a new operating environment to the extent that Gold Fields makes an acquisition outside of markets in which it has previously operated.

There can be no assurance that any acquisition will achieve the results intended. Any problems experienced by Gold Fields in connection with an acquisition as a result of one or more of these factors could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

To the extent that Gold Fields seeks to expand through its exploration program, it may experience problems associated with mineral exploration or developing mining projects.

In order to expand its operations and reserve base, Gold Fields may rely on its exploration program for gold and platinum group metals and its ability to develop mining projects. Exploration for gold and other precious metals is speculative in nature, involves many risks and frequently is unsuccessful. Any exploration program entails risks relating to the location of economic orebodies, the development of appropriate metallurgical processes, the receipt of necessary governmental permits and regulatory approvals and the construction of mining and processing facilities at the mining site. Gold Fields’ exploration efforts may not result in the discovery of

 

12


Table of Contents

gold or platinum group metal mineralization and any mineralization discovered may not result in an increase of Gold Fields’ reserves. If orebodies are developed, it can take a number of years and substantial expenditures from the initial phases of drilling until production commences, during which time the economic feasibility of production may change. Gold Fields’ exploration program may not result in the replacement of current production with new reserves or result in any new commercial mining operations. Also, to the extent Gold Fields participates in the development of a project through a joint venture, there could be disagreements or divergent interests or goals among the joint venture parties which could jeopardize the success of the project.

In addition, significant capital investment is required to achieve commercial production from exploration efforts. There is no assurance that Gold Fields will have, or be able to raise, the required funds to engage in these activities or to meet its obligations with respect to the exploration properties in which it has or may acquire an interest.

Due to the nature of mining and the type of gold mines it operates, Gold Fields faces a material risk of liability, delays and increased production costs from environmental and industrial accidents and pollution.

The business of gold mining by its nature involves significant risks and hazards, including environmental hazards and industrial accidents. In particular, hazards associated with Gold Fields’ underground mining operations include:

 

   

rock bursts;

 

   

seismic events, particularly at the Driefontein, Kloof and South Deep operations;

 

   

underground fires and explosions, including those caused by flammable gas;

 

   

cave-ins or falls of ground;

 

   

discharges of gases and toxic substances;

 

   

releases of radioactivity;

 

   

flooding;

 

   

sinkhole formation and ground subsidence; and

 

   

other accidents and conditions resulting from drilling, blasting and removing and processing material from an underground mine.

Hazards associated with Gold Fields’ open pit mining operations include:

 

   

flooding of the open pit;

 

   

collapses of the open pit walls;

 

   

accidents associated with the operation of large open pit mining and rock transportation equipment;

 

   

accidents associated with the preparation and ignition of large-scale open pit blasting operations;

 

   

production disruptions due to weather; and

 

   

hazards associated with heap leach processing, such as groundwater and waterway contamination.

Hazards associated with Gold Fields’ rock dump and production stockpile mining and tailings disposal include:

 

   

accidents associated with operating a rock dump and production stockpile and rock transportation equipment;

 

   

production disruptions due to weather;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

collapses of tailings dams; and

 

   

ground and surface water pollution, on and off site.

Gold Fields is at risk of experiencing any and all of these environmental or other industrial hazards. The occurrence of any of these hazards could delay production, increase production costs and result in liability for Gold Fields.

Gold Fields’ insurance coverage may prove inadequate to satisfy potential claims.

Gold Fields may become subject to liability for pollution, occupational illnesses or other hazards against which it has not insured, cannot insure or has insufficiently insured, including those in respect of past mining activities. Gold Fields’ existing property and liability insurance contains exclusions and limitations on coverage. Should Gold Fields suffer a major loss, future earnings could be affected. In addition, insurance may not continue to be available at economically acceptable premiums. As a result, in the future, Gold Fields’ insurance coverage may not cover the extent of claims against Gold Fields, including, but not limited to, claims for environmental or industrial accidents, occupational illnesses or pollution.

Because gold is generally sold in U.S. dollars, while most of Gold Fields’ production costs are in Rand and other non-U.S. dollar currencies, Gold Fields’ operating results or financial condition could be materially harmed by an appreciation in the value of these other currencies.

Gold is sold throughout the world principally in U.S. dollars, but Gold Fields’ operating costs are incurred principally in Rand and other non-U.S. dollar currencies. As a result, any significant and sustained appreciation of any of these currencies against the U.S. dollar may materially increase Gold Fields’ costs in U.S. dollar terms.

Gold Fields is selling its Venezuelan production primarily in Bolivars. The lack of availability of foreign currency at official exchange rates due to existing exchange controls in Venezuela may have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ Venezuelan operations.

Economic or political instability in the countries or regions where Gold Fields’ operates may have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ operations and profits.

Gold Fields has significant operations in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Venezuela, and a significant development project in Peru. As a result, changes or instability to the economic or political environment in any of these countries or in neighboring countries could affect an investment in Gold Fields.

Several of these countries have, or have had in the recent past, high levels of inflation. Continued or increased inflation in any of the countries where it operates could increase the prices Gold Fields pays for products and services, including wages for its employees, which if not offset by increased gold prices or currency devaluations could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ financial condition and results of operations.

The South African government has implemented laws aimed at alleviating and redressing the disadvantages suffered by citizens under previous governments and Gold Fields believes it is in compliance with its obligations under them. In the future the South African government may implement new laws and policies, which in turn may have an adverse impact on Gold Fields’ operations and profits. In recent years, South Africa has experienced high levels of crime and unemployment. These problems may have impacted fixed inward investment into South Africa and have prompted emigration of skilled workers. As a result, Gold Fields may have difficulties attracting and retaining qualified employees.

There has been regional political and economic instability in certain of the countries surrounding South Africa. Any similar political or economic instability in South Africa could have a negative impact on Gold Fields’ ability to manage and operate its South African operations.

 

14


Table of Contents

In the past several years, Venezuela has experienced political and social turmoil and instability. There can be no assurance that there will not be further economic or political instability in Venezuela. Although Gold Fields has sold its Venezuelan operations, as part of the consideration for the sale Gold Fields received 140 million newly-issued Rusoro Mining Limited, or Rusoro, shares, which at the time of sale represented approximately 37% of the outstanding shares of Rusoro. For as long as Gold Fields continues to hold a stake in Rusoro, economic or political instability in Venezuela could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ financial condition and results of operations.

There has been local opposition to mine development projects in Peru. Notwithstanding the fact that Gold Fields is substantially exceeding commitments it had made to the local communities, in mid-October 2006 there was an illegal blockade of the access road to the Cerro Corona Project site resulting in a temporary suspension of construction activities at the site for seven days. The blockade was accompanied by demands for increased employment from local communities and increased use of local contractors. In addition, the Cerro Corona site is located near the Yanacocha mine which is operated by another company. The Yanacocha mine has also been the subject of local protests, including ones that blocked the road between the Yanacocha mine complex and the City of Cajamarca, which also affected access to the Cerro Corona site, although they did not result in a suspension of construction activities. If Gold Fields experiences further opposition in connection with its operations in Peru, or if protests aimed at other mining operations affect operations at Cerro Corona, it could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ financial condition and results of operations.

Actual and potential shortages of production inputs may have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ operations and profits.

Gold Fields’ results of operations may be affected by the availability and pricing of raw materials and other essential production inputs, including fuel, steel and cyanide and other reagents. The price of raw materials may be substantially affected by changes in global supply and demand, along with weather conditions, governmental controls and other factors. A sustained interruption on the supply of any of these materials would require Gold Fields to find substitute suppliers acceptable to the Company and could require it to pay higher prices for such materials. Any significant increase in the prices of these materials will increase the Company’s operating costs and affect production considerations.

Gold Fields Ghana Limited, or Gold Fields Ghana, among other mining companies in Ghana, was asked by its electricity supplier, the Volta River Authority, or VRA, on August 14, 2006 to immediately reduce its electricity demand by 25%. On August 28, 2006, Gold Fields was asked to reduce its demand by a further 25%. The VRA requested these reductions in electricity usage largely because of the low water reservoir level of the VRA’s Akosombo generating facility and concerns about its ability to meet future supply and demand at present consumption levels. Gold Fields Ghana agreed to reduce its demand for electricity from the VRA and the Electricity Company of Ghana Limited at the Tarkwa and Damang operations, respectively, and used emergency diesel powered generators situated at both mines to make up the difference. Gold Fields operating costs for fiscal 2007 arising from the use of diesel generators was approximately U.S.$11.2 million. The VRA has indicated that the requirement for reduced electricity demand will last until the water levels in the reservoir have reached appropriate levels. Though the water levels have now increased, the restrictions in respect of mining companies continue. There can be no assurance that Gold Fields will not be asked to further reduce its demand or that there will not be new disruptions to the electricity supply. For as long as the restrictions on electricity demand remain in place, Gold Fields may need to continue using diesel generators which will result in increased exposure to fluctuations in the price of diesel fuel.

Giant tires, of the type used by Gold Fields for its large earthmoving equipment and trucks, are in increasingly short supply, and prices have risen recently and may continue to rise in the future. This shortage of

 

15


Table of Contents

tires for earthmoving vehicles is causing mining companies to review operating practices, to seek additional methods of preserving tire life and to examine alternative sources of tire supply. As part of measures to ensure a continued supply of tires, Gold Fields Ghana has entered into agreements with OTR Tyres Limited for the construction, installation and management of a tire retread facility. To the extent that Gold Fields is unable to procure an adequate supply of these tires, it may have to alter its mining plans, especially at its open pit operations, which could reduce its gold production and have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Gold Fields’ financial flexibility could be materially constrained by South African exchange control regulations.

South Africa’s exchange control regulations restrict the export of capital from South Africa, the Republic of Namibia, and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland, known collectively as the Common Monetary Area. Transactions between South African residents (including companies) and non-residents of the Common Monetary Area are subject to exchange controls enforced by the South African Reserve Bank, or SARB. As a result, Gold Fields’ ability to raise and deploy capital outside the Common Monetary Area is restricted.

Under South African exchange control regulations, Gold Fields must obtain approval from the SARB regarding any capital raising involving a currency other than the Rand. In connection with its approval, it is possible that the SARB may impose conditions on Gold Fields’ use of the proceeds of any such capital raising, such as limits on Gold Fields’ ability to retain the proceeds of the capital raising outside South Africa or requirements that Gold Fields seek further SARB approval prior to applying any such funds to a specific use. These restrictions could hinder Gold Fields’ financial and strategic flexibility, particularly its ability to fund acquisitions, capital expenditures and exploration projects outside South Africa. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Exchange Controls.”

An acquisition of shares in or assets of a South African company by a non-South African purchaser that is subject to exchange control regulations may not be granted regulatory approval.

In some circumstances, potential acquisitions of shares in or assets of South African companies by non-South African resident purchasers are subject to review by the SARB pursuant to South African exchange control regulations. In 2000, the South African Treasury, or the Treasury, refused to approve an acquisition of Gold Fields by Franco-Nevada Mining Corporation Limited, a Canadian mining company. The Treasury may refuse to approve similar proposed acquisitions of Gold Fields in the future. As a result, Gold Fields’ management may be limited in its ability to consider strategic options and Gold Fields’ shareholders may not be able to realize the premium over the current trading price of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares which they might otherwise receive upon such an acquisition. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Exchange Controls.”

Gold Fields’ operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by labor disputes or changes in South African, Ghanaian, Australian and Venezuelan labor laws.

Gold Fields may be affected by certain labor laws that impose duties and obligations regarding worker rights, including rights regarding wages and benefits. For example, laws in South Africa impose monetary penalties for non-compliance with the administrative and the reporting requirements in respect of affirmative action policies while Ghanaian law contains broad provisions requiring mining companies to recruit and train Ghanaian personnel and to use the services of Ghanaian companies. There can be no assurance that existing labor laws will not be amended or new laws enacted to impose additional reporting or compliance obligations or further increase worker rights in the future. Any expansion of these obligations or rights, especially to the extent they increase Gold Fields’ labor costs, could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

 

16


Table of Contents

Gold Fields may suffer adverse consequences as a result of its reliance on outside contractors to conduct its operations in Ghana and Australia.

A significant portion of Gold Fields’ operations at the operations in Ghana and Australia are currently conducted by outside contractors. As a result, Gold Fields’ operations at those sites are subject to a number of risks, some of which are outside Gold Fields’ control, including:

 

   

negotiating agreements with contractors on acceptable terms;

 

   

the inability to replace a contractor and its operating equipment in the event that either party terminates the agreement;

 

   

reduced control over those aspects of operations which are the responsibility of the contractor;

 

   

failure of a contractor to perform under its agreement with Gold Fields;

 

   

interruption of operations or increased costs in the event that a contractor ceases its business due to insolvency or other unforeseen events;

 

   

failure of a contractor to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, to the extent it is responsible for such compliance; and

 

   

problems of a contractor with managing its workforce, labor unrest or other employment issues.

In addition, Gold Fields may incur liability to third parties as a result of the actions of its contractors. The occurrence of one or more of these risks could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—Ghana” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—Australia.”

Gold Fields’ South African operations may be adversely affected by increased labor costs at its mining operations in South Africa.

Wages and related labor costs accounted for approximately 50% of Gold Fields’ total production costs in South Africa in fiscal 2007. Accordingly, Gold Fields’ costs may be materially affected by increases in wages and related labor costs, particularly with respect to Gold Fields’ South African employees, who are unionized. Negotiations with South African unions concluded in August 2007 resulted in above inflation wage increases ranging from 8% to 8.5%, depending upon the category of employee, implemented with effect from July 2007. A further inflation-linked increase of 8% will be implemented with effect from July 1, 2008. Presently, the inflation-linked increase is 5.5% to 6%, depending on the category of employee. The next round of negotiations with the unions in South Africa is expected to commence in May 2009. In total, labor costs increased approximately 14% in South Africa in fiscal 2007 (excluding South Deep), mainly due to the annual wage increase of 5.5% to 6% from July 2006, together with indirect costs and allowances, which increased in line with industry trends, market-related adjustments and an increase in employee numbers necessary to support the increase in mining volumes.

If Gold Fields is unable to increase production levels or implement cost cutting measures to offset these increased wages and labor costs, these costs could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ mining operations in South Africa and, accordingly, on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—South Africa.”

HIV/AIDS poses risks to Gold Fields in terms of lost productivity and increased costs.

The prevalence of HIV/AIDS in South Africa poses risks to Gold Fields in terms of potentially reduced productivity and increased medical and other costs. In October 2006, management estimated that approximately 28.3% of Gold Fields’ workforce in South Africa was infected with HIV. The actuarial model which the Company has applied consistently since 2001 estimates that peak prevalence has been reached. Based on this

 

17


Table of Contents

level of prevalence, other existing data and various other assumptions, many of which involve factors beyond Gold Fields’ control, management estimates that without appropriate interventions the ultimate impact of HIV/AIDS on its operating costs could be as high as $10.00 per ounce of gold produced at its South African operations. This estimate of the potential impact of HIV/AIDS on operations and financial condition is based on a variety of existing data and certain assumptions. These include the incidence of HIV infection among its employees, the progressive impact of HIV/AIDS on infected employees’ health, and the medical and other costs associated with the infection. Most of these factors are beyond Gold Fields’ control. Should Gold Fields’ actual experience significantly differ from the assumptions on which its current estimate is based, the actual impact of HIV/AIDS on its business, operating results and financial condition could be significantly worse than Gold Fields expects. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Health and Safety—Health—HIV/AIDS Program.”

Gold Fields’ operations in South Africa are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations which could impose significant costs and burdens.

Gold Fields’ South African operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations including, for example, those relating to waste treatment, emissions and disposal, and must comply with permits or standards governing, among other things, tailings dams and waste disposal areas, water consumption, air emissions and water discharges. Gold Fields may, in the future, incur significant costs to comply with the South African environmental requirements imposed under existing or new legislation, regulations or permit requirements or to comply with changes in existing laws and regulations or the manner in which they are applied. Also, Gold Fields may be subject to litigation and other costs as a result of environmental rights granted to individuals under South Africa’s Constitution or other sources of rights. These costs could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Environmental impact assessment regulations, that were promulgated on July 3, 2006 under the National Environmental Management Act, or NEMA, introduced a more complex South African regime for environmental impact assessments. The specific sections of the regulations which cover mining operations have not yet been brought into effect. However, some activities which are ancillary to mining do require a two-tier authorization process, from the Department of Minerals and Energy and from the Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism, or DEAT. When the new regulations become effective as to mining operations, they will impact on reconnaissance, exploration, prospecting and mining activities. This will result in more stringent requirements in obtaining environmental approval for new mining activities and, potentially, in the case of recommissioning old operations, which could increase Gold Fields’ costs for compliance. The new regulations will not have retrospective effect. Rectification and authorization is at the discretion of the environmental authorities and can be accompanied by an administrative fine per activity of up to Rand 1 million. Other changes in legislation or regulations (or the approach to enforcement of them) or other unforeseen circumstances may materially and adversely affect Gold Fields’ future environmental expenditures or the level and timing of Gold Fields’ provisioning for these expenditures. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Environmental.”

Although South Africa has a comprehensive environmental regulatory framework, enforcement of environmental law has traditionally been poor. The DEAT has indicated that enforcement will improve and Environmental Management Inspectors have been appointed under the NEMA. The Environmental Management Inspectors have commenced with environmental inspections and investigations at some of the major industrial facilities.

 

18


Table of Contents

The South African Mine Health and Safety Act No. 29 of 1996 imposes various duties on Gold Fields mines while granting the authorities broad powers to, among other things, close unsafe mines and order corrective action relating to health and safety matters. There have been a number of accidents, many of which have resulted in fatalities, at various mining operations in South Africa recently, including accidents at some of Gold Fields’ operations. President Thabo Mbeki has ordered the Department of Minerals and Energy to conduct an occupational health and safety audit at all mines. The audit of South African mines will be divided into two parts: (1) Legal Audit and (2) Technical Audit of certain installations and practices at mines. The outcome of these audits is intended to give an indication of the extent to which mines comply with health and safety requirements, and also to help mines develop programs of action to improve their health and safety practices, with the goal of reducing fatal accidents. In addition, the South African mining unions have indicated they may take industrial action to protest what they view as an inadequate safety regime and, in furtherance of this position, on December 4, 2007, the National Union of Mine Workers, the union to which the majority of Gold Fields’ South African workers belong, staged a one-day, industry-wide work stoppage. The Chamber of Mines of South Africa, an employers’ industry organization of which Gold Fields is a member, has approached the Minister of Minerals and Energy in an effort to find a solution to the current situation. There is no assurance that the occupational health and safety audit will not result in the introduction of more stringent safety regulations, which could result in restrictions on Gold Fields’ ability to conduct its mining operations and/or impose additional costs. Regardless of the outcome of the audit or improved health and safety programs, there can be no assurance that the unions will not take industrial action that could lead to losses in Gold Fields’ production. It is Gold Fields’ policy to halt production at its operations where serious accidents occur in order to rectify dangerous situations and, if necessary, retrain workers. Any additional stoppages in production, or increased costs, could have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Health and Safety.”

The Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act 78 of 1973, or the Occupational Diseases Act, governs the payment of compensation and medical costs related to certain illnesses contracted by persons employed in mines or at sites where activities ancillary to mining are conducted. Occupational healthcare services are made available by Gold Fields to employees from its existing facilities. Pursuant to changes in the Occupational Diseases Act, Gold Fields may experience an increase in the cost of these services, which could have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. This increased cost, should it transpire, is currently indeterminate.

Gold Fields’ mineral rights in South Africa have become subject to new legislation which could impose significant costs and burdens.

The 2002 Minerals Act

The Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act No. 28 of 2002, or the 2002 Minerals Act, came into effect on May 1, 2004, together with the implementation of a broad-based socio-economic empowerment charter, or the Mining Charter, for effecting entry of historically disadvantaged South Africans, or HDSAs, into the mining industry. The Mining Charter requires each mining company to achieve a 15% HDSA ownership of mining assets within five years and a 26% HDSA ownership of mining assets within 10 years. Under the Mining Charter, the mining industry as a whole agrees to assist HDSA companies in securing finance to fund participation in an amount of Rand 100 billion over the first five years. In addition, the Mining Charter requires, among other things, that mining companies spell out plans for achieving employment equity at management level with a view to achieving a baseline of 40% HDSA participation in management and achieving a baseline of 10% participation by women in the mining industry, in each case within five years. When considering applications for conversion or renewal of relevant rights, the government will take a “scorecard” approach, evaluating the commitments of stakeholders to the different facets of promoting the objectives of the Mining Charter. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights—The 2002 Minerals Act.”

 

19


Table of Contents

In order to comply with the terms of the charter, Gold Fields entered into a series of transactions, referred to in this discussion as the Mvelaphanda Transaction, involving the acquisition by Mvelaphanda Resources Limited of a 15% beneficial interest in the South African gold mining assets of Gold Fields for cash consideration of Rand 4,139 million. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Overview—General—Mvelaphanda Transaction.” The Mvelaphanda Transaction is intended to meet the charter’s requirement that mining companies achieve a 15% HDSA ownership within five years of the charter coming into effect. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights—The 2002 Minerals Act.” There is no guarantee, however, that the Mvelaphanda Transaction will not have a negative effect on the value of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares. In addition, any further adjustment to the ownership structure of Gold Fields’ South African mining assets in order to meet the mining charter’s 10-year HDSA ownership requirement of 26% could have a material adverse effect on the value of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares and failing to comply with the charter’s requirements could subject Gold Fields to negative consequences, the scope of which has not yet been fully determined. Gold Fields may also incur expenses to give effect to the charter’s other requirements, and may need to incur additional indebtedness in order to comply with the industry-wide commitment to assist HDSAs in securing Rand 100 billion of financing during the first five years of the mining charter’s effectiveness. Moreover, there is no guarantee that any steps Gold Fields has already taken or might take in the future will ensure the successful renewal of any or all of its existing mining rights or the granting of further new mining rights or that the terms of any renewals of its rights would not be significantly less favorable to Gold Fields than the terms of its current rights.

The Royalty Bill

The Mineral and Petroleum Royalty Bill, or the Royalty Bill, which was published on October 11, 2006 and remains open for comment from stakeholders, proposes to impose a royalty payable to the State which, in the case of gold mining companies, would be 3% in respect of the gross sales value of unrefined gold and 1.5% in respect of the gross value of refined gold. Gold is regarded as refined once it is processed to at least 99.5% purity and, accordingly, most companies in the South African mining sector, including Gold Fields, are likely to pay the refined rate. The Royalty Bill envisages that the royalty will become payable from May 1, 2009.

There is uncertainty as to what further amendments will be made to the Royalty Bill. If adopted, in either its current or a further revised form, the Royalty Bill could have a negative impact on Gold Fields’ South African operations and therefore an adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights—The Royalty Bill.”

Gold Fields’ land and mineral rights in South Africa could be subject to land restitution claims which could impose significant costs and burdens.

Gold Fields’ privately held land could be subject to land restitution claims under the Restitution of Land Rights Act 1994, or the Land Claims Act. Under this Act, any person who was dispossessed of rights in land in South Africa as a result of past racially discriminatory laws or practices without payment of just and equitable compensation is granted certain remedies, including the restoration of the land. Under the Land Claims Act, persons entitled to institute a land claim were required to lodge their claims by December 31, 1998. Gold Fields has not been notified of any land claims, but any claims of which it is notified in the future could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ right to the properties to which the claims relate and, as a result, on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Land Claims.”

The Restitution of Land Rights Amendment Act, or the Amendment Act, became law on February 4, 2004. Under the Land Claims Act, the Minister for Agriculture and Land Affairs, or the Land Minister, may not acquire ownership of land for restitution purposes without a court order unless an agreement has been reached between the affected parties. The Amendment Act, however, entitles the Land Minister to acquire ownership of land by

 

20


Table of Contents

way of expropriation in certain limited circumstances. Expropriation would be subject to provisions of legislation and the South African Constitution which provides, in general, for just and equitable compensation. There is, however, no guarantee that any of Gold Fields’ privately held land rights could not become subject to acquisition by the state without Gold Fields’ agreement, or that Gold Fields would be adequately compensated for the loss of its land rights, which could have a negative impact on Gold Fields’ South African operations and therefore an adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Land Claims.”

Gold Fields’ operations in Ghana are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations which could impose significant costs and burdens.

Gold Fields’ Ghana operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations. The Ghanaian environmental protection laws require, among other things, that Gold Fields register with the Ghanaian environmental authorities, and obtain environmental permits and certificates for the Ghana operations, as well as to rehabilitate land disturbed as a result of their mining operations. Gold Fields is required to secure estimated environmental rehabilitation costs in part by posting a reclamation bond. Reclamation bonds posted by Gold Fields Ghana are assessed based on 50% of the agreed current estimated rehabilitation costs for the two-year period after the date of the last reclamation plan. Changes in the required method of calculation for these bonds or an unforeseen circumstance which produces unexpected costs may materially and adversely affect Gold Fields’ future environmental expenditures. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—Ghana—Environmental.”

Ghanaian health and safety regulations impose statutory duties on an owner of a mine to, among other things, take steps to ensure that the mine is managed and worked in a manner which provides for the safety and proper discipline of the mine workers. Additionally, Gold Fields is required under the terms of its mining leases to comply with the reasonable instructions of the relevant authorities for securing the health and safety of persons working in or connected with the mine. A violation of the health and safety regulations or a failure to comply with the reasonable instructions of the relevant authorities could lead to, among other things, a temporary shutdown of all or a portion of the mine, a loss of the right to mine or the imposition of costly compliance procedures and, in the case of a violation of the regulations relating to health and safety, constitutes an offense under Ghanaian law. If Ghanaian health and safety authorities require Gold Fields to shut down all or a portion of its mines or to implement costly compliance measures, whether pursuant to existing or new health and safety laws and regulations, such measures could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—Ghana—Health and Safety.”

Gold Fields, as the holder of the mining lease, has potential liability arising from injuries to, or deaths of, workers, including, in some cases, workers employed by its contractors. In Ghana, statutory workers’ compensation is not the exclusive means for workers to claim compensation. Gold Fields’ insurance for health and safety claims or the relevant workers’ compensation arrangements may not be adequate to meet the costs which may arise upon any future health and safety claims.

Gold Fields’ mineral rights in Ghana are currently subject to regulations, and may become subject to new regulations, which could impose significant costs and burdens.

In Ghana, the ownership of land on which there are mineral deposits is separate from the ownership of the minerals. All minerals in their natural state in or upon any land or water are, under Ghanaian law, the property of Ghana and vested in the President on behalf of the people of Ghana. Although the Minerals Commission, the statutory corporation overseeing the mining operations on behalf of the government of Ghana, has submitted the Tarkwa property leases for parliamentary ratification along with leases for other mining companies in Ghana, these leases have not yet been ratified as required by law. Gold Fields Ghana has taken all the steps that it can take towards the ratification of its leases and to date this has not affected Gold Fields Ghana’s ability to carry on

 

21


Table of Contents

its operations. To the extent that failure to ratify these leases adversely affects their validity, there may be a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the new Minerals and Mining Act, 2006 (Act 703), or the Minerals and Mining Act, was passed by the Ghanaian Parliament in fiscal 2006. The Minerals and Mining Act repealed the Minerals and Mining Law, 1986 (PNDCL 153) as amended, or the Minerals and Mining Law, although, as regards existing mineral rights, the Minerals and Mining Law continues to apply to Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso Goldfields Limited, or Abosso, unless the minister responsible for mines provides otherwise by legislative instrument. Although the Minerals and Mining Act provides that it shall not have the effect of increasing the holder’s costs, or financial burden, for a period of five years, if in the future new amendments or provisions are passed under the Minerals and Mining Act or new laws are passed which impose significant new costs or burdens on Gold Fields’ abilities to mine in Ghana or to obtain new mining leases for properties on which deposits are identified, this could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—Ghana—Mineral Rights.”

Gold Fields’ operations in Australia are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations which could impose significant costs and burdens.

Gold Fields’ Australian operations are subject to various laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, which are similar in scope to those of South Africa and Ghana. Gold Fields may, in the future, incur significant costs to comply with the Australian environmental requirements imposed under existing or new legislation, regulations or permit requirements or to comply with changes in existing laws and regulations or the manner in which they are applied. These costs may have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Australian mining companies are required by law to undertake rehabilitation works as part of their ongoing operation and the Gold Fields subsidiaries that hold its Australian operations guarantee their environmental obligations by providing the Western Australian government with unconditional bank-guaranteed performance bonds to secure the estimated costs. These bonds do not cover remediation for events that were unforeseen at the time the bond was taken. Changes in the required method of calculation for these bond amounts or an unforeseen circumstance which produces unexpected costs may materially and adversely affect future environmental expenditures. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—Australia—Environmental.”

Gold Fields is obligated to provide and maintain a working environment which is safe for mine workers. A violation of the health and safety laws or a failure to comply with the instructions of the relevant health and safety authorities could lead to, among other things, a temporary shutdown of all or a portion of the mine, a loss of the right to mine or the imposition of costly compliance procedures and penalties (including imprisonment). If health and safety authorities require Gold Fields to shut down all or a portion of the mine or to implement costly compliance measures, whether pursuant to existing or new health and safety laws and regulations, such measures could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—Australia—Health and Safety.”

Gold Fields’ tenements in Australia are subject to native title claims and include Aboriginal heritage sites which could impose significant costs and burdens.

Certain of Gold Fields’ tenements are subject to native title claims, and there are Aboriginal heritage sites located on certain of Gold Fields’ tenements. Native title and Aboriginal legislation protect the rights of Aboriginals in relation to the land in certain circumstances. Other tenements may become subject to native title claims if Gold Fields seeks to expand or otherwise change its interest in rights to those tenements. Native title claims could require costly negotiations with the claimants or could affect Gold Fields’ access to or use of its tenements, and, as a result, have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

 

22


Table of Contents

Aboriginal heritage sites relate to distinct areas of land which have either ongoing ethnographic, archaeological or historic significance. Aboriginal heritage sites have been identified with respect to portions of some of Gold Fields’ Australian mining tenements. Additional Aboriginal heritage sites may be identified on the same or additional tenements. Gold Fields may, in the future, incur significant costs as a result of changes in the interpretation of, or new laws regarding, native title and Aboriginal heritage, which may result in a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—Australia—Land Claims.”

The acquisition of Western Areas, BGSA and South Deep may expose Gold Fields to unknown liabilities and risks.

Prior to acquiring South Deep from Barrick Gold South Africa (Pty) Limited, or BGSA, a subsidiary of Barrick Gold Corporation, or Barrick, and Western Areas Limited, or Western Areas, Gold Fields was able to conduct only limited due diligence on South Deep, Western Areas and BGSA. There can be no assurance that Gold Fields identified all the liabilities of, and risks associated with, South Deep, BGSA or Western Areas prior to acquiring them or that it will not be subject to unknown liabilities of, and risks associated with, South Deep, Western Areas or BGSA, including liabilities and risks that may become evident only after Gold Fields has been involved in the operational management of South Deep for a longer period of time.

Gold Fields has not independently confirmed the reliability of the South Deep, BGSA or Western Areas information for the period prior to their respective acquisitions by Gold Fields included in this annual report.

In respect of information relating to South Deep or Western Areas presented in this annual report for the period before their respective acquisitions by Gold Fields, Gold Fields relied upon publicly available information, including information publicly filed by Western Areas with the JSE Limited, or the JSE, and certain due diligence materials supplied by Western Areas and Barrick. For example, Gold Fields’ attributable proven and probable reserves are based on the pre-acquisition South Deep operation reserve figures as declared for December 2005 by an independent reserve panel for the Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture between Barrick Gold South Africa (Pty) Limited (formerly, Placer Dome South Africa Proprietary Limited) and Western Areas Limited, but updated by Gold Fields to June 30, 2007 for mining depletions. Although Gold Fields has no knowledge that would indicate that any statements contained in this annual report based upon that publicly available information and those due diligence materials are inaccurate, incomplete or untrue, Gold Fields was not involved in the preparation of the information and materials and has not had the opportunity to perform due diligence on them and, therefore, cannot verify the accuracy, completeness or truth of the information or materials or any failure by Western Areas or Barrick to disclose events that may have occurred, but that are unknown to Gold Fields, that may affect the significance or accuracy of any such information.

Gold Fields may continue to face potential risks associated with operating in Venezuela due to its stake in Rusoro Mining Limited.

On November 30, 2007, Gold Fields disposed of its operations in Venezuela. Gold Fields received U.S.$180 million in cash and 140 million newly-issued Rusoro shares, which at the time of sale represented approximately 37% of the outstanding shares of Rusoro. As a result of its stake in Rusoro, Gold Fields will be indirectly exposed to the risks of operating in Veneuzuela, which has experienced intense political and social turmoil in recent years. These risks include the costs associated with complying with a rigorous exchange control regime, the costs and other challenges associated with complying with labor laws, the risk of expropriation or other state intervention in the operation of mining businesses, risks associated with the implementation of a new mining rights regime, costs associated with a plan announced by the Venezuelan government to emphasize compliance with tax laws and the costs and other risks associated with complying with environmental, health and safety and worker protection laws. See “Information on the Company—Recent Developments—Sale of Choco 10.”

 

23


Table of Contents

Investors in the United States may have difficulty bringing actions, and enforcing judgments, against Gold Fields, its directors and its executive officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the federal securities laws or other laws of the United States or any state thereof.

Gold Fields is incorporated in South Africa. The majority of Gold Fields’ directors and executive officers (and certain experts named herein) reside outside of the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons and substantially all of the assets of Gold Fields are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to enforce against these persons or Gold Fields a judgment obtained in a United States court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities or other laws of the United States or any state thereof. A foreign judgment is not directly enforceable in South Africa, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by South African courts provided that:

 

   

the court which pronounced the judgment had jurisdiction to entertain the case according to the principles recognized by South African law with reference to the jurisdiction of foreign courts;

 

   

the judgment is final and conclusive (that is, it cannot be altered by the court which pronounced it);

 

   

the judgment has not lapsed;

 

   

the recognition and enforcement of the judgment by South African courts would not be contrary to public policy, including observance of the rules of natural justice which require that the documents initiating the United States proceedings were properly served on the defendant and that the defendant was given the right to be heard and represented by counsel in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal;

 

   

the judgment was not obtained by fraudulent means;

 

   

the judgment does not involve the enforcement of a penal or revenue law; and

 

   

the enforcement of the judgment is not otherwise precluded by the provisions of the Protection of Businesses Act 99 of 1978, as amended, of the Republic of South Africa.

It is the policy of South African courts to award compensation for the loss or damage actually sustained by the person to whom the compensation is awarded. Although the award of punitive damages is generally unknown to the South African legal system, that does not mean that such awards are necessarily contrary to public policy. Whether a judgment is contrary to public policy depends on the facts of each case. Exorbitant, unconscionable or excessive awards will generally be contrary to public policy. South African courts cannot enter into the merits of a foreign judgment and cannot act as a court of appeal or review over the foreign court. South African courts will usually implement their own procedural laws and, where an action based on an international contract is brought before a South African court, the capacity of the parties to the contract will usually be determined in accordance with South African law. It is doubtful whether an original action based on United States federal securities laws may be brought before South African courts. A plaintiff who is not resident in South Africa may be required to provide security for costs in the event of proceedings being initiated in South Africa. Furthermore, the Rules of the High Court of South Africa require that documents executed outside South Africa must be authenticated for the purpose of use in South Africa.

Investors may face liquidity risk in trading Gold Fields’ ordinary shares on the JSE Limited.

Historically, trading volumes and liquidity of shares listed on the JSE have been low in comparison with other major markets. The ability of a holder to sell a substantial number of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares on the JSE in a timely manner, especially in a large block trade, may be restricted by this limited liquidity. See “The Offer and Listing—JSE Limited.”

Gold Fields may not pay dividends or make similar payments to its shareholders in the future.

Gold Fields pays cash dividends only if funds are available for that purpose. Whether funds are available depends on a variety of factors, including the amount of cash available and Gold Fields’ capital expenditures and

 

24


Table of Contents

other cash requirements existing at the time. Under South African law, Gold Fields will be entitled to pay a dividend or similar payment to its shareholders only if it meets the solvency and liquidity tests set out in the Companies Act No. 61 of 1973, or the Companies Act, and Gold Fields’ Articles of Association. Cash dividends or other similar payments may not be paid in the future.

Gold Fields’ non-South African shareholders face additional investment risk from currency exchange rate fluctuations since any dividends will be paid in Rand.

Dividends or distributions with respect to Gold Fields’ ordinary shares have historically been paid in Rand. The U.S. dollar or other currency equivalent of any dividends or distributions with respect to Gold Fields’ ordinary shares will be adversely affected by potential future reductions in the value of the Rand against the U.S. dollar or other currencies. In the future, it is possible that there will be changes in South African exchange control regulations, such that dividends paid out of trading profits will no longer be freely transferable outside South Africa to shareholders who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area. See “Additional Information—South African Exchange Control Limitations Affecting Security Holders.”

Gold Fields’ ordinary shares are subject to dilution upon the exercise of Gold Fields’ outstanding share options and the Mvela Gold share exchange option.

As of November 20, 2007, Gold Fields had an aggregate of 1,000,000,000 ordinary shares authorized to be issued and as of that date an aggregate of 652,337,476 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding. Gold Fields currently has two securities option plans which are authorized to grant options in an amount of up to an aggregate of 25,071,013 ordinary shares. At their annual general meeting on November 17, 2005, Gold Fields’ shareholders approved two new securities option plans which will replace the two existing plans. The first allocation of shares under The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan was made in March 2006, when 430,500 performance vesting restricted shares were awarded. In November 2005, 33,000 restricted shares were awarded to the non-executive directors under The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan. The second allocation of shares under The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan was made in March 2007, when 1,496,897 performance vesting restricted shares were awarded. A further 69,100 performance vesting restricted shares were awarded in October, 2007. In November 2006 and November 2007, 18,900 and 29,600 restricted shares, respectively, were awarded to the non-executive directors under The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan .

Gold Fields’ employees and directors had outstanding, as of November 20, 2007, options to purchase a total of 5,369,632 ordinary shares at exercise prices of between Rand 20.90 and Rand 154.65 that expire between June 18, 2008 and October, 15, 2013 under The GF Management Incentive Scheme and 174,400 ordinary shares at exercise prices of between Rand 43.70 and Rand 110.03 that expire between December 16, 2008 and March, 28, 2010 under The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan. Gold Fields has outstanding, as of November 20, 2007, 846,211 share appreciation rights at a strike price of Rand 125.28, which expire on March 24, 2012, and 330,081 performance vesting restricted shares due to be settled on March 24, 2009, under The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan. Gold Fields has outstanding, as of November 20, 2007, 890,440 share appreciation rights at a strike price of Rand 124.19, which expire on March 1, 2013, and 1,480,754 performance vesting restricted shares due to be settled on March 1, 2010, under The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan As of the same date, Gold Fields had outstanding 33,000 restricted shares due to be settled on November 17, 2008, 18,900 restricted shares due to be settled in November 2009 and 29,600 restricted shares due to be settled on November 2, 2010 under The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan. Shareholders’ equity interests in Gold Fields will be diluted to the extent of future exercises of these rights and any additional rights. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The GF Management Incentive Scheme,” “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan,” “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan.”

 

25


Table of Contents

As part of the Mvelaphanda Transaction, Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, or Mvela Gold, is obliged to subscribe for 15% of the share capital of GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Ltd, or GFIMSA, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gold Fields, upon repayment of the Mvela Loan. Under the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement entered into on December 11, 2003, between Gold Fields, GFIMSA, and Mvela Gold in connection with the Mvelaphanda Transaction, for a period of one year after the subscription of the GFIMSA shares each of Gold Fields and Mvela Gold will be entitled to require the exchange of Mvela Gold’s GFIMSA shares for ordinary shares of Gold Fields of an equivalent value, but numbering not less than 45,000,000 and not more than 55,000,000 Gold Fields ordinary shares, adjusted as necessary to reflect changes to Gold Fields’ capital structure and certain corporate activities of Gold Fields. Shareholders’ equity interests in Gold Fields will be diluted if Gold Fields or Mvela Gold requires the exchange of GFIMSA shares for Gold Fields shares. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Overview—General—Mvelaphanda Transaction.”

 

26


Table of Contents

ITEM 4: INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

Introduction

Gold Fields is a significant producer of gold and major holder of gold reserves in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Peru. Gold Fields is primarily involved in underground and surface gold mining and related activities, including exploration, extraction, processing and smelting. Gold Fields also has strategic interests in platinum group metal exploration. Gold Fields is currently the largest gold producer in South Africa and one of the largest gold producers in the world, based on annual production.

The majority of Gold Fields’ operations, based on gold production, are located in South Africa. Its South African operations include Driefontein, Kloof, Beatrix and South Deep. Gold Fields also owns the St. Ives and Agnew gold mining operations in Australia, has a 71.1% interest in each of the Tarkwa gold mine and the Damang gold mine in Ghana. On November 30, 2007, Gold Fields sold the Choco 10 gold mining operation in Venezuela. See “—Recent Developments—Sale of Choco 10.”

Gold Fields also owns an 80.72% economic interest in the Cerro Corona Development Project, which is due to start producing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. In addition, Gold Fields has gold and other precious metal exploration activities and interests in Africa, Australasia, China, Europe, North America and South America. See “—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Development Projects—Cerro Corona Development Project,” “—Exploration—Gold Fields’ Greenfields Exploration Projects” and “—Recent Developments.”

Based on the figures reported by Gold Fields’ mining operations together with the recently acquired South Deep operation reserve figures, as declared for December, 2005 by an independent reserve panel for the Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture between Barrick Gold South Africa (Pty) Limited, or BGSA (formerly, Placer Dome South Africa Proprietary Limited), and Western Areas Limited, or Western Areas, but updated by Gold Fields to June 30, 2007 for mining depletions (see “Risk Factors—Gold Fields has not independently confirmed the reliability of the South Deep, BGSA or Western Areas information for the period prior to their respective acquisitions by Gold Fields included in this annual report”), as of June 30, 2007, Gold Fields had attributable proven and probable reserves of approximately 89.7 million ounces of gold, as compared to the 61.8 million ounces reported as of June 30, 2006. In the year ended June 30, 2007, Gold Fields processed 52.2 million tons of ore and produced 4.285 million ounces of gold, of which 44.1 million tons and 4.024 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields.

History

Since the beginning of fiscal 2007, the following significant events have occurred:

On December 1, 2006, Gold Fields acquired the entire issued share capital of BGSA (formerly, Placer Dome South Africa Proprietary Limited), which held a 50% interest in the Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture (previously, the Placer Dome—Western Areas Joint Venture), an unincorporated entity in which Barrick Gold Corporation, or Barrick, and Western Areas, each held an interest of 50%. The Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture owned the developing South Deep gold mine adjacent to Gold Fields’ Kloof gold mine, located in the Witwatersrand basin near Johannesburg. Barrick received consideration of U.S.$1.525 billion, comprised of U.S.$1.2 billion in cash and 18.7 million Gold Fields shares, valued at U.S.$325 million. The Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture, which was the entity’s name at the time of acquisition, is now known as the South Deep Joint Venture.

On October 30, 2006, Gold Fields commenced an offer, referred to herein as the Offer, to acquire the entire issued share capital of Western Areas not already owned by Gold Fields by offering 35 Gold Fields ordinary shares for every 100 Western Areas shares. Western Areas’ principal asset was its 50% interest in South Deep. Pursuant to the Offer and the subsequent compulsory acquisition of Western Areas shares, Gold Fields issued a total of 33,461,565 Gold Fields’ Ordinary Shares to Western Areas shareholders.

 

27


Table of Contents

In support of the Offer, and pursuant to an agreement between Gold Fields, JCI Limited, or JCI, and certain subsidiaries of JCI, Gold Fields, on November 16, 2006, acquired 27 million Western Areas shares from one of the subsidiaries of JCI in exchange for the issue to JCI of 9,450,000 Gold Fields shares. In addition, pursuant to the agreement, Gold Fields, on November 28, 2006, exercised call options in respect of a further 9.96 million Western Areas shares held by the JCI subsidiaries. As a result of these transactions and the Offer, Gold Fields acquired 100% of Western Areas and the South Deep mine in fiscal 2007.

On November 30, 2007, Gold Fields disposed of its assets in Venezuela to Rusoro Mining Ltd., or Rusoro, for a total consideration of approximately U.S.$532 million (based on the volume weighted average price, or VWAP, of Rusoro shares as quoted by Bloomberg for the 10 days prior to the date the agreement was signed). Gold Fields received U.S.$180 million in cash and 140 million newly-issued Rusoro shares, which at the time of sale represented approximately 37% of the outstanding shares of Rusoro. Pursuant to the transaction, Rusoro acquired Gold Fields’ stake in the Choco 10 gold mine, as well as the contiguous mineral rights owned by Gold Fields.

Gold Fields is a public company incorporated in South Africa, with a registered office located at 24 St. Andrews Road, Parktown 2193, South Africa, telephone number +27-11-644-2400.

 

28


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure

Gold Fields is a holding company with its significant ownership interests organized as set forth below.

LOGO


1 Unless otherwise stated, all subsidiaries are, directly or indirectly, wholly-owned by Gold Fields Limited.

 

2 In fiscal 2007, Gold Fields Venezuela Holding B.V. changed its name to Gold Fields Netherlands Services B.V. On November 30, 2007, Gold Fields Netherlands Services B.V. sold its Venezuelan assets to Rusoro Mining Limited. See “—Recent Developments—Sale of Choco 10.”

 

29


Table of Contents

Strategy

General

Gold Fields is a significant producer of gold and a major holder of gold reserves in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Peru. Gold Fields also has reported gold and copper reserves at the Cerro Corona Project, a development project in Peru which is presently under construction. The gold industry has historically been highly fragmented and a trend has been underway to consolidate the industry through mergers and acquisitions.

Global Context

Gold Fields’ strategy was developed in the context of a global market characterized by an extended period of low gold prices, reduced global expenditure on gold exploration and increasing industry consolidation. This strategy has evolved over time, but despite the recent increase in the price of gold, Gold Fields has maintained a strategy of general caution with respect to financial commitments while maintaining full exposure to the effects of the gold price.

Generally, Gold Fields’ strategy consists of the following key elements:

 

   

operational excellence, which is aimed at improving returns through the optimization of existing assets. This is achieved in the first instance through improving productivity. Secondly, it also implies the reduction of costs through cost management initiatives and growing assets through inward investment;

 

   

growing Gold Fields by diversifying geographical, technical and product risk through acquiring and developing additional long-life assets. Starting in fiscal 2004, Gold Fields set a goal of achieving an additional 1.5 million ounces of annual gold production outside of South Africa by the end of calendar year 2009, a goal it retains notwithstanding the sales of the Essakane project and the Venezuelan operations; and

 

   

securing the future of Gold Fields by earning and maintaining what Gold Fields calls its “license to operate” in those countries and regions in which it operates and by upholding strong principles of corporate governance. Gold Fields views its ability to conduct its operations as involving a reciprocal commitment from Gold Fields to the communities where it is located to deal with issues related to sustainable development.

Operational Excellence

Management believes that improved profitability at existing operations can be achieved by increasing mining rates, increasing mining quality and reducing costs. Management believes that significant opportunity exists to do this, specifically through:

 

   

increasing development rates at the South African operations to provide for ore reserve and mining flexibility;

 

   

increasing quality mining through increasing volumes mined above the pay limit and/or cut-offs and ensuring that dilution is minimized. Dilution can be minimized through programs aimed at reducing the quantities of waste mined both underground and in the open pits. Quality can be improved through ongoing grade control and optimizing mine call factors;

 

   

increasing productivity through skills development programs, aligning incentive schemes with desired outcomes, removing bottlenecks, improving ventilation and lowering temperatures at the South African operations, rationalization of infrastructure and plant modernizations;

 

   

investing in cost reduction through replacement of older equipment with modern and more efficient equipment;

 

30


Table of Contents
   

reducing costs through improving controls over the consumption of materials used in the mines, implementing improved procurement practices and exploring opportunities for global and regional supply contracts; and

 

   

improving efficiencies and controls in areas such as people management, planned maintenance, transport and medical facilities.

Acquisitions and Exploration

Gold Fields is one of the largest producers of gold in the world. Gold Fields’ corporate development mandate is to grow as a world leader in developing and operating low-cost, long-life precious metal mines. Gold Fields is sensitive to the fact that increased competition for acquisitions and higher gold prices are pushing asset prices to levels that threaten returns. The impact on returns has been exacerbated by higher input costs, particularly as significant increases in base metal prices has led to increased mining of base metals, which uses some of the same inputs as gold mining, and therefore has increased overall demand for those products.

To be considered by Gold Fields, generally an exploration project must have the potential to meet certain target criteria (which vary depending on other strategic objectives and the quality of the project): the potential for a minimum of 5,000,000 ounces of reserves; production rates in the range of 500,000 gold equivalent ounces per year; and a double-digit rate of return. If these criteria are met and the project fits within Gold Fields’ strategic development goals, Gold Fields will consider taking on the project. Great effort is also placed on reviewing non-geological aspects of prospective projects, such as social, political, environmental and commercial risks, insuring that an appropriate risk versus reward tradeoff analysis is factored into the decision.

For acquisitions of gold assets or companies outside South Africa, Gold Fields is at somewhat of a disadvantage to certain of its competitors, but this also has offsetting strengths. South African exchange control regulations limit Gold Fields’ ability to provide guarantees or borrow outside South Africa without express approval from the South African Reserve Bank, or the SARB. However, in his speech to Parliament toward the end of October 2004, the Minister of Finance outlined the South African Treasury’s medium-term budget policy statement and repeated that it was the government’s eventual goal to replace all remaining exchange controls with prudential benchmarks. He also announced the abolition of exchange control limits on new outward foreign direct investments by South African corporations and the lifting of their obligation to repatriate foreign dividends. There have subsequently been further indications from the Ministry of Finance that it remains the government’s intention to gradually phase out the remaining exchange controls over time. On the other hand, Gold Fields has a strong balance sheet and low debt-to-equity ratio and also has a skilled and effective corporate evaluation and acquisition team, and a sound track record in project development.

Gold Fields also maintains an active global exploration effort for gold and PGMs through exploration offices worldwide and an exploration philosophy that management believes is well focused and cost efficient.

Hedging

Gold Fields does not enter into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for future gold production. Gold Fields believes that investors in Gold Fields’ shares seek an unlimited exposure to movements in the U.S. dollar gold price and the resulting effect on Gold Fields’ earnings. However, commodity hedges are sometimes undertaken on in one or more of the following circumstances to protect cash flows at times of significant capital expenditure; for specific debt servicing requirements; and to safeguard the viability of higher cost operations.

Gold Fields may from time to time establish currency and/or interest rate financial instruments to protect underlying cash flows or to take advantage of potential favorable currency movements.

 

31


Table of Contents

Reserves of Gold Fields as of June 30, 2007

Methodology

This reserve statement is a restatement of Gold Fields’ declared reserves as at December 31, 2006 figures to June 30, 2007. In this regard, the process followed was similar to that used by an independent mining industry consultant to restate Gold Fields’ declared reserves as of December 31, 2005 to June 30, 2006, with the primary difference being that this restatement was generated, documented and signed internally and then, after suitable internal corporate governance processes, provided to an independent mining industry consultant for review.

The methodology used by Gold Fields to produce its reserve statement as at December 31, 2006 and that used to restate those reserves to June 30, 2007 were similar in scope and methodology and involved for each mining asset, reviews and assessments of (i) the mining asset, including title, rights and applicable laws; (ii) the geology; (iii) mineralized material from which ore reserves are derived; (iv) the mine plan, schedule and ore reserves; (v) the processing method; (vi) tailings management; (vii) the engineering infrastructure, expected overhead costs and planned capital projects; (viii) human resources; (ix) safety and health issues; (x) any environmental issues, including legislation and liabilities; (xi) valuation, including financial models and resultant net present values; and (xii) risk assessment, including general risks, specific risks and remediation measures.

The main differences in the process for preparing the statement for June 30, 2007 was in the shorter timeframes involved, as only half the time had passed since the preparation of the immediately prior statements, resulting in limited new data, reviews and processes to which the resulting figures were exposed. This restatement therefore focused on a review of all available new information, updates, and any other material issues apparent since the Gold Fields’ reserve statement as at December 31, 2006, which was fully audited. In arriving at the final statement for the June 30, 2007 declaration, following and based on the reviews and assessments outlined above, the reserve estimates were updated where material changes were apparent, other figures associated with the items outlined above were also updated, and finally mining depletions were applied at the various operations.

While there are some differences between the definition of the South African Code for Reporting of Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves, or SAMREC Code, and that of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s, or SEC’s, industry guide number 7, only reserves at each of Gold Fields’ operations and exploration projects as of June 30, 2007 which qualify as reserves for purposes of the SEC’s industry guide number 7 are presented in the table below. See “—Glossary of Mining Terms.” In accordance with the requirements imposed by the JSE, Gold Fields reports its reserves using the terms and definitions of the SAMREC Code. Mineral or ore reserves, as defined under the SAMREC Code, are divided into categories of proven and probable reserves and are expressed in terms of tons to be processed at mill feed head grades, allowing for estimated mining dilution and recovery factors.

Gold Fields reports reserves using cut-off grades (mainly for open pit operations) and pay limits to ensure the reserves realistically reflect both the cost structures and required margins relevant to each mining operation. Cut-off grade is the grade that distinguishes the material within an orebody that is to be extracted and treated from the remaining material. The pay limit is the grade at which an orebody can be mined without profit or loss calculated using an appropriate gold or copper price and working costs, plus modifying factors. Modifying factors used to calculate the pay limit grades include adjustments to mill delivered amounts, due to dilution incurred in the course of mining. Modifying factors applied in estimating reserves are primarily historical, but commonly incorporate adjustments for planned operational improvements such as those described below under “—Description of Mining Business—Productivity Initiatives.” Tonnage and grade may include some mineralization below the selected pay limit and cut-off grade to ensure that the reserve comprises blocks of adequate size and continuity. Reserves also take into account cost levels at each operation and are supported by mine plans.

The estimation of reserves at the South African underground operations is based on surface drilling, underground drilling, surface three-dimensional reflection seismics, orebody facies, structural modeling,

 

32


Table of Contents

underground channel sampling and geostatistical estimation. The reefs are initially explored by drilling from the surface on an approximately 500 meter to 2,000 meter grid. Once underground access is available, drilling is undertaken on an approximately 30 meter by 60 meter grid. Underground channel sampling perpendicular to the reef is undertaken at three meter intervals in development areas and five meter intervals at stope faces.

The following sets out the reserve estimation methodologies for the different categories of reserves at the underground operations of each of the South African mines (other than South Deep, where Gold Fields is still evaluating the reserve position following its acquisition of the mine).

Driefontein

 

Reserve Classification

  

Sample Spacing Range
Min/Max

(meters)

  

Maximum Distance Data is
Projected

(meters)

Proven

   3 to 180    110

Probable (AI) (1)

   3 to 1,140    570

Probable (BI) (1)

   3 to 2,840    1,420

Note:

 

(1) AI is above infrastructure; BI is below infrastructure.

For proven reserves, the orebody is opened-up and sampled on a three meter spacing for development (such as raises), and a five meter grid for stoping, together with underground borehole spacings ranging from tens to hundreds of meters. Blocks classified as proven are therefore generally adjacent to close spaced sampling and generally pierced by a relatively dense irregular pattern of boreholes. Estimation is constrained within both geologically homogenous structural and facies zones, and is generally derived from either ordinary or simple kriged small-scale grids, ranging from 10 meter to 20 meter block sizes.

For above infrastructure probable reserves, the estimates access the significant numbers of samples on a three meter spacing for development, and a five meter grid for stoping bordering these areas. In addition underground borehole spacings ranging from tens to hundreds of meters are used together with surface drillholes and seismic surveys. Blocks classified as probable (AI) are generally adjacent to blocks classified as proven. Estimation is constrained within homogenous structural and facies zones, and is generally derived from either ordinary or simple kriged medium to macro scale sized grids ranging from 40 meter to 420 meter sizes, or through declustered averaging or Sichel “t” techniques. For planning purposes these blocks are further evaluated to facilitate the selection of blocks above the cut-off grade.

For below infrastructure probable reserves, the estimates access the significant numbers of samples on a three meter spacing for development, and a five meter grid for stoping above these areas. In addition underground borehole spacings ranging from tens to hundreds of meters are used together with surface drillholes and seismic surveys. Blocks classified as probable (BI) are generally below blocks classified as proven or probable (AI). Estimation is constrained within homogenous structural and facies zones, and is generally derived from either ordinary or simple kriged medium to macro scale sized grids ranging from 40 meters to 420 meter sizes, or through declustered averaging or Sichel “t” techniques. For planning purposes these blocks are further evaluated to facilitate the selection of blocks above the cut-off grade.

Kloof

 

Reserve Classification

  

Sample Spacing Range
Min/Max

(meters)

  

Maximum Distance Data is
Projected

(meters)

Proven

   3 to 150    150

Probable (AI) (1)

   3 to 718    360

Probable (BI) (1)

   3 to 1,390    890

Note:

 

(1) AI is above infrastructure; BI is below infrastructure.

 

33


Table of Contents

Estimations for proven reserves are made on the same basis as at Driefontein.

Estimations for above infrastructure probable reserves are made on the same basis as at Driefontein, but with medium sized kriged grids starting from 40 meters to macro blocks of 400 meters. For planning purposes these blocks are further evaluated to facilitate the selection of blocks above the cut-off grade.

Estimations for below infrastructure probable reserves are made on the same basis as at Driefontein, but with medium-sized kriged grids starting from 40 meters to macro blocks of 400 meters. The distinction between estimation techniques for above infrastructure and below infrastructure probable reserves is the same as at Driefontein. For planning purposes these blocks are further evaluated to facilitate the selection of blocks above the cut-off grade.

Beatrix

 

Reserve Classification

   Sample Spacing Range
Min/Max
(meters)
   Maximum Distance Data is
Projected
(meters)

Proven

   3 to 120    120

Probable (AI) (1)

   3 to 940    750

Probable (BI) (1)

   540 to 610    740

Note:

 

(1) AI is above infrastructure; BI is below infrastructure.

Estimations for proven reserves are made on the same basis as at Driefontein but with kriging blocks ranging from 16 meters to 32 meters.

Estimations for above infrastructure probable reserves are made on the same basis as at Driefontein but with medium-sized kriged blocks of 32 meters, and macro geological zone estimates being made through declustered averaging or Sichel “t” techniques. For planning purposes these blocks are further evaluated to facilitate the selection of blocks above the cut-off grade.

Estimations for below infrastructure probable reserves are made on the same basis as at Driefontein but with medium-sized kriged blocks being 32 meters, to macro geological zone estimates through declustered averaging or Sichel “t” techniques. The distinction between estimation techniques for above infrastructure and below infrastructure probable reserves is the same as at Driefontein. For planning purposes these blocks are further evaluated to facilitate the selection of blocks above the cut-off grade.

The primary assumptions of continuity of the geologically homogenous zones are driven by the geological model, which is updated only if new information arises. Any changes to the model are subject to peer, internal technical corporate consultant and independent consultant review. Historically, mining at South African deep level gold mines has shown significant geological continuity, so that new mines were started based on limited surface borehole information. Customarily, geological facies are primarily based on the definition of different facies within each conglomerate horizon. These facies are extrapolated into new, undeveloped areas taking into account any surface borehole data in those areas. Normally these facies are continuous, supported by extensive historical sample databases, and can be incorporated in the macro kriging of large blocks.

For the Tarkwa open pit operation, estimation of reserves is based on a combination of an initial 100 or 200 meter grid of diamond drilling and in certain areas a 12.5 meter to 25.0 meter grid of reverse circulation drilling. For the Damang open pit operation, estimation of reserves is based on a 20 meter to 80 meter grid of diamond drilling and in certain areas reverse circulation drilling.

 

34


Table of Contents

At the Australian operations, the estimation of reserves for both underground and open pit operations is based on exploration, sampling and testing information gathered through appropriate techniques, primarily from drill holes and mine development. The locations of sample points are spaced closely enough to deduce or confirm geological and grade continuity. Generally, drilling is undertaken on grids, which range between 20 meters by 20 meters to 40 meters by 40 meters, although this may vary depending on the continuity of the orebody. Due to the variety and diversity of resources at St. Ives and Agnew, sample spacing may also vary depending on each particular ore type. For Choco 10 and the Cerro Corona Project, estimation is based on diamond drill and reverse circulation holes. The spacing of holes at Cerro Corona is generally around 50 meters, with some areas approximating a 25 meter grid. The drill spacing at Choco 10 is varied, depending on geological and grade continuity, with a general spacing of 50 meters by 25 meters to 25 meters by 25 meters.

Reserve Statement

As of June 30, 2007, Gold Fields had aggregated attributable proven and probable gold reserves of approximately 89.7 million ounces as set forth in the following table.

Gold ore reserve statement as of June 30, 2007 (1)

 

    Tons   Proven
reserves
Head
Grade
  Gold   Tons   Probable
reserves
Head
Grade
  Gold   Tons   Total
reserves
Head
Grade
  Gold   Attributable
gold
production
in the
12 months
ended
June 30,
2007 (2)
    (million)   (g/t)   (‘000 oz)   (million)   (g/t)   (‘000 oz)   (million)   (g/t)   (‘000 oz)   (‘000 oz)

Underground (“UG”)

                   

Driefontein (UG) (total)

  19.1   8.5   5,207   53.3   9.0   15,483   72.5   8.9   20,690   926

Above infrastructure (3)

  19.1   8.5   5,207   22.2   9.8   6,995   41.3   9.2   12,202   926

Below infrastructure (3)

  —     —     —     31.1   8.5   8,488   31.1   8.5   8,488   —  

Kloof (UG) (total)

  11.6   10.7   3,997   27.3   10.0   8,804   38.9   10.2   12,801   909

Above infrastructure (3)

  11.6   10.7   3,997   23.0   9.6   7,112   34.6   10.0   11,109   909

Below infrastructure (3)

  —     —     —     4.3   12.1   1,692   4.3   12.1   1,692   —  

South Deep (UG) (total) (6)

  11.0   7.4   2,608   143.9   6.0   27,832   154.9   6.1   30.439   152

Above infrastructure (3)(6)

  11.0   7.4   2,608   77.3   6.2   15,517   88.3   6.4   18,125   152

Below infrastructure (3)(6)

  —     —     —     66.6   5.8   12,315   66.6   5.8   12,315   —  

Beatrix (UG) (total)

  14.1   5.4   2,472   31.8   5.6   5,711   46.0   5.5   8,182   543

Above infrastructure (3)

  14.1   5.4   2,472   28.3   5.6   5,058   42.4   5.5   7,530   543

Below infrastructure (3)

  —     —     —     3.5   5.8   653   3.5   5.8   653   —  

Australia

                   

St. Ives

  —     —     —     6.4   5.2   1,062   6.4   5.2   1,062   215

Agnew

  0.5   10.6   167   1.3   7.8   318   1.8   8.6   485   136

Total Underground

  56.3   8.0   14,451   264.0   7.0   59,210   320.5   7.1   73,659   2,882

Surface (Rock Dumps)

                   

Driefontein

  —     —     —     4.6   0.9   133   4.6   0.9   133   90

Kloof

  —     —     —     12.3   0.7   296   12.3   0.7   296   14

South Deep (6)

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —     9

 

35


Table of Contents
    Tons   Proven
reserves
Head
Grade
  Gold   Tons   Probable
reserves
Head
Grade
  Gold   Tons   Total
reserves
Head
Grade
  Gold   Attributable
gold
production
in the
12 months
ended
June 30,
2007 (2)
 
    (million)   (g/t)   (‘000 oz)   (million)   (g/t)   (‘000 oz)   (million)   (g/t)   (‘000 oz)   (‘000 oz)  

Surface (Production Stockpile)

                   

Ghana

                   

Tarkwa

  4.1   0.7   99   —     —     —     4.1   0.7   99   —    

Damang

  —     —     —     4.4   1.1   150   4.4   1.1   150   —    

Australia

                   

St. Ives

  5.1   1.2   199   —     —     —     5.1   1.2   199   —    

Agnew

  0.9   1.9   59   —     —     —     0.9   1.9   59   —    

Venezuela

                   

Choco 10

  0.5   1.1   15   —     —     —     0.5   1.1   15   —    

Peru

                   

Cerro Corona

  0.5   1.5   22   —     —     —     0.5   1.5   22   —    

Surface (Open Pit)

                   

Ghana

                   

Tarkwa

  100.7   1.3   4,277   108.1   1.2   4,304   208.9   1.3   8,581   496 (4)

Damang (5)

  4.6   2.0   295   12.2   1.5   587   16.8   1.6   882   134 (4)

Australia

                   

St. Ives (5)

  0.8   2.5   63   21.8   1.7   1,184   22.6   1.7   1,247   272 (4)

Agnew (5)

  0.2   3.7   22   —     2.0   —     0.2   3.7   22   76 (4)

Venezuela

                   

Choco 10

  2.3   2.9   213   14.4   3.3   1,531   16.7   3.2   1,744   52 (4)

Peru

                   

Cerro Corona

  21.9   1.1   798   56.7   1.0   1,743   78.5   1.0   2,541   —    
                                         

Total Surface

  141.6   1.3   6,061   234.5   1.3   9,929   376.1   1.3   15,991   1,142  
                                         

Total

  197.9   3.2   20,512   498.5   4.3   69,139   696.5   4.0   89,650   4,024  

Totals by Mine

                   

Driefontein

  19.1   8.5   5,207   57.9   8.4   15,616   77.1   8.4   20,823   1,017  

Kloof

  11.6   10.7   3,997   39.5   7.2   9,100   51.2   8.0   13,097   923  

South Deep (6)

  11.0   7.4   2,608   143.9   6.0   27,832   154.9   6.1   30,439   161  

Beatrix

  14.1   5.4   2,472   31.8   5.6   5,711   46.0   5.5   8,182   543  

Tarkwa

  104.8   1.3   4,375   108.1   1.2   4,304   213.0   1.3   8,680   496  

Damang

  4.6   2.0   295   16.6   1.4   737   21.2   1.5   1,032   134  

St.Ives

  5.9   1.4   262   28.2   2.5   2,246   34.1   2.3   2,509   487  

Agnew

  1.6   4.8   248   1.3   7.8   318   2.9   6.1   566   212  

Choco 10

  2.8   2.6   228   14.4   3.3   1,531   17.2   3.2   1,759   52  

Cerro Corona

  22.4   1.1   820   56.7   1.0   1,743   79.1   1.0   2,563   —    

Total

  197.9   3.2   20,512   498.5   4.3   69,139   696.5   4.0   89,650   4,024  

Notes:

 

(1)   (a)

Quoted as mill delivered tons and Run of Mine, or RoM, grades, inclusive of all mining dilutions and gold losses except mill recovery. Metallurgical recovery factors have not been applied to the reserve figures. The approximate metallurgical factors are as follows: (1) Driefontein 96.9%; (2) Kloof 97.4%; (3) Beatrix 96%; (4) South Deep 97.2%; (5) Tarkwa 95% for milling, 67% for heap leach; (6) Damang 92% to 93.5%; (7) St. Ives 94% to 95% for milling, 60% to 75% for heap leach; (8) Agnew 94%; (9) Choco 10 89% to 93%; and (10) Cerro Corona 55% to 75% for gold and 76% to 90% for copper. The metallurgical recovery is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the mass of the specific mineral

 

36


Table of Contents
 

product actually recovered from ore treated at the plant to its total specific mineral content before treatment. The South African operations have a fairly consistent metallurgical recovery, while the recoveries on the International operations vary according to the mix of the source material and method of treatment.

 

  (b) For Driefontein, Kloof and Beatrix, a gold price of Rand 120,000 per kilogram ($550 per ounce at an exchange rate of Rand 6.79 per $1.00) was applied in calculating ore reserve figures. For the Tarkwa, Damang and Choco 10 operations and the Cerro Corona Project, ore reserve figures are based on an optimized pit at a gold price of $550 per ounce and a copper price of $1.25 per pound. For the Australian operations ore reserve figures are based on a gold price of A$715 per ounce ($550 per ounce at an exchange rate of A$1.30 per $1.00). Open pit ore reserves at the Australian operations are similarly based on optimized pits. The gold price used for reserves is the approximate three-year average, calculated on a monthly basis, of the London afternoon fixing price of gold. These prices are approximately 20% higher in South African Rand terms and 10% higher in U.S. and Australian dollar terms than the prices used for the December 31, 2006 declaration and reflect the effect of the increasing gold prices experienced in these currencies during the first half of calendar 2007 on the three-year historical average. Gold Fields is still evaluating the reserve position at South Deep following its acquisition of the mine during fiscal 2007 and accordingly has included the reserves for South Deep as declared by the Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture (now, the South Deep Joint Venture) as at December 31, 2005, before its acquisition by Gold Fields, updated to June 30, 2007 for mining depletion. These reserves were calculated using a Rand price of 87,193 per kilogram ($400 per ounce at an exchange rate of Rand 6.78 per $1.00).

 

  (c) For the South African operations, mine dilution relates to the difference between the mill tonnage and the stope face tonnage and includes other sources stoping (which is waste that is broken on the mining horizon, other than on the stope face), development to mill and tonnage discrepancy (which is the difference between the tonnage expected on the basis of the mine’s measuring methods and the tonnage accounted for by the plant). For the International operations, dilution relates to unplanned waste and/or low-grade material being mined and delivered to the mill. Ranges are given for those operations that have multiple orebody styles and mining methodologies. The mine dilution factors are as follows: (i) Driefontein 21%; (ii) Kloof 20%; (iii) Beatrix 24%; (iv) Tarkwa 11%; (v) Damang 5% to 15%; (vi) St. Ives 5% to 16%; (vii) Agnew 10% to 15%; (viii) Choco 10 10% to 11%; and (ix) Cerro Corona 0.2%.

 

  (d) The mining recovery factor relates to the proportion or percentage of ore mined from the defined orebody at the gold price used for the declaration of reserves. This percentage will vary from mining area to mining area. This percentage reflects planned and scheduled reserves against total potentially available reserves (at the gold price used for the declaration of reserves), with all modifying factors, mining constraints and pillar discounts applied. The mining recovery factors are as follows: (i) Driefontein 79%; (ii) Kloof 53%; (iii) Beatrix 69%; (iv) Tarkwa 99%; (v) Damang 74%; (vi) St. Ives 95%; and (vii) Agnew 95%.

 

  (e) The pay limit (South African operations) and cut-off grade (International operations) vary per shaft, open pit or underground mine, depending on the respective costs, depletion schedule, ore type and dilution. The following are the average or range of values applied in the planning process: (i) Driefontein 1,770 cm.g/t; (ii) Kloof 1,760 cm.g/t; (iii) Beatrix 990 cm.g/t; (iv) South Deep 3.9g/t to 7.4g/t (at South Deep, the values are expressed in g/t, as focus is on tonnage rather than square meters) (v) Tarkwa 0.32 g/t for heap leach and 0.48 g/t for mill feed; (vi) Damang 0.84 g/t for fresh ore and 0.47 g/t for oxide ore; (vii) St. Ives 0.54 g/t to 0.92 g/t for heap leach, 0.94 g/t to 1.44 g/t for mill feed—open pit, and 2.41 g/t to 3.02 g/t for mill feed—underground; (viii) Agnew 0.9 g/t for mill feed—open pit, and 3.3 to 3.7 g/t for mill feed—underground; (ix) Choco 10 0.91 g/t to 1.07 g/t; and (x) Cerro Corona $8.32 to $8.40 net smelter return (combined copper and gold).

 

  (f) Totals may not sum due to rounding. Where this occurs it is not deemed significant

 

(2) Actual gold produced after metallurgical recovery.

 

37


Table of Contents
(3) Above infrastructure reserves relate to mineralization which is located at a level at which an operation currently has infrastructure sufficient to allow mining operations to occur. Below infrastructure reserves relate to mineralization which is located at a level at which an operation currently does not have infrastructure sufficient to allow mining operations to occur, but where the operation has made plans to install additional infrastructure in the future which will allow mining to occur at that level.

 

(4) Includes some gold produced from stockpile material, which cannot be separately measured.

 

(5) Excludes inferred material within the pit design.

 

(6) See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields has not independently confirmed the reliability of the South Deep, BGSA or Western Areas information for the period prior to their respective acquisitions by Gold Fields included in this annual report” and note (a) above.

The following table sets forth the proven and probable copper reserves of the Cerro Corona Project as of June 30, 2007 that are attributable to Gold Fields.

Copper ore reserve statement as of June 30, 2007

 

    Tons   Proven
Reserves
Grade
Cu
  Cu   Tons   Probable
Reserves
Grade
Cu
  Cu   Tons   Total
Reserves
Grade
Cu
  Cu   Attributable
copper
production
in the
12 months
ended
June 30,
2007
    (million)   (%)   (million
lbs)
  (million)   (%)   (million
lbs)
  (million)   (%)   (million
lbs)
 

(million

lbs)

Surface (Open Pit) Peru

                   

Cerro Corona

  20.8   0.6   285   55.0   0.5   594   75.9   0.5   879   —  

Gold and copper price sensitivity

The amount of gold mineralization that Gold Fields can economically extract, and therefore can classify as reserves, is very sensitive to fluctuations in the price of gold. At gold prices different than the gold price of $550 per ounce used to estimate Gold Fields’ attributable reserves of 89.7 million ounces of gold as of June 30, 2007 listed above, Gold Fields’ operations would have had significantly different reserves. Based on the same methodology and assumptions as were used to estimate Gold Fields’ reserves as of June 30, 2007 listed above, but applying different gold prices that are 10% above and below the $550 per ounce gold price used to estimate Gold Fields’ attributable reserves, the attributable gold reserves of Gold Fields’ operations would have been as follows:

 

     $495/oz     $550/oz      $605/oz  
     (‘000 oz)  

Driefontein (1)

   12,019 (2)   20,823      21,275  

Kloof (1)

   12,572     13,097      13,601  

Beatrix (1)

   6,378     8,182      9,297  

Tarkwa

   7,031     8,680      9,559  

Damang

   887     1,032      1,128  

St. Ives

   2,179     2,509      2,635  

Agnew

   526     566      578  

Cerro Corona

   2,563     2,563      2,563 (3)
                   

Choco 10

   1,759     1,759      3,196  
                   

Total (1)(4)

   45,914     59,211      63,832  
                   

Notes:

 

(1)

South African operations’ reserves include run-of-mine ore stockpiles. As Gold Fields is still evaluating the reserve position at South Deep following its acquisition of the mine during fiscal 2007, and has included the

 

38


Table of Contents
 

reserves for South Deep declared by the Placer Dome—Western Areas Limited Joint Venture as at December 31, 2005, calculated using a U.S. dollar price of $400 per ounce, and updated to June 30, 2007 for minor additions and mining depletion, it is not feasible to present a comparable sensitivity analysis for South Deep. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields has not independently confirmed the reliability of the South Deep, BGSA or Western Areas information for the period prior to their respective acquisitions by Gold Fields included in this annual report.”

 

(2) Excludes Shaft No. 9 below infrastructure material that would not be economical to mine, and thus would not be a reserve, at this lower gold price.

 

(3) Under the current tailings dam design at the Cerro Corona Project, reserves would not respond to an upward movement of the gold price because of current capacity constraints at the tailings storage facility for the Cerro Corona Project. A decrease of 10% in gold prices is insufficient to affect the level of gold reserves.

 

(4) The sensitivity analyses are calculated as 10% above and below the base price in the local currency of the respective operation, with Ghana, Choco 10 and Cerro Corona calculated in U.S.$, and applying an exchange rate of Rand 6.79 per $1.00 for the South African operations and A$1.30 per $1.00 for the Australian operations.

The London afternoon fixing price for gold on December 5, 2007 was $793.00 per ounce. Gold Fields’ attributable gold reserves increased from 61.8 million ounces at June 30, 2006 to 89.7 million ounces at June 30, 2007, primarily due to the inclusion of the South Deep mine in fiscal 2007.

The amount of copper mineralization that Gold Fields can economically extract, and therefore can classify as reserves, is sensitive to fluctuations in the price of copper. Based on the same methodology and assumptions as were used to estimate Gold Fields’ copper reserves as of June 30, 2007 listed above, but applying different copper prices that are 10% above and below the copper price of $1.25 per pound used to estimate Gold Fields’ attributable copper reserves, the attributable copper reserves of Gold Fields’ operations would have been as follows:

 

     $1.13/lb    $1.25/lb    $1.38/lb  
     Copper (million lbs)  

Cerro Corona

   879    879    879 (1)

Note:

 

(1) Under the current tailings dam design at the Cerro Corona Project, reserves would not respond to an upward movement of the copper price because of current capacity constraints at the tailings storage facility for the Cerro Corona Project. A decrease of 10% in copper prices is insufficient to affect the level of copper reserves.

Gold Fields’ methodology for determining its reserves is subject to change and is based upon estimates and assumptions made by management regarding a number of factors as noted above under “—Methodology.” Accordingly, the sensitivity analysis of Gold Fields’ reserves provided above should not be relied upon as indicative of what the estimate of Gold Fields’ reserves would actually be or have been at the gold or copper prices indicated, or at any other gold or copper price, nor should it be relied upon as a basis for estimating Gold Fields’ ore reserves based on the current gold or copper price or what Gold Fields’ reserves will be at any time in the future. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ reserves are estimates based on a number of assumptions, any changes to which may require Gold Fields to lower its estimated reserves.”

Geology

The majority of Gold Fields’ gold production is derived from deep-level underground gold mines located along the northern and western margins of the Witwatersrand Basin in South Africa. These properties include the Beatrix operation, the Driefontein operation, the Kloof operation and the South Deep operation. These mines are typical of the many Witwatersrand Basin operations, which have been the primary contributors to South Africa’s production of a third (over 1.6 billion ounces) of the world’s recorded gold production over the last 122 years.

 

39


Table of Contents

The Witwatersrand Basin comprises a 6,000 meter vertical thickness of sedimentary rocks, extending laterally for some 300 kilometers northeast to southwest by some 100 kilometers northwest to southeast, generally dipping at shallow angles toward the center of the basin. The basin outcrops at its northern extent near Johannesburg but to the west, south and east it is overlaid by up to 4,000 meters of volcanic and sedimentary rocks. The Witwatersrand Basin is Achaean in age, meaning the sedimentary rocks are of the order of 2.7 to 2.8 billion years old.

Gold mineralization occurs within laterally extensive quartz pebble conglomerate horizons called reefs, which are developed above unconformable surfaces near the basin margin. As a result of faulting and primary controls on mineralization structure, the gold fields are not continuous and are characterized by the presence or dominance of different reef units. The reefs are generally less than two meters in thickness and are widely considered to represent laterally extensive braided fluvial deposits or unconfined flow deposits, which formed along the flanks of alluvial fan systems around the edge of an inland sea. Dykes and sills of diabase or doleritic composition are developed within the Witwatersrand Basin and are associated with several intrusive and extrusive events.

The gold generally occurs in native form, often associated with pyrite and carbon. Pyrite and gold within the reefs display a variety of forms, some obviously indicative of detrital transport within the depositional system and others suggesting crystallization within the reef itself.

The most fundamental controls of gold distribution are the primary sedimentary features such as facies variation and channel directions. Consequently, the modeling of sedimentary features within the reefs and the correlation of payable grades with certain facies is key to in situ reserve estimation as well as effective operational mine planning and grade control.

For a discussion of the geological features present at the Tarkwa, Damang, St. Ives, Agnew and Choco 10 mines, see the geology discussion contained in the description of each of those mines found below under “—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Ghana Operations—Tarkwa Mine,” “—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations— Ghana Operations—Damang Mine,” “—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Australia Operations—St. Ives,” “—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Australia Operations—Agnew” and “—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Venezuela Operation—Choco 10.”

Description of Mining Business

The discussion below provides a general overview of the mining business as it applies to Gold Fields.

Exploration

Exploration activities are focused on the extension of existing orebodies and identification of new orebodies both at existing sites and at undeveloped sites. Once a potential orebody has been discovered, exploration is extended and intensified in order to enable clearer definition of the orebody and the potential portions to be mined. Geological techniques are constantly refined to improve the economic viability of prospecting and mining activities.

Mining

Gold Fields currently mines only gold, with silver as a by-product. As and when the Cerro Corona Project begins production, Gold Fields expects also to have copper as a by-product. The mining process can be divided into two principal activities: (1) developing access to the orebody; and (2) extracting the orebody once accessed. These two processes apply to both surface and underground mines.

 

40


Table of Contents

Underground Mining

Developing Access to the Orebody

For Gold Fields’ South African underground mines, access to orebodies is provided through vertical, inclined and declined shaft systems. If additional depth is required to fully exploit the reef, and it is economically feasible, then secondary (sub-vertical) or tertiary shafts are sunk from the underground levels. Horizontal development at various intervals of a shaft, known as levels, extends access to the horizon of the reef to be mined. On-reef development then provides specific mining access. South African mine layouts generally follow a linear, crisscross pattern, while Australian mines have more varied layouts and typically use a spiral-shaped decline layout to descend alongside the orebody.

Extracting the Orebody

Once an orebody has been accessed, drilling, blasting, supporting and cleaning activities are carried out on a daily basis and broken ore is scraped into and down gullies to ore passes, where it is channeled to the crosscut below. The ore is then hauled by rail to shaft ore passes, where it is tipped into loading stations for hoisting to the surface. Mining methods employed at Gold Fields’ operations include longwall mining, closely spaced dip pillar mining and conventional scattered mining. In Australia, extraction methods are highly mechanized, with mechanized equipment used within the declines and at the stope for drilling, loading and hauling. South African mining methods tend to be more labor-intensive than the Australian operations.

Open Pit Mining

Developing Access to the Orebody

In open pit mining, access to the ore is achieved by stripping the overburden in benches of fixed height to expose the ore below. This is most typically achieved by drilling and blasting an area, loading the broken rock with excavators into dump trucks and hauling the rock and/or soil to dumps.

Extracting the Orebody

Extraction of the orebody in open pit mining involves the same activity as in stripping the overburden. The rock is drilled and blasted, and lines are established demarcating ore from waste material. The ore is loaded into dump trucks and hauled to the crusher or stockpile, while the waste is hauled to waste rock dumps.

Rock Dump and Production Stockpile Mining

Gold Fields mines surface rock dumps and production stockpiles using mechanized earth moving equipment.

Mine Planning and Management

Operational and planning management on the mines receives support from corporate management and centralized support functions. The current philosophy is one of top-down/bottom-up management, with the non-financial operational objectives at each mine defined by the personnel at the mine based on parameters, objectives and guidelines provided by Gold Fields’ head office. This is based on the premise that the people on the ground have the best understanding of what is realistically achievable.

Gold Fields has a seamless mine planning process. Each operation compiles a detailed one-year operational plan that rolls into a life of mine, or LoM, plan during the second half of each fiscal year. The plans are based on financial parameters issued to the operation by Gold Fields’ Operating Committee. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Operating Committees.” The operational plan is presented to Gold Fields’ Board

 

41


Table of Contents

for approval before the commencement of each fiscal year. The planning process is sequential and is based upon geological models, evaluation models, mine design, depletion schedules and, ultimately, financial analysis. Capital planning is formalized pursuant to Gold Fields’ capital spending planning process. Projects are categorized in terms of total expenditure, and all projects involving amounts exceeding Rand 75 million (South Africa), A$15 million (Australia) and U.S.$10 million (Ghana/Peru/Venezuela) are submitted to the full Board for approval.

The South African operations have implemented an integrated electronic reserve and resource information system, called IRRIS, to enhance LoM planning capabilities. This system provides a common planning platform to facilitate quicker, more flexible and more accurate short- and long-term planning and more timely identification of production shortfalls. Short-term planning on the operations is conducted monthly and aligned with the operational plan. Financial and economic parameters for the LoM and the operational plan are issued to the operations from the head office and relevant survey and evaluation factors are determined in accordance with Gold Fields’ guidelines. Significant changes in the LoM plans may occur from year to year as a result of mining experience, new ore discoveries, changes in the ore reserve estimates, changes in mining methods and rates, process changes, investment in new equipment and technology and gold prices.

Processing

Gold Fields currently has 15 gold processing facilities (8 in South Africa, 4 in Ghana and 3 in Australia) which treat ore to extract gold. A typical gold processing plant circuit includes two phases: comminution and treatment.

Comminution

Comminution is the process of breaking up the ore to expose and liberate the gold and make it available for treatment. Conventionally, this process occurs in multi-stage crushing and milling circuits, which include the use of jaw and gyratory crushers and rod, tube, ball and semi-autogenous grinding, or SAG, mills. Most of Gold Fields’ milling circuits utilize SAG milling where the ore itself and steel balls are used as the primary grinding media. Through the comminution process, ore is ground to a minimum size before proceeding to the treatment phase.

Treatment

In all of Gold Fields’ metallurgical plants, gold is extracted into a leach solution by leaching with cyanide in agitated tanks. Gold is then extracted onto activated carbon from the solution using either the CIL or CIP process. The activated carbon is then eluted with gold recovered by electrowinning.

Gold Fields has three heap leach operations. In the heap leach process, crushed ore is stacked on impervious leach pads and a cyanide leaching solution is sprayed on the pile. The solution percolates through the heap and dissolves liberated gold. A system of underdrains removes the gold-containing solution, which is then passed through columns containing activated carbon. The loaded carbon is then eluted and the gold recovered by electrowinning.

As a final recovery step, gold recovered from the carbon using the above processes is smelted to produce rough gold bars. These bars are then transported to the refinery which is responsible for refining the bars to good delivery status.

Productivity Initiatives

Gold Fields has undertaken a number of initiatives, such as Project 500, Project 100, Project 100+ and Project Beyond, intended to increase productivity and cost efficiencies at its mines. These initiatives form part of

 

42


Table of Contents

the strategic objective of operational excellence and focus on activities such as creating ongoing and sustainable cost savings, optimizing the supply chain, optimizing spending on explosives, increasing productivity, improving mine design and employee training. In fiscal 2007, the Mining School of Excellence, which focuses on the training and development of core mining skills, became fully operational. Also in fiscal 2007, Gold Fields introduced its Tactics and Strategy Drive, which is focused on implementing appropriate technology to improve the flow of reef, people, equipment and material. Gold Fields intends to continue to advance productivity through various team mobilization initiatives in place at the mines and improve working practices through applying operational management principles combined with the application of the theory of constraints.

Each operation has a program in place to motivate its employees toward the goals of increased productivity and operational excellence, which is reinforced by a recognition and reward program. Gold Fields is committed to human resource development programs aligned with the Company’s skills and competency needs.

Refining and Marketing

Gold Fields has appointed Rand Refinery Limited, or Rand Refinery, to refine all of Gold Fields’ South African produced gold. Rand Refinery is a non-listed public company in which Gold Fields holds a 34.9% interest, with the remaining interests held by other South African gold producers.

Since October 1, 2004, Gold Fields’ treasury department arranges the sale of all the gold production from the South African operations. Rand Refinery advises Gold Fields on a daily basis of the amount of gold available for sale. Gold Fields sells the gold at a price benchmarked against the London afternoon fixing price. Two business days after the sale of gold, Gold Fields deposits an amount in U.S. dollars equal to the value of the gold at the London afternoon fixing price into Rand Refinery’s nominated U.S. dollar account. Rand Refinery deducts refining charges payable by Gold Fields relating to such amount of gold and deposits the balance of the proceeds into the nominated U.S. dollar account of Gold Fields. Rand Refinery charges a refining fee of $0.31 per troy ounce of gold and a refining charge of R70 per kilogram.

All gold produced by Gold Fields at the Tarkwa and Damang mines in Ghana is refined by Rand Refinery pursuant to two non-exclusive agreements entered into in October 2004 between Rand Refinery and Gold Fields Ghana Limited, or Gold Fields Ghana, and between Rand Refinery and Abosso Goldfields Limited, or Abosso. Under these agreements, Rand Refinery collects, refines and sells gold as instructed by Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso. Rand Refinery assumes responsibility for the gold upon collection at either the Tarkwa or Damang mine. The gold is then transported to the Rand Refinery premises in Johannesburg, South Africa, where it is refined. Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso reimburse Rand Refinery for transportation costs. Under these agreements, Rand Refinery sells the refined gold on behalf of Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso at the London afternoon fixing price for gold on the date of delivery. Rand Refinery receives refining fees of $0.36 per ounce of gold received, and a realization fee equal to $0.16 per ounce of gold refined. Each of these agreements continues until either party terminates it upon 90 days’ written notice.

In Australia, all gold produced by St. Ives and Agnew is refined by AGR Matthey, which is a partnership between WA Mint, Australian Gold Alliance and Johnson Matthey (Australia). Under an agreement which became effective on September 1, 2002 and which was last amended on January 1, 2007 and expires on December 31, 2008, among St. Ives Gold Mining Company Pty Ltd, Agnew Gold Mining Company Pty Ltd and AGR Matthey, AGR Matthey refines the gold produced by St. Ives and Agnew for a refining fee of A$0.38 per ounce of gold, which further increased to A$0.44 per ounce of gold from January 1, 2007, plus a transportation fee. The transportation fee is calculated as A$0.096 per ounce plus fixed fees per shipment. AGR Matthey retains 0.1% of the gold and 1.0% of any silver it refines to cover losses in the refining process. AGR Matthey collects the gold from St. Ives and Agnew, refines it and credits the gold to the relevant metals account held by St. Ives and Agnew with AGR Matthey. St. Ives and Agnew then inform the Gold Fields corporate office in Johannesburg of the amount available for sale in Perth, Australia. After confirming the relevant amount with AGR Matthey, Gold Fields either sells the gold directly to AGR Matthey at the London afternoon fixing price per

 

43


Table of Contents

ounce or it swaps the gold into London at a fee of $0.33 per ounce, which means that AGR Matthey provides gold in London for sale by Gold Fields in an amount equal to the gold from St. Ives and Agnew located in Perth. In the case of a location swap, AGR Matthey is instructed to credit St. Ives’ or Agnew’s metal account held with Deutsche Bank, London. Once the gold is sold to a third party, Deutsche Bank, London is instructed by Gold Fields to deliver the gold to the relevant counterparty bank. This agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party upon 90 days’ written notice.

In Venezuela, a minimum of 15% of the gold produced must be sold locally. However, Gold Fields has been selling all its Venezuelan production to local buyers. These buyers pay in advance of collection of the gold at a price determined in Bolivars. The price is equivalent to the London afternoon fixing price on the day the transaction is negotiated, converted into Bolivars at the official exchange rate of 2,150 Bolivars per dollar, plus a premium. The premium is negotiated with each purchaser, but also includes certain deductions. Actual delivery takes place approximately four days later, once the proceeds have been deposited in Gold Fields’ bank account. On November 30, 2007, Gold Fields sold its assets in Venezuela. See “—Recent Developments—Sale of Choco 10.”

Gold Fields supports and participates in the gold marketing activities of the World Gold Council, or WGC, and contributes $1.75 per ounce of the gold it produces in South Africa and Australia and $1.75 per ounce of its attributable production from Tarkwa to the WGC in support of its activities.

Services

Mining activities require extensive services, located both on the surface and underground at the mines. Services include:

 

   

mining-related services such as engineering, rock mechanics, ventilation and refrigeration, materials handling, operational performance evaluation and capital planning;

 

   

safety and training;

 

   

housing and health-related services, including hostel and hospital operations;

 

   

reserves management, including sampling and estimation, geological services, including mine planning and design, and mine survey;

 

   

metallurgy;

 

   

equipment maintenance; and

 

   

assay services.

Most of these services are provided directly by Gold Fields, either at the operational level or through the head office, although some are provided by third-party contractors.

Gold Fields’ Mining Operations

Gold Fields conducts underground mining operations at each site except Tarkwa, Damang and Choco 10 and conducts some processing of surface rock dump material at Driefontein, Kloof and South Deep. Beatrix ceased surface operations in 2005. Tarkwa, Damang and Choco 10 are open pit mines and also process material from production stockpiles. St. Ives and Agnew together include underground and open pit operations and also process material from production stockpiles.

 

44


Table of Contents

Total Operations

The following chart details the operating and production results for each of fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007 for all operations owned by Gold Fields as of the end of that fiscal year. The results of operations for mines acquired during the relevant period are included as from the date of control, which is March 1, 2006 for Choco 10 and December 1, 2006 for South Deep.

 

     Year ended June 30,
       2005 (1)    2006 (1)    2007

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

   47,880    49,366    52,166

Recovered grade (g/t)

   2.9    2.7    2.6

Gold produced (‘000 oz) (2)

   4,488    4,348    4,285

Results of operations ($million)

        

Revenues

   1,893.1    2,282.0    2,735.2

Total production costs (3)

   1,727.6    1,825.8    2,052.5

Total cash costs (4)

   1,355.0    1,469.3    1,692.5

Cash profit (5)

   538.1    812.7    1,042.7

Cost per ounce of gold ($)

        

Total production costs

   385    419    482

Total cash costs

   302    338    394

Notes:

 

(1) Amounts for fiscal 2005 and 2006 have been adjusted due to the change in accounting principle regarding ore reserve development costs, which were previously expensed and are now capitalized.

 

(2) In fiscal 2005, 4.221 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, in fiscal 2006, 4.074 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields and in fiscal 2007, 4.024 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghana operation during fiscal 2005 and attributable to minority shareholders in both the Ghana and Venezuela operations in fiscal 2006 and attributable to minority shareholders in Ghana, Venezuela and South Deep in 2007.

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(4) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(5) Cash profit represents revenues less total cash costs.

 

45


Table of Contents

Underground Operations

The following chart details the operating and production results for Gold Fields’ underground operations for fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007. The underground operations include all of the mines in the South African operations and the underground portions of the mines in the Australian operations. The results of operations for mines acquired during the relevant period are included as from the date of control, which is March 1, 2006 for Choco 10 and December 1, 2006 for South Deep.

 

     Year ended June 30,
       2005 (1)    2006 (1)    2007

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

   13,807    12,831    13,386

Recovered grade (g/t)

   7.1    7.1    6.7

Gold produced (‘000 oz) (2)

   3,172    2,915    2,884

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

   1,336.4    1,526.1    1,840.2

Total production costs (3)

   1,303.9    1,264.0    1,346.4

Total cash costs (4)

   1,005.5    996.4    1,086.5

Cash profit (5)

   330.9    529.7    753.7

Cost per ounce of gold ($)

        

Total production costs

   411    433    474

Total cash costs

   317    342    377

Notes:

 

(1) Amounts for fiscal 2005 and 2006 have been adjusted due to the change in accounting principle regarding ore reserve development costs, which were previously expensed and are now capitalized.

 

(2) In fiscal 2005, all 3.172 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, in fiscal 2006, all 2.915 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields and in fiscal 2007, 2.882 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in South Deep

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(4) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(5) Cash profit represents revenues less total cash costs.

Tons milled from the underground operations increased from 12.8 million tons in fiscal 2006 to 13.4 million tons in fiscal 2007. At the South African operations, the increase was mainly due to the inclusion of South Deep and improved mining flexibility at Kloof. This was partially offset by a decrease in underground production at St. Ives and Agnew as a result of lower availability of underground ores. However, total tons at St. Ives and Agnew were similar year on year, as the loss of underground tons was replaced with tons from open pit and surface stockpiles. The amount of gold produced from underground operations decreased from 2.915 million ounces in fiscal 2006 to 2.884 million ounces in fiscal 2007. This decrease was due to the lower average underground yield which decreased from 7.1 grams per ton in fiscal 2006 to 6.7 grams per ton in fiscal 2007. Except for St. Ives, all mines reported lower yields and South Deep averaged 6.2 grams per ton during the seven months of control during fiscal 2007.

 

46


Table of Contents

Surface Operations

The following chart details the operating and production results for Gold Fields’ surface operations for fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007. Surface operations include all of the mines in the Ghana and Venezuela operations, the open pit portions of the mines in the Australian operations and the surface rock dump material at the mines in the South African operation. The results of operations for mines acquired during the relevant period are included as from the date of control, which is March 1, 2006 for Choco 10 and December 1, 2006 for South Deep.

 

     Year ended June 30,
       2005    2006    2007

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

   34,073    36,535    38,780

Recovered grade (g/t)

   1.2    1.2    1.1

Gold produced (‘000 oz) (1)

   1,316    1,433    1,401

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

   556.7    755.9    895.0

Total production costs (2)

   424.7    561.8    706.1

Total cash costs (3)

   349.5    472.9    606.1

Cash profit (4)

   207.2    283.0    289.0

Cost per ounce of gold ($)

        

Total production costs

   323    292    504

Total cash costs

   265    330    432

Notes:

 

(1) In fiscal 2005, 1.049 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, in fiscal 2006, 1.159 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields and in fiscal 2007, 1.142 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghana operations during fiscal 2005 and attributable to both the Ghana and Venezuela operations in fiscal 2006 and attributable to minority shareholders in Ghana, Venezuela and South Deep in 2007.

 

(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(4) Cash profit represents revenues less total cash costs.

Tons milled from the surface operations increased from 36.5 million tons in fiscal 2006 to 38.8 million tons in fiscal 2007, primarily because of increased production from the Australian operations, which replaced reduced underground tons with surface tons, together with the tons gained from both the newly acquired Choco 10 and South Deep mines, and increased tons from Tarkwa.

Driefontein Operation

Introduction

The Driefontein gold mine is located in the Northwest Province of South Africa in the Far West Rand mining district, some 70 kilometers southwest of Johannesburg. Driefontein operates under a mining authorization with a total area of approximately 8,600 hectares. It is an underground mine with nominal surface reserves represented by rock dumps that have been accumulated through the operating history of the mine. Driefontein has multiple operating shaft systems and three metallurgical plants and operates at depths of between 700 meters and 3,420 meters below surface. The Driefontein operation has access to the national electricity grid and water, road and rail infrastructure and is located near regional urban centers where it can routinely obtain needed supplies. In the year ended June 30, 2007, it produced 1.017 million ounces of gold. As of June 30, 2007, Driefontein had approximately 18,300 employees, including approximately 2,100 employed by outside contractors.

 

47


Table of Contents

History

Driefontein was formed from the consolidation in 1981 of the East Driefontein and West Driefontein mines. Gold mining began at Driefontein in 1952.

Geology

Driefontein is located in the West Wits Line that forms part of the Far West Rand of the Witwatersrand Basin. The operation is divided into an Eastern Section and a Western Section, separated by a bank anticline and associated faulting. Gold mineralization at Driefontein is contained within three reef horizons. The Carbon Leader Reef, or Carbon Leader, the Ventersdorp Contact Reef, or VCR, and the Middelvlei Reef, or MVR, occur at depths of between 500 meters and 4,000 meters. Stratigraphically, the Carbon Leader is situated 40 to 70 meters below the VCR and MVR and is a generally high-grade reef comprising different facies and dips to the south at approximately 25 degrees. The Carbon Leader subcrops against the VCR in the eastern part of the mine. The west-dipping Bank Fault defines the eastern limit of both reefs. The VCR is most extensively developed in the east, and subcrops to the west. The MVR is a secondary reef, situated approximately 50 meters above the Carbon Leader, and, at present, it is a minor contributor to reserves and production. The average gold grades vary with lithofacies changes in all of the reefs.

Mining

In the northern, older portions of Driefontein, which include Shaft Nos. 2, 6, 7, 8 and 10, production is focused on remnant pillar extraction and accessing and mining of secondary reef horizons. In the southern, newer portions of the mine, which include Shaft Nos. 1 and 4, the focus is on scattered or longwall mining. The shafts at the deepest levels of the mine, consisting of Shaft No. 1 Tertiary and Shaft No. 5, employ the closely spaced dip pillar mining method. This method provides additional mining flexibility. The closely spaced dip pillar mining method is also planned for Shaft No. 9. During fiscal 2007, various events at Shaft No. 4 including seismicity, an underground fire and the loss of some high grade areas due to geological features caused production to be scaled down. Driefontein is in the process of implementing a contingency plan, which will create alternative access points for logistics and ore flows, in order to ensure that production will be able to continue in the event of shaft barrel failure at Shaft No. 4. Driefontein did not meet its development targets for fiscal 2007, mainly due to seismicity at Shaft Nos. 1 and 4.

In fiscal 2007, Driefontein commenced the pre-sinking phase of the Shaft No. 9 deepening project, with sinking planned to start in the second quarter of fiscal 2008. The drilling program aimed at confirming geological structures and grades in the immediate vicinity of the shaft is still in progress, but is hampered by logistical constraints and some water intersections. In order to leverage the higher gold price, Driefontein has also recommenced mining at Shaft No. 10 (previously closed in fiscal 2004). Production at this shaft is currently in a build up phase and should reach planned levels in fiscal 2008.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Driefontein for the past three fiscal years.

 

     Year ended June 30,
       2005 (1)    2006 (1)    2007

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

   6,694    6,867    6,652

Recovered grade (g/t)

   5.4    5.2    4.8

Gold produced (‘000 oz)

   1,163    1,150    1,017

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

   489.7    599.9    648.2

Total production costs (2)

   431.9    451.5    425.9

Total cash costs (3)

   339.7    362.4    355.0

Cash profit (4)

   150.0    237.5    293.2

Cost per ounce of gold ($)

        

Total production costs

   371    393    419

Total cash costs

   292    315    349

 

48


Table of Contents

Notes:

 

(1) Amounts for fiscal 2005 and 2006 have been adjusted due to the change in accounting principle regarding ore reserve development costs, which were previously expensed and are now capitalized.

 

(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(4) Cash profit represents revenues less total cash costs.

The decrease in tonnage from fiscal 2006 to 2007 was primarily due to fewer square meters being mined from Shaft No. 4, and a deliberate decrease in surface production in order to improve the recovery at No. 2 Plant. Gold production decreased primarily due to the scaled-down production at Shaft No. 4. Gold Fields experienced an increase in total cash costs and total production costs per ounce of gold from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2007 at Driefontein, mainly due to the reduced gold production and an increase in labor costs. The increase in tonnage from fiscal 2005 to 2006 was primarily due to an increase in stope width, as a result of which more ore was mined, and an increase in tons from surface operations. Gold production decreased slightly due to a decrease in recovered grade. Gold Fields experienced an increase in total cash costs and total production costs per ounce of gold from fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2006 at Driefontein, mainly due to an increase in labor costs.

Output quality of the Driefontein orebody decreased over the course of fiscal 2007 primarily due to lower production levels at the high grade Shaft No. 4, and a lower Mine Call Factor at No. 2 Plant. Across the other shafts at Driefontein, output quality remained consistent with the grade qualities in fiscal 2006.

In order to improve operational excellence, Driefontein focused in fiscal 2007 on the implementation of various new technologies and intiatives. These initiatives are aimed at improving mining efficiencies and streamlining the mining process. They include the introduction of electric drilling machines at two of the shafts and the conversion from diesel-operated to battery-driven locomotives at the newer shafts. Progress has been made on the building of high performance work teams through the introduction of team leaders, which is intended to improve supervision.

The Driefontein operation is engaged in both underground and surface mining, and is thus subject to all of the underground and surface mining risks discussed in “Risk Factors.” The primary safety challenges facing the Driefontein underground operation include falls of ground, seismicity, flammable gas, water intrusion and rock temperatures. Water intrusion is dealt with through drilling, cementation sealing techniques and an extensive water-pumping network. Also, because rock temperatures tend to increase with depth, Driefontein requires an extensive cooling infrastructure. In fiscal 2007, Driefontein experienced six underground fires, of which five were disruptive because areas affected had to be closed while damage was assessed and remedied. One of the fires at Shaft No. 4 had a material effect on production, as it rendered two areas inaccessible and contributed to the forced restructuring of that shaft. Driefontein also suffered several seismic events, which resulted in two workers losing their lives. Driefontein is seeking to reduce seismicity problems through using a combination of closely spaced dip pillar mining techniques, the introduction of centralized blasting in areas where the density of mining activities requires a controlled blast and using plant tailings as backfill support to stabilize the working areas. In addition, pre-conditioning, which alters the stress profile immediately ahead of the mining face, is used where required, to reduce the chance of face ejection.

Driefontein continued to process low grade surface material in fiscal 2007, for which the biggest risk is the decrease in grade of the remaining dumps. In order to manage this risk, the grade of the rock dumps is monitored on a daily basis, and the monitoring method can cater for screening (upgrading) if the grade drops below the required cut-off grade. This process reduces the tonnage that will be available for processing. The surface operation safety risks include problems with ground stability, moving machinery and dust generation. Driefontein has a risk management system in place that guides the mining of the rock dumps to minimize these risks.

 

49


Table of Contents

In total during fiscal 2007, there were 13 fatalities at Driefontein and, to date in fiscal 2008, there have been six fatalities. There were no material work stoppages in connection with the events. The serious injury frequency rate for fiscal 2007 was 7.1 serious injuries for every million hours worked, reflecting an improvement as compared to the serious injury frequency rate of 7.4 for each of fiscal 2005 and 2006. The fatal injury frequency rate improved from 0.33 in fiscal 2006 to 0.28 fatalities for every million hours worked in fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2005, the fatal injury frequency rate was 0.17 fatalities for every million hours worked.

In fiscal 2007, production was not affected by industrial action at Driefontein and there were no material work stoppages. On December 4, 2007, there was a one-day, industry-wide work stoppage in South Africa that affected the Driefontein operation. For more information about labor relations at Driefontein, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—South Africa.” However, Driefontein’s productivity improvement strategies continue to be hampered by high levels of worker absenteeism. Although the mine has succeeded in reducing the absenteeism rate, the sick rate, which is one factor of the absenteeism rate, remains an area of concern. Driefontein has embarked on a wellness program as an initiative aimed at improving the health of employees generally. The mine is also experiencing a shortage of skilled labor, with particularly high employee turnover of artisans, occupational health and environment practitioners, surveyors and geologists. Driefontein has introduced a “scarce skills” allowance for artisans and is in the process of implementing a gross remuneration package for certain categories of employees.

The total shaft hoisting capacity of Driefontein is detailed below.

 

Shaft System

   Hoisting capacity
     (tons/month)

No. 8

   96,000

No. 6

   118,000

No. 7

   190,000

No. 1

   155,000

No. 2

   185,000

No. 4

   180,000

No. 5

   175,000

No. 10

   121,000

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserve estimates at Driefontein and that there are no changes to the current mine plan at Driefontein, Driefontein’s June 30, 2007 proven and probable reserves of 20.8 million ounces of gold will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2036. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management,” there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which thus could materially change the life of mine.

 

50


Table of Contents

Processing

The following table sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tons milled per month and metallurgical recovery factor during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, for each of the plants at Driefontein:

 

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

  Year
commissioned (1)
 

Comminution

phase

 

Treatment

phase

  Capacity (2)     Average milled
for the year
ended June 30,
2007
  Approximate
recovery factor
for the year
ended June 30,
2007 (3)
 
                (tons/month)     (tons/month)      

No. 1 Plant

  1972   SAG milling   CIP treatment and
electrowinning
  240,000 (4)   231,200   97 %

No. 2 Plant

  1964   SAG/ball milling   CIP treatment (5)   200,000     202,700   94 %

No. 3 Plant

  1998   SAG milling   CIP treatment (5)   115,000     120,500   94 %

Notes:

 

(1) No. 1 Plant was substantially upgraded in fiscal 2004, and No. 2 Plant was substantially upgraded in fiscal 2003. No. 3 Plant was originally commissioned as a uranium plant and was upgraded to a gold plant in 1998. Therefore, No. 3 Plant lists the year commissioned as a gold plant.

 

(2) Nameplate capacity. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.

 

(3) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

 

(4) Capacity was increased from 200,000 tons per month to 240,000 tons per month during fiscal 2003.

 

(5) After CIP treatment, electrowinning occurs at No. 1 Plant.

No. 1 Plant was upgraded in fiscal 2004 with the installation of a new comminution circuit and the installation of a CIP treatment facility. The optimization program at the plant was completed in fiscal 2007 so that targeted plan throughput can now be achieved.

In fiscal 2007, the Driefontein plants collectively extracted approximately 96.3% of the gold contained in ore delivered for processing.

Capital Expenditure

Gold Fields spent approximately $113 million on capital expenditure at the Driefontein operation in fiscal 2007, primarily on ore reserve development at all shafts, together with the continuation of ore handling arrangements at Shaft No. 1, shaft pillar extraction at Shaft No. 4, backfill arrangements, upgrading of power distribution, mining equipment, the provision of compressed air at Shaft No. 5 and the Shaft No. 9 deepening project. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately $140 million of capital expenditure at Driefontein for fiscal 2008, principally for ore reserve development, the shaft pillar extraction at Shaft No. 4, the Shaft No. 9 deepening project, a battery locomotive project at the newer shafts, rail track upgrade and compliance with the International Cyanide Management Code.

Kloof Operation

Introduction

Kloof is situated approximately 60 kilometers west of Johannesburg, near the towns of Carletonville and Westonaria in the Gauteng Province of South Africa. The Kloof mine operates under a mining lease covering a

 

51


Table of Contents

total area of approximately 20,100 hectares. It is principally an underground operation, with a limited amount of surface rock dump material being processed. Kloof currently has five operating shaft systems serviced by two metallurgical plants. Kloof is an intermediate and deep-level mine, with operating depths between 1,300 meters and 3,500 meters below surface. The Kloof operation has access to the national electricity grid and water, road and rail infrastructure and is located near regional urban centers where it can routinely obtain needed supplies. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, it produced 0.923 million ounces of gold. As of June 30, 2007, Kloof had approximately 17,900 employees, including approximately 2,800 who were employed by outside contractors.

History

Kloof’s present scope of operations is the result of the consolidation of the Kloof, Libanon, Leeudoorn and Venterspost mines. Gold mining began in the area now covered by these operations in 1934.

Geology

The majority of production at Kloof is from the VCR, which occurs at depths between 1,300 meters and 3,350 meters below surface. The VCR is a tabular orebody that has a general northeast-southwest strike and dips to the southeast at between 20 and 45 degrees. The MVR is classified as Kloof’s secondary reef and minor production volumes are also delivered from the Kloof Reef, or KR, and Libanon Reef, or LR.

Kloof lies between the Bank Fault to the west, and the north trending West Rand Fault to the east. The latter truncates the VCR along the eastern boundary of the mine, with a 1 to 1.5 kilometer up throw to the east. Normal faults are developed sub-parallel to the westerly dipping West Rand Fault, with sympathetic north-northeast trending dykes that show little to no apparent offset of the stratigraphy. A conjugate set of faults and dykes occurs on a west-southwest trend, with throws of 1 to 15 meters. Structures that offset the VCR increase in frequency toward the southern portion of the mine as the Bank Fault is approached.

Mining

The current preferred mining method at Kloof is closely spaced dip pillar mining, with limited application of longwalling and remnant pillar mining in the mature areas. Shaft Nos. 1, 3, 4 and 7 provide the main centers of current production at Kloof.

In fiscal 2007, Kloof faced challenges in meeting several of its planned production targets. Planned production was affected by lower than anticipated grades in the second and third quarters due to unforeseen variability of grade from the primary VCR reef, which compromised the mining flow as crews continually had to be moved to more economical pay areas. As a result, grade management is increasingly focused on capturing the variability of the VCR model. Additionally, in the third quarter of fiscal 2007, lower production and work stoppages resulted from a slow return to standard production after the Christmas break, together with power outages from Kloof’s electricity supplier. Finally, planned production in fiscal 2007 was affected by temporary work stoppages after several incidents of seismic related falls of ground and logistical constraints due to infrastructural problems, such as ore pass scalings, which made removing ore from the underground workings from certain areas of the mine more difficult.

Development and shaft infrastructure work for the extraction of the high-grade Shaft No. 1, or the Main Shaft, pillar is at an advanced stage, with support infrastructure for the shafts and ventilation Phase 2 construction nearing completion and exploration drilling to confirm grade and structure fully complete. At Shaft No. 4, management is focusing on improving multiple access points to the reef, de-bottlenecking plans with improved infrastructure layouts and general improvement with regards to environmental conditions with the commissioning of an additional refrigeration plant. Shaft No. 7 has benefited from improved ventilation and refrigeration infrastructure, which has improved working conditions. Shaft No. 8 underperformed for the fiscal 2007 year because the remnant mining on the VCR horizon was plagued by complex geological structures which

 

52


Table of Contents

resulted in reef elimination and gold loss. In fiscal 2007, programs were implemented at Kloof to accelerate improvements in infrastructure and services to increase flexibility and other conditions that are intended to boost production levels. In line with the overall Gold Fields’ productivity initiatives, Kloof continues to focus on optimizing mine design and configuration, while ensuring that the high-productivity drivers of workforce motivation and competence are addressed through training and incentive schemes.

Overall for Kloof, management is focusing on improving grade prediction by capturing the variability of the primary VCR horizon onto the IRRIS system and, together with an effective short interval control system in place, managing and improving the recovered grade from the mine. The resource definition drilling for the Kloof Extension area (KEA) is scheduled to be completed in the second quarter of fiscal 2008 although the development layout for the project is subject to changes after the geological model is complete. The mine is engaged in further optimization studies in the eastern part of the mine and a number of scenarios are being considered, utilizing current or new infrastructure, to exploit the higher grade reef.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Kloof for the past three fiscal years.

 

     Year ended June 30,
       2005 (1)    2006 (1)    2007

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

   4,655    3,666    3,829

Recovered grade (g/t)

   6.9    7.8    7.5

Gold produced (‘000 oz)

   1,037    914    923

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

   436.4    479.3    587.0

Total production costs (2)

   453.5    426.8    423.1

Total cash costs (3)

   342.2    341.7    338.6

Cash profit (4)

   94.2    137.6    248.4

Cost per ounce of gold ($)

        

Total production costs

   437    467    458

Total cash costs

   330    374    367

Notes:

 

(1) Amounts for fiscal 2005 and 2006 have been adjusted due to the change in accounting principle regarding ore reserve development costs, which were previously expensed and are now capitalized.

 

(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(4) Cash profit represents revenues less total cash costs.

Gold production for fiscal 2007 increased by 1% to 0.923 million ounces from 0.914 million ounces in fiscal 2006, as the mining of lower than anticipated grades was offset by the processing of more underground tons. Recovered grade dropped from 7.8 g/t in fiscal 2006 to 7.5 g/t in fiscal 2007, primarily due to a decrease in underground recovered grade. The drop in grade was associated with the unpredictability of variability within the VCR facies and the lower production from high grade work areas as a result of logistical constraints, seismic events and other production-related events. Total cash costs per ounce decreased marginally in fiscal 2007, as the increase in production costs (increase in wages and cost of inputs such as steel) was offset by the appreciation of the Rand against the U.S. dollar and the higher gold production. Operating margins were positively impacted due to the higher gold price during the year.

The Kloof operation is engaged in underground mining, and is thus subject to all of the underground risks discussed in “Risk Factors.” The primary challenge facing the Kloof operation is seismicity, and to a lesser

 

53


Table of Contents

extent flammable gas. Gold Fields seeks to reduce the impact of seismicity at Kloof by using the closely spaced dip pillar mining method. Early detection and increased ventilation of the shafts are being used to minimize the risk of incidents caused by flammable gas. Also, as with Driefontein, Kloof requires extensive cooling infrastructure to maintain comfortable conditions for workers due to the extreme depth of its operations.

Eleven workers lost their lives at Kloof in fiscal 2007, as compared to sixteen fatalities in fiscal 2006. To date in fiscal 2008, there have been 10 fatalities at Kloof. The serious injury frequency rate at Kloof in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 7.0, 8.3 and 7.9 injuries per million hours worked, respectively. The fatality frequency rate in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 0.23, 0.37 and 0.28 fatalities per million hours worked, respectively. Additionally, the Kloof Main Shaft complex achieved one million fatality-free shifts and Shaft No. 8 had another fatality-free year. Kloof’s safety management system received OHSAS 18001 accreditation in April 2007. Management is committed to reducing serious injuries and fatalities at Kloof mine through its safety and development programs, including the Kloof Eyethu team development program, the Snakes safety campaign and an incident reporting initiative entitled Cabanga Inyoka. These are team development programs that focus on the aspects pertaining to employee behavior that will impact positively on the operational performance, in terms of safety and productivity.

Other than the stoppages associated with the seismicity related falls of ground mentioned above, there were no other interruptions to production due to operational causes in fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2008, Kloof experienced two days of production loss due to an unprotected work stoppage on November 1, 2007. On December 4, 2007, there was a one day industry-wide work stoppage in South Africa that affected the Kloof operation. Additionally, on November 23, 2007, a seismic accident resulted in suspension of mining activities in pillar extraction areas for three days. To date, 15% of the pillars are still not operational. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Labor Relations—South Africa.”

The total shaft hoisting capacity of Kloof is detailed below.

 

Shaft System

   Hoisting capacity
     (tons/month)

No. 1

   300,000

No. 3 (1)

   150,000

No. 4 (2)

   110,000

No. 7

   205,000

No. 8

   75,000

Notes:

 

(1) This shaft does not hoist material to the surface. It has a capacity of 150,000 tons per month for sub-surface hoisting.

 

(2) This shaft hoists only waste rock to the surface. It has a capacity of 110,000 tons per month for sub-surface hoisting.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserve estimates at Kloof and that there are no changes to the current mine plan at Kloof, Kloof’s June 30, 2007 proven and probable reserves of 13.1 million ounces of gold will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2027. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management,” there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

 

54


Table of Contents

Processing

The following table sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tons milled per month and metallurgical recovery factor during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, for each of the plants at Kloof:

 

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

  Year
commissioned
  

Comminution

phase

  

Treatment

phase

  Capacity (1)    Average milled
for the year
ended June 30,
2007
   Approximate
recovery factor
for the year
ended June 30,
2007 (2)
 
                 

(tons/month)

   (tons/month)       

No. 1 Plant

  1968    Traditional crushing
and milling
   CIP treatment (3)   180,000    178,500    97.8 %

No. 2 Plant

  1990    SAG milling    CIP treatment
and
electrowinning
  150,000    140,600    97.5 %

Notes:

 

(1) Nameplate capacity. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.

 

(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

 

(3) After CIP treatment, electrowinning occurs at No. 2 Plant.

In fiscal 2007, the Kloof plants collectively extracted approximately 97.7% of gold contained in ore delivered for processing. An outside contractor, Jet Demolition, has completed the demolition phase of No. 3 Plant. Management expects the rehabilitation phase to be completed by December 2007.

Capital Expenditure

Gold Fields spent approximately $108 million on capital expenditures at the Kloof operation in fiscal 2007, primarily on ventilation, refrigeration and general infrastructure for the Shaft No. 1 pillar extraction, development and refrigeration for the KEA, development at Shaft No. 4 and ore reserve development. Capital expenditure was also focused on mechanized drill and support rigs and the introduction of battery locomotives in fiscal 2007. Gold Fields expects to spend approximately $127 million on capital expenditure in fiscal 2008, primarily on development at Shaft No. 4, the Shaft No. 1 pillar extraction, track upgrades and an ice plant for refrigeration at the KEA and ore reserve development.

Beatrix Operation

Introduction

The Beatrix operation is located in the Free State Province of South Africa, some 240 kilometers southwest of Johannesburg, near Welkom and Virginia, and comprises the Beatrix mine. The Beatrix operation was formerly known as the Free State operation.

Beatrix operates under a mining license with a total area of approximately 16,800 hectares. It is only an underground operation. Beatrix has four shaft systems, with two ventilation shafts to provide additional up-cast and downcast ventilation capacity, which are serviced by two metallurgical plants. It is a shallow to intermediate depth mining operation, at depths between 700 meters and 2,200 meters below surface. The Beatrix mine has access to the national electricity grid and water, road and rail infrastructure and is located near regional urban

 

55


Table of Contents

centers where it can routinely obtain needed supplies. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Beatrix produced 0.543 million ounces of gold. As of June 30, 2007, Beatrix had approximately 11,400 employees, including approximately 900 employed by outside contractors.

History

Beatrix’s present scope of operations is the result of the consolidation with effect from July 1, 1999 of two adjacent mines: Beatrix and Oryx. Gold mining commenced at Beatrix in 1985 and at Oryx in 1991.

Geology

The Beatrix mine exploits the Beatrix Reef, or BXR, at Shaft Nos. 1, 2 and 3, and the Kalkoenkrans Reef, or KKR, at Shaft No. 4 (the former Oryx mine). The reefs are developed on the Aandenk erosional surface and dip to the north and north-east at between four degrees and nine degrees.

In general, the BXR occurs at depths of between 570 meters and 1,380 meters and the KKR occurs at depths of between 1,800 meters and 2,200 meters. Both the BXR and KKR reefs are markedly channelized and consist of multi-cycle, upward fining conglomerate beds with sharp erosive basal contacts. A general east-west trending pay-zone, some 500 to 800 meters wide, has been identified east of Shaft No. 4 and is known as the main channel Zone 2. In addition, surface exploratory drilling, including two surface boreholes completed in fiscal 2007, and underground development has confirmed the reserves to the south of Beatrix’s Shaft No. 4 main channel in Zone 5, which now represents the majority of the reserves at the operation. Ongoing development and underground exploration drilling has continued over the past fiscal year so that all facies and structures have been updated and layouts and planning adapted. All new information is used as part of customary mine planning practices.

Mining

In fiscal 2005, Gold Fields implemented a restructuring project at Beatrix to improve operational efficiencies and reduce costs. As a result, Beatrix is now managed as three operational sections: the North Section (comprising Shaft No. 3 and the lower levels of Shaft No. 1), the South Section (comprising Shaft No. 2 and the upper levels of Shaft No. 1) and the West Section (comprising Shaft No. 4). This operational structure remained in place for fiscal 2007 and is not expected to change.

Mining at Beatrix is based upon the scattered mining method. Shaft Nos. 1, 2 and 4 are the primary sources of production at present, but over time Gold Fields expects mining concentration to shift to Shaft No. 3 as well as Shaft No. 4. During fiscal 2007, management focused on increasing development volumes at all shafts to provide future mining flexibility, orebody definition and grade management. This resulted in a 22% increase in main development volumes at Beatrix in fiscal 2007, as compared to fiscal 2006. This emphasis on development volumes is planned to continue in fiscal 2008.

Overall stoping volumes at each mining section increased marginally, by approximately 2.5%, between fiscal 2006 and 2007. Development was significantly higher in fiscal 2007 due to an increased number of development crews and additional management focus on improving mineable reserves for the mine. Beginning in fiscal 2006, new schedules of routine activities for mining employees and methodologies that reduce the amount of water needed to cool the area and minimize dust and improve gold recovery have helped maintain the mine call factor at all shafts. No shafts were closed or opened in fiscal 2007.

At the North Section in fiscal 2007, activity at Shaft No. 3 focused upon haulage development and initial stoping in order to build up production at the shaft and development and stoping volumes were in line with expectations. The power source being used at Shaft No. 3 for a variety of activities including drilling is primarily hydropower, as opposed to compressed air, with a majority of the mining equipment being run off a high-pressure water system. The benefits of the system include improved cooling underground, improved machine efficiency, lower noise levels and less electrical power usage.

 

56


Table of Contents

Stoping volumes in the South Section met expectations, although increased frequency of faulting and grade variability contributed to a decrease in the amount and grade of gold mined in fiscal 2007.

There was moderately improved performance at Shaft No. 4 in fiscal 2007 due to improved ventilation and logistics, and consistent grade and volumes at the KKR. The KKR, which was historically characterized as being a highly erratic reef structure, is tending to exhibit greater reef consistency in Zone 5. Stoping and development, coupled with continued underground exploration drilling programs, continued to define and support the higher grade Zone 5 area model. Stoping and main development volumes at the West Section were in line with expectations in fiscal 2007, as a result of an increased number of development crews and the consequent increase in mineable reserves. Shaft No. 4 was impacted in fiscal 2007 by geological structure delays, adverse ground conditions and the impacts of swelling of ground clay due to water absorption on access tunnels at the West Section, the effects of which were limited by remedial action.

In fiscal 2007, ongoing improvements were made to haulage tracks and ventilation conditions, largely through the installation of new bulk air coolers. New locomotives and rolling stock were purchased. These improvements and purchases across the mine are part of a project to increase logistics capacity and support future mining volumes, and they are expected to continue in fiscal 2008. Lower grade and marginal mining activities continued to be curtailed at Beatrix in fiscal 2007, despite the increasing gold price, as the mine plans to maintain operating margins. Where appropriate, localized sections of lower grade material were extracted on an incremental basis at the South Section, and this will continue in the future.

Beatrix requires cooling infrastructure to maintain comfortable conditions for workers at depth. The Beatrix West Section has a refrigeration plant installed on its surface, which provides chilled water to bulk air coolers on surface and mid-shaft to the West Section’s primary sub vertical shaft, Shaft No. 4. Presently, this cooling system at Shaft No. 4 extends into Zone 5, where Gold Fields installed two bulk air coolers during fiscal 2007. The surface bulk air cooler project at Shaft No. 3 was completed during the third quarter of fiscal 2007 to provide additional cooling capacity. It became operational during the first quarter of fiscal 2008. This bulk air cooler will be serviced by the surface refrigeration plant installed at Shaft No. 1.

Based on the higher gold price received and in anticipation of improving gold prices in the longer term, a number of incremental expansion opportunities are being examined at Beatrix. For example, work is being done on the Vlakpan project area, which involves an extension of Beatrix on lower levels with access via the infrastructure of Shaft No. 1 and Shaft No. 3, which will continue in fiscal 2008. Under current plans, mining of this area would be expected to commence in fiscal 2009. Additionally, a dip down extension project to access ground below the bottom level of Shaft No. 3 is under way and mining of this area would be expected to commence in fiscal 2010.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Beatrix for the past three fiscal years.

 

     Year ended June 30,
       2005 (1)    2006 (1)    2007

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

   4,181    3,551    3,590

Recovered grade (g/t)

   4.6    5.2    4.7

Gold produced (‘000 oz)

   624    596    543

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

   264.5    312.9    344.9

Total production costs (2)

   267.6    253.3    247.5

Total cash costs (3)

   220.0    210.8    205.6

Cash profit (4)

   44.5    102.1    139.3

Cost per ounce of gold ($)

        

Total production costs

   429    425    455

Total cash costs

   352    354    378

 

57


Table of Contents

Notes:

 

(1) Amounts for fiscal 2005 and 2006 have been adjusted due to the change in accounting principle regarding ore reserve development costs, which were previously expensed and are now capitalized.

 

(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(4) Cash profit represents revenues less total cash costs.

The increase in tonnage milled from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2007 was primarily due to the slight increase in production stoping volumes, higher tonnages from the recovery of vamping and sweeping tonnages and a small increase in stoping width. Gold production, however, was lower in fiscal 2007 and the overall recovered grade in fiscal 2007 decreased due to slightly lower stoping grades and the impact of the lower mine call factor at the North and South Sections in the second half of fiscal 2007. The lower mine call factor at the North and South section was offset in part by higher mine call factor values at the West section.

Recovered grade increased in fiscal 2006 primarily due to a cessation of low grade surface material processing and an improvement in quality factors, such as a slight reduction in stoping width, less dilution from shortfall sources and an increase in the mine call factor. Tonnage milled decreased in fiscal 2006, primarily due to the cessation of surface dump treatment, reduced stope widths and reduced shortfall, which means the amount by which reef tonnage hoisted exceeded tonnage broken. Gold produced decreased in fiscal 2006 due to lower stoping volumes, the impact of employee strikes in August 2005 and an overall decrease in the mined grade. However, the lower mine grade was offset in part by increased production volumes from sweepings and vamping, which improved the mine call factor and recovered grade in fiscal 2006.

The increase in total cash costs and total production costs per ounce of gold from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2007 resulted primarily from the reduced gold produced and the increase in labor costs.

The Beatrix mine is engaged in underground mining, and thus is subject to all of the underground mining risks discussed in “Risk Factors.” The primary safety risks at Beatrix are falls of ground, tramming accidents and flammable gas explosions. Beatrix does experience seismic events and, while the seismic risk is much lower at Beatrix than it is at Kloof or Driefontein, the operation manages these events with a seismic network consisting of several geophones.

Beatrix embarked on a focused training course and awareness campaign on fall of ground accidents in March 2006. Since the introduction of this campaign, there has been a significant lessening of these types of accidents. This campaign includes miner training, hazard awareness, increased supervision and early stope entry examinations. Methane hazard awareness training is ongoing. During fiscal 2007, Beatrix mine was audited against the requirements of the OHSAS 18001 and received accreditation in the first quarter of fiscal 2008.

There were a total of five underground fires in fiscal 2007, two of which occurred at Beatrix North and three at Beatrix South. None of these fires materially affected production. As part of the operating requirement for hazardous locations on the mine, all relevant areas are equipped with methane, velocity and/or ventilation door sensors, which are electronic devices that indicate if a ventilation door is open and if air flow is affected. These sensors are connected to the mine’s electronic telemetry system. Furthermore, all critical fans are connected to the telemetry system and, in certain instances, equipped with localized alarms. These safety systems are monitored on a 24-hour basis from a central control room from which action is taken in the event of alarm.

The serious injury frequency rate for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 4.02, 4.37 and 4.72 serious injuries for every million hours worked, respectively. In fiscal 2007, the fatal injury frequency rate decreased to 0.13 fatalities for every million hours worked, as compared to 0.24 fatalities for every million hours worked in fiscal

 

58


Table of Contents

2006. The fatal injury rate for fiscal 2005 was 0.10 for every million hours worked. Although Beatrix achieved one million fatality-free shifts in fiscal 2007, there were four fatalities at its operations in fiscal 2007, as compared to seven fatalities at Beatrix in fiscal 2006. Beatrix experienced no shaft closures for any length of time in fiscal 2007 or to date in fiscal 2008 due to accidents. To date in fiscal 2008, there have been two fatalities at Beatrix.

Production was not affected by any local or national strikes or labor slowdowns in fiscal 2007. Shaft No. 4 was closed for two days in November 2007 due to factional fighting associated with union elections. There were no interruptions to production in fiscal 2007 due to operational causes. On December 4, 2007, there was a one-day, industry-wide work stoppage in South Africa that affected the Beatrix operation. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—South Africa.”

The total shaft hoisting capacities of Beatrix are detailed below.

 

Shaft System

   Hoisting capacity
     (tons/month)

No. 1

   170,000

No. 2

   170,000

No. 3

   180,000

No. 4

   180,000

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserves estimates at Beatrix and that there are no changes to the current mine plan, Beatrix’s June 30, 2007 proven and probable reserves of 8.2 million ounces of gold will be sufficient to maintain production through to approximately fiscal 2020. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management,” there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

Processing

The following table sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tons milled per month and metallurgical recovery factor during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, for each of the plants at Beatrix:

 

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

   Year
commissioned
  

Comminution
phase

  

Treatment

phase

   Capacity (1)    Average milled
for the year
ended June 30,
2007
   Approximate
recovery factor
for the year
ended June 30,
2007 (2)
 
                    (tons/month)    (tons/month)       

No. 1 Plant

   1983    SAG milling    CIL treatment    260,000    240,600    96 %

No. 2 Plant

   1992    SAG milling    CIP treatment    150,000    58,600    96 %

Notes:

 

(1) Nameplate capacity. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.

 

(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

In fiscal 2007, the Beatrix plants collectively extracted approximately 96% of gold contained in ore delivered for processing, which is the same percentage extracted in fiscal 2006. In fiscal 2004, Gold Fields installed a Knelson concentrator at the No. 1 Plant which removes gold earlier in the metallurgical process. A

 

59


Table of Contents

gravity concentrating circuit, which was commissioned in November 2006, was installed at No. 2 Plant in order to reduce locked up gold in the mills and to improve the overall recovery. These improvements to capacity are expected to remain effective going forward.

None of the metallurgical plants or facilities were upgraded or temporarily or permanently closed in fiscal 2007, and normal routine maintenance and repairs were carried out as part of regular asset management. No major expansion or upgrades are currently planned.

Capital Expenditure

Gold Fields spent approximately $83 million on capital expenditures at the Beatrix operation in fiscal 2007, primarily on the refrigeration project at Shaft No. 3, including bulk cooling infrastructure and pumping capacity, hydropower equipment, conversion of current accommodation for employees and ore reserve development. Gold Fields expects to spend approximately $77 million on capital expenditure at Beatrix in fiscal 2008, primarily on off-reef development, improvements to rail infrastructure from high volume stoping areas and the continuing infrastructure development at Shaft No. 3.

South Deep Operation

Introduction

Gold Fields acquired control of South Deep on December 1, 2006. South Deep is situated adjacent to Kloof, in the Gauteng Province of South Africa. South Deep operates under a mining license with a total area of approximately 3,566 hectares. It is engaged in underground mining and surface rock dump processing and is comprised of two operating shaft systems, the South Shaft Complex and the South Deep Twin Shaft Complex, and one metallurgical plant. The South Shaft Complex includes a main shaft and three sub-vertical (SV) shafts; SV 2 is used to hoist rock with SV 3 being used to move personnel and materials. The South Deep Twin Shaft Complex consists of a single barrel main shaft and adjoining ventilation shaft. Both shaft complexes operate at depths between 1,510 meters and 3,220 meters below surface. The South Deep operation has access to the national electricity grid, water, road and rail infrastructure and is located near regional urban centers where it can routinely obtain needed supplies. In the seven months ended June 30, 2007, South Deep produced 0.163 million ounces of gold. As of June 30, 2007, South Deep had approximately 6,458 employees, including approximately 1,819 employed by outside contractors.

History

The current South Deep operations derive from the Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture, which Gold Fields acquired in a series of transactions in second and third quarter of fiscal 2007. The Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture is now named the South Deep Joint Venture.

Geology

Gold mineralization at South Deep is hosted by conglomerates of the Upper Elsburg reefs and the VCR. The Upper Elsburg reefs sub-crop against the VCR in a north-easterly trend, which defines the western limits of the Upper Elsburg reefs. To the east of the sub-crop, the Upper Elsburg reefs are preserved in an easterly diverging sedimentary wedge attaining a total thickness of approximately 120 meters, which is subdivided into the lower “Individuals” and the overlying “Massives.” To the west of the sub-crop, only the VCR is preserved.

The stratigraphic units at South Deep generally dip southward at around twelve to fifteen degrees and the gold-bearing reefs occur at depths of 1,500 meters to 3,500 meters below surface. The gold grade generally decreases within a reef unit, gradually toward the east away from the Upper Elsburg Reef sub-crop, as sedimentary parameters influence the overall tenor of the reefs in the distal environment.

 

60


Table of Contents

The north–south trending “normal” West Rand and Panvlakte faults, which converge on the western side of the lease, are the most important large-scale faults in the area and form the western limit to gold mineralization for the mine.

Mining

Production at South Deep currently is from the VCR, as well as the Upper Elsburgs (the Massives and the Individuals). The VCR occurs in the western extremity of the mining authorization. The Upper Elsburgs occur to the east of a north-northeast striking subcrop with the overlaying VCR and form part of an easterly divergent clastic wedge. In general terms, the Upper Elsburg succession represents an easterly prograding sedimentary sequence, with the Massives containing higher gold grades and showing more proximal sedimentological attributes in the eastern sector of the mining authorization than the underlying Individuals.

The VCR is mined by conventional longwall mining methods, whereas the Upper Elsburgs are mined by a variety of methods including conventional narrow reef stoping, long hole open stoping and mechanized mining (drift-and-fill and drift-and-benching). South Deep’s workings are at depth, and therefore require significant cooling infrastructure.

Following a shaft accident in the South Deep Twin Shaft Complex Main Shaft in May 2006 which required the shaft to be closed, the main shaft of the South Deep Twin Shaft Complex was re-commissioned in January 2007, ahead of schedule and without a single lost time injury. In addition, a fire that started in August 2006 and took until late December to bring under control caused several portions of the mine to be temporarily closed. The impact of the fire has adversely affected the production build-up.

South Deep remains, at present, a developing mine with large sections of its infrastructure, especially at lower levels, incomplete. The ramping up of production was affected by high staff turnover in the mechanised mining section of the mine which contributes 70% of the ore mined. These staff skills are highly sought after by other trackless miners and the construction sector. Remuneration adjustments were made by year-end to attract and retain such staff. The trackless section has returned to the full three-shift cycle. Discussions are underway with the Gold Fields Business and Leadership Academy, or GFBLA, to invest in trackless training simulators to reduce the future risk of skills attrition.

The integration of the South Deep administrative, management and IT systems into the Gold Fields systems was scheduled to be completed by December 2007 and some synergies have been achieved. The South Deep Twin Shaft Complex ventilation deepening project and installation of infrastructure were also delayed due to the logistical reorganization associated with the recommissioning of the South Deep Twin Shaft Complex. A shortage of civil engineering staff experienced by contractors also exacerbated the situation.

In the second half of fiscal 2007, a 95-level workshop was commissioned, which allows the commencement of long hole open stoping. At full production, this should provide an additional 150,000 tons of marginal Elsburg ore per quarter to supplement current ore production. Moving forward, the focus will be on developing the pumping and rock-handling infrastructure below 95-level and the completion of the 94-level refrigeration project, which should allow the expansion of mining at the lower levels. Mechanized de-stress and backfill programs are being put in place to counter the risk of increased seismicity at these lower levels.

Gold Fields technical expertise is being employed to revisit mine planning and orebody optimization over the mine life. Gold Fields believes that portions of the South Deep orebody could be accessed using the Kloof infrastructure. This could have the potential of increasing the rate at which the South Deep orebody is mined, as well as reducing the unit cost of mining at both Kloof and South Deep. In addition Gold Fields intends to seek to identify other operational synergies between the two operations, which could include the provision of technical and financial services, the utilization of surface infrastructure such as workshops and offices, the procurement of consumables and supply chain management.

 

61


Table of Contents

Detailed below are the operating and production results at South Deep for the seven-month period from December 1, 2006 to June 30, 2007 (the period of Gold Fields’ ownership of the mine in fiscal 2007).

 

     Seven months ended
June 30, 2007

Production

  

Tons (‘000)

   1,104

Recovered grade (g/t)

   4.6

Gold produced (‘000 oz) (1)

   163

Results of operations ($ million)

  

Revenues

   107.9

Total production costs (2)

   118.6

Total cash costs (3)

   98.9

Cash profit (4)

   9.0

Cost per ounce of gold ($)

  

Total production costs

   714

Total cash costs

   595

Notes:

 

(1) In fiscal 2007, production is reported from December 1, 2006, the date on which Gold Fields effectively acquired the mine.

 

(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(4) Cash profit represents revenues less total cash costs.

South Deep is engaged in underground mining and is thus subject to all of the underground mining risks discussed in “Risk Factors”. The primary safety issues facing South Deep underground operations include seismic induced falls of ground, seismicity and rock temperatures. A fall of ground prevention campaign, which was started by Gold Fields during the second half of fiscal 2007, has reduced such incidents but has highlighted the need to focus on slip and fall risks.

In the seven months ended June 30, 2007, the serious injury frequency rate was 4.03 injuries for every million hours worked and the fatal injury frequency rate was 0.13 fatalities for every million hours worked. There was one fatality at the South Deep operation in the seven months ended June 30, 2007 and, in fiscal 2008, there has been one fatality.

Production was not affected by any local or national strikes or labor slowdowns in fiscal 2007. There were no interruptions to production in fiscal 2007 or to date in fiscal 2008 due to operational causes. On December 4, 2007 there was a one-day, industry-wide work stoppage in South Africa that affected the South Deep operation. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employers—Labor Relations—South Africa.”

The ISO 14001:2004 Environmental Management System implementation is on track and certification is anticipated during calendar 2008. There was a return water dam overflow during August 2007 as a result of insufficient dam capacity during the cleanup of one of the compartments of the dam. The solution was neutralized as a precautionary measure through the addition of ferrous sulphate.

 

62


Table of Contents

The total shaft hoisting capacities of South Deep are detailed below.

 

Shaft System

   Hoisting capacity
     (tons/month)

Twins Main

   202,000

SV2

   164,000

South Shaft

   164,000

Gold production for the seven months to June, 2007 amounted to 0.163 million ounces, which included both underground and surface sources. The underground grade recovered was 6.2 grams per ton for the same period. Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserves estimates at South Deep and that there are no changes to the current mine plan at South Deep, South Deep’s June 30, 2007 proven and probable reserves of 30.4 million ounces will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2049. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management,” there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine. Moreover, Gold Fields is still evaluating the reserve position at South Deep following its acquisition of the mine during fiscal 2007, and these reserves are included in the Independent Review Panel report dated December 31, 2005, but updated by Gold Fields to June 30, 2007 for mining depletions.

Processing

All processing at South Deep is provided by a single plant. The following table sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tons milled per month and metallurgical recovery factors during the seven months ended June 30, 2007 for the plant:

 

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

   Year
commissioned
  

Comminution
phase

  

Treatment

phase

   Capacity (1)   

Average milled
for the seven
months ended
June 30,

2007

   Approximate
recovery factor
for the seven
months ended
June 30,
2007 (2)
 
                    (tons/month)    (tons/month)       

Twin Shaft Plant

   2002    SAG and ball milling    Leach, CIP treatment with elution and electro winning    220,000    158,000    97 %

Notes:

 

(1) Nameplate capacity as stated by the manufacturer. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.

 

(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

During fiscal 2007, between 12% and 33% by mass of the annual tons milled reported underground as backfill. The current backfill plant has the capacity to recover 48% by mass of the tons milled as backfill product. Deposition rates on the current residue disposal facilities is limited to 170,000 tons per month. The design for a new residue disposal facility for South Deep has been completed and construction is due to start in early 2008. Gold Fields expects it will take four years to complete the construction program and two years before residue can be diverted to the new dam, at a reduced rate initially.

The previous owners of South Deep completed a feasibility study which aims to increase mine throughput from the current design of 200,000 tons per month to 330,000 tons per month. This includes increasing hoisting

 

63


Table of Contents

capacity at the South Deep Twin Shaft Complex, increasing ventilation and refrigeration capacity, increasing backfill capacity and modifying the metallurgical plant and tailings disposal sites. Included in the feasibility study is the completion of all ancillary infrastructure below 95 level at the South Deep Twin Shaft Complex and the development to ore positions on 100,105 and 110 levels. Gold Fields is advancing the activities as laid out in the feasibility study.

Capital Expenditure

Post-acquisition, through the end of fiscal 2007 Gold Fields spent approximately $23 million, primarily on the Twin Shaft ventilation deepening project, the 94-level refrigeration plant and the design of the new slimes dam.

Gold Fields expects to spend approximately $136 million on capital expenditure at South Deep in fiscal 2008, primarily on development and equipping below level 95, increasing ventilation and refrigeration capacity and surface exploration drilling.

Ghana Operations

The Ghana operations are comprised of the Tarkwa and Damang mines.

Tarkwa Mine

Introduction

Gold Fields Ghana, which holds the interest in the Tarkwa mine, is owned 71.1% by Gold Fields, 18.9% by IAMGold and 10.0% by the government of Ghana.

The Tarkwa mine is located in south-western Ghana, about 300 kilometers by road west of Accra. The Tarkwa mine consists of several open pit operations on the original Tarkwa property and the adjacent southern portion of the property, which was formerly referred to as the Teberebie property and was acquired by Gold Fields in August 2000, together with two heap leach facilities, referred to as the North Plant and the South Plant. A new SAG mill and CIL plant commenced continuous operations at the Tarkwa property in November 2004. The Tarkwa mine operates under mining leases with a total area of approximately 20,800 hectares. It currently conducts only surface operations, although it previously had a small underground mining operation which it operated through July 1999 under Gold Fields’ agreement with the government of Ghana. The Tarkwa mine has access to the national electricity grid, water, road and railroad infrastructure. Most supplies are trucked in from either the nearest seaport, which is approximately 140 kilometers away by road in Takoradi, or from Tema near Accra, which is approximately 300 kilometers away by road. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Tarkwa produced 0.697 million ounces of gold, of which 0.496 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in Gold Fields Ghana. As of June 30, 2007, Tarkwa had approximately 3,800 employees, including approximately 2,200 employed by outside contractors.

History

Investment in large-scale mining in the Tarkwa area commenced in the last quarter of the nineteenth century. In 1993, Gold Fields of South Africa, or GFSA, took over an area previously operated by the State Gold Mining Corporation, or SGMC. SGMC had in turn acquired the property from private companies owned by European investors. Following initial drilling, feasibility studies and project development (which included the removal of overburden and the resettlement of approximately 22,000 people), mining operations commenced in 1997.

Geology

Gold mineralization at Tarkwa is hosted by Proterozoic Tarkwaian metasediments, which overlie but do not conform to a Birimian greenstone belt sequence. Gold mineralization is concentrated in conglomerate reefs and

 

64


Table of Contents

has some similarities to deposits in the Witwatersrand Basin in South Africa. The deposit comprises a succession of stacked, tabular paleoplacer units consisting of quartz pebble conglomerates. Approximately 10 such separate economic units occur in the concession area within a sedimentary package ranging from 40 meters to 110 meters in thickness. Low grade to barren quartzite units are interlayered between the separate reef units.

Mining

The existing surface operation currently exploits narrow auriferous conglomerates from four pits, namely Pepe, Akontansi, Teberebie and Kottraverchy. A fifth pit, West Hill, was fully depleted in February 2007. Two additional pits, Atuabo and Mantraim, which have previously been mined by Gold Fields, are temporarily inactive, but both are planned to be reactivated within the next few years pending the relocation of an electrical sub-station which lies on the edge of the current allowed blast radius and as adjacent active pits are expanded to join them.

Tarkwa uses the typical open pit mining methods of drilling, blasting, loading and hauling. The progression of blasting in the open pit occurs in steps of six meters (or in some cases three meters) with the ore loaded into 144-ton dump trucks.

Tarkwa currently presents no unusual challenges beyond those faced at most open pit and heap leaching mining operations, including variations in amenability of ores to leaching. However, harder ores are expected at Tarkwa which could reduce throughput at the two heap leach facilities. As yet, throughput has not been affected, but heap leach recoveries have declined from fiscal 2006. The primary operational challenges include managing effective grade control, lowering operating costs, optimizing throughput in the plant operations and managing gold-in-process on heap leach pads (that is, gold in the processing circuit that is expected to be recovered during or after operations).

Gold Fields took over the mining activities previously performed on a contract basis by African Mining Services (Ghana) Pty Ltd, or AMS, in the first quarter of fiscal 2005, having purchased its own mining fleet of equipment during the latter half of fiscal 2004. The transition from contractor mining to owner mining went smoothly, with Gold Fields re-engaging the majority of the AMS operators. Additionally, Gold Fields continued to operate at Tarkwa under maintenance and repair contracts with its major equipment suppliers, which were agreed upon in 2004 and have a five-year term. Engineering & Projects Company Limited, a South African company, has been contracted through an alliance agreement to expand the existing CIL Plant to handle one million tons per month. Engineers & Planners Company Limited, a Ghanaian company, was contracted in fiscal 2007 to construct a heap leach pad expansion and to assist in soft topsoil waste mining. Another contractor, P.W. Ghana Limited, was hired to commence work on July 1, 2006 to accelerate stripping in the Teberebie pit in order to guarantee adequate hard ore for the SAG mill. This contractor completed this phase of the work in January 2007 and, in early 2007, after purchasing new mining equipment, Gold Fields took over the stripping operation from the contractors.

 

65


Table of Contents

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Tarkwa for the past three fiscal years.

 

     Year ended June 30,
       2005    2006    2007

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

   19,633    21,487    22,639

Recovered grade (g/t)

   1.1    1.0    1.0

Gold produced (‘000 oz) (1)

   677    709    697

Results of operations ($million)

        

Revenues

   287.5    373.0    444.8

Total production costs (2)

   196.1    248.2    302.6

Total cash costs (3)

   156.9    212.6    263.6

Cash profit (4)

   130.6    160.4    181.2

Cost per ounce of gold ($)

        

Total production costs

   290    350    434

Total cash costs

   232    300    378

Notes:

 

(1) In fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007, 0.481 million ounces, 0.504 million ounces and 0.496 million ounces of production, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghana operations.

 

(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(4) Cash profit represents revenues less total cash costs.

In fiscal 2007, overall ore tonnage increased compared to fiscal 2006 levels as CIL production increased as a result of continuous improvement initiatives. Total ore and waste mined increased as additional equipment was added to provide the amount of life of mine waste strip mining required to open sufficient ore reserves for mining. Compared to fiscal 2006 levels, ounces of gold produced at Tarkwa decreased slightly in fiscal 2007 because of expected lower recoverable head grade. Total cash costs per ounce of gold increased approximately 10% during fiscal 2007, primarily due to the decreased recoverable grade and rising fuel (including diesel to run the generators), cyanide, cement and steel prices, higher fleet maintenance costs and an increase in the level of waste stripping and increased power costs.

Of significance in fiscal 2007 were the changes made to the electricity supply arrangements as a result of the energy crisis in the country following poor rainfall and the depletion of the Akosombo dam to below the minimum operating level required to operate the hydro generation facility. As a result, in August 2007 a load shedding regime was put in place by the government of Ghana, which called for commercial and domestic consumers to reduce their offtake by a specified percentage of their average consumption. This percentage varied between 25% and 50% from August to December 2006 and then remained constant at 25% for the period from January to June 2007. In order to maintain production levels at both the Tarkwa and Damang operations while adhering to the load shed requirements, Gold Fields decided to run the on-site diesel generation facilities at both mines. Because the larger generating capacity of Gold Fields’ on-site generating facilities is located at Damang, Tarkwa, with the agreement of the Volta River Authority (the government-owned utility), or the VRA, made a smaller reduction in demand while Damang made a larger reduction, relying more heavily on the on-site generation facilities. As a result, Damang used 82% of the total self-generated electricity. The cost of generation over this period amounted to $11.4 million, which was allocated proportionally between Tarkwa and Damang. Through discussions at the Ghana Chamber of Mines, it was agreed that on-site generation was not a sustainable solution. As a result, the four largest mining companies in Ghana formed a consortium and agreed to jointly fund the construction of an 80MW power plant, known as the Mining Reserve Plant, or MRP, to guarantee electricity

 

66


Table of Contents

supply into the future. The basis of the arrangement was that 25% of the funding would be provided by each consortium member, that the consortium would in addition pay an operations and maintenance contractor to maintain and run the plant for one year, that the MRP would be handed over to the VRA for it to ultimately manage and operate and, in exchange, the consortium would be protected from any future load shedding requirements up to the installed capacity of the MRP.

In October 2007 the load shedding requirement for the consortium members was reduced from 25% to 10%, with an indication that it would be removed entirely as from January 1, 2008. To achieve the new 10% target, Gold Fields has decided to find ways of improving energy efficiency rather than continuing with costly on-site generation or using power generated from the MRP. A 35% increase in the electricity tariff became effective on November 1, 2007. This increase is primarily attributable to the need for re-investment in the energy sector through new projects and upgrades.

In fiscal 2006, overall ore tonnage increased compared to fiscal 2005 levels as CIL production increased and minor bottlenecks on screens and pumps were eliminated. Total ore and waste mined increased as additional equipment was added and two contractors were hired to help the plants meet processing capacity. Furthermore, compared to fiscal 2005 levels the ounces of gold produced at Tarkwa increased by 32,000 ounces in fiscal 2006 because the CIL plant produced for the full year, as compared to seven months in fiscal 2005, and all processing facilities exceeded planned production rates. Total cash costs per ounce of gold increased significantly during fiscal 2006, primarily due to rising fuel, cyanide, cement and steel prices, higher fleet maintenance costs and an increase in the level of waste stripping.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserves estimates at Tarkwa and that there are no changes to the current mine plan at Tarkwa, Tarkwa’s June 30, 2007 proven and probable reserves of 12.2 million ounces (8.7 million of which were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghana operations) will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2022. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management,” there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

The Tarkwa mine is engaged in open pit mining and is thus subject to all of the risks associated with open pit mining discussed in “Risk Factors.” Although surface mining generally is less dangerous than underground mining, serious and even fatal accidents do still occur. Tarkwa had no fatalities in fiscal 2007 and had one fatality in fiscal 2006. To date in fiscal 2008, there have been three fatalities at Tarkwa. The overall safety record at Tarkwa has improved during the last three years due to the introduction of the Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series 18001, which is an international occupational health and safety management system standard. The serious injury frequency rate for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 0.0, 0.1 and 0.2 serious injuries for every million hours worked, respectively. The fatal injury frequency rate for fiscal 2007 was 0.0 fatal injuries for every million hours worked and for each of 2006 and 2005 it was 0.1 fatal injuries for every million hours worked. There were no material work stoppages during fiscal 2007 or to date in fiscal 2008. The mine is also certified to the ISO 14001 standard in terms of its environmental management system.

 

67


Table of Contents

Processing

Tarkwa’s ore can be processed either using conventional heap leach techniques with acceptable recoveries or SAG milling with a CIL plant. The current operation incorporates two separate heap leach circuits, the North Plant and the South Plant, and a new SAG mill plant which was commissioned in 2004. The following table sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tons milled per month and metallurgical recovery factors during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, for each of the plants at Tarkwa:

 

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

  Year
commissioned
 

Comminution
phase

 

Treatment phase

  Capacity (1)   Average milled for
the year ended
June 30, 2007
  Approximate
recovery factor
for the year
ended June 30,
2007 (2)
 
                (tons/month)   (tons/month)      

CIL Plant

  2004   SAG milling   CIL treatment   350,000   468,300   96 %

North Plant Heap Leach Facility

 

1997

 

Multiple stage crushing and screening process and agglomeration

 

Heap leach (3) with AD&R treatment

 

810,000

 

870,100

 

83


%

South Plant Heap Leach Facility

 

1992

 

Multiple stage crushing and screening process and agglomeration

 

Heap leach (3) with AD&R treatment and electrowinning

 

530,000

 

548,100

 

69


%


Notes:

 

(1) Nameplate capacity as stated by the manufacturer. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.

 

(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

 

(3) Heap leach recoveries are the result of an extended solution application process with full recovery requiring several leach cycles. Full recovery of all recoverable gold for current ores is only achieved over several years. Thus, recoveries must be considered in terms of recovery as time progresses, or a “progressive” recovery. Over time, Gold Fields expects both plants to achieve progressive recovery factors of about 64% of contained gold, equivalent to full recovery of all recoverable gold during the life of mine.

The SAG mill and CIL plant were commissioned in early fiscal 2005 and consistently exceeded nameplate capacity during fiscal 2006 and 2007. The amount of tonnage treated at the heap leach facilities rose slightly in fiscal 2007 as a result of continuing improvements to both the North and South Plants. Expansion of the North Plant heap leach pads commenced during the third quarter of fiscal 2007. The CIL plant processed 5.6 million tons in fiscal 2007, as compared to 4.7 million tons in fiscal 2006. An expansion project commenced in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 which is expected to increase the capacity of the CIL Plant to one million tons per month. This expansion project is expected to be completed during September 2008.

 

68


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditure

Gold Fields spent approximately $83 million on capital expenditure at the Tarkwa operation in fiscal 2007, primarily on construction of the North Plant heap leach pad, CIL Plant expansion, replacement and expansion of mining equipment and the MRP. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately $147 million for capital expenditure at Tarkwa for fiscal 2008, principally for the CIL Plant expansion, further expansion of the North Plant heap leach pad, and additional mining equipment.

Damang Mine

Introduction

Abosso, which owns the interest in the Damang mine, is owned 71.1% by Gold Fields, 18.9% by IAMGold and 10% by the Ghanaian government, mirroring the shareholding structure of Gold Fields Ghana.

The Damang deposits are located in the Wassa West District in south-western Ghana approximately 360 kilometers by road west of Accra and approximately 30 kilometers by road northeast of the Tarkwa mine. The Damang mine consists of an open pit operation with a SAG mill and CIL processing plant.

Damang operates under a mining lease with a total area of approximately 8,100 hectares. The Damang mine has access to the national electricity grid and water and road infrastructure. Most supplies are trucked in from either the nearest seaport, which is approximately 200 kilometers away by road in Takoradi, or from Accra, which is approximately 360 kilometers away by road. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, the Damang mine produced 0.188 million ounces of gold, of which 0.134 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in Abosso. As of June 30, 2007, Damang had approximately 1,000 employees, including approximately 700 employed by outside contractors.

History

Mining on the Abosso concession began with underground mining in the early twentieth century. Surface mining at Damang commenced in August 1997 and Gold Fields assumed control of operations on January 23, 2002.

Geology

Damang is located on the Damang Anticline, which is marked by Tarkwaian metasediments on the east and west limbs, around a core of Birimian metasediments and volcanics. Gold in the Tarkwaian metasediment and volcanics is predominantly found in the conglomerates of the Banket Formation and is similar to the Witwatersrand in South Africa; however, at Damang, hydrothermal processes have enriched much of this paleoplacer mineralization. Within the region, the contact between the Birimian and Tarkwaian metasediment and volcanics is commonly marked by zones of intense shearing and is host to a number of significant shear hosted gold deposits including Prestea, Bogoso, and Obuasi.

Paleoplacer mineralization occurs on the west limb of the anticline at Abosso, Chida, and Tomento, and on the east limb of the anticline at the Kwesie, Lima, Lima South, Bonsa North and Bonsa locations. Hydrothermal enrichment of the Tarkwaian paleoplacer occurs at the Rex, Amoanda, and Nyame areas on the west limb and the Damang and Bonsa areas on the east limb.

Mining

Damang uses the typical open pit mining methods of drilling, blasting, loading and hauling. The progression of blasting in the open pit occurs in six-meter benches, which are then combined to form steps of three meters with the ore and waste loaded into 100-ton dump trucks. The primary operational challenges include managing

 

69


Table of Contents

effective grade control, lowering operating costs, managing groundwater and geotechnical issues at the Damang Pit Cut Back, or DPCB, and maintaining adequate and timely supply of appropriate plant feed blend. There were no material stoppages to the mining operations during fiscal 2007. However, there were interruptions to the crushing operation due to mechanical and electrical problems on the primary crusher.

During fiscal 2007, the Amoanda, DPCB and J2SW pits were the high-grade fresh ore feed sources to the plant. The Amoanda pit was fully depleted by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2007. The J2SW pit was the south extension of the DPCB and was fully depleted during the fouth quarter of fiscal 2007. Mining continued at Tomento during fiscal 2007. Of the five Tomento pits, two were fully depleted in fiscal 2007 and two are currently the main oxide ore feed source to the plant. A greater proportion (95%) of the Tomento pit 4 material has changed from soft (oxide) to hard (fresh) material and mining activities continued at this pit to supplement the high-grade fresh ore from the DPCB and the oxide ore from Tomento pits 1 and 2. The Kwesie North pit, which was a back-up pit for oxide supply to the plant, was fully depleted by the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007.

The DPCB waste stripping continued in fiscal 2007. Approval was sought for additional expenditure over the life of the pit. The expenditure, which is projected to increase compared to the original forecast due to the increase in mining volumes and increasing AMS contract rates, is required for the continued development of the DPCB. In addition, a scoping study to evaluate the underground mining potential at Abosso Deeps, an area at the southern end of the Damang lease area near the old Abosso underground mine, has been drafted. Further study into the feasibility of utilizing manual mining method is currently underway.

The development of Damang’s several satellite pits has increased the size of the mine extensively, requiring compensation payments and in some cases the resettlement of affected landowners. During fiscal 2004 and 2005, the Kwesi-Lima, Amoanda and Tomento North resettlement projects were implemented, affecting 192 households in the area. In fiscal 2006, development at Lima South and Tomento involved the resettlement of a further 55 households. A total of approximately 60 households were resettled in fiscal 2007. The impending commencement of the Tomento East pit is expected to require resettlement of approximately 36 households in that area.

Following Gold Fields’ acquisition of this mine in January 2002, an exploration program was started to seek alternative sources of ore to replace the Damang pit, by testing both hydrothermal and conglomerate styles of mineralization across the Damang lease area. The Rex pit may commence mining during fiscal 2010.

AMS performs a substantial proportion of the operations at Damang. In January 2006, AMS was awarded a six-year contract beginning June 25, 2005 to reflect the increased scope of works from mining the DPCB and the Damang satellite pits. AMS provides employees, supplies and equipment for mining at Damang, including drilling, blasting and waste stripping, as well as the haulage of the material produced from the mining activities, including both ore and waste. AMS receives fees under the contract which depend on the type of service being performed and the equipment being used. Under the terms of the contract, AMS is liable for any damage or loss it causes, including that caused by any subcontractor it hires. AMS is not liable for damage that is the result of work performed in accordance with the terms of the contract that is unavoidable or that is caused by any negligent act or omission of employees of Abosso or third parties over whom AMS has no control. AMS is required to take out insurance to cover potential damage and liability. Abosso can terminate its contract at any time; however, there are significant penalties associated with doing this particularly early on in the life of the contract. In the event of termination, Abosso is under no obligation to purchase any of the AMS equipment, although should AMS agree, it would have an option to purchase such equipment.

A different contractor, Engineers & Planners Company Limited, performs the ore haulage contract work at Damang, using 30-ton trucks to haul the material from the various satellite pits to the Run of Mine, or RoM, pad, which is the ore stockpile dump close to the crushing plant.

 

70


Table of Contents

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Damang for the past three fiscal years.

 

     Year ended June 30,
       2005    2006    2007

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

   5,215    5,328    5,269

Recovered grade (g/t)

   1.5    1.4    1.1

Gold produced (‘000 oz) (1)

   248    235    188

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

   104.3    123.1    119.5

Total production costs (2)

   74.9    105.0    113.1

Total cash costs (3)

   69.9    101.5    112.2

Cash profit (4)

   34.4    21.6    7.3

Cost per ounce of gold ($)

        

Total production costs

   302    447    602

Total cash costs

   282    432    597

Notes:

 

(1) In fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007, 0.176 million ounces, 0.167 million ounces and 0.134 million ounces of production, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in Abosso.

 

(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(4) Cash profit represents revenue less total cash costs.

While various satellite pits were brought to production to offset the Damang pit depletion, the grade and gold production in fiscal 2007 decreased primarily due to depletion of the relatively high-grade fresh material from the Amoanda and J2SW pits. Total production and cash costs increased in fiscal 2007 due to increases in mining, haulage, fuel and consumable costs, together with expenditure incurred on the DPCB, which amounted to $23.4 million. Mill tonnage decreased due to 19 days of unplanned mechanical downtime on the primary crusher. The unplanned mechanical downtime was mainly due to the failure of a crusher bearing. The crusher is not a common make, and so time was required to find a matching bearing, deliver it to site and install it. Subsequently, the mine has ordered another bearing and other special one-off components so that if failure of these components occurs, similar downtime events can be avoided or minimized.

Damang has a back-up power generation facility that is owned and controlled by Damang. Similar to Tarkwa, Damang was required to reduce its power requirements from the main grid and in doing so replaced such power with self-generation, which it will continue to do until the MRP is fully operational. Where they are required to reduce demand from the national grid, Tarkwa and Damang will rely on the MRP for power first and then on their onsite generators.

The grade and gold production in fiscal 2006 decreased primarily due to completion of the relatively high-grade fresh material from the J2SE pit, which was adjacent to the Damang pit, and high-grade oxide from the Amoanda pit. Total production costs and cash costs increased in fiscal 2006 due to increases in mining, haulage, fuel and consumable costs, together with expenditure incurred on the DPCB, which amounted to $23 million. Optimization of the mill feed blend and plant set up allowed the Damang mine to treat more tonnage in fiscal 2006 than fiscal 2005. Mill tonnage increased due to a 1.7% increase in mill utilization and a slight increase in the hourly throughput rate. The Damang pit contains higher grade ore than the new pits and this higher grade pit was the primary contributor to production in fiscal 2006, before the cutback.

 

71


Table of Contents

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserves estimates at Damang and that there are no changes to the current mine plan at Damang, Damang’s June 30, 2007 proven and probable reserves of 1.5 million ounces (1.03 million of which were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghana operations) will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2014. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management,” there are numerous factors that can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

The Damang mine comprises open pit mining, and is thus subject to all of the risks associated with open pit mining discussed in “Risk Factors.” Although surface mining generally is less dangerous than underground mining, serious and even fatal accidents do still occasionally occur. The Damang mine has not had a fatal injury since its acquisition by Gold Fields in 2002, including to date in fiscal 2008. The serious injury frequency rate at Damang for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 0.0, 0.0 and 0.2 serious injuries for every million hours worked, respectively, reflecting improvement over the period. The Damang mine has introduced a management system in accordance with the Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series, or OHSAS, 18001. The environmental management system at the mine is certified to the ISO 14001 standard. There were no strikes or material work stoppages at Damang in fiscal 2007 or to date in fiscal 2008.

Processing

All processing at Damang is provided by a single plant. The following table sets forth the year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tons milled per month and metallurgical recovery factor during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 for the plant.

 

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

   Year
commissioned
  

Comminution
phase

  

Treatment

phase

   Capacity (1)    Average milled
for the year
ended June 30,
2007
   Approximate
recovery factor
for the year
ended June 30,
2007 (2)
 
                    (tons/month)    (tons/month)       

Main Plant

   1997    Single stage crushing with SAG and ball milling    CIL treatment    383,000    439,100    92 %

Notes:

 

(1) Nameplate capacity as stated by the manufacturer. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.

 

(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

Optimization of the Damang mill involves careful blending of hard and soft ores to maximize use of the milling circuit, which remains the constraint in this plant. Mining operations continue to focus on maintaining an appropriate plant feed blend.

Feasibility for the design and installation of a seventh CIL tank was completed in November 2005 and tenders were submitted in April 2006 for final costing. This project is near completion and is expected to be fully commissioned by the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2008.

Capital Expenditure

Gold Fields spent approximately $9 million on capital expenditures at the Damang mine in fiscal 2007, primarily on increasing capacity at a tailings storage facility, construction on the seventh CIL tank and

 

72


Table of Contents

development of the Tomento pits. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately $13 million of capital expenditure at Damang for fiscal 2008, primarily for continued work on increasing capacity at the tailings storage facility, completion of construction on the additional CIL tank and continued development of the new pits.

Australia Operations

When Gold Fields acquired the St. Ives and Agnew gold mining operations from WMC Resources Limited, or WMC, on November 30, 2001, part of the purchase consideration included Gold Fields agreeing to pay a royalty to WMC. Separate, but similar, royalties were payable for gold produced from the St. Ives and Agnew operations, calculated as follows:

 

   

4% of the net smelter returns for gold produced from St. Ives to the extent that cumulative production of gold from November 30, 2001 exceeded 3.3 million ounces, but subject to the average spot price of gold for the relevant quarter exceeding A$400 per ounce. A similar royalty was payable for gold production at Agnew but only for cumulative production of gold from November 30, 2001 in excess of 0.8 million ounces; and

 

   

a price participation royalty equal to 10% of the difference between the spot gold price and A$600 per ounce of gold in respect of all gold produced from the St. Ives and Agnew operations each quarter after November 30, 2001, subject to the spot price of gold exceeding A$600 per ounce.

On June 26, 2002, WMC agreed to give up its right to receive royalties from the Agnew operation in exchange for a payment of A$3.6 million. In July 2002, WMC sold its right to royalties from the St. Ives operation to Morgan Stanley. That royalty obligation remains in place.

During fiscal 2007, the increase in the gold price triggered the price participation royalty and for fiscal 2007 royalties of A$10,223,326 (approximately U.S.$8 million) were paid. It is expected that during fiscal 2008, total gold produced from St. Ives since November 30, 2001 will exceed 3.3 million ounces, potentially creating liability to pay the 4% net smelter return royalty.

St. Ives

Introduction

St. Ives is located 80 kilometers south of Kalgoorlie and 20 kilometers south of Kambalda, straddling Lake Lefroy in Western Australia. It holds mining leases covering a total area of approximately 87,400 hectares. St. Ives is both a surface and underground operation, with a number of open pits, three operating underground mines, one underground mine under development, a metallurgical plant and a heap leach facility. The St. Ives operation has access to the local electricity supplier and water, rail and road infrastructure, and needed supplies are trucked in locally from both Kambalda and Kalgoorlie. In fiscal 2007, St. Ives produced 0.487 million ounces of gold. St. Ives had a workforce of approximately 800 employees as of June 30, 2007, approximately 500 of whom were employed by outside contractors.

Gold production takes place over an extensive area at St. Ives, although it is mainly concentrated in a 30 kilometer corridor extending south-southeast from Kambalda across Lake Lefroy.

History

Gold mining began in the St. Ives area in 1897, with WMC commencing gold mining operations at St. Ives in 1980. Gold Fields acquired the St. Ives gold mining operation from WMC in November 2001.

Geology

The gold deposits of St. Ives are located at the southern end of the Norseman-Wiluna greenstone belt of the West Australian Goldfields Province. In the St. Ives area the belt consists of Kalgoorlie Group volcanic rocks,

 

73


Table of Contents

Black Flag group felsic volcanic rocks and sediments and a variety of intrusive and overlying post-tectonic sediments. The area is structurally complex, with host rocks highly metamorphosed to upper greenschist and lower amphibolite facies. Gold mineralization discovered to date is best developed in the mafic dominated parts of the sequence, hosted in minor structures including vein arrays, breccia zones and central, quartz rich and mylonitic parts of shear zones. Deposit styles and ore controls are varied, but deposits are commonly associated with subsidiary structures which splay off the regionally extensive Boulder-Lefroy Fault.

Mining

St. Ives sources production from a variety of underground and surface operations, and has a heap leach facility which treats low and marginal grade ore and a mill that treats primary ore. The principal production sources in fiscal 2007 included the Leviathan and Argo underground mines together with the Mars, Thunderer and Delta North open pits. Gold Fields’ management expects the principal underground production sources in fiscal 2008 to be different from fiscal 2007, with the Leviathan underground mine ceasing production and the Belleisle underground mine commencing production together with the Cave Rocks underground mine. The primary open pit production sources are expected to shift in fiscal 2008, with the full depletion of the Thunderer and Delta North pits, which will be replaced by new open pits at Leviathan, North Revenge and Bahama. As many of the operations at St. Ives involve mining deposits on or under Lake Lefroy (which is a shallow salt pan that has water in it only intermittently), extracting ore requires construction of bunds and other earthworks to prevent water intrusion. Open pit operations use 180- to 250-ton excavators loading 150-ton trucks. Waste dumps are formed adjacent to the pits or, if practicable, waste is dumped in previously exhausted pits.

Argo Complex. Stoping activities at the Argo mine commenced in November 2003. The Argo underground mine operated below capacity during fiscal 2007, with the actual geometry of the ore bodies preventing the planned extractions sequences and some sections of the ore bodies failed to meet modeled grade expectations. However, the mined grade improved in the second half of the year, reflecting changes in mine design, sequencing and mining method, combined with revised ore body modeling. Margins were below expectations during fiscal 2007. Performance at Argo in fiscal 2008 is expected to result in significant improvements.

Greater Revenge Complex. Mining at the Greater Revenge Area commenced in 1989. The mines apply typical open pit and lake sediment mining methods. Further exploration and mine design updates resulted in extensions to the Agamemnon open pit during fiscal 2007. The North Revenge pit was fully depleted in the first half of fiscal 2008, with production from Agamemnon expected to continue into fiscal 2009.

Belleisle Underground Mine. The Belleisle deposit lies in the Greater Revenge area adjacent to the Mars open pit. Development of a decline tunnel commenced in the second half of fiscal 2007 to access the Belleisle ore body. Development is scheduled to continue throughout fiscal 2008 with commencement of ore production scheduled from the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.

Leviathan Underground Complex. The Leviathan complex consists of three distinct underground areas: Sirius (fully depleted in fiscal 2005), East Repulse, and Conqueror. East Repulse commenced stoping operations in fiscal 2004 and mining continued throughout fiscal 2006 with delineation of additional production areas, enabling the mine life to be extended to the end of fiscal 2006. Some limited production is expected from the East Repulse area during fiscal 2008. Development of the Conqueror area began in late fiscal 2004 with water drainage and rehabilitation of old access areas. Development was further accelerated in fiscal 2005 and the area achieved targeted production levels during the course of fiscal 2006. Production from Conqueror remained strong throughout fiscal 2007. While production at Conqueror was scheduled to cease at the end of fiscal 2007, it has continued at a reduced rate into fiscal 2008 and is expected to be completed during fiscal 2008. Gold Fields is continuing to explore opportunities for further extensions of mining operations within the Leviathan complex. However, the mining of the Leviathan open pit will restrict access to some parts of the Leviathan underground mine.

Thunderer Open Pit. Waste removal at the Thunderer open pit commenced in fiscal 2006 and continued through the first half of fiscal 2007. Ore production commenced in the first half of fiscal 2007, following the

 

74


Table of Contents

cessation of mining at the Mars open pit. The mine applies typical open pit and lake sediment mining methods. The deposit is located straddling the southern shore of Lake Lefroy to the east of the new Lefroy processing plant. The deposit is hosted underneath moderate depths of lake sediment and dunal sand cover. The Thunderer open pit is expected to be fully depleted in the second quarter of fiscal 2008.

Bahama Open Pit. Mining commenced at the Bahama open pit in the first quarter of fiscal 2007 with waste removal. This deposit is located in the middle of Lake Lefroy and to the immediate north east of the Santa Ana open pit, mined by WMC in the mid-1990s. The mine also applies typical open pit and lake sediment mining methods. The deposit mine was inundated twice during the waste removal phase of mining, delaying mining and resulting in a re-scheduling of the mining sequence to defer mining of ore until fiscal 2008.

Delta North Open Pit. Mining, in the form of waste removal, commenced at the Delta North open pit in the first quarter of fiscal 2007. This deposit is located near the shoreline of Lake Lefroy, at Delta Island. Mining of the deposit was completed during fiscal 2007, with both tonnage and grade exceeding expectations.

Cave Rocks. Cave Rocks is located approximately six kilometers to the west of the Kambalda West township and was previously an open pit mine in the mid-1980s. A feasibility study was completed during fiscal 2007, and mining of a series of three open pits commenced, producing a small quantity of ore in the last quarter of fiscal 2007. Mining of the open pits is scheduled to be completed during fiscal 2008. Development of an underground mine via a decline tunnel from the southern pit commenced in August 2007, with a second decline to be developed from the northern pit, which is expected to commence in November 2007. The underground mine will utilize open stoping methods to extract ore over an approximately four year period, with the first significant production expected to occur in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.

Leviathan Open Pit. The Leviathan open pit is based on the expansion of a pre-existing open pit located approximately two kilometers southeast of the Lefroy processing plant. Mining of the cut back commenced in the third quarter of fiscal 2007, with first ore production in the fourth quarter. The mine utilizes conventional shovel and truck mining practices; however, it has bulk mining zones, requiring less grade control drilling and enabling higher productivities to be achieved.

St. Ives’ “whole of lease” geological study incorporating shallow aircore drilling through to deep stratigraphic diamond drilling continued during fiscal 2007. This program incorporates follow-up exploration of identified targets. In addition, during fiscal 2007 exploration was advanced on a number of near mine extensions and new mine opportunities.

The complexity of the orebodies at St. Ives continued to present particular challenges to production levels and recovered grades in fiscal 2007. Refinement of the open pit and underground geological models was ongoing during fiscal 2007 as a result of additional drilling and reinterpretation of data and geology. The disruption caused to the mining sequence and schedule as a consequence of the delays experienced after the re-design of the Argo underground decline in fiscal 2006 further delayed St. Ives in its plans to reach some of the higher grade portions of the orebody, which were not accessed until the latter part of fiscal 2007. A significant reduction in mining dilution was achieved during fiscal 2007 in both the open pits and the underground mines.

The St. Ives production schedule requires that new open pit and underground mining sources are progressively accessed. The Bahama open pit began waste stripping during fiscal 2007 and it is expected that an extension to the Agamemnon and Pluton open pits, as well as Cave Rocks and Belleisle underground mines, will commence production during fiscal 2008. In addition, feasibility work for a new open pit and/or underground mine at Athena is expected to be undertaken. Based on the outcome of this feasibility study, mining of the deposit at Athena could commence in fiscal 2009.

All underground mining activities are completed under a contract with Carlowen Proprietary Ltd, which trades as GBF Underground Mining, or GBF. A five-year agreement with GBF commenced in April 2004, and it

 

75


Table of Contents

operates under a cost reimbursable model. GBF provides all the employees, equipment and consumables necessary to complete the underground development and stoping. Under the terms of the contract, Gold Fields approves all expenditures incurred and guarantees to reimburse 95% of these costs, with the remaining 5% plus any profit earned contingent on GBF achieving certain key performance indicators. Under the terms of the contract, GBF is liable for claims arising from its performance or non-performance, and any loss, damage, injury or death related to the presence of its employees onsite. GBF is not liable for liabilities or losses that are the result of negligence or a breach of a statutory duty of the mine owner. GBF is required to ensure that it and any subcontractors have adequate insurance.

Leighton Contractors Proprietary Limited, or Leighton, performs the surface mining at St. Ives under an alliance contract which was extended in January 2004 for a five year period. Leighton provides employees, consumables and equipment for mining ore and waste disposal. The contract is structured so that Leighton carries all the risk on plant and personnel performance with Gold Fields carrying the risk on costs through reimbursement. Leighton is reimbursed 100% of its direct costs and is given an additional amount for overhead costs. Payments above costs are contingent upon Leighton achieving certain key performance indicators. Under the terms of the contract, Leighton is liable for claims arising from any loss and/or damage related to the negligence, injury or death of its employees on the sites. Leighton is not liable for claims or loss resulting from the mine owner’s negligence. Leighton is required to ensure that it and any subcontractors have adequate insurance.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at St. Ives for the past three fiscal years.

 

     Year ended June 30,
     2005    2006    2007

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

   6,332    6,690    6,759

Recovered grade (g/t)

   2.6    2.3    2.2

Gold produced (‘000 oz)

   527    497    487

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

   221.4    260.8    310.4

Total production costs (1)(2)

   231.6    242.2    286.8

Total cash costs (3)

   176.9    171.9    202.6

Cash profit (4)

   44.5    88.9    107.8

Cost per ounce of gold ($)

        

Total production costs

   439    488    589

Total cash costs

   336    346    416

Notes:

 

(1) For purposes of allocating production costs between St. Ives and Agnew, the consideration paid for the Australian operations in excess of the book value of the underlying net assets was allocated pro rata to the value of the underlying assets.

 

(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(4) Cash profit represents revenues less total cash costs.

From fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2007 there was a slight increase in tonnage at St. Ives with a slightly higher tonnage treated at the Lefroy Plant more than offsetting a small decrease in tonnage treated through the heap leach circuit. The reduced tonnage treated through the heap leach was a consequence of ongoing refurbishment of the crushing circuit and operational delays in stacking to infill small gaps in the heaps. Gold production declined

 

76


Table of Contents

from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2007 primarily due to the lower grade of ores treated. In particular, the under-performance of the Argo underground mine in terms of tonnage mined and ore grade was a significant factor. Total cash costs in fiscal 2007 increased slightly as compared to fiscal 2006 due to the reduced gold production and rising input costs.

From fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2006 there was an increase in tonnage at St. Ives as a result of a full year of production from the new Lefroy Plant which achieved slightly better than nameplate capacity. Tonnage treated through the heap leach circuit declined slightly in fiscal 2006 due to work undertaken to upgrade the plant after St. Ives acquired the crushing circuit from the previous contractor in fiscal 2005. Gold production declined from fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2006 primarily due to the depletion of the large and higher grade Junction underground mine during fiscal 2005, which was effectively replaced by lower grade open pit ore during fiscal 2006. In addition, the East Repulse area within the Leviathan underground complex moved into the lower grade areas of its reserves as mining neared completion. Total cash costs in fiscal 2006 increased slightly as compared to fiscal 2005 due to reduced gold production and rising input costs.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserves estimates at St. Ives and that there are no changes to the current mine plan at St. Ives, St. Ives’ June 30, 2007 proven and probable reserves of 2.5 million ounces will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2013. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management,” there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

St. Ives is engaged in underground mining and in both open pit and production stockpile surface mining, and is thus subject to all of the underground and surface mining risks discussed in “Risk Factors.” Seismicity is the primary safety risk with mining increasingly occurring at depths below 500 meters. The risk is addressed through the use of backfilling and by mining different parts of the orebody in controlled steps to improve stability, which is called stope sequencing. No fatalities were recorded in fiscal 2005, 2006, 2007 or to date in fiscal 2008. The serious injury frequency rate for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 0.0, 0.0 and 0.4 serious injuries per million hours worked, respectively. St. Ives has a health and safety system that conforms to the requirements of OHSAS 18001 and is integrated with its ISO 14001 environmental management system. There were no strikes or material work stoppages at St. Ives in fiscal 2007 or to date in fiscal 2008.

Processing

The Heap Leach Facility treats low and marginal grade ore from St. Ives. The crushing and stacking for this plant was previously conducted by a contractor, Henry Walker Eltin Proprietary Ltd, or Henry Walker Eltin. Gold Fields bought Henry Walter Eltin’s crushing equipment, which forms part of the Heap Leach Facility, in fiscal 2005 and now does its own crushing and stacking. The table below sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tons milled per month and metallurgical recovery factors during fiscal 2007, for each of the plants at St. Ives:

 

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

 

Year

commissioned

 

Comminution

phase

 

Treatment

phase

  Capacity (1)  

Average milled

for the

year ended
June 30, 2007

 

Approximate
recovery factor
for the year
ended June 30,

2007 (2)

 
               

(tons/month)

  (tons/month)      

Lefroy Plant

  2005   Single stage crushing and SAG milling   CIP   375,000   389,000   92 %

Heap Leach Facility (3)

 

2000

 

Multiple stage crushing and screening process

 

Carbon absorption

 

167,000

 

174,000

 

52


%

 

77


Table of Contents

Notes:

 

(1) Nameplate capacity as stated by the manufacturer. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.

 

(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

 

(3) Heap leach recoveries are the result of an extended solution application process with full recovery requiring several leach cycles. Full recovery of all recoverable gold (about 60% of the contained gold) for current ores is only achieved over several years. Thus, recoveries must be considered in terms of recovery as time progresses, or a “progressive” recovery. Over time, Gold Fields expects the plant to achieve progressive recovery factors of about 60% of contained gold, equivalent to full recovery of all recoverable gold.

The Lefroy Plant was fully commissioned in February 2005 and is located on the south shore of Lake Lefroy, approximately 12 kilometers south of the township of Kambalda. The plant consistently achieved in excess of nameplate capacity throughout fiscal 2007 and optimization continued throughout the year to realize incremental improvements in throughput, costs and recovery.

During fiscal 2007, a number of improvements were made on the heap leach circuit after it was purchased from Henry Walker Eltin in fiscal 2005. In addition, an agglomeration drum, which should improve leaching performance of low grade oxide ores, was installed and began operation in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007.

Capital Expenditure

Gold Fields spent approximately U.S.$76 million on capital expenditures at St. Ives in fiscal 2007, primarily on on-going development of underground operations at Argo and Belleisle and pre-strip waste removal at the Bahama and North Revenge open pits. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately U.S.$70 million for capital expenditure at St. Ives for fiscal 2008, which is principally earmarked for mine development. Development expenditures are expected to focus on the ongoing development of the Argo and Belleisle underground mines and commencement of development of the Cave Rocks underground mine.

Agnew

Introduction

Agnew is located 23 kilometers southwest of Leinster, approximately 375 kilometers north of Kalgoorlie in Western Australia. It holds mining leases covering a total area of approximately 61,602 hectares. Agnew is a surface and underground operation, with one open pit, one underground mine (exploiting numerous ore zones), and one metallurgical plant. Agnew has access to the local electricity supplier and road infrastructure. Less than 10% of the water requirement comes from local bores. The bulk of the water is supplied from the mining operations and recovered from the in-pit tailings facility. Supplies are generally trucked in from Perth or Kalgoorlie. In fiscal 2007, the operation produced 0.212 million ounces of gold. As of June 30, 2007, Agnew had approximately 300 employees, including approximately 200 who were employed by outside contractors.

History

Gold was discovered at Agnew in 1895 and has since been produced there intermittently. WMC acquired the operation in the early 1980s and commenced open pit mining operations in 1987.

Geology

The Agnew deposits are located within the northwest portion of the Norseman-Wiluna greenstone belt of the West Australian Goldfields. In the Agnew area the greenstone belt consists of an older sequence of ultramafic

 

78


Table of Contents

flows, gabbros, basalts, felsic volcanics and related sedimentary rocks. The rocks are folded about the large, moderately north plunging Lawlers Anticline. The Agnew deposits are located on the western limb of this anticline, and major deposits discovered to date lie on sheared contacts between stratigraphic units. The anticline is cut by north-northeast trending faults such as the Waroonga and East Murchison Unit shear zones.

Mining

The principal production sources in fiscal 2007 at Agnew were the Waroonga underground mining complex that comprises the Kim South and Main Lodes together with the Songvang open pit. Gold Fields expects the principal production sources in fiscal 2008 to be predominantly from the Waroonga underground mining complex. Mining of the Songvang open pit was completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. There is potential for production to be supplemented by ore from a trial mining project, which will be extracted from the Claudius orebody to confirm the feasibility study parameters.

Waroonga Complex. The Waroonga Complex currently includes underground mining of the Kim South and Main Lode deposits. Underground mining currently involves open stoping methods with cemented paste fill placed in mined out voids to improve ground stability, minimize waste dilution and maximize extraction of the reserve. Access to the orebody is through a decline tunnel which accommodates workers, materials and equipment. Ore production from the high grade Kim South deposit was less than anticipated due to the late commissioning of the paste fill plant, stope failures, ground rehabilitation works due to the deterioration of ground conditions in ore drives developed ahead of stoping and other operational delays resulting in lower tonnages mined. Production from the Main Lode was significantly below expectations due to the same causes. In fiscal 2007, exploration extended the life of Kim South by proving the continuation of the ore body with depth. In fiscal 2008, Gold Fields has scheduled the Kim South deposit to produce at consistent levels, but at a slightly lower rate and grade than fiscal 2007. It is anticipated that Main Lode production will increase significantly in tonnage and grade to give a balanced production profile to the complex for fiscal 2008.

Songvang Open Pit. The Songvang open pit, located 16 kilometers south of the Agnew metallurgical plant, commenced production during fiscal 2005. Mining during fiscal 2006 fell behind planned expectations due to the continuation of industry-wide shortages in labor with the requisite skills during the current resources boom and harder than expected ground conditions, which impacted equipment productivity. Additional drilling rigs were employed during fiscal 2007 together with technical input and improvements from site personnel and from the explosives supplier to improve blasting effectiveness. Mining equipment productivities increased as a consequence and the total volume mined exceeded expectations. The pit was completed early in fiscal 2008.

Claudius Underground Prospect. The Claudius underground prospect consists of a parallel extension to Agnew’s former Crusader and Deliverer underground mines. The infrastructure associated with the previous mining enabled the establishment, in fiscal 2005, of an exploration decline to the Claudius Prospect. Gold Fields deferred making a development decision on the project until fiscal 2007, due to the performance of the Kim underground deposit within the Waroonga complex, which exceeded expectations in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006. Assessment of the Claudius Prospect continued during fiscal 2007. A decision to mine a trial parcel of ore from Claudius to confirm the feasibility study assumptions was taken late in fiscal 2007. Development at that trial parcel commenced in early in fiscal 2008 and mining is expected to begin during fiscal 2008.

In fiscal 2006, Gold Fields executed an agreement with BMV Properties Pty Ltd, a subsidiary of Breakaway Resources Limited, or Breakaway. The previous joint venture agreements between the parties encompassing the Vivien deposit and the Miranda tenement package were replaced by an agreement in which Gold Fields is to be the registered tenement holder of all of the Vivien ground and the majority of the Miranda ground with all gold rights going to Gold Fields and all base metals rights going to Breakaway. Breakaway’s base metal rights are subject to Gold Fields’ right to a 2% royalty on future base metal production on the Miranda tenement. Although the agreement was executed in fiscal 2006, final settlement was dependent on the satisfaction of several outstanding conditions precedent, the principal one being the release of a third-party mortgage held over the tenements for gold and base metal royalties. By the end of fiscal 2006, the agreement of the third-party mortgage

 

79


Table of Contents

holder had been confirmed, but other third-party consents (principally pertaining to access rights) were yet to be obtained. Final settlement took place in the third quarter of fiscal 2007.

Fiscal 2008 exploration at Agnew is planned to focus on early stage prospects within the regional tenements, including the Miranda tenement package, while continuing to look at reserve extensions at existing mine operations and feasibility projects, in particular at the Kim South deposit and other targets within the Waroonga complex.

Leighton performs the surface mining at Agnew, under an alliance-style contract which commenced in August 2004. Please see “—St. Ives—Mining” for further information. Underground mining is performed by Byrnecut Mining Limited, or Byrnencut. Byrnecut provides employees, consumables and equipment for underground mining activities including drilling, blasting and haulage of the material produced from the mining activities, including both ore and waste. Byrnecut receives fees under the contracts which depend on the type of service being performed and the equipment being used, with adjustments for performance. Under the terms of the agreement, Byrnecut is liable for claims arising from its performance or non-performance and any loss, damage or injury related to the presence of its employees on the sites. Byrnecut is not liable for claims or loss due to the mine owner’s negligence. Byrnecut is required to ensure that it and any subcontractors have adequate insurance. The current agreement was extended to May 23, 2007 during fiscal 2006 and negotiations regarding a further extension and scope increase were conducted at that time. In fiscal 2007, the terms of a three -year extension were agreed and formal ratification occurred in the first quarter of fiscal 2008.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Agnew for the past three fiscal years.

 

     Year ended June 30,
     2005    2006    2007

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

   1,170    1,323    1,323

Recovered grade (g/t)

   5.6    5.2    5.0

Gold produced (‘000 oz)

   212    222    212

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

   89.3    116.1    136.3

Total production costs (1)(2)

   69.1    72.4    98.2

Total cash costs (3)

   49.4    59.7    84.7

Cash profit (4)

   39.9    56.4    51.6

Cost per ounce of gold ($)

        

Total production costs

   325    326    462

Total cash costs

   233    268    399

Notes:

 

(1) For purposes of allocating production costs between St. Ives and Agnew, the consideration paid for the Australian operations in excess of the book value of the underlying net assets was allocated pro rata to the value of the underlying assets.

 

(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(4) Cash profit represents revenues less total cash costs.

In fiscal 2007, 1.3 million tons of ore were processed and 0.2 million ounces of gold were produced. Tons processed were the same as in fiscal 2006 and gold production was slightly lower than in fiscal 2006 due to the treatment of lower grade ores. Total cash costs increased during fiscal 2007, as the contribution from the higher

 

80


Table of Contents

cost Songvang open pit increased and open pit mining costs increased as the mine progressed into deeper and harder portions of the deposit.

In fiscal 2006, 1.3 million tons of ore were processed and 0.2 million ounces of gold were produced, compared to 1.2 million tons of ore in fiscal 2005. Tons processed and gold production were higher than fiscal 2005 due to improved productivity through the processing plant from systematic de-bottlenecking studies and actions, while maintaining ore grades at previous levels. The cessation of mining from the Crusader underground mine during fiscal 2005 was offset in fiscal 2006 by increased production from the Waroonga underground complex and improved grades from the Songvang open pit. Total cash costs increased during fiscal 2006, as the contribution from the higher cost Songvang open pit increased and open pit mining costs increased as the mine progressed into deeper and harder portions of the deposit.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserves estimates at Agnew and that there are no changes to the current mine plan at Agnew, Agnew’s June 30, 2007 proven and probable reserves of 0.6 million ounces will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2010. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management,” there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

Agnew is engaged in underground mining, open pit mining and surface stockpile reclamation and is thus subject to all of the underground and surface mining risks discussed in “Risk Factors.” The primary safety risk at Agnew is falls of ground at the underground operations, which is addressed through the use of ground support, backfilling of open voids and sequencing of mine operations to improve overall stability of the ground. There were no fatalities at Agnew in fiscal 2005, 2006, 2007 or to date in fiscal 2008. The serious injury frequency rate for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 0.0, 0.0 and 2.2 serious injuries per million hours worked, respectively. Agnew deploys a health and safety management system that conforms to the requirements of OHSAS 18001. The mine also has an environmental management system that is certified to the ISO 14001 standard. There were no strikes or material work stoppages at Agnew in fiscal 2007 or to date in fiscal 2008.

Processing

All processing at Agnew is provided by a single plant. The following table sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tons milled per month and the metallurgical recovery factor during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 for the plant:

 

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

   Year
commissioned
  

Comminution

phase

  

Treatment
phase

   Capacity (1)    Average milled
for the year
ended June 30,
2007
   Approximate
recovery
factor for the
year ended
June 30,
2007 (2)
 
                    (tons/month)    (tons/month)       

Main Plant

   1986    2-stage ball milling    CIP treatment    100,000    110,000    92 %

Notes:

 

(1) Nameplate capacity as stated by the manufacturer. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.

 

(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

In fiscal 2007, a new elution circuit heater was installed and commissioned to improve the efficiency of the elution circuit to cater for the high silver content in the open pit ore.

 

81


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditure

Gold Fields spent approximately U.S.$28 million on capital expenditures at Agnew in fiscal 2007, primarily on ongoing development of the Kim South and Main Lode underground mines and expansion of accommodation facilities at Leinster township. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately U.S.$24 million for capital expenditure at Agnew for fiscal 2008, primarily for exploration and further development of the Kim South and Main Lode underground mines.

Venezuela Operation

On November 30, 2007, Gold Fields disposed of its assets in Venezuela. See “—Recent Developments.” Gold Fields owned its 95% interest in the Choco 10 mine through its shareholding in Promotora Minera de Guayana (PMG) S.A., or PMG. PMG was originally a joint venture company formed between Promotora Minera de Venezuela, S.A., or Promiven (now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gold Fields), and CG—Ferrominera Orinoco, C.A., or FMO, a subsidiary of Corporación Venezolana de Guayana, or CVG, a governmental development entity for the Guayana region.

Gold Fields’ 95% interest in PMG resulted from an agreement between Promiven and FMO with the mediation of the Ministry of Basic Industries and Mines on July 15, 2005, in connection with a shareholding dispute regarding the share capital of PMG that arose prior to Gold Fields’ acquisition of PMG. Pursuant to this agreement, the remaining 5% interest in PMG is not subject to dilution. CVG expressed its intent to assign FMO’s participation either to CVG or a different subsidiary thereof. As part of the settlement, Promiven agreed to make payments totaling U.S.$6 million (of which U.S.$5 million has been paid) to FMO. Notwithstanding the above, due to changes at the Ministry of Basic Industries and Mines and CVG, the agreement had not been formally implemented prior to Gold Fields’ sale of its Venezuelan assets. Gold Fields assumed operation of PMG on March 1, 2006.

The properties held through PMG include Choco 10, Choco 4, Bochinche B1 and B2 and Bochinche Zero, which were 95% owned by Gold Fields. Other exploration properties, which include Choco 1, 2, 6, 9, 12 and 13 and Increible 16, were wholly-owned by Gold Fields and held through various other Venezuelan subsidiaries.

Pursuant to the Choco 4 and Choco 10 lease agreements between CVG and PMG, PMG must pay a monthly production royalty to CVG and CVG Técnica Minera C.A. (a CVG subsidiary). The royalty is paid monthly in arrears in Bolivars, at the official exchange rate in place (or in gold at the request of CVG, although to date CVG had not made this request prior to Gold Fields’ sale of its Venezuelan assets), within the first 10 days of each calendar month, based on the production of the immediately preceding calendar month. It is calculated monthly, is based on the number of ounces of gold produced and ranges between 1.0% and 3.5%, depending on the average price of gold in the New York market for the relevant month, as determined by CVG. This royalty amount is subject to value added tax at a rate of 9%.

Choco 10

Introduction

The Choco 10 mine is located in the south-eastern part of Venezuela in the Bolivar state, approximately 15 kilometers west of the town of El Callao. The mine is located on an exploitation project which amalgamates the Choco 10 and Choco 4 concessions. Choco 10 operates under a mining lease which is approximately 2,100 hectares. The major industrial city of Puerto Ordaz is located 190 kilometers northwest of El Callao and is linked to the mine by paved road. Venezuela has a good road infrastructure, although close to the mine area road conditions have been deteriorating during the last 15 years. Under the terms of its exploitation certificate Gold Fields was obligated to maintain a portion of the access road for the Choco 10 mine.

The Choco 10 mine commenced production in August 2005. Current operations consist of open pit mining and a processing plant comprising conventional comminution and carbon-in-pulp processing. The Choco 10 mine

 

82


Table of Contents

uses typical open pit mining methods of drilling, blasting, loading and hauling. Gold Fields operated two pits within the Choco 10 concession, Pisolita and Rosika-Coacia. The pits are located two to three kilometers from the main plant.

The Choco 10 mine is connected to the main electricity grid that transmits energy from Venezuela to Brazil. A rain-dependent reservoir supplies water for use at the mine, which is supplemented through a well field that is being developed and commissioned. For the year ended June 30, 2007, the Choco 10 mine produced approximately 0.055 million ounces of gold. As of June 30, 2007, Choco 10 had approximately 1,000 employees, including 400 employed by outside contractors.

History

Mining in the area of the Choco 10 concession dates back to 1897, when a British company operated the historic Concordia mine located two kilometers from the current Choco 10 operation. Modern exploration commenced with Promiven’s 1992 concession for Choco 10. The mine was commissioned in April 2005 and operations started in August of the same year.

Geology

Gold mineralization is typical of Archaean-Proterozoic orogenic gold deposits. The deposit is hosted in the Early Proterozoic sequence of the Pastora Greenstone Belt of the Guiana Shield. The stratigraphy comprises a tholeiitic to calc-alkaline volcanic package, overlain by volcaniclastic and epiclastic rocks intruded by gabbroic sills. The rock package has been subjected to intense tropical weathering. Mineralization is hosted in a series of structurally controlled quartz-vein shear lodes which dominantly strike north-south and northeast-southwest. High-grade gold mineralization occurs with pyrite, carbonate, strong silicification and quartz-veining in low-strain zones of deformation typically associated with folding and chaotic foliations.

Mining

Choco 10 presented no unusual operational challenges beyond those faced at most open pit mining operations. The principal operational challenges were improving the processing plant availability and throughput, although substantial improvements were made. Alternative water sources for processing plant usage were developed and improvements were made in process water recovery implemented.

Gold Fields owned its own fleet of mining equipment which it acquired as part of the Bolivar transaction. The fleet experienced low mechanical availability due mainly to the lack of critical spares parts and the long lead time associated with procurement. A mining contractor was brought in to assist in meeting the required tonnage movement.

 

83


Table of Contents

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Choco 10 for the four-month period from March 1, 2006 to June 30, 2006 (the period of Gold Fields’ ownership of the mine in fiscal 2006) and for fiscal 2007.

 

     Four months ended
June 30, 2006
   Year ended
June 30, 2007

Production

     

Tons (‘000)

   454    1,001

Recovered grade (g/t)

   1.7    1.7

Gold produced (‘000 oz) (1)

   25    55

Results of operations ($ million)

     

Revenues

   16.9    36.0

Total production costs (2)

   11.3    36.7

Total cash costs (3)

   8.3    31.3

Cash profit (4)

   8.6    4.7

Cost per ounce of gold ($) (5)

     

Total production costs

   399    659

Total cash costs

   293    562

Notes:

 

(1) In fiscal 2006, production was reported from March 1, 2006, the date on which Gold Fields acquired the mine, and for this period 0.024 million ounces of gold were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Venezuelan operation. In fiscal 2007, 0.052 million ounces of gold were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Venezuelan operation.

 

(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total production costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total cash costs to production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(4) Cash profit represents revenues less total cash costs.

 

(5) Calculated based on ounces of gold sold.

Choco 10 engages in open pit and production stockpile surface mining and is thus subject to all of the surface mining risks discussed in “Risk Factors.” Although surface mining generally is less dangerous than underground mining, serious and even fatal accidents do still occasionally occur. Choco 10 did not have any fatal injuries in fiscal 2006, fiscal 2007 or in fiscal 2008 while it was owned by Gold Fields. Because Gold Fields took over operation of the mine late in fiscal 2006, the Company was not able to generate fiscal year accident frequency rates on a basis comparable to those provided for Gold Fields’ other operations for fiscal 2006 or 2005. The serious injury frequency rate for fiscal 2007 was 4.3 serious injuries per million hours worked.

 

84


Table of Contents

Processing

All processing at Choco 10 is provided by a single plant. The following table sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tons milled per month and metallurgical recovery factor during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 for the plant:

 

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

   Year
commissioned
  

Comminution
phase

  

Treatment
phase

   Capacity (1)    Average milled
for the year
ended June 30,
2007
   Approximate
recovery factor
for the year
ended June 30,
2007 (2)
 
                    (tons/month)    (tons/month)       

Choco 10 Plant

   2005    Single stage crushing with SAG and ball milling    CIP treatment    160,000    83,400    89 %

Notes:

 

(1) Nameplate capacity as stated by the manufacturer. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.

 

(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

Choco 10 ore is processed using a conventional SAG-ball milling system and CIP circuit plant. The plant was commissioned in 2005. During the period of ownership by Gold Fields it became apparent that modifications and improvements were required to raise the throughput to the nameplate throughput consistently and safely, which Gold Fields undertook. At the time of sale, production at Choco 10 was at nameplate capacity of 160,000 tons per month on a consistent basis.

Capital Expenditure

Gold Fields spent approximately $18 million on capital expenditure at the Choco 10 operation in fiscal 2007, primarily on water related projects, mining equipment and management implementation systems, or SAPS. Prior to the sale of Choco 10 on November 30, 2007, Gold Fields spent approximately $5.5 million on capital expenditure at Choco 10 in fiscal 2008, primarily on exploration and on water related projects and mining equipment.

Development Projects

Cerro Corona Development Project

The Cerro Corona Project is a development project which is currently under construction and is expected to become operational in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. It forms part of a porphyry copper-gold deposit situated within the Hualgayoc Mining District in northern Peru. It is located in the highest part of the Western Cordillera of the Andes, in northern Peru, close to the headwaters of the Atlantic continental basin. It lies approximately 90 kilometers by road north of the Department of Cajamarca’s capital city and near the village of Hualgayoc. Access to the Cerro Corona Project from Cajamarca is by means of two roads, one from Cajamarca to the Yanacocha Mine (45 kilometers), and then from Yanacocha to the village of Hualgayoc and the town of Bambamarca (45 kilometers).

In December 2003, Gold Fields, through a subsidiary, signed a definitive agreement to purchase an 80.72% economic and 92% voting interest in the Cerro Corona Project from a Peruvian family-owned company,

 

85


Table of Contents

Sociedad Minera Corona S.A., or SMC. The agreement called for a reorganization whereby the assets of the Cerro Corona Project were transferred to a Peruvian company named Gold Fields La Cima S.A. (formerly known as Sociedad Minera La Cima S.A.), or La Cima, in July 2004. The environmental impact assessment for the project was submitted to the Peruvian Ministry of Energy and Mines, or MEM, in May 2005. Following public consultation and comment, the MEM approved the environmental impact assessment on December 2, 2005. Gold Fields subsequently completed the purchase of a 92% voting interest (80.7% economic interest) in La Cima in January 2006, for a total consideration of $40.5 million. La Cima has now acquired all requisite additional permits to construct the mine and construction commenced in May 2006.

The Cerro Corona Project involves the development of a single surface mine anticipated to produce 6.2 million tons per annum of ore at a life of mine stripping ratio of 0.58. This ore will be treated in a conventional milling and sulphide flotation concentrator capable of treating 6.2 million tons per annum of ore and producing between 100,000 and 140,000 tons per annum of copper and gold containing concentrate, which will be custom treated at smelters in Japan, Korea and Europe. At June 30, 2007, the Cerro Corona Project had attributable reserves of approximately 2.56 million ounces of gold and 879 million pounds of copper.

Average life of mine metal production is projected to be some 140,000 ounces of gold and 27,000 tons of copper per annum, though production levels will be somewhat higher in initial years due to high grades encountered in the shallow portions of the pit. Cash costs in the first four years of the mine life are projected to be between U.S.$300 and U.S.$330 per gold equivalent ounce in real terms and based on current market conditions. The cost trends that have been seen in construction of the tailings management facility, or TMF, discussed below, have been projected in the estimated life of mine capital cost for this facility and are expected to increase life of mine capital costs from approximately U.S.$10 per ounce to U.S.$30 per ounce of gold equivalent production. Work remains underway to develop alternative methods for managing the tailing, with a view to improving this cost. Gold Fields spent U.S.$161 million in capital expenditure for Cerro Corona in fiscal 2007 and has budgeted an additional U.S.$201 million of capital expenditure for fiscal 2008.

Following completion of a definitive cost and schedule estimate in January 2007, the capital construction costs for the Cerro Corona Project was estimated at approximately U.S.$343 million as at January 2007 and the treatment of ore was scheduled to commence early in the third quarter of fiscal 2008. However, through the first half of fiscal 2007, progress on the TMF and the later stages of erection of the concentrator have lagged behind schedule and cost escalations of various aspects of this project have been experienced. On November 15, 2007, La Cima announced a four-month delay and a revised capital forecast for the Cerro Corona Project. The delay is mainly due to (i) deficient progress on the construction of the TMF caused by poor rock quality in the project quarries, and inadequate material delivery rates required for the construction of the TMF embankment and (ii) underperformance in September and October 2007 by several contractors responsible for the structural and mechanical installation of the concentrator. The construction costs have now been revised to U.S.$421 million, which include an additional contingency of U.S.$20 million, and the treatment of ore is now scheduled to commence toward the middle of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. There are four primary causes of the increase in construction costs:

 

   

the delay in the completion of the Project which attracts significant additional costs in terms of management and engineering personnel, as well as attendant indirect or support costs such as the maintenance of the remote onsite camp and other services such as transportation and meals;

 

   

an increase in the construction costs for the TMF due to higher unit rates for mining and crushing of construction materials;

 

   

poor ground conditions encountered in the construction of the various facility platforms as well as mine and access road construction which has necessitated additional cut and fill activities to ensure the stability of the various structures; and

 

   

continued price escalation of commodity based products, such as electrical cabling and power lines as well as the piping and mechanical and electrical components of the tailing management systems.

 

86


Table of Contents

Over the last few years Peru has seen many cases of conflict and dissention between local communities and mining operations and mining projects, stemming largely from the communities’ desire for greater participation in the economic benefits of these mining projects. The Cerro Corona project has undertaken extensive community consultation and negotiation since 2003 through the land purchase and permitting process to achieve agreement with local communities on various aspects such as training, levels of employment from local communities, during construction and operations, and development assistance from the project. Through the construction phase, La Cima has carefully delivered on these agreements.

Although Gold Fields believes that over time the Cerro Corona Project has generated strong community relationships, there have been instances of conflict with the local communities. The most significant occurred in October 2006 when road access to the project site was blockaded for three weeks by some members of the local community protesting over levels of local employment and the use of community based contracting companies by the Cerro Corona Project. The blockade did not enjoy the support of all community members. The local support, coupled with continuous dialogue with Peruvian ministry officials, assisted in achieving the lifting of the blockade which, nonetheless, caused in excess of three weeks’ lost construction time on site. Work resumed on November 15, 2006. Following lifting of the blockade the community contractor selection, communication, contracting and certification processes were enhanced while La Cima has also developed extensive capacity in its project management team to manage and support these contractors.

On November 14, 2006, La Cima entered into a U.S.$150 million project finance facility agreement. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities—Cerro Corona Facility.”

Exploration

Gold Fields holds a diverse portfolio of active gold exploration projects and assets in Africa, Europe, China, the Americas and Australasia, which are primarily held through project companies incorporated in the jurisdiction where the exploration projects or assets are located. In addition, Gold Fields has in place a number of exploration projects in connection with mineral rights it holds which are adjacent to its active mining operations and advanced exploration projects in South Africa, Ghana, Peru and Australia. Gold Fields’ exploration program is headquartered in Denver, Colorado, which also acts as the regional office for the Americas, with regional offices in Oxford, England (responsible for Europe, the former Soviet Union and Africa) and Perth, Australia (responsible for Australasia). The Company also has two satellite offices in Santiago, Chile and Accra, Ghana. As of June 30, 2007, Gold Fields’ exploration team included 35 geoscientists, along with support staff.

Gold Fields’ exploration strategy is based on a balanced approach to projects, which permits it to consider a project at any stage of development, from grassroots projects through to the feasibility study phase. Gold Fields focuses its exploration activities on finding quality mineral assets with potential for low-cost extraction of gold or platinum group metals. When determining whether it will proceed with a project, Gold Fields weighs a variety of cost factors, including the cost of acquiring the project, expected cash operating costs, costs of capital and overhead costs, against the likely returns for the project and the project’s strategic importance in terms of geographic diversification and production profiles. With respect to exploration projects which are adjacent to Gold Fields’ existing mining operations, Gold Fields also considers possible operating synergies which can be realized, for example, by sharing processing plants and other infrastructure.

Gold Fields has expanded its exploration activities in countries and regions where it has limited experience by means of equity investments in, and strategic alliances with, junior mining partners that are already operating in the relevant region with the requisite operating experience and in some cases mining permits and approvals. Gold Fields has applied this strategy to exploration projects in Burkina Faso, China, the Dominican Republic, Kyrgyztan and Slovakia, among others.

Generally, Gold Fields budgets to spend up to $15 per ounce of gold it produces on greenfields exploration (distinct from brownfields exploration which refers to exploration around Gold Fields’ mine sites), provided the

 

87


Table of Contents

opportunities offered warrant such expenditure. At high acquisition prices for gold prospects, the universe of gold prospects that may offer positive returns is limited and exploration efforts are carefully selected with strict economic criteria in mind.

To be considered by Gold Fields, generally an exploration project must have the potential to meet certain target criteria (which vary depending on other strategic objectives and the quality of the project): the potential for a minimum of 5,000,000 ounces of reserves; production rates in the range of 500,000 gold equivalent ounces per year; and a double-digit rate of return. If these criteria are met and the project fits within Gold Fields’ strategic development goals, Gold Fields will consider taking on the project. Great effort is also placed on reviewing non-geological aspects of prospective projects, such as social, political, environmental and commercial risks, insuring that an appropriate risk versus reward tradeoff analysis is factored into the decision.

Gold Fields’ goal in its search for quality assets is to have a breakeven cost defined as the sum of acquisition costs, total cash operating costs, capital costs and general and administrative costs of less than 75% of the estimated long-term gold price.

Gold Fields divides the different phases of a project’s development into what it refers to as the “resource triangle.” The resource triangle provides for the progression of an exploration project in five steps: (1) project acquisition and drill target definition, (2) initial drilling, (3) resource definition, (4) pre-feasibility study and (5) feasibility study. Greenfield exploration is generated by reviewing and ranking the most prospective terrains across the world and exploration areas are selected after considering country risk and strategic fit. In fiscal 2006, the Company established a specific Project Generative Exploration team to conduct prospective gold evaluations and develop new targets for exploration. Each regional exploration office continuously monitors and reviews projects in its region and targets projects at all stages of development. Once a project reaches the feasibility stage, a team from Gold Fields’ corporate development office evaluates the project with feedback regarding the project’s strategic implications.

Gold Fields’ Greenfields Exploration Projects

The table below provides a breakdown of the number of projects in Gold Fields’ three exploration regions for each of the five phases of the resource triangle as of June 30, 2007. The table does not include exploration projects on sites adjacent to Gold Fields’ existing operations in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Venezuela.

 

Phase

   Europe and
Africa
   Australasia    The Americas

Feasibility (1)

   2    —      —  

Pre-feasibility

   —      —      —  

Resource definition

   —      1    1

Initial drilling

   4    2    3

Greenfield

   —      2    1

Note:

 

(1) On November 26, 2007, Gold Fields sold its 60% stake in the Essakane project to Orezone Resources Inc. See “—Essakane Joint Venture.”

Gold Fields spent $41.0 million on greenfields exploration projects not adjacent to its mining operations and $21.5 million on equity investments in exploration-related, third-party companies during fiscal 2007. Gold Fields’ total exploration budget for greenfields projects for fiscal 2008 is approximately $65.0 million, including for equity investments, which will be evaluated as identified throughout the year.

On July 10, 2002, Gold Fields announced that it had granted Mvelaphanda Resources Limited participation rights of up to 15% in Gold Fields’ precious metals exploration projects in Africa, after March 1, 2002. See “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Mvelaphanda.”

 

88


Table of Contents

Arctic Platinum Project

The Arctic Platinum Project, or APP, is located approximately 60 kilometers south of the city of Rovaniemi in northern Finland. The APP was set up in 2000 as a joint venture to develop potential platinum group metal deposits through surface and underground operations. Gold Fields held 51% of the APP during fiscal 2003, with the remainder owned by Outokumpu Oy, or Outokumpu, a Finnish industrial conglomerate with over 50 years’ experience designing and supplying technology for the mining and metallurgical industries. On September 11, 2003, Gold Fields exercised its pre-emptive right to acquire Outokumpu’s 49% interest in the APP for consideration of $31 million, comprising $23 million in cash and Gold Fields ordinary shares worth $8 million.

The APP is assessing two potential surface mineable deposits called Konttijarvi and Ahmavaara, which are referred to as the Suhanko Project. The Konttijarvi and Ahmavaara deposits are found in the Konttijarvi-Suhanko Intrusion, which forms part of the Portimo mafic layered complex situated in northern Finland. Gold Fields completed a feasibility study for the Suhanko Project in the third quarter of fiscal 2005. Based on the results of the study, including a lower than expected mine head grade, prevailing metal market conditions and significant euro currency strengthening, Gold Fields decided to postpone the development of a large-scale surface mining complex and to continue investigations into smaller scale, high-margin projects. Exploration drilling at Konttijarvi and Ahmavaara continued until March 2005.

On October 18, 2005, Gold Fields announced that it had entered into a letter of intent with North American Palladium Limited, or NAP, a Canadian platinum metals group producer, to form a joint venture to further explore mining properties and develop a mine at the APP.

On March 24, 2006, an Acquisition and Framework Agreement, or Acquisition Agreement, was entered into between NAP, Gold Fields Exploration BV, Gold Fields Finland Oy and North American Palladium Finland Oy. The Acquisition Agreement took effect from April 13, 2006 and, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Acquisition Agreement, a Service Agreement was also entered into between Gold Fields Arctic Platinum Oy, NAP and North American Palladium Arctic Services Oy on March 24, 2006, pursuant to which NAP will provide services to the APP.

The APP’s location and geology are similar to that of NAP’s other properties and it is expected that NAP will be able to utilize its operating and development experience in the design and construction of a mine at the APP. The Acquisition Agreement provides that NAP will be granted an option to acquire up to a 60% undivided interest in the APP, including the Suhanko, SJ Reef and SK Reef mining properties and claims located south of Rovaniemi, Finland. NAP’s option to acquire its interest in the APP will vest upon NAP satisfying the following conditions on or before August 31, 2008: (i) completing a re-scoping study and exploration program; (ii) completing a feasibility study; (iii) incurring at least $12.5 million in approved expenses; and (iv) making a decision to develop a mine at the APP. In consideration for the acquisition of the 60% interest in the APP, NAP shall issue NAP common shares to Gold Fields with a value of approximately $45 million, based on the weighted average trading price on the American Stock Exchange for the 11 trading days commencing on October 11, 2005. The relevant share price was $4.88, meaning that NAP will issue 9,227,033 NAP common shares. Additionally, Gold Fields has an option to maintain its interest at 50%, by taking receipt of only 80% of the consideration shares, or 7,381,626 NAP common shares. During the option period NAP is the operator with the responsibility to manage and fund the project.

Upon NAP’s acquisition of an interest in the APP, a joint venture will be formed, with NAP holding a 60% interest and Gold Fields holding a 40% interest. The parties will enter into a Shareholders’ Agreement which will govern their respective interests in the APP. NAP will remain operator of the joint venture, which will be managed under a joint venture arrangement.

On October 31, 2006, NAP announced the results of the first phase of drilling on the Narkaus (SK) Project, which is part of the APP and comprises three target areas: (i) Kuohunki, (ii) Nutturalampi and (iii) Siika Kama. These areas are being evaluated for their accretive potential and positive impact on the main project at Suhanko.

 

89


Table of Contents

The Suhanko Project is located within 20 kilometers of these deposits and is the subject of ongoing pre-feasibility work. On November 30, 2006, the Environmental Permit Authority of Northern Finland made an approving statement regarding the environmental impact assessment program on the effects of the mining project in Narkaus. On December 21, 2006, Gold Fields Arctic Platinum Oy received a mining license certificate for the Suhanko Project.

NAP’s Phase One program, which began in February 2006, comprised a total of 53 diamond drill holes for 10,917 meters at Narkaus, a total of 12 holes for 1,797 meters at Penikat and a total of two holes for 99 meters in Vaaralampi, each of which are prospective deposits.

Aker Kvaerner completed a scoping study on the Suhanko Project in October 2007. The study indicated that the mineral resources could potentially support a 20-year mine life at 7.5 million tonnes per annum. Based on positive results of the scoping study NAP proceeded into the feasibility study phase. NAP has retained Aker Kvaerner to prepare a definitive feasibility study for the Suhanko Project and commissioned Micon International Co Limited to conduct the mineral resource and mineral reserve estimates, the surface mine designs and optimization. The study will include the results of the NAP Phase Two drilling comprising a total of 89 holes for 12,693 meters at Suhanko. NAP is studying a development scenario consisting of two open pit mines at the Konttijärvi and Ahmavaara deposits. Under this scenario, the nickel-copper-PGM bearing material would be processed through a centrally-located concentrator. Additionally, NAP believes that the economics of the development scenario might be enhanced by the development of two higher grade deposits at the Narkaus Project. Metallurgical test work is being conducted by SGS Lakefield Research to examine different processing options in an attempt to improve metal recoveries and reduce operating costs. Bulk sampling was completed in October and metallurgical pilot plant tests are scheduled to commence by the end of 2007 at GTK Mineral Processing in Outokumpu, Finland. The proposed exploration program will focus on the APP’s SK Reef and SJ Reef projects. The feasibility study is expected to generate a report with sufficient engineering detail and cost estimates in order for the APP to be considered for project financing or other suitable financing alternatives. The definitive feasibility study is expected to be completed by August 31, 2008.

See also “Additional Information—Material Contracts—Arctic Platinum Project.”

Essakane Joint Venture

The Essakane Joint Venture, or EJV, is located 330 kilometers northeast of Burkina Faso’s capital city of Ouagadougou, adjacent to the artisanal miner village of Essakane. Gold Fields acquired 50% of the EJV from Orezone Resources Inc., or Orezone, in the last quarter of fiscal 2005, after reaching an aggregate project expenditure of U.S.$8 million. In January 2006, Gold Fields also took over the management of the project and exploration program as provided by the EJV option agreement.

During fiscal 2007, work on the Essakane project was delayed due to the inability of local laboratories to provide assaying services of the quality required for the extensive re-assay program. These issues were resolved and the data derived from the re-assays was used to update the resource model for the Full Feasibility Study (previously referred to as the “Bankable Feasibility Study”), which Gold Fields commenced in November 2006 with a budget of U.S.$11.4 million. Gold Fields earned an additional 10% interest in the project by delivering the Full Feasibility Study to the project board of directors on September 11, 2007.

In April 2007, Gold Fields and Orezone finalized the commercial and operating agreements for the Essakane project. These comprised a Members Agreement (corporate structure agreement) as well as a Master Mining Service Agreement detailing the operational nature of the project.

In August 2007, the Environmental and Socio-economic Impact Assessment, or ESIA, report for the Essakane project was submitted to the Burkina Faso Minister of Environment. This began a three-month approval process of the environmental plan required for the award of a Mining Permit. In addition, a budget of

 

90


Table of Contents

U.S.$15.6 million was approved by Gold Fields on behalf of the project, to finance activities until the end of December 2007.

On November 26, 2007, Gold Fields sold its 60% stake in the Essakane project to Orezone. Gold Fields received U.S.$150 million in cash and 41,666,667 common shares of Orezone having an aggregate subscription price of U.S.$50 million, which were issued to Gold Fields’ wholly-owned subsidiary Gold Fields Essakane (BVI) Limited. Following the acquisition, Gold Fields owns 41,666,667 common shares of Orezone, representing 12.2% of Orezone’s issued and outstanding common shares.

Living Gold

At the end of calendar 2002, Gold Fields initiated the Living Gold project, an export-oriented business which produces roses as part of the South African cut-flower industry. The rationale was to establish a job-creating, economically sustainable community investment project in the Carletonville area in which Gold Fields’ Driefontein mine operates. Living Gold involves a partnership with the Industrial Development Corporation, which owns 35% of the company. In fiscal 2007, Living Gold produced approximately 26 million stems and had revenue of approximately R20 million ($2.7 million).

Recent Developments

Acquisition of Prospecting Rights Contiguous to South Deep

Gold Fields announced on July 27, 2007 that JCI and Randgold & Exploration Company Limited, or R&E, will relinquish certain rights which they have to the prospecting rights contiguous to South Deep for a consideration of R400 million plus value added tax. On October 31, 2007, the shareholders of JCI and R&E approved the agreement and the transaction, which closed on November 5, 2007. The transaction has resulted in Gold Fields Operations Limited (formerly, Western Areas) owning 74% of a company which holds the prospecting rights to the contiguous ground, immediately to the south. east and west of South Deep, with Peotona Gold holding the balance.

Sale of Choco 10

On November 30, 2007, Gold Fields disposed of its assets in Venezuela to Rusoro Mining Ltd., or Rusoro, for a total consideration of approximately U.S.$532 million (based on the volume weighted average price, or VWAP, of Rusoro shares as quoted by Bloomberg for the 10 days prior to the date the agreement was signed). Gold Fields received U.S.$180 million in cash and 140 million newly-issued Rusoro shares, which at the time of sale represented approximately 37% of the outstanding shares of Rusoro. Pursuant to the transaction, Rusoro acquired Gold Fields’ stake in the Choco 10 gold mine, as well as the contiguous mineral rights owned by Gold Fields.

Sale of Essakane

On November 26, 2007, Gold Fields sold its 60% stake in the Essakane project to Orezone. See “—Exploration—Gold Fields’ Greenfields Exploration Projects—Essakane Joint Venture.”

Insurance

Gold Fields holds insurance policies providing coverage for general liability, accidental loss or damage to its property, business interruption in the form of fixed operating costs or standing charges, material damage and other losses, some of which are insured, through a captive insurance company domiciled in Gibraltar. Gold Fields’ insurance program does not insure all potential losses associated with its operations as some insurance premiums might be considered to be economically unacceptable, or the risk considered too remote to insure. Should an event occur for which there is no or limited insurance cover, this could affect Gold Fields’ cash flows and profitability.

 

91


Table of Contents

Management believes that the scope and amounts of coverage of its insurance policies are adequate, taking into account the probability and potential severity of each identified risk, and in accordance with customary practice for a gold mining company of its size with multinational operations. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ insurance coverage may prove inadequate to satisfy potential claims.”

Regulatory and Environmental Matters

South Africa

Environmental

Gold Fields’ South African operations are subject to various laws relating to the protection of the environment. South Africa’s Constitution grants the people of South Africa the right to an environment that is not harmful to human health or well-being and to protection of that environment for the benefit of present and future generations through reasonable legislative and other measures. The Constitution and the National Environmental Management Act 107 of 1988 grant legal standing to a wide range of people and interest groups to bring legal proceedings to enforce their environmental rights, which are enforceable against private entities as well as the South African government.

South African environmental legislation commonly requires businesses whose operations may have an impact on the environment to obtain permits and authorizations for those operations. The applicable environmental legislation also imposes general compliance requirements and incorporates the “polluter pays” principle. Under the terms of the 2002 Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Act, or MPRDA, all prospecting and mining operations are to be conducted according to an environmental management plan which must be approved by the Department of Minerals and Energy and it makes express provision for directors’ liability in circumstances when environmental harm arises pursuant to mining operations. See “—Mineral Rights.”

South African mining companies are required by law to undertake rehabilitation works as part of their ongoing operations in accordance with an approved environmental management plan. In addition, during the operational life of the mine they must provide for the cost of mine closure and post-closure rehabilitation and monitoring once mining operations cease. Gold Fields funds these environmental rehabilitation costs by making contributions into an environmental trust fund. The trust fund system enables payments to be made in a tax-efficient way, while providing comfort to the regulators that the operator has the means to restore any mine after operations have ceased. As of October 31, 2007, Gold Fields had contributed more than Rand 600 million, including accrued interest, to the fund. Gold Fields has implemented environmental management systems in compliance with ISO 14001 throughout its operations in South Africa, and has received full certification under ISO 14000 for all surface portions of its South African operations. South Deep, a recent acquisition, is in the process of implementing an EMS that is ISO14001 compliant, after which it will apply for certification.

In addition, Gold Fields became a signatory to the International Cyanide Management Code, or Cyanide Code, on November 3, 2005, along with nine gold companies and five cyanide manufacturers. All of Gold Fields’ operations, including the South African operations, are committed to complying with the Cyanide Code. The implementation structure of the Cyanide Code allows the operations up to three years to have independent, third-party audits conducted to evaluate compliance status.

Under the National Water Act all water in the hydrological cycle is the property of the State held in trust for the people of South Africa and all water users have been required to re-register their water uses. In addition, the National Water Act governs waste water and waste discharge into water resources. Gold Fields is lawfully removing water from its South African mines and, while there has been a delay in processing the water license application at Driefontein, which was submitted within the applicable time limits and there is some uncertainty regarding the water quality parameters applicable to the removed water, Gold Fields has engaged the Department of Water Affairs and Forestry, or DWAF, to address these issues.

 

92


Table of Contents

In September 2005, certain sections of the National Environmental Management Air Quality Act, or the Air Quality Act, came into force. In the past, certain air polluting activities were allowed to be carried on provided that the operator registered the activity and was granted permission from the authority with responsibility for air quality in the region. However, the Air Quality Act sets more onerous standards which companies will be required to achieve. It is envisaged that the Air Quality Act will be fully phased in over the next few years. To the extent that more stringent requirements may be introduced regarding dust, Gold Fields is positioning itself operationally.

On July 3, 2006, new environmental impact assessment regulations were promulgated under the National Environmental Management Act, or NEMA. The new regulations introduce a fundamental change in this area of the law for the mining sector. Previously, the Department of Minerals and Energy, or DME, had primary responsibility for authorizing the environmental impacts of mining operations, although other departments played a role in approving certain aspects of mining-related activities. Under the new regulations, the Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism, or DEAT, will play a greater role in the environmental impact assessment decision-making process. The new regulations introduce a more complex regime for environmental impact assessments that includes a two-tiered assessment process, involving first the DME and then the DEAT. The specific sections of the regulations which cover mining operations have not yet been brought into effect but, when they do, they will impact on reconnaissance (defined in the MPRDA as the activity of searching for a mineral or petroleum by geological, geophysical and photogeological surveys, including by remote sensing but excluding by prospecting and exploration), exploration, prospecting and mining activities, as currently defined in the Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Act. This will result in more stringent requirements in obtaining environmental approval for new mining activities and, potentially, in the case of recommissioning old operations, which could increase Gold Fields’ costs for obtaining the approvals. Gold Fields is taking steps to comply with the new regulations. The regulations with respect to certain activities ancillary to mining are already in effect so that they now require a two-tier authorization process, from the DME and from the DEAT. The new regulations will not have retrospective effect. Section 24G of the National Environmental Management Act 107 of 1998 introduced an amnesty period to continue with operations which had not been authorised under the previous Environment Conservation Act EIA regulations. The amnesty period was available from January 7, 2005 to July 6, 2005. Gold Fields submitted three applications for such amnesty (as each identified activity required its own application) and is currently awaiting the decision of the environmental authorities in this regard. The applications related to the authorisation of cyanide plants at Beatrix, Kloof and Driefontein. It is likely that the applications will be granted. If the applications are granted the maximum fine that can be levied is R1 million per application. In the unlikely event that the applications are not granted the authorities may order that the activities are stopped and that remediation and rehabilitation takes place.

Although South Africa has a comprehensive environmental regulatory framework, enforcement of environmental law has traditionally been poor. The Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism has indicated that enforcement will improve and Environmental Management Inspectors have been appointed under the NEMA. The Environmental Management Inspectors have commenced with environmental inspections and investigations at some of the major industrial facilities The focus to date has been on those industries that impact heavily on air quality, such as platinum mines and the steel industry.

Gold Fields undertakes activities which are regulated by the National Nuclear Regulator Act 47 of 1999, or the NNR Act. The NNR Act requires Gold Fields to obtain authorization from the National Nucler Regulator, or NNR, and undertake activities in accordance with the conditions of such authorizations. The NNR has alleged certain non-compliance issues relating to radiation levels in water running adjacent to certain of Gold Fields’ properties. Gold Fields does not concede the accuracy of the NNR samples and is currently undertaking its own sampling following which it will reengage with the NNR.

It has been publicly indicated by various individuals purporting to represent certain non-governmental organizations and other interested parties that they believe that Gold Fields, together with various other mining companies in South Africa, have polluted the water in and around the Wonderfontein Spruit, which is a catchment area in the West Wits Basin. This may lead to action being taken against Gold Fields, individually or

 

93


Table of Contents

collectively with other mining companies, and/or against the regulator. As far as Gold Fields is aware, no formal action has been taken against Gold Fields.

Health and Safety

The principal objective of the South African Mine Health and Safety Act No. 29 of 1996, or the Mine Health and Safety Act, is to protect the health and safety of persons at mines. The Mine Health and Safety Act requires that employers and others ensure their operating and non-operating mines provide a safe and healthy working environment, determines penalties and a system of administrative fines for non-compliance and gives the Minister of Minerals and Energy the right to restrict or stop work at any mine and require an employer to take steps to minimize health and safety risks at any mine. The Mine Health and Safety Act further provides for employee participation through the establishment of health and safety committees and by requiring the appointment of health and safety representatives. It also gives employees the right to refuse dangerous work. Finally, it describes the powers and functions of a mine health and safety inspectorate and the process of enforcement.

Under the Mine Health and Safety Act, an employer is obligated, among other things, to ensure, as far as reasonably practicable, that its mines are designed, constructed and equipped to provide conditions for safe operation and a healthy working environment and the mines are commissioned, operated, maintained and decommissioned in such a way that employees can perform their work without endangering their health and safety or that of any other person. Every employer must ensure, as far as reasonably practicable, that persons who are not employees, but who may be directly affected by the activities at a mine, are not exposed to any hazards to their health and safety.

As a result of a recent spate of accidents at various mining operations in South Africa, including Gold Fields’ operations, President Thabo Mbeki ordered the Department of Minerals and Energy to conduct an occupational health and safety audit at all mines. The department has developed audit protocols and divided them into two parts: (1) Legal Audit and (2) Technical Audit of certain installations and practices at mines. Together, the outcome of these audits is intended to give an indication of the extent to which mines comply with health and safety requirements, and also to help mines develop programs of action to improve their health and safety. The audit will broadly cover the topics indicated below:

Legal audit of mines:

 

   

Design and maintenance;

 

   

Legal appointments;

 

   

Occupational health and safety policy;

 

   

Occupational health and safety risk management;

 

   

Training;

 

   

Health and safety representatives and committees;

 

   

Reporting;

 

   

Mandatory codes of practice;

 

   

Explosives control;

 

   

Water management; and

 

   

Public health and safety.

Technical audit of mines:

 

   

Shafts and shaft infrastructure;

 

   

Rockfalls and rockbursts;

 

94


Table of Contents
   

Rail bound and trackless mobile equipment;

 

   

Occupational health; and

 

   

Effectiveness of the Mine Health and Safety Act legal sanctions.

See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ operations in South Africa are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations which could impose significant costs and burdens.”

The Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act 78 of 1973, or the Occupational Diseases Act, governs compensation and medical costs related to certain illnesses contracted by persons employed in mines or at sites where activities ancillary to mining are conducted. Occupational healthcare services are made available by Gold Fields to employees from its existing facilities. Pursuant to changes in the Occupational Diseases Act, Gold Fields may experience an increase in the cost of these services. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ operations in South Africa are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations which could impose significant costs and burdens.” This increased cost, should it transpire, is currently indeterminate.

Mineral Rights

The 2002 Minerals Act. The 2002 Minerals Act came into effect on May 1, 2004. The 2002 Minerals Act vests the right to prospect and mine in the state (which includes the rights to grant prospecting and mining rights on behalf of the nation) to be administered by the government of South Africa in order to, among other things, promote equitable access to the nation’s mineral resources by South Africans, expand opportunities for historically disadvantaged persons who wish to participate in the South African mining industry, advance social and economic development, and create an internationally competitive and efficient administrative and regulatory regime, based on the universally accepted principle, and consistent with common international practice, that mineral resources are part of a nation’s patrimony.

Under the 2002 Minerals Act, prospecting rights are initially granted for a maximum period of five years and can be renewed once upon application for a further period not exceeding three years. Mining rights are valid for a maximum period of 30 years, and can be renewed upon application for further periods each of which may not exceed 30 years. Provision is made for the grant of retention permits, which would have a maximum term of three years and could be renewed once upon application for a further two years. A wide range of factors and principles, including proposals relating to black economic empowerment and social responsibility, will be considered by the Minister of Minerals and Energy when exercising her discretion whether to grant these applications. A mining right can be cancelled if the mineral to which such mining right relates is not mined at an “optimal” rate. In November 2006, the DME approved the conversion of Gold Fields’ mining licenses under the old regulatory regime at Driefontein, Kloof and Beatrix into rights under the new regime. The South Deep application has been completed and is currently under review, prior to final submission to the Department of Minerals and Energy.

The 2002 Minerals Act provides that pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Minerals Act a broad-based socio-economic empowerment charter for effecting entry of historically disadvantaged South Africans, or HDSAs, into the mining industry became effective on May 1, 2004.

The charter’s stated objectives are to:

 

   

promote equitable access to South Africa’s mineral resources for all the people of South Africa;

 

   

substantially and meaningfully expand opportunities for HDSAs, including women, to enter the mining and minerals industry and to benefit from the exploitation of South Africa’s mineral resources;

 

   

utilize the existing skills base for the empowerment of HDSAs;

 

   

expand the skills base of HDSAs in order to serve the community;

 

95


Table of Contents
   

promote employment and advance the social and economic welfare of mining communities and areas supplying mining labor; and

 

   

promote beneficiation of South Africa’s mineral commodities beyond mining and processing, including the production of consumer products.

The charter clarifies that it is not the government’s intention to nationalize the mining industry.

To achieve these objectives, the charter requires that, within five years of its May 1, 2004 effective date, each mining company achieves a 15% HDSA ownership of mining assets and, within 10 years of that date, a 26% HDSA ownership of mining assets. Ownership can comprise active involvement, through HDSA-controlled companies (where HDSAs own at least 50% plus one share of the company and have management control), strategic joint ventures or partnerships (where HDSAs own at least 25% plus one vote of the joint venture or partnership interest and there is joint management and control) or collective investment vehicles, the majority ownership of which is HDSA based, or passive involvement, particularly through broad-based vehicles such as employee stock option plans. The charter envisages measuring progress on transformation of ownership by:

 

   

taking into account, among other things, attributable units of production controlled by HDSAs;

 

   

allowing flexibility by credits or offsets, so that, for example, where HDSA participation exceeds any set target in a particular operation, the excess may be offset against shortfalls in another operation;

 

   

taking into account previous empowerment deals in determining credits and offsets; and

 

   

considering special incentives to encourage the retention by HDSAs of newly acquired equity for a reasonable period.

It is envisaged that transactions will take place in a transparent manner and for fair market value with stakeholders meeting after five years to review progress in achieving the 26% target. Under the charter, the mining industry as a whole agrees to assist HDSA companies in securing finance to fund participation in an amount of Rand 100 billion over the first five years. Beyond the Rand 100 billion commitment, HDSA participation will be increased on a willing seller-willing buyer basis, at fair market value, where the mining companies are not at risk.

In addition, the charter requires, among other things, that mining companies:

 

   

spell out plans for achieving employment equity at management level with a view to achieving a baseline of 40% HDSA participation in management and achieving a baseline of 10% participation by women in the mining industry, in each case within five years;

 

   

give HDSAs preferred supplier status, where possible, in the procurement of capital goods, services and consumables; and

 

   

identify current levels of beneficiation and indicate opportunities for growth.

When considering applications for the conversion of existing licenses, the government takes a “scorecard” approach to the different facets of promoting the objectives of the charter. The scorecard sets out the requirements of the charter in tabular form which allows the DME to “tick off” areas where a mining company is in compliance. The scorecard covers the following areas:

 

   

human resource development;

 

   

employment equity;

 

   

migrant labor;

 

   

mine community and rural development;

 

   

housing and living conditions;

 

96


Table of Contents
   

ownership and joint ventures;

 

   

beneficiation; and

 

   

reporting.

The scorecard does not indicate the relative significance of each item, nor does it provide a particular score which an applicant must achieve in order to be in compliance with the charter and be granted new order rights. The charter, together with the scorecard, provides a system of “credits” or “offsets” with respect to measuring compliance with HDSA ownership targets. Offsets may be claimed for beneficiation activities undertaken or supported by a company above a predetermined “base state,” which has not yet been established for each mineral. Offsets may also be claimed for continuing effects of previous empowerment transactions.

The charter also requires mining companies to submit annual, audited reports on progress toward their commitments, as part of an ongoing review process.

On March 8, 2004, the shareholders of Gold Fields approved a series of transactions, referred to in this discussion as the Mvelaphanda Transaction, involving the acquisition by Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, or Mvela Resources, of a 15% beneficial interest in the South Africa gold mining assets of Gold Fields for cash consideration of R4,139 million. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Overview—General—Mvelaphanda Transaction.”

The Mvelaphanda Transaction is intended to meet the charter’s requirement that mining companies achieve a 15% HDSA ownership within five years of the mining charter coming into effect. There is no guarantee, however, that the Mvelaphanda Transaction will not have a negative effect on the value of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares. In addition, any further adjustment to the ownership structure of Gold Fields’ South African mining assets in order to meet the mining charter’s 10 year HDSA ownership requirement of 26% could have a material adverse effect on the value of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares and failing to comply with the charter’s requirements could subject Gold Fields to negative consequences, the scope of which has not yet been fully determined. Gold Fields may also incur expenses to give effect to the mining charter’s other requirements, and may need to incur additional indebtedness in order to comply with the industry-wide commitment to assist HDSAs in securing Rand 100 billion of financing during the first five years of the mining charter’s effectiveness. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ mineral rights in South Africa have become subject to new legislation which could impose significant costs and burdens—The 2002 Minerals Act.” Management believes that Gold Fields is well positioned to meet the requirements of the mining charter within the prescribed periods.

The Royalty Bill. On March 20, 2003, the draft Mineral and Petroleum Royalty Bill was released for public comment. After extensive consultation, the draft Mineral and Petroleum Royalty Bill was revised and this revised bill, or the Royalty Bill, was published on October 11, 2006, affording stakeholders a further opportunity to provide comments.

The Royalty Bill proposes to impose a royalty payable to the State which, in the case of gold mining companies, would be 3% in respect of the gross sales value of unrefined gold and 1.5% in respect of the gross value of refined gold. Gold is regarded as refined once it is processed to at least 99.5% purity and, accordingly, most companies in the South African mining sector, including Gold Fields, are likely to pay the refined rate. The Royalty Bill envisages that the royalty will become payable from May 1, 2009. In all likelihood there will be a further revised draft of the bill, and there can be no assurance that the royalty rate actually implemented will not be higher than 3%.

If adopted, in either its current or a further revised form, the Royalty Bill could have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ South African operations and therefore an adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ mineral rights in South Africa have become subject to new legislation which could impose significant costs and burdens—The Royalty Bill.”

 

97


Table of Contents

Land Claims

Gold Fields’ privately held land could be subject to land restitution claims under the Restitution of Land Rights Act 1994, or the Land Claims Act. Under this Act, any person who was dispossessed of rights in land in South Africa as a result of past racially discriminatory laws or practices without the payment of just and equitable compensation is granted certain remedies including, but not limited to:

 

   

restoration of the land claimed with or without compensation to the holder;

 

   

granting of an appropriate right in alternative state-owned land to the claimant; or

 

   

payment of compensation by the state to the claimant.

If land is restored without fair compensation it is possible that a constitutional challenge to the restoration could be successful. Once a notice of a land claim has been published in the Government Gazette the rights of any person in respect of such land are restricted in that he may not perform certain actions, including, but not limited to, selling, leasing or developing such land, unless the Regional Land Claims Commissioner has been given one month’s written notice. The Commission is obligated to notify the owner of land in respect of which a claim has been lodged or any other party which might have an interest in a claim. All claims were required to be lodged with the Commission by December 31, 1998. Although this was the final date for filing claims, many claims lodged before the deadline are still being reviewed and not all parties who are subject to claims have yet been notified. However, new land claims may only be instituted after December 31, 1998, if an original claim was filed incorrectly. Gold Fields has not been notified under the Land Claims Act of any land claims against it but it may be notified of claims in the future. If Gold Fields is notified of land claims in the future, these claims could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ right to the properties to which the land claims relate. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ land and mineral rights in South Africa could be subject to land restitution claims which could impose significant costs and burdens.”

The Restitution of Land Rights Amendment Act, or the Amendment Act, became law on February 4, 2004. Under the Land Claims Act, the Minister for Agriculture and Land Affairs, or the Land Minister, may not acquire ownership of land for restitution purposes without a court order unless an agreement has been reached between the affected parties. The Amendment Act, however, entitles the Land Minister to acquire ownership of land by way of expropriation either for claimants who do not qualify for restitution or, in respect of land as to which no claim has been lodged but the acquisition of which is directly related to or affected by a claim, the acquisition of which promotes restitution to those entitled or would encourage alternative relief to those not entitled. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ land and mineral rights in South Africa could be subject to land restitution claims which could impose significant costs and burdens.”

Exchange Controls

South African law provides for exchange control regulations, which restrict the export of capital from the Common Monetary Area, comprising South Africa, the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland and the Republic of Namibia. The exchange control regulations, which are administered by the South African Reserve Bank, or the SARB, are applied throughout the Common Monetary Area and regulate transactions involving South African residents, including companies. The basic purpose of exchange controls is to mitigate the decline of foreign capital reserves in South Africa and the devaluation of the Rand against other currencies, in particular the U.S. dollar. It is anticipated that South African exchange controls will continue to operate for the foreseeable future. The South African government has, however, committed itself to gradually relaxing exchange controls and a significant relaxation has occurred in recent years. It is the stated objective of the authorities to achieve equality of treatment between residents and non-residents in relation to inflows and outflows of capital. The gradual approach to the abolition of exchange controls adopted by the South African government is designed to allow the economy to adjust more smoothly to the removal of controls that have been in place for a considerable period of time.

 

98


Table of Contents

SARB approval is required for Gold Fields and its South African subsidiaries to receive loans from and repay loans to non-residents of the Common Monetary Area. Repayment of principal and interest on such loans will usually be approved where the payment is limited to the amount borrowed and a market-related rate of interest.

Funds raised outside of the Common Monetary Area by Gold Fields’ non-South African resident subsidiaries (whether through debt or equity) can be used for overseas expansion, subject to any conditions imposed by the SARB. Gold Fields and its South African subsidiaries would, however, require SARB approval in order to provide guarantees for the obligations of any of Gold Fields’ subsidiaries with regard to funds obtained from non-residents of the Common Monetary Area. Debt raised outside the Common Monetary Area by Gold Fields’ non-South African subsidiaries must be repaid or serviced by those foreign subsidiaries. Absent SARB approval, income earned in South Africa by Gold Fields and its South African subsidiaries cannot be used to repay or service such foreign debts. Also, absent specific SARB approval, income earned by one of Gold Fields’ foreign subsidiaries cannot be used to finance the operations of another foreign subsidiary.

Transfers of funds from South Africa for the purchase of shares in existing offshore entities or for the expansion of existing business ventures offshore require exchange control approval. Under the exchange control regulations, Gold Fields and its South African subsidiaries can invest overseas only if the investment meets certain tests, including one of “national interest,” as determined by the SARB. However, consideration will be given to applications submitted to the SARB to transfer funds from South Africa for the purpose of initial foreign expansion and expansion of existing projects.

South African companies are allowed to retain outside South Africa foreign dividends declared after October 26, 2004. Foreign dividends repatriated to South Africa after that date may be retransferred abroad at any time and be used for any purpose.

A listing by a South African company on any stock exchange other than the JSE in connection with raising capital needs permission from the SARB. Any such listing which would result in a South African company being redomiciled also needs approval from the Minister of Finance.

Under South African exchange control regulations, Gold Fields must obtain approval from the SARB regarding any capital raising involving a currency other than the Rand. In connection with its approval, it is possible that the SARB may impose conditions on Gold Fields’ use of the proceeds of any such capital raising, such as limits on Gold Fields’ ability to retain the proceeds of the capital raising outside South Africa or requirements that Gold Fields seeks further SARB approval prior to applying any such funds to a specific use. Any limitations imposed by the SARB on Gold Fields’ use of the proceeds of a capital raising could adversely affect Gold Fields’ financial and strategic flexibility. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ financial flexibility could be materially constrained by South African exchange control regulations.”

In his speech to Parliament toward the end of October 2004, the Minister of Finance outlined the South African Treasury’s medium-term budget policy statement and repeated that it was the government’s eventual goal to replace all remaining exchange controls with prudential benchmarks. He also announced the abolition of exchange control limits on new outward foreign direct investments by South African corporations and the lifting of their obligation to repatriate foreign dividends. There have subsequently been further indications from the Ministry of Finance that it remains the government’s intention to gradually phase out the remaining exchange controls over time.

Ghana

Environmental

The laws and regulations relating to the environment in Ghana have their roots in the 1992 Constitution which charges both the state and individuals with a duty to take appropriate measures to protect and safeguard

 

99


Table of Contents

the natural environment. Mining companies are also required under the Minerals and Mining Act, 2006 (Act 703), or the Minerals and Mining Act, to obtain all necessary approvals from the Environmental Protection Agency and the Forestry Commission before undertaking mining operations. The Minerals and Mining Act also requires mines to comply with all laws for the protection of the environment.

Under the relevant environmental laws and regulations, mining operations are required to undergo an environmental impact assessment process and obtain approval for an environmental permit prior to commencing operations. Within 24 months of the date upon which operations commence, Ghanaian mining operations must submit an environmental management plan for the operations to obtain an environmental certificate. Environmental management plans are submitted every three years and include details regarding the likely impact of the operation on the environment, including local communities, as well as a comprehensive plan and timetable for actions to lessen and remediate adverse impacts.

The laws also require mining operations to rehabilitate land disturbed as a result of mining operations pursuant to an environmental reclamation plan agreed with the Ghanaian environmental authorities. The reclamation plan provides an estimate of the costs to rehabilitate the mining area for the life of the mine, or the life of mine rehabilitation estimate, and an estimate of the costs to rehabilitate the mine as at the date of the reclamation plan, or the current estimated rehabilitation costs. These estimates are adjusted every two years, taking into account any new disturbance or rehabilitation undertaken during the two year period from the date of the previous estimate. The obligations to rehabilitate the mining area and to provide security for the rehabilitation costs is included in a reclamation security agreement negotiated with the Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, and signed by the mining company. Each mining company is required to secure 50% of the current estimated rehabilitation costs by posting a reclamation bond and a cash deposit, which serve as a security deposit against default.

In Ghana, updated reclamation plans are submitted to the EPA every two years with a readjustment of the calculated bond based on the current estimated rehabilitation costs. Gold Fields Ghana’s current reclamation bond secures an amount of $7.4 million which is 50% of the rehabilitation costs estimated as at December 2005. The current life of mine rehabilitation estimate forecast for Tarkwa, following its expansion, is $39.2 million. Tarkwa is reviewing the current closure plan in light of the expansion program for the mine. This plan is expected to be submitted to the EPA by March, 2008 and Gold Fields expects it will initiate the re-negotiation of the reclamation security agreement, which is likely to lead to revised bond requirements to cover the increased liablity. Gold Fields Ghana was required to submit updated reclamation plans for a revision of its existing reclamation bond in early 2006. However, with the proposed expansion at the Tarkwa mine, Gold Fields Ghana has been advised by the EPA that a new reclamation security bond must be entered into. Gold Fields has been asked to submit an updated reclamation plan after the approval of its new environmental impact statement.

Gold Fields Ghana was issued an environmental certificate dated October 27, 2003 which expired on October 26, 2006. The EPA has advised Gold Fields Ghana that given the proposed expansion of its CIL and heap leach facilities, Gold Fields Ghana should undertake a new environmental impact statement, or EIS, and prepare a new environmental management plan, or EMP. Gold Fields submitted a new EIS in February 2007 which was approved by the EPA in May 2007. A new environmental permit was issued, subject to Gold Fields completing a new EMP for the expanded operations within 18 months. Gold Fields expects to submit a new EMP by June 2008, at which time it expects to receive a new environmental certificate. Pending the issuance of a new environmental certificate, Gold Fields Ghana is allowed to continue to operate Tarkwa.

Abosso has submitted the required environmental management plans and reclamation plans and is in compliance with all permit, certificate and reclamation requirements. An environmental certificate for the Damang mine was issued on October 9, 2003 for a two-year period to October 8, 2005. Following submission of Damang’s Environmental Management Plan 2005 to 2008 in August 2005, on January 23, 2006 this certificate was renewed for a further three years.

Abosso was the first mining company in Ghana to sign a reclamation security agreement, in May 2001. Following various intermediate amendments to the agreement, in April 2006, Abosso provided the EPA with a

 

100


Table of Contents

revised draft reclamation security agreement. The draft reclamation security agreement is based on calculated current estimated rehabilitation costs totaling $4.2 million. The current life of mine rehabilitation estimate is $5.8 million (which includes the $4.2 million in current estimated rehabilitation costs) and again takes into account a reduction in the liability for completed reclamation works. Meetings with the EPA have been held during 2007 and the agreement is near finalization. The existing security comprising a reclamation bond (in the form of an irrevocable letter of credit) of $2.0 million and a $200,000 cash deposit remain in place and the amount secured will be revised based on adjusted current estimated rehabilitation costs when the reclamation security agreement is signed by both parties.

Gold Fields has implemented environmental management systems in compliance with ISO 14001 throughout its operations in Ghana. Gold Fields’ operations in Ghana received full certification under ISO 14001:1996 in fiscal 2003, and the operations were re-certified under ISO 14001:2004 in May 2006 for a further three years.

Following Gold Fields becoming a signatory to the Cyanide Code on November 3, 2005, all its operations, including the Ghanaian operations, are committed to complying with the code. The implementation structure of the code allows the Ghanaian operations up to three years to have independent, third-party audits conducted to evaluate compliance status.

Health and Safety

A mine owner is statutorily obligated to, among other things, take steps to ensure that the mine is managed and worked in accordance with the regulations that provide for the safety and proper discipline of the mine workers. The regulations prescribe the measures to be taken at every mining operation to ensure the safety and health of mine workers. Additionally, Gold Fields is required under the terms of its mining leases to comply with the reasonable instructions of the Chief Inspector of Mines regarding health and safety in the mine. A violation of the provisions of the health and safety regulations or failure to comply with the reasonable instructions of the Chief Inspector of Mines could lead to, among other things, a shutdown of all or a portion of the mine or the imposition of costly compliance procedures, and, in the case of a violation of the regulations relating to health and safety, constitutes an offense. Gold Fields, as the holder of the mining lease, has potential liability arising from injuries to, or deaths of, workers, including, in some cases, workers employed by its contractors. Although Ghanaian law provides statutory workers’ compensation for injuries or fatalities to workers, it is not the exclusive means for workers to claim compensation. Gold Fields’ insurance for health and safety claims or the relevant workers’ compensation may not be adequate to meet the costs which may arise upon any future health and safety claims. As a result, Gold Fields may suffer adverse consequences. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ operations in Ghana are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations which could impose significant costs and burdens.”

Every person resident in Ghana is required to belong to either a public or private health insurance scheme. Since August 1, 2004, to fund the National Health Insurance Fund, a levy of 2.5% has been imposed on goods and services produced or provided in, or imported into, Ghana, although certain types of machinery used in mining, as well as water and certain types of fuel, are exempt from the levy. Employers who establish or contribute to a private health insurance scheme are not exempt from payment of the levy. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ operations in Ghana are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations which could impose significant costs and burdens.”

Mineral Rights

Gold Fields Ghana holds five mining leases in respect of its operations at the Tarkwa property, each dated April 18, 1997, and two mining leases dated February 2, 1988 and June 18, 1992, respectively, for its operations at the former Teberebie property. The Tarkwa property mining leases all expire in 2027 and the Teberebie property mining leases both expire in 2018. Under the provisions of the Minerals and Mining Law,

 

101


Table of Contents

1986 (PNDCL 153), or the Minerals and Mining Law, and the terms of the mining leases, all of the Tarkwa property and Teberebie property mining leases are renewable by agreement between Gold Fields Ghana and the government of Ghana.

Abosso holds a mining lease in respect of the Damang mine dated April 19, 1995, as amended by an agreement dated April 4, 1996. This lease expires in 2025. Abosso also holds a mining lease in respect of Lima South, dated March 22, 2006, which expires in 2017. As with the Tarkwa and Teberebie mining leases, these leases are renewable under their terms and the provisions of the Minerals and Mining Law by agreement between Abosso and the government of Ghana.

In addition, under Ghanaian law, the Tarkwa property mining leases are subject to the ratification of Parliament. Although the Minerals Commission, the statutory corporation overseeing the mining operations on behalf of the government of Ghana, has submitted the Tarkwa property leases for parliamentary ratification along with leases for other mining companies in Ghana, these leases have not yet been ratified as required by law. Gold Fields Ghana has taken all the steps that it can take towards the ratification of its leases and to date this has not affected Gold Fields Ghana’s ability to carry on its operations. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ mineral rights in Ghana are currently subject to regulations, and may become subject to new regulations, which could impose significant costs and burdens.”

A license is required for the export, sale or other disposal of minerals and the permission of the Chief Inspector of Mines is required to remove minerals obtained by the holder of a mineral right. Under Ghanaian law, the government has the right to compel the sale to it of all mineral rights obtained in Ghana and all products derived from the refining or treatment of minerals. However, the current project development agreement entitles Gold Fields to export and sell its entire production of gold and by-products. In respect of Abosso, the government has agreed not to exercise these pre-emption rights for as long as Abosso follows such procedure for marketing its products as may be approved by the Bank of Ghana acting on the advice of the Minerals Commission.

Under the provisions of the Minerals and Mining Law, the size of an area in respect of which a mining lease may be granted cannot exceed 50 square kilometers for any single grant or 150 square kilometers in the aggregate for any company. Gold Fields Ghana’s mining leases cover approximately 207 square kilometers and Abosso’s mining lease covers approximately 52 square kilometers. Gold Fields Ghana is currently discussing a development agreement with the Ghanaian government which would permit it to hold all its current land.

The Minerals and Mining Act came into force on March 31, 2006. Although the Minerals and Mining Act repealed the Minerals and Mining Law, and the amendments to it, the Minerals and Mining Act provides that leases, permits and licenses granted or issued under the repealed laws will continue under those laws unless the Minister responsible for minerals provides otherwise by regulation. Therefore, unless and until such regulations are passed in respect of Gold Fields’ mineral rights, the Minerals and Mining Law will continue to apply to Gold Fields’ current operations in Ghana.

The major provisions of the Minerals and Mining Act are as follows:

 

   

the government of Ghana’s right to a 10% free carried interest in mineral operations is restricted to mining leases. The government may participate further in mineral operations upon agreement with the holder;

 

   

mineral rights in land over which mineral rights have been granted may not be granted to any other person in respect of the same minerals;

 

   

introduction of a new system for demarcating the land, referred to as the cadastral system, whereby land is demarcated in blocks. Under the new system, a mining lease area may not be less than one block or more than 300 contiguous blocks. A block is defined as 21 hectares;

 

102


Table of Contents
   

mining companies which have invested or intend to invest at least $500 million may benefit from stability and development agreements, relating to both existing and new operations, which will serve to protect holders of current and future mining leases for a period not exceeding 15 years against changes in laws and regulations generally and in particular relating to customs and other duties, levels of payment of taxes, royalties and exchange control provisions, transfer of capital and dividend remittances. A development agreement may contain further provisions relating to the mineral operations and environmental issues. Each stability and development agreement is subject to the ratification of Parliament;

 

   

provisions requiring the renewal of a mining lease for a further period of up to 30 years once the holder has made an application for renewal pursuant to the terms of the lease if the holder is in material compliance with its obligations under law and under the lease;

 

   

provisions restricting royalty rates to not more than 6% or less than 3% of the total revenue of minerals; and

 

   

changes to the definition of a “mining company.” Under the Minerals and Mining Law, a mining company is defined as a company which or whose subsidiary is the holder of a mining lease. The Minerals and Mining Act defines a mining company as “a company which or whose subsidiary is the holder of a mineral right” (holders of mineral rights include prospecting and reconnaissance license holders) and excludes companies listed on a stock exchange and companies whose holding in mining companies or whose subsidiary’s assets are less than 50% of the market value of their total assets. The effect of this re-definition is that persons seeking to become controllers of prospecting or reconnaissance license holders as well as mining lease holders are required to seek the approval of the Minister responsible for mines. Further, mineral rights holders are required to notify the Minister of changes in control. Additionally, similar to its rights currently in respect of companies holding mining leases, the government of Ghana is entitled to a “special share” in prospecting or reconnaissance license holders. See “—Government Option to Acquire Shares of Mining Companies.”

Under the Minerals and Mining Act, neither a landowner nor any other person may search for minerals or mine on any land without having been granted a mineral right by the Minister responsible for mines. Additionally, even if a mineral right granted under the Minerals and Mining Law is made subject to the Minerals and Mining Act, the Act provides that this shall not have the effect of increasing the holder’s costs, or financial burden, for a period of five years.

Government Option to Acquire Shares of Mining Companies

Under Ghanaian law, the government is entitled to a 10% interest in any Ghanaian company which holds a mining lease in Ghana, without the payment of compensation. The government of Ghana has already received this 10% interest in each of Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso. The government also has the option, under the Minerals and Mining Law, of acquiring an additional 20% interest in the share capital of mining companies whose rights were granted under the Minerals and Mining Law at a price agreed upon by the parties, at the fair market value at the time the option is exercised, or as may be determined by international arbitration. The government of Ghana exercised this option in respect of Gold Fields Ghana and subsequently transferred the interest, which now forms part of the IAMGold interest in Gold Fields Ghana. The Government of Ghana retains this option to purchase an additional 20% of the share capital of Abosso. As far as management is aware, the government of Ghana has not exercised this option for any other gold mining company in the past.

Under the Minerals and Mining Law, which continues to apply to Gold Fields Ghana’s operations, and under the Minerals and Mining Act, the government has a further option to acquire a “special share” in a mining company for no consideration or in exchange for such consideration as the government and that company shall agree. This interest, when acquired, constitutes a special share which gives the government the right to attend and speak at any general meeting of shareholders, but does not entitle the government to any voting rights. The special share does not entitle the government to distributions of profits of the company which issues it to the

 

103


Table of Contents

government. The written consent of the government is required to make any amendment to a company’s articles of incorporation relating to the government’s option to acquire a special share. Although the government of Ghana has agreed not to exercise this option in respect of Gold Fields Ghana, it has retained this option for Abosso.

Exchange Controls

Under Ghana’s mining laws, the Bank of Ghana or the Minister for Finance may permit the holder of a mining lease to retain a percentage of its foreign exchange earnings for certain expenses in bank accounts in Ghana. Under a foreign exchange retention account agreement with the government of Ghana, Gold Fields Ghana is required to repatriate 20% of its revenues derived from the Tarkwa mine to Ghana and use the repatriated revenues in Ghana or maintain them in a Ghanaian bank account. Management believes that Gold Fields Ghana is entitled to rely on the provisions of the foreign exchange retention account agreement for the duration of the Tarkwa mining leases. Abosso is currently obligated to repatriate 25% of its revenue to Ghana, although the level of repatriation under the deed of warranty between Abosso and the government of Ghana is subject to renegotiation every two years. The most recent negotiations were concluded in February 2003. Since then there have been no requests for negotiations by either side and Abosso’s obligations remain the same. Until Abosso’s repatriation level is renegotiated, it will remain the same. While management has no reason to believe that the repatriation level will increase as a result of the next set of negotiations, there is no agreed ceiling on the repatriation level, and it could be increased. Any increase could adversely affect Gold Fields’ ability to use the cash flow from the Damang mine outside Ghana, including to fund working costs and capital expenditures at other operations, to provide funds for acquisitions and to repay principal and interest on indebtedness. Gold Fields currently repatriates approximately 40% of revenues from the Ghana operations to Ghana.

Australia

Environmental

While Australia’s national government retains the power to regulate activities which impact matters of national environmental significance, the Constitution vests the power to legislate environmental matters principally in the states. Gold Fields’ gold operations in Australia are primarily subject to the environmental laws and regulations of the State of Western Australia which require, among other things, that Gold Fields obtains environmental licenses, work approvals and mining licenses to begin mining operations.

During the operational life of its mines, Gold Fields is required by law to make provisions for the ongoing rehabilitation of its mines and to provide for the cost of post-closure rehabilitation and monitoring once mining operations cease. Gold Fields guarantees its environmental obligations by providing the Western Australian government with unconditional bank-guaranteed performance bonds. However, these bonds would not cover any environmental events requiring remediation that were unforeseen at the time the bonds were issued or which occur as a result of a breach of Gold Fields’ environmental licensing conditions.

Gold Fields is subject to the Environmental Protection Act 1986, which was last amended in 2004. Gold Fields is required to report known or suspected contaminated sites. The Australian government’s Department of Environment and Conservation then classifies the site based on the risk posed to human health and the environment. Gold Fields may be required to investigate or remediate an affected site if there is contamination that is likely to cause harm to human health or the environment. If that happens, Gold Fields’ environmental duties and responsibilities will be increased. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ operations in Australia are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations which could impose significant costs and burdens.”

Following Gold Fields becoming a signatory to the Cyanide Code on November 3, 2005, all its operations, including its Australian operations, are committed to complying with the code. The implementation structure of the code allows operations up to three years to have independent, third-party audits conducted to evaluate compliance status.

 

104


Table of Contents

Health and Safety

The Western Australia Mines Safety and Inspection Act 1994 (WA), or the Safety and Inspection Act, regulates the duties of employers and employees in the mining industry with regard to occupational health and safety and outlines offenses and penalties for breach. The regulations prescribe specific measures and provide for inspectors to review the work site for hazards and violations of the health and safety requirements. A violation of the health and safety laws or failure to comply with the instructions of the relevant health and safety authorities could lead to, among other things, a temporary shutdown of all or a portion of the mine, a loss of the right to mine or the imposition of costly compliance procedures. However, mine owner liability for contractors’ employees and labor hire employees under the Safety and Inspection Act extends only to matters over which the Company has the capacity to exercise control. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ operations in Australia are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations which could impose significant costs and burdens.”

The Safety and Inspection Act was amended in April 2005 and the changes include:

 

   

a new regime of penalties characterized by significant increases (particularly in relation to companies), higher penalties for repeat offenses, and new offenses of causing death or serious harm through “gross negligence,” which attract high penalties including the option of imprisonment;

 

   

broader powers for inspectors to impose improvements or prohibition notices on machinery and work practices; and

 

   

a new duty of care imposed on employers with respect to residential accommodation supplied in connection with employment.

The effect of the amendments is that Gold Fields’ exposure to prosecution has increased, as has the cost of health and safety compliance of Gold Fields’ mining operations in Australia.

Mineral Rights

In Australia, the ownership of land is separate from the ownership of most minerals, which are the property of the states and are thus regulated by the state governments. The Western Australian Mining Act 1978 (WA), or the Mining Act, is the principal piece of legislation governing exploration and mining on land in Western Australia. Licenses and leases for, among other things, prospecting, exploration and mining must be obtained pursuant to the requirements of the Mining Act before the relevant activity can begin. Application fees and rental payments are payable in respect of each mining tenement.

Prospecting licenses, exploration licenses and mining leases are subject to prescribed minimum annual expenditure commitments. Royalties are payable to the state based on the amount of ore produced or obtained from a mining tenement. A monthly production report must be filed and royalties are calculated accordingly at a fixed rate of 2.5%.

Ministerial consent is required with respect to assignment or sale of a mining lease and certain other leases and tenements. Gold Fields has obtained ministerial consent for the transfer of all material mining leases and other tenements acquired from WMC.

Land Claims

In 1992, the High Court of Australia recognized a form of native title which protects the rights of indigenous people in relation to land in certain circumstances. As a result of this decision, the Native Title Act 1993 (Cth), or Native Title Act, was enacted to recognize and protect existing native title by providing a mechanism for the determination of native title claims and a statutory right for Aboriginal groups or persons to negotiate, object, and/or be consulted when, among other things, there is an expansion of, or change to, the rights and interests in the land which affects native title and constitutes a “future act” under the Native Title Act. The existence of these

 

105


Table of Contents

claims does not necessarily prevent continued mining under existing tenements. Tenements granted prior to January 1, 1994 are not “future acts” and do not need to comply with the aforementioned consultation or negotiation procedures. As a general rule, tenements granted after January 1, 1994 need to comply with this process. However, in Western Australia (where Gold Fields’ St. Ives and Agnew operations are located), some tenements were granted without complying with this consultation or negotiation process on the basis of then prevailing Western Australian legislation. This legislation was subsequently found to be invalid as it conflicted with the Native Title Act which is Commonwealth legislation. Subsequent legislation was passed validating the grant of tenements between January 1, 1994 and December 23, 1996, provided certain conditions were met.

Certain of Gold Fields’ tenements are currently subject to native title claims. However, most of Gold Fields’ tenements were granted prior to Janaury 1, 1994. Where tenements were granted between January 1, 1994 and December 23, 1996, Gold Fields believes it complies with the conditions set out by the Native Title Act for those tenements to be validly granted. On those tenements not granted before December 1996, Gold Fields has entered into agreements with the claimant parties which provides the Company with security of tenure. Therefore, the granting of native title over any of these tenements will not have a material effect on Gold Fields’ tenure.

Mining leases do not necessarily extinguish all native title, but do extinguish the native title rights with which they conflict. The right of native title holders to control access to land is extinguished by a mining lease in Western Australia. However, mining leases may not extinguish other native title rights. Therefore, some native title rights may co-exist with the rights granted under a mining lease. Compensation could be payable for rights lost by native title holders on the grant of a mining lease. In addition, negotiations with native title applicants are generally necessary before a new mining lease will be granted by the state and these can be time consuming and costly.

It is possible that land comprised in seven of Gold Fields’ existing tenements could be at risk due to native title claims, because those particular tenements may have been granted by the State of Western Australia in a manner contrary to the Native Title Act. Although the validity of those seven tenements is in question, Gold Fields’ management does not believe those tenements are material to its Australian operation.

The Aboriginal heritage laws protect sites of significance to Aboriginal people which have ongoing ethnographic, archaeological or historic significance. Gold Fields is aware of several Aboriginal heritage sites on its tenements. However, it does not believe that the protected status of these sites will materially affect its current operations in Australia. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ tenements in Australia are subject to native title claims and include Aboriginal heritage sites which could impose significant costs and burdens.”

Venezuela

Environmental

Activities that threaten to degrade the environment, or Threatening Activities, are subject to the control of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources, or the Ministry of the Environment. Various decrees established regulations, standards and procedures applicable to individuals and corporations carrying out Threatening Activities. These technical regulations must be considered in the development of mining projects and non-compliance with the above listed regulations may result in criminal, civil and administrative liabilities.

In order for mining companies, including Gold Fields, to conduct exploration/exploitation activities in Venezuela, the following permits are required:

 

   

Authorization for Occupation of Territory, or Occupation Permit: This permit authorizes a company’s presence at a location, but not the undertaking of any activity. An Occupation Permit must be approved before mining concessions are granted.

 

   

Authorization for Usage of Natural Resources for Exploration, or Exploration Permit: After the Occupation Permit is granted, a mining company must file an application for an Exploration Permit

 

106


Table of Contents
 

with the Ministry of the Environment. The Exploration Permit must include a brief description of the proposed project, measures for preventing, mitigating and correcting environmental impact and the conditions and recommendations for the exploration phase. An Environmental Supervision Plan, or Supervision Plan, must be filed as part of the Exploration Permit application (in practice, Supervision Plans are filed after the issuance of the Exploration Permit). The Supervision Plan sets forth the manner in which the execution of the project will be evaluated and controlled.

 

   

Authorization for Usage of Natural Resources for Exploitation, or Exploitation Permit: An application for an Exploitation Permit must be filed with the Ministry of the Environment prior to the commencement of exploitation activities. The Exploitation Permit must include: (i) a brief description of the proposed project; (ii) a description of plans to prevent, mitigate and correct the environmental impact of the project; and (iii) the conditions under which the environment may be affected or impacted. A bond issued by a local bank or insurance company must be posted in order to guarantee the execution of the measures necessary for the reclamation of the area and the reduction of the impact of mining activities on the environment during the exploitation phase.

Health and Safety

In general, employees working in Venezuela are subject to Venezuelan labor laws as set forth in the Organic Labor Law, or the Labor Law, even if they are employed by a foreign corporation. Under the Labor Law, an employer is liable to employees or their relatives, as the case may be, for work-related accidents and occupational illnesses suffered by them, unless such accidents: (i) occur due to force majeure events; (ii) derive from the intentional will of the employee; (iii) occur while an individual is performing an occasional service for the employer which is not related to the company’s business; or (iv) occur in the course of work undertaken by the employee working from his own domicile. The Labor Law provides for indemnification payments of up to two years’ salary, but not in excess of 25 times the applicable monthly minimum salary. As of June 30, 2006, the minimum monthly salary was VEB 465,750 (U.S.$216.63 at the official rate). The payment of indemnification is triggered when the accident derives from the service or is directly related to it, whether or not there is fault or negligence of the employer or the employee. Furthermore, as an employer engaged in mining activities, Gold Fields faces potential liability arising from injuries to, or deaths of, workers, including workers employed by its contractors.

Venezuela’s Organic Law of Work Conditions, or the Organic Law, imposes on employers the obligation to maintain a work environment where employees are safeguarded against work-related accidents and illnesses. The Organic Law imposes certain obligations on employers which can be onerous, such as the implementation and maintenance of medical services and the creation of employer-employee committees in charge of coordinating policies related to work and safety procedures, conditions and precautions. In case of infringement, the Organic Law provides for penalties, including criminal liability where an employee’s injury results from the negligence of his or her employer or the employer’s non-compliance with legal requirements.

For further discussion regarding Venezuela’s labor laws, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—Venezuela.”

Mineral Rights

Pursuant to the Decree Law of Mines, which was enacted in 1999 and reflects current Venezuelan law governing mining rights, all mineral deposits are the property of the Venezuelan State. The Decree Law of Mines regulates the assignment of mining rights, as well as the activities ancillary to mining such as transport, commerce and exports of minerals, requiring authorizations or registration for most of these activities. Furthermore, the Decree Law of Mines includes procedures for guaranteeing mining concession and contract holders the rights to use the land necessary for their activities, through rights of way, temporary occupation of land and even expropriation. The Decree Law of Mines includes provisions on reversion of assets at the end of the concession term, a system of penalties and termination of concessions and limitations restricting certain

 

107


Table of Contents

individuals from directly or indirectly owning mining rights (e.g., public servants and their families and foreign governments).

When the Decree Law of Mines was enacted, it contained a transitional provision, valid for the 12-month period following enactment, which allowed the holders of mining contracts awarded by Corporación Venezolana de Guayana S.A., or CVG, a governmental development entity which until 1994 had the right to grant mining rights in the Guayana region to private investors by way of contracts, to convert such contracts into concessions issued by the Ministry of Mining, in order to enhance the nature of the mining rights derived from such CVG contracts. The transitional provisions allowed, but did not require, the holders of mining contracts to request the conversion of their contracts into concessions, subject to several conditions. Approximately 340 contract holders applied for conversion during this transitional period, but only a few conversions were issued. In September 2003, the authority to oversee compliance of the contracts granted by CVG was transferred to the Ministry of Mining.

In general, the Decree Law of Mines provides for three forms of holding mining rights in a particular area:

 

   

Direct exploitation: Direct exploitation rights may be awarded by a simple resolution of the Ministry of Mining, to whomever it sees fit, and there are no limits on the area, size or duration of such rights.

 

   

Exploration and subsequent exploitation concessions: Exploration and subsequent exploitation concessions are granted to individuals or corporations, foreign or national, through a procedure that includes the approval by the Ministry of Mining of the technical and financial capacity of the applicant as well as an opposition period for claims by third parties. Concessions are granted only to mine the minerals described in the mining title. If a deposit of a different mineral is found, the concession holder has to give notice to the Ministry of Mining, which may decide to mine it directly (usually through an “agreement” with the concession holder) or to award it by way of a concession, for which the concession holder will have a preferential right.

The Decree Law of Mines instructed the Ministry of Mining to create a “mining grid” covering all the territory of the country. This grid created “units” with a surface of between 493 and 513 hectares (one degree north-south by one and a half degrees east-west) depending on the location of the units (nearness to the equator). Areas of concessions are measured by these units and also by “lots,” which are equal to the size of 12 units (5,196 to 6,156 hectares). One concession holder cannot hold more than two lots, or 24 units, at the same time. Once a lot has been explored, the concession holder can only keep a maximum of six adjacent units for mining. The remaining units have to be returned to the Ministry of Mining.

Concessions are granted for an initial exploration period of three years, which can be extended for one additional year. Within the exploration period the concession holder must carry out an exploration plan, select the units for exploitation (which cannot exceed 50% of the total concession area) and complete a feasibility study. The selection of units for exploitation together with the feasibility study must be presented to the Ministry of Mining for approval. Once approved, a Certificate of Exploitation is granted over the selected units, which grants the right to exploit the actual concessions. After a Certificate of Exploitation is granted, the concession term may not exceed 20 years, plus possible discretionary extensions that cannot exceed 10 years each and 20 years in aggregate. Concessions must be brought into production within seven years from the date of publication of the Certificate of Exploitation and, once begun, exploitation cannot be suspended for more than a year, save in the case of force majeure events with the approval of the Ministry of Mining.

Assignments of concessions, sales of any assets used in the concession and major agreements, including concession leases, have to be approved by the Ministry of Mining. At the end of the term of the concession, all concession-holder’s assets used in the concession and any land acquired for the purpose of the concession revert to the state at no cost.

 

   

Authorizations for small miners: Small mining is limited to Venezuelan individuals or corporations. Although there are no parameters to define small-scale mining, the Decree Law of Mines establishes

 

108


Table of Contents
 

that authorizations for small-scale mining will not exceed an area of 10 hectares, with a term no longer than 10 years and to be worked by not more than 30 miners/workers. Small miners can form communities or co-operatives to improve the efficiency of their mining operations.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in 2006 the Venezuelan government began promoting a reform to the Decree Law of Mines with the National Assembly. It appears that the goals of this reform are to immediately assume control of inoperative mining concessions and then, in the longer term, assume control of mining operations. The proposed model followed the guidelines applied to Venezuela’s oil sector in the case of operational agreements. During late 2006 and 2007, several mining communities and cooperatives organized as the Unidad Minera de Sur, or Southern Mining Unity, promoted an alternative mining law reform project, which, among other things, allowed for the continuance of independent private mining operations. The status of these mining law projects are currently uncertain. Despite the fact that the original mining law reform contained a grandfathering provision pursuant to which concessions that are in good standing will be allowed to continue until their natural expiration in the future, it is still possible that private entities will only be allowed to participate in mining projects through mixed companies where the government has majority equity participation.

Exchange Controls

On January 21, 2003 the Venezuelan government authorized the Ministry of Finance to agree with the Venezuelan Central Bank, or the Central Bank on certain measures, which limit the free conversion of Bolivars into foreign currency and the transfer of funds outside Venezuela.

On February 5, 2003, the Ministry of Finance and the Central Bank entered into Exchange Agreement No. 1 and Exchange Agreement No. 2. Exchange Agreement No. 1 has been amended several times and currently sets the framework of the exchange control system which establishes limitations on the free conversion of Bolivars into foreign currency and the transfer of funds outside Venezuela. Exchange Agreement No. 2, as amended, currently sets the official exchange rate at VEB 2,150 per U.S. dollar.

Exchange Agreement No. 1 establishes that the acquisition of foreign currency by individuals and companies for transfers, remittances and payments for imports of goods and services and principal and interest on duly registered private debt, will be limited and subject to the requirements and conditions to be determined by the Comisión de Administración de Divisas (Currency Administration Commission, or CADIVI), the entity responsible for administering the exchange control system. Although in theory the acquisition of foreign currency for dividend payments on direct foreign investment, capital repatriation, payments in respect of service contracts, technology licenses, royalties and similar payments is guaranteed, pursuant to existing exchange control regulations it is also necessary to apply to CADIVI to acquire foreign currency at the official exchange rate for these purposes. To obtain CADIVI’s authorization for the acquisition of foreign currency for any purpose, individuals and companies must be registered at the Registro de Usuarios del Sistema de Administración de Divisas and comply with a series of additional requirements.

Exchange Agreement No. 1 additionally provides that companies must also be registered at the Superintendency of Foreign Investments in order to obtain authorization from CADIVI for the purchase of foreign currency for remittance of dividends, capital gains and interest derived from foreign investments and for foreign currency payments derived from service and technology agreements, royalties and other payments derived from the use of industrial and intellectual property rights.

In addition to the above general framework, CADIVI has issued several administrative provisions regulating other areas that could materially affect the activities of the subsidiaries of Gold Fields in Venezuela. These include:

 

   

mandatory sale to the Central Bank of all foreign currency derived from exports (save for a maximum of 10% to cover export-related expenses);

 

   

limited acquisition of foreign currency necessary for imports;

 

109


Table of Contents
   

acquisition of foreign currency for the payment of foreign bank debt; and

 

   

acquisition of foreign currency for technical assistance, royalties, patents and trademarks payments.

As a result of these regulations, (i) all foreign currency derived from exports and (ii) foreign currency entering the country derived from other sources must be sold to the Central Bank. Pursuant to Exchange Agreement No. 1, all foreign currency originated from exports of goods and services, must be sold to the Central Bank, within five working days from the date of the availability of the foreign currency. Exporters are allowed to retain up to 10% of the export proceeds to cover export-related expenses. In this case, they must present support for such expenses. CADIVI may exceptionally authorize individuals and companies to retain more than 10% of the export proceeds in foreign currency. With the exception of those amounts which are required to be converted at the official exchange rate, such as proceeds of exports or other foreign currency entering the country, individuals and entities may purchase or sell foreign currency through other, unofficial channels, involving transactions in the capital markets. However, the exchange rates available through these channels are less favorable than the official rate.

Under the exchange control system, CADIVI will approve the acquisition of foreign currency at the official exchange rate to repay foreign debt only if the debt is registered pursuant to regulations promulgated by CADIVI. Currently, there are only regulations for the registration of foreign bank debt. There are no regulations for the registration of foreign non-bank debt. Therefore, any non-bank debt, including loans from affiliated companies or shareholders, must be repaid using currency acquired at unofficial or parallel market exchange rates.

The Law Against Illicit Exchange Transactions came into effect on October 14, 2005. This law describes the actions that constitute illegal exchange acts, including, among others, purchase, sale, export or import of foreign currency in excess of U.S.$10,000 in a given year, fraudulent acquisition of foreign currency through CADIVI, failure to declare export proceeds, failure to repatriate and convert export proceeds and use of legally acquired foreign currency for purposes different than those authorized. Penalties for violations of the law include fines, ranging from one to two times the amount of the illegal transaction (which can be doubled in the case of repeated offenses), and imprisonment, ranging from two to seven years, depending on the type of illicit act. The law applies to both individuals and companies that, acting either in their own name or as administrators, representatives, verifiers, recipients or beneficiaries, contravene the law’s provisions or the provisions established by the Exchange Agreements.

Law of Monetary Reconversion

In addition, pursuant to the Law of Monetary Reconversion, the government plans to strengthen the Bolivar against foreign currencies. Starting on January 1, 2008, the new currency will be the Bolivar Fuerte, or Strong Bolivar, will be equivalent to 1,000 current Bolivars. Notwithstanding several measures adopted and information disseminated by the government and the Venezuelan Central Bank, it is generally expected that this “reconversion” may accelerate inflation in 2008.

 

110


Table of Contents

Property

Gold Fields’ operations as of June 30, 2007 comprised the following:

Gold Fields’ operative mining areas as of June 30, 2007

 

Operation

   Size

South Africa

  

Driefontein

   8,561 hectares

Kloof

   20,087 hectares

Beatrix

   16,821 hectares

South Deep

   3,566 hectares

Ghana

  

Tarkwa

   20,825 hectares

Damang

   8,111 hectares

Australia

  

St. Ives

   87,363 hectares

Agnew

   61,602 hectares

Venezuela

  

Choco 10

   2,124 hectares

Gold Fields leases its corporate headquarters in Johannesburg and its exploration offices not located at the mines.

As discussed earlier, the 2002 Minerals Act came into operation on May 1, 2004 and vests the right to prospect and mine in the South African State with administration by the government of South Africa. In November 2006, the South African Department of Minerals and Energy approved the conversion of Gold Fields’ mining licenses under the former regulatory regime at Driefontein, Kloof and Beatrix into licenses under the new regime. The application for the conversion of the South Deep mining authorization is being prepared and is intended to be submitted for approval during fiscal 2008. See “—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights.”

Gold Fields also owns most of the surface rights with respect to its South African mining properties. Where Gold Fields conducts surface operations on land the surface rights of which it does not own, it does so in accordance with applicable mining and property laws. In addition, Gold Fields owns various mineral rights, under the previous regime, and surface rights contiguous to its operations in South Africa. As required under the 2002 Minerals Act, Gold Field has registered its surface rights utilized for mining purposes. Gold Fields has received prospecting rights on properties which it has identified as being able to contribute, now or in the future, to its business and will similarly seek to convert those prospecting rights to mining rights under the 2002 Minerals Act. See “—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights.”

Gold Fields Ghana obtained the mining rights for the Tarkwa property from the government of Ghana in 1993. In August 2000, with the consent of the government of Ghana, Gold Fields Ghana was assigned the mining rights for the northern portion of the Teberebie property. The Tarkwa rights expire in 2027, while the Teberebie rights expire in 2018. Abosso holds the right to mine at the Damang property under a mining lease from the government of Ghana which expires in 2025. Gold Fields may exploit all surface and underground gold at all three sites until the rights expire, provided that Gold Fields pays the government of Ghana a royalty which is calculated on the basis of a formula which ranges from 3% to 12% of revenues derived from mining at the sites. For fiscal 2007, this formula resulted in Gold Fields Ghana paying royalties equivalent to approximately 3% of the revenues from gold produced at the Tarkwa and Teberebie properties, and Abosso paying approximately 3% of the revenues from gold produced at the Damang property.

 

111


Table of Contents

In Australia, mining rights and property are leased from the state. Australian mining leases have an initial term of 21 years with one automatic 21-year renewal period and thereafter an indefinite number of 21-year renewals with government approval. At the St. Ives operations, the initial 21-year term has expired for seven mining leases, with those mining leases having now entered (in most cases only quite recently) their second 21-year term. At the Agnew operations all mining leases, save for one, are within their initial 21-year term. The one relevant mining lease at Agnew has only recently begun its second 21 year term. In relation to gold produced from these mining leases at St. Ives and Agnew, Gold Fields pays a royalty to the state of 2.5%.

In Venezuela, all mineral deposits are the property of the state. Mining rights are usually granted to individuals or corporations through exploration and subsequent exploitation concessions. Most of Gold Fields’ mining rights (including Choco 10) are concessions granted to CVG, which have been leased by CVG to different subsidiaries of Gold Fields.

In Peru, exploration and extraction activities can only be performed in duly authorized areas. Authorization is granted when a mining concession is issued. Mining concessions are for an indefinite term provided the titleholder complies with the timely payment of annual concession fees and applicable fines.

Once the claimed area is subject to a mining concession, the titleholder must register its title with the Registro de Derechos Mineros, or Mining Registry, administered by the Superintendencia Nacional de Registros Públicos, or SUNARP, where all the agreements, resolutions and acts thereto must also be registered.

To maintain mining concessions in good standing, the titleholder must pay a concession fee, which currently amounts to U.S.$3.00 per hectare per year. Failure to pay the concession fee for two consecutive years could lead to the cancellation of the mining concession.

Holders of mining concessions are also required to meet minimum annual production targets prescribed by law. This target is currently U.S.$100.00 per hectare per year. Titleholders are entitled to aggregate multiple concessions for these purposes provided certain conditions are met. If the titleholder has not met the minimum annual production target within seven years of the concession having been granted, the titleholder is required to pay a penalty equal to U.S.$6.00 per year per hectare for the eighth to eleventh year following the granting of the concession. The penalty increases to U.S.$20.00 per year per hectare if the minimum production target is not met within 12 years of the concession having been granted. Failure to pay this penalty for two consecutive years may lead to the cancellation of the mining concession, although titleholders may be able to avoid paying the penalty if they can prove to the mining authorities that they have invested an amount equivalent to at least 10 times the amount of the penalty in the local area.

Gold Fields La Cima S.A.’s mining areas at the Cerra Corona Project consist of the following:

 

   

All the existing mining rights owned by Gold Fields La Cima S.A. cover an area of 4,011.6386 hectares.

 

   

The area covered by the mining rights related to the Cerro Corona Project which is owned by Gold Fields La Cima S.A. is 1,961.0251 hectares.

 

   

The area covered by the mining rights outside the Cerro Corona Project which is owned by Gold Fields La Cima S.A. is 2,050.6135 hectares.

 

   

The area covered by the surface rights related to the Cerro Corona Project which is owned by Gold Fields La Cima S.A. is 766.1553 hectares and 10,000 square meters.

Gold Fields La Cima S.A. leases its corporate headquarters in Lima, Peru from Inversiones Centenario S.A.A. The lease expires on April 30, 2010.

 

112


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2007, Gold Fields also held exploration tenements covering a total of approximately 3.75 million hectares in various countries, including the Dominican Republic, Venezuela (recently sold), Peru, Chile, Brazil, Indonesia, Finland, South Africa, Ghana, Guinea, Burkina Faso (recently sold), the Democratic Republic of Congo, Mali and Australia. Gold Fields’ ownership interests in these sites vary with its participation interests in the relevant exploration projects. See “—Exploration.”

Gold Fields also holds title to numerous non-mining properties in South Africa, including buildings, shops, farmland and hospitals. Gold Fields controls approximately 47,000 hectares of land in the West Wits and Welkom regions.

Research and Development

Gold Fields undertakes various research and development projects relating to gold production technology and potential uses of gold. In particular, Gold Fields has developed a patented technology called Biox ® through its wholly-owned Swiss subsidiary Biomin Technologies S.A. Biox ® involves a process by which bacteria release gold from sulfide bearing gold ore to permit more economical recovery of the gold.

Gold Fields participates in a collaborative research and development project, entitled the Autek Project, together with AngloGold Ashanti Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and Mintek, which is focused on investigating potential new industrial uses for gold. The Autek Project has been integrated into the Nanotechnology Innovation Centre, which is an initiative of the South African government’s Department of Science and Technology. Gold Fields’ primary contribution to the Autek Project is aimed at researching gold nanotechnology.

Gold Fields collaborates with an external laboratory and technology development partner in the development and testing of pipe reactor technology for the dissolution of uranium. The Company is also currently involved in the testing of biotechnology and chlorine dioxide for the destruction of cyanide compounds in residue streams, for the purpose of complying with the Cyanide Code.

Legal Proceedings

Gold Fields is not a party to any material legal or arbitration proceedings, nor is any of its property the subject of pending material legal proceedings.

Glossary of Mining Terms

The following explanations are not intended as technical definitions, but rather are intended to assist the reader in understanding some of the terms used in this annual report.

Absorption, desorption and recovery, or AD&R: a treatment process involving the extraction of gold in solution using activated carbon, followed by removal of the gold from the carbon.

Agglomeration: a method of concentrating gold based on its adhesive characteristics.

Backfill: material, generally sourced from tailings or waste rock, used to refill mined-out areas to increase the long-term stability of mines and mitigate the effects of seismicity.

Call option: a contract which provides the owner with the right, but not the obligation, to purchase an asset at a specified price on or before a specified date.

Carbon absorption: a treatment process which uses activated carbon to remove gold in solution.

 

113


Table of Contents

Carbon in leach, or CIL: a process similar to CIP (described below) except that the ore slurries are not leached with cyanide prior to carbon loading. Instead, the leaching and carbon loading occur simultaneously.

Carbon in pulp, or CIP: a common process used to extract gold from cyanide leach slurries. The process consists of carbon granules suspended in the slurry and flowing counter-current to the process slurry in multiple-staged agitated tanks. The process slurry, which has been leached with cyanide prior to the CIP process, contains soluble gold. The soluble gold is absorbed onto the carbon granules which are subsequently separated from the slurry by screening. The gold is then recovered from the carbon by electrowinning onto steel wool cathodes or by a similar process.

Cleaning: the process of removing broken rock from a mine.

Closely spaced dip pillar mining method: a mining method where support pillars are left in place at relatively close intervals to increase the stability of the mine. Mining is conducted using conventional drilling and blasting techniques.

Comminution: the breaking, crushing or grinding of ore by mechanical means.

Crosscut: a mine working driven horizontally and at right angles to a level.

Cut-off grade: the grade which distinguishes the material within the orebody that is to be extracted and treated from the remainder.

De-bottlenecking: decreasing production constraints (e.g., removing mechanical deficiencies so that processed tonnage may be increased).

Decline or incline: a sloping underground opening for machine access from the surface to an underground mine or from level to level in a mine. Declines and inclines are often driven in a spiral to access different elevations in the mine.

Declustered averaging: an estimation technique used in the evaluation of ore reserves.

Depletion: the decrease in quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production.

Development: activities (including shaft sinking and on-reef and off-reef tunneling) required to prepare for mining activities and maintain a planned production level and those costs incurred to enable the conversion of mineralization to reserves.

Dilution: the mixing of waste rock with ore, resulting in a decrease in the overall grade.

Dissolution: the process whereby a metal is dissolved and becomes amenable to separation from the gangue material.

Electrowinning: the process of removing gold from solution by the action of electric currents.

Elution: removal of the gold from the activated carbon.

Exploration: activities associated with ascertaining the existence, location, extent or quality of mineralization, including economic and technical evaluations of mineralization.

Flotation: the process whereby certain chemicals are added to the material fed to the leach circuit in order to float the desired minerals to produce a concentrate of the mineral to be processed. This process can be carried out in column flotation cells.

 

114


Table of Contents

Gangue: commercially valueless material remaining after ore extraction from rock.

Gold in process: gold in the processing circuit that is expected to be recovered during or after operations.

Gold reserves: the gold contained within proven and probable reserves on the basis of recoverable material (reported as mill delivered tons and head grade).

Grade: the quantity of metal per unit mass of ore expressed as a percentage or, for gold, as grams of gold per ton of ore.

Greenfield: a potential mining site of unknown quality.

Grinding: reducing rock to the consistency of fine sand by crushing and abrading in a rotating steel grinding mill.

Head grade: the grade of the ore as delivered to the metallurgical plant.

Heap leaching: a relatively low-cost technique for extracting metals from ore by percolating leaching solutions through heaps of ore placed on impervious pads. Generally used on low-grade ores.

In situ: within unbroken rock or still in the ground.

Kriging: an estimation technique used in the evaluation of ore reserves.

Leaching: dissolution of gold from the crushed and milled material, including reclaimed slime, for absorption and concentration onto the activated carbon.

Level: the workings or tunnels of an underground mine which are on the same horizontal plane.

Life of mine, or LoM: the expected remaining years of production, based on production rates and ore reserves.

London afternoon fixing price: the afternoon session open fixing of the gold price which takes place daily in London and is set by a board comprising five financial institutions.

London morning fixing price: the morning session open fixing of the gold price which takes place daily in London and is set by a board comprising five financial institutions.

Longwall mining method: a mining method involving mining over large continuous spans without the use of pillars.

Mark-to-market: the current fair value of a derivative based on current market prices, or to calculate the current fair value of a derivative based on current market prices, as the case may be.

 

115


Table of Contents

Measures: conversion factors from metric units to U.S. units are provided below.

 

Metric unit

       

U.S. equivalent

1 ton

   = 1 t    = 1.10231 short tons

1 gram

   = 1 g    = 0.03215 ounces

1 gram per ton

   = 1 g/t    = 0.02917 ounces per short ton

1 kilogram per ton

   = 1 kg/t    = 29.16642 ounces per short ton

1 kilometer

   = 1 km    = 0.62137 miles

1 meter

   = 1 m    = 3.28084 feet

1 centimeter

   = 1 cm    = 0.39370 inches

1 millimeter

   = 1 mm    = 0.03937 inches

1 hectare

   = 1 ha    = 2.47104 acres

Metallurgical plant: a processing plant used to treat ore and extract the contained gold.

Metallurgical recovery factor: the proportion of metal in the ore delivered to the mill, that is recovered by the metallurgical process or processes.

Metallurgy: in the context of this document, the science of extracting metals from ores and preparing them for sale.

Mill delivered tons: a quantity, expressed in tons, of ore delivered to the metallurgical plant.

Milling/mill: the comminution of the ore, although the term has come to cover the broad range of machinery inside the treatment plant where the gold is separated from the ore.

Mine call factor: the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the specific product recovered at the mill (plus residue) to the specific product contained in an orebody calculated based on an operation’s measuring and valuation methods.

Mineralization: the presence of a target mineral in a mass of host rock.

Net smelter return: the volume of refined gold sold during the relevant period multiplied by the average spot gold price and the average exchange rate for the period, less refining, transport and insurance costs.

Open pit: mining in which the ore is extracted from a pit. The geometry of the pit may vary with the characteristics of the orebody.

Ore: a mixture of material containing minerals from which at least one of the minerals can be mined and processed at an economic profit.

Orebody: a well defined mass of material of sufficient mineral content to make extraction economically viable.

Ore grade: the average amount of gold contained in a ton of gold-bearing ore expressed in grams per ton.

Ore reserves or reserves: that part of a mineral deposit which could be economically and legally extracted or produced at the time of the reserve determination.

Ounce: one troy ounce, which equals 31.1035 grams.

Overburden: the soil and rock that must be removed in order to expose an ore deposit.

Pay limit: the value at which the orebody can be mined without profit or loss, calculated using an appropriate gold price, production costs and recovery factors.

 

116


Table of Contents

Probable reserves: reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proven reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proven reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.

Production stockpile: the selective accumulation of low grade material which is actively managed as part of the current mining operations.

Prospect: to investigate a site with insufficient data available on mineralization to determine if minerals are economically recoverable.

Prospecting permit or right: permission to explore an area for minerals.

Proven reserves: reserves for which: (1) quantity is computed from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes; (2) grade and/or quality are computed from the results of detailed sampling; and (3) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely and the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth and mineral content of reserves are well-established.

Reef: a gold-bearing sedimentary horizon, normally a conglomerate band, that may contain economic levels of gold.

Refining: the final stage of metal production in which final impurities are removed from the molten metal by introducing air and fluxes. The impurities are removed as gases or slag.

Rehabilitation: the process of restoring mined land to a condition approximating its original state.

Remnant pillar mining: the removal of blocks of ground previously left behind for various reasons during the normal course of mining.

Rock burst: an event caused by seismicity which results in damage to underground workings and/or loss of life and equipment.

Rock dump: the historical accumulation of low grade material derived in the course of mining which is processed in order to take advantage of spare processing capacity.

Run of Mine, or RoM: a loose term to describe ore of average grade.

Sampling: taking small pieces of rock at intervals along exposed mineralization for assay (to determine the mineral content).

Scattered mining method: conventional mining which is applied in a non-systematic configuration.

Seismicity: a sudden movement within a given volume of rock that radiates detectable seismic waves. The amplitude and frequency of seismic waves radiated from such a source depend, in general, on the strength and state of stress of the rock, the size of the source of seismic radiation, and the magnitude and the rate at which the rock moves during the fracturing process. Rock bursts, as defined above, involve seismicity.

Semi-autogenous grinding, or SAG, mill: a piece of machinery used to crush and grind ore which uses a mixture of steel balls and the ore itself to achieve comminution. The mill is shaped like a cylinder causing the grinding media and the ore itself to impact upon the ore.

 

117


Table of Contents

Shaft: a shaft provides principal access to the underground workings for transporting personnel, equipment, supplies, ore and waste. A shaft is also used for ventilation and as an auxiliary exit. It may be equipped with a surface hoist system that lowers and raises conveyances for men, materials and ore in the shaft. A shaft generally has more than one conveyancing compartment.

Shortfall: the ratio of actual reef tonnage hoisted compared to monthly reef tonnage broken.

Sichel “t”: an estimation technique used in the evaluation of ore reserves.

Slimes: the finer fraction of tailings discharged from a processing plant after the valuable minerals have been recovered.

Slurry: a fluid comprising fine solids suspended in a solution (generally water containing additives).

Smelting: thermal processing whereby molten metal is liberated from beneficiated ore or concentrate with impurities separating as lighter slag.

Spot price: the current price of a metal for immediate delivery.

Stockpile: a store of unprocessed ore.

Stope: the underground excavation within the orebody where the main gold production takes place.

Stripping: the process of removing overburden to mine ore.

Stripping ratio: the number of units of overburden which must be removed in order to mine one unit of ore.

Sulfide: a mineral characterized by the linkages of sulfur with a metal or semi-metal, such as pyrite (iron sulfide). Also a zone in which sulfide minerals occur.

Tailings: finely ground rock from which valuable minerals have been extracted by milling.

Tailings dam/slimes dam: dams or dumps created from tailings or slimes.

Ton: one ton is equal to 1,000 kilograms (also known as a “metric” ton).

Tonnage: quantities where the ton or tonne is an appropriate unit of measure. Typically used to measure reserves of gold-bearing material in situ or quantities of ore and waste material mined, transported or milled.

Total cash costs per ounce: a measure of the average cost of producing an ounce of gold, calculated by dividing the total cash costs in a period by the total gold sold over the same period. Total cash costs represent production costs as recorded in the statement of operations less offsite (i.e., central) general and administrative expenses (including head office costs charged to the mines, central training expenses, industry association fees and social development costs) and rehabilitation costs, plus royalties and employee termination costs. In determining the total cash cost of different elements of the operations, production overheads are allocated pro rata.

Total production costs per ounce: a measure of the average cost of producing an ounce of gold, calculated by dividing the total production costs in a period by the total gold production over the same period. Total production costs represent total cash costs, plus amortization, depreciation and rehabilitation costs.

Waste: rock mined with an insufficient gold content to justify processing.

Yield: the actual grade of ore realized after the mining and treatment process.

 

118


Table of Contents

ITEM 4A: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 

119


Table of Contents

ITEM 5: OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with Gold Fields’ consolidated financial statements including the notes, appearing elsewhere in this annual report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below and elsewhere in this annual report includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Forward-looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report.

Overview

General

Gold Fields is a significant producer of gold and major holder of gold reserves in South Africa, Ghana, Australia, Venezuela and Peru. Gold Fields is primarily involved in underground and surface gold mining and related activities, including exploration, extraction, processing and smelting. Gold Fields is currently the largest gold producer in South Africa, and one of the largest gold producers in the world, on the basis of annual production. In the year ended June 30, 2007, Gold Fields produced 4.285 million ounces of gold, 4.024 million ounces of which were attributable to Gold Fields, and the remainder of which were attributable to minority shareholders in Gold Fields Ghana Limited, or Gold Fields Ghana, Abosso Goldfields Limited, or Abosso, Promotora Minera de Guayana (PMG) S.A., or PMG and South Deep, which for a period prior to year end was not wholly owned; see “—Acquisition of South Deep.” Gold Fields reported attributable gold reserves of 89.7 million ounces as of June 30, 2007.

The Gold Fields group holdings evolved through a series of transactions, principally in 1998 and 1999. With effect from January 1, 1998, a company formed on November 21, 1997 and referred to in this discussion as Original Gold Fields acquired substantially all of the gold mining assets and interests previously held by Gold Fields of South Africa Limited, or GFSA, Gencor Limited, New Wits Limited and certain other shareholders in the companies owning the assets and interests. These assets and interests included all of the Beatrix, Oryx and Kloof mines, a 70.0% interest in the Tarkwa mine (which was increased to 71.1% through dilution of some of the other shareholders in 1999), a 54.2% interest in the St. Helena mine and a 37.3% interest in the Driefontein mine. The transaction involved a purchase of the assets and interests held by the three selling companies, as well as offers to the minority shareholders of the three companies holding the Beatrix, Oryx and Kloof mines to acquire their shares in exchange for Original Gold Fields shares. Original Gold Fields accounted for the transaction as a purchase. Because Original Gold Fields was formed as a subsidiary of GFSA, the assets acquired from GFSA were accounted for at the value they had been carried at on GFSA’s books. The assets acquired from Gencor Limited, New Wits Limited and the minority shareholders were accounted for at fair value.

With legal effect from January 1, 1999, Original Gold Fields was acquired by the company that is today Gold Fields. For accounting purposes, Original Gold Fields was fully consolidated with effect from June 1, 1999. Although for legal purposes Gold Fields acquired Original Gold Fields, for accounting purposes, Original Gold Fields was considered the acquirer because the Original Gold Fields shareholders obtained the majority interest in the enlarged company. As part of this transaction, the remaining interest in the Driefontein mine came into the Gold Fields group.

With effect from July 1, 1999, Gold Fields acquired the remaining interest in the St. Helena mine and reorganized the group to simplify its holding structure. Since that time, Gold Fields has acquired its Australian and Ghanaian operations, sold the St. Helena mine, sold a 15% beneficial interest in its South African operations to Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, or Mvela Resources, restructured its South African operations, and acquired its interests in the Cerro Corona Project and its Venezuelan operations. See “Information on the Company.”

In fiscal 2007, Gold Fields acquired the entire issued share capital of Barrick Gold South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, or BGSA, and the remaining shares of Western Areas Limited, or Western Areas, which it

 

120


Table of Contents

did not already own. BGSA and Western Areas each held a 50% interest in the Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture, an unincorporated entity that owned the developing South Deep gold mine adjacent to Gold Fields’ Kloof gold mine, located in the Witwatersrand basin near Johannesburg. See “—Acquisition of South Deep.”

Total gold production was 4.348 million ounces in fiscal 2006 (4.074 million ounces of which were attributable to Gold Fields with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in Gold Fields Ghana Limited, or Gold Fields Ghana, Abosso and PMG. In fiscal 2007 total gold production decreased to 4.285 million ounces (4.024 million ounces of which were attributable to Gold Fields with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in Gold Fields Ghana, Abosso, PMG and South Deep, which for a period prior to year end was not wholly owned; see “—Acquisition of South Deep”). This decrease was mainly due to lower gold production from the international operations with a 20% decrease in production at Damang as a result of a lack of available high grade fresh ore and marginally lower production from Tarkwa, St. Ives and Agnew, mainly due to lower grades. Production from the South African operations was little changed with lower production due to lower grades, mostly offset by the production from South Deep.

Mvelaphanda Transaction

On March 8, 2004, the shareholders of Gold Fields approved a series of transactions, referred to in this discussion as the Mvelaphanda Transaction, involving the acquisition by Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, or Mvela Resources, of a 15% beneficial interest in the South African gold mining assets of Gold Fields for cash consideration of Rand 4,139 million.

The Mvelaphanda Transaction was preceded by an internal restructuring of Gold Fields, whereby each of the Driefontein, Kloof and Beatrix mining operations, as well as certain ancillary assets and operations, were transferred to a new, wholly-owned subsidiary of Gold Fields, GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, or GFIMSA.

On November 26, 2003, Gold Fields, Mvela Resources, Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, or Mvela Gold, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mvela Resources, and GFIMSA entered into a covenants agreement, or the Covenants Agreement, regulating their rights and obligations with respect to GFIMSA. This agreement became effective following the advance by Mvela Gold of the loan to GFIMSA described below, which is referred to in this discussion as the Mvela Loan, and, among other things, provides for Mvela Gold to nominate two members of GFIMSA’s board of directors and two members of each of GFIMSA’s Operations Committee and Transformation Committee, the latter of which has been established to monitor compliance with the mining charter promulgated under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act 2002 No. 28 of 2002. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights.” Under the Covenants Agreement, GFIMSA cannot dispose of any material assets, enter into, cancel or alter any material transaction between GFIMSA and any related party or make any material amendment to its constitutive documents without the prior written consent of Mvela Gold. In addition, if Gold Fields or GFIMSA wants to increase the interest of black empowerment entities in GFIMSA or in any business or assets of GFIMSA, other than pursuant to an employee share incentive scheme, Gold Fields must offer to Mvela Gold the opportunity to increase its interest in GFIMSA. By its terms, the Covenants Agreement remains in force for so long as Gold Fields remains a shareholder in GFIMSA and Mvela Gold holds its empowerment interest in or is a shareholder of GFIMSA and Mvela Gold holds the right to subscribe for 15% of the share interest in GFIMSA, provided that it terminates if the shares of GFIMSA are listed on the JSE.

On December 11, 2003, Gold Fields, GFIMSA, and Mvela Gold entered into a subscription and share exchange agreement, or the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement, pursuant to which, upon repayment of the Mvela Loan, Mvela Gold must subscribe for shares equal to 15% of GFIMSA’s outstanding share capital, including the newly issued shares, for consideration of Rand 4,139 million. In addition, for a period of one year after the subscription by Mvela Gold of the GFIMSA shares, each of Gold Fields and Mvela Gold will be entitled to require the exchange of Mvela Gold’s GFIMSA shares for ordinary shares of Gold Fields of an equivalent

 

121


Table of Contents

value based on an exchange ratio equal to 15% of a discounted cash flow calculation as applied to GFIMSA’s operations divided by the same calculation as applied to Gold Fields’ operations, with certain adjustments. In the event that the parties do not agree on the number of Gold Fields ordinary shares to be issued to Mvela Gold in such exchange, then the exchange ratio will be determined by an independent merchant bank or investment bank appointed by the parties. Mvela Gold has ceded its rights under the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement to secure its obligations under certain mezzanine financing it incurred to fund, in part, the Mvela Loan. Mvela Gold is entitled to dispose of the GFIMSA shares and any Gold Fields ordinary shares it may hold only in accordance with the terms of a pre-emptive rights agreement entered into by the parties whereby if Mvela Gold receives an offer for, or otherwise wishes to sell, any GFIMSA or Gold Fields shares, it must first offer to sell them to Gold Fields. The Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement became unconditional following the advance of the Mvela Loan to GFIMSA on March 17, 2004.

On December 11, 2003, Gold Fields, GFIMSA, Mvela Gold, First Rand Bank Limited, Gold Fields Australia Pty Limited, or Gold Fields Australia, and Gold Fields Guernsey Limited (now Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited, or Gold Fields Holdings), entered into a loan agreement, or the Mvela Loan Agreement, pursuant to which Mvela Gold advanced a loan of Rand 4,139 million, or the Mvela Loan, to GFIMSA on March 17, 2004. GFIMSA applied the loan toward funding its acquisition of Gold Fields’ South African mining operations and certain ancillary assets and operations as part of the internal restructuring of Gold Fields. The Mvela Loan has a term of five years, bears interest at a rate of 10.57% per annum and is guaranteed by Gold Fields, Gold Fields Australia and Gold Fields Holdings. GFIMSA may elect to repay the Mvela Loan, together with the present value of the then outstanding interest payment obligations and the tax payable by Mvela Gold as a result of such repayment, at any time starting 12 months after the Mvela Loan was advanced. While the Mvela Loan is outstanding, Gold Fields and any of its material subsidiaries, which is defined as any subsidiary whose gross turnover in the most recently ended financial year represents more than 5% of the consolidated gross turnover of Gold Fields and its subsidiaries, may not, subject to certain exceptions, (i) sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets, (ii) enter into any merger or similar transaction, or (iii) encumber its assets. The Mvela Loan will become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of any event of default, which includes, among other things:

 

   

failure to make payments of interest or principal;

 

   

breach of the covenants in the agreement or of any material provision of the documents relating to the Mvelaphanda Transaction;

 

   

any representation or statement of GFIMSA or any guarantor in the documents relating to the Mvela Loan being incorrect or misleading in a material and adverse way;

 

   

default under other indebtedness of Gold Fields or any of its material subsidiaries in excess of Rand 75 million;

 

   

insolvency of Gold Fields or any of its material subsidiaries;

 

   

failure of Gold Fields or any of its material subsidiaries to pay any judgment in excess of Rand 75 million within five days of it becoming due;

 

   

government expropriation of Gold Fields or any of its material subsidiaries or their respective material assets;

 

   

a change in the business, condition or prospects of any guarantor or Gold Fields and its subsidiaries taken as a whole that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of GFIMSA or of any guarantor to perform its obligations or on the validity or enforceability of any document relating to the Mvela Loan;

 

   

any litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings or governmental or regulatory investigations or proceedings against Gold Fields or any of its material subsidiaries that is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if so determined, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of GFIMSA or any guarantor to perform its obligations or on the validity or enforceability of any document relating to the Mvela Loan;

 

122


Table of Contents
   

any change in control of Gold Fields that occurs without the written consent of the agent of the providers of the commercial bank debt that funded, in part, the Mvela Loan, or the Senior Agent, where the change in control could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of any guarantor to perform its obligations or on the validity or enforceability of any document relating to the Mvela Loan; and

 

   

GFIMSA ceasing to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gold Fields.

The Mvela Loan was funded by way of commercial bank debt of approximately Rand 1,300 million and mezzanine finance of approximately Rand 1,100 million, with the balance of approximately Rand 1,700 million being raised by way of an international private placement of shares of Mvela Resources. In connection with the mezzanine finance, Gold Fields subscribed for preference shares in an amount of Rand 200 million in Micawber 325 (Proprietary) Limited, or Micawber, a special purpose entity established by the mezzanine lenders. Further, Gold Fields subscribed for Rand 100 million of the shares issued by Mvela Resources in the private placement. In addition, pursuant to an agreement entered into on February 13, 2004, or the PIC Agreement, Gold Fields has effectively guaranteed a loan of Rand 150 million made by the PIC to Micawber, or the PIC Loan. Interest on the PIC Loan accrues at the rate of 14.25%, is compounded semi-annually and is payable in one lump sum at the end of the term of the loan. Under the terms of the PIC Agreement, the PIC has the right to require Gold Fields to assume all its rights and obligations under the PIC Loan, together with its underlying security, which consists of the PIC’s proportionate share of Mvela Gold’s rights under the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement and a guarantee of Rand 200 million from Mvela Resources, at a price equal to the value of the principal and interest of the PIC Loan, net of a guarantee fee equal to 3.75% per annum of the value of the principal and interest of the loan, if, at the time the PIC Loan is due for repayment, Micawber does not repay the loan in full. Whether or not the PIC requires Gold Fields to assume its rights and obligations under the PIC Loan, the PIC is obligated to pay the guarantee fee to Gold Fields on the date on which the PIC Loan is repaid to the PIC. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Cash Resources—Investing” and “—Credit Facilities—Mvela Loan.”

On February 13, 2004, the Mvela Loan Agreement was amended, principally in order to add and clarify certain definitions.

On November 17, 2004, GFL Mining Services Limited, or GFLMSL, Gold Fields, Mvela Gold, Mvela Resources and GFIMSA entered into an agreement, referred to in this discussion as the Amendment Agreement, amending the existing agreements relating to the Mvelaphanda Transaction, including the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement and the Covenants Agreement. Pursuant to the Amendment Agreement, among other things, (i) GFIMSA agrees not to repay any debt owing, as at the date on which the Mvela Loan was advanced, to Gold Fields or any subsidiary of Gold Fields that is not a subsidiary of GFIMSA prior to the time Mvela Gold may exchange its shares in GFIMSA for Gold Fields ordinary shares, pursuant to the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement, (ii) GFIMSA must utilize 50% of its free cash flow to pay certain intra-group indebtedness and (iii) Mvela Gold will be entitled to not less than 45,000,000 or not more than 55,000,000 Gold Fields ordinary shares in the event that GFIMSA shares are exchanged for Gold Fields shares pursuant to the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement. These minimum and maximum numbers of ordinary shares are subject to adjustment to take account of changes to Gold Fields’ capital structure and certain corporate activities of Gold Fields. The amendments were approved by the Senior Agent and by the lenders who provided the commercial bank debt and mezzanine finance to Mvela Gold to fund, in part, the Mvela Loan.

During the first part of fiscal 2007, Mvela Holdings entered into various agreements in terms of which the status quo regarding the shareholding in Mvela Resources as of the date of the Mvelaphanda Transaction was restored by Mvela Holdings once again having a direct interest in the issued share capital of Mvela Resources. On July 17, 2006, Gold Fields, Mvela Gold, Mvela Resources, Mvela Holdings, GFIMSA, GFLMSL and others entered into an agreement further amending the existing agreements relating to the Mvelaphanda Transaction, including, among others, the Covenants Agreement and the Sponsor Support, Guarantee and Retention Agreement. In accordance with the revised agreements, Mvela Holdings undertook to remain an HDSA company, to retain beneficial ownership of no less than 26% of the issued equity share capital of Mvela Resources, to have board control of Mvela Resources (together with other HDSAs) and to retain management control of Mvela Resources pursuant to a written management agreement.

 

123


Table of Contents

On December 7, 2006, Mvela Resources announced a transaction between Mvela Resources, Mvela Holdings (Proprietary) Limited, or Mvela Holdings, the parent company of Mvela Resources, Lazarus Zim and Afripalm Resources, an HDSA company formed by Lazarus Zim, in terms of which the parties amongst other things agreed as follows:

 

   

Afripalm will subscribe for shares in Mvela Resources to acquire economic and voting interests in Mvela Resources of approximately 19.3% and 31%, respectively. As a result of such acquisition, the economic and voting interests of Mvela Holdings, the other major HDSA shareholder in Mvela Resources, will be approximately 22.9% and 19.6%, respectively. As a result of the increase in the broad-based HDSA voting control of Mvela Resources to more than 50%, Mvela Resources will thus be an HDSA controlled company; and

 

   

the management agreement between Mvela Resources and Mvela Holdings, in terms of which the latter managed the day-to-day operations of Mvela Resources, was cancelled.

Subsequently, Gold Fields, Mvela Gold, Mvela Resources, Mvela Holdings, GFIMSA, GFLMSL and others entered into an agreement further amending the existing agreements relating to the Mvelaphanda Transaction, including, among others, the Covenants Agreement and the Sponsor Support, Guarantee and Retention Agreement. In accordance with the revised agreements, Mvela Holdings and Afripalm (and certain of its subsidiaries) undertook jointly (i) to remain HDSA companies, (ii) to retain beneficial ownership of no less than 26% of the issued equity share capital of Mvela Resources, (iii) to retain voting control over no less than 50% of the issued equity share capital of Mvela Resources, and (iv) to have board control of Mvela Resources (together with other HDSAs).

On August 24, 2007, the Mvela Loan Agreement was amended, principally in order to relax certain financial covenants.

Acquisition and Disposal of Choco 10

In a transaction announced on November 21, 2005, and which became effective on February 28, 2006, Gold Fields acquired a 95% interest in the Choco 10 gold mine and surrounding exploration tenements in the El Callao district of Guayana, Venezuela, through the purchase of Bolivar Gold Corp., or Bolivar, for total cash consideration of approximately U.S.$330 million.

Gold Fields owned its interest in the Choco 10 mine through its 95% holding in PMG. PMG is a joint venture between Promotora Minera de Venezuela, S.A., or Promiven (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gold Fields which it acquired from Bolivar), and a subsidiary of Corporacion Venezolana de Guayana, or CVG, a governmental development entity for the Guayana region. Gold Fields assumed operation of PMG on March 1, 2006. See “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Venezuela Operation.”

On November 30, 2007, Gold Fields disposed of its assets in Venezuela to Rusoro Mining Ltd., or Rusoro, for a total consideration of approximately U.S.$532 million (based on the volume weighted average price, or VWAP, of Rusoro shares as quoted by Bloomberg for the 10 days prior to the date the agreement was signed). Gold Fields received U.S.$180 million in cash and 140 million newly-issued Rusoro shares, which at the time of sale represented approximately 37% of the outstanding shares of Rusoro. See “Information on the Company—Recent Developments—Sale of Choco 10.”

Acquisition of La Cima

On January 11, 2006, Gold Fields acquired an 80.72% economic and 92% voting interest in Sociedad Minera La Cima S.A., now known as Gold Fields La Cima S.A., or La Cima, for a total consideration of

 

124


Table of Contents

U.S.$40.5 million. La Cima is the holding company for the Cerro Corona Project. See “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Development Projects—Cerro Corona Development Project” and “—Credit Facilities—Cerro Corona Facility.’’

On October 4, 2007, La Cima and its parent company, Gold Fields Corona (BVI) Limited, or Gold Fields Corona, signed stability agreements with the relevant governmental authorities in Peru. These agreements, among other things, stabilize the current 4.1% withholding tax on dividends and the current 30% income tax rate for a period of 10 years. In order to take advantage of these stabilized rates, the inter-company loans made to La Cima by Gold Fields Corona and Orogen that were outstanding when the stability agreements were executed must be capitalized within two years from that date. Accordingly, although Gold Fields has not made any firm decision regarding this issue, it may capitalize some or all of the approximately U.S.$280 million of inter-company loans (including accrued interest) that were outstanding.

Acquisition of South Deep

In fiscal 2007, pursuant to a series of transactions, Gold Fields acquired 100% of BGSA and Western Areas, giving it ownership of the South Deep gold mine in South Africa. See “Information on the Company—History” and “—Credit Facilities.”

On December 1, 2006, Gold Fields acquired 100% of the issued share capital of BGSA for $1,154.8 million. The $1,154.8 million comprised:

 

   

$324.0 million in Gold Fields ordinary shares issued;

 

   

$801.8.0 million in cash;

 

   

$24.2 million relating to the reimbursement of an insurance claim to the vendors; and

 

   

$4.8 million of direct costs relating to the acquisition.

Gold Fields also repaid $407.0 million owing by BGSA to Barrick Gold Africa.

Through a series of purchases completed by March 31, 2007, Gold Fields acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Western Areas for $1,033.5 million. The $1,033.5 million comprised:

 

   

$893.8 million in Gold Fields ordinary shares issued;

 

   

$116.6 million in respect of shares acquired in years prior to fiscal 2007;

 

   

$17.2 million in cash paid in fiscal 2007; and

 

   

$5.9 million of direct costs relating to the acquisition.

Therefore, the total purchase consideration to acquire South Deep was $2,188.3 million.

These business combinations have been accounted for as purchase transactions, with Gold Fields being identified as the acquirer and BGSA and Western Areas as the acquirees. Gold Fields’ consolidated financial statements include the operating results of BGSA and Western Areas for the period from December 1, 2006 to June 30, 2007.

For the purposes of Gold Fields’ consolidated financial statements, the purchase consideration for each of BGSA and Western Areas has been allocated to the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on management’s best estimates, taking into account all available information at the time of acquisition.

Gold Fields concluded that the excess of the purchase consideration over the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired represents goodwill in respect of the transaction.

The allocation of the purchase consideration of $2,188.3 million is as follows:

 

   

Property, plant and equipment totaling $1,867.7 million;

 

   

Other assets worth $297.5 million;

 

125


Table of Contents
   

Liabilities totaling $1,196.2 million which included the gold derivative structure held by Western Areas; and

 

   

Goodwill of $1,219.3 million.

The goodwill arising on the acquisition of BGSA and Western Areas principally represents the difference between the purchase consideration and the fair value on the assets acquired and can be attributed to the upside potential of the asset.

As a result of Gold Fields acquiring 100% of the issued share capital of BGSA, South Deep was fully consolidated as from December 1, 2006. This was due to BGSA owning 50% of South Deep and having the casting vote, therefore giving it effective control of South Deep.

During the period between December 1, 2006 and March 31, 2007, Gold Fields did not own 100% of Western Areas and therefore did not own 100% of South Deep. The percentages of the results of Western Areas and South Deep that did not accrue to Gold Fields have been accounted for as minority interests. U.S. GAAP requires that where a company is acquired through a series of transactions, an investment in that company that was previously accounted for as available for sale be retrospectively accounted for on an equity basis. Since Gold Fields had previously held interests in Western Areas which were accounted for as available for sale, its results for prior years and the period July 1, 2006 to November 30, 2006 have been adjusted accordingly.

As a result of the acquisition of Western Areas, Gold Fields became exposed to the gold derivative structure held by Western Areas, which consisted of put and call options as well as deferred premium. The marked to market valuation of this derivative structure as of December 1, 2006, the date of acquisition, was negative $539.0 million at a gold price of $631.75 per ounce. The structure was closed out on January 24, 2007 at a gold price of $643.00 per ounce with a payment of $549 after deducting scheduled maturities of $10 million. This resulted in a realized loss of $20.7 million.

During December 2006 and January 2007, Western Areas purchased 1.005 million ounces of gold, which was the net delta position of the gold derivative structure, at an average gold price of $622.14 per ounce. These purchases are referred to herein as gold delta purchases. This position was subsequently sold at a gold price of $643.00 per ounce on January 24, 2007 resulting in a net gain of $21.0 million on the gold delta purchases.

Acquisition of IRCA

On March 1, 2007, Gold Fields acquired 70% of IRCA (PTY) Limited, or IRCA, for $7.9 million. The consideration consisted of $5.3 million in cash plus the assumption of a bank overdraft of $2.6 million. IRCA is a company that specializes in mine safety training and it is now part of the Gold Fields Business Leadership Academy, or GFBLA, structure.

Sale of Essakane Joint Venture

On October 11, 2007, Gold Fields reached an agreement to sell its 60% stake in the Essakane project to Orezone for a minimum total consideration of U.S.$200 million. The transaction closed on November 26, 2007. Orezone paid Gold Fields U.S.$150 million in cash and issued 41,666,667 common shares having an aggregate subscription price of U.S.$50 million to its wholly-owned subsidiary Gold Fields Essakane (BVI) Limited. Following the acquisition, Gold Fields owns 41,666,667 common shares of Orezone, representing 12.2% of Orezone’s issued and outstanding common shares. As of October 2007, Gold Fields had spent a total of approximately U.S.$47 million on the Essakane project. See “Information on the Company—Exploration—Gold Fields’ Greenfield Exploration Projects—Essakane Joint Venture.”

 

126


Table of Contents

Revenues

Substantially all of Gold Fields’ revenues are derived from the sale of gold. As a result, Gold Fields’ revenues are directly related to the price of gold. Historically, the price of gold has fluctuated widely. The gold price is affected by numerous factors over which Gold Fields does not have control. See “Risk Factors—Changes in the market price for gold, which in the past has fluctuated widely, affect the profitability of Gold Fields’ operations and the cash flows generated by those operations.” The volatility of gold prices is illustrated in the following table, which shows the annual high, low and average of the London afternoon fixing price of gold in U.S. dollars for the past 12 calendar years and to date in calendar year 2007:

 

     Price per ounce (1)
     High    Low    Average
     ($)

1995

   396    372    384

1996

   415    367    388

1997

   367    283    331

1998

   313    273    294

1999

   326    253    279

2000

   313    264    282

2001

   293    256    270

2002

   349    278    310

2003

   416    320    363

2004

   454    375    409

2005

   537    411    445

2006

   725    525    604

2007 (through November 30, 2007)

   834    607    687

Source: Bloomberg

Note:

 

(1) Rounded to the nearest U.S. dollar.

On December 5, 2007, the London afternoon fixing price of gold was $793 per ounce.

As a general rule, Gold Fields sells the gold it produces at market prices to obtain the maximum benefit from prevailing gold prices and does not enter into hedging arrangements such as forward sales or derivatives which establish a price in advance for the sale of its future gold production. However, hedges are sometimes undertaken in one or more of the following circumstances: to protect cash flows at times of significant capital expenditure; for specific debt servicing requirements; and to safeguard the viability of higher cost operations. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk—Commodity Price Sensitivity—Commodity Price Hedging Policy.” Significant changes in the price of gold over a sustained period of time may lead Gold Fields to increase or decrease its production in the near-term, which could have a material impact on Gold Fields’ revenues.

Gold Fields’ Realized Gold Price

The following table sets out the average, the high and the low London afternoon fixing price of gold and Gold Fields’ average U.S. dollar realized gold price during the past three fiscal years:

 

     Year ended June 30,
     2005    2006    2007
     ($/oz)

Average

   422    525    638

High

   454    725    691

Low

   387    418    561

Gold Fields’ average realized gold price (1)

   422    524    638

Note:

 

(1) Gold Fields’ average realized gold price may differ from the average gold price due to the timing of its sales of gold within each year.

 

127


Table of Contents

Costs

Over the last three fiscal years, Gold Fields’ total cash costs have typically made up approximately 80% of total costs and consist primarily of labor and, where applicable, contractor costs, and consumable stores, which include explosives, timber and other consumables, including diesel fuel and other petroleum products.

Gold Fields’ South African operations are labor intensive due to the use of deep level underground mining methods. As a result, over the last three fiscal years labor has represented on average approximately 51% of total cash costs at the South African operations. At the South African operations, power and water made up on average approximately 11% of total cash costs over the last three fiscal years. At the Ghana operations, mining operations at Damang are conducted by an outside contractor, while starting in fiscal 2005, Tarkwa began engaging in owner mining, having purchased its own mining equipment which was fully commissioned by September 2004, and therefore significantly reducing its use of outside contractors. Contractor costs represented on average 24% of total cash costs at Tarkwa over the last three fiscal years, and 24% of total cash costs during fiscal 2007. Over the last three fiscal years contractor costs represented on average 43% of total cash costs at Damang. Direct labor costs represent on average a further 11% of total cash costs at Tarkwa over the last three fiscal years and 11% in fiscal 2007. Over the last three fiscal years direct labor costs represented on average 7% at Damang. At the Australian operations, mining operations are conducted by outside contractors. Over the last three fiscal years, total contractor costs represented on average 61% at Agnew and 39% at St. Ives of total cash costs and direct labor costs represented on average a further 16% at Agnew and 10% at St. Ives of total cash costs.

For open-pit operations, such as those at the Ghana and Australia operations, cash costs tend to vary over the life of the open pit. Initially, cash costs are relatively high because the proportion of waste rock to ore, or stripping ratio, is higher when operations first commence. As an open pit evolves, the stripping ratio and cash cost per ounce tend to decrease. Stripping ratios can, however, increase over the life of an operation.

Gold Fields’ operations in Ghana consume large quantities of diesel fuel for the running of its mining fleet. The cost of diesel fuel is directly related to the oil price and any movement in the oil price will have an impact on the cost of diesel fuel and therefore the cost of running the mining fleet. In addition, during fiscal 2007, limitations on electricity supplies from Gold Fields Ghana’s electricity supplier meant that Gold Fields Ghana was forced to use emergency diesel-powered generators to make up the difference. As a result, Gold Fields incurred operating costs of approximately U.S.$11.2 million from the use of the diesel generators in fiscal 2007. The supplier has indicated that the requirement for reduced electricity demand will last until the water levels in the reservoir have reached appropriate levels. Though the water levels have now increased, the restrictions in respect of mining companies continues. There can be no assurance that Gold Fields will not be asked to further reduce its demand or that there will not be new disruptions to the electricity supply. See “Risk Factors—Actual and potential shortages of production inputs may have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ operations and profits” and “Information on the Company—Ghana Operations—Tarkwa Mine—Mining.” Over the last three fiscal years, fuel costs have represented approximately 14% of total cash costs at the Ghana operations. Fuel use is proportionately higher at the Ghana operations than at the South African or Australian operations because open pit mining in general requires more fuel usage than underground mining and because of the configuration of the Ghana operations, including the scale of certain of the open pits and the distances between the pits and the plants. In order to provide some protection against future rises in oil prices, and therefore in diesel fuel prices, on July 3, 2006, Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso purchased an Asian-style International Petroleum Exchange, or IPE, gasoil call option for one year, expiring June 30, 2007, for a total of 58.8 million liters at a strike price of U.S.$0.5716 per liter. Approximately two thirds of this hedge was for Tarkwa and one third was for Damang. On June 28, 2007, Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Limited, the holding company for Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso, entered into a three-month Asian style call option, starting July 1, 2007, for over 15 million liters at a strike price of U.S.$0.5572 per liter. It entered into a further three-month option starting September 1, 2007, on the same terms. Both these options were allocated 70% to Tarkwa and 30% to Abosso. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Commodity Price Sensitivity,” “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Commodity Price Hedging Policy—Oil,” “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Commodity Price Hedging Experience—Oil” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Commodity Price Contract Position—Oil.”

 

128


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2007, the increase in the gold price triggered the price participation royalty obligation in respect of St. Ives and for fiscal 2007 royalties of A$10,223,326 (approximately U.S.$8 million) were paid. It is expected that during fiscal 2008, total gold produced from St. Ives since November 30, 2001 will exceed 3.3 million ounces, potentially creating liability to pay the 4% net smelter return royalty. See “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Australia Operations.”

The remainder of Gold Fields’ total costs consist primarily of amortization and depreciation, exploration costs and selling, administration and general and corporate charges.

Income and Mining Taxes

South Africa

Gold Fields pays taxes on its taxable income generated by its mining and non-mining tax entities. Under South African law, gold mining companies and non-gold mining companies are taxed at different rates. For tax purposes, GFIMSA is considered a gold mining company whereas Gold Fields itself and its other South African subsidiaries are non-gold mining companies. All non-gold mining companies pay tax at the statutory rate of 29% which was reduced from 30% for tax years ending on or after April 1, 2005, whereas gold mining companies pay tax at a rate which is calculated in terms of a formula which is explained below. In addition, non-gold mining companies are liable for Secondary Tax on Companies, or STC, which is currently charged at a rate of 10%, effective as from October 1, 2007 (previously 12.5%).

Gold mining companies are subject to tax at different rates on their mining and non-mining income. Mining income is taxed on a formula basis, in terms of which the tax rate rises as the ratio of taxable income to gross mining revenue increases. The formula takes the form of y = a-ab/x, where y = the tax rate, a = the marginal tax rate, b = the quantum of revenue that is free of tax (which is a form of depletion allowance and is calculated as a percentage of mining revenue, with the currently applicable rate being effectively 5%) and x = the ratio of profit to revenue (expressed as a percentage).

Gold mining companies can elect to be exempt from STC and different formulae are used to calculate tax on mining income depending on whether an election has been made. If the election has been made, the current relevant values are a = 45 and b = 5. These values have been effective for tax years ending on or after April 1, 2005. For tax years ending on or after April 1, 2005, the rate applicable to non-mining income for gold mining companies who have made the election is 37%.

As a result of the consolidation of the South African assets into GFIMSA in 2004, the mines are no longer separate tax entities but are treated as a single tax entity. However, unredeemed capital expenditure is still ring fenced between the divisions of GFIMSA, so that capital expenditure at one mine cannot be used to reduce taxable income from another mine. GFIMSA has elected to be exempt from STC. However, Gold Fields itself, as a holding company not conducting any gold mining operations, as well as its other non-mining South African subsidiaries, are not eligible to be exempt from STC. To the extent Gold Fields receives dividends from GFIMSA, such received dividends are offset against the amount of dividends paid by Gold Fields for purposes of calculating the net amount subject to STC.

Ghana

Ghanaian resident companies are subject to tax on the basis of income derived from, accruing in or brought into Ghana. The standard corporate income tax rate is currently 25% having been reduced from 28% with effect from January 1, 2006. Because the mineral rights are owned by the state, the Tarkwa and Damang operations are also subject to a gold royalty of a minimum of 3% and a maximum of 6%, depending on the profitability of the mine, calculated on the basis of a formula which came into effect from July 4, 1986. This royalty is included in the income and mining tax benefit/(expense) line item in Gold Fields’ consolidated statements of operations. A reconstruction and development levy of 2.5% on operating profit that was introduced on January 1, 2001 was abolished from January 1, 2006.

 

129


Table of Contents

Tax depreciation of capital equipment operates under a capital allowance regime. The capital allowances consist of an initial allowance of 80% of the cost of the asset and the balance is added to the balance carried forward and depreciated at a rate of 50% per year on a declining balance basis. For the purposes of computing depreciation for the year following its acquisition, 5% of the cost of the mining asset is included in the balance, effectively allowing a total of 105% allowance on mining assets. Under the project development agreement entered into between the Ghanaian government and Gold Fields Ghana and the deed of warranty entered into between the Ghanaian government and Abosso, the government has agreed that no withholding tax shall be payable on any dividend or capital repayment declared by Gold Fields Ghana or Abosso which is due and payable to any shareholder not normally resident in Ghana.

Australia

Generally, Australia will impose tax on the worldwide income (including capital gains) of all of Gold Fields’ Australian incorporated and tax resident entities. The current income tax rate for companies is 30%. Exploration costs are deductible in full as incurred and other capital expenditure is deductible over the lives of the assets acquired. In addition, other expenditures, such as export market development, mine closure costs and the defense of native title claims, may be deducted from income. The St. Ives and Agnew operations are also subject to a 2.5% gold royalty, which came into effect from July 1, 1998, because the mineral rights are owned by the state. This royalty is included in the income and mining tax benefit/(expense) line item in Gold Fields’ consolidated statements of operations.

With effect from July 1, 2001 the Australian legislature introduced a Uniform Capital Allowance, which allows tax deductions for:

 

   

depreciation attributable to assets; and

 

   

certain other capital expenditures.

Gold Fields Australia and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have elected to be treated as a tax consolidated group for taxation purposes. As a tax consolidated group, a single tax return is lodged for the group based on the consolidated results of all companies within the group. The decision to implement the tax consolidation regime was made by Gold Fields during the 2005 fiscal year and applied as of July 1, 2003. Certain transitional provisions were made available to encourage entities into the tax consolidation regime. These provisions addressed the mechanism for transferring losses into the tax consolidated group and made provision for companies that consolidate to recalculate the tax base of certain assets based on a market value calculation. These provisions were on balance advantageous to Gold Fields resulting in a net gross up of $26.8 million. An amendment to the Australian tax laws in fiscal 2007 resulted in a shorter useful life of mine being applied to St. Ives than had originally been selected. The retrospective application of this change triggered a recalculation of the tax base of the assets and led to a further U.S.$3.3 million gross up in fiscal 2007. These gross-ups have been included in the income and mining tax benefit for fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2007.

Withholding tax is payable on dividends, interest and royalties paid by Australian residents to non-residents. In the case of dividend payments to non-residents, withholding tax at a rate of 30% will apply. However, where the recipient of the dividend is a resident of a country with which Australia has concluded a double taxation agreement, the rate of withholding tax is generally limited to 15% (or 10% where the dividend is paid to a company’s parent company). Where dividends are paid out of profits that have been subject to Australian corporate tax there is no withholding tax, regardless of whether a double taxation agreement is in place.

Venezuela

Venezuela taxes resident individuals and domiciled corporations on their worldwide income. Taxable income is therefore defined to include territorial income, income resulting from activities performed or deemed to be performed outside of Venezuela and assets located or deemed to be located outside of Venezuela, and income resulting from inflation adjustment. Conversely, certain extraterritorial expenses are allowed as deductible expenses.

 

130


Table of Contents

While the Venezuelan corporate tax rate is determined with reference to a progressive tax scale, in practice, the effective corporate tax rate applicable to foreign and domestic corporations is 34%.

Tax losses may be carried forward by corporations for a period of three tax years.

Venezuelan corporate income tax law provides for inflation adjustment in terms of which Venezuelan corporations are required to adjust their non-monetary assets and liabilities (including debt in foreign currency) for inflation on a yearly basis. Inflation adjustments usually generate phantom income or losses which affect taxable income. These types of adjustments also generate differences between the net taxable income and accounting income, which has an effect on tax on dividends, as discussed below.

Venezuela levies withholding tax on interest payments on loans granted to Venezuelan companies to be used in Venezuela at a rate of 5% if the beneficiary is a Venezuelan domiciled company and according to a progressive tax scale up to 34% if the beneficiary is a non-Venezuelan domiciled company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, withholding tax on interest derived from loans granted by foreign banks or financial institutions not domiciled in Venezuela is only 4.95%.

Dividends paid by Venezuelan companies are taxable at 34% to the extent that they arise from profits that have not been subject to tax at the corporate level. The tax is calculated on that portion of the dividends that is paid out of corporate profits in excess of net taxable income. Tax on dividends is withheld at source by the declaring company.

Withholding tax is also levied on technical/technological assistance at an effective rate of 10.2% (technical assistance) or 17% (technological services).

Payments made to foreign parties protected by double tax treaties concluded with Venezuela will be subject to the relevant relief on the above withholding taxes made from Venezuela as applicable.

Capital allowances on tangible and non-tangible goods situated in Venezuela are generally allowed to be written off for income tax purposes. The applicable depreciation method, write-off periods and other relevant factors vary from asset to asset. Accelerated depreciation on capital assets is possible with notification to the local tax authorities.

Taxpayers engaged in mining activities may amortize capitalized costs relating to the acquisition of mining assets, exploration costs, geological surveys and development costs once the mining production of a particular concession commences.

Capitalized mining exploration expenses may generally be written off on a straight-line basis over five years once mining production has commenced.

Extracted gold from the Choco 10 mine is subject to an exploitation tax of 3%, calculated on the average commercial value of the gold in the city of Caracas for the month in which the gold was produced by PMG, as determined by the Ministry of Basic Industries and Mines.

Exchange Rates

Gold Fields’ South African revenues and costs are very sensitive to the Rand/U.S. dollar exchange rate because revenues are generated using a gold price denominated in U.S. dollars, while the costs of the South African operations are incurred principally in Rand. Depreciation of the Rand against the U.S. dollar reduces Gold Fields’ average costs when they are translated into U.S. dollars, thereby increasing the operating margin of the South African operations. Conversely, appreciation of the Rand results in South African operating costs being translated into U.S. dollars at a lower Rand/U.S. dollar exchange rate, resulting in lower operating margins. The

 

131


Table of Contents

impact on profitability of any change in the value of the Rand against the U.S. dollar can be substantial. Furthermore, the exchange rates obtained when converting U.S. dollars to Rand are set by foreign exchange markets, over which Gold Fields has no control. For more information regarding fluctuations in the value of the Rand against the U.S. dollar, see “Key Information—Exchange Rates.” During fiscal 2007, Gold Fields had three different U.S. dollar/Rand forward purchase contracts to manage its exposure to fluctuations in the value of the Rand against the U.S. dollar. They were:

 

   

U.S.$30 million of forward cover existed to hedge the Group’s offshore commitments. This cover was rolled over on December 5, 2006 and then closed-out on March 20, 2007;

 

   

As a result of the U.S.$550 million draw-down under a $1.8 billion bridge loan facility entered into by GFIMSA to close-out the Western Areas gold derivative structure and refinance certain working capital loans, U.S. dollar/rand forward cover was purchased during the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2007 in an amount of U.S.$550.8 million for settlement August 6, 2007, at an average forward rate of 7.3279. This cover was established at an average spot rate of 7.1918. For accounting purposes, this forward cover has been designated as a hedging instrument and gains and losses are accounted for under exchange gain or loss on loans under finance income or expense where they offset the exchange gains and losses on the revaluation of the underlying $550 million loan; and

 

   

In anticipation of repaying the U.S.$1.2 billion borrowed under a bridge loan facility to partly finance the South Deep acquisition, a U.S.$600 million forward exchange contract at a rate of R7.3916 was purchased. This contract was settled at a rate of R7.2000 on February 8, 2007.

With respect to its operations in Ghana, a substantial portion of Gold Fields’ operating costs (including wages) are either directly incurred in U.S. dollars or are determined according to a formula by which costs are indexed to the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, fluctuations in the Cedi do not materially impact operating results for the Ghana operations.

With respect to the Australian operations, Gold Fields expects that the effect of fluctuations in the value of the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar will be similar to that for the Rand, with weakness in the Australian dollar resulting in improved earnings for Gold Fields and strength in the Australian dollar producing the opposite result. Gold Fields agreed with the lenders providing the loans for the acquisition of St. Ives and Agnew to manage its exposure to fluctuations in the value of the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar by entering into financial instruments that fix the exchange rates for a portion of the expected future revenues from the operations. These financial instruments were closed out on January 7, 2004. However, in order for the Group to participate in any future Australian dollar appreciation, a strip of quarterly maturing Australian dollar/U.S. dollar call options were purchased of which the value dates and amounts matched those of the original structure. The remaining instruments matured during fiscal 2007. Gold Fields accounts for these financial instruments on a mark-to-market basis, using exchange rates prevailing at the end of the relevant accounting period.

In Venezuela a system of exchange controls is in place and the Central Bank sets a fixed exchange rate for the Bolivar against the U.S. dollar. Currently, the official rate is VEB 2,150 per $1.00 although that rate may be adjusted from time to time, and typically the Bolivar has been devalued against the U.S. dollar. To the extent the Bolivar depreciates against the U.S. dollar, Gold Fields should obtain higher earnings to the extent it sells its gold produced in Venezuela outside Venezuela. However, Gold Fields is obligated to repatriate to Venezuela and convert to Bolivars at the official exchange rate all amounts generated from exports. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—Venezuela—Exchange Controls.”

Inflation

It is possible that a period of significant inflation in South Africa could adversely affect Gold Fields’ results and financial condition. However, because the majority of Gold Fields’ costs at the South African operations are in Rand, while its revenues from gold sales are in U.S. dollars, the extent to which the Rand devalues against the U.S. dollar will offset the impact of South African inflation. In Ghana, Gold Fields’ operations are not significantly impacted by Ghanaian inflation because a substantial portion of Gold Fields’ costs are either

 

132


Table of Contents

incurred directly in U.S. dollars or are determined according to a formula by which U.S. dollar amounts are converted into Cedi. Gold Fields expects that the impact of Australian inflation will be similar to that of South Africa, as will Venezuelan inflation.

South African, Ghanaian and Venezuelan Economic and Political Environment

Gold Fields is a South African company and a substantial portion of its operations, based on gold production, are in South Africa. As a result, Gold Fields is subject to various economic, fiscal, monetary and political policies and factors that generally affect South African companies. See “Risk Factors—Economic or political instability in the countries or regions where Gold Fields operates may have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ operations and profits.”

South African companies, including Gold Fields, are subject to exchange control restrictions which require companies to repatriate some or all of their offshore profits. While exchange controls have been relaxed in recent years, South African companies remain subject to restrictions on their ability to deploy capital outside of the Southern African Common Monetary Area. In particular, in his speech to Parliament toward the end of October 2004, the Minister of Finance outlined the South African Treasury’s medium-term budget policy statement and repeated that it was the government’s eventual goal to replace all remaining exchange controls with prudential benchmarks. He also announced the abolition of exchange control limits on new outward foreign direct investments by South African corporations and the lifting of their obligation to repatriate foreign dividends. There have subsequently been further indications from the Ministry of Finance that it remains the government’s intention to gradually phase out the remaining exchange controls over time. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Exchange Controls.”

Gold Fields also has significant operations in Ghana and is therefore subject to various economic, fiscal, monetary and political policies and factors that affect companies operating in Ghana. See “Risk Factors—Economic or political instability in the countries or regions where Gold Fields operates may have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ operations and profits.” In addition, pursuant to an agreement which it has entered into with the Ghanaian government with respect to the Tarkwa mine, Gold Fields is required to repatriate at least 20% of the revenues derived from the Tarkwa mine to Ghana and either use such amounts in Ghana or maintain them in a Ghanaian bank account. Abosso is currently obligated to repatriate 25% of its revenue to Ghana, although the level of repatriation under the deed of warranty between Abosso and the government of Ghana is subject to renegotiation every two years. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—Ghana—Mineral Rights.” Although it has been more than two years since the last set of negotiations with the Bank of Ghana regarding the Damang mine’s level of repatriation, the next set of negotiations has not been scheduled pending the execution of a new development agreement with the government of Ghana. Gold Fields currently repatriates approximately 40% of revenues from the Ghana operations to Ghana. While management has no reason to believe that the repatriation level will increase as a result of the next set of negotiations, there is no agreed ceiling on the repatriation level, and it could be increased. Any increase could adversely affect Gold Fields’ ability to use the cash flow from the Damang mine outside Ghana, including to fund working costs and capital expenditures at other operations, to provide funds for acquisitions and to repay principal and interest on indebtedness.

Gold Fields’ operations in Venezuela mean it is also subject to various economic, fiscal, monetary and political policies and factors that affect companies operating in Venezuela. See “Risk Factors—Economic or political instability in the countries or regions where Gold Fields operates may have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ operations and profits.” In addition, companies operating in Venezuela, including Gold Fields, are subject to exchange control restrictions which impose restrictions and conditions on their ability to purchase foreign currency and require them, to convert foreign currency derived from the export of goods, services or technologies to Bolivars via the Venezuelan Central Bank at the official exchange rate. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—Venezuela—Exchange Controls.”

 

133


Table of Contents

Change in Accounting Principle—Capitalization of Costs Relating to Ore Reserve Development at the South African Operations

At Gold Fields’ surface mines, when it has been determined that a mineral property can be economically developed as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves, costs incurred to develop the property are capitalized as incurred until saleable minerals are extracted from the mine and are amortized using the units-of-production method over the estimated life of the orebody based on estimated recoverable ounces or pounds mined from proven and probable reserves. These costs include costs to further delineate the ore body and remove overburden to initially expose the orebody. Subsequent mine development costs are treated as variable production costs.

Previously, at Gold Fields’ South African underground mines, costs incurred to develop the property were capitalized only until the reef horizons were intersected. Subsequent mine development costs to access other specific ore blocks or areas of the mine were treated as variable production costs. During the year ended June 30, 2007, Gold Fields changed its accounting principle to capitalize all underground development costs to access specific ore blocks or other areas of the mine where such costs will provide future economic benefits as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves associated with a specific block or area of operations, even after the reef horizon may have been intersected with the development of the first specific ore block or area of the mine. Under this revised accounting principle, all costs associated with the development of a specific underground block or area are capitalized until saleable minerals are extracted from that specific block or area. At Gold Fields’ underground mines, these costs include the cost of shaft sinking and access, of building access ways, of lateral development, of drift development, of ramps, of box cuts and of other infrastructure development.

Gold Fields believes that the newly adopted principle is preferable because: (i) it aligns its policy with those of its global gold mining company industry peers; (ii) allows for a more direct link between revenue and associated expenditures; (iii) each block of ore can be described as a commencement of a new area of operations, separate and distinct from other existing operations, with the choice to mine based on an approved life-of-mine plan for that particular block of ore; and (iv) the additional costs capitalized under the revised principle meet the definition of an asset.

The change in accounting for underground development costs has been applied retrospectively and the comparative statements for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 have been restated. The effect of the change on the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 is set out below. Opening accumulated retained earnings at July 1, 2004 have been increased by $64.3 million (net of deferred tax of $42.8 million), which is the adjustment relating to periods prior to and including the period ended June 30, 2004.

 

     Year ended June 30,  
             2006                     2005          
     ($ millions, except per share
amounts)
 

Decrease in production costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     121.8       128.3  

Increase in depreciation and amortization

     (84.2 )     (91.9 )
                

Effect on production costs (inclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     37.6       36.4  

Effect on deferred income tax expense

     (13.3 )     (14.5 )
                

Effect on net (loss)/income

   $ 24.3     $ 21.8  
                

Effect on per share amounts:

    

Basic (loss)/earnings per share

     0.05       0.04  
                

Fully diluted (loss)/earnings per share

     0.05       0.04  
                

 

134


Table of Contents
     June 30,
     2006    2005
     ($ millions)

Effect on property, plant and equipment, net

   153.7    134.5
         

Effect on deferred income taxes

   59.9    53.8
         

Under Gold Fields’ revised method of accounting for underground development costs, the costs incurred to access specific ore blocks or areas of the mine, which only provide an economic benefit over the period during which that ore block or area is being mined, are attributed to earnings using the units-of-production method where the denominator is estimated recoverable ounces of gold contained in proven and probable reserves within that ore block or area. Capitalized costs that provide an economic benefit over the entire mine life, such as the initial primary shaft in an underground complex, will continue to be attributed to earnings using the units-of-production method, where the denominator is the estimated recoverable ounces of gold contained in total accessible proven and probable reserves.

Interest on borrowings incurred in respect of assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use are capitalized to the date on which the assets are substantially completed and ready for their intended use.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Gold Fields’ significant accounting policies are more fully described in note 2 to its audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. Some of Gold Fields’ accounting policies require the application of significant judgements and estimates by management that can affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. By their nature, these judgements are subject to a degree of uncertainty and are based on Gold Fields’ historical experience, terms of existing contracts, management’s view on trends in the gold mining industry, information from outside sources and other assumptions that Gold Fields considers to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Gold Fields’ significant accounting policies that are subject to significant judgements, estimates and assumptions are summarized below.

Business combinations

Management accounts for its business acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting. The total value of consideration paid for acquisitions is allocated to the underlying net assets acquired, based on their respective estimated fair values determined by using internal or external valuations. Management uses a number of valuation methods to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired including discounted cash flows, external market values, valuations on recent transactions or a combination thereof and others and believes that it uses the most appropriate measure or a combination of measures to value each asset or liability. In addition, management believes that it uses the most appropriate valuation assumptions underlying each of those valuation methods based on current information available including discount rates, market risk rates, entity risk rates, cash flow assumptions and others. The accounting policy for valuation of business acquisitions is considered critical because judgements made in determining the estimated fair value and expected useful lives assigned to each class of assets and liabilities acquired can significantly impact the value of the asset or liability, including the impact on deferred taxes, the respective amortization periods and ultimately net profit. Therefore the use of other valuation methods, as well as other assumptions underlying these valuation methods, could significantly impact the determination of financial position and the results of operations.

 

135


Table of Contents

Depreciation, depletion and amortization of mining assets

Depreciation, depletion and amortization charges are calculated using the units-of-production method and are based on Gold Fields' current gold production as a percentage of total expected gold production over the lives of Gold Fields' mines. An item is considered to be produced at the time it is removed from the mine. The lives of the mines are estimated by Gold Fields' mineral resources department using interpretations of mineral reserves, as determined in accordance with the SEC's industry guide number 7.

Depreciation, depletion and amortization at Gold Fields' South African operations (which are long-life mines ranging from 13 to 28 years), are calculated using above-infrastructure proven and probable reserves only, which because of their reserve base and respective long lives, are less sensitive to change in reserve assumptions. Accordingly, at these locations, it is Gold Fields’ policy to update its depreciation, depletion and amortization calculations only once the new ore reserve declarations have been approved by Gold Field's Board. However, if Gold Fields' management becomes aware of significant changes in its above-infrastructure reserves ahead of the scheduled updates, management would not hesitate to immediately update its depreciation, depletion and amortization calculations and then subsequently notify the Board.

A similar approach is followed at Gold Fields' operations in Ghana, due to the longer life of the primary orebody. At Gold Fields' Australian operations, where mine-life ranges from two to four years, proven and probable reserves used for the calculation of depreciation, depletion and amortization are more susceptible to changes in reserve estimates. At these locations, Gold Fields' depreciation, depletion and amortization calculations are updated on a more regular basis (at least quarterly) for all known changes in proven and probable reserves. The nature of the orebody, and the on-going information being gathered in connection with the orebody, facilitates these updates.

The estimates of the total expected future lives of Gold Fields' mines could be different from the actual amount of gold mined in the future and the actual lives of the mines due to changes in the factors used in determining Gold Fields' mineral reserves. Changes in management's estimates of the total expected future lives of Gold Fields' mines would therefore impact the depreciation, depletion and amortization charge recorded in Gold Fields' consolidated financial statements. Changes due to acquisitions, sales or closures of shafts expected to have a material impact on Gold Fields' depreciation, depletion and amortization calculations, are incorporated in those calculations as soon as they become known.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Gold Fields reviews and tests the carrying amounts of assets when events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Assets are grouped at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. The lowest level at which such cash flows are generated are generally at an individual operating mine, even if the individual operating mine is included in a larger mine complex.

If there are indications that an impairment may have occurred, Gold Fields prepares estimates of expected future cash flows for each group of assets. Expected future cash flows are based on a probability-weighted approach applied to potential outcomes and reflect:

 

   

estimated sales proceeds from the production and sale of recoverable ounces of gold contained in proven and probable reserves;

 

   

expected future commodity prices and currency exchange rates (considering historical and current prices, price trends and related factors). In impairment assessments conducted in fiscal 2007, the Group used an expected future market gold price of $580 per ounce, and expected future market exchange rates of R7.50 to $1.00 and A$1.38 to $1.00;

 

   

expected future operating costs and capital expenditures to produce proven and probable gold reserves based on mine plans that assume current plant capacity, but exclude the impact of inflation; and

 

136


Table of Contents
   

expected cash flows associated with value beyond proven and probable reserves, which includes the expected cash outflows required to develop and extract the value beyond proven and probable reserves.

Gold Fields records a reduction of a group of assets to fair value as a charge to earnings if expected future cash flows are less than the carrying amount. Gold Fields estimates fair value by discounting the expected future cash flows using a discount factor that reflects a market-related rate of interest for a term consistent with the period of expected cash flows.

Expected future cash flows are inherently uncertain, and could materially change over time. They are significantly affected by reserve estimates, together with economic factors such as gold prices and currency exchange rates, estimates of costs to produce reserves and future sustaining capital.

Because of the significant capital investment that is required at many mines, if an impairment occurs, it could materially impact earnings. Due to the long-life nature of many mines, the difference between total estimated undiscounted net cash flows and fair value can be substantial. An impairment is only recorded when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds the total estimated undiscounted net cash flows. Therefore, although the value of a mine may decline gradually over multiple reporting periods, the application of impairment accounting rules could lead to recognition of the full amount of the decline in value in one period. Due to the highly uncertain nature of future cash flows, the determination of when to record an impairment charge can be very subjective. Management makes this determination using available evidence taking into account current expectations for each mining property.

For acquired exploration-stage properties, the purchase price is capitalized, but post-acquisition exploration expenditures are expensed. The future economic viability of exploration stage properties largely depends upon the outcome of exploration activity, which can take a number of years to complete for large properties. Management monitors the results of exploration activity over time to assess whether an impairment may have occurred. The measurement of any impairment is made more difficult because there is not an active market for exploration properties, and because it is not possible to use discounted cash flow techniques due to the very limited information that is available to accurately model future cash flows. In general, if an impairment occurs at an exploration stage property, it would probably have minimal value and most of the acquisition cost may have to be written down.

Gold Fields recorded no impairment charges on its long-lived assets during fiscal 2007 or fiscal 2006, but recorded impairment charges amounting to $233.1 million in fiscal 2005.

Deferred taxation

When determining deferred taxation, management makes estimates as to the future recoverability of deferred tax assets. If management determines that a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded for that portion of the deferred tax asset which is not considered more likely than not recoverable. These determinations are based on the projected taxable income and realization of tax allowances and tax losses. In the event that these tax assets are not realized, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be required, which would be charged to income in the period that the determination was made. Likewise, should management determine that Gold Fields would be able to realize tax assets in the future in excess of the recorded amount, an adjustment to reduce the valuation allowance would be recorded generally as a credit to income in the period that the determination is made.

Gold Fields is periodically required to estimate the tax basis of assets and liabilities. Where tax laws and regulations are either unclear or subject to varying interpretations, it is possible that changes in these estimates could occur that materially affect the amounts of deferred income tax assets and liabilities recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities generally have a direct impact on earnings in the period of changes. The most significant estimate is the tax basis of certain Australian assets

 

137


Table of Contents

following elections in 2005 under new tax regimes in Australia. These elections resulted in the revaluation of certain assets in Australia for income tax purposes. Part of the revalued tax basis of these assets was estimated based on a valuation completed for tax purposes. This valuation is under review by the Australian Tax Office, or ATO, and the amount finally accepted by the ATO may differ from the assumption used to measure deferred tax balances at the end of fiscal 2005. See note 6 to the audited consolidated financial statements which appear elsewhere in this annual report.

Derivative financial instruments

The determination of the fair value of derivative financial instruments, when marked-to-market, takes into account estimates such as interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates under prevailing market conditions, depending on the nature of the financial derivatives. These estimates may differ materially from actual interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates prevailing at the maturity dates of the financial derivatives and, therefore, may materially influence the values assigned to the financial derivatives, which may result in a charge to or an increase in Gold Fields’ earnings through maturity of the financial derivatives.

Environmental rehabilitation costs

Gold Fields makes provision for environmental rehabilitation costs and related liabilities when environmental disturbances occur based on management’s interpretations of current environmental and regulatory requirements. The provisions are recorded by discounting the expected cash flows associated with the environmental rehabilitation using a discount factor that reflects a credit-adjusted, risk-free rate of interest. The principal factors that can cause expected cash flows to change are: the construction of new processing facilities; changes in the quantities of material in reserves and a corresponding change in the life of mine plan; changing ore characteristics that ultimately impact the environment; changes in water quality that impact the extent of water treatment required; and changes in laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment. In general, as the end of the mine life becomes nearer, the reliability of expected cash flows increases, but earlier in the mine life, the estimation of rehabilitation liabilities is inherently more subjective. Significant judgements and estimates are made when estimating the fair value of rehabilitation liabilities. In addition, expected cash flows relating to rehabilitation liabilities could occur over periods up to the planned life of mine at the time the estimate is made and the assessment of the extent of environmental remediation work is highly subjective. While management believes that the environmental rehabilitation provisions made are adequate and that the interpretations applied are appropriate, the amounts estimated for the future liabilities may, when considering the factors discussed above, differ materially from the costs that will actually be incurred to rehabilitate Gold Fields’ mine sites in the future.

Employee benefits

Management’s determination of Gold Fields’ obligation and expense for pension and provident funds, as well as post-retirement healthcare liabilities, depends on the selection of certain assumptions used by actuaries to calculate the amounts. These assumptions are described in note 16 to Gold Fields’ consolidated financial statements and include, among others, the discount rate, healthcare inflation costs and rates of increase in compensation costs. Actual results that differ from management’s assumptions are accumulated and charged over future periods, which will generally affect Gold Fields’ recognized expense and recorded obligation in future periods. While management believes that these assumptions are appropriate, significant changes in the assumptions may materially affect Gold Fields’ pension and other post-retirement obligations as well as future expenses, which will result in an impact on earnings in the periods that the changes in the assumptions occur.

Stockpiles, gold-in-process and product inventories

Costs that are incurred in or benefit the production process are accumulated as stockpiles, gold-in-process, ore on leach pads and product inventories. Net realizable value tests are performed at least annually and represent the estimated future sales price of the product based on prevailing and long-term metals prices, less estimated costs to complete production and bring the product to sale.

 

138


Table of Contents

Stockpiles are measured by estimating the number of tons added and removed from the stockpile, the number of contained gold ounces based on assay data, and the estimated recovery percentage based on the expected processing method. Stockpile tonnages are verified by periodic surveys.

Although the quantities of recoverable metal are reconciled by comparing the grades of ore to the quantities of gold actually recovered (metallurgical balancing), the nature of the process inherently limits the ability to precisely monitor recoverability levels. As a result, the metallurgical balancing process is constantly monitored and the engineering estimates are refined based on actual results over time.

Share-based compensation

Effective July 1, 2005, Gold Fields adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, or SFAS 123(R), for all share option grants subsequent to that date. SFAS 123(R) requires Gold Fields to determine the fair value of share options as of the date of the grant, which is then amortized as share-based compensation expense in the income statement over the vesting period of the option grant. Gold Fields has determined the fair value of all its options grants (a) prior to, but not yet vested as of, July 1, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123(R), and (b) subsequent to July 1, 2005 based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with SFAS 123(R), using the Black-Scholes valuation model, which requires Gold Fields to make assumptions regarding the estimated term of the option, share price volatility, expected forfeiture rates and Gold Fields’ expected dividend yield. While Gold Fields’ management believes that these assumptions are appropriate, the use of different assumptions could have a material impact on the fair value of the option grant and the related recognition of share-based compensation expense in the consolidated income statement. Gold Fields’ options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options and therefore fair values may also differ.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” or FIN 48, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Interpretation requires that a company recognize in the financial statements, the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, and disclosure.

In May 2007, the FASB issued FSP No. FIN 48-1, “Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48,” or FSP FIN 48-1. This Staff Position clarifies how an enterprise should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits. FSP FIN 48-1 specifically addresses the interaction between reviews and examinations by the taxing authority and settlement of uncertain tax positions. The provisions of FIN 48 and FSP FIN 48-1 are effective beginning July 1, 2007 with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. Gold Fields is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48 and FSP FIN 48-1 on its financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, or SAB 108. The interpretations in SAB 108 express the staff’s views regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. The Staff believes registrants must consider the impact of correcting all misstatements, including the effect of misstatements that were not corrected at the end of the prior year. These prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying misstatements in current year financial statements. Thus, a registrant’s financial statements would require adjustment when the assessment in the current year or in prior years’ results in qualifying a misstatement that is material, after considering all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have an impact on the Group’s financial position and results of operations.

 

139


Table of Contents

In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements,” or SFAS 157. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements; rather, it emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement (that is, fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, not an entity specific measurement). In support of this principle, the standard establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable data, for example, the reporting entity’s own data. SFAS 157 applies for derivatives and other financial instruments measured at fair value under SFAS No. 133, “Derivative Financial Instruments” at initial recognition and all subsequent periods. This statement is effective for Gold Fields from July 1, 2008. Management is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 157 on Gold Fields’ financial position and results of operations.

In February 2007, FASB issued SFAS No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—including an amendment of FAS 115,” or SFAS No. 159. This Statement permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Application of the provisions of SFAS No. 159 is optional and the provisions can be elected on an instrument-by-instrument basis. If Gold Fields elects to utilize the provisions of this Statement, it may do so beginning on July 1, 2008. Gold Fields is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 159 on its financial position and results of operations.

Results of Operations

Years Ended June 30, 2007 and 2006

Revenues

Product sales increased by $453 million, or 20%, from $2,282.0 million in fiscal 2006 to $2,735.2 million in fiscal 2007. The increase in product sales was due to an increase in the average realized gold price of 21.8% from $524 per ounce in fiscal 2006 to $638 per ounce in fiscal 2007, partially offset by a decrease of approximately 0.062 million ounces, or 1.4%, in total gold sold, from 4.351 million ounces in fiscal 2006 to 4.289 million ounces in fiscal 2007. The decrease in ounces sold resulted from lower production from the international operations, mainly Damang, partially offset by production from the Choco 10 mine in Venezuela, which was acquired on March 1, 2006. Production at the South African operations in fiscal 2007 was similar to fiscal 2006, as lower production from the existing mines was offset by production from the South Deep mine, which was acquired on December 1, 2006.

At the South African operations, gold production decreased from 2.66 million ounces in fiscal 2006 to 2.65 million ounces in fiscal 2007. Production at Driefontein decreased by 12% to 1.02 million ounces mainly due to lower underground and surface grades, as well as lower tonnage. Production at Kloof increased marginally to 0.92 million ounces in fiscal 2007 from 0.91 million ounces in fiscal 2006, with lower surface and underground grades offset by higher tonnage. Gold production at Beatrix decreased by 9% from 0.60 million ounces in fiscal 2006 to 0.54 million ounces in fiscal 2007, despite a small increase in tonnage, due to lower grades. The overall lower production at these operations was largely offset by production from South Deep, which Gold Fields acquired on December 1, 2006 and which produced 0.17 million ounces for the seven months to June 30, 2007.

At the international operations, total gold production decreased from 1.69 million ounces in fiscal 2006 to 1.64 million ounces in fiscal 2007. In Ghana, Damang’s gold production decreased by 20% from 0.24 million ounces in fiscal 2006 to 0.19 million ounces in fiscal 2007 due to a reduction of available high grade fresh ore tonnages mined and processed. Production at Tarkwa was marginally lower at 0.70 million ounces, compared to 0.71 million ounces in fiscal 2006. In Australia, production at St. Ives and Agnew both decreased by about 3% to 0.49 million ounces and 0.21 million ounces, respectively, in fiscal 2007, from 0.50 million ounces and 0.22 million ounces, respectively, in fiscal 2006. The decrease at St. Ives was due to a reduction of high grade underground ore from Junction and East Repulse, which was replaced with lower grade surface ore. At Agnew,

 

140


Table of Contents

the decrease was due to an increase in ore mined from the lower grade Songvang open pit, which replaced depleted higher grade underground ore. At Choco 10, gold production was hampered by a lack of water to run the mill at design capacity as from December, 2006. Despite this, gold production doubled to 0.056 million ounces, as fiscal 2006 included only production as from the acquisition date of March 1, 2006. See “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations.”

Total gold sold and total gold produced are the same at all the operations with the exception of Choco 10, where there may be differences due to timing of sales.

Costs and Expenses

The following table sets out Gold Fields’ total ounces sold and weighted average total cash costs and total production costs per ounce for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2007. Amounts for fiscal 2006 have been adjusted due to the change in accounting principle regarding ore reserve development costs, which were previously expensed and are now capitalized. See “—Change in Accounting Principle—Capitalization of Costs Relating to Ore Reserve Development at the South African Operations.”

 

    Fiscal 2006   Fiscal 2007   Percentage
increase/
(decrease) in
unit total
cash costs
    Percentage
increase/
(decrease) in
unit total
production
costs
 
    Gold sold   Total cash
costs (1)
  Total
production
costs (2)
  Gold sold   Total cash
costs (1)
  Total
production
costs (2)
   
    (‘000 oz)   ($/oz)   (‘000 oz)   ($/oz)   (%)  

South Africa

               

Driefontein

  1,150   315   393   1,017   349   419   10.8     6.6  

Kloof

  914   374   467   923   367   458   (0.2 )   (0.2 )

Beatrix

  596   354   425   543   378   455   6.8     7.1  

South Deep (3)

  —     —     —     166   595   714   —       —    

Ghana

               

Tarkwa (4)

  709   300   350   697   378   434   26.0     24.0  

Damang (5)

  235   432   447   188   597   602   38.2     34.7  

Venezuela

               

Choco 10 (6)

  28   293   399   56   565   659   92.8     65.2  

Australia (7)

               

St. Ives

  497   346   488   487   416   589   20.2     20.7  

Agnew

  222   268   326   212   399   462   48.9     41.7  

Total (8)(9)

  4,351   —     —     4,289   —     —     —       —    

Weighted average

  —     338   419   —     394   482   16.6     15.0  

Notes:

 

(1) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total cash costs per ounce, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(2) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total production costs per ounce by dividing total production costs, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) In fiscal 2007, 0.163 million ounces of sales were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the South Deep operation.

 

(4) In fiscal 2006 and 2007, 0.504 million ounces and 0.496 million ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Tarkwa operation.

 

(5) In fiscal 2006 and 2007, 0.167 million ounces and 0.134 million ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Damang operation.

 

141


Table of Contents
(6) In fiscal 2006 and 2007, 0.027 million ounces and 0.053 million ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Choco 10 operation.

 

(7) The consideration paid for the Australian operations in excess of the book value of the underlying net assets was allocated pro rata to the value of the underlying assets, which affected the allocation of amortization between St. Ives and Agnew.

 

(8) In fiscal 2006 and 2007, 4.074 million ounces and 4.024 million ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghana and Venezuela operations and, in fiscal 2007, South Deep.

 

(9) The total may not reflect the sum of the line items due to rounding.

The following tables set out a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ production costs to its total cash costs and total production costs for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006.

 

    For the year ended June 30, 2007  
    Driefontein   Kloof   Beatrix   South
Deep
  Tarkwa     Damang     Choco 10   St. Ives     Agnew     Corporate     Group  
    (in $ millions except as otherwise noted) (1)  

Production Costs

  361.2   344.9   211.1   99.0   261.5     109.0     33.7   212.5     83.1     (8.3 )   1,707.7  

Less:

                     

G&A other than corporate costs

  7.5   7.9   6.0   0.1   11.2     0.2     3.6   4.2     1.5     (5.8 )   36.4  

GIP adjustment

  —     —     —     —     (0.6 )   —       —     0.9     (7.2 )   —       (6.9 )

Exploration

  0.8   0.2   0.4   —     0.6     0.2     —     12.6     7.6     —       22.4  

Plus:

                     

Employment termination cost

  2.1   1.8   0.9   —     —       —       —     —       —       0.1     4.9  

Royalty

  —     —     —     —     13.3     3.6     1.2   7.8     3.5     —       29.4  

Total cash costs

  355.0   338.6   205.6   98.9   263.6     112.2     31.3   202.6     84.7     (2.4 )   1,690.1  

Plus:

                     

Amortization (2)

  70.1   84.3   41.5   19.7   39.7     2.7     5.4   83.1     22.5     19.2     388.2  

GIP adjustments (2)

  —     —     —     —     (0.6 )   —       —     0.9     (7.2 )   —       (6.9 )

Rehabilitation

  0.8   0.2   0.4   —     (0.1 )   (1.8 )   —     (0.2 )   (1.8 )   —       (2.1 )

Total production costs

  425.9   423.1   247.5   118.6   302.6     113.1     36.7   286.8     98.2     16.8     2,069.3  

Gold produced (‘000 oz) (3)

  1,016.5   922.9   543.4   163.2   697.2     187.9     54.6   486.9     212.4     —       4,284.9  

Gold sold (‘000 oz)

  1,016.5   922.9   543.4   166.1   697.2     187.9     55.7   487.0     212.4     —       4,288.9  

Total cash costs ($/oz) (4)

  349   367   378   595   378     597     562   416     399       394  

Total production costs ($/oz) (5)

  419   458   455   714   434     602     659   589     462     —       482  

Notes:

 

(1) Calculated using an exchange rate of R7.20 per $1.00.

 

(2) Non-cash portion of GIP adjustments shown separately. Gold in process, or GIP, represents gold in the processing circuit, which is expected to be recovered.

 

(3) In fiscal 2007, 4.024 million ounces of production were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghana, Choco 10 and South Deep operations.

 

(4) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total cash costs per ounce, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(5) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total production costs per ounce, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

142


Table of Contents
    For the year ended June 30, 2006  
    Driefontein   Kloof   Beatrix   Tarkwa     Damang   Choco 10   St. Ives     Agnew     Corporate   Group  
    (in $ millions except as otherwise noted) (1)  

Production Costs (2)

  365.1   343.4   212.2   211.7     101.7   8.4   176.3     80.9     —     1,499.7  

Less:

                   

G&A other than corporate costs

  5.2   4.8   3.5   11.5     1.9   0.6   4.2     3.4     —     35.1  

GIP adjustment

  —     —     —     (1.2 )   —     —     (1.9 )   (0.2 )   —     (3.3 )

Exploration

  —     —     —     —       2.0   —     9.4     21.4     —     32.8  

Plus:

                   

Employment termination cost

  2.4   3.0   2.1   —       —     —     0.8     0.5     —     8.8  

Royalty

  —     —     —     11.2     3.7   0.5   6.5     2.9     —     24.8  

Total cash costs

  362.3   341.6   210.8   212.6     101.5   8.3   171.9     59.7     —     1,468.7  

Plus:

                   

Amortization (3)

  87.4   82.5   40.9   36.5     3.5   3.0   71.3     12.9     12.3   350.3  

GIP adjustments (3)

  —     —     —     (1.2 )   —     —     (1.9 )   (0.2 )   —     (3.3 )

Rehabilitation

  1.8   2.6   1.6   0.3     —     —     0.9     —       —     7.2  

Total production costs

  451.5   426.7   253.3   248.2     105.0   11.3   242.2     72.4     12.3   1,822.9  

Gold produced (‘000 oz) (4)

  1,149.5   914.0   596.1   709.2     235.1   25.3   496.4     222.4     —     4,348.0  

Gold sold (‘000 oz)

  1,149.5   914.0   596.1   709.2     235.1   28.3   496.4     222.4     —     4,351.0  

Total cash costs ($/oz) (5)

  315   374   354   300     432   293   346     268     —     338  

Total production costs ($/oz) (6)

  393   467   425   350     447   399   488     326     —     419  

Notes:

 

(1) Calculated using an exchange rate of R6.40 per $1.00.

 

(2) Production costs for fiscal 2006 have been adjusted due to the change in accounting principle regarding ore reserve development costs, which were previously expensed and are now capitalized.

 

(3) Non-cash portion of gold in process, or GIP, adjustments shown separately. GIP represents gold in the processing circuit, which is expected to be recovered.

 

(4) In fiscal 2006, 4.074 million ounces of production were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghana and Choco 10 operations.

 

(5) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total cash costs per ounce, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(6) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total production costs per ounce, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

Gold Fields’ weighted average total cash costs per ounce increased by $56 per ounce, or 16.6%, from $338 per ounce in fiscal 2006 to $394 per ounce in fiscal 2007. The majority of this increase was due to increased expenditure on the Teberebie cutback at Tarkwa and the Damang pit cutback, together with lower production due to less high grade ore available at Damang and lower yields across the Group. In addition, there was a significant increase in input costs, especially fuel, steel and cyanide and other reagents, and in wages, especially at the South African operations together with increased fleet maintenance costs at Tarkwa. The higher unit cash cost of the newly acquired South Deep also contributed toward this increase. These higher costs were partially offset by the conversion of Rand costs at the South African operations to dollars at a weaker Rand/U.S. dollar exchange rate. The Rand weakened 12.5% against the U.S. dollar from an average of 6.40 in fiscal 2006 to 7.20 in fiscal 2007.

Production costs

Production costs increased by $207.8 million, or 13.9%, from $1,499.9 million in fiscal 2006 to $1,707.7 million in fiscal 2007. This was primarily due to the increased cost of waste removal at the Teberebie cutback at Tarkwa and the Damang main pit cutback, together with an increase at St. Ives due to a general increase in mining costs and increased royalties. Production costs from Choco 10 quadrupled due to the inclusion of costs

 

143


Table of Contents

for the full year compared with only four months in fiscal 2006 and the mine build-up to meet the anticipated increase in production. In South Africa production costs were similar at Driefontein, Kloof and Beatrix, as the increase in Rand costs due to increased labor and input costs was offset by the 12.5% weaker Rand when converting to U.S. dollars. In Rand terms, production costs increased at all the South African operations from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2007. Costs at South Deep have been included since it was acquired on December 1, 2006. In addition, there was a significant increase in input costs across Gold Fields’ operations, especially fuel, steel and cyanide and other reagents.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization charges increased by $34.9 million, or 9.9%, from $353.3 million in fiscal 2006 to $388.2 million in fiscal 2007. Depreciation and amortization is calculated on the units-of-production method and is based on current gold production as a percentage of total expected gold production over the lives of the different mines. The principal reason for this increase was the inclusion of South Deep since it was acquired on December 1, 2006 and the increase in mining volumes at the Australian operations.

The table below depicts the changes from June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2006 for proven and probable reserves above current infrastructure and for the life of mine for each operation, and the resulting impact on the amortization charge in fiscal 2006 and 2007, respectively. The life of mine numbers below are taken from the operations’ strategic plans, adjusted for proven and probable reserve balances. In basic terms, amortization is calculated using the life of mine for each operation, which is based on: (1) the proven and probable reserves above infrastructure for the operation at the start of the relevant year (which are taken to be the same as at the end of the prior fiscal year and using only above infrastructure reserves) and (2) the amount of gold produced by the operation during the year. During fiscal 2006, Gold Fields decided to align determination of its reserves with its planning cycle and as a result a reserve statement as at December 31, 2005 was issued. This ore reserve statement became effective for amortization calculations as from April 1, 2006. The ore reserve statement as at December 31, 2006 become effective on May 1, 2007. Ore reserves have since been calculated as at June 30, 2007 and appear elsewhere in this annual report. See “Information on the Company—Reserves of Gold Fields as of June 30, 2007.”

 

   

Proven and probable

reserves as of

  Life of mine (1) as of   Amortization as of
    June 30, 
2005
  December 31,
2005
  December 31,
2006
  June 30,
2005
  December 31,
2005
  December 31,
2006
  June 30,
2006
  June 30,
2007

South Africa

               

Driefontein

  15,100   14,400   12,900   16   18   17   87.4   70.1

Kloof (2)

  13,000   12,500   11,900   15   15   15   82.5   84.3

Beatrix

  8,200   8,200   7,800   14   14   13   40.9   41.5

South Deep (3)

  —     —     18,200   —     —     23   —     19.7

Ghana

               

Tarkwa (4)

  13,400   14,400   12,700   21   23   14   37.5   39.7

Damang (5)

  1,300   1,400   1,600   5   6   6   3.5   2.7

Venezuela

               

Choco 10

  —     1,200   1,800   8   8   9   3.0   5.4

Australia (6)

               

St. Ives

  2,500   2,200   2,600   5   5   5   73.2   84.4

Agnew

  900   800   700   4   3   3   13.1   22.5

Corporate and other

  —     —     —     —     —     —     12.2   19.1

Total

  54,400   55,100   70,200   —     —     —     353.3   388.2

Cerro Corona

  —     3,200   3200   —     —     —     —     —  

Reserves below infrastructure (7)

  10,200   10,000   23,100   —     —     —     —     —  

Total reserves (8)

  64,600   68,300   96,400   —     —     —     —     —  

 

144


Table of Contents

Notes:

 

(1) The life of mine for each operation shown in the above table differs from that shown in “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations.” The life of mine in the above table is based on the above infrastructure proven and probable reserves, whereas the life of mine information in “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations” is based on both above and below infrastructure proven and probable reserves.

 

(2) At Kloof, amortization decreased due primarily to changes in the sources of production as amortization is calculated based on the reserves at each shaft.

 

(3) As of December 31, 2006, reserves of 2.940 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the South Deep operation.

 

(4) As of June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2005 and 2006, reserves of 9.500 million ounces, 10.200 million ounces and 9.000 million ounces of gold, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Tarkwa operation.

 

(5) As of June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2005 and 2006, reserves of 0.920 million ounces, 1.000 million ounces and 1.140 million ounces of gold, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Damang operation.

 

(6) The consideration paid for the Australian operations in excess of the book value of the underlying net assets was allocated pro rata to the value of the underlying assets, which affected the allocation of amortization between St. Ives and Agnew.

 

(7) Below infrastructure reserves relate to mineralization which is located at a level at which an operation currently does not have infrastructure sufficient to allow mining operations to occur, but where the operation has made plans to install additional infrastructure in the future which will allow mining to occur at that level.

 

(8) As of June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2005 and 2006, reserves of 60.400 million ounces, 63.100 million ounces and 91.600 million ounces of gold, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghanaian and Venezuelan operations.

Corporate expenditure

Corporate expenditure was $38.4 million in fiscal 2007 compared to $21.9 million in fiscal 2006, an increase of 75.3%. Corporate expenditure consists primarily of general corporate overhead and corporate service department costs, primarily in the areas of technical services, human resources and finance, which are used by the operations. Corporate expenditure also includes business development costs. In Rand terms, corporate expenditure increased from R140.0 million in fiscal 2006 to R276.0 million in fiscal 2007. The main reason for this increase was increased staffing and other costs at the corporate level to service Gold Fields’ growing portfolio of assets, both in South Africa and internationally.

Employment termination costs

In fiscal 2007, Gold Fields incurred employment termination costs of $4.9 million compared to $9.1 million in fiscal 2006. The decrease in employee terminations costs resulted principally from lower retrenchments during fiscal 2007.

Exploration expenditure

Exploration expenditure was $48.4 million in fiscal 2007, an increase of 23.2% from $39.3 million in fiscal 2006. Gold exploration increased from $38.7 million in fiscal 2006 to $41.9 million in fiscal 2007 as a result of a deliberate effort to step up exploration activities. Exploration expenditure incurred at the Arctic Platinum Project, or the APP, increased from $0.6 million in fiscal 2006 to $6.5 million in fiscal 2007 due to the expenditure incurred by North American Palladium under the terms of its buy-in arrangement. See “Information on the Company—Exploration—Arctic Platinum Project.”

 

145


Table of Contents

Impairment of assets

In both fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, Gold Fields had no asset impairments.

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

During fiscal 2007, Gold Fields continued to dispose of certain surplus property, plant and equipment. The net profit on the sale of this property, plant and equipment amounted to $7.4 million, comprising:

 

   

$2.6 million profit from the sale of two stage winders by Driefontein;

 

   

$3.5 million profit from the sale of surplus housing by Beatrix and South Deep;

 

   

$0.7 million profit from the sale of two mills by Driefontein; and

 

   

$0.6 million from miscellaneous asset sales by the operating mines.

During fiscal 2006, Gold Fields disposed of certain surplus property, plant and equipment. The net profit on the sale of this property, plant and equipment amounted to $3.7 million, comprising:

 

   

$2.3 million profit from the sale of a winder by Kloof; and

 

   

$1.7 million profit from the sale of mine houses by Beatrix, offset in part by a $0.3 million loss from miscellaneous asset sales by the operating mines.

Increase/(Decrease) in provision for post-retirement healthcare costs

In South Africa, Gold Fields provides medical benefits to employees in its operations through the Medisense Medical Scheme.

Under the medical plan which covers certain of its former employees, Gold Fields remains liable for 50% of the employees’ medical contribution to the medical schemes after their retirement. At June 30, 2007, approximately 224 (fiscal 2006: 226) former employees were covered under this plan, which is not available to members of the scheme formerly available to employees of the former Free State operation (which is now the Beatrix operation) who retired after August 31, 1997 and members of the Medisense medical scheme who retired after January 31, 1999.

As part of the acquisition of South Deep, Gold Fields assumed an additional post-retirement healthcare cost liability. Former employees of South Deep belong to a commercial medical scheme with employer liability for contribution per pensioner limited to R400 per month. The R400 monthly contribution is fixed until the termination of Gold Fields’ obligations on December 31, 2011. At June 30, 2007, there were 235 former South Deep employees that were subject to this employer contribution. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Benefits.”

In fiscal 2007, an amount of $1.3 million was debited to earnings, compared to a credit of $0.5 million in fiscal 2006, in respect of Gold Fields’ obligations under these medical plans. The $1.3 million debit in fiscal 2007 comprises the annual interest and service charge of $1.3m. The $0.5 million credit in fiscal 2006 was the result of a reversal of $0.5 million relating to the release of the cross-subsidization liability and a $0.7 million release as a result of benefits forfeited offset in part by the annual interest and service charge of $0.7 million. The post-retirement healthcare provision is updated annually based on actuarial calculations, with any increase in the provision reflected in the statement of operations.

Accretion expense on environmental rehabilitation

At all of its operations, Gold Fields makes full provision for environmental rehabilitation based on the net present value of the estimated cost of restoring the environmental disturbance that has occurred up to the balance

 

146


Table of Contents

sheet date. The rehabilitation charge for fiscal 2007 was $6.4 million compared to $8.6 million in fiscal 2006. The decrease is due primarily to a reduction in the liability at Damang for which there was no rehabilitation asset against which to offset this reduction, with the result that the reduction was credited to costs.

For its South African operations, Gold Fields contributes to environmental trust funds it has established to provide for any environmental rehabilitation obligations and expected closure costs relating to its mining operations. The amounts invested in the trust funds are classified as non-current assets and any income earned on these assets is accounted for as interest income. For the Ghana, Australia and Venezuela operations Gold Fields does not contribute to a trust fund.

Share compensation cost

The charge for share compensation cost in fiscal 2007 was $12.5 million compared to $11.5 million in fiscal 2006.

Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R). Prior to July 1, 2005, the Company had elected to follow Accounting Policies Board Opinion No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” or APB No. 25, and its related interpretations in accounting for its share option schemes. The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method. Under this method, compensation cost recognized in fiscal 2006 included: (a) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of July 1, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123(R); and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to July 1, 2005 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).

Interest and dividends

Interest and dividends amounted to $26.8 million in both fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006. Interest received on cash and cash equivalents amounted to $24.6 million in fiscal 2007 as compared to $24.4 million in fiscal 2006. Dividends received amounted to $2.2 million in fiscal 2007 as compared to $2.4 million in fiscal 2006.

Finance expense

Gold Fields recognized net finance expense of $95.2 million in fiscal 2007 as compared to $55.6 million in fiscal 2006.

Net finance expense in fiscal 2007 consisted of interest payments of $89.4 million and realized exchange losses on loans of $5.8 million.

The interest payments of $102.7 million in fiscal 2007 comprised:

 

   

$61.6 million on the Mvelaphanda loan;

 

   

$9.3 million on the $168 million borrowed to partly finance the Bolivar acquisition;

 

   

$13.8 million on $1.2 billion borrowed to finance the acquisition of BGSA under a $1.8 billion bridge loan facility entered into by GFIMSA;

 

   

$12.9 million on a further $550 million borrowed under the bridge facility to settle the Western Areas gold derivative structure and to finance certain working capital requirements;

 

   

$3.6 million of loan transaction costs incurred on the $1.8 billion bridge loan facility and a $750 million syndicated loan facility entered into by GFIMSA, Orogen Holdings (BVI) Limited, or Orogen, and Western Areas; and

 

   

$1.5 million of miscellaneous interest payments.

See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities.”

 

147


Table of Contents

$13.3 million of interest payments were capitalized to capital projects, resulting in net interest payments of $89.4 million. Interest on borrowings incurred in respect of assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use is capitalized to the date on which the assets are substantially completed and ready for their intended use. The $13.3 million was capitalized to:

 

•        Kloof:

   $0.2 million;

•        Driefontein:

   $0.2 million;

•        South Deep:

   $0.1 million;

•        Tarkwa:

   $0.4 million; and

•        Cerro Corona:

   $12.4 million.

The realized exchange losses on loans of $5.8 million comprised a $6.3 million loss on the $1.2 billion borrowed under the bridge loan facility to finance the acquisition of BGSA, offset in part by a $0.5 million gain on the $550 million borrowed to settle the Western Areas gold derivative structure before this exposure was hedged by a foreign exchange contract.

Net finance expense in fiscal 2006 consisted of interest payments of $74.4 million, comprising $69.3 million on the Mvelaphanda loan and $5.1 million of other interest payments. This was offset in part by realized exchange gains of $18.8 million.

Other interest payments comprised $2.5 million interest paid on the $158.0 million borrowed on March 9, 2006 under a U.S.$250.0 million credit facility entered into by Orogen Holdings (BVI) Limited, or Orogen, to partly finance the Bolivar acquisition, $1.5 million interest paid on a bridging loan related thereto incurred using Gold Fields’ uncommitted borrowing facilities pending the availability of the U.S.$250.0 million credit facility and $1.1 million of miscellaneous interest payments. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities.” The realized exchange gains consisted of a $10.3 million currency translation gain on funds held to meet commitments in respect of the Bolivar acquisition and an $8.5 million currency conversion gain arising from a change in the functional currency from U.S. dollars to Rand of one of the Group’s offshore subsidiary companies, Gold Fields Holdings.

Unrealized gain on financial instruments

Gold Fields recognized an unrealized gain of $15.4 million in fiscal 2007 compared to an unrealized gain of $14.6 million in fiscal 2006 relating to financial instruments.

The unrealized gain of $15.4 million in fiscal 2007 consisted of a mark-to-market gain on various warrants and options held in respect of underlying share investments, primarily related to the Mvelaphanda Transaction and Sino Gold Limited options held. The unrealized gain of $14.6 million in fiscal 2006 consisted of a $12.8 million unrealized mark-to-market gain on various warrants and options held in respect of underlying share investments, primarily related to the Mvelaphanda Transaction, and an unrealized gain of $3.8 million on the $30.0 million U.S. dollar/Rand currency financial instruments Gold Fields holds to cover U.S. dollar commitments payable from South Africa. This was partly offset by an unrealized loss of $1.6 million on the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar currency financial instruments Gold Fields holds to allow it to participate in appreciation of the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar and an unrealized loss of $0.4 million on the IPE gasoil call options Gold Fields entered into during fiscal 2005. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Foreign Currency Sensitivity—Foreign Currency Hedging Experience” and “—Commodity Price Sensitivity—Commodity Price Hedging Experience—Oil.”

Realized (loss)/gain on financial instruments

Gold Fields recognized a realized loss of $10.7 million in fiscal 2007 compared to a realized loss of $9.1 million in fiscal 2006 relating to financial instruments.

 

148


Table of Contents

The $10.7 million realized loss in fiscal 2007 comprised:

 

   

$1.0 million net loss on the settlement of the $30.0 million U.S. dollar/Rand currency financial instruments;

 

   

$2.5 million loss on the settlement of the IPE gasoil call options;

 

   

$20.7 million loss on settlement of the Western Areas gold derivative structure; and

 

   

$16.0 million loss on the forward exchange contract taken out to partly settle the $1.2 billion borrowed under the $1.8 billion bridge loan facility to finance substantially all of the cash portion of the acquisition of BGSA, partly offset by:

 

   

$21.0 million gain on the Western Areas gold delta purchases;

 

   

$8.2 million gain related to an interest rate swap Gold Fields had entered into in connection with the Mvela Loan. This swap was closed out on June 3, 2005 resulting in a realized gain of $36.2 million. This gain is being accounted for in the income statement over the remaining period of the underlying loan. $8.2 million was accounted for in the income statement in fiscal 2007. The balance of $18.0 million will be accounted for in fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009; and

 

   

$0.3 million gain on the U.S. dollar/Australian call options.

Of the $9.1 million realized loss in fiscal 2006, there was a $15.2 million loss on treasury trading activities, a $1.9 million realized loss on a Rand/U.S. dollar swap relating to the financing of the Bolivar acquisition and a $1.2 million net realized loss on the settlement of the $30.0 million U.S. dollar/Rand currency financial instruments. This was partly offset by a $9.2 million gain related to the interest rate swap Gold Fields entered into in connection with the Mvela Loan. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Interest Rate Sensitivity—General—Interest Rate Hedging Experience.”

Realized loss on foreign exchange

Gold Fields recognized an exchange loss of $15.1 million in fiscal 2007. This comprises a $16.5 million exchange loss on the settlement of the Western Areas gold derivative structure, partially offset by a $1.4 million exchange gain on foreign currency denominated bank balances, mainly at Choco 10 and Cerro Corona.

Profit on disposal of listed investments

During fiscal 2007, Gold Fields continued to liquidate certain non-current investments. The profit on the sale of these investments amounted to $26.8 million resulting from the following sales:

 

   

$17.1 million from the sale of 19.8 million shares in Avoca Resources Ltd;

 

   

$6.0 million from the sale of the Bibiani project in Ghana;

 

   

$1.0 million from the sale of 3.2 million shares in the TLC Ventures Corporation;

 

   

$1.0 million from the sale of 7.6 million shares in Comaplex Minerals Corporation;

 

   

$0.7 million from the sale of 21.5 million shares in Anglo Australian Resources Ltd; and

 

   

$1.0 million from the sale of various other investments.

During fiscal 2006, Gold Fields liquidated certain non-current investments. The profit on the sale of these investments amounted to $6.3 million. The largest portion of this amount was $4.7 million from the sale of Gold Fields 55% interest in the Committee Bay Joint Venture. In exchange for its 55% interest, Gold Fields received 7 million shares in Committee Bay Resources Limited, valued at $4.7 million. As the interest had a nil cost, the $4.7 million value of the shares received was also the profit.

 

149


Table of Contents

Other expenses

Other expenses represents miscellaneous corporate expenditure not allocated to the operations and therefore not included in the corporate expenditure line item net of miscellaneous revenue items such as scrap sales and rental income. Other expenses decreased by $14.3 million, from $16.5 million in fiscal 2006 to $2.2 million in fiscal 2007.

Other expenses in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 consisted of miscellaneous cost items which included:

 

   

corporate social investment costs;

 

   

professional fees related to corporate advice;

 

   

auditors’ fees and other costs relating to Gold Fields becoming compliant with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and

 

 

 

costs related to marketing Biox ® .

Income and mining tax (expense)/benefit

The table below sets forth Gold Fields’ effective tax rate for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, including normal and deferred tax.

 

     Year ended June 30,  
     2007     2006  

Effective tax expense

   43.5 %   35.8 %

In fiscal 2007, the effective tax expense rate of 43.5% differed from the maximum South African mining statutory tax rate of 45%, due to a reduction of $62.6 million in net tax charge arising from non-South African mining income being taxed at lower rates, a $27.9 million reduction relating to the South African mining tax formula and a $3.3 million reduction due to an increase in tax values in Australia following the recalculation of the consolidation of St. Ives and Agnew for tax purposes. A change in legislation in Australia allows companies that consolidate for tax purposes to recalculate the tax values of assets based on a market value calculation.

These reductions were partly offset by the Group incurring $29.4 million in charges relating to levies and royalties in Ghana and Australia, a further $45.5 million of net non-deductible expenditure, mainly due to exploration costs and share-based payment costs and a $20.5 million increase in valuation allowance on Western Areas and BGSA’s losses.

In fiscal 2006, the effective tax expense rate of 35.8% differed from the maximum mining statutory tax rate of 45% for Gold Fields and its subsidiaries as a whole, primarily due to the effect of the mining tax formula of $13.5 million (representing the tax-free status of the first 5% of mining revenue) on the South African mining operations’ taxable income, $8.4 million due to the reduction during fiscal 2006 of the Ghanaian tax rates from 28.0% to 25.0% and $59.0 million due to certain of Gold Fields’ subsidiary companies having statutory tax rates that are lower than the maximum mining statutory tax rate of 45%. The effect of these items was offset by an amount of $22.3 million relating to the non-deductibility of certain exploration costs and share-based payment costs and by an amount of $24.9 million relating to foreign levies and royalties, which is included in the tax charge.

Share of equity investee’s income/(losses)

Share of equity investee’s income/(losses) decreased from $7.0 million loss in fiscal 2006 to $0.3 million income in fiscal 2007. The $0.3 million income in fiscal 2007 relates to the recording of $2.0 million of profits

 

150


Table of Contents

from Rand Refinery Limited, of which Gold Fields owns 34.9%, partly offset by $1.7 million of equity losses related to Western Areas prior to Gold Fields gaining control of Western Areas, with effect from December 1, 2006.

The $7.0 million loss in fiscal 2006 relates to the recording of the equity losses related to Bolivar prior to Gold Fields’ acquisition of the remaining interest in Bolivar it did not previously own with effect from February 28, 2006 and equity losses related to Western Areas prior to Gold Fields gaining control of Western Areas, with effect from December 1, 2006.

Minority interests

Minority interests represented an expense of $26.5 million in fiscal 2007, compared to an expense of $29.8 million in fiscal 2006. These amounts reflect the portion of the net income of Gold Fields Ghana, Abosso, Choco 10 and Living Gold attributable to their minority shareholders and Western Areas and South Deep for the four months, from December 1, 2006 to March 31, 2007, that Gold Fields controlled, but did not own 100% of, those entities. The minority shareholders’ interest was 28.9% in Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso in fiscal 2007 and 2006, 5% in Choco 10 in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, 35% in Living Gold in fiscal 2007 and 40% in fiscal 2006. The amounts due to minority shareholders were lower in fiscal 2007 primarily due to decreased net income at Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso in fiscal 2007.

Net income/(loss)

As a result of the factors discussed above, Gold Fields’ net income was $246.1 million in fiscal 2007, compared with net income of $161.7 million in fiscal 2006.

Years Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005

Revenues

Product sales increased by $388.9 million, or 20.5%, from $1,893.1 million in fiscal 2005 to $2,282.0 million in fiscal 2006. The increase in product sales was due to an increase in the average realized gold price of 24.2% from $422 per ounce in fiscal 2005 to $524 per ounce in fiscal 2006, partially offset by a decrease of approximately 0.137 million ounces, or 3.1%, of total gold sold from 4.488 million ounces in fiscal 2005 to 4.351 million ounces in fiscal 2006. The decrease in ounces sold resulted from lower production from the South African operations, partially offset by the production from the newly acquired Choco 10 mine in Venezuela.

The decrease in ounces sold from the South African operations, from 2.824 million ounces in fiscal 2005 to 2.660 million ounces in fiscal 2006, resulted primarily from the loss of over a week’s production due to a wage related strike in August 2005 at all the South African operations together with poor performance at Kloof, due to mining inflexibility and a labor dispute in January 2006 which resulted in slowdowns in production. Gold output from Kloof decreased by 11.9% or 0.123 million ounces in fiscal 2006 when compared with fiscal 2005. At Beatrix there was a decrease in gold output of 4.5% or 0.028 million ounces due to lower stoping volumes, the impact of the strike in August 2005 and an overall decrease in the grade of mined ore, offset in part by increased volumes of sweepings and vamping, which improved the mine call factor and gold recovery in fiscal 2006. Production at Driefontein was only marginally lower in fiscal 2006. Production at the international operations increased by 1.6% from 1.664 million ounces in fiscal 2005 to 1.691 million ounces in fiscal 2006. All of this increase was due to the production from the newly acquired Choco 10 mine, as a net decrease in production from Australia was offset by the net increase in production in Ghana. See “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations.”

Total gold sold and total gold produced are the same at all the operations with the exception of Choco 10, where there may be differences due to timing of sales.

 

151


Table of Contents

Costs and Expenses

The following table sets out Gold Fields’ total ounces sold and weighted average total cash costs and total production costs per ounce for fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006. Amounts for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 have been adjusted due to the change in accounting principle regarding ore reserve development costs, which were previously expensed and are now capitalized. See “—Change in Accounting Principle—Capitalization of Costs Relating to Ore Reserve Development at the South African Operations.”

 

    Fiscal 2005   Fiscal 2006   Percentage
increase/
(decrease) in
unit total
cash costs
  Percentage
increase/
(decrease) in
unit total
Production
costs
    Gold Sold   Total cash
costs (1)
  Total
production
costs (2)
  Gold Sold   Total cash
costs (1)
  Total
production
costs (2)
   
    (‘000 oz)   ($/oz)   (‘000 oz)   ($/oz)   (%)

South Africa

               

Driefontein

  1,163   292   371   1,150   315   393   7.9   5.9

Kloof

  1,037   330   437   914   374   467   13.3   6.9

Beatrix

  624   353   429   596   354   425   0.3   0.9

Ghana

               

Tarkwa (3)

  677   232   290   709   300   350   29.3   20.7

Damang (4)

  248   282   302   235   432   447   53.2   48.0

Venezuela

               

Choco 10 (5)

  —     —     —     28.3   293   399   —     —  

Australia (6)

               

St. Ives

  527   336   439   497   346   488   3.0   11.2

Agnew

  212   232   325   222   268   326   15.5   0.3

Total (7) (8)

  4,488   —     —     4,351   —     —     —     —  

Weighted average

  —     302   385   —     338   419   11.9   8.8

Notes:

 

(1) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total cash costs per ounce, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(2) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total production costs per ounce, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

(3) In fiscal 2005 and 2006, 0.481 million ounces and 0.504 million ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Tarkwa operation.

 

(4) In fiscal 2005 and 2006, 0.176 million ounces and 0.167 million ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Damang operation.

 

(5) In fiscal 2006, 0.027 million ounces of sales were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Choco 10 operation.

 

(6) The consideration paid for the Australian operations in excess of the book value of the underlying net assets was allocated pro rata to the value of the underlying assets, which affected the allocation of amortization between St. Ives and Agnew.

 

(7) In fiscal 2005 and 2006, 4.219 million ounces and 4.074 million ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghana and Venezuela operations.

 

(8) The total may not reflect the sum of the line items due to rounding.

 

152


Table of Contents

The following tables set out a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ production costs to its total cash costs and total production costs for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.

 

    For the year ended June 30, 2006  
    Driefontein   Kloof   Beatrix   Tarkwa     Damang   Choco 10   St. Ives     Agnew     Corporate   Group  
    (in $ millions except as otherwise noted) (1)  

Production Costs

  365.1   343.4   212.2   211.7     101.7   8.4   176.3     80.9     —     1,499.7  

Less:

                   

G&A other than corporate costs

  5.2   4.8   3.5   11.5     1.9   0.6   4.2     3.4     —     35.1  

GIP adjustment

  —     —     —     (1.2 )   —     —     (1.9 )   (0.2 )   —     (3.3 )

Exploration

  —     —     —     —       2.0   —     9.4     21.4     —     32.8  

Plus:

                   

Employment termination cost

  2.4   3.0   2.1   —       —     —     0.8     0.5     —     8.8  

Royalty

  —     —     —     11.2     3.7   0.5   6.5     2.9     —     24.8  

Total cash costs

  362.3   341.6   210.8   212.6     101.5   8.3   171.9     59.7     —     1,468.7  

Plus:

                   

Amortization (2)

  87.4   82.5   40.9   36.5     3.5   3.0   71.3     12.9     12.3   350.3  

GIP adjustments (2)

  —     —     —     (1.2 )   —     —     (1.9 )   (0.2 )   —     (3.3 )

Rehabilitation

  1.8   2.6   1.6   0.3     —     —     0.9     —       —     7.2  

Total production costs

  451.5   426.7   253.3   248.2     105.0   11.3   242.2     72.4     12.3   1,822.9  

Gold produced (‘000 oz) (3)

  1,149.5   914.0   596.1   709.2     235.1   25.3   496.4     222.4     —     4,348.0  

Gold sold per production cost (‘000 oz)

  1,149.5   914.0   596.1   709.2     235.1   28.3   496.4     222.4     —     4,351.0  

Total cash costs ($/oz) (4)

  315   374   354   300     432   293   346     268     —     338  

Total production costs ($/oz) (5)

  393   467   425   350     447   399   488     326     —     419  

Notes:

 

(1) Calculated using an exchange rate of R6.40 per $1.00.

 

(2) Non-cash portion of GIP adjustments shown separately. GIP, represents gold in the processing circuit, which is expected to be recovered.

 

(3) In fiscal 2006, 4.074 million ounces of production were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghana and Choco 10 operations.

 

(4) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total cash costs per ounce, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(5) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total production costs per ounce, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

 

153


Table of Contents
    For the year ended June 30, 2005  
    Driefontein   Kloof   Beatrix   Tarkwa     Damang   St. Ives     Agnew     Corporate   Group  
    (in $ millions except as otherwise noted) (1)  

Production Costs

  342.4   342.6   219.6   158.2     68.6   184.5     56.4     —     1,372.3  

Less:

                 

G&A other than corporate costs

  6.5   5.4   3.8   8.9     1.8   4.7     1.5     —     32.6  

GIP adjustment

  —     —     —     (0.2 )   —     (2.1 )   0.1     —     (2.2 )

Exploration

  —     —     —     (1.2 )   —     (10.7 )   (7.5 )   —     (19.4 )

Plus:

  —                  

Employment termination costs

  3.7   5.0   4.3   —       —     —       —       0.7   13.7  

Royalty

  —     —     —     8.6     3.1   5.7     2.1     0.7   19.5  

Total cash costs

  339.6   342.2   220.1   156.9     69.9   176.9     49.4     —     1,355.7  

Plus:

                 

Amortization (2)

  90.4   107.9   46.5   38.1     4.8   56.5     19.3     3.7   366.5  

GIP adjustments (2)

  —     —     —     (0.2 )   —     (2.1 )   0.1     —     (2.2 )

Rehabilitation

  1.8   3.5   1.0   1.3     0.2   0.3     0.3     —     8.4  

Total production costs

  431.8   453.6   267.6   196.1     74.9   231.6     69.1     3.0   1,727.7  

Gold produced (‘000 oz) (3)

  1,162.6   1,037.1   624.3   676.8     247.7   527.0     212.5     —     4,488.0  

Gold sold per production cost (‘000 oz)

  1,162.6   1,037.1   624.3   676.8     247.7   527.0     212.5     —     4,488.0  

Total cash costs ($/oz) (4)

  292   330   353   232     282   336     232     —     302  

Total production costs ($/oz) (5)

  371   437   429   290     302   439     325     —     385  

Notes:

 

(1) Calculated using an exchange rate of R6.21 per $1.00.

 

(2) Non-cash portion of GIP adjustments shown separately. GIP, represents gold in the processing circuit, which is expected to be recovered.

 

(3) In fiscal 2005, 4.219 million ounces of production were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Tarkwa and Damang operations.

 

(4) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total cash costs per ounce, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 1.”

 

(5) For information on how Gold Fields has calculated total production costs per ounce, see “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Statement of Operations Data—Footnote 2.”

Gold Fields’ weighted average total cash costs per ounce increased by $36 per ounce, or 11.9%, from $302 per ounce in fiscal 2005 to $338 per ounce in fiscal 2006. The strengthening of the Rand against the U.S. dollar had a 3.1% negative impact on the costs converted from the South African operations. In Rand terms, weighted average cash costs per ounce increased at the South African operations principally as a result of the impact of the strike in August 2005 and the poorer performance at Kloof during fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005. Weighted average total cash costs per ounce at the international operations increased significantly in fiscal 2006 mainly due to the pre-stripping of the Teberebie pit at Tarkwa and at the Damang main pit cutback as well as increased production from the higher cost Songvang open pit at Agnew and the replacement of high grade Damang main pit material with lower grade stockpile ore. Weighted average total cash costs per ounce at St. Ives increased more modestly as the operation benefited from the introduction of the new, more efficient Lefroy mill which completed its first full year of production. In addition, there was a significant increase in input costs, especially fuel, steel and cyanide and other reagents, and in wages, especially at the South African operations.

Production costs

Production costs increased by $127.5 million, or 9.3%, from $1,372.4 million in fiscal 2005 to $1,499.9 million in fiscal 2006. This was primarily due to the increased production from Tarkwa and the added cost of

 

154


Table of Contents

waste removal at the Teberebie cutback at Tarkwa and the Damang main pit cutback. The increase at Agnew was due to the increased activity at Songvang open pit. Production costs from Choco 10 were included from March 2006. In South Africa costs were slightly higher, with the increase at Driefontein partially offset by lower costs at Kloof and Beatrix, mainly due to the lower production. Added to this was a significant increase in input costs, especially fuel, steel and cyanide and other reagents, wage increases above inflation and the weakening of the South African rand which depreciated on average by 3.1% against the U.S. dollar during fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005, resulting in increased costs in U.S. dollar terms. The Australian dollar was virtually unchanged against the U.S. dollar.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization charges decreased by $13.1 million, or 3.6%, from $366.4 million in fiscal 2005 to $353.3 million in fiscal 2006. Depreciation and amortization is calculated on the units of production method and is based on current gold production as a percentage of total expected gold production over the lives of the different mines. The principal reason for this decrease was the decrease in production at Kloof offset in part by additional amortization and depreciation of the new mill at St. Ives.

The table below depicts the changes from June 30, 2004 to June 30, 2005 for proven and probable reserves above current infrastructure and for the life of mine for each operation, and the resulting impact on the amortization charge in fiscal 2005 and 2006, respectively. The life of mine numbers below are taken from the operations’ strategic plans, adjusted for proven and probable reserve balances. In basic terms, amortization is calculated using the life of mine for each operation, which is based on: (1) the proven and probable reserves above infrastructure for the operation at the start of the relevant year (which are taken to be the same as at the end of the prior fiscal year and using only above infrastructure reserves) and (2) the amount of gold produced by the operation during the year. However, during fiscal 2006 Gold Fields decided to align determination of its reserves with its planning cycle and, as a result, a reserve statement as at December 31, 2005 was issued. This ore reserve statement became effective for amortization calculations as of April 1, 2006.

 

     Proven and probable reserves as of    Life of mine (1) as of    Amortization as of
    

June 30,

2004

  

June 30,

2005

  

December 31,

2005

   June 30,
2004
   June 30,
2005
   December 31,
2005
   June 30,
2005
   June 30,
2006

Driefontein

   15,300    15,100    14,400    16    16    18    90.3    87.4

Kloof (2)

   13,000    13,000    12,500    15    15    15    107.9    82.5

Beatrix

   9,400    8,200    8,200    20    14    14    46.5    40.9

Ghana

                       

Tarkwa (3)

   14,700    13,400    14,400    11    21    23    38.1    37.5

Damang (4)

   900    1,300    1,400    5    5    6    4.8    3.5

Venezuela

                       

Choco 10 (5)

   —      —      1,200    —      8    8    —      3.0

Australia (6)

                       

St. Ives

   3,100    2,500    2,200    5    5    5    56.5    73.2

Agnew

   700    900    800    3    4    3    19.3    13.1

Corporate and other

   —      —      —      —      —      —      3.0    12.2

Total

   57,100    54,400    55,100    —      —      —      366.4    353.3

Cerro Corona

         3,200    —      —           

Reserves below infrastructure (7)

   23,000    10,200    10,000    —      —      —      —      —  

Total reserves (8)

   80,100    64,600    68,300    —      —      —      —      —  

Notes:

 

(1)

The life of mine for each operation shown in the above table differs from that shown in “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations.” The life of mine in the above table is based on the above

 

155


Table of Contents
 

infrastructure proven and probable reserves at December 31, 2005 whereas the life of mine information in “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations.” is based on both above and below infrastructure proven and probable reserves at December 31, 2005.

 

(2) Although total reserves remained the same at Kloof, amortization decreased due primarily to changes in the sources of production, as amortization is calculated based on the reserves at each shaft.

 

(3) As of June 30, 2004 and 2005 and December 31, 2005, reserves of 10.450 million ounces, 9.500 million ounces and 10.200 million ounces of gold, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Tarkwa operation.

 

(4) As of June 30, 2004 and 2005 and December 31, 2005, reserves of 0.640 million ounces, 0.920 million ounces and 0.995 million ounces, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Damang operation.

 

(5) As of December 31, 2005, reserves of 1.140 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in PMG.

 

(6) The consideration paid for the Australian operations in excess of the book value of the underlying net assets was allocated pro rata to the value of the underlying assets, which affected the allocation of amortization between St. Ives and Agnew.

 

(7) Below infrastructure reserves relate to mineralization which is located at a level at which an operation currently does not have infrastructure sufficient to allow mining operations to occur, but where the operation has made plans to install additional infrastructure in the future which will allow mining to occur at that level.

 

(8) As of June 30, 2004 and 2005 and December 31, 2005, reserves of 75.600 million ounces, 60.400 million ounces and 63.100 million ounces of gold, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghanaian and Venezuelan operations.

Corporate expenditure

Corporate expenditure was $21.9 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $22.5 million in fiscal 2005, a decrease of 2.7%. Corporate expenditure consists primarily of general corporate overhead and corporate service department costs, primarily in the areas of technical services, human resources and finance, which are used by the operations. Corporate expenditure also includes business development costs. This decrease was due to the depreciation of the Rand against the U.S. dollar as Rand costs remained constant at R140.0 million in both fiscal 2006 and 2005.

Employment termination costs

In fiscal 2006, Gold Fields incurred employment termination costs of $9.1 million compared to $13.7 million in fiscal 2005. The decrease in employee terminations costs resulted principally from lower retrenchments during fiscal 2006.

Exploration expenditure

Exploration expenditure was $39.3 million in fiscal 2006, a decrease of 14.6% from $46.0 million in fiscal 2005. Gold exploration expenditure increased from $31.7 million in fiscal 2005 to $38.7 million in fiscal 2006 as a result of a deliberate effort to step up exploration activities. However, this increase was more than offset by the decrease in exploration expenditure incurred at the Arctic Platinum Project, or the APP, which decreased from $14.3 million in fiscal 2005 to $0.6 million in fiscal 2006 as Gold Fields determined how to proceed with the APP. See “Information on the Company—Exploration.”

Impairment of assets

For fiscal 2006, Gold Fields had no asset impairments as compared to asset impairments of $233.1 million in fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2005, there was an impairment charge of $211.1 million relating to Beatrix North

 

156


Table of Contents

and South sections (formerly Beatrix Shaft Nos. 1, 2 and 3). Beatrix is a low grade mine and therefore very sensitive to changes in its cost profile. Changes in the cost profile affect the pay limits, which in turn affects the reserves. During fiscal 2005, there were cost increases at Beatrix, which resulted in an increase in the pay limit. Due to the increase in the pay limit, certain reserves at Shaft No. 2 (now part of the South section) and Vlakpan included in fiscal 2004 became uneconomical to mine and were therefore excluded from the 2005 life of mine profile. In addition, due to the restructuring at the South section, certain areas were closed which further impacted the life of mine plan.

During fiscal 2005, closures resulted in the following additional asset impairments:

 

   

at Driefontein, Shaft No. 10 was closed, resulting in an impairment of $2.0 million;

 

   

at Kloof, the No. 3 metallurgical plant was closed, resulting in an impairment of $1.8 million; and

 

   

at St. Ives, the old mill was closed, resulting in an impairment of $9.8 million.

Also during fiscal 2005, an impairment charge was incurred at Living Gold, the rose project at Driefontein. See “Information on the Company—Living Gold.” As Living Gold is not a gold asset, its valuation was based on its business plan using a long term exchange rate of R8.51 to the euro, the currency in the markets where it anticipated making most of its sales, and a discounted cash flow valuation using a real discount rate of 10%. This resulted in an impairment of $8.4 million. The main reason for the impairment is that the original plan forecast a higher exchange rate of R9.87 to the euro and thus higher earnings.

Impairment of critical spares

With the closure of the old St. Ives mill during fiscal 2005, $2.8 million worth of critical spares kept for the maintenance of the old plant were impaired as they had become redundant.

Profit on disposal of exploration rights

During fiscal 2005 Gold Fields sold its interest in the Angelina Project in Chile to its joint venture partner Meridian for $7.5 million plus a 2% net smelter royalty on the majority of land within the joint venture. As the interest had a nil cost, the proceeds of $7.5 million was also the profit. No exploration rights were disposed of in fiscal 2006.

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

During fiscal 2006, Gold Fields continued to dispose of certain surplus property, plant and equipment. The net profit on the sale of this property, plant and equipment amounted to $3.7 million comprising:

 

   

$2.3 million profit from the sale of a winder by Kloof; and

 

   

$1.7 million profit from the sale of mine houses by Beatrix, offset in part by a $0.3 million loss from miscellaneous asset sales by the operating mines of the Group.

During fiscal 2005, Gold Fields realized a net profit of $0.8 million on the sale of surplus property, plant and equipment by the operating mines of the Group.

Decrease in provision for post-retirement healthcare costs

In South Africa, Gold Fields provides medical benefits to employees in its operations through the Medisense Medical Scheme.

Under the medical plan which covers certain of its former employees, Gold Fields remains liable for 50% of the employees’ medical contribution to the medical schemes after their retirement. During fiscal 2005, 21% of

 

157


Table of Contents

these former employees and dependants were bought out of the scheme at a 15% premium. No former employees were bought out during fiscal 2006. At June 30, 2006, approximately 226 (fiscal 2005: 243) former employees were covered under this plan, which is not available to members of the scheme formerly available to employees of the former Free State operation (which is now the Beatrix operation) who retired after August 31, 1997 and members of the Medisense medical scheme who retired after January 31, 1999. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Benefits.” In fiscal 2006, an amount of $0.5 million was credited to earnings, compared to $4.2 million in fiscal 2005, in respect of Gold Fields’ obligations under this medical plan, representing a 12% decrease. The $0.5 million credit in fiscal 2006 was the result of a reversal of $0.5 million relating to the release of the cross-subsidization liability and a $0.7 million release as a result of benefits forfeited offset in part by the annual interest and service charge of $0.7 million. In fiscal 2005, the credit was the result of a reversal of $4.5 million relating to the release of the cross-subsidization liability as a result of the buyout and a $2.2 million release as a result of benefits forfeited, offset in part by the annual interest and service charge of $1.7 million and a $0.8 million charge relating to the 15% premium mentioned above. The post-retirement healthcare provision is updated annually based on actuarial calculations, with any increase in the provision reflected in the statement of operations.

Accretion expense on environmental rehabilitation

At all its operations Gold Fields makes full provision for environmental rehabilitation based on the net present value of the estimated cost of restoring the environmental disturbance that has occurred up to the balance sheet date. The rehabilitation charge for fiscal 2006 was $8.6 million compared to $11.5 million in fiscal 2005. The decrease in the charge in fiscal 2006 was due to lower inflation and interest rates applicable to the fiscal 2006 layer added as well as the effects of converting at a weaker Rand/U.S. dollar exchange rate.

For its South African operations, Gold Fields contributes to environmental trust funds it has established to provide for any environmental rehabilitation obligations and expected closure costs relating to its mining operations. The amounts invested in the trust funds are classified as non-current assets and any income earned on these assets is accounted for as interest income. For the Ghana, Australia and Venezuela operations Gold Fields does not contribute to a trust fund.

Share compensation cost

Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R). Prior to July 1, 2005, the Company had elected to follow Accounting Policies Board Opinion No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” or APB No. 25, and its related interpretations in accounting for its share option schemes. The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method. Under this method, compensation cost recognized in fiscal 2006 included: (a) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested, as of July 1, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123(R), and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to July 1, 2005 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). The results for prior periods have not been restated. As a result of adopting SFAS 123(R), $11.5 million of stock compensation charges was recognized in fiscal 2006.

Prior to fiscal 2006 Gold Fields had elected to follow APB No. 25 and its related interpretations in accounting for its share option schemes. Under APB No. 25, because the exercise price of Gold Fields and its subsidiaries’ employee share options equaled the market price of the underlying share on the date of the grant, no compensation expense had historically been recognized in the consolidated financial statements, other than on occasions where the terms of share option vesting schedules are modified or accelerated. During fiscal 2005 however, as a result of the inability by participants to exercise their share options during the period of the attempted hostile bid by Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, or Harmony, Gold Fields extended the life of options for certain employees whose options would otherwise have expired by June 25, 2005. The Company accounted for the modification of the intrinsic value with a new measurement date and, since the options were fully vested on the modification date, recorded the incremental compensation cost of $2.1 million as an expense.

 

158


Table of Contents

Harmony hostile bid costs

On October 18, 2004, Harmony announced an unsolicited and hostile tender offer to acquire the entire issued share capital of Gold Fields. Gold Fields mounted a vigorous defense to the offer, which continued during much of the remainder of fiscal year 2005. The offer came to a conclusion on May 20, 2005 when the High Court of South Africa ruled that the tender offer had, in fact, lapsed on December 18, 2004 and was not capable of being revised or reinstated. Gold Fields incurred costs of $50.8 million in defending against the Harmony offer which was expensed.

IAMGold transaction costs

On September 30, 2004, Gold Fields, Gold Fields Ghana Holdings Limited, Gold Fields Holdings and IAMGold Corporation, or IAMGold, signed a definitive agreement which would have resulted in Gold Fields combining its assets situated outside the Southern African Development Community with those of IAMGold by means of a reverse takeover. On December 7, 2004, this proposed transaction did not receive the required majority approval by shareholders and it was therefore not completed. Gold Fields incurred costs of $9.3 million relating to the failed IAMGold deal during fiscal 2005 which was expensed.

Interest and dividends

Interest and dividends decreased by $2.4 million or 8.2%, from $29.2 million in fiscal 2005 to $26.8 million in fiscal 2006. Interest received on cash and cash equivalents was $24.4 million in fiscal 2006 as compared to $26.4 million in fiscal 2005, primarily due to lower average cash balances during fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. Dividends received were $2.4 million in fiscal 2006 as compared to $2.8 million in fiscal 2005.

Finance expense

Gold Fields recognized net finance expense of $55.6 million in fiscal 2006 as compared to $54.9 million in fiscal 2005. Net finance expense in fiscal 2006 consisted of interest payments of $74.4 million, comprising $69.3 million on the Mvelaphanda loan and $5.1 million of other interest payments. This was offset in part by realized exchange gains of $18.8 million.

Other interest payments comprise $2.5 million interest paid on the $158.0 million borrowed on March 9, 2006 under a U.S.$250.0 million credit facility entered into by Orogen Holdings (BVI) Limited, or Orogen, to partly finance the Bolivar acquisition, $1.5 million interest paid on a bridging loan related thereto incurred using Gold Fields’ uncommitted borrowing facilities pending the availability of the U.S.$250.0 million credit facility and $1.1 million of miscellaneous interest payments. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities.” The realized exchange gains consists of a $10.3 million currency translation gain on funds held to meet commitments in respect of the Bolivar acquisition and an $8.5 million currency conversion gain arising from a change in the functional currency from U.S. dollars to Rand of one of the Group’s offshore subsidiary companies, Gold Fields Holdings.

Net finance expense in fiscal 2005 consisted of interest payments of $57.6 million, comprising $56.9 million on the Mvelaphanda loan and $0.7 million miscellaneous interest payments. This was offset in part by a $2.7 million realized exchange gain on certain offshore funds held in Euros.

Unrealized gain on financial instruments

Gold Fields recognized an unrealized gain of $14.6 million in fiscal 2006 compared to an unrealized gain of $4.9 million in fiscal 2005 relating to financial instruments.

The unrealized gain of $14.6 million in fiscal 2006 consisted of a $12.8 million unrealized mark-to-market gain on various warrants and options held in respect of underlying share investments, primarily related to the

 

159


Table of Contents

Mvelaphanda Transaction, and an unrealized gain of $3.8 million on the $30.0 million U.S. dollar/Rand currency financial instruments Gold Fields holds to cover U.S. dollar commitments payable from South Africa. This was partly offset by an unrealized loss of $1.6 million on the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar currency financial instruments Gold Fields holds to allow it to participate in appreciation of the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar and an unrealized loss of $0.4 million on the IPE gasoil call options Gold Fields entered into during fiscal 2005. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Foreign Currency Sensitivity—Foreign Currency Hedging Experience” and “—Commodity Price Sensitivity—Commodity Price Hedging Experience—Oil.” The unrealized gain of $4.9 million in fiscal 2005 consisted of a $5.3 million unrealized gain on the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar currency financial instruments Gold Fields holds to allow it to participate in appreciation of the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar and a $0.3 million unrealized gain on the IPE gasoil call options Gold Fields entered into during fiscal 2005, offset in part by a $0.7 million negative mark-to-market valuation as at June 30, 2005 in respect of the $30.0 million U.S. dollar/Rand currency financial instruments Gold Fields holds to cover any U.S. dollar commitments payable from South Africa.

Realized (loss)/gain on financial instruments

Gold Fields recognized a realized loss of $9.1 million in fiscal 2006 compared to a realized gain of $2.1 million in fiscal 2005 relating to financial instruments.

Of the $9.1 million realized loss in fiscal 2006, there was a $15.2 million loss on treasury trading activities, a $1.9 million realized loss on a Rand/U.S. dollar swap relating to the financing of the Bolivar acquisition and a $1.2 million net realized loss on the settlement of the $30.0 million U.S. dollar/Rand currency financial instruments. This was partly offset by a $9.2 million gain related to an interest rate swap Gold Fields had entered into in connection with the Mvela Loan. This swap was closed out on June 3, 2005 resulting in a realized gain of $36.2 million. This gain is being accounted for in the income statement over the remaining period of the underlying loan. $9.2 million was accounted for in the income statement in fiscal 2006. The balance of $26.2 million will be accounted for in fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2009. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Interest Rate Sensitivity—General—Interest Rate Hedging Experience.”

Of the $2.1 million realized gain in fiscal 2005, a $1.3 million gain was realized on the settlement of the $50.0 million U.S. dollar/Rand currency financial instruments and $0.8 million related to an interest rate swap Gold Fields had entered into in connection with the Mvela Loan.

Profit on disposal of listed investments

During fiscal 2006, Gold Fields continued to liquidate certain non-current investments. The profit on the sale of these investments amounted to $6.3 million, the largest portion of which resulted from $4.7 million from the sale of Gold Fields 55% interest in the Committee Bay Joint Venture. In exchange for its 55% interest Gold Fields received 7,000,000 shares in Committee Bay Resources Limited valued at $4.7 million. As the interest had a nil cost, the $4.7 million value of the shares received was also the profit.

During fiscal 2005, Gold Fields liquidated certain non-current investments. The profit on the sale of these investments amounted to $8.1 million, the largest portion of which resulted from the sale of 36.0 million shares in Zijin Mining Group Company Limited.

Write-down of investments

During fiscal 2005 investments whose market value was lower than their original costs for a period of longer than 12 months were written-down by $7.7 million, the largest portion of which was on Mvelaphanda Resources Limited.

During fiscal 2006 no write down was required, as there were no investments whose market value was lower than their original costs for a period of longer than 12 months.

 

160


Table of Contents

Other expenses

Other expenses represents miscellaneous corporate expenditure not allocated to the operations and therefore not included in the corporate expenditure line item net of miscellaneous revenue items such as scrap sales and rental income. Other expenses increased by $12.2 million, from $4.3 million in fiscal 2005 to $16.5 million in fiscal 2006.

Other expenses in fiscal 2006 consisted of miscellaneous cost items totaling $17.5 million which included:

 

   

corporate social investment costs which prior to fiscal 2006 were included in production costs;

 

   

one time professional fees related to corporate advice and costs in relation to the expanding international portfolio as well as increased staffing related to Gold Fields’ expanding international portfolio;

 

   

auditors’ fees and other costs relating to Gold Fields becoming compliant with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and

 

 

 

costs related to marketing Biox ® .

These amounts were offset in part by $1.0 million in other income, comprised primarily of rent.

Other expenses in fiscal 2005 consisted of $4.6 million in other income, comprised principally of mineral right sales and rent, which was more than offset by miscellaneous cost items totaling $8.9 million which included:

 

   

auditors’ fees and other costs relating to Gold Fields becoming compliant with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

 

 

costs related to marketing Biox ® , which prior to fiscal 2005 were accounted for under exploration expense;

 

   

the cost of cash rewards given to all Gold Fields’ employees for the successful defense of the Harmony hostile bid; and

 

   

additional sundry professional fees.

Income and mining tax (expense)/benefit

The table below sets forth Gold Fields’ effective tax rate for fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, including normal and deferred tax.

 

     Year ended June 30,  
         2006             2005      

Effective tax (expense)/benefit rate

   (35.8 )%   34.7 %

In fiscal 2006, the effective tax expense rate of 35.8% differed from the maximum mining statutory tax rate of 45% for Gold Fields and its subsidiaries as a whole, primarily due to the effect of the mining tax formula of $13.5 million (representing the tax-free status of the first 5% of mining revenue) on the South African mining operations’ taxable income, $8.4 million due to the reduction during fiscal 2006 of the Ghanaian tax rates from 28.0% to 25.0% and $59.0 million due to certain of Gold Fields subsidiary companies having statutory tax rates that are lower than the maximum mining statutory tax rate of 45%. The effect of these items was offset by an amount of $22.3 million relating to the non-deductibility of certain exploration costs and share-based payment costs and by an amount of $24.9 million relating to foreign levies and royalties, which is included in the tax charge.

In fiscal 2005, the effective tax benefit rate of 34.7% differed from the maximum mining statutory tax rate of 45% for Gold Fields and its subsidiaries as a whole, primarily due to the effect of the mining tax formula of

 

161


Table of Contents

$11.5 million (representing the tax-free status of the first 5% of mining revenue) on the South African mining operations’ taxable income, a $26.8 million credit due to an increase in the tax values of the Australian operations following the consolidation of St. Ives and Agnew for tax purposes and $8.4 million due to the reduction in fiscal 2005 of the Ghanaian tax rates from 32.5% to 28.0%. The Australian tax legislation makes provision for companies that consolidate for tax purposes to recalculate their tax values based on a market value calculation. The effect of these items was offset by an amount of $40.0 million relating to the non-deductibility of certain exceptional items, namely the Harmony hostile bid costs, the IAMGold transaction costs and exploration costs and by an amount of $21.8 million relating to foreign levies and royalties, which is included in the tax charge.

Share of equity investee’s losses

Share of equity investee’s losses increased to $7.0 million in fiscal 2006 from $0.8 million in fiscal 2005. The $7.0 million loss relates to the recording of the equity losses related to Bolivar prior to Gold Fields’ acquisition of the remaining interest in Bolivar it did not previously own effective February 28, 2006 and equity losses related to Western Areas prior to Gold Fields’ gaining control of Western Areas effective December 1, 2006.

Minority interests

Minority interests represented an expense of $29.8 million in fiscal 2006, compared to an expense of $20.6 million in fiscal 2005. These amounts reflect the portion of the net income of Gold Fields Ghana, Abosso, Choco 10 and Living Gold attributable to their minority shareholders. The minority shareholders’ interest was 28.9% in Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso in fiscal 2006 and 2005, 5% in Choco 10 in fiscal 2006 and 40% in Living Gold in fiscal 2006 and 2005. The amounts due to minority shareholders were higher in fiscal 2006 due to increased net income at Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso in fiscal 2006. Also the minority shareholders of Choco 10 were included for the first time in fiscal 2006.

Net income/(loss)

As a result of the factors discussed above, Gold Fields’ net income was $161.7 million in fiscal 2006 compared with net loss of $183.2 million in fiscal 2005.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash resources

Operations

Net cash provided by operations in fiscal 2007 was $205.2 million compared to $587.1 million in fiscal 2006.

Gold Fields’ realized gold price increased from an average of $524 per ounce in fiscal 2006 to an average of $638 per ounce in fiscal 2007. The increase in realized price more than offset the decline in ounces of gold sold and resulted in revenue from product sales increasing by $453.2 million from $2,282.0 million in fiscal 2006 to $2,735.2 million in fiscal 2007.

The increased revenue was more than offset by:

 

   

$207.8 million increase in production costs which increased from $1,499.9 in fiscal 2006 to $1,707.7 in fiscal 2007;

 

   

$534.6 million paid to settle the Western Areas derivative structure;

 

   

$44.5 million increase in taxes paid as a result of the increased profitability;

 

162


Table of Contents
   

$39.6 million increase in finance expenses; and

 

   

$16.5 million increase in corporate expenditure.

Net cash provided by operations in fiscal 2006 was $587.1 million compared to $310.2 million in fiscal 2005. In fiscal 2006, Gold Fields’ realized gold price increased to an average of $524 per ounce compared to $422 per ounce in fiscal 2005. The increase in the realized price more than offset the decline in ounces of gold sold and resulted in revenues from product sales increasing by $388.9 million from $1,893.1 million in fiscal 2005 to $2,282.0 million in fiscal 2006.

The increased revenues were offset in part by a $127.5 million increase in production costs, which increased from $1,372.4 million in fiscal 2005 to $1,499.9 million in fiscal 2006. Also, in fiscal 2005, Gold Fields incurred costs of $50.8 million and $9.3 million on the Harmony hostile bid and the IAMGold transaction, respectively, which did not recur in fiscal 2006. The net effect was a $361.9 million increase in cash flow provided by operations before taxation and working capital changes. This increase in cash provided by operations was partly offset by an increase in taxes paid of $16.4 million and a decrease in working capital changes of $35.5 million.

Although revenues from Gold Fields’ South African operations are denominated in U.S. dollars, Gold Fields receives them in Rand, which are then subject to South African exchange control limitations. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Exchange Controls.” As a result, those revenues are generally not available to service Gold Fields’ non-Rand debt obligations or to make investments outside South Africa without the approval of the South African Reserve Bank.

Revenues from Gold Fields’ Ghanaian and Australian operations are also denominated in U.S. dollars, but unlike in South Africa, Gold Fields receives them in U.S. dollars or is freely able to convert them into U.S. dollars. These U.S. dollar amounts can be used by Gold Fields to service its U.S. dollar-denominated debt and to make investments in its non-South African operations.

Gold Fields receives revenues from its Venezuelan operations either in Bolivars, or U.S. dollars, depending on whether the sales are made locally or exported. To the extent Gold Fields receives U.S. dollars, it must repatriate them to Venezuela and convert them to Bolivars at the official exchange rate. In certain circumstances, Gold Fields may be able to convert, or reconvert, as the case may be, Bolivars to U.S. dollars, but there are restrictions on the uses for which such funds may be applied and any conversion at the official exchange rate is subject to approval by the relevant authorities. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—Venezuela—Exchange Controls.”

Investing

Net cash utilized in investing activities was $2,066.5 million in fiscal 2007 compared to $958.1 million in fiscal 2006. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the acquisition of subsidiaries of $825.3 million, an increase in capital expenditure of $419.9 million partially offset by a decrease in the purchase of investments of $95.4 million.

Net cash utilized in investing activities was $958.1 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $446.6 million in fiscal 2005. The increase in net cash utilized of $511.5 million was primarily due to an increase in the acquisition of subsidiaries of $415.6 million and an increase in purchase of listed investments of $133.1 million, offset in part by a decrease in capital expenditure of $68.9 million.

Capital expenditure increased by $419.9 million to $797.0 million in fiscal 2007 compared to $377.1 million in fiscal 2006. Capital expenditure decreased by $68.9 million to $377.1 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $446.0 million in fiscal 2005. In Rand terms, capital expenditure increased to R5,738.6 million in fiscal 2007 from R2,413.7 million in fiscal 2006 which was a decrease from R2,770.2 million in fiscal 2005. The increase in capital expenditure was mainly due to spending on the Cerro Corona project in Peru, an increase in ore reserve

 

163


Table of Contents

development at the South African operations, Driefontein’s Shaft No. 9 deepening project, the Beatrix Shaft No. 3 expansion project and new mining equipment at Tarkwa. Added to this was expenditure incurred at the South Deep mine which was acquired on December 1, 2006.

Expenditure on Gold Fields’ major capital projects in fiscal 2007 included:

 

   

$234 million on the Cerro Corona project in Peru, as compared to $52 million in fiscal 2006 and $12 million in fiscal 2005;

 

   

$137.1 million on ore reserve development at the South African operations (including $2.6 million at South Deep, which was acquired on December 1, 2006), compared to $121.8 million in fiscal 2006 and $128.3 million in fiscal 2005;

 

   

$36.7 on the development and equipping of the newly acquired South Deep mine as the mine builds to full production;

 

   

$22.5 million on the Driefontein Shaft No. 9 deepening project, compared with $0.5 million in fiscal 2006 and $nil in fiscal 2005;

 

   

$20.0 million on the Beatrix Shaft No. 3 expansion project, as compared to $17.5 million in fiscal 2006 and $21.7 million in fiscal 2005;

 

   

$18.5 million on the new CIL expansion project at Tarkwa, as compared to $ nil in fiscal 2006 and 2005;

 

   

$17.3 million on new mining equipment at Tarkwa, as compared to $4.7 million in fiscal 2006 and $20.8 million in fiscal 2005;

 

   

$13.3 million of interest capitalized as compared to $nil in fiscal 2006 and $nil in fiscal 2005;

 

   

$11.6 million on the Shaft No. 4 project at Kloof, as compared to $6.6 million in fiscal 2006 and $16.9 million in fiscal 2005;

 

   

$10.4 million on heap leach pads at Tarkwa, as compared to $14.1 million in fiscal 2006 and $10.9 million in fiscal 2005;

 

   

$9.6 million on the Shaft No. 1 and Shaft No. 5 projects at Driefontein, as compared to $16.9 million in fiscal 2006 and $19.1 million in fiscal 2005;

 

   

$8.6 million on the Kloof Shaft No. 1 pillar extraction, as compared to $6.3 million in fiscal 2006 and $1.7 million in fiscal 2005; and

 

   

$7.4 million on the Songvang open pit at Agnew, as compared to $0.4 million in fiscal 2006 and $11.8 million in fiscal 2005.

Proceeds on the disposal of property, plant and equipment increased from $6.3 million in fiscal 2006 to $8.8 million in fiscal 2007. In both years this related to the disposal of various mining assets by the South African and Australian mining operations. Proceeds on the disposal of property, plant and equipment was $10.2 million in fiscal 2005.

Purchase of listed investments decreased from $163.5 million in fiscal 2006 to $68.1 million in fiscal 2007. The major investment purchases comprising the $68.1 million spent in fiscal 2007 were:

 

   

$48.6 million invested in Sino Gold Limited;

 

   

$8.6 million invested in Conquest Mining Limited;

 

   

$3.2 million on the conversion of options held in Mvelaphanda Resources Limited to shares;

 

   

$2.9 million invested in Emed Mining Public Limited;

 

   

$2.2 million invested in Lero Gold Corporation; and

 

   

$2.2 million invested in CMQ Resources Incorporated.

 

164


Table of Contents

Purchase of listed investments increased from $30.4 million in fiscal 2005 to $163.5 million in fiscal 2006. The $163.5 million spent on the purchase of listed investments in fiscal 2006 was made up of:

 

   

$133.5 million invested in Western Areas Limited;

 

   

$24.5 million invested in Sino Gold Limited;

 

   

$3.0 million invested in Medoro Resources Limited;

 

   

$0.5 million invested in Avoca Resources Limited;

 

   

$0.5 million invested in Golden Star Resources Limited; and

 

   

$1.5 million invested in advances to GBF, the open pit mining contractor at St.Ives, in terms of the alliance agreement between St. Ives and GBF to fund the purchase of mining equipment used on site.

Proceeds from the sale of listed investments increased from $2.8 million in fiscal 2006 to $45.3 million in fiscal 2007. The major investment disposals comprising the $45.3 million in fiscal 2007 were:

 

   

$20.4 million from the sale of Avoca Resources Limited shares;

 

   

$14.0 million from the sale of Comaplex Minerals Corporation shares;

 

   

$6.0 million from the sale of the Bibiani Project;

 

   

$1.7 million from the sale of TLC Ventures Corporation shares;

 

   

$1.7 million from the sale of Anglo Australian Resources Limited shares;

 

   

$0.7 million from the sale of Sanu Resources Limited shares; and

 

   

$0.6 million from the sale of Troy Resources NL shares.

Proceeds on the sale of listed investments decreased from $18.6 million in fiscal 2005 to $2.8 million in fiscal 2006. The investment disposals comprising the $2.8 million in fiscal 2006 were:

 

   

$1.5 million from the sale of African Eagle Resources Plc shares;

 

   

$1.0 million from the sale of TEBA Limited shares and the repayment of a loan previously advanced to TEBA Limited; and

 

   

$0.3 million from the sale of Sanu Resources Limited shares.

During fiscal 2007 Gold Fields acquired South Deep and IRCA, which resulted in a net cash outflow of $1,240.9 million.

South Deep, which is an unincorporated joint venture, was acquired through the purchase of 100% of BGSA which owned 50% of the joint venture and 100% of Western Areas which owned the other 50% of the joint venture.

On December 1, 2006, Gold Fields acquired 100% of the issued share capital of BGSA for $1,130.9 million.

The cash element of the consideration, including a loan repayment, was $1,213.7 million. This amount, less the $2.1 million cash acquired, resulted in a net cash outflow of $1,211.6 million.

Through a series of purchases starting in fiscal 1998 and completed by March 31, 2007, Gold Fields acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Western Areas for $1,039.2 million.

The cash element of the consideration paid during fiscal 2007 was $23.0 million. This amount, less the $1.4 million cash acquired, resulted in a net cash outflow of $21.6 million.

 

165


Table of Contents

Therefore, the total purchase consideration to acquire South Deep was $2,170.1 million and the net cash outflow was $1,233.0 million.

On 1 March 2007, Gold Fields acquired 70% in IRCA (PTY) Limited for $7.9 million ($5.3 million paid plus bank overdraft of $2.6 million assumed). During fiscal 2006, Gold Fields acquired two new subsidiaries for a total of $415.6 million.

 

   

On January 11, 2006, Gold Fields acquired an 80.72% interest in La Cima for $40.5 million. La Cima is the holding company for the Cerro Corona Project.

 

   

During fiscal 2006, Gold Fields acquired the remaining shares it did not already own to give it a 100% interest in Bolivar Gold Corporation. During fiscal 2004, Gold Fields acquired a 10.17% interest in Bolivar for $11.9 million. During November and December 2005, Gold Fields acquired another 4.28% interest in Bolivar for $13.2 million. On February 28, 2006, Gold Fields acquired the remaining interest of 85.55% in Bolivar for $289.5 million ($295.4 million paid less cash acquired of $5.9 million). On that date, Gold Fields also made a loan of $72.4 million to Bolivar which was part of the purchase consideration and was subsequently capitalized. The total cash outflow, net of cash acquired, during fiscal 2006 relating to the acquisition of Bolivar was $375.1 million.

For its South African operations, Gold Fields contributes to an environmental trust fund it has established to provide for any environmental rehabilitation obligations and expected closure costs relating to its mining operations. The amounts invested in the trust funds are classified as non-current assets and any income earned on these assets is accounted for as interest income. The amount required to be contributed each year is calculated pursuant to a statutory formula, and can vary depending on how the fund’s investments performed, the lives of mine of the different South African operations and various other factors. During fiscal 2007, Gold Fields South African operations contributed $14.6 million to the environmental trust fund compared to $11.0 million in fiscal 2006 and $6.5 million in fiscal 2005. For the Ghana, Australia and Venezuela operations Gold Fields does not contribute to a trust fund.

Financing

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1,931.9 million in fiscal 2007 as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $78.6 million in fiscal 2006. The main reason for this movement was that fiscal 2007 included gross proceeds of $1,402.0 million as a result of the issuance of 90,850,000 new ordinary shares in a capital raising and $2,637.5 million in loans received compared to only $158.0 million received in fiscal 2006. This increase was partially offset by loan repayments of $1,950.5 million in fiscal 2007 and a higher dividend payment of $158.2 million in fiscal 2007 compared to $61.8 million in fiscal 2006.

The $2,637.5 million in loans received in fiscal 2007 comprised:

 

   

$1,209.0 million to partly finance the acquisition of South Deep borrowed under the $1.8 billion bridge loan facility entered into by GFIMSA;

 

   

$550.0 million borrowed under the $1.8 billion bridge loan facility to settle the Western Areas gold derivative structure and refinance certain existing working capital loans;

 

   

$550.0 million borrowed under a $750 million syndicated facility entered into by GFIMSA, Orogen and Western Areas to repay the $550 million borrowed under the bridge facility;

 

   

$168.0 million borrowed under the syndicated facility to repay a $168.0 million syndicated loan used in part to partly finance the acquisition of Bolivar;

 

   

$127.0 million borrowed under the Cerro Corona project finance loan;

 

   

$23.5 million borrowed by Western Areas from Standard Bank to fund working capital requirements under a pre-existing Western Areas facility; and

 

166


Table of Contents
   

$10.0 million was borrowed for general corporate purposes under the syndicated loan facility entered into in connection with the acquisition of Bolivar.

Dividends paid amounted to $158.2 million in fiscal 2007 compared to $61.8 million in fiscal 2006. The amount of dividends paid was higher than in fiscal 2006 principally due to the higher net income on which the dividend is calculated. Dividend payments in fiscal 2007 amounted to Rand 1,131.0 million or 200 SA cents per ordinary share as compared to Rand 394.5 million or 80 SA cents per ordinary share in fiscal 2006. During fiscal 2007, Damang paid a dividend and the minority shareholders’ share of this payment was $1.5 million. In fiscal 2006, Tarkwa and Damang each paid a dividend and the minority shareholders share of this was $13.0 million.

The $1,950.5 million in loans repaid in fiscal 2007 comprised:

 

   

$23.5 million to repay the working capital loan by Western Areas to Standard Bank;

 

   

$1,209.0 million to repay a portion of the bridge loan facility used to partly finance the acquisition of South Deep;

 

   

$550.0 million to repay a portion of the bridge loan facility used to settle the Western Areas gold derivative structure; and

 

   

$168.0 million to repay the syndicated loan used to partly finance the acquisition of Bolivar.

Minority funding decreased by $11.5 million as a result of minority shareholder loans of $11.5 million at Tarkwa being repaid in fiscal 2007 compared to $23.0 million of minority shareholder loans being repaid in fiscal 2006.

In fiscal 2007, $10.8 million was received as a result of share options exercised, as compared to $30.1 million in fiscal 2006. In addition, Gold Fields received $1,402.0 million from the issue of 90,850,000 shares as a result of the capital raising that took place in February 2007. The $1,402.0 million comprised gross proceeds of $1,427.4 million net of transaction costs of $25.4 million relating to the issue of these shares.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $78.6 million in fiscal 2006 as compared to net cash utilized by financing activities of $11.4 million in fiscal 2005. The main reason for this movement was that fiscal 2006 included the proceeds of the $158.0 million loan raised in connection with the Bolivar acquisition. This was partly offset by a decrease in minority funding of $40.9 million as a result of minority shareholder loans of $23.0 million at Tarkwa being repaid in fiscal 2006 as compared to loans of $17.9 million being received in fiscal 2005.

During fiscal 2005, $36.2 million was received on the close out of the interest rate swap entered into in connection with the Mvela Loan.

Dividends paid amounted to $61.8 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $54.5 million in fiscal 2005. The amount of dividends paid was higher than in fiscal 2005 principally due to the higher net income on which the dividend is calculated. Dividend payments in fiscal 2006 amounted to Rand 394.5 million or 80 SA cents per ordinary share as compared to Rand 344.5 million or 70 SA cents per ordinary share in fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2006, Tarkwa and Damang each paid dividends and the minority shareholders’ share of these payments was $13.0 million compared to $17.3 million in fiscal 2005. In fiscal 2006, $30.1 million was received as a result of share options exercised as compared to $3.6 million in fiscal 2005. This increase was partly offset by the $11.7 million repurchase and cancellation of ordinary shares in fiscal 2006.

In fiscal 2006, $30.1 million was received as a result of share options exercised as opposed to $3.6 million in fiscal 2005. This increase was partly offset by the $11.7 million repurchase and cancellation of ordinary shares in fiscal 2006.

 

167


Table of Contents

Credit Facilities

As at June 30, 2007, Gold Fields had committed, unutilized banking facilities of $31.2 million available under the $750 million split-tenor syndicated revolving credit facility, or the RC Facility, described below. As of the date of this annual report, Gold Fields had no committed unutilized banking facilities. Substantial contractual arrangements for uncommitted borrowing facilities are maintained with several banking counterparties to meet Gold Fields’ normal contingency funding requirements. As of the date of this annual report, Gold Fields was not in default under the terms of any of its outstanding credit facilities.

Gold Fields may in the future undertake further acquisitions of mining assets. In the event that Gold Fields does undertake any such acquisition, it may need to incur further debt or arrange other financing to fund any costs of the acquisition, which could have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ liquidity, including increasing its level of debt.

Cerro Corona Facility

On November 14, 2006, Gold Fields La Cima S.A., or La Cima, entered into a U.S.$150 million project finance facility agreement, or the Cerro Corona Facility, with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., The Bank of Nova Scotia, The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, Scotiabank Peru S.A.A. and other financial institutions, as set out in the agreement. The terms of the Cerro Corona Facility are an upfront arrangement fee of 1.2% and a margin over LIBOR of 0.45% during the pre-completion phase and between 1.25% and 1.75% thereafter. Scheduled principal repayments shall be made in 16 semi-annual installments of various amounts ranging from 4.75% to 6.75% of the principal amount, beginning on June 30, 2009. The final installment is due on the tenth anniversary of the signing date. The Cerro Corona Facility is secured by, among other things, pledges of and mortgages over the assets and properties of La Cima. La Cima can elect to make optional prepayments and must make prepayments in certain circumstances, including with the proceeds of any bond issuances up to a maximum of U.S.$100 million. As at 30 June 2007, Gold Fields La Cima had drawn down $127 million under this facility and, as of the date of this annual report, the facility is fully drawn. See “Information on the Company—Exploration—Gold Fields’ Exploration Projects—Cerro Corona Project.’’

Acquisition of South Deep

In connection with the acquisition of BGSA and Western Areas, GFIMSA entered into a U.S.$1.8 billion credit facility, or the GFIMSA Facility, with Citibank, N.A. London Branch, J.P. Morgan Plc, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited on November 24, 2006. Under the GFIMSA Facility, Gold Fields paid a commitment fee of 0.15% until three months from the date of the agreement, then 0.20% until six months from the date of the agreement and 0.25% thereafter on any undrawn amounts. Gold Fields paid an upfront arrangement fee of 0.15% and further arrangement fees of 0.10% of the unborrowed amount as of the first day of each of the fourth and seventh months from the date of the agreement, as well as an agency fee of U.S.$5,000 per annum. Amounts borrowed under the GFIMSA Facility bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.40% until three months from the date of the agreement, 0.50% until sixth months from the date of the agreement and 0.60% thereafter.

On December 1, 2006, Gold Fields borrowed U.S.$1.2 billion under the GFIMSA facility to finance substantially all of the cash portion of the acquisition of BGSA, including the repayment of an outstanding loan. On January 30, 2007, Gold Fields borrowed a further U.S.$550 million under the GFIMSA facility to settle the Western Areas gold derivative structure and to refinance certain existing working capital loans.

In February 2007, Gold Fields used available cash to repay the U.S.$ 1.2 billion of debt incurred in connection with the acquisition of BGSA. On May 18, 2007 Gold Fields utilized a portion of the RC Facility to repay the balance of the GFIMSA Facility in full.

 

168


Table of Contents

Bolivar Acquisition

On February 28, 2006, Gold Fields acquired the remaining interest of 85.55% it did not already own in Bolivar for $289.5 million ($295.4 million paid less cash acquired of $5.9 million). On that date, Gold Fields also made a loan of $72.4 million to Bolivar which was part of the purchase consideration and was subsequently capitalized.

On March 3, 2006, Orogen entered into a U.S.$250.0 million syndicated loan term facility, or the Orogen Facility, with lead lenders Barclays Bank Plc and JP Morgan Europe Limited. The purpose of the facility was to partly finance the acquisition of Bolivar and to provide funding lines for general corporate purposes. On March 9, 2006, Orogen drew down U.S.$158.0 million under the Orogen Facility and on January 8, 2007 it drew down a further U.S.$10 million. The loan bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.35% and was repaid in full on May 21, 2007 using a portion of the RC Facility.

Split-tenor Revolving Credit Facility

On May 16, 2007, GFIMSA, Orogen and Western Areas entered into a U.S.$750.0 million split-tenor revolving credit facility, or the RC Facility, with lead lenders Barclays Bank Plc and ABN Amro N.V. The RC Facility consists of a U.S.$250 million 364-day revolving tranche (Facility A) and a U.S.$500 million five-year revolving tranche (Facility B). The purpose of the RC Facility is (i) to refinance the Orogen Facility and the GFIMSA Facility and (ii) for general corporate purposes. Gold Fields has a twelve-month term-out option with respect to Facility A pursuant to which, at any time prior to the date of final maturity, Gold Fields can elect to convert all advances outstanding under Facility A into a term loan with the final maturity date being no more than 24 months after the original signing date. A term-out fee of 0.05% on the amount that is converted into a facility term-out loan will be payable on the date of exercising the option. Gold Fields also has the option to extend the duration of Facility A on the same terms for an additional 364 days from the date of the original final maturity, although it cannot exercise this option if it has already exercised the term-out option. Borrowings under the RC Facility are guaranteed by Gold Fields, GFIMSA, Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited, Orogen and Western Areas. Under the RC Facility, Gold Fields must maintain a consolidated EBITDA to consolidated net finance charge ratio of at least 5 to 1 and a consolidated net borrowing to consolidated EBITDA ratio of no more than 2.5 to 1. There are also restrictions on the ability of Gold Fields and certain of its subsidiaries to encumber their assets, dispose of assets or enter into a merger or corporate reconstruction. In connection with this facility Gold Fields paid an arrangement fee of 0.10% on Facility A and 0.30% on Facility B and pays a quarterly commitment fee of 0.0625% of any undrawn amounts under Facility A and 0.09% of any undrawn amounts under Facility B and an agency fee of U.S.$35,000 per annum. Borrowings under Facility A bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.25% per annum while borrowings under Facility B bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.3% per annum. Where the total utilizations under Facility A are equal to or greater than 50% of the amount available, a utilization fee of 0.05% per annum will be payable on the total amount of utilizations. Such utilization fee is payable quarterly in arrears.

On May 21, 2007, Western Areas drew down U.S.$50.8 million under Facility A and U.S.$500 million under Facility B. Orogen drew down U.S.$168 million under Facility A on May 21, 2007 and the remaining amount available under Facility A on September 25, 2007. On December 6, 2007, Gold Fields utilized the proceeds from the sale of the Essakane Joint Venture in Burkina Faso and Choco 10 in Venezuela to repay Facility A in full and to reduce Facility B by $10 million, to $490 million.

Facility B is repayable on May 16, 2012. Gold Fields has the option to repay the loan in whole or in part by giving five days’ prior notice. Facility A remains available for utilization until May 16, 2008.

Management’s intention is to refinance the Western Areas’ loan with suitable long-term debt.

 

169


Table of Contents

R500 million Revolving Credit Facility

On August 21, 2007, GFIMSA entered into a R500 million 364-day revolving credit facility, or the Absa 1 Facility, with Absa Capital (a division of Absa Bank Limited). Borrowings under this facility are guaranteed by Gold Fields. The Absa 1 Facility is to be used for general corporate purposes. Borrowings under the Absa 1 Facility are guaranteed by Gold Fields. In terms of the facility agreement, Gold Fields must maintain a ratio of total net borrowing to tangible consolidated net worth not exceeding 0.40, minimum tangible consolidated net worth of R13 billion and a minimum interest cover ratio of 2.5 times.

On August 24, 2007, GFIMSA drew down R250 million under the Absa 1 Facility. The Absa 1 Facility bears interest at Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate, or JIBAR, plus a margin of 0.70% per annum. The Absa 1 Facility is payable on August 21, 2008. In terms of the facility agreement, Gold Fields has the option to repay the loan in whole or in part by giving 5 days’ prior notice.

R1,000,000,000 Short Term Revolving Credit Facility

On December 6, 2007, GFIMSA and Gold Fields entered into a mandate letter and term sheet with Absa Capital, a division of Absa Bank Limited, or the Mandated Lead Arranger, which sets out the terms and conditions upon which the Mandated Lead Arranger is prepared to arrange and underwrite a short term revolving credit facility of up to R1,000,000,000, or the Absa 2 Facility, for GFIMSA, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, Gold Fields Operations Limited and/or or any other subsidiary of Gold Fields Limited, or the Parent, acceptable to the Parent and the Mandated Lead Arranger, acting reasonably. The Absa 2 Facility will be used for capital expenditure in respect of gold mining projects and general corporate and working capital purposes. Borrowings under the Absa 2 Facility will be guaranteed by Gold Fields and certain of its subsidiaries. In terms of the Absa 2 Facility, Gold Fields will need to maintain a consolidated EBITDA to consolidated net finance charge ratio of at least 5 to 1 and a consolidated net borrowing to consolidated EBITDA ratio of no more than 2.5 to 1. There will also be restrictions on the ability of Gold Fields and certain of its subsidiaries to encumber their assets, dispose of assets or enter into a merger or corporate reconstruction. Gold Fields will pay a quarterly commitment fee of 0.15% per annum on any undrawn amounts under the Absa 2 Facility.

The Absa 2 Facility will be payable 364 days after the signing date. Gold Fields has the option to repay the Absa 2 Facility in whole or in part by giving 5 days’ prior notice.

Mvela Loan

On March 17, 2004, as part of the transaction involving the acquisition by Mvela Resources of a 15% beneficial interest in the South African gold mining assets of Gold Fields, Mvela Gold advanced Rand 4,139 million, or the Mvela Loan, to GFIMSA. The Mvela Loan has a term of five years, bears interest at a rate of 10.57% per annum and is guaranteed by Gold Fields, Gold Fields Australia and Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited. GFIMSA may elect to repay the Mvela Loan (together with the present value of the then outstanding interest payment obligations and the tax payable by Mvela Gold as a result of such repayment) at any time starting 12 months after the Mvela Loan was advanced. While the Mvela Loan is outstanding, Gold Fields and any of its material subsidiaries, which is defined as any subsidiary whose gross turnover in the most recently ended financial year represents more than 5% of the consolidated gross turnover of Gold Fields and its subsidiaries may not, subject to certain exceptions, (i) sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets, (ii) enter into any merger or similar transaction, or (iii) encumber its assets. The Mvela Loan will become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of an event of default. See “—Overview—Mvelaphanda Transaction.”

The Mvela Loan was funded by way of commercial bank debt of approximately Rand 1,300 million and mezzanine finance of approximately Rand 1,100 million, with the balance of approximately Rand 1,700 million being raised by way of an international private placement of shares of Mvela Resources. In connection with the mezzanine finance, Gold Fields subscribed for preference shares in an amount of Rand 200 million in Micawber. Further, Gold Fields subscribed for Rand 100 million of the shares issued by Mvela Resources in the private

 

170


Table of Contents

placement. In addition, pursuant to the PIC Agreement, Gold Fields has effectively guaranteed the PIC Loan. Interest on the PIC loan accrues at the rate of 14.25%, is compounded semi-annually and is payable in one lump sum at the end of the term of the loan. Under the terms of the PIC Agreement, the PIC has the right to require Gold Fields to assume all its rights and obligations under the PIC Loan, together with its underlying security, which consists of the PIC’s proportionate share of Mvela Gold’s rights under the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement and a guarantee of Rand 200 million from Mvela Resources, at a price equal to the value of the principal and interest of the PIC Loan, if, at the time the PIC Loan is due for repayment, Micawber does not repay the loan in full. Whether or not the PIC requires Gold Fields to assume its rights and obligations under the PIC loan, the PIC is obligated to pay a guarantee fee to Gold Fields equal to 3.75% per annum of the value of the principal and interest payable under the PIC Loan on the date on which the PIC Loan is repaid to the PIC.

GFIMSA applied the net proceeds of the Mvela Loan of $586.7 million (R4,139 million less R32 million of costs at an exchange rate of R7.00 to $1.00) toward funding its acquisition of Gold Fields’ South African mining operations and certain ancillary assets and operations as part of an internal restructuring of Gold Fields. In connection with the Mvela Loan, GFIMSA entered into two interest rate swaps, both of which were designated as fair value hedges and which were accounted for as a single swap. The fixed rate receivable on the interest rate swap was equal to the interest rate payable on the loan from Mvela Gold and the floating rate payable was the three-month Johannesburg Inter-Bank Acceptance Rate, or JIBAR, plus a margin of 1.025%. The interest rate swap was closed out on June 3, 2005 with the loan reverting to the fixed interest rate mentioned above. Gold Fields realized mark-to-market gains on the swap of $36.2 million and interest rate credits of $14.8 million, giving a total gain of $51.0 million. Of the $36.2 million realized mark-to-market gain, $0.8 million was accounted for in fiscal 2005 and $9.2 million in fiscal 2006, $8.2 million was recognized in fiscal 2007 with the balance of $18 million to be accounted for in fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009. Of the $14.8 million interest credits, $12.9 million was accounted for in fiscal 2005 and the balance of $1.9 million was accounted for in fiscal 2004. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Interest Rate Sensitivity—Interest Rate Hedging Experience.”

Living Gold Facility

On May 28, 2004, Living Gold (Pty) Limited, or Living Gold, a subsidiary of GFIMSA, entered into a R16.6 million ($2.5 million at an exchange rate of R6.5150, the noon buying rate on May 28, 2004) loan facility with the Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa, or the IDC. On November 24, 2004, Living Gold drew down the full amount of the facility. On 1 July 2006 the IDC converted R8.1 million of the outstanding loan to equity. The facility bears interest at the prime overdraft rate of First National Bank of Southern Africa Limited. On June 30, 2007, that prime overdraft rate was 13.0%. The loan is repayable in 83 equal monthly installments beginning on July 1, 2007.

Capital expenditure

Capital expenditure was $797.0 million in fiscal 2007, compared to $377.1 million in fiscal 2006, See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Cash Resources—Investing.” Gold Fields expects to incur approximately Rand 7,310.0 billion ($1,044.3 million) in capital expenditure in fiscal 2008, which it expects to finance from internal sources and, to the extent required, credit facilities. Details regarding the specific capital expenditure for each operation are found in the individual operation sections under “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations.”

 

171


Table of Contents

Contractual obligations and commitments as at June 30, 2007

 

     Payments due by period
     Total    Less 12
months
   12-36
months
   36-60
months
   After 60
months
     ($ millions)

Long-term debt (1)

              

Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited (2)

              

Capital

   593.2    —      593.2    —      —  

Interest

   104.8    61.2    43.6    —      —  

Split tenor

              

Capital

   717.3    —      217.3    500.0    —  

Interest

   165.9    40.5    68.8    56.6    —  

Project Finance

              

Capital

   127.0    —      —      —      127.0

Interest

   73.8    7.4    14.8    14.8    36.8

Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited (3)

              

Capital

   1.2    0.2    0.3    0.3    0.4

Interest

   0.8    0.2    0.3    0.2    0.1

Operating lease obligations—building

   3.3    1.1    1.8    0.2    0.2

Other long-term obligations

              

Post-retirement healthcare (4)

   9.5    0.3    0.6    0.6    8.0

Environmental obligations (5)

   197.2    7.3    14.6    14.6    160.7

Total contractual cash obligations

   1,994.0    118.2    955.3    587.3    333.2

Notes:

 

(1) Gold Fields is party to certain long-term credit facilities, entered into in connection with the Mvelaphanda transaction and the Bolivar acquisition, and by Living Gold (Pty) Limited with the Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities.”

 

(2) On March 17, 2004, Mvelaphanda Gold advanced an amount of $591.3 million to GFIMSA. The loan amount is repayable five years from the date of advance and interest is payable semi-annually. Pursuant to the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement, upon repayment of the Mvela Loan, Mvela Gold must subscribe for shares equal to 15% of GFIMSA’s outstanding share capital, including the newly issued shares. In addition, for a period of one year after the subscription by Mvela Gold of the GFIMSA shares, each of Gold Fields and Mvela Gold will be entitled to require the exchange of Mvela Gold’s GFIMSA shares for ordinary shares of Gold Fields of an equivalent value based on an exchange ratio equal to 15% of a discounted cash flow calculation as applied to GFIMSA’s operations divided by the same calculation as applied to Gold Fields’ operations, with certain adjustments. See “—Overview—General—Mvelaphanda Transaction.”

 

(3) On May 28, 2004 Living Gold entered into an agreement with the Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited in terms of which it would provide a $2.5 million loan facility to Living Gold (Pty) Limited. The loan is repayable in 96 equal monthly installments commencing on July 1, 2006.

 

(4) Gold Fields’ provision for post-retirement healthcare obligations increases annually based on the expected increases in the level of individual contributions in order to settle its obligations to its former employees, set off by payments made on behalf of certain pensioners and dependants of former employees on a pay-as-you-go basis.

 

(5) Gold Fields makes full provision for all environmental obligations based on the net present value of the estimated cost of restoring the environmental disturbance that has occurred up to the balance sheet date. This provision increases annually based on expected inflation. Management believes that the provisions made for environmental obligations are adequate to direct the expected volume of such obligations. See “—Significant Accounting Policies—Environmental rehabilitation costs.”

 

172


Table of Contents
     Amounts of commitments expiring by period
     Total    Less than
12 months
   12-36
months
   36-60
months
   After 60
months
     ($ millions)

Other commercial commitments

              

Guarantees (1)

   38.9    2.1    35.1    —      1.7

Capital expenditure (2)

   207.0    207.0    —      —      —  

Funding commitments (3)

   2.2    —      —      —      2.2

Total commercial commitments

   248.1    209.1    35.1    —      3.9

Notes:

 

(1) Guarantees consist of $33.0 million to the Public Investment Commissioners with regard to the Mvela Loan and $5.9 million for numerous other obligations. Guarantees consisting of $29.1 million committed to guarantee Gold Fields’ environmental obligations with respect to its Ghanaian and Australian operations are fully provided for under the provision for environmental rehabilitation and are not included in the amount above.

 

(2) Capital expenditure consists only of amounts committed to external suppliers, although as of June 30, 2007 an amount of $2,075.4 million in respect of capital expenditure had been approved by Gold Fields’ Board.

 

(3) Funding commitments consist of a $4.1 million commitment to the New Africa Mining Fund, or NAMF. NAMF is a private equity fund incorporated in South Africa for the purpose of investing in junior mining opportunities in South Africa and the broader Africa continent. Gold Fields has committed R50 million ($7.0 million) of which $4.8 million has been funded to date.

Working capital

Management believes that Gold Fields’ working capital resources, by way of internal sources and banking facilities, are sufficient to fund Gold Fields’ currently foreseeable future business requirements.

Off balance sheet items

At June 30, 2007, Gold Fields had no off balance sheet items.

Recent Developments

On November 26, 2007, Gold Fields sold its 60% stake in the Essakane project to Orezone. See “Information on the Company—Exploration—Gold Fields’ Greenfields Exploration Projects—Essakane Joint Venture.”

On November 30, 2007, Gold Fields disposed of its assets in Venezuela to Rusoro. See “Information on the Company—Recent Developments—Sale of Choco 10.”

Trend and Outlook

During the first quarter of fiscal 2008, Gold Fields’ operating profit and net earnings were lower than those achieved in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007. The lower operating profit and net earnings were primarily due to the slightly lower production and increased production costs, partially offset by the higher gold price.

Gold production is expected to be similar at the Gold Fields operations in the second quarter of fiscal 2008 compared with the first quarter. Operating margins, are expected to remain fairly constant.

 

173


Table of Contents

ITEM 6: DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Directors

Gold Fields’ directors and their ages and positions are:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

  

Term Expires (1)

Alan J. Wright

   66    Non-executive Chairman    November, 2008

Ian D. Cockerill

   53    Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer    November, 2008

Nicholas J. Holland

   49    Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer    November, 2009

Rupert L. Pennant-Rea

   59    Non-executive Director    November, 2009

Chris I. von Christierson

   60    Non-executive Director    November, 2008

J. Michael McMahon

   61    Non-executive Director    November, 2008

Patrick J. Ryan

   70    Non-executive Director    November, 2010

Kofi Ansah

   63    Non-executive Director    November, 2010

John G. Hopwood

   59    Non-executive Director    November, 2009

Donald M. J. Ncube

   60    Non-executive Director    November, 2009

Gill Marcus (2)

   58    Non-executive Director    November, 2010

Notes:

 

(1) Terms expire on the date of the annual general meeting in that year.

 

(2) Gill Marcus joined the Board on February 14, 2007 as a non-executive director.

Jakes G. Gerwel resigned as a director at Gold Fields’ annual general meeting on November 10, 2006. Artem Grigorian and Tokyo M.G. Sexwale did not make themselves available for re-election as directors at Gold Fields’ annual general meeting on November 2, 2007.

Directors and Executive Officers

The Articles of Association of Gold Fields provide that the Board must consist of no less than four and no more than 15 directors at any time. The Board currently consists of 11 directors.

The Articles of Association of Gold Fields provide that the longest serving one-third of directors must retire from office at each annual general meeting of Gold Fields. Retiring directors normally make themselves available for re-election and are re-elected at the annual general meeting at which they retire. Executive directors may be appointed by contract with Gold Fields for a maximum period of five years at any one time and are subject to retirement by rotation. The number of directors serving under these contracts must at all times be less than one-half of the total number of directors in office. None of Gold Fields’ current executive directors is appointed to his position as director by contract.

According to the Articles of Association, the Board may meet as it sees fit and set its own policies for adjourning and otherwise regulating meetings. Any director may call for a meeting at any time by requesting the company secretary to convene a meeting. The Articles of Association further provide for the following:

 

   

no director may vote on any contract or arrangement in which the director is interested. If the director votes on a transaction in which the director is interested, the director’s vote will not be counted. An interested director, with certain exceptions, will not be counted for the purpose of determining a quorum for a meeting in which the Board is voting on a resolution in which the director is interested. However, a director who owns ordinary shares may vote his ordinary shares at a general meeting of shareholders in a transaction in which the director is interested;

 

   

a director may not vote as a director to determine his own compensation. The shareholders in a general meeting determine the fees for directors from time to time. Any additional compensation, including

 

174


Table of Contents
 

compensation for additional services performed by the director for Gold Fields’ business or for other positions in Gold Fields or its subsidiaries, must be determined by a quorum of directors whose compensation would not be affected by the decision; and

 

   

the directors are not required to hold shares in Gold Fields, although a shareholding qualification may be imposed at any meeting of the shareholders.

The Articles of Association do not provide for a mandatory retirement age for directors. However, Gold Fields’ Board charter specifies the retirement age to be 72 years of age.

At the Company’s annual general meeting held on November 2, 2007, shareholders approved the creation of 1,000 non-convertible redeemable preference shares of Rand 0.01 each. The inclusion of the rights and privileges attached to the non-convertible redeemable preference shares in the Articles of Association was approved at the same meeting and subsequently registered with the Registrar of Companies.

Some of the executive officers and all of the executive directors are members of the boards of directors of various subsidiaries of Gold Fields.

Under Section 303A.11 of the New York Stock Exchange Company Manual, or the NYSE Listing Standards, foreign private issuers such as Gold Fields must disclose any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. listed companies under the NYSE Listing Standards. Disclosure of the significant ways in which Gold Fields’ corporate governance practices differ from practices followed by U.S. companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange can be found at: http://www.goldfields.co.za/pdfs/disclosure_of_significate_ways_2007.pdf

The business address of all the directors and executive officers of Gold Fields is 24 St. Andrews Road, Parktown 2193, South Africa, the address of Gold Fields’ head office.

Executive Directors

Ian D. Cockerill BSc Geology Hons, London; MSc Mining, Royal School of Mines. Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Cockerill has been a Director of Gold Fields since October 1999 and became Chief Executive Officer on July 1, 2002. Mr. Cockerill was Chief Operating Officer and Managing Director of Gold Fields from October 1999 to June 30, 2002. Mr. Cockerill has over 32 years’ experience in the mining industry. Prior to joining Gold Fields he was the Executive Officer for Business Development and African International Operations for AngloGold Ashanti Limited. Mr. Cockerill was appointed as Non-executive Director of Petmin Limited effective from October 1, 2007.

Nicholas J. Holland BComm, BAcc, Witwatersrand; CA (SA). Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Holland has been a Director of Gold Fields since February 1998 and Executive Director of Finance since March 1998. On April 15, 2002, Mr. Holland’s title changed to Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Holland has 28 years’ experience in financial management. Prior to joining Gold Fields he was Financial Director and Senior Manager of Corporate Finance of Gencor Limited. Mr. Holland is also a Director of Rand Refinery Limited.

Non-executive Directors

Alan J. Wright CA (SA). Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Wright has been Chairman of the Board since November 17, 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Wright had been Deputy Chairman of Gold Fields since November 1997. Prior to September 1998, Mr. Wright was the Chief Executive Officer of Gold Fields of South Africa Limited. Mr. Wright is currently retired and is not a director of any other company.

Rupert L. Pennant-Rea BA, Trinity College, Dublin; MA, University of Manchester. Non-executive Director. Mr. Pennant-Rea was appointed as a Director of Gold Fields on July 1, 2002. Mr. Pennant-Rea is a Chairman of Henderson Group plc and is also a Director of First Quantum Minerals Ltd., Go-Ahead Group,

 

175


Table of Contents

Times Newspapers Limited and a number of other companies. Previously, Mr. Pennant-Rea was editor of The Economist and Deputy Governor of the Bank of England.

Chris I. von Christierson BComm, Rhodes; MA, Cambridge. Non-executive Director. Mr. von Christierson has been a Director of Gold Fields since February 1999. As a result of the takeover by Lundin Mining, Mr. von Christierson stepped down as the Chairman of Rio Narcea Gold Mines Limited on July 18, 2007. He is currently a Director of Southern Prospecting (UK) Limited and was previously Chairman of Golden Shamrock Mines Limited and Managing Director of East Daggafontein Mines Limited.

J. Michael McMahon BSc (Mechanical Engineering), Glasgow. Non-executive Director. Mr. McMahon has been a Director of Gold Fields since December 1999. Mr. McMahon serves as Non-executive Director of Impala Platinum Holdings Limited and Murray & Roberts Holdings Limited. Previously, Mr. McMahon was Executive Chairman and an Executive Director of Gencor Limited and Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Impala Platinum Holdings Limited.

Patrick J. Ryan PhD (Geology), Witwatersrand. Non-executive Director. Dr. Ryan has been a Director of Gold Fields since May 1998. Dr. Ryan is the Chairman of Frontera Copper Corporation. Dr. Ryan was also previously the Executive Vice President, Mining Operations, Development and Exploration at Phelps Dodge Corporation.

Kofi Ansah BSc (Mechanical Engineering) UST Ghana, MSc (Metallurgy) Georgia Institute of Technology, U.S.A. Non-executive Director. Mr. Ansah was appointed a Director of Gold Fields in April 2004. Previously, Mr. Ansah was a Director of Ecobank (Togo) Limited. He is a Director of Metropolitan Insurance Company, Aluworks Limited and Ecobank (Ghana) Limited.

John G. Hopwood B.Comm (Natal) CA (SA). Non-executive Director. Mr. Hopwood was appointed a Director of Gold Fields in February 2006. Previously, he was Director and head of the Mergers and Acquisitions division at Ernst & Young Corporate Finance. Mr. Hopwood is a former Executive Director of Corporate Finance and Non-Technical Services for Gold Fields of South Africa Limited (1992 to 1998) and he was previously a Director at Axon Corporate Services (Pty) Ltd from February 1999 to August 2001. Mr. Hopwood is also a member of the Board of Trustees of the New Africa Mining Fund and Chairman of the Fund’s Investment Committee.

Donald M. J. Ncube BA Economics and Political Science, Fort Hare University, Post Graduate Diploma in Labor Relations, Strathclyde University, Scotland, MSc Manpower Studies, University of Manchester, Diploma in Financial Management. Non-executive Director. Mr. Ncube was appointed a Director of Gold Fields in February 2006. Previously, he was an alternate Director of Anglo American Industrial Corporation Limited and Anglo American Corporation of South Africa Limited, a Director of AngloGold Ashanti Limited as well as Non-Executive Chairman of South African Airways. He is currently Chairman of Rare Holdings Limited, Executive Chairman of Cincinnati Mining S.A., Chairman of Badimo Gas and a Director of Manhattan Operations Douglas.

Gill Marcus BComm, University of South Africa. Non-executive Director. Ms Marcus was appointed a Director of Gold Fields on February 14, 2007. She served as a member of the ANC National Executive Committee from 1991 to 1999 and Member of Parliament from 1994 to 1999. Ms. Marcus served as Deputy Minister of Finance from 1996 to 1999. She served as Deputy Governor of the South African Reserve Bank from 1999 to 2004. Since 2004, she has held the post as Professor of Policy, Leadership and Gender Studies at the Gordon Institute of Business Science. From November 2005 to March 2007, Ms. Marcus was Executive Chairperson of Western Areas Limited. In 2007, she was appointed as Chairperson of Absa Group Limited and Absa Bank Limited. Ms. Marcus also serves in a non-executive capacity on the boards of the International Marketing Council, the Independent Board for the Regulation of Auditors and the Advisory Board of the Auditor General.

 

176


Table of Contents

Retired Non-executive Directors

The following former director retired at Gold Fields’ annual general meeting held on November 10, 2006.

Jakes G. Gerwel BA Hons, Western Cape; Licentiate (Germanic Philology) D. HumSc (hc), Missouri; D.litt et Phil (magna cum laude), Brussels. Non-executive Director. Professor Gerwel was appointed a Director of Gold Fields on August 21, 2002. Professor Gerwel is the Chancellor of Rhodes University and Nelson Mandela Distinguished Professor in the Humanities at the University of Western Cape. Professor Gerwel is Non-executive Chairman and a Director of Brimstone Investment Corporation Limited, South African Airways (Proprietary) Limited and Africon Engineering International. Professor Gerwel is also a Director of Educor, Naspers, Media 24, Old Mutual Life Holdings (SA) Limited and a number of other companies. Previously, Professor Gerwel served in the Office of the President of South Africa as Director-General and Cabinet Secretary, and as Head of the South African President’s Office and the South African Cabinet Office.

The following former directors retired at Gold Fields’ annual general meeting held on November 2, 2007.

Tokyo M. G. Sexwale Certificate of Business Studies, University of Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland. Non-executive Director. Mr. Sexwale has been a Director of Gold Fields since January 2001. Mr. Sexwale is Executive Chairman of Mvelaphanda Holdings (Proprietary) Limited and an Executive Director of Mvelaphanda Resources Limited. Mr Sexwale is the Chairman of OPHIR Energy Company (Pty) Limited and A1 Grand Prix SA (Pty) Limited and a director of a number of other companies. Mr. Sexwale is also Chairman of Global Village Network Technologies (Proprietary) Limited and Chairman of Trans Hex Group Limited. In addition, Mr. Sexwale is a Director of several of Mvelaphanda Holdings (Proprietary) Limited’s subsidiaries, Absa Bank Limited, Northam Platinum Limited, The Rand Mutual Assurance Company Limited, Arcus Gibb (Proprietary) Limited, Absa Group Limited, African Maritime Logistics (Proprietary) Limited, Dunrose Investments 29 (Proprietary) Limited, Gem Diamond Mining Corporation Limited, Global Village Network (Proprietary) Limited, Kas Maine Mining (Proprietary) Limited, Mvelamasefield (Proprietary) Limited, Mocoh Services South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Power Matla (Proprietary) Limited, RMA Life Assurance Company Limited, Tepco Petroleum (Proprietary) Limited, Ecobank (Ghana) Limited and Voltex Holdings Limited.

Artem Grigorian PhD Political Science and History, USSR Academy of Science. Non-executive Director. Dr. Grigorian was appointed a Director in June 2005. He is Vice President and shareholder of Russian Spectra Group of Companies and Chief Executive Officer of RMC, a Russian company.

Executive Officers

James T. Nkosi (56), D.Com (Leadership in Performance and Change), M.Com (Business Management), Rand Afrikaans University; Masters in Industrial and Organizational Psychology, University of Cape Town. Senior Vice President, Head of Government Relations and Transformation. On January 1, 2007, Dr. Nkosi was appointed Senior Vice President, Government Relations and Transformation. Since July 2002, Dr. Nkosi has served as Vice President Human Resources, South African Operations. He is also Chairman of the Gold Fields Transformation Steering Committee. Prior to that Dr. Nkosi was an Executive Manager at Eskom for 12 years and a Transformation Director at Standard Bank for four years.

James W. D. Dowsley (49), BSc (Mining Engineering), Witwatersrand. Senior Vice President, Corporate Development. Mr. Dowsley has been General Manager of Corporate Development at Gold Fields since March 1998. On April 15, 2002, Mr. Dowsley’s title changed to Senior Vice President, Corporate Development. Prior to his appointment as General Manager of Corporate Development, Mr. Dowsley served as General Manager of New Business, and also as Manager of the Mineral Economics Division of Gold Fields of South Africa Limited.

Nerina Bodasing (32), BSc (Natal), Hons (UDW), Post-graduate diploma Business Management (Natal). Vice President, Head of Investor Relations and Corporate Affairs. With effect from July 2007, Ms. Bodasing has held the position of Senior Vice President and Head of Investor Relations and Corporate Affairs. Prior to this

 

177


Table of Contents

appointment, Ms. Bodasing held the position of Investor Relations Vice President. Ms. Bodasing joined Gold Fields in May 2003 as Manager, Investor Relations. Her previous experience includes working at UBS Investment Bank in equity sales and strategy research.

Jan W. Jacobsz (46), BA, Rand Afrikaans University. Senior Vice President, North American Investor Relations and Sustainable Development. Mr. Jacobsz was appointed as Senior Vice President, North American Investor Relations and Sustainable Development in July 2007. Previously, Mr. Jacobz held the position of Senior Vice President and Head of Investor Relations and Corporate Affairs as well as that of Manager and Senior Manager of Investor Relations and Corporate Affairs of Gold Fields. Prior to that Mr. Jacobsz was Program Manager of the Vulindlela Transformation Program for Gold Fields of South Africa Limited and Administrator of The Gold Fields Foundation.

John A. Munro (39), BSc Chemical Engineering, University of Cape Town. Executive Vice President, Head of Corporate Development. Mr. Munro was appointed to his current position as Executive Vice President and Head of Corporate Development on November 17, 2005. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Munro held the position of Head of International Operations. Previously, he also served as Senior Vice President and Head of International Operations, Senior Manager and General Manager of Corporate Development for Gold Fields and Assistant Manager of the Property Division of Gold Fields of South Africa Limited.

Terence P. Goodlace (48), National Higher Diploma Metalliferous Mining; BComm, Unisa; MBA, Wales. Executive Vice President, Head of South African Operations. Mr. Goodlace was appointed Executive Vice President and Head of South African Operations in January 2007. Previously, Mr. Goodlace served as Executive Vice President and Head of International Operations and as Senior Vice President of Strategic Planning and Senior Manager for Corporate Finance for Gold Fields. Additionally, Mr. Goodlace was the Manager of various Gencor Limited mines. Mr. Goodlace has more than 25 years’ experience in the mining industry.

Michael D. Fleischer (46), BProc, University of Witwatersrand, Admitted as attorney of the High Court of South Africa in 1991, Advanced Taxation Certificate, University of South Africa. Executive Vice President, General Counsel. Mr. Fleischer was appointed to his current position of Executive Vice President General Counsel, with effect from November 1, 2006. Prior to his appointment, Mr. Fleischer was a partner in the corporate services department at Webber Wentzel Bowens, one of the leading South African law firms. Mr. Fleischer has a wide range of experience in mergers and acquisitions, commercial transactions and black empowerment transactions. He was ranked as one of South Africa's leading commercial lawyers by Chambers Global.

Glenn R. Baldwin (35), BEng (Hons) Mining, University of South Australia. Executive Vice President, Head of International Operations. Mr. Baldwin was appointed Executive Vice President, Head of International Operations in April 2007. Prior to his appointment at Gold Fields, Mr. Baldwin was the Chief Operating Officer at Ivanhoe Nickel & Platinum Ltd. After finishing his degree, Mr. Baldwin spent seven years in Australia in operational mining activities in various capacities (technical and managerial). In South Africa, he previously served as Vice President of Operations for Southern Platinum Limited and in various roles within the Anglo American Group.

Italia Boninelli (51), MA Witwatersrand; PDLR Unisa SBL. Senior Vice President, Head of Human Resources. Mrs. Boninelli was appointed to the position of Senior Vice President, Human Resources of Gold Fields on January 8, 2007. She is also the Chairperson of the Gold Fields Business and Leadership Academy. Prior to that, she was group human resources director of Network Healthcare Holdings Limited. She has previously held senior human resources, marketing and communications positions in Standard Bank Group Limited and Sappi Limited.

Tommy D. McKeith (43) BSc. Hons (Geology); GDE (Mining), and MBA, all from, University of the Witwatersrand (South Africa). Mr. McKeith was appointed Executive Vice President, Head of Exploration from October 1, 2007. He has held numerous positions during his career at a technical and managerial level.

 

178


Table of Contents

Mr. McKeith has 17 years of experience in business development, mining and exploration geology in the international mining sector. From August 2004 until January 2006, he was Vice President of Business Development at Gold Fields. Mr. McKeith is a Non-Executive Director of Troy Resources NL and, prior to rejoining Gold Fields in October 2007, he served as Chief Executive Officer for Troy Resources NL.

Retired Executive Officers

Craig J. Nelsen (55), BA (Geology), Montana; MSc (Geology), New Mexico. Executive Vice President, Head of Exploration. President and CEO of Gold Fields Exploration, Inc. Starting in April 1999, Mr. Nelsen served as Senior Vice President of Exploration for Gold Fields and President and Chief Executive Officer of Gold Fields Exploration, Inc. On April 15, 2002, Mr. Nelsen’s title changed to Executive Vice President, Exploration. Mr. Nelsen was previously Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Metallica Resources Incorporated. On June 30, 2007, Craig Nelsen resigned from Gold Fields.

Company Secretary

Cain Farrel (57), FCIS, MBA, Southern Cross University, Australia. Mr. Farrel was appointed Company Secretary on May 1, 2003. Mr. Farrel is past President and a Director of the Southern African Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators. Previously, Mr. Farrel served as Senior Divisional Secretary of AngloAmerican Corporation of South Africa.

Board of Directors’ Committees

In order to ensure good corporate governance, the Board has formed an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Governance Committee and a Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee. All the committees are comprised exclusively of non-executive Directors. All committees are chaired by an independent non-executive director. The remuneration of non-executive directors for their service on the various committees has been approved by the shareholders. The Audit Committee monitors and reviews Gold Fields’ accounting controls and procedures, including the effectiveness of the Group’s information systems and other systems of internal control; the effectiveness of the internal audit function; reports of both external and internal auditors; quarterly reports, the annual report and the annual financial statements; the accounting policies of the Group and any proposed revisions thereto; external audit findings, reports and fees, and the approval thereof; and compliance with applicable legislation and requirements of regulatory authorities and Gold Fields’ Code of Ethics. Membership of the Audit Committee is as follows:

John G. Hopwood (chairman)

J. Michael McMahon

Rupert L. Pennant-Rea

Donald M.J. Ncube

Prior to Jakes G. Gerwel’s retirement in November 2006, he was a member of the Audit Committee. Additionally, until May 8, 2007, Kofi Ansah was a member of the Audit Committee.

The Compensation Committee establishes the compensation philosophy of Gold Fields and the terms and conditions of employment of executive directors and other executive officers. Membership of the Compensation Committee is as follows:

Chris I. von Christierson (chairman)

J. Michael McMahon

Alan J. Wright

John G. Hopwood

Donald M. J. Ncube

 

179


Table of Contents

Prior to Tokyo M.G. Sexwale’s retirement in November 2007, he was a member of the Compensation Committee until May 8, 2007.

The Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee reviews adherence to occupational health, safety and environmental standards by Gold Fields. The Committee seeks to minimize mining-related accidents, to ensure that the Company’s operations are in compliance with all environmental regulations and to establish policy in respect of HIV/AIDS and health matters. Membership of the Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee is as follows:

Patrick J. Ryan (chairman)

Kofi Ansah

Alan J. Wright

Gill Marcus

On February 14, 2007, Alan J. Wright and Gill Marcus were appointed to the Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee. On May 8, 2007, John G. Hopwood and Donald M.J. Ncube resigned from the Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee. Prior to Artem Grigorian’s retirement in November 2007, he was a member of the Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee.

The Nominating and Governance Committee develops and implements policy on corporate governance issues, develops the policy and process for evaluating nominations to the Board of Directors, identifies successors to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and considers selection and rotation of the Board committee members. Membership of the Nominating and Governance Committee is as follows:

Alan J. Wright (chairman)

Patrick J. Ryan

Rupert L. Pennant-Rea

Prior to Artem Grigorian’s retirement in November 2007, he was a member of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

Executive Committee

Gold Fields’ Executive Committee meets on a regular basis to discuss and make decisions on strategic issues facing Gold Fields. The composition of the Executive Committee (with areas of responsibility indicated) is as follows:

 

Ian D. Cockerill    Chairman
Nicholas J. Holland    Finance and Commercial Services
James T. Nkosi    Government Relations and Transformation
Italia Boninelli    Human Resources
James W. D. Dowsley    Corporate Development
Tommy D. McKeith    Exploration
Terence Goodlace    South African Operations
Nerina Bodasing    Investor Relations and Corporate Affairs
Jan W. Jacobsz    North American Investor Relations and Sustainable Development
James J. Komadina    Development Projects
John A. Munro    Corporate Development
Glenn R. Baldwin    International Operations
Michael D. Fleischer    General Counsel
Cain Farrel    Company Secretary

 

180


Table of Contents

Operating Committees

Gold Fields’ Operating Committees meet on a regular basis to discuss and make decisions on high level operational issues facing Gold Fields’ operations. The Operating Committee was restructured in July 2006, as a result of the increased spread of operations and to cater for differing time zones.

South African Operating Committee composition:

 

Terence Goodlace    Chairman of the Operating Committee and Executive Vice President and Head of South Africa Operations
Paddy Govender   

Vice President—Commercial Services

Vishnu Pillay   

Vice President and Head of Operations—Driefontein

Ramachandra Naidoo   

Senior Manager Finance—South African Operations

Philip A. Schoeman   

Vice President and Head of Operations—Beatrix

Peter L. Turner   

Vice President and Head of Operations—Kloof

Gordon V. Thompson   

Vice President and Head of Operations—South Deep

Herman Engelbrecht   

Financial Manager—Special Projects

Dana Roets   

Vice President—Technical Services

Cornelus W. Du Toit   

Senior Manager—Human Resources

Moya Hayhurst   

Assistant Company Secretary

Petrus C. Pienaar   

Mvelaphanda Representative

Bernard R. van Rooyen   

Mvelaphanda Representative

International Operating Committee composition:

 

Glenn R. Baldwin    Chairman of the Operating Committee and Executive Vice President and Head of International Operations
Peter McArdle (1)    Vice President Technical Services and Strategic Planning—International Operations
Philip Woodhouse    Head of Sustainable Development—International Operations
Wian Kriel    Senior Manager—Human Resources International Operations and Projects
Johan van den Berg   

Head of Finance—International Operations

Johan Botha   

Vice President of Ghanaian Operations

Richard Graeme   

Vice President of Venezuelan Operation

Neville Bergin   

Vice President of Australian Operations


Note:

 

(1) Peter McArdle resigned from Gold Fields at the annual general meeting on November 2, 2007. He will be replaced subject to final review of the international operations structure.

Compensation of Directors and Officers

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, the aggregate compensation paid or payable to directors and executive officers of Gold Fields as a group was approximately Rand 43.2 million, including all salaries, fees, bonuses and contributions during such period to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for directors and executive officers of Gold Fields, of which Rand 4.6 million was due to pension scheme contributions and life insurance, and Rand 10.1 million was due to bonus and performance-related payments.

 

181


Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding the compensation paid by Gold Fields for the year ended June 30, 2007 to its directors:

 

    Board fees   Committee
fees
  Travel
allowance (1)
  Salary   Bonuses and
performance
related
payments (2)
  Pension
scheme
contributions
  Total (3)
    (in Rand)

Executive Directors

             

Ian D. Cockerill

  —     —     —     5,039,623   2,469,717   746,120   8,255,460

Nicholas J. Holland

  —     —     —     2,978,829   1,625,150   536,083   5,140,062

Non-executive Directors

             

Alan J. Wright

  1,000,000     29,000   —     —     —     1,029,000

Kofi Ansah

  181,250   141,426   143,200   —     —     —     465,876

J. Michael McMahon

  181,250   154,500   29,000   —     —     —     364,750

Patrick J. Ryan

  173,125   144,375   114,200   —     —     —     431,700

Tokyo M. G. Sexwale (4)

  148,750   34,144   —     —     —     —     182,894

Chris I. von Christierson

  156,875   94,625   85,800   —     —     —     337,300

Rupert L. Pennant-Rea

  165,000   125,250   114,200   —     —     —     404,450

Jakes G. Gerwel (5)

  60,516   29,988   —     —     —     —     90,505

Artem Grigorian (4)

  181,250   114,125   143,200   —     —     —     438,575

John J. Hopwood

  181,250   230,000   29,000   —     —     —     440,250

Donald M. J. Ncube

  173,125   122,324   29,000   —     —     —     324,449

Gill Marcus (6)

  70,000   5,856   —     —     —     —     75,856
                           

Total

  2,672,391   1,196,613   716,600   8,018,452   4,094,867   1,282,203   17,981,127
                           

Notes:

 

(1) A travel allowance for the Non-executive Directors was approved at the annual general meeting held on November 17, 2005.

 

(2) Bonuses are for fiscal 2006 performance, paid in fiscal 2007.

 

(3) These amounts reflect the full Directors’ emoluments in Rand, for comparative purposes. The portion of Executive Directors’ emoluments payable offshore are paid in terms of agreements with the Company’s subsidiaries for work done by such Directors offshore for offshore subsidiaries. See “—Executive Directors’ Terms of Employment.” The total U.S. dollar amounts paid for fiscal 2007 were as follows: Ian D. Cockerill $345,668 and Nicholas J. Holland $170,873. These amounts are included in the Rand amounts above.

 

(4) Retired from the Board in November 2007.

 

(5) Retired from the Board in November 2006.

 

(6) Appointed to the Board in February 2007.

 

182


Table of Contents

Share options and restricted shares outstanding and held by directors, former directors and current executive officers as of November 20, 2007 were, to the knowledge of Gold Fields’ management, as follows:

 

Name

   Options to
purchase
ordinary
shares
   Share
appreciation
rights
(SARS)
   Restricted
shares
  

Option/
SARS
exercise
price

(in Rand)

  

Expiration/
settlement date (1)

Executive Directors

              

Ian D. Cockerill

   77,000    —      —      20.90    July 13, 2008
   16,667    —      —      46.23    July 5, 2009
   16,667    —      —      46.23    March 28, 2010
   16,666    —      —      46.23    July 14, 2010
   60,667    —      —      125.37    February 4, 2010
   30,333    —      —      125.37    November 28, 2010
   13,733    —      —      84.17    October 20, 2010
   13,733    —      —      84.17    December 30, 2010
   13,734    —      —      84.17    March 17, 2010
   12,233    —      —      93.49    February 16, 2010
   12,233    —      —      93.49    March 23, 2010
   12,234    —      —      93.49    August 18, 2010
   25,000    —      —      83.18    March 3, 2011
   12,500    —      —      83.18    October 6, 2011
   25,000    —      —      76.75    October 22, 2011
   12,500    —      —      76.75    February 16, 2012
   37,500    —      —      67.93    February 25, 2012
   75,000    —      —      63.65    May 23, 2012
   —      19,500    —      125.28    March 24, 2012
   —      —      17,900    —      March 24, 2009
   —      30,600    —      124.19    March 1, 2013
   —      —      20,900    —      March 1, 2010

Nicholas J. Holland

   13,334    —      —      46.23    July 5, 2009
   13,333    —      —      46.23    March 28, 2010
   13,333    —      —      46.23    July 14, 2010
   15,334    —      —      125.37    February 4, 2010
   7,666    —      —      125.37    November 28, 2010
   5,900    —      —      84.17    October 20, 2010
   5,900    —      —      84.17    December 30, 2010
   5,900    —      —      84.17    March 17, 2010
   5,267    —      —      93.49    February 16, 2010
   5,266    —      —      93.49    March 23, 2010
   5,267    —      —      93.49    August 18, 2010
   12,667    —      —      83.18    March 3, 2011
   6,333    —      —      83.18    October 6, 2011
   12,667    —      —      76.75    October 22, 2011
   6,333    —      —      76.75    February 16, 2012
   19,000    —      —      67.93    February 25, 2012
   38,000    —      —      63.65    May 23, 2012
   —      11,550    —      125.28    March 24, 2012
   —      —      9,600    —      March 24, 2009
   —      18,800    —      124.19    March 1, 2013
   —      —      11,700    —      March 1, 2010

 

183


Table of Contents

Name

   Options to
purchase
ordinary
shares
   Share
appreciation
rights
(SARS)
   Restricted
shares
  

Option/
SARS
exercise
price

(in Rand)

  

Expiration/
settlement date (1)

Non-executive Directors

              

Alan J. Wright

   25,000    —      —      43.70    December 16, 2008
   10,000    —      —      110.03    July 13, 2009
   10,000    —      —      88.38    March, 28 2010
   10,000    —      —      68.59    February 18, 2010
   —      —      3,000    —      November 17, 2008
   —      —      2,800    —      November 10, 2009
   —      —      4,100    —      November 2, 2010

J. Michael McMahon

   10,000    —      —      110.03    July 13, 2009
   10,000    —      —      88.38    March 28, 2010
   —      —      3,000    —      November 17, 2008
   —      —      1,900    —      November 17, 2009
   —      —      2,700    —      November 2, 2010

Gordon R. Parker

   —      —      3,000    —      November 17, 2008

Patrick J. Ryan

   10,000    —      —      110.03    July 13, 2009
   10,000    —      —      88.38    March 28, 2010
   —      —      3,000    —      November 17, 2008
   —      —      1,900    —      November 17, 2009
   —      —      2,700    —      November 2, 2010

Tokyo M. G. Sexwale

   5,000    —      —      43.70    December 16, 2008
   7,000    —      —      110.03    July 13, 2009
   10,000    —      —      88.38    March 28, 2010
   5,700    —      —      68.59    February 18, 2010
   —      —      3,000    —      November 17, 2008
   —      —      1,900    —      November 17, 2009
   —      —      2,700    —      November 2, 2010

Bernard R. van Rooyen

   —      —      3,000    —      November 17, 2008

Chris I. von Christierson

   10,000    —      —      110.03    July 13, 2009
   10,000    —      —      88.38    March 28, 2010
   —      —      3,000    —      November 17, 2008
   —      —      1,900    —      November 17, 2009
   —      —      2,700    —      November 2, 2010

Rupert L. Pennant-Rea

   5,000    —      —      110.03    July 13, 2009
   10,000    —      —      88.38    March 28, 2010
   10,000    —      —      68.59    February 18, 2010
   —      —      3,000    —      November 17, 2008
   —      —      1,900    —      November 17, 2009
   —      —      2,700    —      November 2, 2010

Jakes G. Gerwel (2)

   —      —      3,000    —      November 17, 2008
   —      —      1,200    —      November 17, 2009

Kofi Ansah

   6,700    —      —      68.59    February 18, 2010
   —      —      3,000    —      November 17, 2008
   —      —      1,900    —      November 17, 2009
   —      —      2,700    —      November 2, 2010

Christopher M. T. Thompson

   —      —      3,000    —      November 17, 2008

 

184


Table of Contents

Name

   Options to
purchase
ordinary
shares
   Share
appreciation
rights
(SARS)
   Restricted
shares
  

Option/
SARS
exercise
price

(in Rand)

  

Expiration/
settlement date (1)

Donald M. J. Ncube

   —      —      800    —      November 10, 2009
   —      —      2,700    —      November 2, 2010

John G. Hopwood

   —      —      800    —      November 10, 2009
   —      —      2,700    —      November 2, 2010

Artem Grigorian

   —      —      1,900    —      November 10, 2009
   —      —      2,700    —      November 2, 2010

Gill Marcus

   —      —      1,200    —      November 2, 2010

Executive Officers

              

James W. D. Dowsley

   7,334    —      —      46.23    July 5, 2009
   7,333    —      —      46.23    March 28, 2010
   33    —      —      46.23    July 14, 2010
   2,567    —      —      84.17    March 17, 2010
   2,567    —      —      84.17    October 20, 2010
   2,566    —      —      84.17    December 30, 2010
   2,300    —      —      93.49    August 18, 2010
   2,300    —      —      93.49    February 16, 2011
   2,300    —      —      93.49    March 23, 2011
   5,000    —      —      83.18    March 3, 2011
   2,500    —      —      83.18    October 6, 2011
   5,000    —      —      76.75    October 22, 2011
   2,500    —      —      76.75    January 26, 2012
   7,500    —      —      67.93    February 25, 2012
   15,000    —      —      63.65    May 23, 2012
   —      5,925    —      125.28    March 24, 2012
   —      —      4,100    —      March 24, 2009
   —      5,500    —      124.19    March 1, 2013
   —      —      5,700    —      March 1, 2010

Craig J. Nelsen (3)

   22,800    —      —      154.65    May 24, 2009
   17,000    —      —      84.17    March 17, 2010
   33,200    —      —      73.8    May 1, 2010
   10,600    —      —      93.49    August 19, 2010
   10,000    —      —      83.18    March 3, 2011
   5,000    —      —      76.75    October 22, 2011
   5,000    —      —      67.93    February 25, 2012
   10,000    —      —      63.65    May 23, 2012

Brendan I. Walker (4)

   4,933    —      —      84.17    March 17, 2010
   22,000    —      —      46.23    December 12, 2008
   9,800    —      —      93.49    August 19, 2010
   2,500    —      —      83.19    March 3, 2011
   2,500    —      —      76.75    October 22, 2011
   —      9,075    —      125.28    March 24, 2012
   —      —      6,800    —      March 24, 2009

Nerina Bodasing

   1,734    —      —      68.40    February 1, 2012
   866    —      —      68.40    February 16, 2012
   2,600    —      —      63.65    May 23, 2012
   —      3,300    —      125.28    March 24, 2012
   —      —      1,200    —      March 24, 2009
   —      5,451    —      124.19    March 1, 2013
   —      —      2,100    —      March 1, 2010

 

185


Table of Contents

Name

   Options to
purchase
ordinary
shares
   Share
appreciation
rights
(SARS)
   Restricted
shares
  

Option/
SARS
exercise
price

(in Rand)

  

Expiration/
settlement date (1)

Italia Boninelli

   —      11,000    —      124.19    March 1, 2013
   —      —      11,300    —      March 1, 2010

Michael D. Fleischer

   —      11,067    —      124.19    March 1, 2013
   —      —      12,533    —      March 1, 2010

Jan W. Jacobsz

   4,000    —      —      46.23    July 5, 2009
   4,000    —      —      46.23    March 28, 2010
   500    —      —      46.23    July 14, 2010
   3,967    —      —      154.65    December 27, 2009
   3,966    —      —      154.65    April 2, 2010
   3,967    —      —      154.65    August 5, 2010
   1,834    —      —      84.17    March 17, 2010
   1,833    —      —      84.17    October 20, 2010
   1,833    —      —      84.17    December 30, 2010
   1,667    —      —      93.49    August 18, 2010
   1,667    —      —      93.49    February 16, 2011
   1,666    —      —      93.49    March 23, 2011
   5,000    —      —      83.18    March 3, 2011
   2,500    —      —      83.18    October 6, 2011
   5,000    —      —      76.75    October 22, 2011
   2,500    —      —      76.75    February 16, 2012
   7,500    —      —      67.93    February 25, 2012
   15,000    —      —      63.65    May 23, 2012
   —      3,950    —      125.28    March 24, 2012
   —      —      4,100    —      March 24, 2009
   —      5,500    —      124.19    March 1, 2013
   —      —      5,700    —      March 1, 2010

Tommy McKeith

   —      50,000    —      121.82    October 1, 2013
   —      —      50,000    —      October 1, 2010

John A. Munro

   2,000    —      —      46.23    March 28, 2010
   4,000    —      —      46.23    July 14, 2010
   12,334    —      —      92.95    October 1, 2009
   6,166    —      —      92.95    July 6, 2010
   2,500    —      —      84.17    March 17, 2010
   2,500    —      —      84.17    October 20, 2010
   2,500    —      —      84.17    December 30, 2010
   11,600    —      —      93.49    August 18, 2010
   11,600    —      —      93.49    February 16, 2011
   11,600    —      —      93.49    March 23, 2011
   10,000    —      —      83.18    March 3, 2011
   5,000    —      —      83.18    October 6, 2011
   10,000    —      —      76.75    October 22, 2011
   5,000    —      —      76.75    February 16, 2012
   15,000    —      —      67.93    February 25, 2012
   30,000    —      —      63.65    May 23, 2012
   —      9,075    —      125.28    March 24, 2012
   —      —      6,800    —      March 24, 2009
   —      16,600    —      124.19    March 1, 2013
   —      —      9,400    —      March 1, 2010

 

186


Table of Contents

Name

   Options to
purchase
ordinary
shares
   Share
appreciation
rights
(SARS)
   Restricted
shares
  

Option/
SARS
exercise
price

(in Rand)

  

Expiration/
settlement date (1)

Terence P. Goodlace

   3,167    —      —      154.65    December 27, 2009
   3,167    —      —      154.65    January 4, 2010
   3,166    —      —      154.65    October 20, 2010
   2,200    —      —      84.17    March 17, 2010
   2,200    —      —      84.17    October 20, 2010
   2,200    —      —      84.17    December 30, 2010
   1,967    —      —      93.49    August 18, 2010
   1,967    —      —      93.49    February 16, 2011
   1,966    —      —      93.49    March 23, 2011
   5,000    —      —      83.18    March 3, 2011
   2,500    —      —      83.18    October 6, 2011
   5,000    —      —      76.75    October 22, 2011
   2,500    —      —      76.75    February 16, 2012
   7,500    —      —      67.93    February 25, 2012
   15,000    —      —      63.65    May 23, 2012
   30,000    —      —      111.66    January 3, 2013
   —      9,075    —      125.28    March 24, 2012
   —      —      6,800    —      March 24, 2009
   —      8,300    —      124.19    March 1, 2013
   —      —      9,400    —      March 1, 2010

Glenn R. Baldwin

   —      8,000    —      127.72    April 2, 2013
   —      —      9,100    —      April 2, 2010

James T. Nkosi

   5,867    —      —      116.85    August 12, 2009
   5,867    —      —      116.85    March 17, 2010
   5,866    —      —      116.85    January 8, 2011
   5,334    —      —      119.90    February 16, 2010
   5,333    —      —      119.90    August 7, 2010
   5,333    —      —      119.90    December 30, 2010
   1,634    —      —      93.49    August 18, 2010
   1,633    —      —      93.49    February 16, 2011
   1,633    —      —      93.49    March 23, 2011
   5,000    —      —      83.18    March 3, 2011
   2,500    —      —      83.18    October 6, 2011
   5,000    —      —      62.25    July 1, 2011
   7,500    —      —      67.93    February 25, 2012
   15,000    —      —      63.65    May 23, 2012
   —      1,975    —      125.28    March 24, 2012
   —      —      4,100    —      March 24, 2009
   —      5,500    —      124.19    March 1, 2013
   —      —      5,700    —      March 1, 2010
                        

Total issued in fiscal 2007 (5)

   —      167,243    176,333    —      —  
                        

Total outstanding at November 20, 2007

   1,449,833    249,743    296,433    —      —  
                        

Notes:

 

(1) Certain expiration dates have been extended under the rules of the Schemes and Plans to cater for special closed periods during which the officers and directors were not permitted to deal in their options.

 

187


Table of Contents
(2) Jakes G. Gerwel retired from the Board at the Gold Fields’ annual general meeting on November 10, 2006.

 

(3) On June 30, 2007, Craig Nelsen resigned from Gold Fields.

 

(4) Brendan Walker passed away on December 30, 2006 and his estate has until December 30, 2007 to exercise his vested options.

 

(5) Issued in fiscal 2006, pursuant to The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan, The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan or the GF Management Incentive Scheme as part of the compensation paid to directors and officers in fiscal 2006.

Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers

The following sets forth, to the knowledge of Gold Fields’ management, the total amount of ordinary shares directly or indirectly owned by the directors and executive officers of Gold Fields as of November 20, 2007 :

 

Holder

   Ordinary
shares
   Percentage  

Ian D. Cockerill

   62,000    0.01 %

Alan J. Wright

   135,690    0.02 %

John G. Hopwood

   15,000    0.00 %

Gill Marcus

   1,900    0.00 %

Total Directors (11 persons)

   214,590    0.03 %

Total Non-Director Executive Officers (14 persons)

   —      —    
           

Total Directors and Executive Officers (25 persons)

   214,590    0.03 %
           

The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan

At Gold Fields’ annual general meeting held on November 17, 2005, the shareholders approved The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan, or The 2005 Plan, under which employees, including executive directors, will be compensated going forward.

The 2005 Plan provides for two types of awards: performance vesting restricted shares, or PVRS, and performance allocated share appreciation rights, or SARS. The PVRS will only be released to participants three years after the date of the award of such shares, and the release is subject, in whole and in part, to Gold Fields meeting certain performance criteria set by the Board of Directors. The SARS are similarly not available to participants until three years after their award; however, availability is not subject to Gold Fields’ performance. The size of the initial allocation of SARS is dependent on the performance of the participant at the time of allocation. The first allocations under The 2005 Plan were made in March 2006, when 1,000,150 SARS were allocated and 430,500 PVRS were awarded. The second allocations under The 2005 Plan were made in March 2007, when 876,599 SARS were allocated and 1,496,897 PVRS were awarded. Interim awards to newly appointed Vice Presidents totalled 68,000 SARS and 69,100 PVRS. Gold Fields had outstanding as of November 20, 2007, 1,736,651 SARS and 1,810,835 PVRS under The 2005 Plan.

The GF Management Incentive Scheme

Prior to approval of The 2005 Plan, share options were available to executive officers and other employees, as determined by the Board of Directors under The GF Management Incentive Scheme. Options to purchase a total of 5,369,632 ordinary shares were outstanding under The GF Management Incentive Scheme as of November 20, 2007, of which options to purchase 674,900 ordinary shares at a weighted average price of Rand 74.08 were held by the executive directors of Gold Fields. The exercise prices of all outstanding options range between Rand 20.90 and Rand 154.65 per ordinary share and they expire between June 18, 2008 and October 15, 2013. The exercise price of each ordinary share which is the subject of an option is the weighted average price of the ordinary shares on the JSE on the day immediately preceding the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant the option.

 

188


Table of Contents

Each option may normally only be exercised by a participant on the following bases: (1) after two years have elapsed from the date on which the option was accepted by the participant, in respect of not more than one-third of the ordinary shares which are the subject of that option; (2) after three years have elapsed from the date on which the option was accepted by the participant, in respect of not more than a further one-third (representing two-thirds cumulatively) of the ordinary shares which are the subject of that option; and (3) after four years have elapsed from the date on which the option was accepted by the participant, in respect of all the ordinary shares which are the subject of that option, subject to revision by the Board of Directors. For so long as a person continues to work for Gold Fields, options lapse seven years after the date of acceptance of the option by the participant. Options vest as soon as they are exercisable, and employees who leave Gold Fields have one year following their departure to exercise options which have vested. Options which are not yet exercisable are forfeited upon leaving employment, subject to exceptions relating to changes in control of Gold Fields and no fault termination of service as part of organizational restructuring.

The share option scheme may be amended from time to time by the Board of Directors and the trustees of the scheme in any respect (except in relation to amendments affecting: (1) the eligibility of participants under the scheme; (2) the formula for calculating the total number of ordinary shares which may be issued under the scheme; (3) the maximum number of options which may be acquired by any participant; (4) the option price formula; and (5) the voting, dividend and transfer rights attaching to options, which may only be amended through approval in a general meeting), provided that no such amendment shall operate to affect the vested rights of any participant.

As the first allocations were made under The 2005 Plan in March 2006, no further allocations will be made under The GF Management Incentive Scheme from that date.

A total of 5% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital, being 32,616,874 shares as of November 20, 2007, is reserved for issuance under all the prevailing share schemes described above. This percentage may only be amended with the approval of shareholders in general meeting and the JSE.

The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan

At Gold Fields’ annual general meeting held on November 17, 2005, the shareholders approved The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan, or The 2005 Non-Executive Plan. Participants in The 2005 Non-Executive Plan will be non-executive directors of Gold Fields who are not members of the Non-Executive Directors Remuneration Committee, which is a committee comprising the Chief Executive Officer and two representatives of shareholders of Gold Fields nominated by the Chief Executive Officer under The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan. The Plan provides for the release of restricted shares awarded to the non-executive directors three years after the date of the award, provided that the non-executive director is not removed, disqualified or forced to resign from the Board of Directors during that period. No consideration is payable for the grant of an award of restricted shares. Awards in respect of 29,600 shares were authorized at Gold Fields’ annual general meeting on November 2, 2007.

The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan

Prior to the approval of The 2005 Non-Executive Plan, share options were available to non-executive directors selected by the Non-Executive Directors Remuneration Committee. No member of the Non-Executive Directors Remuneration Committee could be a participant in The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan. The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan was adopted at the annual general meeting of shareholders on October 31, 2001. The exercise price of each ordinary share which is the subject of an option is the weighted average price of the ordinary shares on the JSE on the day immediately preceding the date on which the Non-Executive Directors Remuneration Committee resolves to grant the option.

Under The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan, all options granted may only be exercised no less than 12 months and no more than five years after the date on which the option was accepted by the participant.

 

189


Table of Contents

If an option holder ceases to hold office for any reason, he will be entitled within 30 days to exercise share options which he was entitled to exercise immediately prior to his ceasing to hold office, failing which the options shall automatically lapse. The share option plan may be amended from time to time by the Non-Executive Directors Remuneration Committee in any respect, except in relation to: (1) the eligibility of participants under the plan; (2) the formula for calculating the total number of ordinary shares which may be acquired pursuant to the plan; (3) the maximum number of options which may be acquired by any participant; (4) the price payable by participants; and (5) the voting, dividend and transfer rights attaching to options, which may only be amended through approval by the shareholders in a general meeting and by the JSE.

Options to purchase a total of 174,400 ordinary shares were held by the non-executive directors of Gold Fields under the plan as of October 15, 2007. The exercise prices of all outstanding options granted under this plan range between Rand 43.70 and Rand 110.03 per ordinary share, and they expire between December 16, 2008 and March 28, 2010.

Following the approval of The 2005 Non-Executive Plan at the Annual General Meeting held on November 17, 2005 and the approval of the first allocations under that Plan at that meeting, no further allocations will be made under The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan.

Executive Directors’ Terms of Employment

Each of Ian D. Cockerill (Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer of Gold Fields) and Nicholas J. Holland (Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of Gold Fields) has entered into service agreements with subsidiaries of Gold Fields. One agreement, or the GFL Contract, is with GFL Mining Services Ltd., or GFLMSL. The two other agreements, or the Offshore Contracts, are with Gold Fields offshore subsidiaries in respect of work performed offshore for such subsidiaries. The terms and conditions of employment for each executive director are substantially similar, except where otherwise indicated below.

The current annual gross remuneration package, or GRP, payable to each of Mr. Cockerill and Mr. Holland was determined by the Compensation Committee and is as follows:

 

   

Mr. Cockerill            R4,055,000 plus U.S.$242,000

 

   

Mr. Holland              R2,930,000 plus U.S.$180,000

For calendar year 2008, the Compensation Committee approved the following annual GRP, effective January 1, 2008:

 

   

Mr. Cockerill            R4,363,180 plus U.S.$253,616

 

   

Mr. Holland              R3,176,120 plus U.S.$189,540

The split between the contracts for these amounts payable to the executive directors is determined on the basis of the amount of time spent by that executive director in respect of each contract.

The GFL Contracts

Under the GFL Contracts, the employment of Mr. Cockerill and Mr. Holland will continue until terminated upon (i) six months’ notice by either party or (ii) retirement of the relevant executive director (currently provided for at age 60 in the contract). Gold Fields can also terminate the executive director’s employment summarily for any reason recognized by law as justifying summary termination.

The value of the GRP payable in terms of the GFL Contract is to be allocated among the following benefits: (i) salary; (ii) compulsory retirement fund contribution (with contributions set at 20% of “Pensionable Emoluments,” which are set at a rate between 50% and 100% of the GRP as elected by the executive director); (iii) voluntary participation in a vehicle scheme; (iv) compulsory medical coverage; and (v) compulsory Group Personal Accident Policy coverage. In addition, it is compulsory for each of Mr. Cockerill and Mr. Holland to contribute 1% of his GRP to the Unemployment Insurance Fund, subject to any legislated contribution maximum at the time.

 

190


Table of Contents

The Offshore Contracts

Under the Offshore Contracts, each of Mr. Cockerill and Mr. Holland are paid offshore, in an appropriate currency, that portion of the GRP relating to the amount of time spent performing duties offshore for the relevant offshore companies. In the interest of simplicity, no benefits other than annual leave accrue to each executive director under the Offshore Contracts and their remuneration is wholly paid in salary.

Other Remuneration

In addition to the gross guaranteed remuneration payable, each of Mr. Cockerill and Mr. Holland is entitled, among other things, to the following benefits under their employment contracts: (i) participation in the GF Management Incentive Scheme and The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan; and (ii) consideration for an annual (financial year) incentive bonus based upon the fulfillment of certain targets set by the Board of Directors.

The amount and manner of any bonus payment is determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board. See “—Board of Directors Committees.” The annual bonus is set at a target of 50% of the value of the GRP, assuming fulfillment of all targets, with scope to award a lesser bonus if targets are not met, or a greater bonus, up to a further 50% of the GRP, if targets are exceeded.

The employment contracts also provide that in the event of the relevant executive director’s employment being terminated solely as a result of a “change of control” as defined below, and within 12 months of the change of control, the director is entitled to: (i) payment of an amount equal to twice his GRP; (ii) payment of an amount equal to the average of the incentive bonuses paid to the executive director during the previous two completed financial years; (iii) any other payments and/or benefits due under the contracts; (iv) payment of any annual incentive bonus he has earned during the financial year notwithstanding that the financial year is incomplete; (v) an entitlement, for two years after the date of termination, subject to the relevant rules of the GF Management Incentive Scheme then in force, to retain and to exercise all share options allocated to him including those which may not have vested at the date of such termination; and (vi) an entitlement to be settled with the SARS and Restricted Shares allocated and awarded to him, subject to the rules of The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan then in force, and in the case of the SARS will have a further period of one year in which to exercise such SARS. The employment contracts further provide that these payments cover any compensation or damages the executive director may have under any applicable employment legislation.

A “change of control” for the above is defined as the acquisition by a third party or concert parties of 30% or more of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares.

In the event of the consummation of an acquisition, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement or other reorganization, whether or not there is a change of control, if the executive director’s services are terminated the “change of control” provisions summarized above also apply.

Non-executive Director Fees

The non-executive directors are entitled to fees as agreed at Gold Fields’ annual general meeting from time to time, reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred on Gold Fields’ behalf and remuneration for other services, such as serving on committees. A travel allowance is payable to compensate non-executive directors for international travel to attend Board meetings. Board fees as at June 30, 2007 were as follows (all U.S.$ amounts are based on an exchange rate of U.S.$1 = Rand 7.00): the chairman of the Board received an annual fee of Rand 1.0 million ($142,857); the attendance fee for each Board member, excluding the Chairman, for each Board meeting was Rand 8,125 ($1,161) per meeting; the annual fee for each chairman of a Board committee, other than the Audit Committee chairman, was Rand 80,000 ($11,429); the annual fee for the chairman of the Audit Committee was Rand 112,000 ($16,000); the attendance fee for each Board committee member for each Board committee meeting was Rand 4,875 ($696) per meeting; the annual fee for members of each Board committee,

 

191


Table of Contents

other than the Audit Committee, was Rand 40,000 ($5,714); the annual fee for each member of the Audit Committee, excluding the chairman, was Rand 56,000 ($8,000); and the shareholder-approved travel allowance payable to directors who travel internationally to attend meetings was $4,000 per international trip.

At the Annual General Meeting which took place on November 2, 2007, the shareholders increased Board fees as follows: the chairman of the Board receives an annual fee of Rand 1.05 million ($150,000); the attendance fee for each Board member, excluding the Chairman, for each Board meeting is Rand 8,800 ($1,257) per meeting; the annual fee for each chairman of a Board committee, other than the Audit Committee chairman, is Rand 87,000 ($12,429); the annual fee for the chairman of the Audit Committee is Rand 122,000 ($17,429); the attendance fee for each Board committee member for each Board committee meeting is Rand 5,300 ($757) per meeting; the annual fee for members of each Board committee, other than the Audit Committee, is Rand 43,500 ($6,214); the annual fee for each member of the Audit Committee, excluding the chairman, is Rand 61,000 ($8,714); and the shareholder-approved travel allowance payable to directors who travel internationally to attend meetings is $4,400 per international trip. Gold Fields has no service contracts with its non-executive directors.

Employees

The gold mining industry, particularly in South Africa, is labor-intensive. The total number of employees, including employees of outside contractors, as of the end of the last three fiscal years at each of the operations owned by Gold Fields as of those dates was:

 

     As of June 30,  
     2005 (1)    2006 (1)    2007 (1)  

South Africa

        

Driefontein

   17,200    16,700    18,300  

Kloof

   15,400    16,900    17,900  

Beatrix

   12,300    11,500    11,400  

South Deep

   —      —      4,800  

Ghana

        

Tarkwa

   3,300    3,000    3,800  

Damang

   900    900    1,000  

Australia

        

St. Ives

   1,000    700    800  

Agnew

   400    400    300  

Venezuela

        

Choco 10

   —      600    1,000  
                

Total

   50,500    50,700    59,300 (2)
                

Notes:

 

(1) Rounded to the nearest hundred.

 

(2) As of June 30, 2007, approximately 78% of these employees were laborers and semi-skilled employees.

Labor Relations

South Africa

Since 1995, the South African legislature has enacted various labor laws that enhance the rights of employees. For example, these laws:

 

   

confirm the right of employees to belong to trade unions and the right of unions to have access to the workplace;

 

192


Table of Contents
   

guarantee employees the right to strike, picket and participate in secondary strikes in certain prescribed circumstances;

 

   

provide for mandatory severance pay in the event of termination of employment for operational reasons;

 

   

reduce and limit the maximum ordinary hours of work;

 

   

increase the rate of pay for overtime;

 

   

require large employers such as Gold Fields to implement affirmative action policies to benefit historically disadvantaged groups, and impose significant monetary penalties for non-compliance with the administrative and reporting requirements of the legislation;

 

   

provide for the financing of training programs by means of a levy grant system and a National Skills Fund; and

 

   

grant employees the right to strike if a company employing over 500 employees terminates the employment of over 50 employees at any one time for operational reasons.

Approximately 79% of the labor force at Gold Fields’ South African operations is unionized, with the major portion of its South African workforce being members of the National Union of Mineworkers, or the NUM. As a result of its highly unionized labor force in South Africa and the fact that labor costs constitute approximately 50% of production costs, Gold Fields has attempted to balance union demands with the need to contain and reduce total cash costs in order to ensure the long-term viability of its operations.

Wage Agreements

2007 – 2009 Agreement

Wage increases and changes to terms and conditions of employment are negotiated with the unions every two years, and on August 30, 2007, Gold Fields reached a two-year wage agreement, or the 2007 wage agreement, with the United Association of South Africa, or UASA, Solidarity Trade Union, or Solidarity, and the NUM. This agreement provided for wage increases for the majority of employees of between 8% and 8.5%, depending upon the category of employee, implemented with effect from July 1, 2007. In addition, the minimum wages of the lowest paid employees were increased by 10%. The approximate impact of the 2007 wage agreement is expected to be a 4% increase on the total Rand production costs for the South African operations for fiscal 2008.

A further inflation-linked increase of 1% above inflation with a minimum of 8% will be implemented on July 1, 2008.

The 2007 wage agreement further provides for a number of adjustments to several other conditions of employment, such as family responsibility leave, funeral benefits and medical incapacitation benefits, as well as an increase in the “living out allowance” from R1,000 to R1,100, effective from July 1, 2007. Currently, approximately 30% of Gold Fields’ South African labor force receive living out allowances.

The next round of negotiations with the unions in South Africa is expected to commence in May 2009, as the current agreement expires in June of that year.

2005 – 2007 Agreement

The previous wage agreement concluded in August 2005 provided for wage increase of between 6% and 7% in 2005 and an inflation-linked increase of between 5.5% to 6%, depending on the category of employee, for July 1, 2006.

 

193


Table of Contents

In total, labor costs increased approximately 14% in South Africa in fiscal 2007 (excluding South Deep), mainly due to the annual wage increase of 5.5% to 6% from July 2006, together with indirect costs and allowances, which increased in line with industry trends, market-related adjustments and an increase in employee numbers necessary to support the increase in mining volumes.

Work week and shift arrangements are negotiated on a shaft-by-shaft basis and vary in accordance with staffing needs and union demands at each shaft. South African legislation provides for a 45-hour work week.

Ghana

In Ghana, there are various constitutional and legislative provisions relating to labor which, among other things:

 

   

entitle workers to join trade unions and give those unions the power to negotiate on their behalf with regard to their conditions of employment;

 

   

prohibit discrimination against union members;

 

   

entitle workers to strike in certain prescribed circumstances;

 

   

regulate the hours of work, termination notice, severance pay and minimum length of annual leave for workers;

 

   

provide for social security for workers and workers’ compensation; and

 

   

provide for arbitration in trade disputes.

On October 8, 2003, the Ghanaian Parliament passed the Labour Act, 2003 (Act 651), or the Labour Act. The Labour Act gives employees greater freedom to form and to join trade unions, among other rights. The Labour Regulations 2007 (L.I 1833), or the Regulations, made under the Labour Act came into effect on June 8, 2007.

Of the Ghanaian employees at Tarkwa and Damang, including those employed by African Mining Services (Ghana) Pty Ltd, or AMS, the majority are members of the Ghana Mineworkers Union, or GMWU, whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement originally concluded in 1996 and revised in 2000, 2003, 2004 and 2006. Wages are revised annually by negotiation with the GMWU. In July 2004, Gold Fields Ghana concluded a two-year agreement with the GMWU covering both the Tarkwa and Damang mines. The agreement provided for a 2% increase in basic rates of pay effective January 1, 2004. The increase effective January 1, 2005 was 3% and for 2006, effective January 1, 2006, was 12%. The agreement further provided for profit-sharing arrangements under which employees shared in the profits made at the Tarkwa and Damang mines in fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006. The payment for fiscal 2005 was agreed at $750 per employee in service for the full fiscal year and in 2006 it was U.S.$1000.

In 2006, the GMWU and Gold Fields renegotiated the terms of their collective bargaining agreement, which the parties signed on August 24, 2006. On August 23, 2007, GMWU and Gold Fields agreed an 11% wage increase in basic rates of pay, effective January 1, 2007. Additionally, as a profit-sharing arrangement, Gold Fields agreed to pay a lump sum amount of U.S.$1,049 to each employee in Gold Fields’ service during the period from July 1, 2006 to June 30, 2007. Additionally, Gold Fields negotiated a new employee gain-sharing model with the union for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, pursuant to which 1.25% of profits after tax and royalties will be shared among local employees.

Senior staff terms of employment are also governed by the Labour Act. Under the Labour Act, employees considered to be in “policy-making” positions are prohibited from joining unions. As a result, some members of senior staff who are not in “policy-making” positions could be eligible to join unions which would then negotiate terms of employment on their behalf. Pursuant to this, in fiscal 2007 Gold Fields’ senior staff association, which previously constituted a non-bargaining consultative unit representing senior staff, joined the GMWU. In turn,

 

194


Table of Contents

the GMWU obtained a bargaining certificate on May 24, 2007 to negotiate on the association’s behalf, thus leading to the formation of the Professional and Managerial Staff Union, or PMSU. Following the formation of the PMSU and the election of its executives, Gold Fields’ management was obligated to negotiate conditions for the senior staff with GMWU. In August 2007, the PMSU accepted and signed a wage increase and gain share agreement with the same terms as the agreement signed by GMWU and Gold Fields on August 23, 2007, as described above. To date, the GMWU has a submitted a proposal to negotiate and finalize further conditions of senior staff employment at Gold Fields.

In August 2005, Gold Fields experienced an unexpected 48-hour strike at the Tarkwa mine. The strike centered on unhappiness with existing union representation and, as a result of steps taken by Gold Fields in conjunction with the union, an interim management committee was elected until January 2007, when substantive elections were held to appoint new union representatives.

As part of a project undertaken by Gold Fields to expand operations at Tarkwa, or the Tarkwa Expansion Project, Gold Fields has completed shifting operations at the mine from contractor mining to owner mining. The conversion to owner mining at Tarkwa was completed in fiscal 2005 without any labor incidents.

Australia

In Western Australia, where Gold Fields’ Australian operations are located, labor is now primarily regulated by the Workplace Relations Act 1996 (Cth), or the Workplace Relations Act, and the federal industrial relations system created thereby. Prior to March 27, 2006, Gold Fields was subject to Western Australia’s state-based system. Amendments to the Workplace Relations Act were passed in March 2006 which have curtailed both the rights of unions to access workplaces and the collective bargaining rights of employees.

The Workplace Relations Act prescribes, among other things:

 

   

minimum wages;

 

   

maximum ordinary hours of work;

 

   

forms of leave (other than long-service leave);

 

   

conditions regarding termination of an employee for redundancy;

 

   

sanctions for unfair dismissal and unlawful termination;

 

   

rights of unions to enter a workplace; and

 

   

collective bargaining rights for employees.

With the exception of a range of state statutes limited to health and safety, long-service leave, discrimination and workers’ compensation, Gold Fields and its employees are no longer subject to state industrial or employment laws.

All of Gold Fields’ Australian employees and the employees of the contractors at the St. Ives and Agnew mines are employed pursuant to individually negotiated federal workplace agreements. The effect of federal workplace agreements is generally to exclude collective bargaining and union access to the workplace, other than for occupational health and safety purposes.

Historically, Australian unions have had a significant role in negotiating collective agreements for pay and working conditions. However, as a result of the amendments to the Workplace Relations Act, together with the fact that relevant unions currently have little presence in Western Australia’s mining industry, there is currently minimal scope for union interference at Gold Fields’ mining operations in Australia.

 

195


Table of Contents

The Australian Labor Party, which was elected in the Australian federal election in November 2007, has indicated that it will reverse some of the amendments to the Workplace Relations Act passed by the government, which would result in increased union involvement in the Australian mining industry.

Venezuela

In general, employees working in Venezuela are subject to Venezuelan labor laws as set forth in the Organic Labor Law, or Labor Law. In recent years, the Venezuelan government has implemented stricter labor laws and increased worker rights. The Labor Law, its regulations and related social benefits laws impose statutory duties and taxes on companies doing business in Venezuela. Most of the provisions of these laws govern minimum benefits and they regulate, among other things:

 

   

payment of salaries, which includes workday duration and overtime, payment of profit-sharing, vacation enjoyment and social benefit payments;

 

   

employment termination;

 

   

work-related accidents, occupational illnesses and Venezuela’s Organic Law of Work Conditions, which imposes on employers the obligation of maintaining a work environment where employees are safeguarded against work-related accidents and illnesses;

 

   

social security law;

 

   

mandated employer contributions to the National Education Cooperation Institute;

 

   

mandatory housing policy funds;

 

   

unemployment; and

 

   

collective bargaining rights of employees.

In March 2007, the Government extended for the fifth consecutive year a firing freeze for private and public sector workers governed by the Organic Labor Law, effective through December 31, 2007. Under the decree, workers may not be fired, demoted or transferred without just cause. In Venezuela, most of the labor and social benefits awarded by law are improved by collective bargaining agreements, or CBAs. These improved benefits once granted may never be decreased. On February 15, 2005, PMG, while under the control of Bolivar, entered into a CBA with the PMG labor union (SINTRA PMG, S.A.), under which it provides benefits beyond those required by law for its employees, including payment for health and life insurance, a savings scheme and transport. In July 2006, the workers formed a new union (UNTRAMIGUA GOLD FIELDS) which, following a labor referendum, was identified as the most representative union in the mine. The CBA entered into in 2005 expired on March 1, 2007. Following several months of negotiations, a new agreement with UNTRAMIGUA GOLD FIELDS was exected on September 21, 2007, which included benefit and wage increases similar to those found throughout the Venezuelan mining industry. The benefits awarded by the new CBA are retroactive to January 1, 2007 and the term of the new agreement is for two years from March 1, 2007.

Benefits

Gold Fields provides benefits to its employees, generally including pension, medical and accommodation benefits. Employees are also entitled to a severance package if they are laid off. At Damang, medical benefits only are provided by AMS, while the costs of such benefits are paid by Gold Fields under the terms of the contract between Gold Fields and AMS. Gold Fields’ own employees are generally provided with medical and retirement benefits. In Australia, benefits for contractors’ employees are the responsibility of each contractor and Gold Fields’ own employees are generally responsible for their own medical costs and other benefits, except that Gold Fields contributes to a third-party pension plan. In Venezuela, in addition to the social and labor benefits awarded by law, Gold Fields, under the CBA, provides other benefits for the employees including health and life insurance, a savings scheme and transport. There is no statutory workers compensation scheme in Venezuela, but there is a social security system and both employers and employees must contribute.

 

196


Table of Contents

Gold Fields provides 50% of the contributions (premiums) under a medical plan, or the Gold Fields Plan, for certain former employees in South Africa. As of June 30, 2007, 89% of these former employees and dependants had been bought out of the scheme at a 15% premium. As of June 30, 2007, approximately 224 former employees were still covered under this plan following the buyout. The provision is adjusted annually in accordance with an updated actuarial valuation (tables). Gold Fields is not obligated to make these contributions for members of the former Aumed Medical Scheme (which was in place at the Free State operation and was combined with the Medisense Medical Scheme during fiscal 2003) who retired after August 31, 1997 and members of the Medisense Medical Scheme who retired after January 31, 1999.

As part of the acquisition of South Deep, Gold Fields assumed an additional post-retirement healthcare cost liability, or the South Deep Plan. Former employees of South Deep belong to a commercial medical scheme with employer liability for contribution per pensioner limited to R400 per month. The R400 monthly contribution is fixed and is payable until the arrangement terminates on December 31, 2011. At June 30, 2007, there were 235 former South Deep employees that were subject to this employer contribution.

In fiscal 2007, $1.3 million was debited to earnings under the Gold Fields Plan described above. No additional amount is attributable to the inheritance of the South Deep Plan.

Bonus Schemes

Gold Fields has extensive bonus schemes for workers at all levels. The focus of Gold Fields’ bonus schemes is based on specific production and safety targets as the primary drivers, with quality factors being secondary drivers at management levels.

Social Development

Gold Fields has an established social development program in South Africa, which it conducts through the Gold Fields Foundation, or the Foundation. The Foundation was founded by Gold Fields of South Africa Limited more than 20 years ago and has as its mission the promotion and facilitation of sustainable social and economic development in the communities affected by Gold Fields’ operations in South Africa, Ghana and Australia. Gold Fields provides annual funding for the Foundation in an aggregate amount of R3.00 per ounce of gold produced from its South African operations each year plus 0.5% of annual pre-tax profits of its South African operations. Ghana has a similar program in place and funds an aggregate amount of $1 per ounce of gold produced plus 0.5% of annual pre-tax profits at the Ghana operations. In Australia, contributions are made to the Gold Fields Australian Foundation at a rate of A$0.80 per ounce of gold sold. Gold Fields is in the process of implementing a similar program in Venezuela. The funds provided by the operations are applied to development projects where the relevant operation is located. Currently, the Foundation focuses on four primary areas:

 

   

Education . The Foundation has initiatives involving all levels of education from pre-schools to universities. In South Africa, the focus has been on developing educational infrastructure, including providing classrooms, laboratories and libraries. In addition, the Foundation provides for professional training and education, such as AIDS-related training for healthcare workers.

 

   

Healthcare . The Foundation has funded healthcare projects involving a number of issues, in particular, HIV and AIDS, women’s health issues, tuberculosis and healthcare infrastructure development. The Foundation is also involved with various primary care issues.

 

   

Community Development . The Foundation operates a number of programs which focus on improving community life, especially in rural areas. This includes programs dedicated to education, training, welfare, small business development and job creation, among others.

 

   

Environmental Education and Conservation . The Foundation supports various initiatives which work to encourage and facilitate community participation in natural resource management and promote an integrated and sustainable approach to the environment. In line with the requirements of the Social

 

197


Table of Contents
 

and Labour Plans, which are conditions under which the South African government’s Department of Minerals and Energy issues new mining rights to the individual mines in South Africa, resources have been allocated for the development of host communities and traditional labor source communities.

In Venezuela, Gold Fields had an obligation to contribute at least U.S.$250,000 per year in social contributions for the development of the mining area after the commencement of commercial production.

Employment Equity

Under the South African Employment Equity Act, Gold Fields has a responsibility to: (1) promote equal opportunity and fair treatment in employment by eliminating unfair discrimination; and (2) implement affirmative action measures to redress the disadvantages in employment experienced by certain groups, in order to ensure their equitable representation in all occupational categories and levels in the workforce. As required by the Act, Gold Fields has a formal employment equity plan, which has been approved by its unions and submitted as part of its report to South African regulatory officials. The plan includes numerical targets to be achieved over a five-year period, with regular meetings of employment equity forums involving management and employee representatives to monitor progress against the plan. Management believes that Gold Fields is currently making adequate progress toward the targets under its plan and is in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements regarding employment equity.

Training

Gold Fields spent approximately R138.3 million, U.S.$1.4 million, A$0.7 million and U.S.$1.0 million on employee training and development in fiscal 2007 at its South African, Ghanaian, Australian and Venezuelan operations, respectively. In fiscal 2007, the South African operations provided for a further R46.0 million for human resources development costs to cover the team, managerial and leadership mobilization programs scheduled for the fiscal year and any other special training projects which might have arisen as a matter of operational necessity. Particular emphasis is placed on literacy as Gold Fields estimates that between 30% and 40% of its South African employees are functionally illiterate and the Company has set objectives to address this issue by 2009. For fiscal 2008, the direct investment in human resources development at the South African operations is expected to be R185.2 million, including South Deep, with a further provision for R66.2 million in respect of discretionary training projects.

Gold Fields continues to provide comprehensive training to its employees, in full compliance with the regulatory requirements at the sites at which it operates. The training provided in South Africa is aligned with South Africa’s National Qualifications Framework, and is carried out within the ambit of Gold Fields’ education, training and development, or ETD, establishment, which is fully accredited with the relevant Sectoral Education and Training Authority, or SETA, which for Gold Fields is the Mining Qualifications Authority, or MQA. Gold Fields’ ETD establishment has secured accreditation and program approvals from a number of SETAs outside of the mining industry, and is fully certificated in terms of the ISO 9001/2000 and ISO 14000 quality management standards. In order to secure optimal workplace safety and productive work performance, Gold Fields exposes its employees to ETD interventions which significantly exceed compliance to minimum standards, in the form of additional mining and safety skills training, team-based behavioral training, and non-mining related life and social skills training.

In addition, Gold Fields continues to focus systematically on managerial, leadership, and professional development though its Leadership and Professional Talent Pipeline program, by means of a process known as the Management Review, which is integrated with its performance management system.

All of Gold Fields’ employee training activities in South Africa are cognizant of the human resources development requirements of the Mining Charter, and are fully described in the Social and Labor Plan submitted by Gold Fields to the Department of Minerals and Energy. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environmental Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights.”

 

198


Table of Contents

A salient development in the training environment within Gold Fields has been the establishment of the Gold Fields Business and Leadership Academy, or GFBLA. GFBLA comprises all five of the formerly discrete training establishments operating within Gold Fields’ South African operations. These various training establishments have, with effect from July 2006, been consolidated into the single Gold Fields’ subsidiary, GFBLA, under a single management structure and under a unified Strategic and Business Plan. Gold Fields’ executives have been assigned leadership of GFBLA, with a principal mandate to optimize training in order to secure enhanced workforce performance for Gold Fields and with enhanced safety and productivity performance as key outcomes. A secondary mission for GFBLA is to provide commercial training services to a client base external to Gold Fields, and to support the South African government’s strategy to improve the technical skills base in the national economy. This strategy is described in the document outlining the Joint Initiative on Priority Skills Acquisition, which is an important element of the Government’s Accelerated and Shared Growth Initiative for South Africa program. GFBLA’s performance met expectations in fiscal 2007, including meeting its budgeted cost and revenue targets, and the Company believes it is well positioned to sustain such performance into the future.

Health and Safety

Health

The principal health risks associated with Gold Fields’ mining operations in South Africa arise from occupational exposure to dust, noise, heat, noxious fumes and chemicals. The most significant occupational diseases affecting Gold Fields’ workforce include lung diseases (particularly silicosis, tuberculosis and a combination of the two), noise-induced hearing loss and heat exhaustion. In South Africa, the incidence of tuberculosis in mine workers may be aggravated by exposure to crystalline silica dust and by compromised immunity due to HIV infection. Gold Fields is working to further increase the level of ventilation at its underground operations. To reduce the incidence of noise-induced hearing loss, Gold Fields implements engineering controls where practicable and, if it is not possible, Gold Fields trains its workers to use adequate ear protection and provides appropriate equipment. Gold Fields has embarked on significant initiatives to address HIV infection and AIDS among its workforce.

In Ghana and Australia, the primary health risks include dust and noise-induced hearing loss. Malaria is also a significant health risk in Ghana. To combat these risks, Gold Fields provides workers with appropriate protective gear and regular training and screening tests.

Gold Fields provides free healthcare to a substantial portion of its South African and Ghanaian employees while they are employed by Gold Fields. This includes the operation of hospitals and clinics to provide treatment as needed. Workers in Australia are responsible for their own healthcare.

HIV/AIDS Program . On December 12, 2001, Gold Fields entered into an agreement with the principal labor unions representing its employees, under which Gold Fields and the unions agreed to implement various initiatives aimed at reducing the spread of HIV/AIDS among Gold Fields’ workforce and providing for the treatment and care of employees who are HIV positive or suffering from AIDS. These initiatives include, among others, improving awareness and education among employees regarding HIV/AIDS, promoting condom usage among employees, managing sexually transmitted infections and collectively supporting a wellness management program for employees who are HIV positive. In April 2003, the Gold Fields HIV/AIDS program was recognized as one of the nine best programs in the world by the Global Business Coalition Against AIDS.

Gold Fields’ believes that its South African workforce has a similar level of HIV prevalence to that present in groups of males of the same mix of age groups in South Africa generally. Accordingly, Gold Fields has developed and implemented a significant HIV/AIDS program with the goals of reducing the rate of HIV infection among its workforce and minimizing the potential financial impact of AIDS on its operations. This program involves a multi-faceted approach, including the following components:

 

   

HIV/AIDS awareness campaigns;

 

199


Table of Contents
   

peer education and training, involving more than 800 peer educators;

 

   

voluntary counseling and testing;

 

   

condom promotion and distribution, with a stated goal of three condoms per employee per week;

 

   

treatment of sexually transmitted diseases, including treatment of infected sex workers and “periodic presumptive therapy” which involves giving a broad spectrum of antibiotics to asymptomatic sex workers at high risk of contracting sexually transmitted diseases;

 

   

care and support for workers with HIV/AIDS. This includes wellness management, ill health retirement for workers with AIDS (with workers encouraged to return home to their families) and home-based care for such workers following retirement. In January 2004, Gold Fields announced that it had extended the program to include the delivery of Highly Active Antiretroviral Therapy, or HAART, as a treatment option for employees living with AIDS; and

 

   

collaboration with international initiatives such as the Global Health Initiative, World Economic Forum, World Health Organization and USAID.

In October 2006, management estimated that approximately 28.3% of Gold Fields’ workforce in South Africa was infected with HIV. The actuarial model which the Company has applied consistently since 2001 estimates that peak prevalence has been reached.

Based on this level of prevalence, other existing data and various other assumptions, many of which involve factors beyond Gold Fields’ control, management estimates that without appropriate interventions the ultimate impact of HIV/AIDS on its operating costs could be as high as $10.00 per ounce of gold produced at its South African operations. With appropriate and focused interventions, this cost may be substantially reduced.

The cost in fiscal 2007 was estimated at less than $4.00 per ounce in the South African operations. Gold Fields hopes to continue to limit the impact of HIV/AIDS on its operating costs through its HIV/AIDS program. However, the ultimate impact of HIV/AIDS on Gold Fields’ operating costs could vary significantly depending on any of these factors.

See “Risk Factors—HIV/AIDS poses risks to Gold Fields in terms of lost productivity and increased costs.”

HIV/AIDS prevalence is not significant in Gold Fields’ Ghanaian, Australian or Venezuelan workforces. Gold Fields has also introduced its HIV/AIDS program in Ghana.

Safety

Operating mines, particularly underground mines, involves significant safety hazards. Gold Fields has undertaken a number of safety initiatives intended to lower the rate of injuries and fatalities incurred by employees in connection with its operations. A number of these initiatives involve ensuring that employees receive adequate training regarding safe workplace practices. In addition, Gold Fields takes steps to address particular safety issues which are present at its operations. Specific safety issues are explained in further detail in connection with the description of each of Gold Fields’ operations above.

Gold Fields introduced a new health and safety compliance program in fiscal 2001 at its South African operations, with the goal of improving compliance with the Mines Health and Safety Act and other rules, standards, regulations and generally accepted principles relating to health and safety. The Full Compliance Safety Management Initiative, as it is called, has been implemented at all of Gold Fields’ operations and aims to:

 

   

eliminate fatal accidents at Gold Fields’ mines;

 

   

continue to reduce accident rates; and

 

200


Table of Contents
   

maintain a safe and healthy working environment with quality training, good practice and full employee commitment.

Gold Fields’ operations in Australia and Ghana are certified under Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series 18000, an occupational health and safety management specification system. Driefontein, Kloof and Beatrix received certification in fiscal 2007. Internal audits were conducted at South Deep in February 2007 and it is expected that South Deep will receive its certification in fiscal 2008.

The South African operations have subscribed to the milestones set for accidents, elimination of silicosis and noise-induced hearing loss issued by the Mine Health and Safety Council of South Africa, which is a legislative body set up under the Mine Health and Safety Act to advise the Minister of Minerals and Energy on mine safety standards. Action plans have been developed and the Vice President and Head of the South African operations reports to the Board’s Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee on a quarterly basis. President Thabo Mbeki has ordered the Department of Minerals and Energy to conduct an occupational health and safety audit at all mines. The audit of South African mines will be divided into two streams: (1) Legal Audit and (2) Technical Audit of certain installation and practices at mines. See “Information on the Company—Regulatory and Environnmental Matters—South Africa—Health and Safety.”

On July 26, 2005, an amendment to the Organic Law of Prevention, Conditions and Work Environment was enacted in Venezuela, with the purpose of establishing institutions, rules and guidelines for policies and entities aimed at guaranteeing the safety, health and well-being of workers, regulating conditions for the promotion of a safe and healthy work environment, preventing work accidents and occupational diseases and regulating the rights and duties of workers and employers. Gold Fields’ operations in Venezuela are subject to regular inspections from the National Institute for Labor Prevention, Health and Security, which depends on the Ministry of Labor in order to verify compliance with the obligation to maintain a work environment where employees are safeguarded against work-related accidents and illnesses. Gold Fields must comply with several obligations derived from the Organic Law of Work Conditions, including setting up and maintaining medical services, establishing safe sanitary, sound, light, air and ventilation work conditions, supplying security equipment for the workers, maintaining adequate hazard signs and instructions, emergency equipment and evacuation guidelines, and providing manuals for internal safety and appropriate instructions for the workers, among others. The law mandates the creation of a committee formed from employees and employer representatives to oversee internal compliance and improvements. In the case of infringement, this law provides penalties, including criminal liability, in the case of an accident of an employee resulting from Gold Fields’ negligence or failure to comply with the requirements set by the law.

 

201


Table of Contents

ITEM 7: MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Major Shareholders

To the knowledge of management: (1) Gold Fields is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled (a) by another corporation or (b) by any foreign government and (2) there are no arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Gold Fields. To the knowledge of Gold Fields’ management, there is no controlling shareholder of Gold Fields.

As of November 20, 2007, the issued share capital of Gold Fields consisted of 652,337,476 ordinary shares.

A list of the individuals and organizations holding, to the knowledge of management, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of its issued share capital as of October 26, 2007 is set forth below.

 

Beneficial owner

   Ordinary
shares
   Percentage  

BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (1)

   54,550,150    8.40 %

Capital Research & Management Company (2)

   48,171,055    7.41 %

U.S. Retail ADR & Brokerage

   43,633,064    6.72 %

Public Investment Commissioner (3)

   32,770,061    5.04 %

Notes:

 

(1) BlackRock Investment Management, previously known as Merrill Lynch Investment Management, was established in October 2006 with the merger of Merrill Lynch’s asset management business and BlackRock’s asset management business.

 

(2) Capital Research and Management holds its shares through JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank & Trust Company.

 

(3) Public Investment Commissioner holds a portion of its shares directly and a portion of its shares through Stanlib Asset Management, Sanlam Investment Managers, Old Mutual Asset Managers, Future Growth and RMB Asset Management.

To the knowledge of management, none of the above shareholders holds voting rights which are different than those held by Gold Fields’ other shareholders.

The table below shows the significant changes of the percentage of ownership by Gold Fields’ major shareholders, to the knowledge of Gold Fields’ management, during the past three fiscal years.

 

     Beneficial ownership  
     As of June 30,    

As of
October 26,

2007

 
     2005    2006     2007    
                (%)        

Beneficial owner

         

OJSC MMC Norilsk Nickel

   20.0    —   (1)   —   (1)   —   (1)

Public Investment Commissioner (2)

   4.9    9.3     5.6     5.0  

Capital Research and Management (3)

   4.9    9.2     9.7     7.4  

Old Mutual plc (4)

   4.6    7.1     6.9     4.4  

Harmony Gold Mining Company Ltd.

   5.4    —   (1)   —   (1)   —   (1)

BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (5)

   3.6    7.6     6.6     8.4  

Notes:

 

(1) To the knowledge of Gold Fields’ management, the entities did not own Gold Fields’ ordinary shares on the dates specified.

 

202


Table of Contents
(2) Public Investment Commissioner holds a portion of its shares directly and a portion of its shares through Stanlib Asset Management, Sanlam Investment Managers, Old Mutual Asset Managers, Future Growth and RMB Asset Management.

 

(3) Capital Research and Management holds its shares through JPMorgan Chase Bank and State Street Bank & Trust Company.

 

(4) Old Mutual plc holds its shares through Old Mutual Life Assurance Company of South Africa Limited and various subsidiaries.

 

(5) BlackRock Investment Management, previously known as Merrill Lynch Investment Management, was established in October 2006 with the merger of Merrill Lynch’s asset management business and BlackRock’s asset management business.

Related Party Transactions

None of the directors, officers or major shareholders of Gold Fields or, to the knowledge of Gold Fields’ management, their families, had any interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction during the last three fiscal years or in any proposed transaction which has affected or will materially affect Gold Fields or its investment interests or subsidiaries, other than as stated below.

Mvelaphanda

Tokyo M. G. Sexwale, a former non-executive director of Gold Fields, who indicated that he was not available for re-election at the Annual General Meeting held on November 2, 2007, is an executive director of Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, or Mvela Resources, and executive chairman of Mvelaphanda Holdings (Pty) Limited.

On July 10, 2002, Gold Fields announced that it had granted Mvela Resources the right to acquire a beneficial ownership interest of between 5% and 15% in, and a corresponding share of Gold Fields’ obligations and liabilities with respect to, the development, financing or construction of any precious metals mine which is developed in Africa, beginning March 1, 2002. In consideration for the transaction, referred to in this discussion as the Exploration Arrangement, Mvela Resources is obligated to issue to Gold Fields options to subscribe in tranches for linked units in Mvela Resources, consisting of one ordinary share and one unsecured debenture issued by Mvela Resources, at a 10% premium to the five-day weighted average trading price listed on the JSE. Mvela Resources issued to Gold Fields 380,102 options to subscribe for linked units pursuant to this arrangement on September 26, 2002. Thereafter, each year Mvela Resources was obligated to issue to Gold Fields options to subscribe for linked units with a value equal to half of the amount spent by Gold Fields on the precious metals exploration projects covered by the agreement between the parties during that year. On May 5, 2003, Mvela Resources issued to Gold Fields further options to subscribe for 373,435 linked units. In November 2003, Mvela Resources implemented a Scheme of Arrangement and a consolidation of its share capital, which are described below. As a result of these actions, Gold Fields’ right to receive options to subscribe for linked units has been converted into a right to receive options to subscribe for ordinary shares of Mvela Resources. On May 30, 2004, Mvela Resources issued to Gold Fields options to subscribe for 521,812 ordinary shares of Mvela Resources. The options granted under the Exploration Arrangement were originally exercisable for a period of two years from the date of issuance, but as of September 16, 2004, this period was extended to five years. As of June 30, 2007, the aggregate value of the options to subscribe for ordinary shares issued by Mvela Resources to Gold Fields was approximately Rand 171.8 million. The term of the agreement was five years and it expired on February 28, 2007.

On March 8, 2004, the shareholders of Gold Fields approved a series of transactions, referred to in this discussion as the Mvelaphanda Transaction, involving the acquisition by Mvela Resources of a 15% beneficial interest in the South African gold mining assets of Gold Fields for a cash consideration of Rand 4,139 million.

 

203


Table of Contents

The Mvelaphanda Transaction was preceded by an internal restructuring of Gold Fields, whereby each of the Driefontein, Kloof and Beatrix mining operations, as well as certain ancillary assets and operations, was transferred to a new, wholly-owned subsidiary of Gold Fields, GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, or GFIMSA.

On November 26, 2003, Gold Fields, Mvela Resources, Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, or Mvela Gold, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mvela Resources, and GFIMSA entered into a covenants agreement, or the Covenants Agreement, regulating their rights and obligations with respect to GFIMSA. This agreement became effective following the advance by Mvela Gold of the loan to GFIMSA described below, which is referred to in this discussion as the Mvela Loan, and, among other things, provides for Mvela Gold to nominate two members of GFIMSA’s Board of Directors and two members of each of GFIMSA’s Operations Committee and Transformation Committee, the latter of which has been established to monitor compliance with the mining charter promulgated under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act No. 28 of 2002. Under the Covenants Agreement, GFIMSA cannot dispose of any material assets, enter into, cancel or alter any material transaction between GFIMSA and any related party or make any material amendment to its constitutive documents without the prior written consent of Mvela Gold. In addition, if Gold Fields or GFIMSA wants to increase the interest of black empowerment entities in GFIMSA or in any business or assets of GFIMSA, other than pursuant to an employee share incentive scheme, Gold Fields must offer to Mvela Gold the opportunity to increase its interest in GFIMSA. By its terms, the Covenants Agreement remains in force for so long as Gold Fields remains a shareholder in GFIMSA and Mvela Gold holds its empowerment interest in or is a shareholder of GFIMSA and Mvela Gold holds the right to subscribe for 15% of the share interest in GFIMSA, provided that it terminates if the shares of GFIMSA are listed on the JSE.

On December 11, 2003, Gold Fields, GFIMSA, and Mvela Gold entered into a subscription and share exchange agreement, or the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement, pursuant to which, upon repayment of the Mvela Loan, Mvela Gold must subscribe for shares equal to 15% of GFIMSA’s outstanding share capital, including the newly issued shares, for consideration of Rand 4,139 million. In addition, for a period of one year after the subscription by Mvela Gold of the GFIMSA shares, each of Gold Fields and Mvela Gold will be entitled to require the exchange of Mvela Gold’s GFIMSA shares for ordinary shares of Gold Fields of an equivalent value based on an exchange ratio equal to 15% of a discounted cash flow calculation as applied to GFIMSA’s operations divided by the same calculation as applied to Gold Fields’ operations, with certain adjustments. Mvela Gold is entitled to dispose of the GFIMSA shares and any Gold Fields ordinary shares it may hold only in accordance with the terms of a pre-emptive rights agreement entered into by the parties, whereby if Mvela Gold receives an offer for, or otherwise wishes to sell, any GFIMSA or Gold Fields shares, it must first offer to sell them to Gold Fields. The Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement became unconditional following the advance of the Mvela Loan to GFIMSA on March 17, 2004.

On December 11, 2003, Gold Fields, GFIMSA, Mvela Gold, First Rand Bank Limited, Gold Fields Australia Pty Limited, or Gold Fields Australia, and Gold Fields Guernsey Limited, or Gold Fields Guernsey (which was reincorporated and renamed during fiscal 2006 as Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited), entered into a loan agreement, or the Mvela Loan Agreement, pursuant to which Mvela Gold advanced a loan of Rand 4,139 million, or the Mvela Loan, to GFIMSA on March 17, 2004. GFIMSA applied the loan toward funding its acquisition of Gold Fields’ South African mining operations and certain ancillary assets and operations as part of the internal restructuring of Gold Fields.

The Mvela Loan was funded by way of commercial bank debt of approximately Rand 1,300 million and mezzanine finance of approximately Rand 1,100 million, with the balance of approximately Rand 1,700 million being raised by way of an international private placement of shares of Mvela Resources. In connection with the mezzanine finance, Gold Fields subscribed for preference shares in an amount of Rand 200 million in Micawber 325 (Proprietary) Limited, or Micawber, a special-purpose entity established by the mezzanine lenders. Further, Gold Fields subscribed for 4,350,000 ordinary shares of Mvela Resources which were issued by Mvela Resources in the private placements for consideration of Rand 100 million. In order to facilitate the private

 

204


Table of Contents

placement, Mvela Resources proposed a scheme of arrangement, or the Scheme, between itself and the holders of its linked units. The effect of the Scheme, which became operative on November 24, 2003, was that each linked unit holder received two ordinary shares of Mvela Resources for each linked unit held. In order to maintain the same number of listed instruments in issue after the implementation of the Scheme, Mvela Resources consolidated its ordinary share capital on a two for one basis. As a result, the net effect of the Scheme and the share consolidation is that Gold Fields has 1,275,349 options to acquire the same number of ordinary shares of Mvela Resources issued in connection with the Exploration Arrangement. In addition, pursuant to an agreement entered into on February 13, 2004, or the PIC Agreement, Gold Fields has effectively guaranteed a loan of Rand 150 million. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Cash Resources—Investing” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities—Mvela Loan.”

On February 13, 2004, the Mvela Loan Agreement was amended, principally in order to add and clarify certain definitions.

On November 17, 2004, GFL Mining Services Limited, or GFLMSL, Gold Fields, Mvela Gold, Mvela Resources and GFIMSA entered into an agreement, referred to in this discussion as the Amendment Agreement, amending the existing agreements relating to the Mvelaphanda Transaction, including, among others, the Subscription and Exchange Agreement and the Covenants Agreement. The agreements were amended to provide, among other things, that Mvela Resources may acquire a minimum of 45,000,000 and a maximum of 55,000,000 Gold Fields shares should it elect to exchange its equity interest in the South African assets for Gold Fields’ shares.

During the first half of fiscal 2007, Mvela Holdings (Proprietary) Limited, or Mvela Holdings, the parent company of Mvela Resources, entered into various agreements in terms of which the status quo regarding the shareholding in Mvela Resources as of the date of the Mvelaphanda Transaction was restored by Mvela Holdings once again having a direct interest in the issued share capital of Mvela Resources. On July 17, 2006, Gold Fields, Mvela Gold, Mvela Resources, Mvela Holdings, GFIMSA, GFLMSL and others entered into an agreement further amending the existing agreements relating to the Mvelaphanda Transaction, including, among others, the Covenants Agreement and the Sponsor Support, Guarantee and Retention Agreement. In accordance with the revised agreements, Mvela Holdings undertook to remain an HDSA company, to retain beneficial ownership of no less than 26% of the issued equity share capital of Mvela Resources, to have board control of Mvela Resources (together with other HDSAs) and to retain management control of Mvela Resources pursuant to a written management agreement.

On March 30, 2007, Mvela Resources executed and, on April 26, 2007, further amended, an agreement between, among others, Mvela Resources, Mvela Holdings, Lazarus Zim and Afripalm Resources (Proprietary) Limited, an HDSA company formed by Lazarus Zim, in terms of which the parties, among other things, agreed as follows:

 

   

Afripalm will subscribe for shares in Mvela Resources to acquire economic and voting interests in Mvela Resources of approximately 19.3% and 31%, respectively. As a result of such acquisition, the economic and voting interests of Mvela Holdings, the other major HDSA shareholder in Mvela Resources, will be approximately 22.9% and 19.6%, respectively. As a result of the increase in the broad-based HDSA voting control of Mvela Resources to more than 50%, Mvela Resources will thus be an HDSA controlled company; and

 

   

the management agreement between Mvela Resources and Mvela Holdings, in terms of which the latter managed the day-to-day operations of Mvela Resources, was cancelled.

Simultaneously, Gold Fields, Mvela Gold, Mvela Resources, Mvela Holdings, GFIMSA, GFLMSL and others entered into an agreement on March 30, 2007 further amending the existing agreements relating to the Mvelaphanda Transaction, including, among others, the Covenants Agreement and the Sponsor Support, Guarantee and Retention Agreement. In accordance with the revised agreements, Mvela Holdings and Afripalm

 

205


Table of Contents

(and certain of its subsidiaries) undertook jointly (i) to remain HDSA companies, (ii) to retain beneficial ownership of no less than 26% of the issued equity share capital of Mvela Resources, (iii) to retain voting control over no less than 50% of the issued equity share capital of Mvela Resources, and (iv) to have board control of Mvela Resources (together with other HDSAs).

On August 24, 2007, the Mvela Loan Agreement was amended, principally in order to bring certain financial covenants in line with the financial covenants set out in the RC Facility (and its predecessors).

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Overview—General—Mvelaphanda Transaction.”

Rand Refinery

GFL Mining Services Limited, or GFLMSL, as agent for GFIMSA, has an agreement with Rand Refinery Limited, or Rand Refinery, in which Gold Fields holds a 34.9% interest, providing for the refining of substantially all of Gold Fields’ South African gold production by Rand Refinery. Prior to October 1, 2004, GFLMSL acted as agent for Rand Refinery to sell up to 50% of Gold Fields’ South African production. However, since October 1, 2004, Gold Fields has sold the gold produced from its South African operations itself. Gold Fields Ghana Limited, or Gold Fields Ghana, and Abosso Goldfields Limited, or Abosso, are each party to agreements with Rand Refinery to transport, refine and sell substantially all of the gold production from the Tarkwa and Damang mines entered into in June 2003. Nicholas J. Holland, who is the Chief Financial Officer and a Director of Gold Fields, has been a Director of Rand Refinery since July 12, 2000. As a Director of GFLMSL, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gold Fields, Mr. Holland has declared his interest in the contract between Rand Refinery and GFLMSL, pursuant to South African requirements, and has not participated in the decision of Rand Refinery to enter into the agreement with GFLMSL, Gold Fields Ghana or Abosso. Mr. Holland signed the agreement with Rand Refinery on behalf of GFLMSL. See “Information on the Company—Description of Mining Business—Refining and Marketing” for further details regarding these arrangements.

Gold Fields believes that the above transactions with related parties have been conducted on terms at least as favorable to it as arm’s length terms.

None of the directors or officers of Gold Fields or any associate of such director or officer is currently or has been at any time during the past three fiscal years materially indebted to Gold Fields.

New Africa Mining Fund

John Hopwood, a non-executive director of Gold Fields, is a trustee of the New Africa Mining Fund and is the chairman of the New Africa Mining Fund Investment Committee. Gold Fields has been instrumental in the formation of the New Africa Mining Fund and is a significant investor in the fund. As at June 30, 2007, Gold Fields had contributed a net amount of U.S. $2.9 million to the New Africa Mining Fund and had provided a commitment to fund U.S. $7.0 million. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Contractual obligations and commitments as at June 30, 2007.”

Absa Credit Facilities

Gill Marcus, a non-executive director of Gold Fields, is the chairman of Absa Group Limited and Absa Bank Limited. Gold Fields currently has outstanding a R500 million 364 day revolving credit facility with Absa Capital (a division of Absa Bank Limited). On August 24, 2007, GFLMSA drew down R250 million under this facility. In addition, on December 6, 2007, GFLMSA and Gold Fields entered into a mandate letter and term sheet with Absa Capital. See “Operating and Financial Review Prospects—Credit Facilities.”

 

206


Table of Contents

ITEM 8: FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Reference is made to Item 18 for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this annual report. For information on legal proceedings please refer to “Information on the Company” above.

Dividends and Dividend Policy

The following table sets forth the dividends announced and paid per share in respect of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended June 30,
     2003    2004    2005    2006    2007    2008 (1)
     ($)    (R)    ($)    (R)    ($)    (R)    ($)    (R)    ($)    (R)    ($)    (R)

Prior year’s final dividend

   0.40    2.20    0.13    1.00    0.06    0.40    0.06    0.40    0.15    1.10    0.13    0.95

Interim dividend

   0.90    1.50    0.06    0.40    0.05    0.30    0.07    0.40    0.13    0.90    —      —  
                                                           

Total dividend

   1.30    3.70    0.19    1.40    0.11    0.70    0.13    0.80    0.28    2.00    0.13    0.95
                                                           

Note:

 

(1) A final dividend was announced on August 1, 2007 and paid August 27, 2007.

Gold Fields’ dividend policy is to declare an interim and final dividend in respect of each financial year based on 50% of the earnings for the year before taking account of investment opportunities. Earnings are adjusted to exclude unrealized gains and losses on financial instruments and foreign debt, but actual cash flows on maturity of financial instruments are included in the determination of adjusted earnings.

Significant Changes

Please refer to “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Developments.”

 

207


Table of Contents

ITEM 9: THE OFFER AND LISTING

Listing Details

The principal non-United States trading market for the ordinary shares of Gold Fields is the JSE Limited, or JSE, on which they trade under the symbol “GFI.” The ordinary shares of Gold Fields are also listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange. On October 1, 2007, Gold Fields delisted its ordinary shares from the Premier Marché of Euronext Paris and on October 22, 2007, delisted its ordinary shares from the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and the London Stock Exchange. Gold Fields’ International Depositary Shares are listed on Euronext Brussels. As of June 30, 2007, 17,296 record holders of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares, holding an aggregate of 173,514,110 ordinary shares (26.6%), were listed as having addresses in South Africa. As of June 30, 2007, 187 record holders of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares, holding an aggregate of 366,632,244 ordinary shares (56.2%), were listed as having addresses in the United States.

Gold Fields’ American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, currently trade in the United States on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GFI.” The American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, representing the ADSs are issued by The Bank of New York, as Depositary. Each ADR represents one ADS. Each ADS represents one ordinary share. On October 31, 2006, Gold Fields listed its ADRs on the Dubai International Financial Exchange.

JSE Trading History

The tables below show the high and low closing prices in Rand and the average daily volume of trading activity on the JSE for Gold Fields’ ordinary shares for the last five fiscal years.

The following table sets out ordinary share trading information on a yearly basis for the last five fiscal years, as reported by I-Net Bridge (Proprietary) Limited, or I-Net Bridge, a South African financial information service:

 

     Ordinary share price    Average daily
trading volume
(number of
ordinary shares)

Year ended June 30,

       High            Low       
     (Rand per ordinary share)     

2003

   150.63    71.40    1,671,998

2004

   110.40    65.02    1,787,830

2005

   94.02    55.09    1,485,099

2006

   162.00    69.01    2,067,115

2007

   173.80    109.40    2,580,019

2008 (through November 30, 2007)

   128.75    103.45    2,839,364

The following table sets out ordinary share trading information on a quarterly basis for the periods indicated, as reported by I-Net Bridge:

 

     Ordinary share price    Average daily
trading volume
(number of
ordinary shares)

Quarter ended

       High            Low       
     (Rand per ordinary share)     

September 30, 2005

   95.32    69.01    1,397,954

December 31, 2005

   111.89    86.60    1,800,664

March 31, 2006

   146.80    111.80    2,244,707

June 30, 2006

   162.00    110.81    2,711,795

September 30, 2006

   173.80    126.11    1,875,952

December 31, 2006

   143.25    119.40    2,200,535

March 31, 2007

   134.99    117.00    3,302,577

June 30, 2007

   142.00    109.40    2,952,847

September 30, 2007

   128.75    103.45    2,973,176

 

208


Table of Contents

The following table sets out ordinary share trading information on a monthly basis for each of the last six months, as reported by I-Net Bridge:

 

     Ordinary share price    Average daily
trading volume
(number of
ordinary shares)

Month ended

       High            Low       
     (Rand per ordinary share)     

June 30, 2007

   122.27    109.40    2,928,272

July 31, 2007

   125.00    107.20    2,513,919

August 31, 2007

   112.50    103.45    3,379,786

September 30, 2007

   128.75    111.00    3,218,792

October 31, 2007

   127.79    116.40    2,235,759

November 30, 2007

   125.50    112.50    2,927,741

On December 5, 2007, the closing price of the ordinary shares on the JSE was 114.22.

New York Stock Exchange Trading History

The tables below show the high and low closing prices in U.S. dollars and the average daily volume of trading activity on The New York Stock Exchange since May 9, 2002.

The following table sets out ordinary share trading information on a yearly basis for the last five fiscal years, as reported by Bloomberg:

 

     ADS price    Average daily
trading volume
(number of
ADSs)

Year ended June 30,

   High    Low   
     ($ per ADS)     

2003

   15.25    9.00    2,376,579

2004

   15.12    9.93    1,887,030

2005

   14.94    9.25    1,557,127

2006

   16.16    10.69    1,649,516

2007

   24.10    15.63    3,129,003

2008 (through November 30, 2007)

   19.13    13.67    5,369,191

The following table sets out ADS trading information on a quarterly basis for the periods indicated, as reported by Bloomberg:

 

     ADS price    Average daily
trading volume
(number of
ADSs)

Quarter ended

   High    Low   
     ($ per ADS)     

September 30, 2005

   14.66    10.69    1,645,808

December 31, 2005

   17.79    13.05    1,743,427

March 31, 2006

   24.02    18.58    2,527,905

June 30, 2006

   26.33    16.46    3,253,106

September 30, 2006

   24.10    17.32    2,158,352

December 31, 2006

   19.42    16.50    2,874,951

March 31, 2007

   18.72    16.22    3,871,203

June 30, 2007

   20.08    15.63    3,684,734

September 30, 2007

   18.33    13.67    5,143,061

 

209


Table of Contents

The following table sets out ADS trading information on a monthly basis for each of the last six months, as reported by Bloomberg:

 

     ADS price    Average daily
trading volume
(number of
ADSs)

Month ended

   High    Low   
     ($ per ADS)     

June 30, 2007

   17.49    15.63    3,808,003

July 31, 2007

   18.33    15.73    4,630,567

August 31, 2007

   16.08    13.67    5,238,405

September 29, 2007

   18.09    15.41    5,594,086

October 31, 2007

   18.84    17.32    5,499,478

November 30, 2007

   19.13    16.45    5,971,769

On December 5, 2007, the closing price of Gold Fields’ ADSs quoted on The New York Stock Exchange was $16.83.

JSE Limited

The JSE was formed in 1887. The JSE provides facilities for the buying and selling of a wide range of securities, including equity and corporate debt securities and warrants in respect of securities, as well as Krugerrands.

The JSE is a self-regulating organization operating under the ultimate supervision of the Ministry of Finance, through the Financial Services Board and its representative, the Registrar of Stock Exchanges. Following the introduction of the Stock Exchanges Control Amendment Act No. 54 of 1995, or the Stock Exchange Act, which provides the statutory framework for the deregulation of the JSE, the JSE’s rules were amended with effect from November 8, 1995. These amendments removed the restrictions on corporate membership and allowed stockbrokers to form limited liability corporate entities. Members were, for the first time, also required to keep client funds in trust accounts separate from members’ own funds. Further rules to complete the deregulation of the JSE, as envisaged by the Stock Exchange Act, were promulgated during 1996 to permit members of the JSE to trade either as agents or as principals in any transaction in equities and to allow members to negotiate freely the brokerage commissions payable on agency transactions in equities. With effect from 1996, screen trading commenced on the JSE.

The market capitalization of companies listed on the JSE was approximately Rand 6.2 trillion as of October 31, 2007. The actual float available for public trading is significantly smaller than the aggregate market capitalization because of the large number of long-term holdings by listed holding companies in listed subsidiaries and associates, the existence of listed pyramid companies and cross-holdings between listed companies. Liquidity on the JSE (measured by reference to the total market value of securities traded as a percentage of the total market capitalization) was 41.6% for 2006. Trading is concentrated in a small, but growing, number of companies. As of October 31, 2007, there were 403 listed companies on the JSE.

South Africa was included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International Emerging Markets Free Index and the International Finance Corporation Investable Index in March and April 1995, respectively. South Africa has a significant representation in these emerging market indices.

The JSE has established a project named Share Transactions Totally Electronic, or STRATE, which has involved the dematerialization of share certificates in a central securities depositary and the introduction of contractual, rolling, electronic settlement in order to increase the speed, certainty and efficiency of settlement and to fall into line with international practice. Gold Fields joined STRATE on October 1, 2001. Investors are given the choice of either holding their securities in dematerialized form in the central securities depositary or retaining their share certificates. Shareholders who elect to retain their share certificates are not able to trade their shares on the JSE, although they may trade their shares off-market. Settlement of dematerialized shares traded electronically on the JSE is made five days after each trade (T+5).

 

210


Table of Contents

ITEM 10: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

General

Gold Fields is a public company registered in South Africa under the Companies Act No. 61 of 1973, or the Companies Act, which limits the liability of its shareholders, and is governed by its Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association and the provisions of the Companies Act. Gold Fields’ registration number is 1968/004880/06. Section 3 of Gold Fields’ Memorandum of Association provides that its objectives are, among other things: (1) to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire mines, mineral and other properties, lands, farms and hereditaments, (2) to buy, sell, refine and deal in bullion, specie, coin and precious metals and (3) to carry on any mining and metallurgical operation which may seem conducive to any of Gold Fields’ objectives.

Share Capital

The authorized share capital of Gold Fields consists of 1,000,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of Rand 0.50 each. The aggregate number of issued shares of Gold Fields on November 20, 2007 was 652,337,476 ordinary shares of Rand 0.50 each. All of the issued ordinary shares rank equally with one another and are fully paid and are not subject to calls for additional payments of any kind. At the Company’s annual general meeting held on November 2, 2007, shareholders approved the creation of 1,000 non-convertible redeemable preference shares of Rand 0.01 each. The inclusion of the rights and privileges attached to the non-convertible redeemable preference shares in the Articles of Association was approved at the same meeting.

More than 10% of Gold Fields’ current issued share capital has been paid for in assets other than cash. Gold Fields ordinary shares were exchanged for shares in GFL Mining Services Ltd. during the merger with Gold Fields in 1999 and for the minority shares in St. Helena Gold Mines Limited when Gold Fields acquired total ownership. See “Information on the Company—History.” On November 30, 2001, 12,000,000 ordinary shares were issued to WMC Resources Ltd as part of the consideration for the acquisition of St. Ives and Agnew mining operations from WMC. See “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Australia Operations.” In addition, on September 11, 2003, Gold Fields issued 564,841 ordinary shares to Outokumpu Oy, or Outokumpu, as part of the consideration for the acquisition of Outokumpu’s 49% interest in the Arctic Platinum Project, or the APP. See “Information on the Company—Exploration—Gold Fields’ Exploration Projects—Arctic Platinum Project.” Between November 2006 and March 2007, 65,098,754 ordinary shares were issued for the South Deep acquisition. On January 31, 2007 and February 2, 2007, a total of 90,850,000 ordinary shares were issued in a capital raising.

At a general meeting held on November 2, 2007, Gold Fields’ shareholders approved a resolution authorizing the Gold Fields Board to allot and issue additional ordinary shares for cash up to a maximum of 10% of the issued ordinary shares in any one financial year, subject to the JSE Rules. Under the JSE Rules, any such issue, together with any other shares issued in that financial year, in the aggregate cannot exceed 15% of the number of shares in Gold Fields’ issued share capital on the date an application is made to the JSE in respect of that issuance, less any other shares issued in that financial year. This general authority is valid until Gold Fields’ next annual general meeting or 15 months from the date on which the resolution was passed, whichever is earlier.

The following table sets forth changes in Gold Fields’ issued share capital for the periods indicated:

 

As of

   Total issued
ordinary
shares
  

Total

authorized
ordinary

shares

June 30, 2005 (1)

   492,294,226    1,000,000,000

June 30, 2006 (2)

   494,824,723    1,000,000,000

June 30, 2007 (3)

   652,158,066    1,000,000,000

November 20, 2007 (4)

   652,337,476    1,000,000,000

 

211


Table of Contents

Notes:

 

(1) Reflects the issuance of 801,706 ordinary shares issued under the GF Management Incentive Scheme and the GF Non-Executive Share Plan.

 

(2) Reflects the repurchase by the Company of 1,000,000 of its ordinary shares at a weighted average price of Rand 74.89, which were de-listed and cancelled on August 17, 2005, the issuance of 333,681 ordinary shares issued under the GF Management Incentive Scheme and the GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan and the issuance of 2,530,497 ordinary shares issued under the GF Management Incentive Scheme and the GF Non-Executive Share Plan.

 

(3) Reflects the issuance of 1,384,589 ordinary shares issued under the GF Management Incentive Scheme, 65,098,754 ordinary shares issued for the South Deep acquisition and 90,850,000 ordinary shares issued in a capital raising. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities—Acquisition of South Deep.”

 

(4) Reflects the issuance of 177,644 ordinary shares issued under the GF Management Incentive Scheme and 1,766 ordinary shares under the Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan.

Dividends and Payments to Shareholders

Gold Fields may make payments (including the payment of dividends) to its shareholders from time to time in accordance with provisions of the Companies Act and the requirements of the JSE and Gold Fields’ Articles of Association. The Companies Act prohibits a payment (including the payment of any dividend) to a company’s shareholders if there are reasonable grounds for believing that:

 

   

the company is, or would be after the payment, unable to pay its debts as they become due; or

 

   

the consolidated assets of the company fairly valued would, after the payment, be less than the consolidated liabilities of the company.

Subject to the above requirements, the shareholders of Gold Fields in a general meeting or the directors may from time to time declare a dividend or any other payment to be paid to shareholders and to the holders of share warrants (if any) in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

All unclaimed dividends or other payments to shareholders may be invested or otherwise be made use of by the directors for the benefit of Gold Fields until claimed, provided that any dividend or bonus or other payment to shareholders remaining unclaimed for a period of not less than three years from the date on which it became payable may be forfeited by resolution of the directors for the benefit of Gold Fields.

Voting Rights

Every shareholder of Gold Fields, or representative of a shareholder, who is present at a shareholders’ meeting has one vote on a show of hands, regardless of the number of shares he holds or represents or number of shareholders he represents, unless a poll is demanded. Every Gold Fields’ shareholder is, on a poll, entitled to one vote per ordinary share held. A poll may be demanded by any person entitled to vote at the meeting. Neither the Companies Act nor Gold Fields’ Articles of Association provide for cumulative voting.

A shareholder is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend, speak and vote at any meeting on his or her behalf. The proxy need not be a shareholder.

Issue of Additional Shares and Pre-emptive Rights

Shareholder approval is required for any issuance of additional shares. Shareholders may either convey a general or specific authority to directors to issue shares. A general authority is valid until the next annual general meeting.

 

212


Table of Contents

The JSE and Gold Fields’ Articles of Association require that any new issue of equity shares by Gold Fields must first be offered to existing shareholders in proportion to their shareholding in the company unless, among other things, the issuance to new shareholders is:

 

   

pursuant to a shareholder approved employee share incentive scheme;

 

   

for the acquisition of an asset, provided that, if the issue is more than 30% of the company’s issued share capital, a simple majority of shareholders must vote in favor of the acquisition;

 

   

to raise cash through a general issuance in the discretion of the directors to the general public (but not to related parties) of up to 15% of the issued share capital in any one fiscal year at an issue price with a discount not exceeding 10% of the 30 business day weighted average trading price prior to the date the application is made to the JSE to list the shares provided that a 75% majority of votes cast by shareholders at a general meeting must approve the granting of such authority to the directors; or

 

   

to raise cash through a specific issuance of shares for cash, provided that a 75% majority of shareholders, other than controlling shareholders, votes in favor of the resolution to issue the shares at a general meeting.

Transfer of Shares

The transfer of any Gold Fields certificated share will be implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act using the then common form of transfer. Dematerialized shares which have been traded on the JSE are transferred on the STRATE system and delivered five business days after each trade. The transferor of any share is deemed to remain the holder of that share until the name of the transferee is entered in Gold Fields’ register for that share. Since Gold Fields shares are traded through STRATE, only shares which have been dematerialized may be traded on the JSE. Accordingly, Gold Fields shareholders who hold shares in certificated form will need to dematerialize their shares in order to trade on the JSE.

Disclosure of Interest in Shares

Under South African law, a registered holder of Gold Fields shares who is not the beneficial owner of such shares is required to disclose every three months to Gold Fields the identity of the beneficial owner and the number and class of securities held on behalf of the beneficial owner. Moreover, Gold Fields may, by notice in writing, require a person who is a registered shareholder, or whom Gold Fields knows or has reasonable cause to believe has a beneficial interest in Gold Fields ordinary shares, to confirm or deny whether or not such person holds the ordinary shares or beneficial interest and, if the ordinary shares are held for another person, to disclose to Gold Fields the identity of the person on whose behalf the ordinary shares are held. Gold Fields may also require the person to give particulars of the extent of the beneficial interest held during the three years preceding the date of the notice. Gold Fields is obligated to establish and maintain a register of the disclosures described above and to publish in its annual financial statements a list of the persons who hold beneficial interest equal to or in excess of 5% of the total number of ordinary shares issued by Gold Fields together with the extent of those beneficial interests.

General Meetings of Shareholders

The directors may convene general meetings of Gold Fields shareholders and a general meeting may also be convened on a requisition by shareholders made pursuant to the Companies Act. Gold Fields is obligated to hold an annual general meeting for each fiscal year within nine months of the end of each fiscal year and prior to 15 months after the date of the last annual general meeting.

Annual general meetings and meetings calling for the passage of a special resolution require 21 days’ notice in writing of the place, day and time of the meeting to shareholders. Any other general meeting of Gold Fields shareholders requires at least 14 days’ notice in writing to shareholders.

 

213


Table of Contents

Business may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders only while a quorum of shareholders is present. Three shareholders present personally or by representative and entitled to vote constitutes a quorum for a general meeting and an annual general meeting.

The annual general meeting deals with and disposes of all matters prescribed by Gold Fields’ Articles of Association and by the Companies Act, including:

 

   

the consideration of the audited financial statements and report of the independent accountants; and

 

   

the election of directors.

Annual Report and Accounts

Gold Fields is required to keep the accounting records and books of accounts as are necessary to present the state of affairs of the company and to explain the financial position of the company as prescribed by the Companies Act. No shareholder (who is not a director of Gold Fields) has the right to inspect any account or book or document of Gold Fields, except as conferred by the Companies Act or authorized by the directors or by a resolution of Gold Fields in general meeting.

The directors of Gold Fields will cause to be prepared annual financial statements and an annual report as required by the Companies Act and the JSE Listing Requirements. Gold Fields will send by mail to the registered address of every shareholder a copy of the annual report and annual financial statements. Not later than three months after the first six months of its financial year, Gold Fields will mail to every shareholder an interim report for the previous six-month period.

Changes in Capital or Objects and Powers of Gold Fields

The Gold Fields shareholders may, by the passing of a special resolution in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act:

 

   

increase Gold Fields’ authorized share capital;

 

   

divide all or any part of Gold Fields’ share capital into shares of larger amount than Gold Fields’ existing shares or consolidate and reduce the number of the issued no par value shares, if any;

 

   

subdivide all or any portion of Gold Fields’ shares into shares of a smaller amount than is fixed by Gold Fields’ Memorandum of Association;

 

   

convert all of Gold Fields’ ordinary or preference share capital from having a par value into shares of no par value;

 

   

reduce Gold Fields’ authorized share capital and, if required by law, its issued share capital, stated capital and any capital redemption reserve fund or any share premium account;

 

   

alter the provisions of Gold Fields’ Memorandum of Association with respect to the objects and powers of the company;

 

   

subject to the provisions of the Companies Act or any other South African law governing companies and the requirements of the JSE and any other stock exchange upon which the shares of Gold Fields may be quoted or listed from time to time, allow Gold Fields to acquire shares issued by itself or by its holding company or in any subsidiary of its holding company from time to time, and provided that:

 

   

the directors may resolve that any return of capital made to all or any shareholders whose registered addresses are outside South Africa will, subject to any exchange control regulations then in force, be paid in such other currencies as may be stipulated by the directors. The directors may also stipulate the date for converting Rand to those currencies and the provisional rate of exchange, provided that the date for conversion must be within a period of 30 days prior to the date of payment; and

 

214


Table of Contents
   

all unclaimed amounts due as a result of a reduction of capital or any consolidation or subdivision of capital may be invested or otherwise made use of by the directors for the benefit of Gold Fields until claimed.

Variation of Rights

All or any of the rights, privileges or conditions attached to Gold Fields’ ordinary shares may be varied by a special resolution of Gold Fields passed in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act.

Distribution of Assets on Liquidation

In the event of a voluntary or compulsory liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets remaining after payment of all the debts and liabilities of Gold Fields, including the costs of liquidation, shall be dealt with by a liquidator who may, with the sanction of a special resolution, among other things, divide among the shareholders any part of the assets of Gold Fields, and may vest any part of the assets of Gold Fields as the liquidator deems fit in trustees for the benefit of shareholders. The division of assets is not required to be done in accordance with the legal rights of shareholders of Gold Fields. In particular, any class may be given preferential or special rights or may be partly or fully excluded.

Purchase of Shares

The Companies Act permits the establishment of share incentive trusts for the purpose of purchasing shares of a company for the benefit of its employees, including salaried directors. These share incentive trusts are permitted to extend loans to company employees, other than non-salaried directors, for the purpose of purchasing or subscribing for shares of the company.

Gold Fields may, if authorized by special resolution, acquire its own shares; provided that there are no reasonable grounds for believing that Gold Fields is or would be, after the payment, unable to pay its debts or that Gold Fields’ consolidated assets would, after the payment, be less than its consolidated liabilities. The procedure for acquisition of shares by Gold Fields is regulated by its Articles of Association, the Companies Act and the Listings Requirements of the JSE.

Borrowing Powers

The directors may exercise all the powers of Gold Fields to borrow money and to give all or any part of its property as security and to issue debentures or debenture stock (whether secured or unsecured) and other securities (with such special privileges, if any, as to allotment of shares or stock, attending and voting at general meetings, appointment of directors or otherwise as may be sanctioned by a general meeting) whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of Gold Fields or of any third party. Gold Fields has unlimited borrowing powers.

Non-South African Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by South African law or by the Articles of Association of Gold Fields on the rights of non-South African shareholders to hold or vote Gold Fields’ ordinary shares.

Rights of Minority Shareholders and Directors’ Duties

Majority shareholders of South African companies have no fiduciary obligations under South African common law to minority shareholders. However, under the Companies Act, a shareholder may, under certain circumstances, seek relief from the court if he has been unfairly prejudiced by the company. There may also be common law personal actions available to a shareholder of a company.

 

215


Table of Contents

In South Africa, the common law imposes on directors duties to, among other things, act with care, skill and diligence and to conduct the company’s affairs honestly and in the best interests of the company.

Material Contracts

Mvelaphanda Transaction

On March 8, 2004, the shareholders of Gold Fields approved a series of transactions, referred to in this discussion as the Mvelaphanda Transaction, involving the acquisition by Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, or Mvela Resources, of a 15% beneficial interest in the South African gold mining assets of Gold Fields for cash consideration of Rand 4,139 million. In connection with the Mvelaphanda Transaction:

 

   

on July 25, 2003, Beatrix Mining Ventures Limited, or Beatrix, Driefontein Consolidated (Proprietary) Limited, or Driefontein, Kloof Gold Mining Company Limited, or Kloof, GFL Mining Services Limited, or GFLMSL, Gold Fields and Newshelf 706 Limited, or GFIMSA, entered into a reorganization agreement, or the Reorganization Agreement, pursuant to which each of the Driefontein, Kloof and Beatrix mining operations was transferred to a new, wholly-owned subsidiary of Gold Fields;

 

   

on November 26, 2003, Gold Fields, Mvela Resources, Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, or Mvela Gold, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mvela Resources, and GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, or GFIMSA, entered into a covenants agreement, or the Covenants Agreement, regulating their rights and obligations with respect to GFIMSA;

 

   

on December 11, 2003, Gold Fields, GFIMSA, Mvela Gold, First Rand Bank Limited, Gold Fields Australia Pty Limited and Gold Fields Guernsey entered into a loan agreement, or the Mvela Loan Agreement, pursuant to which Mvela Gold advanced a loan of Rand 4,139 million, or the Mvela Loan, to GFIMSA on March 17, 2004;

 

   

on December 11, 2003, Gold Fields, GFIMSA, and Mvela Gold entered into a subscription and share exchange agreement, or the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement, pursuant to which, upon repayment of the Mvela Loan, Mvela Gold must subscribe for shares equal to 15% of GFIMSA’s outstanding share capital, including newly issued shares, for consideration of Rand 4,139 million;

 

   

on February 12, 2004, Beatrix, Kloof, Driefontein, GFLMSL, Gold Fields and GFIMSA entered into Addendum Number 1 to the Reorganization Agreement;

 

   

on February 13, 2004 Gold Fields, GFIMSA, Mvela Gold, First Rand Bank Limited, Gold Fields Australia Pty Limited and Gold Fields Guernsey entered into an addendum to the Mvela Loan Agreement, principally in order to add and clarify certain definitions;

 

   

on February 13, 2004, Gold Fields, GFLMSL and the Public Investment Corporation, or the PIC, entered into a put option agreement pursuant to which Gold Fields has effectively guaranteed a loan of Rand 150 million from the PIC to a special-purpose entity established by the mezzanine lenders that funded, in part, the Mvela Loan;

 

   

on November 17, 2004, Gold Fields, GFLMSL, Mvela Gold, Mvela Resources and GFIMSA entered into an agreement amending the existing agreements relating to the Mvelaphanda Transaction, including, among others, the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement and the Covenants Agreement;

 

   

on November 17, 2004, Gold Fields, GFLMSL, Mvela Gold, Gold Fields Australia, Gold Fields Guernsey, First Rand Bank Limited and GFIMSA entered into a second addendum to the Mvela Loan Agreement;

 

   

on July 17, 2006, Gold Fields, Mvela Gold, Mvela Resources, Mvela Holdings, GFIMSA, GFLMSL and others entered into an agreement further amending the existing agreements relating to the Mvelaphanda Transaction, including, among others, the Covenants Agreement and the Sponsor Support, Guarantee and Retention Agreement;

 

216


Table of Contents
   

on March 30, 2007, Mvela Resources executed and, on April 26, 2007, further amended, an agreement between, among others, Mvela Resources, Mvela Holdings, Lazarus Zim and Afripalm Resources (Proprietary) Limited, an HDSA company formed by Lazarus Zim;

 

   

on March 30, 2007, Gold Fields, Mvela Gold, Mvela Resources, Mvela Holdings, GFIMSA, GFLMSL and others entered into an agreement further amending the existing agreements relating to the Mvelaphanda Transaction, including, among others, the Covenants Agreement and the Sponsor Support, Guarantee and Retention Agreement; and

 

   

on August 24, 2007, Gold Fields, Mvela Gold, Gold Fields Australia, Gold Fields Holding Company (BVI) Limited (formerly, Gold Fields Guernsey), First Rand Bank Limited and GFIMSA ented into a third addendum to the Mvela Loan Agreement.

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Overview—General—Mvelaphanda Transaction” and “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Mvelaphanda.”

Acquisition of Bolivar Gold Corporation

On November 21, 2005, Gold Fields and Bolivar Gold Corporation, or Bolivar, jointly announced that they had entered into an agreement providing for Gold Fields to purchase, through a court approved plan of arrangement, all of the securities of Bolivar for a total cash consideration of approximately $330 million. Bolivar shareholders were initially offered C$3.00 per Bolivar common share and C$1.90, C$1.25 and C$0.40 per Bolivar warrant expiring on March 17, 2008, August 25, 2008 and December 22, 2009, respectively. The consideration for the warrants was calculated based on the greater of (i) the amount of consideration per common share minus the warrant strike price and (ii) a premium equal to the premium payable to common shareholders based on the closing price on November 18, 2005. Furthermore, in accordance with a trust indenture, the transaction triggered the redemption of a convertible debenture at C$1,095.25 in cash per C$1,000 principal amount for a total amount of $24.1 million, included in the total purchase consideration referred to above. Definitive agreement documentation was executed on December 1, 2005.

On January 11, 2006, Gold Fields and Bolivar announced an increase in the consideration to be paid to Bolivar shareholders. Under the revised terms, holders of Bolivar common shares were offered C$3.20 per Bolivar common share and holders of Bolivar warrants expiring on March 17, 2008, August 25, 2008 and December 22, 2009 were offered C$2.20, C$1.65 and C$1.00 per warrant, respectively. At a Special Meeting of Bolivar shareholders held on January 12, 2006, 77% of the Bolivar shares and 82% of the Bolivar warrants were voted in favor of the arrangement. The Supreme Court of the Yukon Territory in Canada approved the plan of arrangement, which became effective on February 28, 2006, and Gold Fields acquired all outstanding securities of Bolivar.

On March 3, 2006, Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited (as borrower), or Orogen, Gold Fields, GFIMSA and Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited (as guarantors), Barclays Capital and J.P. Morgan PLC (as arrangers), Financial Institutions (original lenders, as defined in the Facility) and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited (as agent) entered into a $250,000,000 Dual Currency Term Facility Agreement, or the Orogen Facility. The purpose of the Orogen Facility was to fund in part the Bolivar acquisition and for general corporate purposes. As of June 30, 2006 an amount of approximately $158,000,000 had been advanced to Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited under the Orogen Facility for purposes of the Bolivar acquisition. The terms of the Orogen Facility are an upfront arrangement fee of 35 basis points and a margin over LIBOR of 35 basis points. The Orogen Facility must be repaid in full on March 3, 2009 by way of a bullet payment.

Arctic Platinum Project

On October 18, 2005, Gold Fields announced that it had entered into a letter of intent with North American Palladium Limited, or NAP, a Canadian platinum metals group producer, to form a joint venture to further explore mining properties and develop a mine at the APP.

 

217


Table of Contents

On March 24, 2006, an Acquisition and Framework Agreement, or Acquisition Agreement, was entered into between NAP, Gold Fields Exploration BV, Gold Fields Finland Oy and North American Palladium Finland Oy. The Acquisition Agreement took effect from April 13, 2006 and, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Acquisition Agreement, a Service Agreement was also entered into between Gold Fields Arctic Platinum Oy, NAP and North American Palladium Arctic Services Oy on March 24, 2006, pursuant to which NAP will provide services to the APP.

The Acquisition Agreement provides that NAP will be granted an option to acquire up to a 60% undivided interest in the APP, including the Suhanko, SJ Reef and SK Reef mining properties and claims located south of Rovaniemi, Finland. NAP’s option to acquire its interest in the APP will vest upon NAP satisfying the following conditions on or before June 30, 2008: (i) completing a $7.5 million re-scoping study and exploration program; (ii) completing a $5.0 million feasibility study; and (iii) making a decision to develop a mine at the APP. In consideration for the acquisition of the 60% interest in the APP, NAP shall issue NAP common shares to Gold Fields with a value of approximately $45 million, based on the weighted average trading price on the American Stock Exchange for the 11 trading days commencing on October 11, 2005. The relevant share price was $4.88, meaning that NAP will issue 9,227,033 NAP common shares. Additionally, Gold Fields has an option to maintain its interest at 50%, by taking receipt of only 80% of the consideration shares, or 7,381,626 NAP common shares. During the option period NAP is the operator with the responsibility to manage and fund the project.

Upon NAP’s acquisition of an interest in the APP, a joint venture will be formed with NAP holding a 60% interest and Gold Fields holding a 40% interest. The parties will enter into a Shareholders’ Agreement which will govern their respective interests in the APP. Gold Fields will have a back-in right to acquire an additional 10% interest in the joint venture, to be paid for by reducing the number of NAP common shares issued to Gold Fields by 20%. NAP will remain operator of the joint venture, which will be managed under a joint venture arrangement.

See “Information on the Company—Exploration—Gold Fields’ Greenfields Exploration Projects—Arctic Platinum Project.”

Barrick Agreement

On September 11, 2006, Gold Fields entered into an agreement with Barrick Gold Corporation, or Barrick, to acquire, for a total consideration of U.S.$1.525 billion, the entire issued share capital of Barrick Gold South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, or BGSA (previously, Placer Dome South Africa Proprietary Limited), which held a 50% interest in the Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture, an unincorporated entity in which Barrick and Western Areas Limited, or Western Areas, each held an interest of 50%. The Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture is now named the South Deep Joint Venture.

See “Information on the Company—History” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Overview—General—Acquisition of South Deep.”

JCI Agreement

In support of Gold Fields undertaking to make an offer to acquire the entire issued share capital of Western Areas not already owned by Gold Fields, Gold Fields, JCI Limited, or JCI, and certain subsidiaries of JCI entered into an agreement on September 11, 2006, pursuant to which Gold Fields will acquire 27 million Western Areas shares, which will increase the Gold Fields’ stake in Western Areas from 18% to 34.7%. In addition, the JCI subsidiaries have granted Gold Fields a call option and the JCI subsidiaries have been granted a put option, subject to certain restrictions and conditions, in respect of the balance of a further 9.96 million Western Areas shares held by JCI or its subsidiaries.

 

218


Table of Contents

See “Information on the Company—History” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects— Overview—General—Acquisition of South Deep.”

Cerro Corona Facility

On November 14, 2006, Gold Fields La Cima S.A. (formerly known as Sociedad Minera La Cima S.A.), or La Cima, entered into a U.S.$150 million project finance facility agreement with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., The Bank of Nova Scotia, The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, Scotiabank Peru S.A.A and other financial institutions, as set out in the agreement.

See “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Development Projects—Cerro Corona Development Project” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities—Cerro Corona Facility.”

GFIMSA Facility

In connection with the acquisition of BGSA and the proposed acquisition of Western Areas, GFIMSA entered into a U.S.$1.8 billion credit facility with Citibank, N.A. London Branch, J.P. Morgan Plc, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited and other financial institutions as set out in the agreement, on November 24, 2006. Borrowings under the facility were guaranteed by Gold Fields, Gold Fields Holdings and Orogen. This facility was repaid in full during fiscal 2007.

See “Information on the Company—History” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities—Acquisition of South Deep.”

R500 million Revolving Credit Facility

On August 21, 2007, GFIMSA entered into a R500 million 364-day revolving credit facility, or the Absa 1 Facility, with Absa Capital (a division of Absa Bank Limited). Borrowings under this facility are guaranteed by Gold Fields. On August 24, 2007, R250 million was drawn down under this facility.

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities—R500 million Revolving Credit Facility.”

Spit-tenor Revolving Credit Facility

On May 16, 2007, GFIMSA, Orogen and Western Areas entered into a U.S.$750.0 million split-tenor revolving credit facility, or the RC Facility, with lead lenders Barclays Bank with Barclays Bank Plc and ABN Amro N.V. The RC Facility consists of a U.S.$250 million 364-day revolving tranche (Facility A) and a U.S.$500 million five-year revolving tranche (Facility B).

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities—Split-tenor Revolving Credit Facility.”

Sale of Essakane Project

On November 26, 2007, Gold Fields sold its 60% stake in the Essakane project to Orezone. Gold Fields received U.S.$150 million in cash and 41,666,667 common shares of Orezone having an aggregate subscription price of U.S.$50 million, which were issued to Gold Fields’ wholly-owned subsidiary Gold Fields Essakane (BVI) Limited. Following the acquisition, Gold Fields owns 41,666,667 common shares of Orezone, representing 12.2% of Orezone’s issued and outstanding common shares. See “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Gold Fields’ Greenfields Exploration Projects—Essakane Joint Venture.”

 

219


Table of Contents

Sale of Choco 10

On November 30, 2007, Gold Fields disposed of its assets in Venezuela to Rusoro Mining Ltd., or Rusoro. Gold Fields received U.S.$180 million in cash and 140 million newly-issued Rusoro shares, which at the time of sale represented approximately 37% of the outstanding shares of Rusoro. See “Information on the Company—Recent Developments—Sale of Choco 10.”

R1,000,000,000 Short Term Revolving Credit Facility

On December 6, 2007, GFIMSA and Gold Fields entered into a mandate letter and term sheet with Absa Capital, a division of Absa Bank Limited, or the Mandated Lead Arranger, which sets out the terms and conditions upon which the Mandated Lead Arranger is prepared to arrange and underwrite a short term revolving credit facility of up to R1,000,000,000, or the Absa 2 Facility, for GFIMSA, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, Gold Fields Operations Limited and/or or any other subsidiary of Gold Fields Limited, or the Parent, acceptable to the Parent and the Mandated Lead Arranger, acting reasonably. Borrowings under the Absa 2 Facility will be guaranteed by Gold Fields and certain of its subsidiaries.

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities—R1,000,000,000 Short Term Revolving Credit Facility.”

Management and Other Compensatory Plans and Arrangements

Gold Fields’ share plan, the Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan, was approved by the shareholders on November 17, 2005 and is available to its executive officers and other employees. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan.”

Gold Fields shareholders also approved on November 17, 2005 a new share plan available to its non-executive directors. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan.”

Gold Fields’ share option scheme, the GF Management Incentive Scheme, was adopted on November 10, 1999 and is available to its executive officers and other employees. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The GF Management Incentive Scheme.”

Gold Fields also has a share option plan available to its non-executive directors. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan.”

In fiscal 2007, Ian D. Cockerill, Gold Fields’ Chief Executive Officer and an executive director of Gold Fields, was party to two employment agreements: one with Gold Fields Guernsey, which is now named Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited, following its change of incorporation to the British Virgin Islands, and the other with GFL Mining Services Ltd., or GFLMSL. However, effective March 1, 2007, Mr. Cockerill's offshore employment agreement with Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited was replaced with two new offshore contracts: one with Gold Fields Ghana Holdings Limited and one with Gold Fields Orogen Holdings BVI Limited. The employment agreement with GFLMSL remains in place. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Executive Directors’ Terms of Employment.”

In fiscal 2007, Nicholas J. Holland, Gold Fields’ Chief Financial Officer and an executive director of Gold Fields, was party to two employment agreements: one with Gold Fields Guernsey, which is now named Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited, following its change of incorporation to the British Virgin Islands, and the other with GFLMSL. However, effective March 1, 2007, Mr. Holland's offshore employment agreement with Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited was replaced with two new offshore contracts: one with Gold Fields Ghana Holdings Limited and one with Gold Fields Orogen Holdings BVI Limited. The employment agreement with GFLMSL remains in place. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Executive Directors’ Terms of Employment.”

 

220


Table of Contents

Deposit Agreement

Gold Fields has an American Depositary Receipt facility. In connection with this facility, Gold Fields is party to a Deposit Agreement, dated as of February 2, 1998, as amended and restated as of May 21, 2002 among Gold Fields, The Bank of New York, as Depositary, and all owners and holders from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder.

This summary is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Deposit Agreement, including the form of ADRs attached thereto. Terms used in this section and not otherwise defined will have the meanings set forth in the Deposit Agreement. Copies of the Deposit Agreement are available for inspection at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The Depositary’s principal executive office is located at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286.

American Depositary Receipts

Each Gold Fields ADS represents ownership interests in one Gold Fields ordinary share and the rights attributable to one Gold Fields ordinary share that Gold Fields will deposit with one of the custodians, which currently are Standard Bank of South Africa, Absa Bank Limited, French Bank of South Africa, First National Bank of South Africa and Nedcor Bank Limited. Each Gold Fields ADR also represents securities, cash or other property deposited with The Bank of New York but not distributed to holders of Gold Fields ADRs.

As The Bank of New York will actually be the holder of the underlying ordinary shares, Gold Fields will not treat you as one of its shareholders. As a holder of ADSs, you will have ADR holder rights. A Deposit Agreement among Gold Fields, The Bank of New York and you, as a Gold Fields ADR holder, sets out the ADR holders’ rights and obligations of The Bank of New York, as depositary. New York state law governs the Deposit Agreement and the ADRs evidencing the Gold Fields ADSs.

You may hold ADRs either directly or indirectly through your broker or financial institution. If you hold ADRs directly, you are an ADR holder. This description assumes you hold your ADRs directly. If you hold the ADRs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or financial institution to assert the rights of ADR holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Share Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the ordinary shares?

The Bank of New York will pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on the ordinary shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your Gold Fields ADSs represent.

Cash:

The Bank of New York will convert any cash dividend or distribution Gold Fields pays on the ordinary shares, other than any dividend or distribution paid in U.S. dollars, into U.S. dollars. If that is not possible on a reasonable basis, or if any approval from any government is needed and cannot be obtained, the Deposit Agreement allows The Bank of New York to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so or to hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

Before making a distribution, The Bank of New York will deduct any withholding taxes that must be paid under applicable laws. It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and U.S. cents and will round any fractional amounts to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when The Bank of New York cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

 

221


Table of Contents

Ordinary shares:

The Bank of New York will distribute new ADRs representing any ordinary shares Gold Fields distributes as a dividend or free distribution, if Gold Fields requests that The Bank of New York make this distribution and if Gold Fields furnishes The Bank of New York promptly with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. The Bank of New York will only distribute whole ADRs. It will sell ordinary shares which would require it to issue a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds to the holders entitled to those ordinary shares. If The Bank of New York does not distribute additional cash or ADSs, each ADS will also represent the new ordinary shares.

Right to purchase additional ordinary shares:

If Gold Fields offers holders of securities any rights, including rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares, The Bank of New York may take actions necessary to make these rights available to you. Gold Fields must first instruct The Bank of New York to do so and furnish it with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. If Gold Fields does not furnish this evidence and/or give these instructions, and The Bank of New York determines that it is practical to sell the rights, The Bank of New York may sell the rights and allocate the net proceeds to holders’ accounts. The Bank of New York may allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

If The Bank of New York makes rights available to you, upon instruction from you it will exercise the rights and purchase the ordinary shares on your behalf. The Bank of New York will then deposit the ordinary shares and deliver ADSs to you. It will only exercise rights if you pay The Bank of New York the exercise price and any charges the rights require you to pay. U.S. securities laws may restrict the sale, deposit, cancellation and transfer of the ADSs issued after exercise of rights. In this case, The Bank of New York may deliver the ADSs under a separate restricted deposit agreement, which will contain the same provisions as the Deposit Agreement, except for changes needed to put the restrictions in place. The Bank of New York will not offer you rights unless those rights and the securities to which the rights relate are either exempt from registration or have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to a distribution to you.

Other distributions:

The Bank of New York will send to you anything else Gold Fields distributes on deposited securities by any means The Bank of New York thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, The Bank of New York may decide to sell what Gold Fields distributed—for example by public or private sale—and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash, or it may decide to hold what Gold Fields distributed, in which case the ADRs will also represent the newly distributed property.

The Bank of New York is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADR holder. Gold Fields will have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distribution Gold Fields makes on its ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for Gold Fields to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How does the Depositary issue ADSs?

The Bank of New York will deliver the ADSs that you are entitled to receive in the offer against deposit of the underlying ordinary shares. The Bank of New York will deliver additional ADSs if you or your broker deposit ordinary shares with the custodian. You must also deliver evidence satisfactory to The Bank of New York of any necessary approvals of the governmental agency in South Africa, if any, which is responsible for regulating currency exchange at that time. If required by The Bank of New York, you must in addition deliver an agreement transferring your rights as a shareholder to receive dividends or other property. Upon payment of its

 

222


Table of Contents

fees and of any taxes or charges, The Bank of New York will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADRs at its Corporate Trust Office to the persons you request.

How do ADS holders cancel an ADS and obtain ordinary shares?

You may submit a written request to withdraw ordinary shares and turn in your ADRs evidencing your ADSs at the Corporate Trust Office of The Bank of New York. Upon payment of its fees and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes, The Bank of New York will deliver the deposited securities underlying the ADSs to an account designated by you at the office of the custodian. At your request, risk and expense, The Bank of New York may deliver at its Corporate Trust Office any dividends or distributions with respect to the deposited securities represented by the ADSs, or any proceeds from the sale of any dividends, distributions or rights, which may be held by The Bank of New York.

Record Dates

Whenever any distribution of cash or rights, change in the number of ordinary shares represented by ADSs or notice of a meeting of holders of ordinary shares or ADSs is made, The Bank of New York will fix a record date for the determination of the owners entitled to receive the benefits, rights or notice.

Voting of Deposited Securities

How do you vote?

If you are an ADS holder on a record date fixed by The Bank of New York, you may exercise the voting rights of the same class of securities as the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs, but only if Gold Fields asks The Bank of New York to ask for your instructions. Otherwise, you will not be able to exercise your right to vote unless you withdraw the ordinary shares.

However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the ordinary shares. If Gold Fields asks for your instructions, The Bank of New York will notify you of the upcoming meeting and arrange to deliver certain materials to you. The materials will: (1) include all information included with the meeting notice sent by Gold Fields to The Bank of New York, (2) explain how you may instruct The Bank of New York to vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying your ADSs as you direct if you vote by mail or by proxy and (3) include a voting instruction card and any other information required under South African law that Gold Fields and The Bank of New York will prepare. For instructions to be valid, The Bank of New York must receive them on or before the date specified in the instructions. The Bank of New York will try, to the extent practical, subject to applicable law and the provisions of the by-laws of Gold Fields, to vote or have its agents vote the underlying shares as you instruct. The Bank of New York will only vote, or attempt to vote, as you instruct. However, if The Bank of New York does not receive your voting instructions, it will give a proxy to vote your ordinary shares to a designated representative of Gold Fields, unless Gold Fields informs The Bank of New York that either: (1) it does not want the proxy issued, (2) substantial opposition exists or (3) the matter materially and adversely affects the rights of holders of ordinary shares.

Gold Fields cannot assure that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct The Bank of New York to vote your ordinary shares. In addition, The Bank of New York and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and there may be nothing you can do if your ordinary shares are not voted as you requested.

Inspection of Transfer Books

The Bank of New York will keep books for the registration and transfer of ADRs. These books will be open at all reasonable times for inspection by you, provided that you are inspecting the books for a purpose related to Gold Fields or the Deposit Agreement or the ADRs.

 

223


Table of Contents

Reports and Other Communications

The Bank of New York will make available for your inspection at its Corporate Trust Office any reports or communications, including any proxy material, received from Gold Fields, as long as these materials are received by The Bank of New York as the holder of the deposited securities and generally available to Gold Fields shareholders. At Gold Fields’ written request, The Bank of New York will also send copies of reports, notices and communications to you.

Fees and Expenses

The Bank of New York, as Depositary, will charge any party depositing or withdrawing ordinary shares or any party surrendering ADRs or to whom ADRs are issued:

 

For:

  

Gold Fields ADS holders must pay:

•   each issuance of a Gold Fields ADS, including as a result of a distribution of ordinary shares or rights or other property or upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an ADS

  

•   $5.00 or less per 100 Gold Fields ADSs or portion thereof

•   each distribution of securities distributed to holders of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares which are distributed by The Bank of New York to Gold Fields’ ADR holders

  

•   any fees that would be payable if the securities had been ordinary shares and those ordinary shares had been deposited for the issuance of ADSs

•   each cancellation of a Gold Fields ADS, including if the Deposit Agreement terminates

  

•   $5.00 or less per 100 Gold Fields ADSs or portion thereof

•   each cash distribution pursuant to the Deposit Agreement

  

•   not more than $0.02 per ADS (or portion thereof)

•   annual depositary services

  

•   not more than $0.02 per ADS (or portion thereof) paid annually, provided that this fee will not be charged if the $0.02 fee for cash distributions described above was charged during the calendar year

•   transfer and registration of ordinary shares on the Gold Fields’ share register from your name to the name The Bank of New York or its agent when you deposit or withdraw ordinary shares

  

•   registration or transfer fees

•   conversion of foreign currency to U.S. dollars

  

•   expenses of The Bank of New York

•   cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses, if expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement

  

•   expenses of The Bank of New York

•   as necessary

  

•   certain taxes and governmental charges The Bank of New York or the custodian has to pay on any Gold Fields ADS or ordinary share underlying a Gold Fields ADS

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADRs or on the deposited securities underlying your ADRs. The Bank of New York may deduct the amount of any taxes owed from any payments to you. It may also restrict or refuse the transfer of your Gold Fields ADSs or restrict or refuse the withdrawal of your underlying deposited securities until you pay any taxes owed on your Gold Fields ADSs or underlying securities. It may also sell deposited securities to pay any taxes owed. You will remain liable

 

224


Table of Contents

if the proceeds of the sale are not enough to pay the taxes. If The Bank of New York sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of Gold Fields ADSs held by you to reflect the sale and pay to you any proceeds, or send to you any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

If Gold Fields:

 

   

changes the par value of any of the Gold Fields ordinary shares;

 

   

reclassifies, splits or consolidates any of the Gold Fields ordinary shares;

 

   

distributes securities on any of the Gold Fields ordinary shares that are not distributed to you; or

 

   

recapitalizes, reorganizes, merges, consolidates, sells its assets, or takes any similar action, then:

the cash, ordinary shares or other securities received by The Bank of New York will become new deposited securities under the Deposit Agreement, and each Gold Fields ADS will automatically represent the right to receive a proportional interest in the new deposited securities; and The Bank of New York may and will, if Gold Fields asks it to, distribute some or all of the cash, ordinary shares or other securities it received. It may also issue new Gold Fields ADSs or ask you to surrender your outstanding Gold Fields ADSs in exchange for new Gold Fields ADSs identifying the new deposited securities.

Amendment and Termination of the Deposit Agreement

How may the Deposit Agreement be amended?

Gold Fields may agree with The Bank of New York to amend the Deposit Agreement and the Gold Fields ADRs without your consent for any reason. If the amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and governmental charges, or prejudices an important right of Gold Fields ADS holders, it will only become effective 30 days after The Bank of New York notifies you of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the agreement as amended. However, no amendment will impair your right to receive the deposited securities in exchange for your Gold Fields ADSs.

How may the Deposit Agreement be terminated?

The Bank of New York will terminate the Deposit Agreement if Gold Fields asks it to do so, in which case it must notify you at least 30 days before termination. The Bank of New York may also terminate the agreement after notifying you if The Bank of New York informs Gold Fields that it would like to resign and Gold Fields does not appoint a new depositary bank within 90 days.

If any Gold Fields ADSs remain outstanding after termination, The Bank of New York will stop registering the transfer of Gold Fields ADSs, will stop distributing dividends to Gold Fields ADS holders, and will not give any further notices or do anything else under the Deposit Agreement other than:

 

   

collect dividends and distributions on the deposited securities;

 

   

sell rights and other property offered to holders of deposited securities; and

 

   

deliver ordinary shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of Gold Fields ADSs.

At any time after one year after termination of the Deposit Agreement, The Bank of New York may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, The Bank of New York will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any cash it is holding under the Deposit Agreement, for the pro rata benefit of the Gold Fields ADS holders that have not surrendered their Gold Fields ADSs. It will not invest the money and has

 

225


Table of Contents

no liability for interest. The Bank of New York’s only obligations will be to account for the money and cash. After termination, Gold Fields’ only obligations will be with respect to indemnification of, and to pay specified amounts to, The Bank of New York.

Your Right to Receive the Ordinary Shares Underlying Your Gold Fields ADSs

You have the right to cancel your Gold Fields ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares at any time except:

 

   

due to temporary delays caused by The Bank of New York or Gold Fields closing its transfer books, the transfer of ordinary shares being blocked in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting, or Gold Fields paying dividends;

 

   

when you or other ADR holders seeking to withdraw ordinary shares owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

   

when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to Gold Fields ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any provision of the Deposit Agreement.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability to Gold Fields ADS Holders

The Deposit Agreement expressly limits the obligations of Gold Fields and The Bank of New York. It also limits the liability of Gold Fields and The Bank of New York. Gold Fields and The Bank of New York:

 

   

are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith;

 

   

are not liable if either of them is prevented or delayed by law, any provision of the Gold Fields by-laws or circumstances beyond their control, from performing their obligations under the agreement;

 

   

are not liable if either of them exercises, or fails to exercise, discretion permitted under the agreement;

 

   

have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or proceeding related to the ADSs or the Deposit Agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other party unless they are indemnified to their satisfaction; and

 

   

may rely upon any advice of or information from any legal counsel, accountants, any person depositing ordinary shares, any Gold Fields ADS holder or any other person whom they believe in good faith is competent to give them that advice or information.

In the Deposit Agreement, Gold Fields and The Bank of New York agree to indemnify each other under specified circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before The Bank of New York will deliver or register the transfer of a Gold Fields ADS, make a distribution on a Gold Fields ADS, or permit withdrawal of ordinary shares, The Bank of New York may require:

 

   

payment of taxes, including stock transfer taxes or other governmental charges, and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any ordinary shares or other deposited securities, as well as the fees and expenses of The Bank of New York;

 

   

production of satisfactory proof of the identity of the person presenting ordinary shares for deposit or Gold Fields ADSs upon withdrawal, and of the genuineness of any signature; and

 

226


Table of Contents
   

compliance with regulations The Bank of New York may establish consistent with the Deposit Agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

The Bank of New York may refuse to deliver, transfer, or register transfer of Gold Fields ADSs generally when the transfer books of The Bank of New York are closed or at any time if The Bank of New York or Gold Fields thinks it advisable to do so.

Pre-Release of Gold Fields ADSs

In certain circumstances, subject to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement, The Bank of New York may deliver Gold Fields ADSs before deposit of the underlying ordinary shares. This is called a pre-release of Gold Fields ADSs. The Bank of New York may also deliver ordinary shares prior to the receipt and cancellation of pre-released Gold Fields ADSs (even if those Gold Fields ADSs are cancelled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying ordinary shares are delivered to The Bank of New York. The Bank of New York may receive Gold Fields ADSs instead of the ordinary shares to close out a pre-release. The Bank of New York may pre-release Gold Fields ADSs only under the following conditions:

 

   

before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made must represent to The Bank of New York in writing that it or its customer, as the case may be, owns the ordinary shares or Gold Fields ADSs to be deposited;

 

   

the pre-release must be fully collateralized with cash or collateral that The Bank of New York considers appropriate; and

 

   

The Bank of New York must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice.

The pre-release will be subject to whatever indemnities and credit regulations The Bank of New York considers appropriate. In addition, The Bank of New York will limit the number of Gold Fields ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release.

Governing Law

The Deposit Agreement is governed by the law of the State of New York.

South African Exchange Control Limitations Affecting Security Holders

The discussion below relates to exchange controls in force as of the date of this annual report. These controls are subject to change at any time without notice. It is not possible to predict whether existing exchange controls will be abolished, continued or amended by the South African government in the future. Investors are urged to consult a professional adviser as to the exchange control implications of their particular investments.

Acquisitions of shares or assets of South African companies by non-South African purchasers solely for cash consideration will generally be permitted by the SARB pursuant to South African exchange control regulations. An acquisition of shares or assets of a South African company by a non-South African purchaser may be refused by SARB in other circumstances, such as if the consideration for the acquisition is shares in a non-South African company or if the acquisition is financed by a loan from a South African lender. Denial of SARB approval for an acquisition of shares or assets of a South African company may result in the transaction not being completed. Subject to this limitation, there are no restrictions on equity investments in South African companies and a foreign investor may invest freely in the ordinary shares and ADSs of Gold Fields.

There are no exchange control restrictions on the remittance in full of dividends declared out of trading profits to non-residents of the Common Monetary Area (comprising South Africa, the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland and the Republic of Namibia) by Gold Fields.

 

227


Table of Contents

Under South African exchange control regulations, the ordinary shares and ADSs of Gold Fields are freely transferable outside South Africa between persons who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area. Additionally, where ordinary shares are sold on the JSE on behalf of shareholders of Gold Fields who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area, the proceeds of such sales will be freely exchangeable into foreign currency and remittable to them. Any share certificates held by non-resident Gold Fields shareholders will be endorsed with the words “non-resident.” The same endorsement, however, will not be applicable to ADSs of Gold Fields held by non-resident shareholders.

Taxation

Certain South African Tax Considerations

The discussion in this section sets forth the material South African tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares or ADSs under current South African law. Changes in the law may alter the tax treatment of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares or ADSs, possibly on a retroactive basis.

The following summary is not a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or dispose of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares or ADSs and does not cover tax consequences that depend upon your particular tax circumstances. In particular, the following summary addresses tax consequences for holders of ordinary shares or ADSs who are not residents of, or who do not carry on business in, South Africa and who hold ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets (that is, for investment purposes). For the purposes of the income tax treaty between South Africa and the United States, and South African tax law, a United States resident that owns Gold Fields ADSs will be treated as the owner of the Gold Fields ordinary shares represented by such ADSs. Gold Fields recommends that you consult your own tax adviser about the consequences of holding Gold Fields’ ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, in your particular situation.

Withholding tax on dividends

Under South African law, no withholding tax applies to, and no other tax is payable by, shareholders or ADS holders on dividends paid to non-resident shareholders or non-resident ADS holders. It should be noted that any future decision to re-impose a withholding tax on dividends declared by South African resident companies to non-resident shareholders or non-resident ADS holders is generally permissible under the terms of a reciprocal tax treaty entered into between South Africa and the United States, or the Treaty; provided that the Treaty generally limits the withholding tax to 5% of the gross amount of the dividends if the beneficial owner of the shares is a company holding directly at least 10% of the voting stock of the company paying the dividends and to 15% of the gross amount of the dividends in all other cases. South Africa imposes a corporate tax known as a secondary tax on companies, or STC, on the distribution of earnings in the form of dividends on the company declaring the dividend. STC is a recognized form of tax in terms of the double taxation convention between South Africa and the United States, but does not constitute a withholding tax on dividends. With effect from October 1, 2007, the rate of STC was reduced to 10% (previously, it was 12.5%). It is expected that STC will be abolished in 2008 and substituted with a conventional withholding tax on dividends, at a rate of 10%.

Income tax and capital gains tax

Non-resident holders of ordinary shares or ADSs will not be subject to income or capital gains tax in South Africa, with respect to the disposal of those ordinary shares or ADSs, unless the non-resident carried on business through a permanent establishment in South Africa, and the profits are realized in the ordinary course of that business.

Stamp duty and uncertificated securities tax

No stamp duty or uncertificated securities tax is payable in South Africa by the company in respect of the issue of certificated or dematerialized shares.

 

228


Table of Contents

On a subsequent registration of transfer of shares, stamp duty is generally payable for off-market transactions (that is, shares not sold through the JSE) and uncertificated securities tax, or UST, is generally payable for on-market transactions (that is, shares sold through the JSE in a dematerialized form), each at 0.25% of the market value of the shares concerned. Stamp duty is payable in South Africa regardless of whether the transfer is executed within or outside South Africa. A transfer of a dematerialized share can only occur in South Africa.

There are certain exceptions to the payment of stamp duty where, for example, the instrument of transfer is executed outside South Africa and registration of transfer is effected in any branch register kept by the relevant company, subject to certain provisions set forth in the South African Stamp Duties Act of 1968. Although technically under the terms of current legislation it could be interpreted that transfers of ADSs between non-residents of South Africa could attract either stamp duty or UST, such transfers have not to date attracted either stamp duty or UST. However, if securities are withdrawn from the deposit facility or the relevant deposit agreement is terminated, either stamp duty or UST will be payable on the subsequent transfer of the shares. An acquisition of shares from the depositary in exchange for ADSs representing the relevant underlying securities will also render an investor liable to pay South African stamp duty or UST in South Africa at the same rate as stamp duty or UST on a subsequent transfer of shares, upon the registration of the investor as the holder of the applicable shares on the company’s register.

On February 21, 2007, the South African Department of Finance announced that both stamp duty on transfers of shares and UST would be replaced by a uniform marketable securities tax at the rate of 0.25% of the market value of the securities concerned. This replacement is expected to take place in 2008.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH TREASURY DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR 230, HOLDERS ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT: (A) ANY DISCUSSION OF FEDERAL TAX ISSUES IN THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE RELIED UPON, AND CANNOT BE RELIED UPON, BY HOLDERS FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON HOLDERS UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE; (B) SUCH DISCUSSION IS INCLUDED HEREIN BY GOLD FIELDS IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING (WITHIN THE MEANING OF CIRCULAR 230) BY GOLD FIELDS OF THE TRANSACTIONS OR MATTERS ADDRESSED HEREIN; AND (C) HOLDERS SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISER.

The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares and ADSs. This summary applies to you only if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States or any State within the United States; or

 

   

otherwise subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of the ordinary shares or ADSs.

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in a partnership that holds ordinary shares or ADSs will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership, you should consult your tax adviser concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to your partners of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs by you.

 

229


Table of Contents

This summary only applies to holders that hold ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets. This summary is based upon:

 

   

the current tax laws of the United States, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

 

   

current U.S. Internal Revenue Service practice and applicable U.S. court decisions; and

 

   

the income tax treaty between the United States and South Africa.

This summary assumes that the obligations of the Depositary under the Deposit Agreement and any related agreements will be performed in accordance with their terms.

The following summary is of a general nature and does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular situation. For example, this summary does not apply to:

 

   

investors that own (directly or indirectly) 10% or more of Gold Fields’ voting stock;

 

   

financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

investors liable for the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

individual retirement accounts and other tax-deferred accounts;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

investors that hold ordinary shares or ADSs as part of straddles, hedging transactions or conversion transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or

 

   

investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This summary assumes that Gold Fields is not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which it believes to be the case. Gold Fields’ possible status as a PFIC must be determined annually and therefore may be subject to change. However, based on Gold Fields’ current assets and income, and assuming that Gold Fields will continue to operate its business in the same manner as it has in the past, management believes that there is no material risk that Gold Fields will become a PFIC in the future. If Gold Fields were to be a PFIC in any year in which you held Gold Fields’ ordinary shares or ADSs, materially adverse consequences would result for you.

The summary of U.S. federal income tax consequences set out below is for general information only. You are urged to consult your tax advisers as to the particular tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning and disposing of the ordinary shares or ADSs, including the applicability and effect of state, local, foreign and other tax laws and possible changes in tax law.

U.S. Holders of ADSs

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, an owner of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the corresponding number of underlying ordinary shares held by the depositary for the ADSs, and references to ordinary shares in the following discussion refer also to ADSs representing the ordinary shares.

Taxation of Dividends

Distributions paid out of Gold Fields’ current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will generally be taxable to you as foreign source dividend income, and will not be eligible for the dividends received with the deduction allowed to corporations. Distributions that exceed Gold

 

230


Table of Contents

Fields’ current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the ordinary shares and thereafter as capital gain. However, we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax accounting principles. You should therefore assume that any distribution by us with respect to the shares will constitute ordinary dividend income. You should consult your own tax advisers with respect to the appropriate U.S. federal income tax treatment of any distribution received from us. For purposes of determining limitations on any foreign tax credits, dividends paid by Gold Fields will generally constitute “passive income.”

For taxable years that begin before 2011, dividends paid by Gold Fields will be taxable to shareholders that are individuals at the special reduced rate normally applicable to capital gains, provided that either Gold Fields qualifies for the benefits of the income tax treaty between the United States and South Africa, or the ADSs are considered to be “readily tradable” on the NYSE. You will be eligible for this reduced rate only if you are an individual, and have held the ordinary shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of any dividend paid in Rand will be included in income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the dividends are received by you or the depositary (in the case of ADSs). If you or the depositary, as the case may be, convert dividends received in Rand into U.S. dollars on the day they are received, you generally will not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of this dividend income.

Taxation of a Sale or other Disposition

Your tax basis in an ordinary share will generally be its U.S. dollar cost. The U.S. dollar cost of an ordinary share purchased with foreign currency will generally be the U.S. dollar value of the purchase price on the date of purchase or, in the case of ordinary shares traded on an established securities market, as defined in the applicable Treasury Regulations, that are purchased by a cash basis taxpayer (or an accrual basis taxpayer that so elects), on the settlement date for the purchase. Such an election by an accrual basis taxpayer must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

Upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs, other than an exchange of ADSs for ordinary shares and vice versa, you will generally recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount realized and your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs. This capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period in the ordinary shares or ADSs exceeds one year. However, regardless of your actual holding period, any loss may be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent you receive a dividend that qualifies for the reduced rate described above under “Taxation of Dividends” and also exceeds 10% of your basis in the ordinary shares. Any gain or loss will generally be U.S. source.

The amount realized on a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares for an amount in foreign currency will be the U.S. dollar value of this amount on the date of sale or disposition. On the settlement date, you will recognize U.S. source foreign currency gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) equal to the difference (if any) between the U.S. dollar value of the amount received based on the exchange rates in effect on the date of sale or other disposition and the settlement date. However, in the case of ordinary shares traded on an established securities market that are sold by a cash basis taxpayer (or an accrual basis taxpayer that so elects), the amount realized will be based on the exchange rate in effect on the settlement date for the sale, and no exchange gain or loss will be recognized at that time.

Foreign currency received on the sale or other disposition of an ordinary share will have a tax basis equal to its U.S. dollar value on the settlement date. Foreign currency that is purchased will generally have a tax basis equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency on the date of purchase. Any gain or loss recognized on a sale or other disposition of a foreign currency (including its use to purchase ordinary shares or upon exchange for U.S. dollars) will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

 

231


Table of Contents

Deposits and withdrawals of ordinary shares by U.S. holders in exchange for ADSs will not result in the realization of gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Your tax basis in withdrawn ordinary shares will be the same as your tax basis in the ADSs surrendered, and your holding period for the ordinary shares will include the holding period of the ADSs.

To the extent you incur South African stamp duty or uncertified securities tax in connection with a transfer or withdrawal of ordinary shares as described under “—Certain South African Tax Considerations—Stamp duty and uncertificated securities tax” above, such stamp duty or uncertified securities tax will not be a creditable tax for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Payments of dividends and other proceeds with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs by U.S. persons will be reported to you and to the IRS as may be required under applicable regulations. Backup withholding may apply to these payments if you fail to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fail to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on your U.S. federal income tax returns. Some holders (such as corporations) are not subject to backup withholding. You should consult your tax adviser as to your qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption.

Documents on Display

Gold Fields files annual and special reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. You may read and copy any reports or other information on file at the SEC’s public reference room at the following location:

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services. Gold Fields’ SEC filings may also be obtained electronically via the EDGAR system on the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

 

232


Table of Contents

ITEM 11: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Gold Fields is exposed to market risks, including foreign currency, commodity price and interest rate risk associated with underlying assets, liabilities and anticipated transactions. Following periodic evaluation of these exposures, Gold Fields may enter into derivative financial instruments to manage some of these exposures. As part of its strategy, however, Gold Fields does not generally hedge against the risk of changes in the price of gold. See “—Commodity Price Sensitivity—Commodity Price Hedging Policy.”

Gold Fields has policies in areas such as counterparty exposure, hedging practices and prudential limits which have been approved by Gold Fields’ Board of Directors. Management of financial risk is centralized at Gold Fields’ treasury department, which acts as the interface between Gold Fields’ operations and counterparty banks. The treasury department manages financial risk in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Gold Fields Board of Directors and Executive Committee. Gold Fields’ Audit Committee has approved dealing limits for money market, foreign exchange and commodity transactions, which Gold Fields’ treasury department is required to adhere to. Among other restrictions, these limits describe which instruments may be traded and demarcate open position limits for each category as well as indicating counterparty credit-related limits. The dealing exposure and limits are checked and controlled each day and reported to the Chief Financial Officer.

Foreign Currency Sensitivity

General

In the ordinary course of business, Gold Fields enters into transactions, such as gold sales, denominated in foreign currencies, primarily U.S. dollars. In addition, Gold Fields has investments and indebtedness in U.S. and Australian dollars. Although this exposes Gold Fields to transaction and translation exposure from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, Gold Fields does not generally hedge this exposure, although it may do so in specific circumstances, such as financing projects or acquisitions. Also, Gold Fields on occasion undertakes currency hedging to take advantage of favorable short-term fluctuations in exchange rates when management believes exchange rates are at unsustainably high levels.

Foreign Currency Hedging Experience

Gold Fields currently holds various hedging instruments to protect its exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, which are described below.

South African Rand Instruments

On January 30, 2007, Gold Fields borrowed U.S.$550 million under a U.S.$1.8 billion credit facility entered into on November 24, 2006, or the GFIMSA Facility. On May 18, 2007, Gold Fields utilized a portion of a U.S.$750 million split-tenor revolving credit facility entered into on May 16, 2007, or the RC Facility, to refinance that borrowing. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities.” Substantially all of the U.S.$550 million was used to settle the Western Areas Limited, or Western Areas, gold derivative structure. In connection with this borrowing, U.S. dollar/Rand forward cover was purchased during the third quarter of fiscal 2007 in an amount of $550.8 million for settlement August 6, 2007 at an average forward rate of Rand 7.3279. This cover was established at an average spot rate of Rand 7.1918 per $1.00. On August 6, 2007, the forward cover was extended to November 6, 2007, at a rate of Rand 7.1987 based on an average spot rate of Rand 7.1000 per $1.00. The cover was extended further on November 6, 2007 to December 6, 2007 at a rate of Rand 6.63148, based on an average spot of Rand 6.60 per $1.00. In line with the partial repayment of the RC Facility made on December 6, 2007, forward cover of U.S. $490 million was extended to March 6, 2008, at an average rate of Rand 6.9118, based on a spot rate of Rand 6.80 per $1.00.

On July 27, 2007, Gold Fields made a forward purchase of $40 million to pay future expenses at Orogen Holdings (BVI) Limited, or Orogen, a 100% owned subsidiary of Gold Fields. The forward rate to October 30,

 

233


Table of Contents

2007 was Rand 7.1884, based on a spot rate of Rand 7.1000 per $1.00. The contract was extended for a further month on October 30, 2007 to November 30, 2007 at an average forward rate of Rand 6.5399, based on an average spot rate of Rand 6.5091. On November 30, 2007, the contract was further extended to January 31, 2008 at an average rate of Rand 7.0743, based on a spot rate of Rand 7.00.

On October 4, 2007, Gold Fields made an additional forward purchase of $50 million to hedge foreign currency exposures. The forward rate to November 21, 2007 was 6.9949, based on a spot rate of Rand 6.9474 per $1.00. The contract was extended for a further two months on November 21, 2007 to January 22, 2008 at an average forward rate of Rand 6.7899, based on an average spot rate of Rand 6.72.

Realized gains on financial instruments are disclosed in detail under the Results of Operations section, under the sub-heading “Realized (loss)/gain on financial instruments.”

Foreign Currency Contract Position

As of June 30, 2007, Gold Fields’ foreign currency contract position was as follows:

 

     2008    Total

$/R forward exchange contracts:

     

Volume ($ million)

   550.8    550.8

$ per R1.00

   0.1365    0.1365

Foreign Currency Sensitivity Analysis

Gold Fields’ revenues and costs are very sensitive to the Rand/U.S. dollar exchange rate because revenues are generated using a gold price denominated in U.S. dollars, while costs of the South African operations are incurred principally in Rand. Depreciation of the Rand against the U.S. dollar reduces Gold Fields’ average costs when they are translated into U.S. dollars, thereby increasing the operating margin of the South African operations. Conversely, appreciation of the Rand results in South African operating costs increasing when translated into U.S. dollars, resulting in lower operating margins. The impact on profitability of changes in the value of the Rand against the U.S. dollar can be substantial.

A sensitivity analysis of the mark-to-market valuations of Gold Fields’ foreign currency contracts as of June 30, 2007 is set forth below.

South African Rand Instruments

 

     U.S.$/R (1)  exchange rate as of June 30, 2007  
     (R)  

Sensitivity to U.S.$/R (1)   exchange rates

   -10.0 %   -7.5 %   -5.0 %   Spot (2)   +5.0 %   +7.5 %   +10.0 %

Mark-to-market forwards ($ million)

   44.19     30.43     16.66     (10.82 )   (38.42 )   (52.19 )   (65.96 )

Notes:

 

(1) “+” and “-” designate the strengthening and weakening of the Rand against the U.S. dollar.

 

(2) Spot rate: $0.1399 = R1.00.

 

     Weighted average Rand interest rate as of June 30, 2007  

Sensitivity to Rand interest rates

   (1.5 )%   (1.0 )%   (0.5 )%   Spot (1)   +0.5 %   +1.0 %   +1.5 %

Mark-to-market forwards ($ million)

   (9.89 )   (10.22 )   (10.55 )   (10.88 )   (11.21 )   (11.54 )   (11.87 )

Note:

 

(1) Spot Rand interest rate: 8.95%.

 

234


Table of Contents
     Weighted average U.S. dollar interest rate as of June 30, 2007  

Sensitivity to U.S. dollar interest rates

   (1.5 )%   (1.0 )%   (0.5 )%   Spot (1)   +0.5 %   +1.0 %   +1.5 %

Mark-to-market forwards ($ million)

   (11.87 )   (11.54 )   (11.21 )   (10.82 )   (10.55 )   (10.22 )   (9.89 )

Note:

 

(1) Spot U.S. dollar interest rate: 5.50%.

Commodity Price Sensitivity

General

Gold

The market price of gold has a significant effect on the results of operations of Gold Fields, the ability of Gold Fields to pay dividends and undertake capital expenditures, and the market price of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares. Gold prices have historically fluctuated widely and are affected by numerous industry factors over which Gold Fields does not have any control. See “Risk Factors—Changes in the market price for gold, which in the past has fluctuated widely, affect the profitability of Gold Fields’ operations and the cash flows generated by those operations” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Revenues.” The aggregate effect of these factors on the gold price, all of which are beyond the control of Gold Fields, is impossible for Gold Fields to predict.

Oil

The market price of oil has a significant effect on the results of the offshore operations of Gold Fields. The offshore operations consume large quantities of diesel in the running of their mining fleets. Oil prices have historically fluctuated widely and are affected by numerous factors over which Gold Fields does not have any control.

Commodity Price Hedging Policy

Gold

Generally, Gold Fields does not enter into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for future gold production. On an exceptional basis, Gold Fields may consider gold hedging arrangements in one or more of the following circumstances:

 

   

to protect cash flows at times of significant capital expenditure;

 

   

for specific debt-servicing requirements; and

 

   

to safeguard the viability of higher cost operations.

See “Information on the Company—Strategy—Hedging.”

To the extent that it enters into commodity hedging arrangements, Gold Fields seeks to use different counterparty banks consisting of local and international banks to spread risk. None of the counterparties is affiliated with, or related parties of, Gold Fields.

Oil

Generally Gold Fields does not enter into derivatives or other hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for future oil consumption. However, where oil prices are expected to increase in the short to medium term, Gold Fields may consider hedging the oil price in order to protect itself against the adverse cost effects of a material increase in the oil price.

 

235


Table of Contents

Commodity Price Hedging Experience

Oil

On June 8, 2005 Gold Fields Ghana Limited, or Gold Fields Ghana, and Abosso Goldfields Limited, or Abosso, purchased an Asian-style IPE Gasoil call option for one year (June 8, 2005 to May 31, 2006) at a strike price of U.S.$0.45 per liter for a total of 51.6 million liters, of which two thirds was for Gold Fields Ghana and one-third was for Abosso. The call option resulted in a premium of $1.16 million, paid upfront, at a swap price of $0.46 per liter.

On July 3, 2006, Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso purchased a one-year Asian-style IPE Gasoil call option at a strike price of U.S.$0.5716 per liter for a total of 58.8 million liters, of which 42.0 million liters is for Gold Fields Ghana and 16.8 million is for Abosso. The call option resulted in a premium of $2.5 million, paid upfront. This structure expired on June 30, 2007.

Gold

As part of the acquisition of Western Areas, Gold Fields acquired Western Areas’ gold derivative structure, which consisted of put and call options as well as deferred premium. The Western Areas Limited gold derivative structure was closed out on January 24, 2007, by purchasing 1.005 million ounces of gold, which was the net delta of the structure, at a total cost of U.S.$527.8 million, net of maturities scheduled for the end of January 2007, for settlement January 30, 2007.

Commodity Price Contract Position

Oil

As of the end of fiscal 2007, Gold Fields did not have any commodity price hedging contracts outstanding.

On June 28, 2007, after the Company closed its accounts for fiscal 2007, Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Ltd purchased a three-month Asian-style call option in respect of 15 million liters of diesel, starting July 1, 2007 of which 70% was for Gold Fields Ghana and 30% was for Abosso. The call option resulted in a premium of $0.3 million paid upfront, at a strike of $0.5572 per liter.

On August 22, 2007, Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Ltd purchased another three-month Asian-style call option in respect of a further 15 million liters of diesel, starting October 1, 2007 of which 70% was for Gold Fields Ghana and 30% was for Abosso. The call option resulted in a premium of $0.4 million paid upfront, at a strike of $0.5572 per liter.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

General

As of June 30, 2007, Gold Fields’ long-term indebtedness amounted to U.S.$1,439.3 million. Gold Fields generally does not undertake any specific action to cover its exposure to interest rate risk, although it may do so in specific circumstances as in the case of the Mvelaphanda Transaction. Under the Mvela Loan, GFI Mining South Africa Limited, or GFIMSA, pays Mvela Gold interest, semi-annually and at a fixed rate of 10.56% per annum, on U.S.$591.3 million (Rand 4,139.0 million). In May 2007, GFIMSA, Orogen and Western Areas obtained the U.S.$750 RC Facility consisting of a $250 million 364-day revolving tranche (Facility A) and a U.S.$500 million five-year revolving tranche (Facility B). See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resource—Credit Facilities—Split-tenor Revolving Credit Facility.” On May 21, 2007, Orogen drew down U.S.$168 million and Western Areas drew down U.S.$50.8 million under Facility A to refinance the $168 million drawn down under the U.S.$250 million three-year syndicated term loan originally utilized to fund the Bolivar Gold acquisition in Venezuela and U.S.$50.8 million borrowed under the GFIMSA

 

236


Table of Contents

Facility which was originally utilized to retire part of the Western Areas gold derivative structure. On the same date, Western Areas borrowed U.S.$500 million under Facility B to refinance that portion of the GFIMSA Facility that was originally utilized to retire the remainder of the Western Areas gold derivative structure and to refinance certain existing working capital loans. At June 30, 2007, the amount outstanding under Facility A and Facility B were U.S.$218.8 million and U.S.$500 million, respectively. Loans under Facility A bear interest at LIBOR plus 25 basis points per annum while the loan under Facility B bears interest at LIBOR plus 30 basis points per annum. As of June 30, 2007, Gold Fields La Cima S.A. had drawn down U.S.$127 million under the U.S.$150 million project finance facility entered into on November 14, 2006. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.45% per annum up to the financial completion date as defined in the agreement. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities.”

Interest Rate Hedging Experience

In connection with the Mvela Loan, GFIMSA entered into two interest rate swaps. These swaps were closed out on June 30, 2005 so that Gold Fields currently pays interest on the Mvela Loan at the fixed rate set forth above. Gold Fields realized mark-to-market gain on the swap of $36.2 million and interest rate credits of $14.8 million, giving a total gain of $51.0 million. Of the $36.2 million realized mark-to-market gain, $0.8 million was accounted for in fiscal 2005, $9.2 million was recognized in fiscal 2006, $8.2 million was recognized in fiscal 2007 and the balance of $18.0 million will be accounted for in fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009. Of the $14.8 million in interest rate credits, $12.9 million was accounted for in fiscal 2005 and the balance of $1.9 million was accounted for in fiscal 2004.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

The portion of Gold Fields interest bearing debt that is exposed to interest rate fluctuations is $848.3 million. This debt is normally rolled for periods between one and three months and is therefore exposed to the rate changes in this period. The remainder of the debt is either short term (less than 3 months total tenor) or bears interest at a fixed rate. The relevant interest rates for each facility are described above. The following table indicates the change to finance expense had U.S. dollar interest rates differed as indicated.

 

    

Change in interest expense for U.S. dollar interest rate changes

as of June 30, 2007

 

Sensitivity to U.S. dollar interest rates

   (1.5 )%   (1.0 )%   (0.5 )%   +0.5 %   +1.0 %   +1.5 %

Change in finance expense ($ million)

   (12.65 )   (8.43 )   (4.22 )   4.22     8.43     12.65  

 

237


Table of Contents

ITEM 12: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

 

238


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13: DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

 

239


Table of Contents

ITEM 14: MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY

HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

 

240


Table of Contents

ITEM 15: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures:

 

     Gold Fields has carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Gold Fields, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Gold Fields’ disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based upon that evaluation, Gold Fields’ Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2007, Gold Fields’ disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting:

 

     Gold Fields’ management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 defines internal control over financial reporting in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

 

   

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and

 

   

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

     Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

     Gold Fields’ management assessed the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007. In making this assessment, Gold Fields’ management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO, in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based upon its assessment, Gold Fields’ management concluded that, as of June 30, 2007, its internal control over financial reporting is effective based upon those criteria.

 

     Gold Field’s management has excluded GFI Joint Venture Holdings (Pty) Limited (formerly Barrick Gold South Africa (Pty) Limited) and Gold Fields Operations Limited (formerly Western Areas Limited) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007 because they were acquired by Gold Fields in a purchase business combination during the year ended June 30, 2007.

 

     PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc, an independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of Gold Fields’ internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007.

 

(c) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm:

 

     See report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc., an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on page F-1.

 

(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting:

 

     There has been no change in Gold Fields’ internal control over financial reporting that occurred during fiscal 2007 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Gold Fields’ internal control over financial reporting.

 

241


Table of Contents

ITEM 16A: AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The Board of Directors has determined that Gold Fields’ Audit Committee does not have an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in the rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Although a person with such qualifications does not serve on the Audit Committee, the Board of Directors believes that the members of the Audit Committee collectively possess the knowledge and experience to oversee and assess the performance of Gold Fields’ management and auditors, the quality of Gold Fields’ disclosure controls, the preparation and evaluation of Gold Fields’ financial statements and Gold Fields’ financial reporting. Gold Fields’ Board of Directors also believes that the members of the Audit Committee collectively possess the understanding of audit committee functions necessary to diligently execute their responsibilities. For biographical information on each member of the Audit Committee, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Non-executive Directors.”

 

242


Table of Contents

ITEM 16B: CODE OF ETHICS

Gold Fields has adopted a Company Code of Ethics, or the Code, which applies to all directors and employees, the text of which can be accessed on Gold Fields’ website at www.goldfields.co.za. The Code was revised in fiscal 2007 and the revisions were implemented in September 2007. The revised Code updates the disclosure requirements and allocates responsibility for managing the Code to different levels of management.

 

243


Table of Contents

ITEM 16C: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc., or PwC, has served as Gold Fields’ principal accountant for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006 and 2007. Set forth below are the fees for audit and other services rendered by PwC for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006 and 2007.

 

     Year ended
June 30,
2006
   Year ended
June 30,
2007
     (R millions)

Audit fees

   9.1    19.3

Audit-related fees

   3.6    0.7

Tax fees

   0.4    1.5

All other fees

   0.7    0.7
         

Total

   13.8    22.2
         

Audit fees include fees billed for audit services rendered for Gold Fields’ annual consolidated financial statements filed with regulatory organizations.

Audit-related fees relate mainly to advice in connection with the implementation of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, audit of companies acquired and accounting advice.

Tax fees include fees billed for tax compliance, tax advice, tax planning and other tax-related services.

All other fees consist of fees for all other services not included in any of the other categories noted above.

All of the above fees were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

Audit Committee’s Policies and Procedures

In accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission rules regarding auditor independence, the Audit Committee has established Policies and Procedures for Audit and Non-Audit Services Provided by an Independent Auditor. The rules apply to Gold Fields and its consolidated subsidiaries engaging any accounting firms for audit services and the auditor who audits the accounts filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the external auditor, for permissible non-audit services.

When engaging the external auditor for permissible non-audit services (audit-related services, tax services, and all other services), pre-approval is obtained prior to the commencement of the services.

 

244


Table of Contents

ITEM 16D: EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

 

245


Table of Contents

ITEM 16E: PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER

AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Gold Fields did not make purchases of its equity securities during fiscal 2007 or to date in fiscal 2008.

 

246


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 17: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Gold Fields has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.

 

247


Table of Contents

ITEM 18: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statements of Gold Fields Limited are filed as part of this annual report.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Gold Fields Limited

  

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-1

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2007 and 2006

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-7

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-8

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-9

Schedules to Gold Fields Limited’s Financial Statements

  

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   S-1

Schedule 1—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   S-2

 

248


Table of Contents

ITEM 19: EXHIBITS

The following instruments and documents are included as Exhibits to this annual report.

 

No.

  

Exhibit

1.1(†)    Memorandum of Association of Gold Fields
1.2(†)    Articles of Association of Gold Fields
1.3    Amended Articles of Association of Gold Fields
2.1(†)    Memorandum of Association of Gold Fields (included in Exhibit 1.1)
2.2(†)    Articles of Association of Gold Fields (included in Exhibit 1.2)
2.3(††)    Deposit Agreement among Gold Fields, Gold Fields Limited (f/k/a/Driefontein Consolidated Limited), The Bank of New York, as depositary, and the owners and beneficial owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts, dated as of February 2, 1998, as amended and restated as of May 21, 2002
2.4(††)    Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.3)
2.5(†)    Excerpts of relevant provisions of the South African Companies Act
2.6(†)    Excerpts of relevant provisions of the JSE Limited listing requirements
2.7    Amended Articles of Association of Gold Fields (included in Exhibit 1.3)
4.1(†)    The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan, adopted October 31, 2001
4.2(†)    The GF Management Incentive Scheme, adopted November 10, 1999
4.3(††††)    Deed of Amendment to the GF Non-Executive Share Plan, adopted December 6, 2002
4.4(††††)    Deed of Amendment to the GF Management Incentive Scheme between Gold Fields Limited and Tokyo Mosima Gabriel Sexwale and Gordon Rae Parker, both in their capacity as trustees for The GF Management Incentive Trust, adopted May 4, 2001
4.5(††††)    Deed of Amendment to the GF Management Incentive Scheme between Gold Fields Limited and Tokyo Mosima Gabriel Sexwale and Gordon Rae Parker, both in their capacity as trustees for The GF Management Incentive Trust, adopted October 31, 2001
4.6(††††)    Exploration Incentive Plan, adopted on May 25, 1999, as amended on August 22, 2000
4.7(††††)    Agreement between Ian D. Cockerill and Gold Fields Guernsey Limited, effective March 1, 2004
4.8(††††)    Service Agreement between Ian D. Cockerill and GFL Mining Services Ltd., effective March 1, 2004
4.9(††††)    Service Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and GFL Mining Services Ltd., effective March 1, 2004
4.10(††††)    Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Guernsey Limited, effective March 1, 2004
4.11(††††)    Memorandum of Agreement between Anglogold Limited and Driefontein Consolidated (Proprietary) Limited, dated September 18, 2003
4.12(††††)    First Addendum of Agreement between Anglogold Limited and Driefontein Consolidated (Proprietary) Limited, dated January 27, 2004
4.13(†††)    Purchase Agreement between Outokumpu Nickel B.V., Outokumpu Mining Oy, Gold Fields Exploration B.V. and Gold Fields Finland Oy, dated September 4, 2003

 

249


Table of Contents

No.

  

Exhibit

4.14(†††)

   Reorganization Agreement between Beatrix Mining Ventures Limited, Driefontein Consolidated (Proprietary) Limited, Kloof Gold Mining Company Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, Gold Fields Limited and Newshelf 706 Limited, dated July 25, 2003

4.15(††††)

   Addendum Number 1 to the Reorganization Agreement between Beatrix Mining Ventures Limited, Driefontein Consolidated (Proprietary) Limited, Kloof Gold Mining Company Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, Gold Fields Limited and Newshelf 706 Limited, dated February 12, 2004

4.16(†††)

   Covenants Agreement between Gold Fields Limited, Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, Lexshell 579 Investments (Proprietary) Limited and Newshelf 706 Limited, dated November 26, 2003

4.17(†††)

   Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement amongst Lexshell 579 Investments (Proprietary) Limited, GFL Mining South Africa Limited and Gold Fields Limited, dated December 11, 2003

4.18(†††)

   GFI-SA Loan Agreement amongst Lexshell 579 Investments (Proprietary) Limited, First Rand Bank Limited, GFI Mining South Africa Limited, Gold Fields Limited, Gold Fields Australia Proprietary Limited and Gold Fields Guernsey Limited, dated December 11, 2003

4.19(††††)

   Addendum to GFI-SA Loan Agreement among Gold Fields, Mvela Gold, Gold Fields Australia, Gold Fields Guernsey Limited and GFI-SA, dated February 13, 2004

4.20(††††)

   PIC Put Option Agreement between Public Investment Corporation, GFL Mining Services Limited and Gold Fields Limited, dated February 13, 2004

4.21(††††)

   Agreement between Gold Fields Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, GFI Mining South Africa Limited, and Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, dated November 17, 2004

4.22(††††)

   Second Addendum to GFI-SA Loan Agreement among Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, First Rand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank Division), GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Limited, Gold Fields Australia Pty Limited and Gold Fields Guernsey Limited, dated November 17, 2004

4.23(†††††)

   The Gold Fields Limited and Bolivar Gold Corporation Arrangement Agreement, dated December 1, 2005

4.24(†††††)

   The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan, adopted November 17, 2005

4.25(†††††)

   The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan, adopted November 17, 2005

4.26(††††††)

   Agreement between Gold Fields Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, GFI Mining South Africa Limited, and Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, dated July 17, 2006

4.27(††††††)

   Acquisition and Framework Agreement between North American Palladium Limited, Gold Fields Exploration BV, Gold Fields Finland Oy and North American Palladium Finland Oy, dated March 24, 2006, as amended on May 12, 2006

4.28(††††††)

   Service Agreement between Gold Fields Arctic Platinum Oy, North American Palladium Limited and North American Palladium Arctic Services Oy, dated March 24, 2006

4.29(††††††)

   U.S.$250,000,000 Facility Agreement between Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, Gold Fields Limited, GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited, Barclays Capital, J.P. Morgan Plc, Financial Institutions (as defined in the Facility) and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, dated March 3, 2006

4.30(††††††)

   Share Purchase Agreement between PDG Aureate Limited, Barrick Gold Corporation and Gold Fields Limited, dated September 11, 2006

 

250


Table of Contents

No.

  

Exhibit

4.31(††††††)

   Agreement between Gold Fields Limited, JCI Limited, JCI Investment Finance (Proprietary) Limited and JCI Gold Limited, dated September 11, 2006

4.32(††††††)

   U.S.$150,000,000 Facility Agreement between Gold Fields La Cima S.A., The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., The Bank of Nova Scotia, The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, Scotiabank Peru S.A.A. and Financial Institutions (as defined in the Facility), dated November 14, 2006

4.33(††††††)

   U.S.$1,800,000,000 Facility Agreement between GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, The Subsidiaries (as defined in the Facility), Citibank, N.A. London Branch, J.P. Morgan Plc, Financial Institutions (as defined in the Facility) and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, dated November 24, 2006

4.34

   Third Addendum to GFI-SA Loan Agreement among Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, First Rand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank Division), GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Limited, Gold Fields Australia Pty Limited and Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited, dated August 24, 2007

4.35

   Agreement between Mvela Holdings (Proprietary Limited), Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, The Phalali Investment Trust, Newshelf 848 (Proprietary) Limited, Newshelf 849 (Proprietary) Limited, P L Zim and Afripalm Resources (Proprietary) Limited, dated March 30, 2007

4.36

   Agreement between Mvela Holdings (Proprietary Limited), Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, The Phalali Investment Trust, Newshelf 848 (Proprietary) Limited, Newshelf 849 (Proprietary) Limited, P L Zim and Afripalm Resources (Proprietary) Limited, dated April 26, 2007

4.37

   U.S.$750,000,000 Facility Agreement between GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, Western Areas Limited, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Barclays Capital and Barclays Bank plc, dated May 16, 2007

4.38

   Rand 500,000,000 Facility Agreement between Absa Capital (a division of Absa Bank Limited) and GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, dated August 21, 2007

4.39

   Combination Agreement between Rusoro Mining Ltd. and Gold Fields Netherlands B.V., dated October 11, 2007 and effective October 12, 2007

4.40

   Share Purchase Agreement between Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, Gold Fields Essakane (BVI) Limited, Orezone Essakane (BVI) Limited and Orezone Resources Inc., dated October 10, 2007 and effective October 11, 2007

4.41

   Agreement between Ian D. Cockerill and GFL Mining Services Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007

4.42

   Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and GFL Mining Services Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007

4.43

   Agreement between Ian D. Cockerill and Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007

4.44

   Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007

4.45

   Agreement between Ian D. Cockerill and Gold Fields Orogen Holdings (BVI) Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007

4.46

   Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Orogen Holdings (BVI) Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007

 

251


Table of Contents

No.

  

Exhibit

  8.1

   Amended list of subsidiaries of the registrant

12.1

   Certification of Chief Executive Officer

12.2

   Certification of Chief Financial Officer

13.1

   Certification of Chief Executive Officer

13.2

   Certification of Chief Financial Officer

(†) Incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2002.

 

(††) Incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 24, 2002.

 

(†††) Incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2003.

 

(††††) Incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 26, 2004.

 

(†††††) Incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2005.

 

(††††††) Incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 24, 2006.

 

252


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

G OLD F IELDS L IMITED

  /s/    N ICHOLAS J. H OLLAND

Name:   Nicholas J. Holland
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Date: December 7, 2007

 

253


Table of Contents

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Gold Fields Limited

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Gold Fields Limited and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15 (b). Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which was an integrated audit for the year ended June 30, 2007). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in note 2(d)(i) to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for underground development costs during the production phase of a mine during the year ended June 30, 2007, and its method of accounting for share-based compensation during the year ended June 30, 2006.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded GFI Joint Venture Holdings (Pty) Limited (formerly Barrick Gold South Africa (Pty) Limited) and Gold Fields Operations Limited (formerly Western Areas Limited) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007 because they were acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during the year ended June 30, 2007. We have also excluded GFI Joint Venture Holdings (Pty) Limited and Gold Fields Operations Limited from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. GFI Joint Venture Holdings (Pty) Limited and Gold Fields Operations Limited are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company whose total assets and total revenues represent $3,200.3 million and $107.9 million respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended June 30, 2007.

PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc

Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa

December 7, 2007

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the years ended June 30,

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

     2007     2006     2005  
           As adjusted
(see notes
2(d)(i) and
3(a)
    As adjusted
(see notes
2(d)(i) and
3(a)
 
     $’m     $’m     $’m  

REVENUES

      

Product sales

   2,735.2     2,282.0     1,893.1  
                  

COSTS AND EXPENSES

      

Production costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

   1,707.7     1,499.9     1,372.4  

Depreciation and amortization

   388.2     353.3     366.4  

Corporate expenditure

   38.4     21.9     22.5  

Employment termination costs

   4.9     9.1     13.7  

Exploration expenditure

   47.4     39.3     46.0  

Impairment of assets

   —       —       233.1  

Impairment of critical spares

   —       —       2.8  

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

   (7.4 )   (3.7 )   (0.8 )

Profit on disposal of exploration rights

   —       —       (7.5 )

Increase/(decrease) in provision for post-retirement health care costs

   1.3     (0.5 )   (4.2 )

Accretion expense on environmental rehabilitation

   6.4     8.6     11.5  

Share-based compensation

   12.5     11.5     2.1  

Harmony hostile bid costs

   —       —       50.8  

IAMGold transaction costs

   —       —       9.3  
                  
   2,199.4     1,939.4     2,118.1  
                  

OTHER (EXPENSES)/INCOME

      

Interest and dividends

   26.8     26.8     29.2  

Finance expense

   (95.2 )   (55.6 )   (54.9 )

Unrealized gain on financial instruments

   15.4     14.6     4.9  

Realized (loss)/gain on financial instruments

   (10.7 )   (9.1 )   2.1  

Realized loss on foreign exchange

   (15.1 )   —       —    

Profit on disposal of listed investments

   26.8     6.3     8.1  

Write-down of investments

   —       —       (7.7 )

Other expenses

   (2.2 )   (16.5 )   (4.3 )
                  
   (54.2 )   (33.5 )   (22.6 )
                  

INCOME/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX, SHARE OF EQUITY INVESTEES’ INCOME/(LOSSES) AND MINORITY INTERESTS

   481.6     309.1     (247.6 )

Income and mining tax (expense)/benefit

   (209.3 )   (110.6 )   85.8  
                  

INCOME/(LOSS) BEFORE SHARE OF EQUITY INVESTEES’ INCOME/(LOSSES) AND MINORITY INTERESTS

   272.3     198.5     (161.8 )

Share of equity investees’ income/(losses)

   0.3     (7.0 )   (0.8 )

Minority interests

   (26.5 )   (29.8 )   (20.6 )
                  

NET INCOME/(LOSS)

   246.1     161.7     (183.2 )
                  

BASIC EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE ($)

   0.44     0.33     (0.37 )

DILUTED EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE ($)

   0.44     0.33     (0.37 )

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES USED IN THE COMPUTATION OF BASIC EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE

   558,259,686     492,922,941     491,987,508  

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES USED IN THE COMPUTATION OF DILUTED EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE

   562,207,148     496,240,970     493,690,893  

DIVIDEND PER SHARE ($)

   0.28     0.13     0.11  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of June 30,

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

     2007    2006  
          As adjusted
(see notes
2(d)(i) and
3(a)
 
     $’m    $’m  

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   326.4    217.7  

Current portion of financial instruments

   —      30.4  

Receivables

   295.3    148.7  

Inventories

   144.9    111.3  

Materials contained in heap leach pads

   58.1    47.7  
           

Total current assets

   824.7    555.8  
           

Property, plant and equipment, net

   5,576.8    3,172.1  

Goodwill

   1,222.7    —    

Non-current investments

   401.8    371.8  
           

TOTAL ASSETS

   8,026.0    4,099.7  
           

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Accounts payable and provisions

   474.4    299.8  

Interest payable

   34.7    29.8  

Income and mining taxes payable

   72.2    46.8  

Bank overdraft

   3.3    —    

Current portion of long-term loans

   227.5    0.3  
           

Total current liabilities

   812.1    376.7  

Long-term loans

   1,211.8    737.9  

Deferred income and mining taxes

   877.1    781.8  

Provision for environmental rehabilitation

   197.2    146.4  

Provision for post-retirement health care costs

   9.5    7.4  
           

Total liabilities

   3,107.7    2,050.2  
           

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES—see notes 20 and 21

     

Minority interests’

   127.1    125.1  

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Share capital—1,000,000,000 (2006: 1,000,000,000) authorized ordinary shares of 50 South African cents each. Shares issued—652,158,066 (2006: 494,824,723)

   54.8    43.9  

Additional paid-in capital

   4,459.8    1,827.6  

Retained earnings

   211.8    123.9  

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)

   64.8    (71.0 )
           

Total shareholders’ equity

   4,791.2    1,924.4  
           

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   8,026.0    4,099.7  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

For the years ended June 30,

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

    Number of
ordinary
shares issued
    Share capital     Additional
paid-in capital
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income/(loss)
    Total  
          $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m  

BALANCE—JULY 1, 2004 as previously reported

  491,492,520     43.6     1,792.3     211.6     (30.4 )   2,017.1  

Effect of change in accounting principle – capitalization of development costs (see note 2(d)(i))

  —       —       —       64.3     —       64.3  

Acquisition of Western Areas Limited (see note 3(a))

  —       —       —       (14.2 )   (4.0 )   (18.2 )
                                   

BALANCE—JULY 1, 2004 as adjusted

  491,492,520     43.6     1,792.3     261.7     (34.4 )   2,063.2  
                                   

Net loss

  —       —       —       (183.2 )   —       (183.2 )

Dividends declared

  —       —       —       (54.5 )   —       (54.5 )

Share compensation cost

  —       —       2.1     —       —       2.1  

Exercise of employee share options

  801,706     0.1     3.5     —       —       3.6  

Write-down investments

  —       —       —       —       7.7     7.7  

Mark-to-market of listed investments

  —       —       —       —       13.5     13.5  

Realized loss on disposal of listed investments

  —       —       —       —       1.5     1.5  

Foreign exchange translation

  —       —       —       —       4.4     4.4  
                                   

BALANCE—JUNE 30, 2005

  492,294,226     43.7     1,797.9     24.0     (7.3 )   1,858.3  

Net income

  —       —       —       161.7     —       161.7  

Dividends declared

  —       —       —       (61.8 )   —       (61.8 )

Share compensation cost

  —       —       11.5     —       —       11.5  

Shares repurchased and cancelled

  (1,000,000 )   (0.1 )   (11.6 )   —       —       (11.7 )

Exercise of employee share options

  3,530,497     0.3     29.8     —       —       30.1  

Mark-to-market of listed investments

  —       —       —       —       52.0     52.0  

Realized gain on disposal of listed investments

  —       —       —       —       (0.5 )   (0.5 )

Foreign exchange translation

  —       —       —       —       (115.2 )   (115.2 )
                                   

BALANCE—JUNE 30, 2006

  494,824,723     43.9     1,827.6     123.9     (71.0 )   1,924.4  

Net income

  —       —       —       246.1     —       246.1  

Dividends declared

  —       —       —       (158.2 )   —       (158.2 )

Share compensation cost

  —       —       12.5     —       —       12.5  

Share issued in connection with capital raising

  90,850,000     6.3     1,421.1     —       —       1,427.4  

Share issued in connection with the acquisition of subsidiaries

  65,098,754     4.5     1,213.3     —       —       1,217.8  

Transaction costs relating to issue of shares

  —       —       (25.4 )   —       —       (25.4 )

Exercise of employee share options

  1,384,589     0.1     10.7     —       —       10.8  

Mark-to-market of listed investments

  —       —       —       —       52.1     52.1  

Realized gain on disposal of listed investments

  —       —       —       —       (23.5 )   (23.5 )

Foreign exchange translation

  —       —       —       —       107.2     107.2  
                                   

BALANCE—JUNE 30, 2007

  652,158,066     54.8     4,459.8     211.8     64.8     4,791.2  
                                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the years ended June 30,

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

The following is a reconciliation of the components of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) for the periods presented:

 

     Mark-to-
market of
listed
investments
    Foreign
exchange
translation
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
 
     $’m     $’m     $’m  

BALANCE—JULY 1, 2004—as previously reported

   0.4     (30.8 )   (30.4 )

Acquisition of Western Areas Limited (see note 3(a))

   (4.0 )   —       (4.0 )
                  

BALANCE—JULY 1, 2004—as adjusted

   (3.6 )   (30.8 )   (34.4 )

Write down of investments

   7.7     —       7.7  

Mark-to-market of listed investments

   13.5     —       13.5  

Realized loss on disposal of listed investments

   1.5     —       1.5  

Foreign exchange translation

   —       4.4     4.4  
                  

BALANCE—JUNE 30, 2005

   19.1     (26.4 )   (7.3 )

Mark-to-market of listed investments

   52.0     —       52.0  

Realized gain on disposal of listed investments

   (0.5 )   —       (0.5 )

Foreign exchange translation

   —       (115.2 )   (115.2 )
                  

BALANCE—JUNE 30, 2006

   70.6     (141.6 )   (71.0 )

Mark-to-market of listed investments

   52.1     —       52.1  

Realized gain on disposal of listed investments

   (23.5 )   —       (23.5 )

Foreign exchange translation

   —       107.2     107.2  
                  

BALANCE—JUNE 30, 2007

   99.2     (34.4 )   64.8  
                  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended June 30,

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

     2007     2006     2005  
           As
adjusted
(see notes
2(d)(i) and
3(a)
    As
adjusted
(see notes
2(d)(i) and
3(a)
 
     $’m     $’m     $’m  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATIONS

      

Net income/(loss)

   246.1     161.7     (183.2 )

Reconciled to net cash provided by operations:

      

Minority interests

   26.5     29.8     20.6  

Share of equity investees’ (income)/losses

   (0.3 )   7.0     0.8  

Income and mining tax expense/(benefit)

   209.3     110.6     (85.8 )

Impairment of assets

   —       —       233.1  

Profit on disposal of listed investments

   (26.8 )   (6.3 )   (8.1 )

Depreciation and amortization

   388.2     353.3     366.4  

Write-down of investments

   —       —       7.7  

Impairment of critical spares

   —       —       2.8  

Profit on disposal of exploration rights

   —       —       (7.5 )

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

   (7.4 )   (3.7 )   (0.8 )

Share-based compensation

   12.5     11.5     2.1  

Unrealized gains on financial instruments

   (15.4 )   (14.6 )   (4.9 )

Increase in provision for environmental rehabilitation

   6.4     8.6     11.5  

Increase/(decrease) in provision for post-retirement health care costs

   1.3     (0.5 )   (4.2 )

Payment against post-retirement health care provision

   (0.3 )   (0.3 )   (5.3 )

Other

   (2.8 )   7.9     (9.0 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Receivables

   176.8     (60.6 )   30.7  

Inventories and heap leach pads

   (31.1 )   (24.1 )   (26.5 )

Settlement of Western Areas derivative structure

   (534.6 )   —       —    

Accounts payable and provisions

   (143.9 )   61.6     8.2  

Income and mining taxes paid

   (99.3 )   (54.8 )   (38.4 )
                  

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATIONS

   205.2     587.1     310.2  
                  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   (797.0 )   (377.1 )   (446.0 )

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

   8.8     6.3     10.2  

Purchase of listed investments

   (68.1 )   (163.5 )   (30.4 )

Proceeds on sale of listed investments

   45.3     2.8     18.6  

Proceeds on disposal of exploration rights

   —       —       7.5  

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

   (1,240.9 )   (415.6 )   —    

Investment in environmental trust fund

   (14.6 )   (11.0 )   (6.5 )
                  

NET CASH UTILIZED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

   (2,066.5 )   (958.1 )   (446.6 )
                  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Long and short-term loans raised

   2,637.5     158.0     2.7  

Long and short-term loans repaid

   (1,950.5 )   —       —    

Utilization of bank overdraft

   3.3     —       —    

(Decrease)/increase in minority funding

   (11.5 )   (23.0 )   17.9  

Proceeds on close out of swap

   —       —       36.2  

Dividends paid to Company shareholders

   (158.2 )   (61.8 )   (54.5 )

Dividends paid to minority shareholders

   (1.5 )   (13.0 )   (17.3 )

Ordinary shares repurchased and cancelled

   —       (11.7 )   —    

Ordinary shares issued

   1,412.8     30.1     3.6  
                  

NET CASH PROVIDED BY/(UTILIZED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

   1,931.9     78.6     (11.4 )
                  

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

   38.1     6.4     (4.8 )
                  

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

   108.7     (286.0 )   (152.6 )
                  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—JULY 1

   217.7     503.7     656.3  
                  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—JUNE 30

   326.4     217.7     503.7  

The principal non-cash transactions are the issue of shares as consideration for business acquisitions and the mark-to-market of certain listed investments. See notes 3 and 12.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the years ended June 30,

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

           As adjusted     As adjusted  
     2007     2006     2005  
     $’m     $’m     $’m  

Net income/(loss)

   246.1     161.7     (183.2 )

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

      

Write down of investments

   —       —       7.7  

Mark-to market adjustment of listed investments held

   52.1     52.0     13.5  

Realized (gain)/loss on disposal of listed investments

   (23.5 )   (0.5 )   1.5  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   107.2     (115.2 )   4.4  
                  

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

   135.8     (63.7 )   27.1  
                  

Comprehensive income/(loss)

   381.9     98.0     (156.1 )
                  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

1 GENERAL

Gold Fields Limited (formerly Driefontein Consolidated Limited (“Driefontein”), the “Company” or the “Group”) was originally incorporated in South Africa and listed on the JSE Securities Exchange S.A. (“JSE”) during 1968 as East Driefontein Gold Mining Company Limited. Following a merger with West Driefontein Gold Mining Company Limited, it was renamed Driefontein on June 15, 1981. On May 10, 1999, Driefontein completed a business combination with another South African company listed on the JSE, Gold Fields Limited (“Old Gold Fields”). Old Gold Fields evolved through a series of transactions in 1998, whereby it acquired substantially all of the gold mining assets and interests previously held by Gold Fields of South Africa Limited, Gencor Limited, New Wits Limited and certain other shareholders in the companies owning the assets and interests. These assets and interests included publicly traded gold mining companies, mineral rights and service agreements. Driefontein, the surviving entity, was renamed Gold Fields Limited, and Old Gold Fields was renamed GFL Mining Services Limited, effective from that date. The Group is engaged in gold mining and related activities, including exploration, extraction, processing and smelting. Gold bullion, the Group’s principal product, is currently produced in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and in Venezuela from financial year ended June 30, 2006 and sold in South Africa (primarily to the Rand Refinery) and internationally.

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

  (a) USE OF ESTIMATES: The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”) requires the Group’s management to make estimates and assumptions about current and future events that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment based on various assumptions and other factors such as historical experience, current and expected economic conditions, and in some cases actuarial techniques. Actual results ultimately may differ from those estimates.

The more significant areas requiring the use of management estimates and assumptions relate to mineral reserves that are the basis of future cash flow estimates and unit-of-production depreciation, depletion and amortization calculations; environmental, reclamation and closure obligations; estimates of recoverable gold and other materials in heap leach pads; asset impairments (including impairments of goodwill, long-lived assets, and investments); write-downs of inventory to net realizable value; post employment, post retirement and other employee benefit liabilities (including valuation of share-based compensation); valuation allowances for deferred tax assets; reserves for contingencies and litigation; and the fair value and accounting treatment of financial instruments.

The following are accounting policies used by the Group which, except as described in note 2 (p) (iii) below, have been consistently applied for all periods presented:

 

  (b)

CONSOLIDATION: The Group’s financial statements include the financial statements of the Group, and its subsidiaries, and its investments in associates. A company in which the Group has, directly or indirectly, through subsidiary undertakings, a controlling interest is classified as a subsidiary undertaking. In addition, the Company reviews its relationships with other entities to assess if the Company is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. If the determination is made that the Company is the primary beneficiary, then that entity is consolidated from the date that the Company was deemed to have become the primary beneficiary. The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of are included in the Group statements from the effective dates of acquisition or excluded from such

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

 

statements as from the effective dates of disposal. Investments in companies, which the Company does not control, but has the ability to exercise significant influence over their operating and financial policies, are accounted for by the equity method.

Any excess between the purchase price and the fair value of the attributable net assets of subsidiaries and associates at the date of acquisition is capitalized as goodwill and not amortized; however it is subject to an annual assessment for impairment.

Inter-company transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

 

  (c)  (i) FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS: Foreign currency transactions are recorded at the prevailing exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities designated in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at year-end. Gains and losses arising from these translations are recognized in earnings.

 

  (ii) FOREIGN ENTITIES: The Group’s foreign entities are regarded as those entities that are considered to be self-sustaining. The balance sheet and statements of operations of foreign subsidiaries are translated on the following basis:

Assets and liabilities are translated at the prevailing exchange rate at year-end. Statement of operations items are translated at the average exchange rate for the year. Exchange differences on translation are accounted for in shareholders’ equity. These differences will be recognized in earnings upon realization of the underlying foreign entity.

 

  (iii) FUNCTIONAL CURRENCY: The functional currencies of the Group’s South African operations are the South African Rand, Australian operations, the Australian dollar, the Ghanaian operations and the Cerro Corona project in Peru, the U.S. dollar and the Venezuelan operation, Venezuelan Bolivars. The translation differences arising as a result of converting the South African Rand and the Australian dollar to U.S. dollars (reporting currency) using the current exchange rate method are included as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

 

  (d) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

  (i) MINING ASSETS: Mining assets, including mine development costs and mine plant facilities, are recorded at cost.

At the Group’s surface mines, when it has been determined that a mineral property can be economically developed as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves, costs incurred to develop the property are capitalized as incurred until saleable minerals are extracted from the mine and are amortized using the units-of-production method over the estimated life of the ore body based on estimated recoverable ounces or pounds mined from proven and probable reserves. These costs include costs to further delineate the ore body and remove overburden to initially expose the ore body. Subsequent mine development costs are treated as variable production costs.

Previously, at the Group’s underground mines, costs incurred to develop the property were capitalized only until the reef horizons were intersected. Subsequent mine development costs to access other specific ore blocks or areas of the mine were treated as variable production costs. During the year ended June 30, 2007, the Group changed its accounting principle to capitalize all underground development costs to access specific ore blocks or other areas of the mine where such costs will provide future economic benefits as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves associated with a specific block or area of operations, even after the reef horizon may have been intersected with the development of the first specific ore block or area of the mine.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Under this revised accounting principle, all costs associated with the development of a specific underground block or area are capitalized until saleable minerals are extracted from that specific block or area. At the Group’s underground mines, these costs include the cost of shaft sinking and access, the costs of building access ways, lateral development, drift development, ramps, box cuts and other infrastructure development.

The Group believes that the newly adopted principle is preferable because: (i) it aligns its accounting principle with those of its global gold mining company industry peers; (ii) allows for a more direct link between revenue and associated expenditures; (iii) each block of ore can be described as a commencement of a new area of operations, separate and distinct from other existing operations—with the choice to mine based on an approved life-of-mine plan for that particular block of ore; and (iv) the additional costs capitalized under the revised accounting principle meet the definition of an asset.

The change in accounting for underground development costs has been applied retrospectively and the comparative statements for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 have been restated. The effect of the change on the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 is set out below. Opening accumulated retained earnings at July 1, 2004 have been increased by $64.3 million (net of deferred tax of $42.8 million), which is the adjustment relating to periods prior to and including period ended June 30, 2004.

 

     Year ended June 30,  
         2006             2005      
     ($ millions, except
per share amounts)
 

Decrease in production costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

   $ 121.8     $ 128.3  

Increase in depreciation and amortization

     (84.2 )     (91.9 )
                

Effect on production costs (inclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     37.6       36.4  

Effect on deferred income tax expense

     (13.3 )     (14.5 )
                

Effect on net (loss)/income

   $ 24.3     $ 21.9  
                

Effect on per share amounts:

    

Basic (loss) earnings per share

     0.05       0.04  
                

Fully diluted (loss) earnings per share

     0.05       0.04  
                
     June 30,  
     2006     2005  
     ($ millions)  

Effect on property, plant and equipment, net

     153.7       134.5  
                

Effect on deferred income taxes

     59.9       53.8  
                

Under the Group’s revised method of accounting for underground development costs, the costs incurred to access specific ore blocks or areas of the mine, which only provide an economic benefit over the period during which that ore block or area is being mined, are attributed to earnings using the units-of-production method where the denominator is estimated recoverable ounces of gold contained in proven and probable reserves within that ore block or area. Capitalized costs that provide an economic benefit over the entire mine life, such as the initial primary shaft in an underground complex, will continue to be attributed to earnings using the

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

units-of-production method, where the denominator is the estimated recoverable ounces of gold contained in total accessible proven and probable reserves.

Interest on borrowings incurred in respect of assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use are capitalized to the date on which the assets are substantially completed and ready for their intended use.

 

  (ii) LAND: Land is shown at cost and is not depreciated.

 

  (iii) MINERAL INTERESTS: Mineral interests represent mineral and surface use rights for parcels of land owned by the Group. Mineral interests and other tangible assets include acquired mineral use rights in production, development and exploration stage properties. The amount capitalized related to mineral interests represents its fair value at the time it was acquired, either as an individual asset purchase or as part of a business combination.

Production stage mineral interests represents mineral interests in operating properties that contain proven and probable reserves. Development stage mineral interests represent interests in properties under development that contain proven and probable reserves. Exploration stage mineral interests represent interests in properties that are believed to potentially contain (i)  other mineralized material such as inferred material within pits, measured, indicated and inferred material with insufficient drill spacing to qualify as proven and probable reserves; and inferred material in close proximity to proven and probable reserves; (ii)  around-mine exploration potential such as inferred material not immediately adjacent to existing reserves and mineralization but located within the immediate mine infrastructure; (iii)  other mine-related exploration potential that is not part of measured, indicated or inferred material and is comprised mainly of material outside of the immediate mine area; or (iv)  greenfield exploration potential that is not associated with any other production, development or exploration stage property as described above. The Group’s mineral use rights are enforceable regardless of whether proven or probable reserves have been established. In certain limited situations, the nature of a use right changes from an exploration right to mining right upon the establishment of proven and probable reserves. The Group has the ability and intent to renew mineral use rights where the existing term is not sufficient to recover all identified and valued proven and probable reserves and/or undeveloped mineral interests.

 

  (iv) AMORTIZATION AND DEPRECIATION OF MINING ASSETS: Mining assets, mine development and evaluation costs, and mine plant facilities are amortized over the life of mine using the units-of-production method, based on estimated above infrastructure proven and probable ore reserves. Proven and probable ore reserves reflect estimated quantities of economically recoverable reserves, which can be recovered in future from known mineral deposits. At the Group’s South African operations, its amortization and depreciation calculations are generally based on the Group’s most recent life-of-mine plan and annual above-infrastructure reserve declarations as approved by the Company’s Board. However, if management becomes aware of significant changes in its above-infrastructure reserves ahead of the scheduled updates, management would not hesitate to immediately update its amortization and depreciation calculations and then subsequently notify the Company’s Board. A similar approach is followed at the Group’s operations in Ghana, due to the longer-life of the primary orebody. At the Group’s other international operations, such as Australia, the Group’s amortization and depreciation calculations are updated on a more regular basis during the year for all known changes in proven and probable reserves. The nature and life-span of the orebody, and the on-going information gathered in connection with the orebody, facilitates these more frequent updates.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

  (v) AMORTIZATION OF MINERAL INTERESTS: Mineral interests associated with production stage mineral interests are amortized over the life-of-mine using the units-of-production method in order to match the amortization with the expected underlying future cash flows. Mineral interests associated with development and exploration stage mineral interests are not amortized until such time as the underlying property is converted to the production stage.

 

  (vi) DEPRECIATION OF NON-MINING ASSETS: Other non-mining assets are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives as follows:

 

Vehicles

   —      20.0%                    

Computers

   —      33.3%                    

Furniture and Equipment

   —      10.0%                    

 

  (vii) MINING EXPLORATION: Expenditure on exploration activities is expensed as incurred. Such expenditure includes the costs incurred for purposes of upgrading resources from one category to another or for purposes of upgrading resources to proven and probable reserves, even when in close proximity to the Company’s development and production stage properties. When it has been determined that a property can be economically developed as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves, costs incurred prospectively to develop the property are capitalized as mine development costs.

 

  (viii) IMPAIRMENT: The Group reviews and tests the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, which include development costs, when events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For impairment purposes, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. The lowest level at which such cash flows are generated are generally at an individual operating mine, even if the individual operating mine is included in a larger mine complex.

If there are indications that an impairment may have occurred, the Group prepares estimates of expected future cash flows for each group of assets. Expected future cash flows are based on a probability-weighted approach applied to potential outcomes and reflect:

 

   

Estimated sales proceeds from the production and sale of recoverable ounces of gold contained in proven and probable reserves;

 

   

Expected gold prices and currency exchange rates (considering historical and current prices, price trends and related factors). In impairment assessments conducted in fiscal 2005, the Group used an expected future market gold price of $420 per ounce, and expected future market exchange rates of R7.50 to $1.00 and A$1.510 to $1.00;

 

   

Expected future operating costs and capital expenditures to produce proven and probable gold reserves based on approved life-of-mine plans that assume current plant capacity, but exclude the impact of inflation; and

 

   

Expected cash flows associated with value beyond proven and probable reserves, which includes the expected cash outflows required to develop and extract the value beyond proven and probable reserves.

The Group records a reduction of a group of assets to fair value as a charge to earnings if expected future cash flows are less than the carrying amount. The Group estimates fair value by discounting the expected future cash flows using a discount factor that reflects the market-related rate of interest for a term consistent with the period of expected cash flows.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Management’s estimate of future cash flows is subject to risk and uncertainties. It is therefore reasonably possible that changes could occur which may affect the recoverability of the Group’s mining assets.

 

  (ix) LEASES: Operating leases are charged against income as incurred.

 

  (e) DEFERRED TAXATION: Deferred taxation is calculated on the comprehensive basis using the balance sheet approach. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized by applying expected tax rates to the temporary differences existing at each balance sheet date between the tax values and their carrying amounts. These temporary differences are expected to result in taxable or deductible amounts in determining taxable profits for future periods when the carrying amount of the asset is recovered or the liability is settled. The effect on deferred tax of any changes in tax rates is recognized in the income statement during the period in which the change occurs.

The principal temporary differences arise from depreciation on property, plant and equipment, provisions and tax losses carried forward. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

 

  (f) NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS: Non-current investments comprise (i) investments in listed companies which are classified as available-for-sale and are accounted for at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity; and (ii) investments in unlisted companies for which a fair value is not readily determinable, and are accounted for at cost. Realized gains and losses are included in the determination of net income or loss.

Unrealized losses are included in the determination of net income or loss where it is determined that a decline, other than a temporary decline, in the value of the investment has occurred.

 

  (g) MATERIALS CONTAINED IN HEAP LEACH PADS: The recovery of gold from certain oxide ores is best achieved through the heap leaching process. Under this method, ore is placed on leach pads where it is permeated with a chemical solution, which dissolves the gold contained in the ore. The resulting “pregnant” solution is further processed in a leach plant where the gold in solution is recovered. For accounting purposes, value is added to leach pads based on current mining costs, including applicable depreciation and amortization relating to mining operations. Value is removed from the leach pad as ounces are recovered in circuit at the leach plant based on the average cost per recoverable ounce of gold on the leach pad.

The engineering estimates of recoverable gold on the heap leach pads are calculated from quantities of ore placed on the pads (measured tonnes added to the leach pads), the grade of ore placed on the leach pads (based on assay data) and a recovery percentage (based on the leach process and the ore type). In general, the leach pad production cycles project recoveries of approximately 50% to 70% of the placed recoverable ounces in the first year of leaching, declining each year thereafter until the leaching process is completed.

Although the quantities of recoverable gold placed on the leach pads are reconciled by comparing the grades of ore placed on the pads to the quantities of gold actually recovered (metallurgical balancing), the nature of the leaching process inherently limits the ability to precisely monitor inventory levels. As a result, the metallurgical balancing process is constantly monitored and engineering estimates are refined based on actual results over time. Variations between actual and estimated quantities resulting from changes in assumptions and estimates that do not result in write-downs to net realizable value are accounted for on a prospective basis. The ultimate recovery of gold from the pad will not be known until the leaching process is terminated.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

The current portion of leach pad inventories is determined based on engineering estimates of the quantities of gold at the balance sheet date that are expected to be recovered during the next twelve months.

 

  (h) INVENTORIES: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Group’s inventories comprise consumable stores, gold-in-process, gold bullion, ore stockpiles and mineral rights and are accounted for as follows:

Consumable stores: Consumable stores are valued at average cost, after appropriate provision for surplus and slow moving items.

Gold in process: Gold in-process inventories represent materials that are currently in the process of being converted to a saleable product. Conversion processes vary depending on the nature of the ore and the specific mining operation, but include mill in-circuit, leach in-circuit, flotation and column cells, and carbon in-pulp inventories. In-process material is measured based on assays of the material fed to process and the projected recoveries of the respective plants. In-process inventories are valued at the average cost of the material fed to process attributable to the source material coming from the mine, stockpile or leach pad plus the in-process conversion costs, including applicable depreciation relating to the process facility, incurred to that point in the process.

Gold bullion: Gold bullion inventories represent saleable gold ore or gold bullion and are valued at the average cost of the respective in-process inventories incurred prior to the refining process, plus refining costs.

Stockpiles: Stockpiles represent coarse ore that has been extracted from the mine that is available for further processing. Stockpiles are measured by estimating the number of tonnes (via truck counts and/or in-pit surveys of the ore before stockpiling) added and removed from the stockpile, the number of contained ounces (based on assay data) and the recovery percentage (based on the process for which the ore is destined). Stockpile tonnages are verified by periodic surveys. Stockpiles are valued based on mining costs incurred up to the point of stockpiling the ore, including applicable depreciation and amortization relating to mining operations. Value is added to a stockpile based on the current mining cost per tonnes plus applicable depreciation and amortization and removed at the average cost per recoverable ounce of gold in the stockpile.

Mineral rights: Mineral rights not linked to any specific operation are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value.

 

  (i) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: Financial instruments carried on the balance sheet include cash and cash equivalents, investments, receivables, derivative financial instruments, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The particular recognition method for each financial instrument item is disclosed in its respective significant accounting principle description.

 

  (j) HEDGING: The Group accounts for its hedging activities in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, (“SFAS No. 133”), as amended by Statements of Financial Accounting Standards 137, 138 and 149.

Under SFAS No. 133, all derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value, unless they meet the criteria for the normal purchases normal sale exemption. On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Group designates the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (fair value hedge), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge), or (3) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign entity. Certain derivative transactions, while providing effective economic hedges under the Group’s risk management policies, do not qualify for hedge accounting.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Hedging activities are conducted in accordance with guidelines established by the Audit Committee which allow for the use of various hedging instruments.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, are recorded in earnings, along with the change in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, are recognized directly in shareholders’ equity. Amounts deferred in shareholders’ equity are included in earnings in the same periods during which the hedged firm commitment or forecasted transaction affects earnings.

Recognition of derivatives which meet the criteria for the normal purchases normal sales exception under SFAS No. 133 is deferred until settlement. Under these contracts, the Group must deliver a specified quantity of gold at a future date at a specified price to the contracted counter-party.

Hedges of net investment in foreign entities are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognized in the statement of operations, under the caption entitled gains and losses on financial instruments. The fair value recognized on the balance sheet is included under the caption financial instruments.

The Group formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking derivatives designed as hedges to specific assets and liabilities or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Group also formally assesses, both at the hedge inception date and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

 

  (k) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits and investments in money market instruments. These are all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents is stated at cost which approximates fair value.

 

  (l) TRADE RECEIVABLES: Trade receivables are carried at anticipated realizable value. Estimates are made for doubtful debts based on a review of all outstanding amounts at year-end. Irrecoverable amounts are written off during the year in which they are identified.

 

  (m) PROVISIONS: Provisions are recognized when information is available prior to the issuance of the financial statements which indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

 

  (n) REHABILITATION COSTS: SFAS No. 143, Accounting for asset retirement obligations (“SFAS No. 143”) applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of a long-lived asset that result from the acquisition, construction, development and/or the normal operation of a long-lived asset. Under SFAS No. 143 the Group records the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred. When the liability is initially recorded, the Group correspondingly capitalizes the cost by increasing the carrying value of the related long-lived asset. Over time, the liability is increased (accretion) to reflect an interest element considered in its initial measurement at fair value, and the capitalized cost is amortized over the useful life of the related asset. Upon settlement of the liability, the Group will record a gain or loss if the actual cost incurred differs from the liability recorded.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Environmental liabilities, other than rehabilitation costs which relate to liabilities from specific events, are expensed as incurred.

 

  (o) ENVIRONMENTAL TRUST FUNDS: Contributions are made to the Group’s trust funds, created in accordance with statutory requirements, to fund the estimated cost of pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure at the end of the life of the Group’s South African mines. Contributions are determined on the basis of the estimated environmental obligation over the life of the mine. Income earned on monies paid to environmental trust funds is accounted for as investment income. The funds contributed to the trusts plus growth in the trust funds are included under investments on the balance sheet.

 

  (p) EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

  (i) PENSION AND PROVIDENT FUNDS: The Group operates a defined benefit pension plan and defined contribution retirement plan and contributes to a number of industry-based defined contribution retirement plans. The retirement plans are funded by payments from employees and the Group.

The expected costs of the defined benefit pension plan are assessed in accordance with the advice of independent actuaries. The cost of experience adjustments or planned amendments is expensed to operations over the expected average remaining service lives of the relevant employees. Any shortfalls are funded either immediately or as increased employer contributions to ensure the ongoing soundness of the fund.

Contributions to defined contribution funds are expensed to operations as incurred.

These funds are governed by the Pension Fund Act of 1956 (as amended).

 

  (ii) POST-RETIREMENT HEALTH CARE COSTS : Medical coverage is provided through a number of schemes.

Post-retirement health care in respect of existing employees is recognized as an expense over the remaining service lives of the relevant employees.

The Group has an obligation to provide medical benefits to certain of its pensioners and dependents of ex-employees. These liabilities are unfunded and have been provided in full, calculated on an actuarial basis. A significant portion of the pensioners and dependents were recently bought out of the scheme.

Valuation of these obligations is carried out annually by independent actuaries using appropriate mortality tables, long-term estimates of increases in medical costs and appropriate discount rates.

 

  (iii)

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS : On July 1, 2005, the Group adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“FAS 123(R)”). Prior to July 1, 2005, The Group had elected to follow Accounting Policies Board Opinion No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB No. 25”) and its related interpretations in accounting for its share option schemes. Under APB No. 25, because the exercise price of the Group’s and subsidiary’s employee stock options equaled the market price of the underlying share on the date of the grant, no compensation expense was recognized in the Group’s financial statements, other than on occasions where the terms of share option vesting schedules are modified or accelerated. In particular, during the year ended June 30, 2005, as a result of the inability by participants to exercise their share options during the period of the attempted

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

 

Harmony hostile takeover bid, the Group extended the exercise period of allocation options for certain employees whose options would otherwise have expired by June 25, 2005. The Group accounted for the modification under the intrinsic value method with a new measurement date and, since the options were fully vested on the modification date, recorded the incremental compensation cost of $2.1 million as an expense.

The Group adopted FAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method. Under this method, compensation costs recognized for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 includes: a) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of July 1, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of FAS 123, and b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to June 30, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of FAS 123(R). The results for prior periods have not been restated.

Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”. This information is required to be determined as if the Group had accounted for its employee stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 1995 under the fair value method of that statement. The fair value of the options granted during 2005 reported below has been estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     2005

Expected life (in years)

   3.0 – 6.0

Risk free interest rate

   8.4%

Volatility

   35.0%

Dividend yield

   1.5%

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and estimated forfeitures. The weighted average estimated fair value of employee stock options granted during fiscal 2005 under the employee share option scheme was R25.66 per share, respectively.

For purposes of pro forma disclosure, the estimated fair value of the options is recognized as an expense over the options’ vesting period. The Group’s pro forma information follows (millions except for per share information):

 

    

2005

As adjusted
(see notes 2(d)(i)
and 3(a)

 
     $’m  

(Loss)/income

   (183.2 )

Add back: Share-based compensation expense under APB No. 25

   2.1  

Less: Share-based compensation expense under SFAS No. 123

   (15.4 )
      

Pro forma (loss)/income

   (196.5 )
      

Pro forma basic (loss)/earnings per share ($)

   (0.40 )

Pro forma fully diluted (loss)/earnings per share ($)

   (0.40 )

The impact on pro forma net (loss)/income, pro forma basic (loss)/earnings per share and pro forma fully diluted (loss)/earnings per share in the table above which shows the effect of

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

recognizing share-based compensation expense using the fair value method rather than the intrinsic method, may not be indicative of the effect in future years. The Group continues to grant share options to certain employees. This policy may or may not continue.

 

  (q) REVENUE RECOGNITION: Revenue arising from gold and by-product sales is recognized when the risks and rewards of ownership and title pass to the buyer under the terms of the applicable contract and the pricing is fixed and determinable. Sales revenue excludes value-added tax but includes the net profit and losses arising from hedging transactions from matched gold sales contracts, which are designated as normal sales contracts.

 

  (r) DIVIDEND INCOME: Dividends are recognized when the right to receive payment is established.

 

  (s) INTEREST INCOME: Interest is recognized on a time proportion basis taking account of the principal outstanding and the effective rate to maturity on the accrual basis.

 

  (t) DIVIDENDS DECLARED : Dividends proposed and the related taxation thereon are recognized only when the dividends are declared. Dividends are payable in South African Rand.

 

  (u) SEGMENT REPORTING: The Group is a gold mining company operating geographically in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Venezuela. The business segments comprise geographical operations based on locations and operating units.

 

  (v) EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE is calculated based on the net income/(loss) divided by the weighted average number of common shares in issue during the year. Diluted earnings per share is presented when the inclusion of potential ordinary shares has a dilutive effect on earnings per share.

 

  (w) RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS: In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” (“FIN 48”) an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Interpretation requires that the Company recognize in the financial statements, the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, and disclosure.

In May 2007, the FASB issued FSP No. FIN 48-1, “Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48” (“FSP FIN 48-1”). This Staff Position clarifies how an enterprise should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits. FSP FIN 48-1 specifically addresses the interaction between reviews and examinations by the taxing authority and settlement of uncertain tax positions. The provisions of FIN 48 and FSP FIN 48-1 are effective beginning July 1, 2007 with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48 and FSP FIN 48-1 on its financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (“SAB 108”). The interpretations in SAB 108 express the staff’s views regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. The Staff believes registrants must consider the impact of correcting all misstatements, including the effect of misstatements that were not corrected at the end of the prior year. These prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying misstatements in current year financial statements. Thus, a registrant’s financial statements would require adjustment when the

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

assessment in the current year or in prior years’ results in qualifying a misstatement that is material, after considering all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. The adoption of SAB 108 on July 1, 2006 did not have an impact on the Group’s financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, it emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement (i.e. fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, not an entity specific measurement). In support of this principle, the standard establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable data, for example, the reporting entity’s own data. This statement is effective for the Group from July 1, 2008. Management is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 157 on the Group’s financial position and results of operations.

In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — including an amendment of FAS 115” (“SFAS No. 159” or “Fair Value Option”). This Statement permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Application of the provisions of the Fair Value Option is optional and the provisions can be elected on an instrument by instrument basis. If the Group elects to utilize the provisions of this Statement, it may do so beginning on July 1, 2008. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 159 on its financial position and results of operations.

 

3 ACQUISITION OF BUSINESSES

(a) Acquisition of South Deep

On September 11, 2006, the Company announced that it had reached an agreement with Barrick Gold Corporation Limited (“Barrick”) to acquire the entire issued share capital of Barrick Gold South Africa (Proprietary) Limited (“BGSA”), which held a 50% interest in the Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture, an unincorporated entity in which BGSA, and Western Areas Limited (“WAL”) each held an interest of 50%. The Barrick Gold—Western Areas Joint Venture owned the developing South Deep gold mine (“South Deep”) adjacent to the Group’s Kloof gold mine, located in the Witwatersrand basin near Johannesburg. The Company acquired 100% of the issued share capital of BGSA on December 1, 2006 and, since the acquisition of the interest in BGSA also provided the Group with control over South Deep, it was consolidated from that date. On December 1, 2006, the Group already owned 40.9% in WAL shares, which increased to 73% on December 8, 2007 (see below). The interest in WAL that the Group did not already own, was accounted for as a minority interest.

On October 30, 2006, the Company commenced an offer to acquire the entire issued share capital of WAL it did not already own by offering 35 Gold Fields ordinary shares for every 100 WAL shares (the “Offer”). WAL’s principal asset was its 50% interest in South Deep. Pursuant to the Offer and the subsequent compulsory acquisition of WAL shares, the Company issued a total of 33,461,565 Gold Fields’ Ordinary Shares to WAL shareholders. In support of the Offer, and pursuant to an agreement between the Company and JCI Limited (“JCI”), and certain subsidiaries of JCI, the Company, on November 16, 2006, acquired 27 million WAL shares from one of the subsidiaries of JCI in exchange for the issue to JCI of 9,450,000 Gold Fields shares. In addition, pursuant to the agreement, Gold Fields, on November 28, 2006, exercised call options in respect of a further 9.96 million Western Areas shares held by the JCI subsidiaries.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

As a result of these transactions and the Offer, Gold Fields acquired 100% of WAL and the South Deep mine.

 

     2007
     $’m

Purchase consideration

  

- Gold Fields shares issued to Barrick (1)

   324.0

- cash paid to Barrick

   801.8

- insurance claim refund due to Barrick

   24.2

- Gold Fields shares issued to WAL shareholders (2)

   893.8

- direct cost relating to the acquisition

   10.7
    

Purchase consideration excluding shares in WAL prior to obtaining control

   2,054.5

Shares held in WAL prior to obtaining control (3)

   133.8
    

Total purchase consideration

   2,188.3
    

(1)

The measurement of the share component of the BGSA purchase consideration represents the average market price for the two days prior to and the closing date as specified by the sales agreement with Barrick.

 

(2)

The measurement of the share component of the WAL purchase consideration represents the average closing price for the two days prior to and two days after the public announcement on September 11, 2006 representing the general offer to WAL shareholders.

 

(3)

The Group’s prior years’ financial statements accounted for the investment in WAL as an available-for-sale investment, and did not carry the investment in WAL using the equity method. Accordingly, the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to account for the Group’s equity in earnings/(losses) of WAL on a step-by-step basis. This has resulted in an adjustment to opening retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive loss on July 1, 2004 of $14.2 million and $4.0 million respectively. These adjustments represent the Group’s equity losses of WAL prior to July 1, 2004 and the reversal of fair value adjustment of the available-for-sale investment in WAL.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

In accordance with the purchase method of accounting, the purchase cost of WAL and BGSA was allocated to the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed based primarily upon their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The estimated fair values were based on a combination of independent appraisals and internal estimates, with the excess of purchase cost over the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired allocated to goodwill as follows:

 

     2007  
     $’m  

The fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired are:

  

Property, plant and equipment

   1,867.7  

Non-current asset—Rehabilitation Trust Fund

   4.6  

Inventory

   4.6  

Trade and other receivables

   284.8  

Deferred taxation assets ($414.1 million less valuation allowance of $44.1 million)

   370.0  

Cash and cash equivalents

   3.5  

Trade and other payables

   (782.6 )

Deferred taxation liabilities

   (370.0 )

Long-term loans

   (406.8 )

Long-term provisions

   (6.8 )
      

Fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed

   969.0  

Goodwill

   1,219.3  
      

Total purchase consideration

   2,188.3  
      

Prior to the acquisition of the South Deep mine by the Group, both BGSA and WAL reported cumulative losses in excess of three years. This has resulted in the Group recognizing a valuation allowance in respect of the approximately $44.1 million in net deferred tax assets (arising on taxable losses and deductable capital expenditure carry-forwards) at the acquisition date. The Group will continue to assess the appropriateness of the valuation allowance in future periods If it is determined that a portion of the losses and deductable capital expenditure carry-forwards may be recognized without a valuation allowance, the release of the valuation allowance will first reduce goodwill, before reducing current income tax expense.

The acquired business consisting of South Deep, BGSA and WAL contributed revenues of $107.9 million and a loss of $54.5 million since December 1, 2006.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Pro Forma Information (Unaudited)

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations assume that the acquisition of South Deep was completed as of July 1 for each of the fiscal years shown below.

 

     2007    2006  
     $’m    $’m  

Revenues

   2,798.2    2,503.3  

Net income

   183.3    (220.9 )

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   0.30    (0.40 )

Weighted average number of shares used in the computation of basic earnings (loss) per share

   590,742,047    558,021,695  

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   0.30    (0.40 )

Weighted average number of shares used in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share

   594,689,510    561,339,724  

The unaudited pro forma information above may not be indicative of the results that would have been obtained had these events actually occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, nor does it intend to be a projection of future results.

(b) Acquisition of IRCA (Pty) Limited and TMTI (Pty) Limited

On February 28, 2007, Gold Fields acquired 70% in IRCA (Pty) Ltd (“IRCA”). IRCA specialises in mine safety training and has been incorporated in the Gold Fields Business Leadership Academy structure. On January 1, 2007, Gold Fields also acquired 100% of the issued share capital of TMTI (Pty) Ltd (“TMTI”). TMTI specialises in mining and artisan training in the Free State region and has been incorporated in the Gold Fields Business Leadership Academy structure.

 

     2007  
     $’m  

Details of the net assets acquired are as follows:

  

Purchase consideration

  

- cash paid

   3.2  

- loans advanced

   2.1  
      

Total purchase consideration

   5.3  

Fair value of the net assets acquired

   5.3  
      
   —    
      

The fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired are:

  

Property, plant and equipment

   4.4  

Trade and other receivables

   4.1  

Bank overdrafts

   (2.6 )

Trade and other payables

   (2.7 )

Loans receivable

   2.7  
      

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed

   5.9  

Minority shareholders’ interest

   (0.6 )
      

Fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed

   5.3  
      

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

(c) Acquisition of Bolivar Gold Corporation Inc.

On February 28, 2006, Gold Fields increased its voting interest in Bolivar Gold Corp. (”Bolivar”) to 100.0%. The only substantial component of Bolivar’s underlying net asset value is its 95.0% ownership in Promotora Minera de Guayana (“PMG”). Therefore, in bringing to account the assets and liabilities of Bolivar consequent upon its acquisition, minority shareholders’ interests of 5.0% have been recognized. Bolivar owns the Choco 10 open pit gold mine in the El Callao gold district of Bolivar state, Venezuela. The acquired business contributed revenues of $16.9 million and net income of $3.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2006.

 

     2006  
     $’m  

Details of the net assets acquired are as follows:

  

Purchase consideration

  

- Consideration given

   324.0  

- direct costs relating to the acquisition

   4.6  
      

Total purchase consideration

   328.6  
      

The fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired are:

  

Property, plant and equipment

   584.1  

Inventory

   5.3  

Trade and other receivables

   9.0  

Cash and cash equivalents

   5.9  

Trade and other payables

   (9.1 )

Deferred taxation

   (169.9 )

Long-term loans

   (74.2 )

Long-term provisions

   (3.6 )
      

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed

   347.5  

Minority shareholders’ interest (5.0%)

   (18.9 )
      

Fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed

   328.6  
      

Pursuant to an agreement reached on July 15, 2005 between Bolivar, the previous holder of the interest in the Choco 10 concession, and CVG Ferrominera del Orinoco, C.A. (CVG), Bolivar increased its interest in the Choco 10 mine from 70 per cent to 95 per cent. In consideration for such increased shareholding, Bolivar agreed to pay an amount of $6 million to CVG payable in instalments. The Ministry of Basic Industries and Mines (MIBAM), who was intimately involved in the negotiation and sign-off of the agreement, has not formally executed such agreement. This is mainly due to the fact that there have been several management changes within the MIBAM which have delayed the process. Nevertheless, Gold Fields’ counsel has indicated that from a legal perspective, the parties do not require further authorisations from MIBAM and that Gold Fields validly owns a 95 per cent interest in the Choco 10 mine. Effective November 30, 2007 Gold Fields disposed of its entire shareholding in Bolivar. Refer to note 24 Subsequent Events.

(d) Acquisition of Sociedad Minera La Cima SA

On January 11, 2006, the Group acquired 92% of the voting interest (80.7% of the economic interest) in Sociedad Minera La Cima SA, which owns the Cerro Corona Project and other mineral properties in the Cajamarca district in Northern Peru. The acquisition is a project and therefore did not contribute revenue or net income to the Group since its acquisition.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

     2006  
     $’m  

Details of the net assets acquired are as follows:

  

Purchase consideration:

  

—cash paid

   40.5  

The fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired are:

  

Property, plant and equipment

   47.7  

Trade and other receivables

   0.2  

Trade and other payables

   (2.5 )

Cash and cash equivalents

   (1.5 )
      

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed

   43.9  

Minority shareholders’ interest (19.3%)

   (3.4 )
      

Fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed

   40.5  
      

 

4. IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

 

     2007    2006    2005
     $’m    $’m    $’m

Beatrix North and South sections

   —      —      211.0

Living Gold

   —      —      8.4

Driefontein—10 shaft

   —      —      2.0

St Ives—old mill

   —      —      9.8

Kloof—No. 3 metallurgical plant

   —      —      1.8
              
   —      —      233.0
              

Beatrix North and South sections

Beatrix is a relatively low grade mine and therefore is very sensitive to changes in its cost profile. Changes in the cost profile affects the pay-limit, which in turn affect the quantum of reserves.

During fiscal 2005, there were cost increases at Beatrix which resulted in an increase in the pay-limit. Due to the increase in the pay-limit, certain reserves at No. 2 shaft and Vlakpan included in fiscal 2004 became uneconomical to mine and were therefore excluded from the 2005 reserve calculation. In addition, due to the restructuring at No. 2 shaft, certain sections were closed which resulted in a further decrease in reserves from the year ended June 30, 2004. The reduction in reserves in fiscal 2005 as a result of these two factors was the main reason that led to recording the impairment charge of $211.1 million, which represents the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeded its estimated fair value. The fair value of the asset group was estimated using the method described in note 2 (d) (viii).

Living Gold

An impairment charge was incurred at Living Gold, the rose project at Driefontein. As Living Gold is not a gold asset, its valuation was based on its business plan using a long-term exchange rate of R8.51 to the euro and a discounted cash flow valuation at a real discount rate of 10 per cent. This resulted in an impairment charge of $8.4 million.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Driefontein 10 shaft, Kloof No 3 Metallurgical plant and St Ives Old Mill

Due to the closure of certain infrastructure in the Group, additional assets were impaired:

 

   

at Driefontein, the No 10 shaft was closed, resulting in an impairment charge of $2.0 million;

 

   

at Kloof, the No. 3 Metallurgical plant was closed, resulting in an impairment charge of $1.8 million; and

 

   

at St Ives, the old mill was closed, resulting in an impairment charge of $9.8 million.

 

5 FINANCE EXPENSE

 

     2007     2006     2005  
     $’m     $’m     $’m  

Interest expense—Mvelaphanda loan

   (61.6 )   (69.3 )   (56.9 )

Interest expense—other

   (27.7 )   (5.1 )   (0.7 )

Realized (loss)/gain on foreign debt, net of cash

   (5.9 )   18.8     2.7  
                  
   (95.2 )   (55.6 )   (54.9 )
                  

Finance expense for the periods presented above is stated net of amounts capitalized of $18.4 million in fiscal 2007, $1.7 million in fiscal 2006 and nil in fiscal 2005.

 

6 INCOME AND MINING TAX (EXPENSE)/BENEFIT

 

     2007     2006     2005  
           As adjusted
(see notes
2(d)(i) and
3(a)
    As adjusted
(see notes
2(d)(i) and
3(a)
 
     $’m     $’m     $’m  

Current income and mining taxes

      

South Africa

   (59.2 )   (57.0 )   (29.8 )

Ghana

   (41.6 )   (34.3 )   (19.2 )

Australia

   (20.3 )   (9.3 )   (7.8 )

Venezuela

   (1.7 )   (3.0 )   —    
                  

Current income and mining taxes

   (122.8 )   (103.6 )   (56.8 )
                  

Deferred income taxes

      

South Africa

   (69.3 )   3.6     127.9  

Ghana

   (11.6 )   (3.6 )   (17.4 )

Australia

   (5.3 )   (7.0 )   32.1  

Venezuela

   (0.3 )   —       —    
                  

Deferred income and mining taxes

   (86.5 )   (7.0 )   142.6  
                  

Total income and mining taxes

   (209.3 )   (110.6 )   85.8  
                  

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

The Company’s pre-tax income/(losses) before share of equity investee’s share of income/(losses) and minority interests comprise:

 

South Africa

   281.3     129.4    (355.7 )

Ghana

   145.9     143.2    123.7  

Australia

   65.3     30.2    (15.6 )

Venezuela

   (6.5 )   6.3    —    

Peru

   (4.4 )   —      —    
                 
   481.6     309.1    (247.6 )
                 

South African mining tax on mining income is determined on a formula basis which takes into account the profit and revenue from mining operations during the year. Non-mining income is taxed at a standard rate. Deferred tax is provided at the estimated effective mining tax rate on temporary differences. Major items causing the Group’s income tax provision to differ from the South African mining statutory rate of 45% (2006: 45% and 2005: 45%) were:

 

     2007     2006     2005  
           As adjusted
(see notes
2(d)(i) and
3(a)
    As adjusted
(see notes
2(d)(i) and
3(a)
 
     $’m     $’m     $’m  

Tax on net income at South African mining statutory rate

   (216.7 )   (139.1 )   111.4  

Rate adjustment to reflect estimated effective mining tax rate in South Africa of 38% (2006: 39% and 2005: 40%) and tax rate in Ghana of 25% (2006: 26.5% and 2005: 32.5%), tax rate in Australia of 30% (2006 and 2005: 30%) and tax rate in Venezuela of 34% (2006: 34%).

   62.6     59.0     (2.1 )

South African mining tax formula rate adjustment

   27.9     13.5     11.5  

Valuation allowance raised against deferred tax assets

   (20.5 )   (4.7 )   (1.5 )

Non-deductible expenditure

   (45.5 )   (22.3 )   (40.0 )

Reversal of valuation allowance previously raised against deferred tax assets

   3.8     —       —    

Ghanaian tax rate adjustment

   —       8.4     8.4  

Australian tax benefit from tax consolidations

   3.3     —       26.8  

Foreign levies and royalties

   (29.4 )   (24.9 )   (21.8 )

Other

   (5.2 )   (2.1 )   (6.9 )
                  

Income and mining tax (expense)/benefit

   (209.3 )   (110.6 )   85.8  
                  

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Deferred income and mining tax liabilities and assets on the balance sheet of June 30, 2007 and 2006, relate to the following:

 

     2007     2006  
           As adjusted
(see note
2(d)(i))
 
     $’m     $’m  

Deferred income and mining tax liabilities

    

Mining assets

   1,703.9     951.3  

Investment in environmental trust fund

   33.5     25.4  

Inventory

   (1.2 )   2.9  

Other

   35.4     13.5  
            

Gross deferred income and mining tax liabilities

   1,771.6     993.1  
            

Provisions, including rehabilitation accruals

   (79.1 )   (62.8 )

Tax losses

   (325.8 )   (65.6 )

Financial instruments

   (1.2 )   (0.2 )

Unredeemed capital expenditure

   (595.5 )   (126.1 )
            

Gross deferred income and mining tax assets

   (1,001.6 )   (254.7 )

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

   107.1     43.4  
            

Total deferred income and mining tax assets

   (894.5 )   (211.3 )
            

Net deferred income and mining tax liabilities

   877.1     781.8  

Less short term portion of deferred income and mining tax

   —       —    
            

Net deferred income and mining tax liabilities

   877.1     781.8  
            

The classification of deferred income and mining tax liabilities or assets is based on the related liability or asset creating the deferred tax. Deferred taxes not related to a specific liability or asset are classified based on the estimated period of reversal.

The Group has established a valuation allowance for certain deferred tax assets which management believes will not be realized based on projections as of June 30, 2007 and 2006. The valuation allowance relates primarily to net operating loss carry-forwards for the entities below, except for WAL and BGSA which also include unredeemed capital expenditure.

 

     2007    2006
     $’m    $’m

Orogen Investments SA (Luxembourg)

   40.3    38.1

GFL Mining Services Limited

   —      2.8

Gold Fields Protection Services Limited

   —      0.8

Living Gold (Pty) Limited

   2.1    1.7

WAL

   7.9    —  

BGSA

   54.3    —  

Gold Fields Limited

   2.5    —  
         
   107.1    43.4
         

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

As at June 30, 2007 and 2006 the Group has unredeemed capital expenditure and tax loss carry forwards available for deduction against future mining income at its South African mining operations as follows:

 

  unredeemed capital expenditure at GFI Mining South Africa (Pty) Limited of $238.0 million (2006: $298.7 million). This comprises $Nil million (2006: $43.5 million) at the Kloof operation and $238.0 million (2006: $255.2 million) at the Beatrix operation.

 

  unredeemed capital expenditure at WAL of $272.5 million (2006: $nil million).

 

  unredeemed capital expenditure at BGSA of $768.3 million (2006: $nil million).

 

  estimated assessed losses at WAL of $555.1 million (2006: $nil million).

 

  estimated assessed losses at BGSA of $103.8 million (2006: $nil million).

 

  estimated assessed losses at Gold Fields Shared Services (Pty) Limited of $3.3 million (2006: $5.6 million).

 

  estimated assessed losses at GFL Mining Services Limited of $5.8 million (2006: $13.0 million).

 

  estimated assessed losses at Gold Fields Protection Services Limited of $0.03 million (2006: $2.9 million).

 

  estimated assessed losses at Gold Fields Limited of $8.7 million (2006: $15.5 million).

 

  estimated assessed losses at Living Gold (Pty) Limited of $7.3 million (2006: $6.1 million).

These future deductions are utilizable against income generated by the individual tax entity concerned and do not expire unless the tax entity ceases to commercially trade for a period longer than one year. Under South African mining tax ring-fencing legislation, each tax entity is treated separately and as such these deductions can only be utilized by the tax entities in which the deductions have been generated.

The Group has estimated capital allowances to be offset against future income of $27.2 million (2006: $27.9 million), $6.2 million (2006: $7.0 million) and $326.5 million (2006: $Nil million) at Gold Fields Ghana Limited, Abosso Goldfields Limited and Gold Fields La Cima, respectively. The estimated capital allowances do not have an expiration date. In terms of current Ghanaian taxation legislation, tax losses not utilized by Gold Fields Ghana Limited and Abosso Goldfields Limited are forfeited after 5 years. Gold Fields Ghana Limited, Abosso Goldfields Limited and Gold Fields La Cima currently have no tax losses available for utilization against future profits.

The Group has tax losses available of $133.9 million (2006: $126.7 million) at Orogen Investments SA (Luxembourg), which can only be used to offset future interest income generated by Orogen Investments SA (Luxembourg). In terms of current Luxembourg taxation legislation, losses incurred in accounting periods subsequent to December 31, 1990, can be carried forward indefinitely. Losses incurred prior to this date can only be carried forward for 5 years. All losses incurred by Orogen Investments SA (Luxembourg) were incurred subsequent to December 31, 1990.

The Australian tax legislation makes provision for companies that consolidate for tax purposes to recalculate their tax values based on a market value calculation. This gross up calculation was performed in fiscal 2005 by Gold Fields’ subsidiaries in Australia and Gold Fields recorded a net deferred tax benefit of $26.8 million. There was an additional adjustment to the tax benefit recorded in the year ended June 30, 2007 of $3.3 million.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

The Group has estimated tax losses of $19.8 million (2006: $68.0 million) at Gold Fields Australia (Pty) Limited. These estimated tax losses do not have an expiration date. In terms of current Australian taxation legislation, tax losses incurred by Gold Fields Australia (Pty) Limited are carried forward indefinitely.

 

7 EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE

 

     For the year ended June 30, 2007
     Income
Numerator
$ m
   Shares
Denominator
   Per-share
Amount
$

Basic earnings per share

        

Shares outstanding July 1, 2006

      494,824,723   

Weighted average number of shares issued during the year

      63,434,963   
              

Income available to common stockholders

   246.1    558,259,686    0.44

Fully diluted earnings per share

        

Effect of dilutive share options*

   —      3,947,462   
              

Income available to common stockholders

   246.1    562,207,148    0.44
              

* The conversion of Mvela’s debt to equity which would have resulted in the issue of another 47,000,049 shares is anti-dilutive and has been excluded from the calculation.

 

    

For the year ended June 30, 2006

As adjusted (see note 2(d)(i) and 3 (a))

     Income
Numerator
$ m
   Shares
Denominator
   Per-share
Amount
$

Basic earnings per share

        

Shares outstanding July 1, 2005

      492,294,226   

Weighted average number of shares issued during the year

      628,715   
              

Income available to common stockholders

   161.7    492,922,941    0.33

Fully diluted earnings per share

        

Effect of dilutive share options*

   —      3,318,029   
              

Income available to common stockholders

   161.7    496,240,970    0.33
              

* The conversion of Mvela’s debt to equity which would have resulted in the issue of another 48,216,049 shares is anti-dilutive and has been excluded from the calculation.

 

    

For the year ended June 30, 2005

As adjusted (see note 2(d)(i) and 3 (a))

 
     Income
Numerator
$ m
    Shares
Denominator
   Per-share
Amount
$
 

Basic loss per share

       

Shares outstanding July 1, 2004

     491,492,520   

Weighted average number of shares issued during the year

     494,988   
                 

Loss available to common stockholders

   (183.2 )   491,987,508    (0.37 )

Fully diluted loss per share

       

Effect of dilutive share options*

   —       1,703,385   
                 

Loss available to common stockholders

   (183.2 )   493,690,893    (0.37 )
                 

* The conversion of Mvela’s debt to equity which would have resulted in the issue of another 44,152,008 shares is anti-dilutive and has been excluded from the calculation.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

8 RECEIVABLES

 

     2007    2006
     $’m    $’m

Gold sale trade receivables

   59.8    47.6

Other trade receivables

   26.3    13.0

Deposits

   3.0    0.1

Value added tax

   83.1    32.2

Interest receivable

   0.6    0.4

Payroll debtors

   3.3    5.4

Prepayments

   35.2    18.1

Diesel rebate

   0.9    2.7

Insurance claim receivable

   64.9    —  

STC refund

   2.4    —  

Rand Mutual Assurance refund

   —      2.0

Financial instrument debtors

   —      2.7

Debt issuance costs

   1.6    2.4

Cash in transit

   —      6.6

Advances to New Africa Mining Fund

   —      2.6

Other

   14.2    12.9
         
   295.3    148.7
         

The insurance claim receivable relates to the South Deep Skip accident which occurred on May 4, 2006. The $64.9 million was raised in full and final settlement of the insurers obligation in terms of the claim, which amount was received subsequent to year-end. Of this total receivable, $24.2 million is refundable to Barrick in terms of the sale agreement of BGSA reached between the Group and Barrick and included in accounts payable. See note 3(a).

 

9 INVENTORIES

 

     2007    2006
     $’m    $’m

Ore stockpiles

   23.2    6.1

Gold in-process

   24.6    34.7

Consumable stores

   95.5    69.1

Other

   1.6    1.4
         
   144.9    111.3
         

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

10 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

     2007     2006  
           As adjusted
(see note
2(d)(i))
 
     $’m     $’m  

Cost

   8,525.4     5,441.0  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (2,948.6 )   (2,269.0 )
            
   5,576.8     3,172.0  
            

Mining properties, mine development costs, mine plant facilities and mineral interests

   5,043.9     2,975.6  

Asset retirement costs

   66.3     34.6  

Other non-mining assets

   466.6     161.8  
            
   5,576.8     3,172.0  
            

Included in property, plant and equipment is cumulative capitalized interest relating to the following assets:

 

South African operations

   0.6    —  

Tarkwa Mine

   2.1    1.7

Cerro Corona

   15.7    —  
         
   18.4    1.7
         

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment amounted to $388.2 million (2006: $353.3 million and 2005: $366.4 million).

 

11 GOODWILL

 

     2007    2006
     $’m    $’m

Arising on acquisition of subsidiary

   1,219.3    —  

Translation adjustment

   3.4    —  
         

Balance at end of the year

   1,222.7    —  
         

The goodwill arose on the acquisition of South Deep as described in note 3 (a).

 

12 NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS

 

     2007    2006
          As adjusted
(see notes
2(d)(i) and
3(a)
     $’m    $’m

Listed investments (a)

   276.8    157.0

Unlisted investments (b)

   31.2    27.2

Amounts contributed to environmental trust funds (c)

   87.8    65.1

Equity investees (d)

   1.2    115.0

Other investments

   4.8    7.5
         
   401.8    371.8
         

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 


(a) Listed investments mainly consist of 31,658,185 shares in Sino Gold Limited valued at $4.76 per share (2006: 21,208,020 shares at $3.36 per share), 5,725,584 shares in Mvelaphanda Resources Limited valued at $8.99 per share (2006: 4,350,000 at $4.31 per share), 25,895,897 shares in Conquest Mining Limited valued at $0.65 per share (2006: 1,028,571 at $0.08 per share), 5,362,500 shares in GoldQuest Mining Corporation valued at $0.87 per share (2006: 4,162,500 at $0.26 per share), 3,010,000 shares in Troy Resources NL valued at $2.10 per share (2006: Nil shares), Nil shares in Comaplex Minerals Corporation (2006: 7,628,571 at $3.11 per share), Nil shares in Avoca Resources Limited (2006: 19,849,861 at $0.51 per share) and 8,133,333 shares in Committee Bay Resources Inc. valued at $0.42 per share (2006: 8,333,333 at $0.51 per share)

 

     The fair value of listed investments at June 30, 2007 of $276.8 million (2006: $157.0 million) comprises a cost of $150.8 million (2006: $76.0 million) and a net unrealized gain of $126.0 million (2006: $81.0 million). The net unrealized gain comprises a gross unrealized gain of $133.0 million (2006: $86.6 million) partly offset by a gross unrealized loss of $7.0 million (2006: $5.6 million). The gross unrealized loss of $7.0 million (2006: $5.6 million) comprises 13 equity investments (2006: 13) in listed entities. None of the 13 equity investments have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than 12 months.

 

(b) Unlisted investments comprise investments in various unlisted companies in South Africa for which a fair value is not readily determinable. The directors of the Company perform independent valuations of the investments on an annual basis to ensure that no other-than temporary decrease in the value of the investments has occurred. Unlisted investments mainly consist of preference shares in Mvelaphanda Resources Limited with a cost of $28.0 million (2006: $26.9 million).

 

(c) The environmental trust funds are irrevocable trusts under the Group’s control. The monies in the trusts are invested primarily in interest bearing short-term investments. The future realization of this asset is intended to fund environmental rehabilitation obligations of the Group’s South African mines. Whilst the asset is under the Company’s control, it is not available for the general purposes of the Company. All income from this asset is reinvested or spent to meet these obligations. These obligations are described in note 15, “Provision for Environmental Rehabilitation”.

 

(d) Equity investees comprises the following:

 

     Description of business    Ownership %    Market value

Investment

      2007    2006    2007    2006

Rand Refinery Limited

   Refining of gold bullion and
by-products
   34.9    33.1    —      —  

WAL

   Gold mining    100.0    17.0    —      140.2

 

     The carrying value of the equity investment in Rand Refinery Limited (“Rand Refinery”):

 

     2007     2006
     $’m     $’m

Balance at 1 July

   —       —  

Arising on acquisition of South Deep

   0.4     —  

Share of current year profits recognized

   2.0     —  

Dividend received

   (1.4 )   —  

Translation

   0.2     —  
          

Balance at 30 June

   1.2     —  
          

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

     The carrying value of the equity investment in Rand Refinery was reduced to nil in 2006 because Gold Fields’ share of the losses exceeded its carrying value in Rand Refinery. Gold Fields’ obligation to make good its share of the losses in the investee is limited to the carrying value of the investment. During the current year due to profits realized the carrying value of Rand Refinery has been adjusted accordingly.

 

     Rand Refinery acts as a sales agent on behalf of the Company’s African operations. The market value of the Company’s investment in Rand Refinery is not readily determinable. During the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company received dividends from Rand Refinery of $1.4 million, $Nil million and $Nil million, respectively. At June 30, 2007 an amount of $35.9 million was owing from Rand Refinery (2006: $27.9 million).

 

     The carrying value of the equity investment in WAL:

 

    

2007

 

 

 

$’m

   

2006

As adjusted
(see notes
2(d)(i) and
3(a)

$’m

 

Balance at 1 July

   115.0     —    

Acquisition of shares

   311.7     131.0  

Share of losses recognised

   (5.6 )   (1.1 )

Net profit on dilution as Group did not participate in share issue by WAL

   3.9     —    

Translation adjustment

   2.8     (14.9 )

Transfer to investment in subsidiary

   (427.8 )   —    
            

Balance at 30 June

   —       115.0  
            

The carrying value of the equity investment in WAL was reduced to nil in 2005 because Gold Fields’ share of the losses exceeded its carrying value in WAL. Gold Fields’ obligation to make good its share of the losses in the investee is limited to the carrying value of the investment.

 

13 ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND PROVISIONS

 

     2007    2006
     $’m    $’m

Trade payables

   208.1    135.1

Accruals

   122.8    95.2

Payroll and other compensation

   42.3    26.2

Insurance claim refundable (1)

   24.2    —  

Leave pay accrual

   51.1    39.0

Financial instruments payable

   24.5    2.8

Foreign levies payable

   1.2    0.1

Other

   0.2    1.4
         
   474.4    299.8
         

(1)

See note 8 Receivables

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

14 LONG—TERM LOANS

 

     2007    2006  
     $’m    $’m  

Collateralized

     

- Mvelaphanda loan agreement (a)

   593.2    578.8  

- Syndicated loan (b)

   —      157.1  

- Split-tenor revolving credit facility (c)

   717.3    —    

- Project finance facility (d)

   127.0    —    

Uncollateralized

     

- Industrial Development Corporation loan (e)

   1.2    2.3  

- Other loans

   0.6   
           
   1,439.3    738.2  

Current portion included in current liabilities

   227.5    (0.3 )
           

Total long-term loans

   1,211.8    737.9  
           

(a) Mvelaphanda loan

On March 17, 2004, Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited (“Mvela Gold”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, advanced an amount of $591.3 million to GFI Mining South Africa (Pty) Limited (“GFIMSA”), (the “Mvela Loan”). The loan bears interest at a fixed rate of 10.57% nominal annual compounded semi-annually and is guaranteed by Gold Fields, Gold Fields Australia and Gold Fields Holding Company (BVI) Limited (formerly Gold Fields Guernsey). Interest is payable semi-annually and the loan amount is repayable five years from the date of advance. While the Mvela Loan is outstanding, Gold Fields and any of its material subsidiaries, which is defined as any subsidiary whose gross revenue in the most recently ended financial year represents more than 5% of the consolidated gross revenue of Gold Fields and its subsidiaries, may not, subject to certain exceptions, (i) sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets, (ii) enter into any merger or similar transaction, or (iii) encumber its assets. The Mvela Loan will become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of any event of default, identified in the contract.

In terms of the facility agreement, Gold Fields must maintain a consolidated earnings before interest, tax and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) to consolidated net finance charge ratio of at least 6 to 1, consolidated EBITDA to net debt service charge of at least 3.5, consolidated net borrowings to consolidated EBITDA of at least 2 to 1 and a consolidated net tangible worth of at least U$650.0 million.

On the date the loan is repaid, Mvela Gold is obligated to use the entire proceeds of the loan repayment to subscribe for new shares in GFIMSA such that after the subscription it will own 15% of the enlarged equity of GFIMSA.

In addition, starting one year after the subscription by Mvela Gold of the GFIMSA shares, each of Gold Fields and Mvela Gold have the right (the “Right of Exchange”) to require the exchange of Mvela Gold’s GFIMSA shares for ordinary shares of Gold Fields of an equivalent value based on an exchange ratio equal to 15% of a discounted cash flow calculation as applied to GFIMSA’s operations divided by the same calculation as applied to Gold Fields’ operations, with certain adjustments. In the event that the parties do not agree on the number of Gold Fields ordinary shares to be issued to Mvela Gold in such exchange, then the exchange ratio will be determined by an independent merchant bank or investment bank appointed by the parties. Mvela Gold is entitled to dispose of the GFIMSA shares and any Gold Fields ordinary shares it may hold only in accordance with the terms of a pre-emptive rights agreement entered into by the parties.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

In terms of the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement, Mvela Gold and Gold Fields have the right to require the exchange of the GFIMSA shares in return for the issue to Mvela Gold of new ordinary shares in Gold Fields. The minimum and maximum number of Gold Fields shares that will be issued by Gold Fields following the exercise of the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement is 45,000,000 and 55,000,000 respectively. The market value of this floor and cap arrangement was a negative $2.9 million on June 30, 2007.

In connection with the Mvela loan, GFIMSA entered into two interest rate swaps, an amortizing and an accreting swap. The amortizing swap for $236.2 million and the accreting swap of $355.1 million reflect the profile of the Mvela loan and have been designated as a fair value hedge. The fixed rate receivable on these interest rate swaps is equal to the interest rate payable on the loan from Mvela Gold and the floating rate payable is the three month Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate, or JIBAR rate plus a margin of 1.025%.

On June 3, 2005, the interest rate swaps were closed-out resulting in a gain of $36.2 million. Of the $36.2 million, $8.2 million was accounted for in the income statement as a gain on financial instruments in fiscal 2007 (2006:$9.2 million and 2005:$0.8 million). The balance of $18.0 million will be accounted for in the income statement as a gain on financial instruments in the income statements of fiscal years 2008 and 2009.

 

     2007     2006  
     $’m     $’m  

Loan advanced

   591.3     591.3  

Fair value adjustment in relation to interest rate swap (up to close-out of swap in 2005)

   36.2     36.2  

Amortization of the fair value adjustment after close-out of interest rate swap

   (18.2 )   (10.0 )

Translation adjustment

   (16.1 )   (38.7 )
            

Balance at end of year

   593.2     578.8  
            

The fair value adjustments in relation to the interest rate swaps are calculated using cash flows over the remaining period of the debt discounted at the five year forward curve of the three month JIBAR rate plus a margin of 1.025%.

Long-term debt repayment schedule

The Mvela loan is repayable in full on March 17, 2009.

(b) Syndicated loan

On March 3, 2006, Orogen Holdings (BVI) Limited, (“Orogen”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gold Fields, entered into a $250.0 million syndicated loan term facility with lead lenders Barclays Bank Plc and JP Morgan Europe Limited. The purpose of the facility was to partly finance the acquisition of Bolivar Gold Corporation and to provide funding lines for general corporate purposes. Borrowings under the facility were guaranteed by Gold Fields, GFIMSA and Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited. In terms of the facility agreement, Gold Fields had to maintain a consolidated EBITDA to consolidated net finance charge ratio of at least 5 to 1 and a consolidated net borrowings to consolidated EBITDA ratio of no more than 2.5 to 1. There were also restrictions on the ability of Gold Fields and certain of its subsidiaries to encumber their assets, dispose of assets or enter into a merger or corporate reconstruction.

On March 3, 2006, Orogen drew down $158.0 million and on January 8, 2007, a further $10.0 million. The loan bore interest at three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 0.35 per cent and was repayable on March 3, 2009. In

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

terms of the facility agreement, Gold Fields had the option to repay the loan in whole or part by giving 10 days’ prior notice. The loan could not, however, be repaid prior to March 3, 2007. The loan was repaid in full on May 21, 2007

 

     2007     2006
     $’m     $’m

Balance at beginning of year

   157.1     157.1

Loan advanced

   10.0     —  

Loan repayments during the year

   (168.0 )   —  

Translation adjustment

   0.9     —  
          

Balance at end of year

   —       157.1
          

(c) Split-tenor revolving credit facility

On May 16, 2007, GFIMSA, Orogen and WAL entered into a $750 million split-tenor revolving credit facility consisting of a $250 million 364-day revolving tranche with a twelve-month term out option (“Facility A”) and a $500 million 5-year revolving tranche (“Facility B”). With reference to the twelve-month term out option, at any time prior to the date of final maturity, Gold Fields will have the option to convert all advances outstanding under Facility A into a term loan with final maturity date being no more than 24 months after the signing date. A term-out fee of 0.05% on the amount that is converted into a facility term out loan will be payable on the date of exercising the option. The purpose of the facility was to refinance existing facilities and for general corporate purposes.

On May 21, 2007, WAL drew down $50.8 million under Facility A and $500.0 million under Facility B. In addition, on May 21, 2007, Orogen drew down $168.0 million under Facility A. The loans under Facility A bear interest at 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 0.25% per annum while the loan under Facility B bears interest at 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 0.30% per annum. Where the total utilizations under Facility A are equal to or greater than 50% of the amount available, a utilization fee of 0.05% per annum will be payable on the total amount of utilizations. Such utilization fee is payable quarterly in arrears.

On December 6, 2007, Gold Fields utilized the proceeds from the sale of Essakane Joint venture in Burkina Faso and Choco 10 in Venezuela to repay Facility A in full and to reduce Facility B by $10 million to $490 million. See note 25.

Management’s intention is to refinance WAL’s with suitable long-term debt.

 

     2007     2006
     $’m     $’m

Loan advanced, net of transaction costs

   718.8     —  

Translation adjustment

   (1.5 )   —  
          

Balance at end of year

   717.3     —  
          

(d) Project Finance Facility

On November 14, 2006, Gold Fields La Cima (formerly known as Sociedad Minera La Cima S.A.) entered into a $150 million project finance facility with a number of lenders. The purpose of the facility is to finance the project costs related to the development of the Cerro Corona copper-gold porphyry deposit located in the Hualgayoc province in the Cajamarca region in northern Peru. The facility has a 10-year maturity from signature date.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

As at June 30, 2007, Gold Fields La Cima had drawn down $127 million. The loan bears interest at 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 0.45% per annum up to the financial completion date as defined in the agreement.

 

     2007     2006
     $’m     $’m

Loan advanced, net of transaction costs

   127.1     —  

Translation adjustment

   (0.1 )   —  
          

Balance at end of year

   127.0     —  
          

(e) Industrial Development Corporation loan

On May 28, 2004, Living Gold (Pty) Limited (“Living Gold”), a subsidiary of GFIMSA entered into an agreement with the Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited (“IDC”) in terms of which the IDC agreed to provide a loan facility of R16.9 million ($2.5 million). On November 24, 2004, Living Gold drew down the full amount of the facility.

On July 1, 2006 the IDC converted $1.1 million of the outstanding loan to equity in Living Gold.

In terms of the loan agreement, interest accrues on the facility based on the First National Bank of Southern Africa Limited prime overdraft rate. The prime overdraft rate at June 30, 2007 was 13.0% (2006: 11.0%). The loan is repayable in 83 equal monthly instalments commencing July 1, 2007.

 

     2007     2006  
     $’m     $’m  

Balance at beginning of year

   2.3     2.5  

Capitalisation of loan to minority interests

   (1.1 )   —    

Translation adjustment

   —       (0.2 )
            

Balance at end of year

   1.2     2.3  
            

The Group was in compliance with all of its debt covenant ratios and restrictions as of June 30, 2007 and 2006.

 

15 PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION

The Company has made, and expects to make in the future, expenditures to comply with environmental laws and regulations, but cannot predict the full amount of such future expenditures. Estimated future reclamation costs are based principally on legal and regulatory requirements. The following is a reconciliation of the total liability for environmental rehabilitation:

 

     2007     2006  
     $’m     $’m  

Asset retirement obligations

    

Balance at July 1

   146.4     134.6  

Acquisition of subsidiaries

   5.8     3.4  

Addition to liabilities

   36.7     14.8  

Liabilities settled

   (7.3 )   (3.5 )

Accretion of liability

   6.4     9.6  

Translation adjustment

   9.2     (12.5 )
            

Balance at June 30

   197.2     146.4  
            

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

The Company intends to finance the ultimate rehabilitation costs of the South African operations from the monies invested with the environmental trust fund, ongoing contributions, as well as the proceeds of the sale of assets and gold from plant clean-up at the time of mine closure. The Company intends to finance the ultimate rehabilitation costs of the non-South African operations from funds to be set aside for that purpose.

 

16 PROVISION FOR POST-RETIREMENT HEALTH CARE COSTS

 

     2007    2006
     $’m    $’m

Gold Fields Group (excluding South Deep) accrued post-retirement health care costs

   8.6    7.4

South Deep accrued post-retirement health care costs

   0.9    —  
         

Gold Fields Group accrued post-retirement health care costs

   9.5    7.4
         

 

16.1 Gold Fields Group (excluding South Deep) accrued post-retirement health care costs

The Group has certain liabilities to subsidize the contributions payable by certain pensioners and dependants of ex-employees on a pay-as-you-go basis. The Group’s contributions to these schemes on behalf of current and retired employees amounted to $0.2 million in fiscal 2007 (2006: $0.3 million and 2005: $0.4 million). The obligation has been actuarially valued and the outstanding contributions will be funded over the lifetime of these pensioners and dependants. During fiscal 2005 approximately 21% of these pensioners and dependants were bought out of the scheme at a premium of 15%.

The following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized by the Group (excluding South Deep) for post-retirement health care costs:

 

     2007     2006  
     $’m     $’m  

Actuarial present value

   8.6     7.4  

Plan assets at fair value

   —       —    
            

Accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets

   8.6     7.4  

Prior service costs

   —       —    

Unrecognized net (gain)/loss

   —       —    
            

Post-retirement health care liability

   8.6     7.4  
            

The following is a reconciliation of the benefit obligation:

    

Balance at beginning of the year

   7.4     9.0  

Service costs

   0.7     0.7  

Benefits paid

   (0.2 )   (0.3 )

Benefits forfeited

   —       (0.7 )

Release of cross subsidization liability

   0.8     (0.5 )

Translation adjustment

   (0.1 )   (0.8 )
            

Balance at end of the year

   8.6     7.4  
            

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

The obligation has been valued using the projected unit credit funding method on past service liabilities. The valuation assumes a health care cost inflation rate of 6.5% per annum (2006: 7%) and a discount rate of 8.5% per annum (2006: 9%).

 

     2007    2006
     $’m    $’m

Service costs

   0.7    0.7
         

Net periodic benefit cost

   0.7    0.7
         

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one percentage point increase in assumed health care cost trend rates would have increased the aggregate of service and interest cost for 2007 by $0.1 million (2006: $0.1 million). The effect of this change on the accumulated post-retirement health care benefit obligation at fiscal year-end 2007 would be an increase of $0.9 million (2006: $0.7 million). A one percentage point decrease in assumed health care cost trend rates would have decreased the aggregate of service and interest cost for 2007 by $0.1 million (2006: $0.1 million). The effect of this change on the accumulated post-retirement health care benefit obligation at fiscal year-end 2007 would be a decrease of $0.8 million (2006: $0.6 million).

 

16.2 South Deep accrued post-retirement health care costs

As part of the acquisition of South Deep, the post-retirement health care cost liability was assumed. As above the Group has certain liabilities to subsidize the contributions payable by certain pensioners and dependants of ex-employees on a pay-as-you-go basis. The Group’s contributions to these schemes on behalf of current and retired employees amounted to $0.1 million in fiscal 2007. The obligation has been actuarially valued and the outstanding contributions will be funded over the lifetime of these pensioners and dependants.

The following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized by the Group for post-retirement health care costs:

 

     2007     2006
     $’m     $’m

Actuarial present value

   0.9     —  

Plan assets at fair value

   —       —  
          

Accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets

   0.9     —  

Prior service costs

   —       —  

Unrecognized net (gain)/loss

   —       —  
          

Post-retirement health care liability

   0.9     —  
          

The following is a reconciliation of the benefit obligation:

    

Balance at beginning of the year

   —       —  

Arising on acquisition of South Deep

   1.1     —  

Service costs

   0.1     —  

Benefits paid

   (0.1 )   —  

Release of cross subsidization liability

   (0.1 )   —  

Translation adjustment

   (0.1 )   —  
          

Balance at end of the year

   0.9     —  
          

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

The obligation has been valued using the projected unit credit funding method on past service liabilities. The valuation assumes a health care cost inflation rate of 6.5% per annum and a discount rate of 8.5% per annum.

 

     2007     2006
     $’m     $’m

The net periodic benefit cost is explained as follows:

    

Service costs

   (0.1 )   —  
          

Net periodic benefit cost

   (0.1 )   —  
          

An increase or decrease in assumed health care trend rates would not have affected the interest cost for 2007. A change in the medical inflation assumption does not affect the employer liability as the subsidy does not escalate. The monthly contributions will remain constant.

 

17 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Retirement benefits

The Gold Fields Limited Corporate Pension Fund, a defined benefit scheme, with 14 active members, transferred all pensioner members to a retirement scheme of their choice by June 30, 2005. The scheme was valued at intervals of not less than three years using the projected unit credit method. The last actuarial valuation was carried out at June 30, 2004 and showed the fund was under-funded by approximately $0.4 million, which was fully provided for. This was the only defined benefit scheme in the Group and is now in the process of being wound up.

Contributions to the various retirement schemes are fully expensed during the year in which they are funded. The cost of providing retirement benefits for the Company’s defined contribution plans for the year amounted to $56.5 million (2006: $51.1 million and 2005: $46.9 million).

Share option schemes

The Company currently maintains the Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan and the Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan. The Company also maintains prior stock plans (the GF Management Incentive Scheme and the GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan), but no longer grants awards under these plans. The details of these Plans are discussed below.

The Gold Fields 2005 Limited Share Plan: At Gold Fields’ annual general meeting held on November 17, 2005, the shareholders approved the Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan (the “2005 Plan”), and this plan is the new plan under which employees, including executive directors, will be compensated. A total of 24,564,711 ordinary shares is reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan.

The 2005 Plan provides for two types of awards: performance vesting restricted shares (“PVRS”) and performance allocated share appreciation rights (“SARS”). The PVRS will only be released to participants three years after the date of the award of such shares, and the release is subject, in whole and in part, to Gold Fields meeting certain performance criteria set by the Board of Directors. The performance allocated share appreciation rights are similarly not available to participants until three years after their award. However, availability is not subject to Gold Fields’ performance. The size of the initial allocation of SARS is dependent on the performance of the participant at the time of allocation.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Details of the PVRS and SARS granted under this Plan are as follows:

 

     Number of
PVRS
    Number of
SARS
    Average price
         Rand    $

Outstanding at July 1, 2006

   413,700     979,250     125.28    19.58

Granted during the year

   1,507,797     876,559     124.19    17.25

Exercised and released

   (2042 )   (805 )   125.28    17.40

Forfeited

   (64,003 )   (89,464 )   120.13    16.68
                     

Outstanding at June 30, 2007

   1,855,452     1,765,540     124.75    17.45
                     

In terms of the 2005 Plan rules, PVRS are granted for no consideration, vest after three years from grant date and do not expire. None of the PVRS granted during the years ended June 30, 2007 or 2006 were exercisable on June 30, 2007.

In terms of the 2005 Plan rules, SARS currently expire no later than six years from the grant date and vest three years after grant date. None of the SARS were exercisable on June 30, 2007. The average exercise price for SARS outstanding at June 30, 2007 was R124.75 ($17.45).

GF Management Incentive Scheme: At the annual general meeting held on November 10, 1999 shareholders approved the adoption of the GF Management Incentive Scheme (“GF Management Scheme”) to replace the scheme (“Old Scheme”) in place prior to the down stream merger with Driefontein by the Company on June 1, 1999. As a result of introducing the GF Management Scheme consequent upon the composite transaction, participants transferred to the GF Management Scheme on terms no less favorable to them than those applicable to them in terms of the Old Scheme. The fair value of the awards granted to members of the Old Scheme was included in the determination of the purchase consideration as part of the composite transaction. The GF Management Scheme was introduced to provide an incentive for certain officers and employees of the Group to acquire shares in the Company. In terms of the GF Management Scheme’s rules, up to a maximum of 3% of the Company’s authorized issued ordinary shares, being 13,451,600 shares, was available to be offered to eligible Company employees. The exercise price of each ordinary share which is the subject of the option is the weighted average of the middle market price at which the ordinary shares traded on the JSE on the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Board of Directors granted the options.

At the annual general meeting held on October 31, 2001, the shareholders approved an increase in the maximum number of shares to 5% of the Company’s issued ordinary shares, as at June 30, 2001 being 22,791,830 shares. For the convenience of the reader, the Rand amounts have been converted to U.S. dollars at the balance sheet rates for the respective fiscal years.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Details of the options granted under the GF Management Scheme are as follows:

 

    

Number of
options

    Average option price
           Rand            $    

Outstanding at July 1, 2004

   8,693,839     63.52    10.08

Granted during the year

   3,968,800     68.19    10.98

Exercised and released

   (801,706 )   26.74    4.31

Forfeited

   (720,482 )   77.78    12.52
               

Outstanding at July 1, 2005

   11,140,451     66.91    9.99

Granted during the year

   360,500     102.30    15.98

Exercised and released

   (3,530,497 )   52.96    8.28

Forfeited

   (1,021,894 )   76.43    11.94
               

Outstanding at July 1, 2006

   6,948,560     75.81    10.20

Granted during the year

   —       —      —  

Exercised and released

   (899,263 )   65.29    9.07

Forfeited

   (464,324 )   76.63    10.64
               

Outstanding at July 1, 2007

   5,584,973     76.66    10.72
               

Market prices of shares for which options were exercised during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 ranged from R68.02 to R173.80.

In terms of the GF Management Scheme rules, options currently expire no later than seven years from the grant date and vest as follows. Upon the second anniversary of the grant date, a third of the total option grant vests, and then annually upon future anniversaries of the grant date, a further third of the total option grant vests. Proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of options are credited to common stock and additional paid-in capital. The options exercisable on June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were 3,152,277, 2,148,016 and 3,839,551, respectively. The range of exercise prices for options outstanding at June 30, 2007 was R14.19 to R154.65. The range of exercise prices for options is wide primarily due to the fluctuation of the price of the Company’s stock over the period of the grants.

The following tables summarize information relating to the options outstanding at June 30, 2007.

 

               Outstanding options
     Price range    Number of
options
  

Contractual
life

(in years)

   Weighted average
exercise price
     Rand    $          Rand    $

Range of prices

   13.55 – 14.19    1.90 – 1.98    800    0.01    14.19    1.98
   19.47 – 23.60    2.72 – 3.30    77,000    0.17    20.90    2.92
   25.67 – 29.45    3.59 – 4.12    51,000    0.16    25.77    3.60
   36.07 – 57.50    5.04 – 8.04    368,450    1.43    46.30    6.48
   57.51 – 73.29    8.04 – 10.25    2,207,843    4.79    65.35    9.14
   73.80 – 84.17    10.33 – 11.77    1,753,406    3.50    81.14    11.35
   84.18 – 119.90    11.77 – 16.77    841,174    3.63    96.88    13.55
   125.37 – 154.65    17.53 – 21.63    285,300    2.48    140.48    19.65
                             

Total

         5,584,973    3.76    76.66    10.72
                         

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

               Exercisable options
     Price range    Number of
options
   Weighted average
exercise price
     Rand    $           Rand            $    

Range of prices

   13.55 – 14.19    1.90 – 1.98    800    14.19    1.98
   19.47 – 23.60    2.72 – 3.30    77,000    20.90    2.92
   25.67 – 29.45    3.59 – 4.12    51,000    25.77    3.60
   36.07 – 57.50    5.04 – 8.04    368,450    46.30    6.48
   57.51 – 73.29    8.04 – 10.25    736,570    65.32    9.14
   73.80 – 84.17    10.33 – 11.77    1,216,679    82.29    11.51
   84.18 – 119.90    11.77 – 16.77    455,978    96.54    13.50
   125.37 – 154.65    17.53 – 21.63    245,800    140.45    19.64
                        

Total

         3,152,277    78.28    10.95
                    

These options will expire if not exercised at specific dates ranging from August 23, 2007 to February 20, 2013.

The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Director Share Plan: At Gold Fields’ annual general meeting held on November 17, 2005, the shareholders approved the Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan (the “2005 Non-Executive Director Share Plan”), and this plan is the new plan under which non-executive directors receive share awards. Participants in the 2005 Non-Executive Director Share Plan are non-executive directors of Gold Fields who are not members of the Remuneration Committee. The 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan provides for the release of restricted shares, up to a total of 24,564,711 ordinary shares (including shares which may be acquired by participants under any other share plan in force) awarded to the non-executive directors three years after the date of the award, provided that the non-executive director is not removed, disqualified or forced to resign from the Board of Directors during that period. No consideration is payable for the grant of an award of restricted shares. Awards in respect of 18,000 shares were authorized at Gold Fields’ annual general meeting on November 10, 2006.

Details of the restricted shares granted under this Plan are as follows:

 

     No. of
restricted
shares

Outstanding at July 1, 2006

   33,000

Granted during the year

   18,000

Exercised and released

   —  

Forfeited

   —  
    

Outstanding at June 30, 2007

   51,000
    

The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan: At the annual general meeting held on October 31, 2001, shareholders approved the adoption of the GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan was introduced to provide an incentive for non-executive directors of the Company to acquire shares in the Company. In terms of the Plan’s rules, up to a maximum of 0.5% of the Company’s authorized issued ordinary shares as at June 30, 2001, being 2,279,183 shares were available to be offered to non-executive directors.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Under the Plan, the aggregate number of ordinary shares acquired by any one participant cannot exceed 0.1% of the issued share capital from time to time without the approval of the shareholders in a general meeting and the JSE. The exercise price of each ordinary share which is the subject of an option is the weighted average price of the ordinary shares on the JSE on the day immediately preceding the date on which the Non-Executive Directors Remuneration Committee resolves to grant the option.

Under the Plan, all options granted may only be exercised no less than twelve months and no more than five years after the date on which the option was accepted by the participant. Should a participant cease to hold office for any reason, he will be entitled within thirty days to exercise those share options which he was entitled to exercise immediately prior to his ceasing to hold office, failing which the options shall automatically lapse. For the convenience of the reader, Rand amounts have been converted to U.S. dollars at the balance sheet rate as of June 30, 2007.

The following tables summarize information relating to the options outstanding at June 30, 2007.

Details of the Plan are as follows:

 

 

     Number of
options
    Average option price
           Rand            $    

Outstanding as of June 30, 2004

   303,000     69.69    8.95

Granted during the year

   102,400     68.59    11.05

Exercised and released

   —       —      —  
               

Outstanding as of June 30, 2005

   405,400     54.92    8.84

Granted during the year

   —       —      —  

Exercised and released

   (221,000 )   —      —  
               

Outstanding as of June 30, 2006

   184,400     82.66    11.13

Granted during the year

   —       —      —  

Exercised and released

   (10,000 )   —      —  
               

Outstanding as of June 30, 2007

   174,400     83.47    11.67
               

Market prices of shares for which options were exercised during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 ranged from R68.95 to R154.00.

The following tables summarize information relating to options outstanding under the Plan as of June 30, 2007.

 

               Outstanding options
               Number
of
options
  

Contractual
life

(in years)

   Weighted average
exercise price
     Rand    $              Rand            $    

Range of prices

   43.70 – 65.55    6.11 – 9.17    30,000    0.17    43.70    6.11
   65.56 – 88.37    9.17 – 12.36    32,400    2.64    68.59    9.59
   88.38 – 110.03    12.36 – 15.39    112,000    0.95    98.43    13.77
                             

Total

         174,400    1.13    83.47    11.67
                         

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

               Exercisable options
               Number
of
options
  

Contractual
life

(in years)

   Weighted
average
exercise price
     Rand    $          Rand    $

Range of prices

   43.70 – 65.55    6.11 – 9.17    30,000    0.17    43.70    6.11
   65.56 – 88.37    9.17 – 12.36    32,400    2.64    68.59    9.59
   88.38 – 110.03    12.36 – 15.39    112,000    0.95    98.43    13.77
                             

Total

         174,400    1.13    83.47    11.67
                         

These options will expire if not exercised at specific dates ranging from August 31, 2007 to November 18, 2010. The compensation cost related to awards not yet recognized under all four schemes amounts to $27.5 million and is to be spread over three years.

 

18 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE AND CREDIT RISK OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Risk management activities

In the normal course of its operations, the Group is exposed to commodity price, currency, interest rate, liquidity and credit risk. In order to manage these risks, the Group has developed a comprehensive risk management process to facilitate control and monitoring of these risks.

Concentration of credit risk

The Group’s financial instruments do not represent a concentration of credit risk as the Group deals with a number of major banks. Accounts receivable are regularly monitored and assessed and where necessary an adequate level of provision is maintained.

A formal process of allocating counterparty exposure and prudential limits is approved by the audit committee and is applied under the supervision of the Group’s executive committee. Facilities requiring margin payments are not engaged.

Foreign currency and commodity price risk

In the normal course of business the Group enters into transactions for the sale of its gold, denominated in US Dollars. In addition, the Group has assets and liabilities in a number of different currencies (primarily US Dollars, Venezuelan Bolivars and Australian Dollars). As a result, the Group is subject to transaction and translation exposure from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Prior to fiscal 2002 the Group did not hedge its exposure to foreign currency exchange rates. During fiscal 2002, this policy was amended and the Group entered into foreign currency forward sales and zero cost collars relating to its Australian and South African operations. During fiscal 2003, the Group entered into Rand/US dollar purchase contracts to hedge the Group’s commitment in respect of the Tarkwa mill and owner mining projects. This contract matured on June 3, 2004 and was rolled forward to December 3, 2004. On January 7, 2004, the Australian instruments were closed in US dollars and subsequent to this on May 7, 2004, the future US dollar values were fixed in Australian dollars. On January 7, 2004 a strip of Australian dollar/US dollar call

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

options were purchased in order to participate in any further Australian dollar appreciation. These instruments were not designated as hedges and accordingly, gains and losses were recognized in earnings. All of these instruments were realized within 2007.

In addition the Group hedged two of its US dollar denominated liabilities during fiscal 2007. The one first was to cover the settlement of $600 million of a total $1.2 billion loan facility at a forward rate of R7,3916. This contract was settled at a rate of R7.2000 on February 8, 2007. The second forward cover of $ 550.8 million was purchased at an average forward rate of R7.3279 to hedge a foreign currency loan.

In June 2006 Gold Fields Ghana purchased one year Asian style (average monthly price) call options in respect of 58.8 million liters of diesel, settled monthly, to protect against adverse energy price movements. The Asian style call options expired on June 30, 2007. A premium of $2.5 million was incurred on these options and losses of $2.5 million (R18 million) were recognized. In May 2005 Gold Fields Ghana entered into a similar contract for 51.6 million liters of diesel which was closed out in May 2006. A premium of $1.7 million was incurred on these options and gains of $1.4 million (R18 million) were realized.

The Group’s general policy with regards to its exposure to the US dollar gold price is to remain unhedged. However, hedges are sometimes undertaken on a project specific basis. As a result of the acquisition of WAL, Gold Fields inherited the gold derivative structure held by WAL which was a combination of put and call options extending upto 2014. The derivative structure was closed out on January 24, 2007 at a net cost of $528 million.

Interest rate and liquidity risk

Fluctuations in interest rates impact on the value of investments and financing activities, giving rise to interest rate risk. The Group does not currently hedge its exposure to interest rate risk.

In the ordinary course of business, the Group receives cash proceeds from its operations and is required to fund working capital and capital expenditure requirements. The cash is managed to ensure surplus funds are invested to maximize returns while ensuring that capital is safeguarded to the maximum extent possible by investing only with top financial institutions.

Substantial contractual arrangements for uncommitted borrowing facilities are maintained with several banking counterparties to meet the Group’s normal contingency funding requirements.

Fair value

The fair value of a financial instrument is defined as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The carrying amounts of receivables, accounts payable and cash and cash equivalents are a reasonable estimate of their fair values due to the short-term maturity of such instruments. The investments in the environmental trust fund approximate fair value, as the monies are invested in short-term maturity investments. The listed investments are carried at market value. Long-term loans, except for the Mvela loan which is at a fixed interest rate, approximate fair value as they are subject to market based floating rates. On June 30, 2007 and 2006, the Mvela loan was fair valued based on applicable market rates.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

The estimated fair values of the Group’s financial instruments are:

 

     June 30, 2007    June 30, 2006
     Carrying
value
   Fair
value
   Carrying
value
   Fair
value

Financial assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   326.4    326.4    217.7    217.7

Financial instruments

   —      —      30.4    30.4

Receivables

   295.3    295.3    148.7    148.7

Non-current investments

   401.8    401.8    371.8    371.8

Financial liabilities

           

Long-term loans

   1,439.1    1,472.5    737.9    762.9

Accounts payable and provisions

   474.4    474.4    299.8    299.8

Interest payable

   34.7    34.7    29.8    29.8

Bank overdraft

   3.3    3.3    —      —  

Current portion of long-term loans

   0.2    0.2    0.3    0.3

Derivative contracts as at June 30, 2007

Foreign currency contracts

The following tables summarize the foreign currency contracts held by the Company as at June 30, 2007:

 

  a) $/ZAR currency contracts

 

     Forward sales

Maturity date

   $ m
Notional
   ZAR1 = $
Strike price

August 6, 2007

   550,800.0    0.1365

The mark-to-market value of these contracts amounted to a loss of $10.8 million at June 30, 2007, which value is based on the prevailing interest rates and volatility at the time.

 

  b) Mvela transaction—Right of Exchange

In terms of the Right of Exchange, Mvela Gold and Gold Fields have the right to require the exchange of the GFIMSA shares in return for the issue to Mvela Gold of new ordinary shares in Gold Fields. The minimum and maximum number of Gold Fields shares that will be issued by Gold Fields following the exercise of the Right of Exchange is 45 million and 55 million respectively. The market value of this floor and cap arrangement is a negative $2.9 million on June 30, 2007.

Derivative contracts as at June 30, 2006

Foreign currency contracts

The following tables summarize the foreign currency contracts held by the Company as at June 30, 2006:

 

  a) A$/S currency contracts

 

     Call options

Various maturity dates in fiscal year ending

   $ m
Notional
   A$1 = $
Strike price

June 30, 2007

   75.0    0.767

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

The mark-to-market value of these contracts amounted to a gain of $0.3 million at June 30, 2006, which value is based on the prevailing interest rates and volatility at the time.

 

  b) $/ZAR currency contracts

 

     Call options

Maturity date

   $ m
Notional
   ZAR1 = $
Strike price

December 5, 2006

   30.0    0.1464

The mark-to-market value of these contracts amounted to a gain of $2.7 million at June 30, 2006, which value is based on the prevailing interest rates and volatility at the time.

 

  c) Mvela transaction—Right of Exchange

In terms of the Right of Exchange, Mvela Gold and Gold Fields have the right to require the exchange of the GFIMSA shares in return for the issue to Mvela Gold of new ordinary shares in Gold Fields. The minimum and maximum number of Gold Fields shares that will be issued by Gold Fields following the exercise of the Right of Exchange is 45 million and 55 million respectively.

 

19 ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

  (a) Supplemental cash flow disclosures

The income and mining taxes paid in the statement of cash flow represents actual cash paid.

The following amounts of interest paid were included in net cash provided by operating activities:

 

      

2007

$’m

  

As adjusted
2006

$’m

  

As adjusted
2005

$’m

Interest paid

   89.3    74.4    57.6

 

  (b) Non cash-items

Excluded from the statements of cash flows are the following:

 

  i) For the year ended June 30, 2007

The $42.3 million gain on mark-to-market of listed investments.

 

  ii) For the year ended June 30, 2006

The $59.0 million gain on mark-to-market of listed investments.

 

  iii) For the year ended June 30, 2005

The $15.1 million gain on mark-to-market of listed investments.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

  (c) Acquisitions of subsidiaries

 

  (i) Acquisition of South Deep

The following information reflects the cashflow impacts of the acquisition of South Deep. See note 3(a).

 

     2007  
     $’m  

Total purchase consideration

   2,188.3  

Purchase consideration settled in shares

   (1,217.8 )

Purchase of shares in prior years

   (116.6 )

Insurance claim refund due to Barrick

   (24.2 )

Purchase consideration used to settle borrowings of BGSA

   406.8  
      

Purchase consideration settled in cash

   1,236.5  

Cash and cash equivalents in subsidiary acquired

   (3.5 )
      

Cash outflow on acquisition

   1,233.0  
      

The $1,233.0 million net cash paid is included in acquisition of subsidiaries on the cash flow statement

 

  (ii) Acquisition of IRCA (Pty) Limited and TMTI (Pty) Limited

The following information reflects the cashflow impacts of the acquisition of IRCA (Pty) Limited and TMTI (Pty) Limited. See note 3(b).

Total purchase consideration

 

     2007
     $’m

Purchase consideration settled in cash

   3.2

Inter-company loans advanced

   2.1

Overdraft in subsidiary acquired

   2.6
    

Cash outflow on acquisition

   7.9
    

The $7.9 million net cash paid is included in acquisition of subsidiaries on the cash flow statement.

 

  (iii) Acquisition of Bolivar Gold Corporation Inc

The following information reflects the cashflow impacts of the acquisition of Bolivar Gold Corporation Inc. See note 3(c).

 

     2006  
     $’m  

Total purchase consideration

   328.6  

Exchange gain on funds held for acquisition of Bolivar

   (8.1 )

Purchase of shares in prior years

   (11.9 )

Long-term loans

   72.4  
      

Purchase consideration settled in cash

   381.0  

Cash and cash equivalents in subsidiary acquired

   (5.9 )
      

Cash outflow on acquisition

   375.1  
      

The $375.1 million net cash paid is included in acquisition of subsidiaries on the cash flow statement.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

  (iv) Acquisition of Sociedad Minera La Cima SA

The following information reflects the cashflow impacts of the acquisition of Sociedad Minera La Cima SA. See note 3 (d).

 

     2006
     $’m

Purchase consideration settled in cash

   40.5

Cash and cash equivalents in subsidiary acquired

   —  
    

Cash outflow on acquisition

   40.5
    

The $40.5 million net cash paid is included in acquisition of subsidiaries on the cash flow statement.

 

20 COMMITMENTS

 

     2007    2006
     $’m    $’m

Capital expenditure

     

Authorized

   2,075.4    665.2

Contracted for

   207.0    254.3

Other guarantees

   41.1    33.7

Guarantees consist of (a) $33.0 million (comprising a loan of $21.0 million and interest of $12.0 million) to the Public Investment Commissioners (PIC) with regard to the Mvela Loan, (b) $2.2 million to New Africa Mining Fund (“NAMF”) and (c) $5.9 million for numerous other obligations. NAMF is a private equity fund incorporated in South Africa for the purpose of investing in junior mining opportunities in South Africa and the broader African continent. The Group also provides environmental obligation guarantees with respect to its Ghanaian and Australian operations. These guarantees, amounting to $29.1 million at June 30, 2007, have not been included in the amount of guarantees of $33.7 million because they are fully provided for under the asset retirement obligation.

Under the PIC agreement, the Company has effectively guaranteed a loan of R150 million ($21.0 million) made by the PIC to certain lenders to Mvela, at an interest rate of 14.25%. Under the terms of the agreement, the PIC has the right to require the Company to assume all its rights and obligations under this loan together with its underlying security. The PIC is obliged to pay the Company a guarantee fee equal to 3.75% per annum on the date the loan is repaid.

Commitments will be funded from internal cash resources and borrowings as necessary.

 

21 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

World Gold Council

Gold Fields is a member of the World Gold Council. In terms of the membership agreement, all members are responsible for certain costs, including ongoing costs on a three year rolling basis, winding up costs, if applicable, and various other contingent liabilities. Apportionment of liabilities, should they arise, is done proportionate to the member’s production relative to the total production of all members. To date, no claims have been made on Gold Fields.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Occupational health care services

The Group provides occupational health care services to its employees through its existing facilities at the various operations. There is a risk that the cost of providing such services could increase in the future depending upon changes in the nature of underlying legislation and the profile of employees. This increased cost, should it transpire, is currently indeterminate. The Group is monitoring developments in this regard

 

22 LINES OF CREDIT

The Group had unused lines of credit available amounting to $420.0 million (R3.0 billion) at June 30, 2007 (2006: $498.0 million).

 

23 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

New Africa Mining Fund

John G Hopwood, a director of Gold Fields Limited, is a Trustee of New Africa Mining Fund and is the Chairman of the New Africa Mining Fund Investment Committee. Gold Fields has been instrumental in the formation of the New Africa Mining Fund and is a significant investor in the fund. The fund has as its objectives the promotion of black economic empowerment and the transformation of the South African mining industry by facilitating junior mining projects.

As at June 30, 2007, Gold Fields Limited had contributed net $2.9 million and has provided a commitment to fund $7.0 million.

Mvelaphanda Resources Limited

One of the Company’s non-executive directors at June 30, 2007, Tokyo Sexwale, is an executive director on the Board of Mvelaphanda Resources Limited (“Mvela”). Mvela is a broad based black economic empowerment consortium.

On July 10, 2002, the Company announced that it had granted Mvela participation rights, varying between a minimum of 5% and a maximum of 15% in any new Gold Fields precious metals exploration projects in Africa, beginning March 1, 2002. In consideration for the transaction Mvela will issue the Company with options to subscribe in tranches for ordinary shares, consisting of one ordinary share and one unsecured debenture issued by Mvela, in Mvela at a 10% premium to the five day weighted average trading price on the JSE. As at June 30, 2007 Mvela had issued the Company options to subscribe for ordinary shares with a value of R154.3 million ($21.6 million). During the year the company exercised 1,375,584 of the options and converted them to shares for an additional payment of R23.3 million ($3.3 million).

The term of the Mvela exploration agreement is five years. On August 21, 2007 the agreement expired in accordance with its terms.

The transaction with Mvela to acquire a 15% beneficial interest in the Company’s South African mining operations for a total cash consideration of R4.1 billion ($591.3 million) became effective on March 15, 2004. The Company has provided Mvela with vendor financing of R300 million ($47.6 million) comprising R200 million of preference shares and R100 million of ordinary shares on commercial terms in connection with the transaction.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Rand Refinery

Rand Refinery, in which the Company holds a 34.9% (2006: 33.1%) interest, has an agreement with the Company whereby it refines all the Company’s South African and Ghanaian operations gold production. The Company’s chief financial officer is currently a director of Rand Refinery and has held his directorship of Rand Refinery since July 10, 2000. The Company paid Rand Refinery $1.3 million, $1.6 million and $2.6 million in refining fees for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Refer to footnote 12—Non-current Investments for amounts owing by Rand Refinery to the Company as at June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the dividends received from Rand Refinery for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 respectively.

On November 21, 2000, GFL Mining Services Limited (“GFLMS”) entered into an agreement with Rand Refinery in terms of which GFLMS acts as an agent for Rand Refinery with regard to the sale of a maximum of 50% of Gold Fields’ South African gold production. In June 1, 2004, GFLMS exercised its right, by giving notice to Rand Refinery, to sell all of Gold Fields’ South African gold production with effect from October 1, 2004. Gold Fields Ghana Limited and Abosso Goldfields Limited also have had agreements with Rand Refinery since March 2002 to transport, refine and sell substantially all of the gold production from the Tarkwa and Damang mines.

Absa Credit Facilities

Gill Marcus, a non-executive director of Gold Fields, is the chairman of Absa Group Limited and Absa Bank Limited. Gold Fields currently has outstanding a R500 million 364 day revolving credit facility with Absa Capital (a division of Absa Bank Limited). On August 24, 2007, GFLMSA drew down R250 million under this facility. In addition, on December 6, 2007, GFLMSA and Gold Fields entered into a mandate letter and term sheet with Absa Capital.

 

24 GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION

Gold Fields is primarily involved in gold mining, exploration and related activities. Activities are conducted and investments held both inside and outside of South Africa.

The segment results have been prepared and presented based on management’s reporting format. Management prepares its financial records in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and reconciled IFRS information is what the Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews in allocating resources and making investment decisions. The Company’s gold mining operations are managed and internally reported based upon the following geographic areas: in South Africa the Driefontein division, the Kloof division, the Beatrix division and the South Deep mine, in Ghana the Tarkwa and Damang mines, Australia and Venezuela. The Group also has exploration interests which are included in the Corporate and other segment. Corporate costs are allocated between segments based upon the time spent on each segment by members of the executive team.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

    Fiscal year ended June 30, 2007  
    South Africa     Ghana     Australia     Venezuela                    
    Driefontein     Kloof     Beatrix     South
Deep
    Tarkwa     Damang     St Ives /
Agnew
    Choco 10    

Corporate

and other

   

Reconciling

items

   

Group

Consolidated

 

Statement of operations

                     

Revenue

  648.2     587.1     344.9     107.9     444.8     119.5     446.8     36.0     —       —       2,735.2  

Operating costs (1)

  (371.0 )   (352.2 )   (215.4 )   (100.0 )   (248.9 )   (88.0 )   (277.9 )   (40.1 )   —       (74.0 )   (1,767.5 )

Gold inventory change (2)

  —       —       —       (1.8 )   17.0     (1.4 )   15.4     4.9     —       (20.2 )   13.9  
                                                                 

Operating profit

  277.2     234.9     129.5     6.1     212.9     30.1     184.3     0.8     —       (94.2 )   981.6  

Amortization and depreciation

  (67.2 )   (75.7 )   (41.7 )   (19.8 )   (40.6 )   (4.9 )   (142.5 )   (5.4 )   (19.1 )   28.7     (388.2 )
                                                                 

Net operating profit/(loss)

  210.0     159.2     87.8     (13.7 )   172.3     25.2     41.8     (4.6 )   (19.1 )   (65.5 )   593.4  

Exploration expenditure

  —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       (40.9 )   (6.5 )   (47.4 )

Other items as detailed in the statement of operations

  (0.5 )   (3.7 )   (4.5 )   3.2     (0.5 )   —       22.8     1.9     (52.5 )   (30.6 )   (64.4 )

Current taxation

  (47.5 )   (12.8 )   (0.1 )   —       (37.1 )   (4.4 )   (20.3 )   (1.7 )   1.2     —       (122.7 )

Deferred taxation

  (22.5 )   (32.9 )   (31.7 )   4.2 *   (17.8 )   (4.8 )   (2.8 )   (1.1 )   13.7     9.1     (86.6 )
                                                                 

Profit/(loss) after taxation

  139.5     109.8     51.5     (6.3 )   116.9     16.0     41.5     (5.5 )   (97.6 )   (93.5 )   272.3  

* Indicative as tax is provided in the holding companies of South Deep.

 

    Fiscal year ended June 30, 2007
   

South Africa

 

Ghana

 

Australia

  Venezuela                
    Driefontein   Kloof   Beatrix   South
Deep
  Tarkwa   Damang   St Ives /
Agnew
  Choco 10    

Corporate

and other

 

Reconciling

items

   

Group

Consolidated

Balance Sheet

                     

Total assets

  854.5   697.2   308.7   767.9   523.4   102.8   816.9   110.9     3,568.0   275.7     8,026.0

Total liabilities excluding deferred tax

  219.0   192.9   90.5   39.7   66.6   20.4   114.4   28.9     952.0   506.2     2,230.6

Deferred tax liability/(asset)

  200.4   194.5   38.0   —     99.5   12.3   64.2   (1.8 )   229.3   40.7     877.1
                                               

Capital expenditure

  113.2   107.8   82.3   39.4   107.7   31.7   104.4   22.9     237.3   (49.7 )   797.0

(1) Operating costs for management reporting purposes includes: Corporate expenditure—$38.4 million, Environmental rehabilitation—$6.4 million and Employment termination costs—$4.9 million, which are not included in production costs under US GAAP. In addition, gold inventory change is included in production costs under US GAAP.
(2) Reflects the change in quantity and value of broken ore and ore on the heap leach pad during the financial year.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

    Fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 (As adjusted (see note 2(d)(i) and 3(a))  
    South Africa     Ghana     Australia     Venezuela                    
    Driefontein     Kloof     Beatrix     Tarkwa     Damang     St Ives /
Agnew
    Choco 10    

Corporate

and other

   

Reconciling

items

   

Group

Consolidated

 

Statement of operations

                   

Revenue

  599.9     479.3     312.9     373.0     123.1     377.0     16.8     —       —       2,282.0  

Operating costs (1)

  (378.1 )   (356.3 )   (219.5 )   (211.7 )   (77.6 )   (236.3 )   (8.8 )   —       (57.4 )   (1,545.7 )

Gold inventory change (2)

  —       —       —       5.1     (2.7 )   6.4     0.4     —       (0.4 )   8.8  
                                                           

Operating profit

  221.8     123.0     93.4     166.4     42.8     147.1     8.4     —       (57.8 )   745.1  

Amortization and depreciation

  (70.5 )   (72.6 )   (39.0 )   (37.5 )   (3.9 )   (82.0 )   (2.1 )   (16.5 )   (29.2 )   (353.3 )
                                                           

Net operating profit/(loss)

  151.3     50.4     54.4     128.9     38.9     65.1     6.3     (16.5 )   (87.0 )   391.8  

Exploration expenditure

  —       —       —       —       —       —       —       (38.7 )   (0.6 )   (39.3 )

Other items as detailed in the statement of operations

  (6.7 )   (3.6 )   (6.5 )   0.7     0.9     1.4       10.6     (40.2 )   (43.4 )

Current taxation

  (31.5 )   —       —       (26.0 )   (8.3 )   (9.3 )   (3.0 )   (12.2 )   —       (90.3 )

Deferred taxation

  (12.4 )   (13.9 )   (18.9 )   (5.8 )   (4.3 )   (17.9 )   —       3.4     49.5     (20.3 )
                                                           

Profit/(loss) after taxation

  100.7     32.9     29.0     97.8     27.2     39.3     3.3     (53.4 )   (78.3 )   198.5  

 

    Fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 (As adjusted (see note 2(d)(i) and 3(a))
    South Africa   Ghana   Australia   Venezuela              
    Driefontein   Kloof   Beatrix   Tarkwa   Damang   St Ives /
Agnew
  Choco 10  

Corporate

and other

 

Reconciling

items

   

Group

Consolidated

Balance Sheet

                   

Total assets

  526.3   421.3   186.9   387.8   84.5   635.4   111.4   1,904.1   (158.0 )   4,099.7

Total liabilities excluding deferred tax

  173.2   152.5   80.3   53.1   17.9   77.1   22.3   242.2   449.8     1,268.4

Deferred tax liability/(asset)

  171.0   155.3   5.9   81.7   7.5   52.8   —     272.9   34.7     781.8
                                         

Capital expenditure

  84.9   75.4   69.9   46.8   25.6   71.0   5.3   34.0   (35.8 )   377.1

(1) Operating costs for management reporting purposes: Corporate expenditure—$21.9 million, Environmental rehabilitation—$8.6 million and Employment termination costs—$9.1 million, which are not included in production costs under US GAAP. In addition, gold inventory change is included in production costs under US GAAP.
(2) Reflects the change in quantity and value of broken ore and ore on the heap leach pad during the financial year.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

    Fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 (As adjusted (see note 2(d)(i) and 3(a))  
   

South Africa

   

Ghana

   

Australia

                   
    Driefontein     Kloof     Beatrix     Tarkwa     Damang     St Ives /
Agnew
   

Corporate

and other

   

Reconciling

items

   

Group

Consolidated

 

Statement of operations

                 

Revenue

  489.7     436.4     264.5     287.5     104.3     310.7     —       —       1,893.1  

Operating costs (1)

  (356.5 )   (358.5 )   (229.3 )   (159.5 )   (66.4 )   (231.7 )   —       (22.0 )   (1,423.9 )

Gold inventory
change (2)

  —       —       —       1.2     (2.3 )   6.2     —       2.5     7.6  
                                                     

Operating profit

  133.2     77.9     35.2     129.2     35.6     85.2     —       (19.5 )   476.8  

Amortization and depreciation

  (72.9 )   (95.4 )   (32.6 )   (38.0 )   (5.7 )   (74.0 )   (16.8 )   (31.0 )   (366.4 )
                                                     

Net operating profit/(loss)

  60.3     (17.5 )   2.6     91.2     29.9     11.2     (16.8 )   (50.5 )   110.4  

Exploration expenditure

  —       —       —       —       —       —       (31.8 )   (14.2 )   (46.0 )

Impairment of assets

  (2.0 )   (1.8 )   (9.7 )   —       —       (9.8 )   (18.7 )   (191.1 )   (233.1 )

Other items as detailed in the statement of operations

  5.6     5.6     (0.6 )   2.2     0.9     3.0     0.2     (95.8 )   (78.9 )

Current taxation

  (6.4 )   —       5.9     (10.3 )   (8.9 )   (7.8 )   (14.7 )   —       (42.2 )

Deferred taxation

  (3.3 )   11.8     (12.9 )   (14.3 )   (3.1 )   27.8     6.6     115.4     128.0  
                                                     

Profit/(loss) after taxation

  54.2     (1.9 )   (14.7 )   68.8     18.8     24.4     (75.2 )   (236.2 )   (161.8 )

 

    Fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 (As adjusted (see note 2(d)(i) and 3(a))
   

South Africa

   

Ghana

 

Australia

             
    Driefontein   Kloof   Beatrix     Tarkwa   Damang   St Ives /
Agnew
 

Corporate

and other

 

Reconciling

items

   

Group

Consolidated

Balance Sheet

                 

Total assets

  528.9   511.3   209.6     310.8   76.1   607.5   1,472.1   (0.4 )   3,715.9

Total liabilities excluding deferred tax

  139.6   170.9   111.7     36.7   16.0   84.3   69.8   460.2     1,089.2

Deferred tax liability/(asset)

  177.9   159.0   (11.5 )   75.9   3.3   37.1   97.2   111.1     650.0
                                       

Capital expenditure

  73.5   88.1   69.0     75.6   10.6   135.6   24.2   (30.7 )   445.9

(1) Operating costs for management reporting purposes includes: Corporate expenditure—$22.5 million, Environmental rehabilitation—$11.5 million and Employment termination costs—$13.7 million, which are not included in production costs under US GAAP. In addition, gold inventory change is included in production costs under US GAAP.
(2) Reflects the change in quantity and value of broken ore and ore on the heap leach pad during the financial year.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

The following provides a breakdown of the reconciling items for each line item presented.

 

         2007     2006     2005  
         $’m     $’m     $’m  

Operating costs

        

On-mine exploration

   (k)   (15.7 )   (8.2 )   (9.3 )

Provision for rehabilitation

   (m)   2.1     (1.0 )   (1.3  

Ghana cut backs

   (j)   (47.3 )   (26.8     —    

Deferred stripping

   (p)   (13.1 )   (21.4 )   (11.4 )
                    
     (74.0 )   (57.4 )   (22.0 )
                    

Gold inventory

        

Inventory

   (r)   (10.7 )   (0.4 )   (2.5 )

Inventory stockpiles

   (v)   (9.5 )   —       —    
                    
     (20.2 )   (0.4 )   (2.5 )
                    

Amortization and depreciation

        

Business combination—formation of Original Gold Fields

   (a)   (8.9 )   (22.3 )   (27.0 )

Business combination—formation of Gold Fields

   (b)   (3.5 )   (3.9 )   (4.0 )

Business combination—purchase of St. Ives and Agnew

   (c)   1.6     1.9     2.3  

Business combination—purchase of Abosso

   (d)   0.3     0.4     1.0  

Amortization of reserves

   (h)(r)(p)   (7.6 )   (13.0 )   (3.1 )

Ghana cut-backs

   (j)   3.0     0.2     —    

Amortization—inclusion of future costs

   (i)   9.5     6.5     (0.2 )

Amortization—cut-off between development and production

   (w)   34.0     —       —    

Provision for rehabilitation

   (m)   0.3     1.0     —    
                    
     28.7     (29.2 )   (31.0 )
                    

Exploration expenditure

        

Exploration costs

   (k)   (6.5 )   (0.6 )   (14.2 )
                    
     (6.5 )   (0.6 )   (14.2 )
                    

Impairment

        

Impairment of assets

   (g)   —       —       (191.1 )
                    
     —       —       (191.1 )
                    

Other items as detailed in the statement of operations

        

Post-retirement medical benefits

   (o)   (1.4 )   (0.1 )   4.0  

Share-based compensation

   (l)   —       (0.9 )   (2.1 )

Write-down of investments

   (o)   —       —       (7.7 )

Mvelaphanda transaction—interest paid

   (t)   (46.8 )   (47.4 )   (43.2 )

Mvelaphanda transaction—debt issuance costs

   (t)   (0.9 )   (0.9 )   0.8  

Mvelaphanda transaction—profit on close out of hedge

   (t)   8.2     9.2     (49.0 )

Interest capitalisation

   (v)   13.3     —       —    

Disclosure

   (x)   (3.0 )   (0.1 )   1.4  
                    
     (30.6 )   (40.2 )   (95.8 )
                    

Total liabilities excluding deferred income and mining taxes, minority interests and shareholders’ interests

        

Provision for rehabilitation

   (m)   (0.6 )   1.1     (0.6 )

Post-retirement medical benefits

   (o)   6.7     5.0     5.4  

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

         2007     2006     2005  
         $’m     $’m     $’m  

Mvelaphanda transaction—debt issuance cost

   (t)   4.5     4.3     4.8  

Mvelaphanda transaction—fair value hedge accounting

   (t)   14.4     21.7     32.8  

Mvelaphanda transaction—classification of instrument

   (t)   343.2     330.3     366.2  

Mvelaphanda transaction—interest paid

   (t)   138.0     87.5     51.6  
                    
     506.2     449.9     460.2  

Total assets

        

Business combination—formation of Original Gold Fields

   (a)   (3.3 )   6.0     27.1  

Business combination—formation of Gold Fields

   (b)   51.2     52.7     61.9  

Business combination—purchase of St. Ives and Agnew

   (c)   (4.8 )   (6.2 )   (8.7 )

Business combination—purchase of Abosso

   (d)   (1.8 )   (2.0 )   (2.4 )

Business combination—Purchase of Bolivar

   (e)   (79.7 )   (52.0 )   —    

Business combinations—purchase of South Deep

   (f)   521.3     (11.8 )   (11.5 )

Mvelaphanda transaction—debt issuance costs

   (t)   1.6     2.4     3.6  

Ghana cut-backs

   (j)   (70.8 )   (26.6 )   —    

Impairment of assets

   (g)   129.3     124.3     137.8  

Amortization of reserves

   (h)   (72.1 )   (55.2 )   (44.8 )

Amortization—inclusion of future costs

   (i)   27.2     14.6     8.7  

Amortization—cut off between development and production

   (w)   36.7     —       —    

Exploration costs

   (k)   (138.7 )   (104.8 )   (101.8 )

Provision for rehabilitation

   (m)   (5.8 )   (6.5 )   (8.9 )

Investments in affiliates

   (n)   (3.9 )   (2.6 )   (2.8 )

Deferred stripping

   (p)(h)(i)(j)   (62.2 )   (41.7 )   (21.9 )

Inventory

   (r)   (9.5 )   1.8     2.3  

Impairment of Agnew

   (s)   (43.0 )   (37.1 )   (39.0 )

Interest capitalisation

   (u)   13.5     —       —    

Inventory stockpiles

   (v)   (9.5 )   —       —    
                    
     275.7     (144.7 )   0.4  
                    

Notes to the reconciliation of segment information to the historical financial statements

 

(a) Business combination—formation of Original Gold Fields

 

  For management reporting purposes, the formation of Original Gold Fields was accounted for as a uniting-of-interests. Under US GAAP, the Company accounted for the assets and liabilities acquired from Gold Fields of South Africa Limited at historical cost, and the assets and liabilities acquired from Gencor and outside shareholders as a purchase.

 

(b) Business combination—formation of Gold Fields

 

  For management reporting purposes, the difference between the purchase price and net asset value of acquired assets that arose on this transaction was set-off against shareholders’ equity. Under US GAAP, the excess purchase price was capitalized to property, plant and equipment and is being amortized over its useful life.

 

(c) Business combination—purchase of St. Ives and Agnew

 

 

For management reporting purposes, traded equity securities issued as consideration in a business combination are valued on the date they are issued. Under US GAAP, traded equity securities issued as

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

 

consideration in a business combination are valued a few days before and after the terms of the transaction are announced.

 

(d) Business combination—purchase of Abosso

 

  For management reporting purposes, traded equity securities issued as consideration in a business combination are valued on the date they are issued. Under US GAAP, traded equity securities issued as consideration in a business combination are valued a few days before and after the terms of the transaction are announced.

 

(e) Business combination—purchase of Bolivar

 

  For management reporting purposes, the entire interest acquired in was fair valued upon gaining a controlling interest. Under US GAAP, only the additional interest acquired was fair valued. In addition, US GAAP requires retrospective equity accounting from the date the interest is acquired until the Group obtains control and the investment becomes a subsidiary. For management reporting purposes no retrospective equity accounting is applied.

 

(f) Business combinations—purchase of South Deep

 

  For management reporting purposes, traded equity securities issued as consideration in a business combination are valued on the date they are issued. Under US GAAP, traded equity securities issued as consideration in a business combination are valued a few days before and after the terms of the transaction are announced.

 

  For management reporting purposes, the entire interest acquired in South Deep was fair value upon gaining a controlling interest. Under US GAAP, only the additional interest acquired was accounted for at fair value; assets acquired before obtaining control are stated at historical carrying amounts. In addition, US GAAP requires retrospective equity accounting from the date the interest is acquired until the Group obtains control and the investment becomes a subsidiary. For management reporting purposes no retrospective equity accounting is applied.

 

  For management reporting purposes, any excess arising over the purchase price paid and the fair value of the net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired for additional interests in subsidiaries from minority shareholders are recorded directly in equity (‘economic entity model’). Under US GAAP, any excess over the purchased price paid and the fair value of the net identifiable assets and liabilities are recorded as goodwill (‘parent company model’).

 

(g) Impairment of assets

 

  For management reporting purposes, higher impairment charges were recognized in fiscal 2005 and 2004 based upon the higher values assigned to the assets acquired as part of the Original Gold Fields formation, than that which was recognized under US GAAP. In addition, prior to fiscal 2003, impairment charges were recorded for management purposes based on discounted cash flows, but not recorded under US GAAP, since the undiscounted cash flows exceeded the carrying amounts of the assets under US GAAP.

 

(h) Amortization of reserves

 

  For management reporting purposes, a portion of ore resources at the Australian operations, based on the philosophy of “endowment”, is used for calculating depreciation and amortization. Under US GAAP, depreciation and amortization is calculated based upon existing proven and probable reserves.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

(i) Amortization—inclusion of future costs

 

  For management reporting purposes, future mine development costs are included in mining assets in calculating depreciation and amortization. Under US GAAP, future development costs are not included in the calculation of depreciation and amortization.

 

(j) Ghana cut-backs

 

  For management reporting purposes, waste laybacks at surface operations are capitalized as mine development costs. Under US GAAP, once the production phase of a mine has commenced, waste laybacks are considered variable production costs that should be included as a component of inventory to be recognized in Production costs exclusive of depreciation and amortization in the same period as the revenue from the sale of inventory. As a result, capitalization of waste laybacks is appropriate only to the extent product inventory exists at the end of a reporting period.

 

(k) Exploration costs

 

  For management reporting purposes, exploration costs are capitalized from the date the drilling program confirms sufficient evidence of mineralization to proceed with a feasibility study. Under US GAAP, exploration costs are capitalized from the date a bankable feasibility study is completed.

 

(l) Share-based compensation

 

  For management reporting purposes, share-based compensation expense is recognized on a fair value basis for all grants subsequent to November 7, 2002 but that were unvested on July 1, 2005. Under US GAAP, subsequent to June 30, 2005 the company recognized share-based compensation expense for the fair value of options granted subsequent to June 30, 2005. Prior to July 1, 2005, the Company recognized share-based compensation expense based upon the difference between the option grant price and the market price at the date of grant or modification.

 

(m) Provision for rehabilitation

 

  (i) Amortization of rehabilitation asset

 

    The rehabilitation asset’s carrying value for management reporting purposes is different to that under US GAAP, which results in a different amortization charge.

 

  (ii) Revisions to the asset retirement obligation

 

    For management reporting purposes, all changes in the carrying amount of the obligation are recognized as an increase or decrease in the carrying amount of the associated capitalized retirement cost. Due to differences in the capitalized retirement cost between management reporting and US GAAP, differences could arise. Changes resulting from revisions in the timing or amount of estimated cash flows are recognized as an increase or decrease in the carrying amount of the asset retirement obligation and the associated capitalized retirement cost for US GAAP.

 

    In addition, the current discount rate is applied to measure the retirement obligation for management reporting purposes. Under US GAAP any decreases in the asset retirement obligation as a result of downward revisions in cash flow estimates should be treated as a modification of an existing asset retirement obligation, and should be measured at the historical discount rate used to measure the initial asset retirement obligation.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

(n) Investments in affiliates

 

  For management reporting purposes an equity investment exceeding a 20% shareholding was treated as an available-for-sale investment prior to fiscal 2003. Under US GAAP this investment was accounted for under the equity method since acquisition.

 

(o) Post-retirement medical benefits

 

  For management reporting purposes, only the employer’s contribution liability is accounted for. Under US GAAP, the liability includes certain employees’ cross subsidy liabilities.

 

(p) Deferred stripping

 

  For management reporting purposes, the Company defers the waste stripping costs in excess of the expected average pitlife stripping ratio. Under US GAAP, waste stripping costs are considered costs of the extracted minerals and recognized as a component of inventory to be recognized in costs applicable to sales in the same period as the revenue from the sale of inventory.

 

(q) Write-down of investments

 

  Under US GAAP, where the fair value of available for sale investments are lower than their original cost for a continuous period of longer than 12 months, the unrealized loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. For management reporting purposes, the unrealized losses on these investments have remained in other comprehensive income.

 

(r) Inventory

 

  Under US GAAP additional amortization, waste normalization and cut backs expensed are included in the cost of inventory produced. No such absorption of costs occurred for management reporting purposes. Additionally, for management reporting purposes, no adjustment is required to record inventory at net realizable value. Under US GAAP, due to the impact of the amortization adjustments on the inventory valuation, an adjustment is required to record inventory at net realizable value.

 

(s) Impairment of Agnew

 

  For management reporting purposes the Agnew mine was not determined to be impaired. Under US GAAP the Agnew mine was determined to be impaired and an impairment charge was recognized.

 

(t) Mvelaphanda transaction

 

   

Classification of instrument

 

    For management reporting purposes the Mvela loan is split between a debt component and an equity component. Under US GAAP the Mvela loan is classified as debt.

 

   

Interest paid

 

    Due to the classification of the Mvela loan as debt under US GAAP, additional interest is charged to the income statement.

 

   

Debt issuance cost

 

    For management reporting purposes debt issuance cost is set off against debt. Under US GAAP debt issuance cost is recorded as a deferred cost within accounts receivable.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

   

Fair value hedge accounting

 

    For management reporting purposes only the amortizing swap is treated as a fair value hedge in relation to the debt component of the Mvela loan. Under US GAAP both the amortizing and accreting swap are treated as a fair value hedge as the entire loan is classified as debt.

 

   

Profit on close out of hedge

 

    For management reporting purposes the profit on close-out of the interest rate swaps was accounted for in earnings at the time the swaps were closed out. Under US GAAP the profit is deferred and amortized to earnings over the life of the hedged item.

 

(u) Interest capitalization

 

  For management reporting purposes, borrowing costs are capitalised to the extent that qualifying assets are financed through specific debt financing or general outstanding debt not for any specific purpose other that funding the operations of the Group. Under US GAAP, total outstanding debt financing is taken into account in calculating the amount of borrowing cost to be capitalised.

 

(v) Inventory stockpiles

 

  For management reporting purposes, previous impairment charges writing down stockpiles to net realizable values are reversed when the net realizable rises above the original cost. Under US GAAP, the net realizable value is deemed the new base cost and impairment charges are not reversed.

 

(w) Amortization—cut-off between development and production

 

  For Group reporting purposes, the cut-off point between the development phase of mining and the production phase of mining is determined when the operation reaches a predetermined cut-off point of commercial levels of production. Costs are capitalized during the development phase of mining and expensed to working costs when the production phase commences. Under US GAAP, the production phase commences when more than a de minimus amount of ore has been extracted from the ore body.

 

(x) Presentation of equity investee profits and losses

 

  For management reporting purposes share of equity investee profits or losses is disclosed before income tax. Under US GAAP, share of equity losses and profits is disclosed after income tax.

 

25 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Sale of Choco 10

On November 30, 2007, Gold Fields disposed of its assets in Venezuela to Rusoro Mining Ltd., or Rusoro, for a total consideration of approximately U.S.$532 million (based on the volume weighted average price, or VWAP, of Rusoro shares as quoted by Bloomberg for the 10 days prior to the date the agreement was signed). Gold Fields received US$180 million in cash and 140 million newly-issued Rusoro shares, which at the time of sale represented approximately 37% of the outstanding shares of Rusoro. Pursuant to the transaction, Rusoro acquired Gold Fields’ stake in the Choco 10 gold mine, as well as the contiguous mineral rights owned by Gold Fields.

Sale of Essakane

On November 26, 2007, Gold Fields sold its 60% stake in the Essakane project to Orezone for U.S.$150 million in cash and issued 41,666,667 common shares having an aggregate subscription price of U.S.$50 million to its wholly-owned subsidiary Gold Fields Essakane (BVI) Limited. Following the acquisition, Gold Fields owns 41,666,667 common shares of Orezone, representing 12.2% of Orezone’s issued and outstanding common shares.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

Acquisition of Prospecting Rights Contiguous to South Deep

Gold Fields announced on July 27, 2007 that JCI and Randgold & Exploration Company Limited, or R&E, will relinqish certain rights which they have to the prospecting rights contiguous to South Deep for a consideration of R400 million plus value added tax. On October 31, 2007, the shareholders of JCI and R&E approved the agreement and the transaction, which closed on November 5, 2007. The transaction has resulted in Gold Fields Operations Limited (formerly, Western Areas) owning 74% of a company which holds the prospecting rights to the contiguous ground, immediately to the south, east and west of South Deep, with Peotona Gold holding the balance.

Cerro Corona Project

Gold Fields La Cima announced on November 15, 2007 a four month delay and a revised capital forecast for the Cerro Corona gold/copper project in Peru.

The construction costs for the project were previously estimated at approximately US$343 million and the treatment of ore was scheduled to commence early in the third quarter of fiscal 2008.

The construction costs have now been revised to US$421 million, which includes an additional contingency of US$20 million, and the treatment of ore is now scheduled to commence towards the middle of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.

The delay is mainly due to two issues:

 

   

Deficient progress on the construction of the tailings management facility, or TMF, caused by poor rock quality in the project quarries, and inadequate material delivery rates required for the construction of the TMF embankment; and

 

   

Underperformance over the two months prior to the announcement by several contractors responsible for the structural and mechanical installation of the concentrator.

R1,000,000,000 Short Term Revolving Credit Facility

On December 6, 2007, GFIMSA and Gold Fields entered into a mandate letter and term sheet with Absa Capital, a division of Absa Bank Limited, or the Mandated Lead Arranger, which sets out the terms and conditions upon which the Mandated Lead Arranger is prepared to arrange and underwrite a short term revolving credit facility of up to R1,000,000,000, or the Absa 2 Facility, for GFIMSA, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, Gold Fields Operations Limited and/or or any other subsidiary of Gold Fields Limited, or the Parent, acceptable to the Parent and the Mandated Lead Arranger, acting reasonably. The Absa 2 Facility will be used for capital expenditure in respect of gold mining projects and general corporate and working capital purposes. Borrowings under the Absa 2 Facility will be guaranteed by Gold Fields and certain of its subsidiaries. In terms of the Absa 2 Facility, Gold Fields will need to maintain a consolidated EBITDA to consolidated net finance charge ratio of at least 5 to 1 and a consolidated net borrowing to consolidated EBITDA ratio of no more than 2.5 to 1. There will also be restrictions on the ability of Gold Fields and certain of its subsidiaries to encumber their assets, dispose of assets or enter into a merger or corporate reconstruction. Gold Fields will pay a quarterly commitment fee of 0.15% per annum on any undrawn amounts under the Absa 2 Facility.

The Absa 2 Facility will be payable 364 days after the signing date. Gold Fields has the option to repay the Absa 2 Facility in whole or in part by giving 5 days’ prior notice.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Gold Fields Limited

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements and of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting referred to in our report dated December 7, 2007, appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc

Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa

December 7, 2007

 

S-1


Table of Contents

Schedule 1—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

     Balance at
beginning
of period
   Charged
to costs
and
expenses
   Deduction     Arising on
acquisition
of
subsidiaries
   Foreign
currency
translation
adjustment
    Balance
at end of
period

Year ended June 30, 200 7

               

Valuation allowance

   43.4    20.5    (3.8 )   44.1    2.9     107.1

Year ended June 30, 2006

               

Valuation allowance

   36.2    4.7           2.5     43.4

Year ended June 30, 2005

               

Valuation allowance

   37.0    1.5           (2.3 )   36.2

 

S-2


Table of Contents

Exhibits

The following instruments and documents are included as Exhibits to this annual report.

 

No.   

Exhibit

1.1(†)    Memorandum of Association of Gold Fields
1.2(†)    Articles of Association of Gold Fields
1.3    Amended Articles of Association of Gold Fields
2.1(†)    Memorandum of Association of Gold Fields (included in Exhibit 1.1)
2.2(†)    Articles of Association of Gold Fields (included in Exhibit 1.2)
2.3(††)    Deposit Agreement among Gold Fields, Gold Fields Limited (f/k/a/Driefontein Consolidated Limited), The Bank of New York, as depositary, and the owners and beneficial owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts, dated as of February 2, 1998, as amended and restated as of May 21, 2002
2.4(††)    Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.3)
2.5(†)    Excerpts of relevant provisions of the South African Companies Act
2.6(†)    Excerpts of relevant provisions of the JSE Limited listing requirements
2.7    Amended Articles of Association of Gold Fields (included in Exhibit 1.3)
4.1(†)    The GF Non-Executive Director Share Plan, adopted October 31, 2001
4.2(†)    The GF Management Incentive Scheme, adopted November 10, 1999
4.3(††††)    Deed of Amendment to the GF Non-Executive Share Plan, adopted December 6, 2002
4.4(††††)    Deed of Amendment to the GF Management Incentive Scheme between Gold Fields Limited and Tokyo Mosima Gabriel Sexwale and Gordon Rae Parker, both in their capacity as trustees for The GF Management Incentive Trust, adopted May 4, 2001
4.5(††††)    Deed of Amendment to the GF Management Incentive Scheme between Gold Fields Limited and Tokyo Mosima Gabriel Sexwale and Gordon Rae Parker, both in their capacity as trustees for The GF Management Incentive Trust, adopted October 31, 2001
4.6(††††)    Exploration Incentive Plan, adopted on May 25, 1999, as amended on August 22, 2000
4.7(††††)    Agreement between Ian D. Cockerill and Gold Fields Guernsey Limited, effective March 1, 2004
4.8(††††)    Service Agreement between Ian D. Cockerill and GFL Mining Services Ltd., effective March 1, 2004
4.9(††††)    Service Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and GFL Mining Services Ltd., effective March 1, 2004
4.10(††††)    Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Guernsey Limited, effective March 1, 2004
4.11(††††)    Memorandum of Agreement between Anglogold Limited and Driefontein Consolidated (Proprietary) Limited, dated September 18, 2003
4.12(††††)    First Addendum of Agreement between Anglogold Limited and Driefontein Consolidated (Proprietary) Limited, dated January 27, 2004.
4.13(†††)    Purchase Agreement between Outokumpu Nickel B.V., Outokumpu Mining Oy, Gold Fields Exploration B.V. and Gold Fields Finland Oy, dated September 4, 2003


Table of Contents
No.   

Exhibit

4.14(†††)    Reorganization Agreement between Beatrix Mining Ventures Limited, Driefontein Consolidated (Proprietary) Limited, Kloof Gold Mining Company Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, Gold Fields Limited and Newshelf 706 Limited, dated July 25, 2003
4.15(††††)    Addendum Number 1 to the Reorganization Agreement between Beatrix Mining Ventures Limited, Driefontein Consolidated (Proprietary) Limited, Kloof Gold Mining Company Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, Gold Fields Limited and Newshelf 706 Limited, dated February 12, 2004
4.16(†††)    Covenants Agreement between Gold Fields Limited, Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, Lexshell 579 Investments (Proprietary) Limited and Newshelf 706 Limited, dated November 26, 2003
4.17(†††)    Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement amongst Lexshell 579 Investments (Proprietary) Limited, GFL Mining South Africa Limited and Gold Fields Limited, dated December 11, 2003
4.18(†††)    GFI-SA Loan Agreement amongst Lexshell 579 Investments (Proprietary) Limited, First Rand Bank Limited, GFI Mining South Africa Limited, Gold Fields Limited, Gold Fields Australia Proprietary Limited and Gold Fields Guernsey Limited, dated December 11, 2003
4.19(††††)    Addendum to GFI-SA Loan Agreement among Gold Fields, Mvela Gold, Gold Fields Australia, Gold Fields Guernsey Limited and GFI-SA, dated February 13, 2004
4.20(††††)    PIC Put Option Agreement between Public Investment Corporation, GFL Mining Services Limited and Gold Fields Limited, dated February 13, 2004
4.21(††††)    Agreement between Gold Fields Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, GFI Mining South Africa Limited, and Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, dated November 17, 2004
4.22(††††)    Second Addendum to GFI-SA Loan Agreement among Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, First Rand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank Division), GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Limited, Gold Fields Australia Pty Limited and Gold Fields Guernsey Limited, dated November 17, 2004
4.23(†††††)    The Gold Fields Limited and Bolivar Gold Corporation Arrangement Agreement, dated December 1, 2005
4.24(†††††)    The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan, adopted November 17, 2005
4.25(†††††)    The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan, adopted November 17, 2005
4.26(††††††)    Agreement between Gold Fields Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, GFI Mining South Africa Limited, and Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, dated July 17, 2006
4.27(††††††)    Acquisition and Framework Agreement between North American Palladium Limited, Gold Fields Exploration BV, Gold Fields Finland Oy and North American Palladium Finland Oy, dated March 24, 2006, as amended on May 12, 2006
4.28(††††††)    Service Agreement between Gold Fields Arctic Platinum Oy, North American Palladium Limited and North American Palladium Arctic Services Oy, dated March 24, 2006
4.29(††††††)    U.S.$250,000,000 Facility Agreement between Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, Gold Fields Limited, GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited, Barclays Capital, J.P. Morgan Plc, Financial Institutions (as defined in the Facility) and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, dated March 3, 2006
4.30(††††††)    Share Purchase Agreement between PDG Aureate Limited, Barrick Gold Corporation and Gold Fields Limited, dated September 11, 2006


Table of Contents
No.   

Exhibit

4.31(††††††)    Agreement between Gold Fields Limited, JCI Limited, JCI Investment Finance (Proprietary) Limited and JCI Gold Limited, dated September 11, 2006
4.32(††††††)    U.S.$150,000,000 Facility Agreement between Gold Fields La Cima S.A., The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., The Bank of Nova Scotia, The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, Scotiabank Peru S.A.A. and Financial Institutions (as defined in the Facility), dated November 14, 2006
4.33(††††††)    U.S.$1,800,000,000 Facility Agreement between GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, The Subsidiaries (as defined in the Facility), Citibank, N.A. London Branch, J.P. Morgan Plc, Financial Institutions (as defined in the Facility) and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, dated November 24, 2006
4.34    Third Addendum to GFI-SA Loan Agreement among Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited, First Rand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank Division), GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Limited, Gold Fields Australia Pty Limited and Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited, dated August 24, 2007
4.35    Agreement between Mvela Holdings (Proprietary Limited), Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, The Phalali Investment Trust, Newshelf 848 (Proprietary) Limited, Newshelf 849 (Proprietary) Limited, P L Zim and Afripalm Resources (Proprietary) Limited, dated March 30, 2007
4.36    Agreement between Mvela Holdings (Proprietary Limited), Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, The Phalali Investment Trust, Newshelf 848 (Proprietary) Limited, Newshelf 849 (Proprietary) Limited, P L Zim and Afripalm Resources (Proprietary) Limited, dated April 26, 2007
4.37    U.S.$750,000,000 Facility Agreement between GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, Western Areas Limited, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Barclays Capital and Barclays Bank plc, dated May 16, 2007
4.38    Rand 500,000,000 Facility Agreement between Absa Capital (a division of Absa Bank Limited) and GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, dated August 21, 2007
4.39    Combination Agreement between Rusoro Mining Ltd. and Gold Fields Netherlands B.V., dated October 11, 2007 and effective October 12, 2007
4.40    Share Purchase Agreement between Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, Gold Fields Essakane (BVI) Limited, Orezone Essakane (BVI) Limited and Orezone Resources Inc., dated October 10, 2007 and effective October 11, 2007
4.41    Agreement between Ian D. Cockerill and GFL Mining Services Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007
4.42    Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and GFL Mining Services Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007
4.43    Agreement between Ian D. Cockerill and Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007
4.44    Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007
4.45    Agreement between Ian D. Cockerill and Gold Fields Orogen Holdings (BVI) Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007
4.46    Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Orogen Holdings (BVI) Limited, dated September 7, 2007 and effective March 1, 2007
8.1    Amended list of subsidiaries of the registrant


Table of Contents
No.   

Exhibit

12.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer
12.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer
13.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer
13.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer

(†) Incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2002.

 

(††) Incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 24, 2002.

 

(†††) Incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2003.

 

(††††) Incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 26, 2004.

 

(†††††) Incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2005.

 

(††††††) Incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 24, 2006.

Exhibit 1.3

ANNEXURE A

GOLD FIELDS LIMITED

(Registration number: 1968/004880/06)

SPECIAL RESOLUTION NUMBER 2

Amendment of Articles of Association of the Company

“RESOLVED that, subject to the passing and registration of special resolution number 1, the company, in terms of section 62(1) of the Act, amend its Articles of Association by the insertion of a new Article 37 after the existing Article 36 as follows:

 

37 Rights and privileges attaching to the non-convertible redeemable preference shares

The rights and privileges attaching to the non-convertible redeemable preference shares in the share capital of the Company shall be the following:

 

  37.1 The non-convertible redeemable preference shares in the share capital of the Company shall be allotted and issued at such premium per the non-convertible redeemable preference shares as may be determined by the directors at the time of and in respect of each allotment of the non-convertible redeemable preference shares.

 

  37.2 The non-convertible redeemable preference shares shall confer the right to receive out of the profits of the Company available for distribution as determined by the Company from time to time or out of capital, subject to section 90 of the Act, such dividend may be determined by the directors at the time of and in respect of each allotment of the non-convertible redeemable preference shares, such dividend as to be calculated, authorised, declared and paid in such manner and on such dates as may be determined by the directors at the time of and in respect of each allotment of the non-convertible redeemable preference shares.

 

  37.3 In the event of a winding-up of the Company, the holders of the non-convertible redeemable preference shares shall be entitled to receive in full out of the assets of the Company and in priority to the ordinary shares in the share capital of the Company, such amount as may be determined by the directors at the time of and in respect of each allotment of the non-convertible redeemable preference shares.

 

  37.4 The non-convertible redeemable preference shares may confer further rights to participate in the profits or assets of the Company, as determined by the directors at the time of and in respect of each allotment of non-convertible redeemable preference shares.

 

  37.5 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the non-convertible redeemable preference shares shall be liable to be redeemed on such basis as may be determined by the directors at the time of and in respect of each allotment of the nonconvertible redeemable preference shares.


  37.6 The Company shall, subject to the provisions of the Act, be entitled to redeem the premium payable on redemption of the non-convertible redeemable preference shares out of its share premium account or any other permitted source on such basis as may be determined by the directors at the time of and in respect of each allotment of the non-convertible redeemable preference shares.

 

  37.7 Unless otherwise determined by the directors at the time of each allotment of the non-convertible redeemable preference shares, a non-convertible redeemable preference share shall entitle the holder thereof to receive notice of and attend at any general meeting of the Company, but not to vote except –

 

  37.7.1 during any period determined in accordance with 37.8, during which any dividend or any part of any dividend on such non-convertible redeemable preference shares or any redemption payment thereon remains in arrear and unpaid; or

 

  37.7.2 in regard to any resolution proposed which directly affects any of the rights attached to such non-convertible redeemable preference shares or the interests of the holders thereof, including a resolution for the winding up of the Company or for the reduction of its capital.

 

  37.8 The period referred to in 37.7.1 shall be a period commencing on a date specified by the directors at the time of each allotment of the non-convertible redeemable preference shares, not being more than six months after the due date of the dividend of redemption payment in question, or, where no due date is specified, after the end of the financial year of the Company in respect of which such dividend accrues or such redemption payment became due.

 

  37.9 Subject to the provisions of the Act and Article 37.7, holders of the non-convertible redeemable preference shares shall, upon a poll, be entitled to that proportion of the total votes in the Company which the aggregate of the par value of the non- convertible redeemable preference shares held by such holders bears to the aggregate of the par values of all shares entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company. On a show of hands any non-convertible redeemable preference shareholder entitled to vote in terms of Article 37.7 shall be entitled to one vote.

 

  37.10 A holder of any non-convertible redeemable preference share shall, when that holder is entitled to vote in respect of a resolution for which a shareholders’ resolution is required in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements, have (on the basis of the provisions set out in Section 185(4) (b) of the Companies Act).

(a) the number of votes in respect of all non-convertible redeemable preference shares of a class held by that holder, which is calculated (based on the number of votes attributable to the relevant shares using their par value) pro rata to all the issued non-convertible redeemable preference shares, irrespective of class, of the company, which issued non-convertible redeemable preference shares are entitled to be voted at the relevant meeting:

(b) which number of votes shall be limited to that non-convertible redeemable preference shareholder’s said pro rata portion of the number of votes equal to 25% less one vote, of the number of votes to which all shareholder (including the holders of non-convertible redeemable preference shares of whatever class) are entitled to


cast (based on the number of votes attributable to the relevant shares using their par value) at the said meeting (with any cumulative fraction of a vote in respect of any shares held by a non-convertible redeemable preference shareholder rounded down to the nearest whole number).

 

  37.11 Upon issue of the non-convertible redeemable preference shares the Company will make an announcement on SENS advising shareholders of the terms upon which the non-convertible redeemable preference shares were issued.”

Reason for and effect of the Special Resolution Number 2

Non-convertible redeemable preference shares are after-tax funding instruments.

The reason for the passing of this special resolution is to provide the company with a mechanism to raise cost-effective capital equivalent to debt finance as part of a general capital management programme which, in the opinion of the directors, is deemed appropriate for the activities of the company.

The effect of the passing of this special resolution is that it will provide the company with a mechanism to achieve flexibility and access economical and efficient funding in order to finance the company’s future working capital requirements, capital expenditure and for other corporate purposes without diluting the ordinary share capital of the company.

Exhibit 4.34

 


THIRD ADDENDUM TO GFI-SA LOAN AGREEMENT

Amongst

MVELAPHANDA GOLD (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED

(acting through its RAND MERCHANT BANK division)

GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

GOLD FIELDS LIMITED

GOLD FIELDS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED

and

GOLD FIELDS HOLDINGS COMPANY (BVI) GUERNSEY LIMITED LOGO

LOGO

 



T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

1.

   PARTIES    1

2.

   ADDENDUM    1

3.

   VARIANCE    1

4.

   AMENDMENTS    2

5.

   VARIATION    2

6.

   SAVINGS    2

7.

   COUNTERPARTS    3

LOGO

 


THIRD ADDENDUM TO GFI-SA LOAN AGREEMENT

 

1. PARTIES

 

1.1 The Parties to this Agreement are:

 

1.1.1          MVELAPHANDA GOLD (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED;

 

1.1.2          FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED (acting through is RAND MERCHANT BANK division;

 

1.1.3          GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED;

 

1.1.4          GOLD FIELDS LIMITED;

 

1.1.5          GOLD FIELDS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED; and

 

1.1.6          GOLD FIELDS HOLDINGS COMPANY (BVI) GUERNSEY LIMITED. LOGO

 

1.2 The Parties agree as set out below.

 

2. ADDENDUM

 

2.1 This Agreement forms an addendum to the written agreement entitled “GFI- SA Loan Agreement” (the “GFI-SA Loan Agreement” ) concluded between the Parties referred to in clause 1 dated 11 December 2003 as amended by an addendum thereto dated 13 February 2004 and a further addendum thereto dated 18 November 2004.

 

2.2 All words and expressions defined in the GFI-SA Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning herein unless otherwise stated or the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

3. VARIANCE

 

3.1 Clause 26.5.1 of the GFI-SA Loan Agreement provides inter alia that no addition to, amendment to or variation of the GFI-SA Loan Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or and on behalf of all the Parties.

LOGO


3.2 The Parties wish to amend the GFI-SA Loan Agreement for the purposes set out in clause 4 below and have accordingly, pursuant to clause 26.5.1 of the GFI-SA Loan Agreement, agreed to reduce such amendments to writing.

 

4. AMENDMENTS

 

4.1 Clause 2.2 (Financial Definitions) is hereby amended by the deletion of the definition of “Net Debt Service”.

 

4.2 Clause 18.1 (Financial Condition) of the GFI-SA Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

4.2.1 clause 18.1.1 is amended by deleting the references to “6:1” and replacing it with a reference to “ 5:1 ” and by adding the word “and” at the end of clause 18.1.1;

 

4.2.2 clause 18.1.3 is amended by deleting the reference to “2:1” and replacing it with a reference to “2.5:1 ”;

 

4.2.3 clause 18.1.2 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the words “Intentionally deleted”;

 

4.2.4 clause 18.1.4 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the words “Intentionally deleted”,

 

4.3 Schedule 3 (Form of Compliance Certificate) is hereby amended by deleting paragraph 3.2 (Consolidated EBITDA to Net Debt Service).

 

5. VARIATION

No agreement to vary, add to or cancel this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the Parties.

 

6. SAVINGS

Save as set out herein the GFI-SA Loan Agreement remains of full force and effect.

LOGO

 

Page 2


7. COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement,

SIGNED at                                          on this the      day of                      2007.

 

For and on behalf of
MVELAPHANDA GOLD (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

 

Name:

Capacity:
Who warrants his authority hereto

SIGNED at LOGO on this the 24 th day of August 2007.

 

For and on behalf of

FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED (acting

through its RAND MERCHANT BANK

division)

LOGO

Name:   LOGO
Capacity:   Authorized Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto

LOGO

Name:   LOGO
Capacity:   Authorized Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto

LOGO

 

Page 3


SIGNED at PARKTOWN on this the 4 th day of SEPT 2007.

 

For and on behalf of

GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA

(PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

LOGO

Name:
Capacity:
Who warrants his authority hereto

SIGNED at PARKTOWN on this the 4 th day of SEPT 2007.

 

For and on behalf of
GOLD FIELDS LIMITED

LOGO

Name:
Capacity:
Who warrants his authority hereto

SIGNED at WEST PERTH on this the 5 th day of SEPT 2007.

 

For and on behalf of
GOLD FIELDS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED

LOGO

Name:   Neville K Bergin
Capacity:  
Who warrants his authority hereto

LOGO

 

Page 4


SIGNED at PARKTOWN on this the 4 th day of Sept 2007.

 

For and on behalf of
GOLD FIELDS HOLDINGS COMPANY (BVI) GUERNSEY LIMITED

LOGO

Name:
Capacity:
Who warrants his authority hereto

LOGO

 

Page 5

Exhibit 4.35

Mr ID Cockerill

Gold Fields Limited

30 March 2007

Dear Ian

 

1. Gold Fields Limited (“Gold Fields”) , Mvelaphanda Holdings (Proprietary) Limited (“Mvela Holdings”) , Mvelaphanda Resources Limited (“Mvela Resources”) , Mvelaphanda Gold (Propriety) Limited (“Mvela Gold”) , a wholly owned subsidiary of Mvela Resources, and GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited (“GFIMSA”) , a wholly owned subsidiary of Gold Fields, entered into various agreements comprising a transaction (“Gold Fields Transaction”) for the acquisition by Mvela Gold of, inter alia, a 15% Interest in GFIMSA, including the following agreements:

 

  1.1 on 26 November 2003, Gold Fields, Mvela Resources, Mvela Gold and GFIMSA entered into a covenants agreement (“Initial Covenants Agreement”) which regulated, inter alia, the relationship between Gold Fields, Mvela Resources and Mvela Gold in respect of GFIMSA;

 

  1.2 on 13 February 2004:

 

  1.2.1 Mvela Gold, Micawber 325 (Proprietary) Limited (“Mezz SPV”) and FirstRand Bank Limited (“FirstRand”) entered into a loan agreement (“Initial Mezz SPV Loan Agreement”) which regulated, inter alia, the advance of a loan from Mezz SPV to Mvela Gold;

 

  1.2.2 Gold Fields, GFIMSA, Mvela Resources, Mvela Holdings, Mvela Gold, FirstRand and Mezz SPV entered into a sponsor support, guarantee and retention agreement (“Initial Sponsor Support Agreement”) in terms of which, inter alia, Mvela Resources and Mvela Holdings assumed certain obligations. The Initial Sponsor Support Agreement was amended by an addendum dated 12 March 2004 (“2004 Addendum”) ; and

 

  1.2.3 the parties in annexure A hereto (“Parties”) entered into a transaction participant agreement (“Transaction Participant Agreement”) in respect of the Gold Fields Transaction or became party to the Transaction Participant Agreement by accession. In terms of clause 5.1 of the Transaction Participant Agreement, each Party undertook in favour of the other Parties not to agree to any addition to, amendment to, variation or cancellation of the Transaction Documents (as defined therein) to which it is a party without the prior written consent of all the other Parties.

LOGO


2. Mvela Holdings held approximately 22,9% of the issued share capital of Mvela Resources at the time of Implementation of the Initial Covenants Agreement.

 

3. On 17 November 2004, an agreement (“2004 Agreement”) was entered into which, inter alia, amended the provisions of the Gold Fields Transaction relating to the possible acquisition by Mvela Gold of ordinary shares in the capital of Gold Fields.

 

4. In 2004, Mvela Holdings and Mvelaphanda Group Limited (then Rebserve Limited) (“Mvela Group”) entered into an agreement (“MH Disposal Agreement”) in terms of which Mvela Holdings sold, inter alia, its shareholding in Mvela Resources to Mvela Group in consideration for the issue to Mvela Holdings of ordinary shares comprising pursuant to their issue a majority of the issued ordinary share capital of Mvela Group. Accordingly, an implementation of the MH Disposal Agreement, Mvela Holdings hold more than 50% of the issued ordinary share capital of Mvela Group, which in turn held approximately 22,9% of the issued share capital of Mvela Resources.

 

5. Following on, and by reason of, the MH Disposal Agreement, the Initial Sponsor Support Agreement (as amended (if applicable) by the 2004 Agreement and as amended by the 2004 Addendum), the Initial Mezz SPV Loan Agreement (as amended (if applicable) by the 2004 Agreement) and the Initial Covenants Agreement (as amended (if applicable) by the 2004 Agreement) were amended by an addendum dated in or about 2005 (“2005 Addendum”) .

 

6. In an agreement dated 17 January 2006, Mvela Holdings acquired a 6% shareholding in Mvela Resources.

 

7. In 2006, Mvela Holdings and Mvela Group entered into an agreement (“MG Disposal Agreement”) in which Mvela Group sold its shareholding in Mvela Resources back to Mvela Holdings.

 

8. Following on, and by reason of, the MG Disposal Agreement, the Initial Sponsor Support Agreement (as amended (if applicable) by the 2004 Agreement and as amended by the 2004 Addendum and the 2005 Addendum), the Initial Mezz SPV Loan Agreement (as amended (if applicable) by the 2004 Agreement and as amended by the 2005 Addendum) and the Initial Covenants Agreement (as amended (if applicable) by the 2004 Agreement and as amended by the 2005 Addendum) were amended by an addendum dated in or about 2006 (“2006 Addendum”) .

 

9. For ease of reference, the 2006 Addendum consolidated the contents of the 2004 Addendum

 

LOGO

 

2


 

and the 2005 Addendum into one document, such that the 2006 Addendum and the 2004 Agreement constituted the sole amendments to the Initial Mezz SPV Loan Agreement, the Initial Sponsor Support Agreement and the Initial Covenants Agreement (the Initial Mezz SPV Loan Agreement, the Initial Sponsor Support Agreement and the Initial Covenants Agreement (all as amended, if applicable, by the 2004 Agreement and amended by the 2006 Addendum) being referred to hereinafter as the “Current Mezz SPV Loan Agreement” , the “Current Sponsor Support Agreement” and the “Current Covenants Agreement” respectively).

 

10. Mvela Holdings currently holds approximately 28,9% of the issued ordinary share capital of Mvela Resources and manages the day-day operations of Mvela Resources in terms of a management agreement (“Management Agreement”) .

 

11. Mvela Holdings and Mvela Resources have now entered into a transaction (“Afripalm Transaction”) with Afripalm Resources (Proprietary) Limited (“Afripalm Resources”) in which Mvela Resources has agreed to:

 

  11.1 Issue 40 00 000 ordinary shares in the capital of Mvela Resources (“Ordinary Shares”) and 35 000 000 A ordinary shares in the capital of Mvela Resources (“A Ordinary Shares”) to Newshelf 848 (Proprietary) Limited (“Afripalm1”) , a wholly owned subsidiary of Afripalm Resources; and

 

  11.2 grant an option to Newshelf 849 (Proprietary) Limited (“Afripalm2”) , another wholly owned subsidiary of Afripalm Resources, to subscribe for 10 000 000 Ordinary Shares.

 

12. The Afripalm Transaction includes, inter alia, an agreement, as amended from time to time (“Afripalm Main Agreement”) :

 

  12.1 which regulates, inter alia, the relationship of Mvela Holdings, Afripalm1 and Afripalm2 as shareholders of Mvela Resources; and

 

  12.2 in terms of which Mvela Resources has undertaken to issue Ordinary Shares to Afripalm1 if members of the Afripalm Group (as defined in the Afripalm Main Agreement) refer “Opportunities” (as defined in the Afripalm Main Agreement”) to Mvela Resources which are thereafter acquired (and such acquisition is implemented) by Mvela Resources or its nominee, which may include GFIMSA.

 

13. Given the increase in the HDSA shareholding in Mvela Resources as a result of the Afripalm Transaction and the wish to return full management control to the Mvela Resources board of directors, a decision has been taken to terminate the Management Agreement, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in 24 below.

 

LOGO

 

3


14.

1 600 (one thousand six hundred) ordinary shares in the capital of Afripalm1 (“Afripalm1 Ordinary Shares ”) , constituting all the issued shares in the capital of Afripalm1, are Beneficially Owned by, and are under the Voting Control of, Afripalm Resources. In the Afripalm Transaction:

 

  14.1 “Beneficial Ownership” of a share means the right to participate in all distributions of any nature which are declared or made in terms of the rights attaching to that share, whether or not the person so participating holds that share;

 

  14.2 “Voting Control” of a share means having the right, power or ability to direct or determine the manner of exercise of the voting rights attaching to that share at meetings of holders of the class of shares into which that share falls, whether or not the person having such right, power or ability holds that share.

 

15. 1 000 (one thousand) ordinary shares in the capital of Afripalm2, constituting all the issued shares in the capital of Afripalm2, are Beneficially Owned by, and are under the Voting Control of, Afripalm Resources. Afripalm Resources intends to procure that at least 51% (fifty one percent) of the issued share capital of Afripalm2 is transferred by 30 September 2007 to a trust, at least 95% of the beneficiaries of which will be women who are HDSAs (as defined in the Afripalm Main Agreement) (“HDSAs”) and who will aggregate at least 5 000 (five thousand) in number.

 

16. The issued shares of Afripalm Resources comprise 70 000 000 (seventy million) ordinary shares (“Initial Afripalm Resources Shares”) :

 

  16.1 30 030 000 (thirty million and thirty thousand) of which, constituting 42,9% (forty-two comma nine percent) of the Initial Afripalm Resources Shares, are Beneficially Owned by, and 55 020 000 (fifty five million and twenty thousand) of which, constituting 78,6% (seventy eight comma six percent) of the Initial Afripalm Resources Shares, are under the Voting Control of, the Phalali Investment Trust (“Phalali Trust”) . The Phalali Trust’s sole beneficiaries are and shall at all times be Lazarus Zim, his spouse and/or any of his direct and/or indirect descendants from time to time (so long as they are HDSAs);

 

  16.2 10 010 000 (ten million and ten thousand) of which, constituting 14,3% (fourteen comma three percent) of the Initial Afripalm Resources Shares, are Beneficially Owned by the Letchme Trust. The Letchme Trust’s sole beneficiaries are and shall at all times be Ragavan Moonsamy, his spouse and/or his direct and/or indirect descendants from time to time (so long as they are HDSAs);

 

LOGO

 

4


  16.3 14 980 000 (fourteen million nine hundred and eighty thousand) of which, constituting approximately 21,4% (twenty one comma four percent) of the initial Afripalm Resources Shares, are Beneficially Owned by the Oakbay Trust. The Oakbay Trust’s sole beneficiaries are and shall at all times be A Gupta, R Gupta, their respective spouses and/or their respective direct and/or indirect descendants from time to time; and

 

  16.4 14 980 000 (fourteen million nine hundred and eighty thousand) of which, constituting approximately 21,4% (twenty one comma four percent) of the initial Afripalm Resources Shares, are Beneficially Owned by, and under the Voting Control of, Unipalm Investment Holdings Limited (“Unipalm”). Unipalm is a broad-based black empowerment company.

 

17. By a date (“Trust Formation Date”) no later than 30 September 2007, Afripalm Resources will allot and issue the following new ordinary shares in the capital of Afripalm Resources (“New Afripalm Resources Shares”) :

 

  17.1 10 000 000 (ten million) New Afripalm Resources Shares to the Afripalm Women’s Trust. This trust is to be created solely and exclusively for the benefit of women who are HDSAs;

 

  17.2 10 000 000 (ten million) New Afripalm Resources Shares to the Afripalm Strategic Trust. This trust wilt be created solely and exclusively for the benefit of strategic persons and a community or communities comprising a broad-based group of HDSAs. At least 80% (eighty percent) of:

 

  17.2.1 the Afripalm Strategic Trust’s beneficiaries (whether discretionary, vested or otherwise) are required to be HDSAs; and

 

  17.2.2 each income or capital award or distribution made by the Afripalm Strategic Trust are required at all times to be made to HDSAs only;

 

  17.3 10 000 000 (ten million) New Afripalm Resources Shares to the Afripalm Employees Trust. This trust is to be created solely and exclusively for the benefit of employees of Afripalm Resources. At least 60% (sixty percent) of:

 

  17.3.1 the Afripalm Employees Trust’s beneficiaries (whether discretionary, vested or otherwise) are required to be HDSAs; and

 

  17.3.2 each income or capital award or distribution made by the Afripalm Employees Trust are required at all times to be made to HDSAs only.

 

LOGO

 

5


18. On implementation of the allotments and issues referred to in 17:

 

  18.1 all the Initial Afripalm Resources Shares and New Afripalm Resources Shares (collectively referred to hereinafter as the Afripalm Resources Shares ) will be Beneficially Owned as follows:

 

  18.1.1 30 030 000 (thirty million and thirty thousand) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 30% (thirty percent) thereof, by the Phalali Trust;

 

  18.1.2 10 010 000 (ten million and ten thousand) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 10% (ten percent) thereof, by the Letchme Trust;

 

  18.1.3 14 980 000 (fourteen million nine hundred and eighty thousand) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 15% (fifteen percent) thereof, by the Oakbay Trust;

 

  18.1.4 14 980 000 (fourteen million nine hundred and eighty thousand) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 15% (fifteen percent) thereof, by Unipalm;

 

  18.1.5 10 000 000 (ten million) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 10% (ten percent) thereof, by the Afripalm Women’s Trust;

 

  18.1.6 10 000 000 (ten million) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 10% (ten percent) thereof, by the Afripalm Strategic Trust; and

 

  18.1.7 10 000 000 (ten million) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 10% (ten percent) thereof, by the Afripalm Employees Trust;

 

  18.2 Voting Control over all the Afripalm Resources Shares will vest in the following persons and in the following proportions:

 

  18.2.1 55 020 000 (fifty five million twenty thousand) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 55% (fifty five percent) thereof, by the Phalali Trust;

 

  18.2.2 14 980 000 (fourteen million nine hundred and eighty thousand) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 15% (fifteen percent) thereof, by Unipalm;

 

  18.2.3 10 000 000 (ten million) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 10% (ten percent) thereof, by the Afripalm Women’s Trust;

 

LOGO

 

6


  18.2.4 10 000 000 (ten million) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 10% (ten percent) thereof, by the Afripalm Strategic Trust; and

 

  18.2.5 10 000 000 (ten million) Afripalm Resources Shares, constituting approximately 10% (ten percent) thereof, by the Afripalm Employees Trust.

 

19. Depfin Investments (Proprietary) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Nedbank Limited, (“Nedbank”) and Blackstar Investors plc (“Blackstar”) will enter into agreements (“Afripalm Funding Agreements”) in which they agree to fund the subscriptions by Afripalm1 referred to in 11.1. On Implementation of these agreements:

 

  19.1 one or more subsidiaries of Nedbank will Beneficially Own, and have Voting Control over, A preference shares, B preference shares and C preference shares in the issued share capital of Afripalm1;

 

  19.2 Blackstar (or a Subsidiary of Blackstar) will Beneficially Own, and have Voting Control over, C preference shares in the issued capital of Afripalm1.

 

20. Organograms setting out the Afripalm structure as at the signature date of the Afripalm Main Agreement and as at the Trust Formation Date are annexures B and C hereto.

 

21. The Afripalm Transaction is subject to certain amendments being effected to the Current Mezz SPV Loan Agreement, the Current Sponsor Support Agreement and the Current Covenants Agreement.

 

22. Accordingly, the Parties wish to amend the Currant Mezz SPV Loan Agreement, the Current Sponsor Support Agreement and the Current Covenants Agreement on the terms and conditions stipulated in this letter.

 

23. Clause headings in this letter are used for convenience only and shall be ignored in its interpretation.

 

24. Conditions Precedent

 

  24.1 The whole of this letter (other than the provisions of this 24, 29, 30, 31 and 32, which shall became effective on signature of this letter by its last signing signatory) is subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions precedent (“Conditions Precedent”) :

 

  24.1.1 all suspensive conditions to which the Afripalm Main Agreement is subject (save for any which relate to this letter) are fulfilled (or waived, as the case may be) within the time periods specified therein;

 

LOGO

 

7


  24.1.2 by no later than 30 April 2007, each party to the Afripalm Main Agreement acknowledges in writing (on terms acceptable to each of Gold Fields, Mvela Holdings, Afripalm Resources and Mvela Resources, acting reasonably) that, until expiry of the period referred to in clause 15.1 of the Current Covenants Agreement (as amended under 27), Mvela Resources is obliged to refer to GFIMSA any “opportunity” (as defined in clause 15.1 of the Current Covenants Agreement (as amended under 27)) which an Afripalm Member (as defined in clause 16.2.2 of the Afripalm Main Agreement) refers to it in accordance with clause 16.2 of the Afripalm Main Agreement;

 

  24.1.3 by no later than 30 April 2007, each Afripalm Warrantor furnishes Gold Fields with a written undertaking in favour of Gold Fields and GFIMSA (on terms acceptable to each of Gold Fields, Mvela Holdings, Afripalm Resources and Mvela Resources, acting reasonably) not to agree, without the prior written consent of Gold Fields, to any addition to, amendment to, or variation or cancellation of, the lock-up provisions set out in clause 7 of the Afripalm Main Agreement (if that addition, amendment, variation accelerates the date on which a restriction in such clause 7 terminates to a date prior to the “repayment date” (as defined in the Current Covenants Agreement (as amended under 27));

 

  24.1.4 by no later than 30 April 2007, the provisions of clause 14 (call option) of the Afripalm Main Agreement are amended (on terms acceptable each of Gold Fields, Mvela Holdings, Afripalm Resources and Mvela Resources, acting reasonably) to grant Gold Fields (or its nominee) an option to purchase those of the “Call Option Shares” (as defined in the Afripalm Main Agreement) of Afripalm1 which are neither purchased nor otherwise acquired by Mvela Holdings (or its nominee), nor purchased or otherwise acquired by Mvela Resources (or its nominee), under the provisions of such clause 14;

 

  24.1.5 by no later than 30 April 2007, each of Afripalm Resources and Afripalm1 procures that each of Nedbank and Blackstar enters into an agreement with Mvela Resources (on terms acceptable to each of Gold Fields, Mvela Holdings, Afripalm Resources and Mvela Resources, acting reasonably) in which;

 

  24.1.5.1 each of Nedbank and Blackstar undertakes that it will not exercise any right it has under the Afripalm Funding Agreements to purchase or otherwise acquire or sell, alienate, donate, cede, assign or otherwise

 

LOGO

 

8


 

transfer or dispose of any shares in the capital of Afripalm1, and undertakes that it will not exercise any right it has under the Afripalm Funding Agreements to purchase or otherwise acquire or sell, alienate, donate, cede, assign or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of the ordinary shares in the capital of Mvela Resources held from time to time by Afripalm1, unless and until it offers Mvela Resources the right to acquire (at Mvela Resources’ election) those shares in the capital of Afripalm1 or those ordinary shares in the capital of Mvela Resources then held by Afripalm1 (as the case may be); and

 

  24.1.5.2 Afripalm1 consents to the giving of the undertaking in 24.1.5,1; and

 

  24.1.6 by no later than 30 April 2007, each of Afripalm Resources and Afripalm1 procures that Nedbank and Blackstar deliver a letter to Gold Fields in which:

 

  24.1.6.1 each of Nedbank and Blackstar undertakes that, if, and to the extent to which, Mvela Resources does not exercise its right pursuant to 24.1.5.1, neither Nedbank nor Blackstar will exercise any right it has under the Afripalm Funding Agreements to purchase or otherwise acquire or sell, alienate, donate, cede, assign or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares in the capital of Afripalm1, and that neither Nedbank nor Blackstar will exercise any right it has under the Afripalm Funding Agreements to purchase or otherwise acquire or sell, alienate, donate, cede, assign or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of the ordinary shares in the capital of Mvela Resources held from time to time by Afripalm1 unless it first offers GFIMSA the right to acquire (at GFIMSA’s election) those of the shares in the capital of Afripalm1, or those of the ordinary shares in the capital of Mvela Resources held at that time by Afripalm1 (as the case may be); and

 

  24.1.6.2 Afripalm1 consents to the giving of the undertaking in 24.1.6.1.

 

  24.2 Each of Afripalm Resources, Afripalm1, Afripalm2 and Mvela Resources (and, in respect of the Conditions Precedent in 24.1.2, 24.1.3, 24.1.4, and 24.1.5, Gold Fields and GFIMSA) undertakes to use its reasonable commercial endeavours to procure the fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent.

 

  24.3 If any of the Conditions Precedent is not fulfilled on or before the relevant outside date specified in 24.1:

 

  24.3.1 this letter (other than the clauses referred to in clause 24.1 which shall continue to be of force and effect) shall be of no force and effect;

 

LOGO

 

9


  24.3.2 the Parties shall be restored in relation to the subject matter of this letter to the positions in which they were immediately prior to signature of this letter; and

 

  24.3.3 no Party shall have any claim against any other as a result of such non-fulfillment save in circumstances where a Party has deliberately frustrated the fulfillment thereof or has breached 24.2.

 

  24.4 Each of Mvela Holdings, Mvela Resources, Mvela Gold, Afripalm Resources (Proprietary) Limited, Afripalm1, Afripalm2, Gold Fields, GFIMSA, Gold Fields Holding Company (BVI) Limited and Gold Fields Australia (Proprietary) Limited shall, on fulfillment (or waiver as the case may be) of the Conditions Precedent and signature of this letter by them, be bound by this letter (as against each other) and shall (as against each other) remain bound thereby, even if this letter is not signed by any of the other parties listed in annexure A hereto.

 

25. Amendments to the Current Sponsor Support Agreement

 

  25.1 With effect from the date on which all the shares referred to in 11.1 are issued to Afripalm1 pursuant to the fulfillment of the last fulfilled of the Conditions Precedent on (“Closing Date”) , clause 10 of the Current Sponsor Support Agreement is replaced in its entirely with the following:

 

  “10. Retention

 

  10.1 Each of MHL, Afripalm Resources, Afripalm1 and Afripalm2 hereby undertakes in favour of Mezz SPV and GFL that for as long as (a) any payment obligations of Mvela Gold remain outstanding under the Mezz SPV Loan Agreement or (b) any obligations of Mvela Gold remain outstanding under the Subscription and Share Exchange Agreement:

 

  10.1.1 each of MHL, Afripalm Resources, Afripalm1 and Afripalm2 shall be an HDSA Company;

 

  10.1.2 MHL, Afripalm Resources, Afripalm1 and/or Afripalm2 will in aggregate have:

 

  10.1.2.1 Beneficial Ownership over no less than 26% (twenty six percent) of the Issued ordinary share capital of the Sponsor (“Ordinary Shares”) (for avoidance of doubt, the term “Ordinary Shares” exclude the Voting Shares); and

 

LOGO

 

10


  10.1.2.2 Voting Control over no less than 50% (fifty percent) plus one Ordinary Share or Voting Share of the aggregate of the Voting Shares and the Ordinary Shares;

 

  10.1.3 MHL, Afripalm Resources, Afripalm1, Afripalm2 and HDSAs will in the aggregate have Board Control of the Sponsor (for the purpose of this clause 10.1.3 “Board Control” means MHL, Afripalm Resources, Afripalm1 and/or Afripalm2 and HDSAs having appointed such number of nominee directors of the Sponsor as, when aggregated with the other HDSA directors of the Sponsor, constitute a majority of directors on the board of the Sponsor);

 

  10.2 For purposes of clause 10.1 –

 

  10.2.1 an “HDSA Company” is a company which either is owned or controlled (whether directly or indirectly) by HDSAs and/or is owned or controlled (whether directly or indirectly) by any other company which is an “HDSA company” as contemplated from time to time in the Mining Charter. Without limiting the aforegoing, a company is owned by HDSAs if:

 

  10.2.1.1 HDSAs beneficially own at least 50,1% of the issued ordinary share capital of that company; or

 

  10.2.1.2 one or more trusts, the majority of whose beneficiaries are HDSAs, beneficially own at least 50,1% of the issued ordinary share capital of that company;

 

  10.2.2 “Beneficial Ownership” of a share means the entitlement to participate in the distribution of profits, reserves, capital, share premium or any other dividend or distribution arising in respect of that share, whether or not the person having such entitlement is the registered holder of that share;

 

LOGO

 

11


  10.2.3 “Voting-Control” of a share means having the right, power or ability to direct or determine the manner of exercise of the voting rights attaching to that share at meetings of holders of the class of shares into which that share falls, whether or not the person having such right, power or ability is the registered holder of that share;

 

  10.2.4 “Voting Shares” means the A ordinary shares in the issued share capital of the Sponsor which will rank pari passu with the Ordinary Shares with respect to voting rights at meetings of holders of Ordinary Shares but do not entitle the holder to participate in or receive any dividends or capital distributions declared, paid or distributed by the Sponsor and/or any other payments made by the Sponsor and shall not have the right to participate in the profits or assets of the Sponsor.

 

  10.3 Within 120 (one hundred and twenty) days after the end of each of its financial years, each of MHL, Afripalm Resources, Afripalm1 and Afripalm2 shall provide Mezz SPV with a certificate signed by its chief financial officer certifying that it is not in breach of the provisions of clause 10.1.”

 

  25.2 By its signature of this letter and with effect from the Closing Date, each of Afripalm Resources, Afripalm1 and Afripalm2 agrees to give the undertakings set out in clause 10 of the Current Sponsor Support Agreement (as amended under 25.1) and agrees to become a party to the Current Sponsor Support Agreement (as amended under 25.1), its domicllia for such purpose being:

 

  physical   

2nd Floor

135 West Street

Sandown

Sandton

  
  facsimile    011) 884-6010   
  (marked; “Attention: The Chief Executive Officer”).

 

LOGO

 

12


26. Amendments to the Current Mezz SPV Loan Agreement

With effect from the Closing Date, the Current Mezz SPV Loan Agreement is hereby amended by the:

 

  26.1 substitution of the definition of a “BEE Company” in clause 2 thereof with the following definition;

“BEE Company” means a company in which:

(I) HDSAs have in the aggregate:

 

   

Beneficial Ownership over no less than 26% (twenty six percent) of its issued ordinary shares (“Ordinary Shares”) (for avoidance of doubt, the term “Ordinary Shares” excludes Voting Shares); and

 

   

Voting Control over no less than 50% (fifty percent) plus one Voting Share or Equity Share of the aggregate of its Voting Shares and its Ordinary Shares; and

(II) HDSAs have Board Control (for which purpose “Board Control” means HDSAs having such number of nominee directors of that company as, when aggregated with the other directors of that company who are HDSAs, constitutes a majority of the directors thereof);

 

  26.2 addition of a new definition after the definition of “BEE Letter of Undertaking” as follows:

“Beneficial Ownership” of a share means the entitlement to participate in the distribution of profits, reserves, capital, share premium or any other dividend or distribution arising in respect of that share, whether or not the person having such entitlement is the registered holder of that share.”;

 

  26.3 addition of two new definitions after the definition of “VAT” as follows:

“Voting Control” of a share means having the right, power or ability to direct or determine the manner of exercise of the voting rights attaching to that share at meetings of holders of the class of shares into which that share falls, whether or not the person having such right, power or ability is the registered holder of that share;’.

 

LOGO

 

13


“Voting Share” means an A ordinary share in the issued share capital of Mvela Resources which will rank pari passu with each Ordinary Share with respect to voting rights at meetings of holders of Ordinary Shares but does not entitle the holder to participate in any distribution of profits, revenues, capital, share premium or other dividend or distribution which is based on, or linked to, the profitability of Mvela Resources or which otherwise entitles the holder thereof to any such distribution beyond a specified amount.

 

27. Amendments to the Current Covenants Agreement

With effect from the Closing Date, the Current Covenants Agreement is hereby amended by the;

 

  27.1 deletion of clause 1.2.5(A) in its entirety and its replacement with the following new clause 1.2.5(A) –

 

  “1.2.5(A) “beneficial ownership” of a share means the entitlement to participate in the distribution of profits, reserves, capital, share premium or any other dividend or distribution arising in respect of that share, whether or not the person having such entitlement is the registered holder of that share;”

 

  27.2 addition of two new definitions after the definition of “valuation methodology” as follows:

 

  1.2.69 “voting control” of a share means having the right, power or ability to direct or determine the manner of exercise of the voting rights attaching to that share at meetings of holders of the class of shares into which that share falls, whether or not the person having such right, power or ability is the registered holder of that share;

 

  1.2.70 “voting shares” means the A ordinary shares in the issued share capital of Mvela Resources which will rank pari passu with the ordinary shares (as defined in 7.1.1.1) with respect to voting rights at meetings of holders of issued ordinary shares but do not entitle the holder to participate in any distribution of profits, revenues, capital, share premium or other dividend or distribution which is based on, or linked to, the profitability of Mvela Resources or which otherwise entitles the holder thereof to any such distribution beyond a specified amount.”

 

LOGO

 

14


  27.3 substitution of clause 7.1 in its entirely with the following new clause 7.1 –

 

  7.1 Mvela Resources (acting severally and not jointly and not jointly and severally with anyone else) and each of Afripalm Resources, Afripalml and Afripalm2 (acting jointly and severally with each other) warrants in favour of Gold Fields that, as at the signature date and until the repayment date –

 

  7.1.1 HDSAs have, and will continue to have, in the aggregate:

 

  7.1.1.1 beneficial ownership over no less than 26% of the issued ordinary share capital of Mvela Resources (“ordinary shares”) (for avoidance, the term “ordinary shares” excludes voting shares); and

 

  7.1.1.2 voting control over no less than 50% plus one voting share or ordinary share of the aggregate of the voting shares and the ordinary shares; and

 

  7.1.2 HDSAs have, and will continue to have, board control of Mvela Resources (for which purpose “board control” means having such number of nominee directors of Mvela Resources as, when aggregated with the other directors of Mvela Resources who are HDSAs, constitutes a majority of the directors thereof).”

 

  27.4 By its signature of this letter and with effect from the Closing Date, each of Afripalm Resources, Afripalml and Afripalm2 agrees to become a party to the Current Covenants Agreement (as amended under this 27) and to give the undertakings set out in clause 7 of the Current Covenants Agreement (as amended under this 27), its domicllia for such purpose being:

 

  physical   

2nd Floor

135 West Street

Sandown

Sandton

  
  facsimile    011) 884-6010   
  (marked: “Attention: The Chief Executive Officer”).

 

28. Encumbrance

Gold Fields confirms its awareness that Afripalm Resources is pledging, encumbering or

 

LOGO

 

15


otherwise granting security rights over the Ordinary Shares and A Ordinary Shares referred to in paragraph 11.1 (“Shares”) to Nedbank and Blackstar as security for its obligations to Nedbank and Blackstar under the Afripalm Funding Agreements. Each of the Afripalm Resources and Afripalm1 undertakes that the financing arrangements contained in the Afripalm Funding Agreements shall not prejudice the empowerment status of Afripalm Resources and/or Afripalm1 and/or Mvela Resources in any way resulting in Afripalm Resources no longer being a HDSA company (as defined in the Current Covenants Agreement as amended by this letter) and/or GFIMSA not retaining new order mining rights acquired by it as at the date of this letter under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act No 28 of 2002. The provision of this 28 of this letter shall not limit or excuse compliance with any obligations of Afripalm Resources, Afripalm1, Afripalm2, Mvela Holdings or Mvela Resources under the Gold Fields Transaction documents.

 

29. Public Announcements

 

  29.1 No Party shall disclose this letter, any of its contents or any aspect of this letter to anyone other than to its professional advisors and as may otherwise be required by law or under the requirements of the JSE (or any other exchange on which the securities of such Party are traded) without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

 

  29.2 No Party shall issue any press release or any other public document or make any public statement in each case relating to or connected with or arising out of this letter (save for any such release, announcement or document which is required to be given, made published by law or under the requirements of the JSE (or any other exchange on which the securities of such Party are traded)) without obtaining the prior approval of the other Parties to the contents thereof and the manner of its presentation and publication.

 

  29.3 In the case of a release, announcement or document which is required to be given, made or published by law or under the rules and requirements of the JSE (or any other exchange on which the securities of such Party are traded), the Party to give, make or publish the same shall give to the other Parties as much advance warning thereof as is reasonable in the circumstances together with drafts or a copy thereof as soon as it is at liberty so to do.

 

30. Costs

Mvela Resources shall bear the costs and expenses incurred by Gold Fields and its affiliates in negotiating the content of this letter.

 

LOGO

 

16


31. Consents

In accordance with the provisions of clause 5.1 of the Transaction Participant Agreement, each Party agrees to the provisions of this letter by its signature at the end of this letter or in annexure A hereto.

 

32. General

 

  32.1 Save for the amendments in 25, 26 and 27, the provisions of the Currant Covenants Agreement, of the Current Mezz SPV Loan Agreement and of the Current Sponsor Agreement shall remain unaltered and of full force and effect.

 

  32.2 No addition to, variation or agreed cancellation of, or cession, assignment and/or delegation of rights and/or obligations under, this letter shall be of any force or effect unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the Parties.

 

  32.3 If there is any conflict between any of the provisions of this letter (on the one hand) and those of the Current Covenants Agreement, of the Current Mezz SPV Loan Agreement and/or of the Initial Sponsor Agreement (on the other hand), the provisions of this letter shall prevail.

 

  32.4 The signature by any Party of a counterpart of this letter (Including annexure A) shall be as effective as if that party had signed the same document as all of the other parties.

 

Yours sincerely

LOGO

Mr P L Zim

We, Newshelf 848 (Proprietary) Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

LOGO

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

 

LOGO

 

17


We, Newshelf 849 (Proprietary) Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

LOGO

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

We, Afripalm Resources (Proprietary) Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

LOGO

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

We, The Phalali Investment Trust, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

LOGO

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

We, Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

LOGO

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date   30.03.2007

 

LOGO

 

18


We, Mvelaphanda Holdings (Proprietary) Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

LOGO


who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

We, Gold Fields Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

                     2007

 

LOGO

 

19


ANNEXURE A

OTHER PARTIES

 

Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited   

LOGO

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
30 March 2007      

 

  
GFIMSA Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  
Gold Fields Guernsey Limited   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  
Gold Fields Australia Proprietary Limited   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  
GFL Mining Services Limited   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  
Micawber 325 (Proprietary) Limited   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  
Public Investment Commissioners   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  

LOGO


International Finance Corporation   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  

Industrial Development Corporation of South

Africa Limited

  

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  

JP Morgan Securities South Africa

(Proprietary) Limited

  

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  
Indwa Investments Limited   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  
Barclays Bank plc South African Branch   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  
FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank and FNB Corporate Divisions)   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  
The Trustees for the time being of the West Street 7 Trust   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  

 

LOGO

 

2


Bergg Credit (Ply) Ltd   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  
Calyon Corporate and Investment Bank, South Africa Branch   

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  

Commerzbank AG, Johannesburg Branch

  

 

  
   who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto   
                     2007      

 

  

 

LOGO

 

3

Exhibit 4.36

Mr ID Cockerill and Mr N Holland

Gold Fields Limited

26 April 2007

Dear Ian and Nick

 

1. In a letter addressed to you and dated 30 March 2007 (“Original Letter”). Gold Fields and GFIMSA, amongst others, agreed, inter alia, but subject to the fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent, to certain amendments to the Current Mezz SPV Loan Agreement, the Current Sponsor Support Agreement and the Current Covenants Agreement in consequence of the Afripalm Transaction.

 

2. The Parties have agreed to amend the Original Letter on the terms stipulated in this letter.

 

3. Clause 32.2 of the Original Letter states that no addition to, variation or agreed cancellation of the Original Letter shall be of any force or effect unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the Parties.

 

4. Notwithstanding 3, each of Mvela Holdings, Mvela Resources, Mvela Gold, Afripalm Resources (Proprietary) Limited, Afripalm1, Afripalm2, Gold Fields, GFIMSA, Gold Fields Holding Company (BVI) Limited and Gold Fields Australia (Proprietary) Limited shall, on signature of this letter by it, be bound by this letter (as against each other) and shall (as against each other) remain bound thereby, even if this letter is not signed by any of the other Parties listed in annexure A hereto.

 

5. The terms defined in the Original Letter shall apply mutatis mutandis to this letter.

 

6. The Original Letter is hereby amended by replacing the date “30 April 2007” in each of clauses 24.1.2 to 24.1.6 (both inclusive) thereof with the date “31 May 2007”.

 

7. Save as provided in 6, the provisions of the Original Letter shall remain unaltered and of full force and effect. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this letter and the provisions of the Original Letter, then the provisions of this letter shall prevail.

 

8. This letter constitutes the sole record of its subject matter.

 

9. No addition to, variation, novation or agreed cancellation of any provision of this letter shall be binding on the Parties unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the Parties.

 

LOGO


10. No indulgence or extension of time which any Party (“Grantor”) may grant to any other shall constitute a waiver of or, whether by estoppel or otherwise, limit any of the existing or future rights of the Grantor in terms hereof, save in the event and to the extent that the Grantor has signed a written document expressly waiving or limiting such right.

 

11. Without prejudice to any other provision of this letter, any successor-in-title, including any executor, heir, liquidator, judicial manager, curator or trustee, of either of the parties shall be bound by this letter.

 

12. The signature by each Party of a counterpart of this letter shall be as effective as if each Party had signed the same document as the others.

 

13. No Party shall be entitled to cede, assign, transfer, encumber or delegate any of its rights, obligation and/or interest in, under or in terms of this letter to any third party without the prior written consent of the others.

 

Yours sincerely

 

Mr P L Zim
We, Newshelf 848 (Proprietary) Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

We, Newshelf 849 (Proprietary) Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

 

LOGO

 

2


ANNEXURE A

OTHER PARTIES

 

Mvelaphanda Gold (Proprietary) Limited  

LOGO

 
      who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
26 - 04 - 2007      

 

 
GFIMSA Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited  

 

 
      who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
Gold Fields Holding Company (BV1) Limited  

 

 
    who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
Gold Fields Australia Proprietary Limited  

 

 
    who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
GFL Mining Services Limited    

 

 
    who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
Micawber 325 (Proprietary) Limited    

 

 
    who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007    

 

 
Public Investment Commissioners    

 

 
    who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
International Finance Corporation    

 

 


We, Afripalm Resources (Proprietary) Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

We, The Phalali Investment Trust, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

We, Mvelaphanda Resources Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

LOGO

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date   26-04-2007
We, Mvelaphanda Holdings (Proprietary) Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

We, Gold Fields Limited, agree to the provisions of this letter

 

who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Date  

 

 

LOGO

 

3


      who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited  

 

 
      who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
JP Morgan Securities South Africa (Proprietary) Limited  

 

 
    who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
Indwa Investments Limited    

 

 
    who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
Barclays Bank plc South African Branch    

 

 
    who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007    

 

 
FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank and FNB Corporate Divisions)    

 

 
    who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
     
The Trustees for the time being of the West Street 7 Trust    

 

 

 

  2007     who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

 

 

LOGO

 

2


Berog Credit (Pty) Ltd    
 

 

 
      who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
Calyon Corporate and Investment Bank, South Africa Branch    
 

 

 
    who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 
Commerzbank AG, Johannesburg Branch      
   

 

 
    who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 

  2007      

 

 

 

LOGO

 

3

Exhibit 4.37

 

LOGO   CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

EXECUTION COPY

$750,000,000

FACILITY AGREEMENT

Dated      May 2007

for

GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDING (BVI) LIMITED

WESTERN AREAS LIMITED

arranged by

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

and

BARCLAYS CAPITAL

with

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

acting as Agent

 


CREDIT FACILITIES AGREEMENT

 



CONTENTS

 

Clause

  

Page

1.

  Definitions and Interpretation    1

2.

  The Facilities    18

3.

  Purpose    18

4.

  Conditions of Utilisation    19

5.

  Utilisation    20

6.

  Repayment    21

7.

  Prepayment and Cancellation    23

8.

  Interest    26

9.

  Interest Periods    27

10.

  Changes to the Calculation of Interest    28

11.

  Fees    29

12.

  Tax Gross up and Indemnities    31

13.

  Increased Costs    33

14.

  Other Indemnities    34

15.

  Mitigation by the Lenders    35

16.

  Costs and Expenses    35

17.

  Guarantee and Indemnity    37

18.

  Representations    40

19.

  Information Undertakings    44

20.

  Financial Covenants    49

21.

  General Undertakings    50

22.

  Events of Default    54

23.

  Changes to the Lenders    59

24.

  Changes to the Obligors    62

25.

  Role of the Agent and the Arranger    64

26.

  Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties    69

27.

  Sharing among the Finance Parties    69

28.

  Payment Mechanics    71

29.

  Set-off    73

30.

  Notices    73

31.

  Calculations and Certificates    76


32.

  Partial Invalidity    76

33.

  Remedies and Waivers    76

34.

  Amendments and Waivers    76

35.

  Counterparts    77

36.

  Governing Law    78

37.

  Enforcement    78

SCHEDULE 1 T HE O RIGINAL P ARTIES

   79
  Part I The Obligors    79
  Part II The Original Lenders    80

SCHEDULE 2 C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT

   82
  Part I Conditions precedent to initial utilisation    82
  Part II Conditions Precedent Required to be delivered by an Additional Borrower    84
  Part III Conditions Precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Guarantor    86

SCHEDULE 3 R EQUESTS

   88
  Part I Utilisation Request    88
  Part II Selection Notice    89
SCHEDULE 4 M ANDATORY C OST F ORMULAE    90
SCHEDULE 5 F ORM OF T RANSFER C ERTIFICATE    92
SCHEDULE 6 F ORM OF A CCESSION L ETTER    95
SCHEDULE 7 F ORM OF R ESIGNATION L ETTER    96
SCHEDULE 8 F ORM OF C OMPLIANCE C ERTIFICATE    97
SCHEDULE 9 F ORM OF F ACILITY A T ERM O UT N OTICE    98
SCHEDULE 10 T IMETABLE    99


THIS AGREEMENT is dated May 2007 and made between:

 

(1) GOLD FIELDS LIMITED (the “ Parent ”);

 

(2) GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED, GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDING (BVI) LIMITED and WESTERN AREAS LIMITED (the “ Original Borrowers ”);

 

(3) THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Parent listed in Part I of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as guarantors (together with the Parent, the “ Original Guarantors ”);

 

(4) ABN AMRO BANK N.V. and BARCLAYS CAPITAL as mandated lead arranger(s) (whether acting individually or together the “ Arranger ”);

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as lenders (the “ Original Lenders ”); and

 

(6) BARCLAYS BANK PLC as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “ Agent ”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement:

Accession Letter ” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Accession Letter ).

Additional Borrower ” means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Additional Cost Rate ” has the meaning given to it in Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost Formulae ).

Additional Guarantor ” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Additional Obligor ” means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agreement ” means this credit facilities agreement.

Auditors ” means, at any time, the auditors of the Parent at that time, being as at the date of this Agreement PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc. and any replacement for those auditors appointed by the Parent.

 

- 1 -


Availability Period ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to Facility A, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date which is the earlier of (i) one month prior to the Facility A Revolving Termination Date and (ii) the Facility A Term Out Date; and

 

  (b) in relation to Facility B, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date which is one month prior to the Facility B Termination Date.

Available Commitment ” means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus (subject as set out below):

 

  (a) the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under that Facility; and

 

  (b) in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

For the purposes of calculating a Lender’s Available Commitment in relation to any proposed Utilisation, that Lender’s participation in any Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date shall not be deducted from a Lender’s Commitment.

Available Facility ” means in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.

Bolivar Loan ” means the US$250,000,000 dual currency term facility agreement dated 3 March 2006, among, inter alios , Gold Fields Orogen Holdings (BVI) Limited, Barclays Capital and J.P. Morgan plc.

Borrower ” means an Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Break Costs ” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

  (a) the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

- 2 -


Bridge Loan ” means the $1.8 billion bridge loan facility agreement dated 27 November 2006 among, inter alios , the Parent, GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Citibank N.A., London Branch and J.P. Morgan plc.

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, New York and Johannesburg.

Cerro Corona Project ” means the development of the gold and copper deposits in Peru by the Cerro Corona Subsidiary.

Cerro Corona Subsidiary ” means Sociedad Minera La Cima S.A.

Commitment ” means a Facility A Commitment or a Facility B Commitment.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ).

Confidentiality Undertaking ” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA or in any other form agreed between the Parent and the Agent.

Consolidated EBITDA ” has the meaning set out in Clause 20.1 ( Financial Definitions ).

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth ” means, at any time, the “Shareholders’ Equity”, as reported in the “Group Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity” in the last set of annual consolidated financial statements of the Parent delivered to the Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

Constitutional Documents ” means, in respect of any person at any time, the then current and up-to-date constitutional documents of such person at such time (including, without limitation, such person’s memorandum and articles of association, certificate of incorporation, articles of incorporation or commercial registration certificate).

Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 22 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

Encumbrance ” means;

 

  (a) any mortgage, pledge, lien, assignment or cession conferring security, hypothecation, a security interest, preferential right or trust arrangement or other encumbrance of the like securing any obligation of any person; or

 

  (b) any arrangement under which money or claims to, or for the benefit of, a bank or other account may be applied, set off or made subject to a combination of accounts so as to effect discharge of any sum owed or payable to any person; or

 

  (c) any other type of preferential agreement or arrangement (including any title transfer and retention arrangement), the effect of which is the creation of a security interest.

 

- 3 -


Environmental Claim ” means any claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

Environmental Law ” means any law applicable to the business conducted by a Material Group Company at the relevant time in any jurisdiction in which that Material Group Company conducts business which relates to the pollution, degradation or protection of the environment or harm to or the protection of human health or the health of animals or plants.

Environmental Permits ” means any permit, licence, consent, approval and other authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any Material Group Company conducted on or from the properties owned or used by that Material Group Company.

Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 22 ( Events of Default ).

Existing Facilities ” means the facilities provided under the Bridge Loan and the Bolivar Loan.

Extension Option ” means the extension option set out in Clause 6.3 ( Extension Option ).

Facility ” means Facility A or Facility B.

Facility A ” means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (a) of Clause 2.1 ( The Facilities ) subject to Clause 6.2 ( Facility A Term Out Option ).

Facility A Commitment ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in dollars set opposite its name under the heading “ Facility A Commitment ” in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

  (b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount in dollars of any Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Facility A Loan ” means a loan made or to be made under Facility A or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Facility A Revolving Termination Date ” means, subject to the Extension Option, the date falling three hundred and sixty four (364 days) after the date of this Agreement.

Facility A Termination Date ” means

 

  (a) prior to the Facility A Term Out Date, the Facility A Revolving Termination Date; or

 

- 4 -


  (b) in relation to a Facility A Loan which has been the subject of a Facility A Term Out Notice, the date set out in the Facility A Term Out Notice as the Facility A Termination Date being a date no later than 24 Months after the date of this Agreement.

Facility A Term Out Date ” means the date given in the Facility A Term Out Notice on which the Parent wishes to exercise the Facility A Term Out Option, being a date up to but not including 15 days prior to the Facility A Revolving Termination Date.

Facility A Term Out Loan ” means any Facility A Loan converted to a term loan pursuant to the exercise of the Facility A Term Out Option.

Facility A Term Out Notice ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 6.2 ( Facility A Term Out Option ).

Facility A Term Out Option ” means the term out option set out in Clause 6.2 ( Facility A Term Out Option ).

Facility B ” means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (b) of Clause 2.1 ( The Facilities ).

Facility B Commitment ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in dollars set opposite its name under the heading “ Facility B Commitment ” in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

  (b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount in dollars of any Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Facility B Loan ” means a loan made or to be made under Facility B or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Facility B Termination Date ” means the date which is five (5) years from the date of this Agreement.

Facility Office ” means the office notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Fee Letter ” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Arranger and the Original Borrowers or the Parent (or the Agent and the Parent) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 (Fees).

Finance Document ” means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Parent.

 

- 5 -


Finance Party ” means the Agent, the Arranger or a Lender.

Financial Indebtedness ” means (without double counting) any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a) moneys borrowed;

 

  (b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  (d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (f) the amount of liability in respect of any purchase price for assets or services the payment of which is deferred where the deferral of such price is either;

 

  (i) used primarily as a method of raising credit; or

 

  (ii) not made in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (g) any agreement or option to re-acquire an asset if one of the primary reasons for entering into such agreement or option is to raise finance;

 

  (h) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (i) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

  (j) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

  (k) any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares; and

 

  (l) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of its items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (k) above.

Financial Year ” means, at any time, the financial year of the Group ending on 30 June in each calendar year.

GAAP ” means the generally accepted accounting principles set out in IFRS.

Ghanaian Companies ” means Gold Fields Ghana Limited and Abosso Goldfields Limited.

 

- 6 -


Group ” means the Parent, the Guarantors and each of their Subsidiaries for the time being.

Group Company ” means a member of the Group.

Guarantor ” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor unless, in the case of an Additional Guarantor, it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Holding Company ” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards issued and/or adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Indebtedness for Borrowed Money ” means Financial Indebtedness save for any indebtedness for or in respect of paragraphs (i) and (j) of the definition of “ Financial Indebtedness ”.

Information ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 18.10 ( No misleading information ).

Information Package ” means the document dated 16 April 2007 concerning the Group which, at the Parent’s request and on its behalf, was prepared in relation to this transaction and distributed by the Arranger to selected financial institutions before the date of this Agreement.

Interest Period ” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

Lender ” means:

 

  (a) any Original Lender; and

 

  (b) any bank or financial institution which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any Loan:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) (if no Screen Rate is available for dollars for the Interest Period of that Loan) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market,

as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in dollars and for a period comparable to the Interest Period for that Loan.

 

- 7 -


LMA ” means the Loan Market Association.

Loan ” means a Facility A Loan, a Facility A Term Out Loan or a Facility B Loan.

Majority Lenders ” means:

 

 

(a)

if there are no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66  2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66  2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction); or

 

 

(b)

at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate more than 66  2 / 3 % of all the Loans then outstanding.

Mandatory Cost ” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost Formulae ).

Margin ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to any Facility A Loan, 0.25 per cent. per annum; and

 

  (b) in relation to any Facility B Loan, 0.30 per cent. per annum.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a) the ability of an Obligor to perform its financial or other material obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; or

 

  (b) the validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any of them.

Material Group Company ” means:

 

  (a) the Obligors; and

 

  (b) any member of the Group from time to time that is not a Non-Material Group Company;

and “ Material Group Companies ” means, as the context requires, all of them.

Month ” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

  (a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

  (b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

- 8 -


  (c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above will only apply to the last Month of any period.

Non-Material Group Company ” means, at any time, a member of the Group (other than an Obligor) which had EBITDA (determined on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) or gross assets in its most recently ended Financial Year (on a consolidated basis taking into account it and its subsidiaries only) less than or equal to 5% (five percent) of Consolidated EBITDA or gross assets of the Group (calculated according to the most recent set of audited consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 ( Financial Statements )). Compliance with the aforementioned condition shall be determined by reference to the latest audited financial statements of such member of the Group (consolidated in the case of a member of the Group which itself has Subsidiaries), provided that :

 

  (a) if, in the case of any member of the Group which itself has Subsidiaries, no consolidated financial statements are prepared and audited, its consolidated EBITDA and gross assets shall be determined on the basis of pro forma consolidated financial statements of the relevant member of the Group and its Subsidiaries, prepared for this purpose by the Parent;

 

  (b) if any intra-Group transfer or re-organisation takes place, the audited financial statements of the Group Company and all relevant members of the Group shall be adjusted by the Parent in order to take into account such intra-Group transfer or re-organisation; and

 

  (c) the audited financial statements of the Group and any relevant member of the Group shall be adjusted in such a manner as the Auditors think fair and appropriate to take account of the acquisition or disposal of any member of the Group or any business of any member of the Group, after the date or at which the audited financial statements of the Group are made up.

Should there be any dispute regarding whether any member of the Group is or is not a Non-Material Group Company such dispute shall be referred, at the request of the Agent, to the Auditors and a report by the Auditors that a member of the Group is or is not a Non-Material Group Company shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. The costs of obtaining the report by the Auditors will be borne by the unsuccessful party to the dispute.

Obligor ” means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

Original Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent for the Financial Year ended 30 June 2006.

Party ” means a party to this Agreement.

 

- 9 -


Permitted Disposal ” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal:

 

  (a) by an Obligor or any member of the Group of obsolete or redundant assets which are no longer required for the efficient operation of the business of such Obligor or such member of the Group; or

 

  (b) by an Obligor or any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its day-to-day business if that sale, lease, transfer or other disposal is not otherwise restricted by a term of any Finance Document; or

 

  (c) by an Obligor to another Obligor (other than to an Additional Obligor); or

 

  (d) by a member of the Group that is not an Obligor to an Obligor or by an Obligor to an Additional Obligor or to a member of the Group that is not an Obligor if such sale, lease, transfer or other disposal is concluded at arm’s length; or

 

  (e) by a member of the Group that is not an Obligor to another member of the Group that is not an Obligor; or

 

  (f) by any member of the Group to any other person where the higher of the market value or consideration receivable when aggregated with the higher of the market value or consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, transfer or other disposal by any member of the Group (other than a sale, lease, transfer or other disposal referred to in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (g)) does not exceed 10% (ten percent) of the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth in any Financial Year subject to a maximum of 30% (thirty per cent.) of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth at such time in aggregate during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Termination Date; or

 

  (g) for which the Agent has given its prior written consent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

Permitted Encumbrance ” means:

 

  (a) any Encumbrance created prior to the date of this Agreement which (i) is disclosed in the Original Financial Statements and (ii) in all circumstances secures only indebtedness outstanding or a facility available at the date of this Agreement if the principal amount or original facility thereby secured is not increased after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (b) any title transfer or retention arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the normal course of its trading activities and on terms no worse for that member of the Group than the standard terms of the relevant supplier;

 

  (c) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, those pursuant to hedging arrangements in relation to gold and silver prices, foreign exchange rates and interest rates where such arrangements are entered into for the purposes of providing protection against fluctuation in such rates or prices in the ordinary course of business), for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

- 10 -


  (d) any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not by reason of any default (whether in payments or otherwise), of any member of the Group;

 

  (e) any Encumbrance over or affecting (or transaction described in paragraph (b) of Clause 21.3 ( Negative Pledge ) (“ Quasi-Encumbrance ”) affecting) any asset acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement if:

 

  (i) the Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group;

 

  (ii) the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of, or since the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group; and

 

  (iii) the Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance is (other than an Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance otherwise permitted pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (f), (g), (h) or (i)) removed or discharged within six months of the date of acquisition of such asset;

 

  (f) any Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement, where the Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance is created prior to the date on which that company becomes a member of the Group, if:

 

  (i) the Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that company;

 

  (ii) the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that company; and

 

  (iii) the Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance is (other than an Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance otherwise permitted pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h) or (i)) removed or discharged within six months of that company becoming a member of the Group;

 

  (g) any Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance granted in respect of Project Finance Borrowings over assets of, or the shares in, a Project Finance Subsidiary;

 

  (h) in respect of Encumbrances or Quasi-Encumbrances over or affecting any asset of any Material Group Company, any Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance securing indebtedness the principal amount of which (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness which has the benefit of Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance other than any permitted under paragraphs (a) to (g) above and (i) and (j) below)) does not at any time exceed 12% (twelve percent.) of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth (or its equivalent in another currency) (but adjusted to include the net value of new assets acquired since the last date of the latest set of consolidated annual financial statements of the Group);

 

- 11 -


  (i) any other Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance as agreed by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) in writing; or

 

  (j) any Encumbrance or Quasi-Encumbrance granted in respect of Financial Indebtedness incurred in connection with the Cerro Corona Project over the business or assets of the Cerro Corona Subsidiary or over the Ownership Interests in the Cerro Corona Subsidiary provided that the amount of Financial Indebtedness secured by all such Encumbrances or Quasi-Encumbrances permitted by this paragraph (j) does not at any time in aggregate exceed $200,000,000 (or its equivalent). In this paragraph (j) “ Ownership Interests ” means (i) the shares issued by the Cerro Corona Subsidiary; (ii) any shareholder loans made to the Cerro Corona Subsidiary (iii) to the extent required by Peruvian law, the shares in the Holding Company which directly owns the shares issued by the Cerro Corona Subsidiary provided that such Holding Company’s sole assets are shares issued by, and any loans made by it to, the Cerro Corona Subsidiary and its sister company, Minera Gold Fields S.A..

Permitted Financial Indebtedness ” means any Financial Indebtedness:

 

  (a) arising under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) arising under any environmental bond which any member of the Group is required to issue by any applicable law;

 

  (c) arising in connection with the Cerro Corona Project;

 

  (d) arising under any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price but not for speculative purposes;

 

  (e) of the Group existing and available on the date of this Agreement (or, of any person that becomes a member of the Group from time to time, provided that , such Financial Indebtedness existed at the time such person became a member of the Group and was not created in anticipation thereof);

 

  (f) between Group Companies to the extent incurred for the purposes of financing general working capital requirements; or

 

  (g) not falling within paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) above provided that the aggregate amount of all Financial Indebtedness (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Financial Indebtedness incurred by a Guarantor or a Project Finance Subsidiary) permitted under this paragraph (g) does not at any time exceed $200,000,000 (or its equivalent).

 

- 12 -


Project Finance Borrowings ” means:

 

  (a) any indebtedness to finance (or re-finance) a project comprised of the ownership, development, construction, refurbishment, commissioning and/or operation of assets which is incurred by a Project Finance Subsidiary in connection with such project and in respect of which the recourse of the person(s) making any such finance (or re-finance) available to that Project Finance Subsidiary for the payment, repayment and prepayment of such indebtedness is limited to (i) the Project Finance Subsidiary and its assets and/or the shares in that Project Finance Subsidiary and/or (ii) during the period prior to successful completion of the relevant completion tests applicable to such project guarantees from any one or more members of the Group; or

 

  (b) any indebtedness the terms and conditions of which have been approved by the Agent and which the Agent has agreed in writing (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) to treat as a “Project Finance Borrowing” for the purposes of this Agreement.

Project Finance Subsidiary ” means a single purpose company (excluding the Obligors) whose sole business is a project comprised of the ownership, development, construction, refurbishment, commissioning and/or operation of an asset which has incurred Project Finance Borrowings.

Quotation Day ” means, in the case of a determination of LIBOR, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits or amounts in dollars for delivery on the first day of such period or on any other relevant date.

Reference Banks ” means, the principal London offices of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Barclays Bank PLC and/or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Parent.

Relevant Interbank Market ” means the London interbank market.

Repeating Representations ” means each of the representations set out in Clause 18.1 ( Status ), to Clause 18.22 ( No Material Adverse Effect ) other than Clause 18.3 ( Binding Obligations ), Clause 18.6 ( Governing law and enforcement ), Clause 18.7 ( Deduction of Tax ), Clause 18.8 ( No filing or stamp taxes ), paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 18.10 ( No misleading information ) and Clause 18.13 ( No proceedings pending or threatened ).

Resignation Letter ” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Resignation Letter ).

Rollover Loans ” means one or more Loans (other than any Facility A Term Out Loan):

 

  (a) made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid (other than any Facility A Term Out Loan);

 

- 13 -


  (b) the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Loan (other than any Facility A Term Out Loan); and

 

  (c) made or to be made for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Loan (other than any Facility A Term Out Loan).

Screen Rate ” means the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate for dollars for the relevant period, displayed on the appropriate page (being LIBOR 01) of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Parent and the Lenders.

Selection Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part II of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

Specified Time ” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 10 ( Timetable ).

Subsidiary ” means, in relation to any company or corporation, a company or corporation:

 

  (a) which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the first mentioned company or corporation;

 

  (b) more than half the issued share capital of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly by the first mentioned company or corporation; or

 

  (c) which is a Subsidiary of another Subsidiary of the first mentioned company or corporation,

and for this purpose, a company or corporation shall be treated as being controlled by another if that other company or corporation is able to direct its affairs and/or to control the composition of its board of directors or equivalent body.

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including, without limitation, any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document.

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.1 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ).

Termination Date ” means the Facility A Termination Date or the Facility B Termination Date.

Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitments and the Total Facility B Commitments being $750,000,000 at the date of this Agreement

 

- 14 -


Total Facility A Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments being $250,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Total Facility B Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Facility B Commitments being $500,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Parent.

Transfer Date ” means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

  (a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (b) the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

Unpaid Sum ” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

Utilisation ” means a utilisation of a Facility.

Utilisation Date ” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.

Utilisation Request ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part I of Schedule 3 ( Requests ).

VAT ” means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature.

 

1.2 Construction

 

  (a) Unless a contrary indication appears any reference in this Agreement to:

 

  (i) the “ Agent ”, the “ Arranger ”, any “ Finance Party ”, any “ Lender ”, any “ Obligor ” or any “ Party ” shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

  (ii) arm’s length ” means terms that are fair and reasonable to the counterparty of a transaction and no more or less favourable to the other party to the relevant transaction as could reasonably be expected to be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a person that is not the ultimate Holding Company of such counterparty or an entity of which such counterparty or its ultimate Holding Company has direct or indirect control, or owns directly or indirectly more than 20% (twenty percent) of the share capital or similar rights of ownership;

 

  (iii) assets ” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (iv) audited ” means, in respect of any financial statement, those financial statements as audited by the Auditors;

 

- 15 -


  (v) authorisations ” mean any authorisation, consent, registration, filing agreement, notarisation, certificate, licence, approval, resolution, permit and/or authority or any exemption from any of the aforesaid, by, with or from any authority (including, without limitation, any approvals required from the South African Reserve Bank in relation to any Finance Document or any transaction contemplated under any Finance Document);

 

  (vi) Barclays Capital ” is a reference to Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC;

 

  (vii) a “ Finance Document ” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended, replaced or restated;

 

  (viii) indebtedness ” shall be construed so as to include any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  (ix) law ” shall be construed as any law (including statutory, common or customary law), statute, constitution, decree, judgment, treaty, regulation, directive, by-law, order, other legislative measure, requirement, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, is generally complied with by the persons to whom it is addressed or applied) of any government, supranational, local government, statutory or regulatory or self-regulatory or similar body or authority or court and the common law, as amended, replaced, re-enacted, restated or reinterpreted from time to time;

 

  (x) a “ person ” shall be construed as a reference to any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing;

 

  (xi) a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but complied with generally) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  (xii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

 

  (xiii) a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

  (b) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

  (c) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

- 16 -


  (d) A Default (other than an Event of Default) is “ continuing ” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “ continuing ” if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

1.3 Currency Symbols and Definitions

US$ ”, “ $ ” and “ dollars ” denote lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.4 Third party rights

 

  (a) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “ Third Parties Act ”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

- 17 -


SECTION 2

THE FACILITIES

 

2. THE FACILITIES

 

2.1 The Facilities

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower:

 

  (a) a dollar revolving loan facility with a term out option in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility A Commitments; and

 

  (b) a dollar revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility B Commitments.

 

2.2 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

  (a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

  (c) A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

3. PURPOSE

 

3.1 Purpose

 

  (a) The Original Borrowers shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility A and Facility B towards (i) repayment of the Existing Facilities and (ii) general corporate purposes.

 

  (b) Each Additional Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility A and Facility B towards the purposes specified in the Accession Letter to which it is a party as Additional Borrower.

 

3.2 Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

- 18 -


4. CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

4.2 Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (a) in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Rollover Loan, and in the case of any other Loan, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and

 

  (b) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

 

4.3 Maximum number of Loans

A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation more than twenty Loans would be outstanding.

 

- 19 -


SECTION 3

UTILISATION

 

5. UTILISATION

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

A Borrower may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

  (a) Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (i) it identifies the Facility to be utilised;

 

  (ii) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period to that Facility;

 

  (iii) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and

 

  (iv) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

  (b) Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

  (a) The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

  (b) The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility and which is a minimum of $10,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility.

 

5.4 Lenders’ participation

 

  (a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

  (b) The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

- 20 -


SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6. REPAYMENT

 

6.1 Repayment of Loans

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, each Borrower shall repay each Loan made to it on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

  (b) Each Borrower shall repay each Facility A Term Out Loan made to it on the Facility A Termination Date as such may be extended by Clause 6.2 ( Term Out Option ).

 

6.2 Facility A Term Out Option

 

  (a) The Parent may elect to convert all of the Facility A Loans into Facility A Term Out Loans.

 

  (b) The Parent may, at any time up to but not including 15 days prior to the Facility A Revolving Termination Date, exercise the Facility A Term Out Option by notice to the Agent substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 ( Form of Facility A Term Out Notice ) (the “ Facility A Term Out Notice ”). Only one such notice may be given and such notice is irrevocable.

 

  (c) The Facility A Term Out Notice shall specify the Facility A Loan(s) in relation to which the Facility A Term Out Option is being exercised and the proposed Facility A Term Out Date.

 

  (d) The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Facility A Loans specified in the Facility A Term Out Notice.

 

  (e) If the Facility A Term Out Option is so exercised and the matters set out in paragraph (f) and (g) below are satisfied, then on the Facility A Term Out Date:

 

  (i) the Facility A Loan(s) to be converted shall be deemed to have been borrowed on the Facility A Term Out Date as Facility A Term Out Loans repayable on the Facility A Termination Date (as specified in the Facility A Term Out Notice); and

 

  (ii) any Available Commitment under Facility A shall be automatically cancelled.

 

  (f) The following must be satisfied for the Facility A Term Out Option to be effected as specified in paragraph (e) above:

 

  (i) the Repeating Representations are true in all material respects; and

 

  (ii) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Facility A Term Out Loan(s),

in each case, on the date of the Facility A Term Out Notice and on the proposed Facility A Term Out Date.

 

- 21 -


  (g) No later than on the proposed Facility A Term Out Date payment of the term out fee to the Agent pursuant to Clause 11.5 ( Facility A Term Out Fees ) shall be made.

 

6.3 Extension Option

 

  (a) The Parent may request that the Facility A Termination Date be extended, on the same terms, to the date falling 364 days from the date of the Facility A Revolving Termination Date (the “ Extension Option ”), subject to the terms of this Clause 6.3, by giving notice to the Agent not less than 30 Business Days (and not more than 60 Business Days) before the Facility A Revolving Termination Date, provided that the Parent has not exercised the Facility A Term Out Option.

 

  (b) A notice served by the Parent pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Clause 6.3 above shall be irrevocable subject to paragraph (e) of this Clause 6.3 below.

 

  (c) The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of any such request.

 

  (d) Each Lender shall notify the Agent of its decision (which shall be in its sole discretion) whether or not to agree to the request not later than 10 days before the Facility A Revolving Termination Date (and, if any Lender has not notified the Agent of its acceptance of the request on or before such date, it shall be deemed to have refused such request), and the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower whether or not each Lender has agreed to the request.

 

  (e) Promptly following receipt of notification from the Agent pursuant to paragraph (d) above, the Parent may elect, in its absolute discretion, by notice to the Agent, either:

 

  (i) to accept the extension offered by some or all of the Lenders, in which case the Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Lender(s) of any such acceptance and the Facility A Revolving Termination Date shall be extended in relation to the Facility A Commitments and participations of such Lender(s) as elected on the same terms; or

 

  (ii) if any Lender does not agree to an extension request, not to benefit from the Extension Option, in which case the Facility A Loan shall be repaid on the Facility A Revolving Termination Date together with accrued interest and all other amounts outstanding.

 

  (f) If any Lender does not agree to any extension request, and the Parent has elected to accept the extension offered by some of the Lenders, such Lender’s participation in any outstanding Facility A Loan shall be repaid on the Facility A Revolving Termination Date, together with accrued interest and all other amounts outstanding in relation to such participation, and its Facility A Commitment shall be reduced to zero.

 

- 22 -


7. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7.1 Illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan:

 

  (a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (b) upon the Agent notifying the Parent, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  (c) each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Parent or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

7.2 Change of control

 

  (a) If any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the Parent:

 

  (i) the Parent shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (ii) a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation (except for a Rollover Loan) and the Agent and the Parent shall consult about the change of control;

 

  (iii) if the Majority Lenders so require after a period of 45 (forty-five) days from receipt of the notice referred to in (i) above, the Agent shall by notice to the Parent, (such notice to be delivered no later than 60 (sixty) days from receipt of the notice referred to in (i) above), cancel the Total Commitments and declare all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Total Commitments will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable;

 

  (iv) if the Agent does not serve the notice referred to in paragraph (iii) above, a Lender may by notice to the Agent which shall be delivered not earlier than 45 (forty-five) days nor later than 60 (sixty) days from receipt of the notice referred to in (i) above, whereupon the Agent shall by notice to the Parent (such notice to be delivered promptly after receipt of such Lender notification), cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts due to such Lender under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

 

- 23 -


  (b) For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “ control ” means:

 

  (i) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  (A) cast, or control the casting of, more than one-half of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Parent; or

 

  (B) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Parent; or

 

  (C) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Parent which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Parent are obliged to comply with; or

 

  (ii) the holding of more than one-half of the issued share capital of the Parent (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

 

  (c) For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “ acting in concert ” means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition by any of them, either directly or indirectly, of shares in the Parent, to obtain or consolidate control of the Parent.

 

7.3 Voluntary cancellation

During the Availability Period, the Parent may, if it gives the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $10,000,000) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.3 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

 

7.4 Voluntary prepayment of Facility A Term Out Loans

A Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 5 (five) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Facility A Term Out Loan (but, if in part, being a minimum amount of $10,000,000 and integral multiples of $2,000,000 in excess thereof); provided that a Facility A Term Out Loan may be prepaid at the end of the Interest Period therefor.

 

7.5 Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

  (a) If:

 

  (i) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.1 ( Tax gross-up ); or

 

  (ii) any Lender claims indemnification from the Parent under Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ); or

 

- 24 -


  (iii) any Lender notifies the Agent of its Additional Cost Rate under paragraph 3 of Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost Formulae ),

the Parent may, whilst (in the case of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above) the circumstance giving rise to the requirement or indemnification continues or (in the case of paragraph (iii) above) that Additional Cost Rate is greater than zero, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans.

 

  (b) On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero whereupon the Total Commitments shall be reduced by the same amount.

 

  (c) On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Parent has given notice under paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Parent in that notice), each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan.

 

7.6 Restrictions

 

  (a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  (b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

  (c) Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement any part of any Loan (other than a Facility A Term Out Loan) which is prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (d) The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

  (e) No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

  (f) At the end of the Availability Period, the Total Commitments shall be reduced to zero.

 

  (g) If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Parent or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

  (h) Any Facility A Term Out Loan which is prepaid may not be reborrowed.

 

- 25 -


SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

8. INTEREST

 

8.1 Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a) Margin;

 

  (b) LIBOR; and

 

  (c) Mandatory Cost, if any.

 

8.2 Payment of interest

Each Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

8.3 Default interest

 

  (a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is one per cent higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

  (b) If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

  (i) the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

  (ii) the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

  (c) Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

- 26 -


8.4 Notification of rates of interest

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

9. INTEREST PERIODS

 

9.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

  (a) A Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or in relation to a Facility A Term out Loan (i) in relation to the first Interest Period (for each Facility A Term Out Loan) in the Facility A Term Out Notice or (ii) (in relation to all subsequent Interest Periods) in a Selection Notice.

 

  (b) Each Selection Notice for a Facility A Term Out Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by a Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) to which that Loan was made not later than the Specified Time.

 

  (c) If a Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will be one Month.

 

  (d) Subject to this Clause 9, a Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period of one, two, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the Parent and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

  (e) An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date applicable to its Facility.

 

  (f) Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or, in relation to any Facility A Term Out Loan, the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period.

 

  (g) A Loan (except for a Facility A Term Out Loan) has one Interest Period only.

 

9.2 Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

9.3 Consolidation and division of Loans

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, if two or more Interest Periods end on the same date, the Loans relating thereto will, unless that Borrower (or the Parent on its behalf) specifies to the contrary in the Selection Notice for the next Interest Period, be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Loan on the last day of the Interest Period.

 

- 27 -


  (b) Subject to Clause 4.3 ( Maximum number of Loans ), if a Borrower (or the Parent on its behalf) requests in a Selection Notice that a Loan be divided into two or more Loans, that Loan will, on the last day of its Interest Period, be so divided into the amounts specified in that Selection Notice, being an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the Loan immediately before its division.

 

10. CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

10.1 Absence of quotations

Subject to Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

10.2 Market disruption

 

  (a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  (i) the Margin;

 

  (ii) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event not later than 5 (five) Business Days before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period ( provided that if such Lender is unable to notify the Agent of such rate not later than 5 (five) Business Days before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, it shall do so before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and

 

  (iii) the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

  (b) In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means:

 

  (i) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars and for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

- 28 -


10.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  (a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Parent so requires, the Agent and the Parent shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  (b) Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Parent, be binding on all Parties.

 

10.4 Break Costs

 

  (a) Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  (b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

11. FEES

 

11.1 Commitment fee

 

  (a) The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars which shall be computed at the rate of:

 

  (i) 0.0625 per cent. per annum on that Lender’s Available Commitment under Facility A for the Availability Period applicable to Facility A; and

 

  (ii) 0.09 per cent. per annum on that Lender’s Available Commitment under Facility B for the Availability Period applicable to Facility B.

 

  (b) The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period, on the Termination Date and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

11.2 Upfront fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Arranger) an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.3 Agency fee

The Borrower or the Parent shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

- 29 -


11.4 Utilisation Fee

For any period prior to the earlier of (i) the Facility A Revolving Termination Date and (ii) the Facility A Term Out Date, where the Utilisations under Facility A are equal to or greater than 50 per cent. of the Total Facility A Commitments, the Borrower shall pay a utilisation fee of 0.05 per cent. per annum on the Facility A Loans at such time. The accrued utilisation fee is payable on the last day of each such successive period of three Months and shall be calculated on a day to day basis. The accrued utilisation fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of each Lender in respect of its participation in the Facility A Loans).

 

11.5 Facility A Term Out Fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender in respect of its participation in the Facility A Term Out Loan(s)) a term-out fee of 0.05 per cent. flat on the Facility A Term Out Date. The term-out fee shall be calculated on the amount of Facility A which has been converted into a Facility A Term Out Loan.

 

- 30 -


SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12. TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

12.1 Tax gross-up

 

  (a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  (b) The Parent shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Parent and, if applicable, that Obligor.

 

  (c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

  (d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  (e) Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

12.2 Tax indemnity

 

  (a) The Parent shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Finance Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Finance Party determines (in its absolute discretion) will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Finance Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

  (i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

- 31 -


  (B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

  (ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.1 ( Tax gross-up ).

 

  (c) A Finance Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Parent.

 

  (d) A Finance Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.2, notify the Agent.

 

12.3 Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines (in its absolute discretion) that:

 

  (a) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  (b) that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to such Obligor which that Finance Party determines (in its absolute discretion) will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by such Obligor.

 

12.4 Stamp taxes

The Parent shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

12.5 Value added tax

 

  (a) All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (c) below, if VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

 

  (b)

If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Finance Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Finance Document, and any

 

- 32 -


 

Party (the “ Relevant Party ”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority which it reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply.

 

  (c) Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance Party against all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that neither it nor any other member of any group of which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of the VAT.

 

13. INCREASED COSTS

 

13.1 Increased costs

 

  (a) Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ) the Parent shall, within five Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement.

 

  (b) In this Agreement “ Increased Costs ” means:

 

  (i) a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (ii) an additional or increased cost; or

 

  (iii) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

13.2 Increased cost claims

 

  (a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Parent.

 

  (b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

- 33 -


13.3 Exceptions

Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  (a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

  (b) compensated for by Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

 

  (c) compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or

 

  (d) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

14. OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

14.1 Currency indemnity

 

  (a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

  (i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;

 

  (ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

  (b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

14.2 Other indemnities

The Parent shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

  (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

  (b) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 27 ( Sharing Among the Finance Parties );

 

- 34 -


  (c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

  (d) a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Parent.

 

14.3 Indemnity to the Agent

The Parent shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

  (a) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

  (b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

15. MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

 

15.1 Mitigation

 

  (a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Parent, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 12 ( Tax Gross-up and Indemnities ), Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost Formulae ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2 Limitation of liability

 

  (a) The Parent shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

  (b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16. COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

16.1 Transaction expenses

The Parent shall, promptly within five Business Days of demand, pay the Agent and the Arranger the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees but subject to any agreed cap) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:

 

  (a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

- 35 -


  (b) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 28.9 ( Change of currency ), the Parent shall, within five Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3 Enforcement costs

The Parent shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

- 36 -


SECTION 7

GUARANTEE

 

17. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

 

  (a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

  (c) indemnifies each Finance Party immediately on demand (and shall make the relevant payment within five Business Days of such demand) against any cost, loss or liability suffered by that Finance Party if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which that Finance Party would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

17.2 Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3 Reinstatement

If any payment by an Obligor or any discharge given by a Finance Party (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided or reduced as a result of insolvency or any similar event:

 

  (a) the liability of each Obligor shall continue as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and

 

  (b) each Finance Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from each Obligor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.

 

17.4 Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 17 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

  (a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

- 37 -


  (b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

  (c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

  (f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5 Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6 Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 17.

 

17.7 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

- 38 -


  (b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or

 

  (c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party.

 

17.8 Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

- 39 -


SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

18. REPRESENTATIONS

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 to each Finance Party.

 

18.1 Status

 

  (a) It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

  (b) It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted or is contemplated to be conducted.

 

18.2 Power and authority

It has the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, and performance of, the Finance Documents to which it is party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

18.3 Binding obligations

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are, subject to any general principles of law as at the date of this Agreement limiting its obligations, which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) or Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

18.4 Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (a) any law applicable to it;

 

  (b) its Constitutional Documents; or

 

  (c) any material agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets.

 

18.5 Validity and admissibility in evidence

All authorisations required:

 

  (a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party and to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by it thereunder are legal, valid, binding and enforceable; and

 

  (b) to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation, have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

- 40 -


18.6 Governing law and enforcement

Subject to any general principles of law as at the date of this Agreement set out in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) or Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ):

 

  (a) the choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

  (b) any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

18.7 Deduction of Tax

It is not required under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

18.8 No filing or stamp taxes

Except to the extent set out in any legal opinion provided pursuant to Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) or Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ) in relation to it, under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

18.9 No default

 

  (a) No Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.

 

  (b) It is not, nor is it likely to be as a result of entering into and performing its obligations under the Finance Documents, in violation of any law or in breach of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party or which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.10 No misleading information

 

  (a) All written information supplied by it to the Finance Parties and the Agent in connection with this Agreement (and the information contained in the Information Package) (the “ Information ”) was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was given and was not misleading in any material respect at such date.

 

  (b) It has not knowingly withheld any information which, if disclosed, could reasonably be expected materially and adversely to affect the decision of the Finance Parties in considering whether or not to provide finance to each Borrower.

 

- 41 -


18.11 Financial statements

 

  (a) The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

  (b) The Original Financial Statements fairly represent the Group’s financial condition and operations during the relevant financial year.

 

18.12 Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

18.13 No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or government agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any Material Group Company.

 

18.14 No winding-up

No Material Group Company has taken any corporate action, nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief, after due enquiry) threatened against any Material Group Company, for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation or for the enforcement of any Encumbrance over all or any of its revenues or assets or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, conservator, custodian, trustee or similar officer of it or of all or any of its assets which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.15 No encumbrances

 

  (a) No Encumbrance exists over all or any of the assets of any Material Group Company except for Permitted Encumbrances.

 

  (b) No Encumbrance would arise as a result of the execution of and performance of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

18.16 Assets

It and each Material Group Company has good title to or validly leases or licenses all of the assets necessary and has all consents and/or authorisations necessary to carry on its business as conducted to the extent that failure to comply with this Clause 18.16 could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.17 Insurance

Each Material Group Company maintains insurances on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies in the jurisdiction in which it conducts its business carrying on substantially similar business in such jurisdiction.

 

- 42 -


18.18 Environmental Compliance

Each Material Group Company has adopted and complies with an environmental policy which requires monitoring of and compliance with all applicable Environmental Law and Environmental Permits applicable to it from time to time unless non-compliance with such policy could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.19 Environmental Claims

No Environmental Claim (not of a frivolous or vexatious nature) has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against any Material Group Company where that claim would be reasonably likely, if determined against that Material Group Company, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.20 Taxation

 

  (a) It and each Material Group Company has duly and punctually paid and discharged all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties except to the extent that:

 

  (i) payment is being contested in good faith;

 

  (ii) it has maintained adequate reserves for those Taxes; and

 

  (iii) payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

  (b) It is not and no Material Group Company is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns.

 

18.21 Ownership of Material Group Companies

 

  (a) Each Material Group Company (other than GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, the Cerro Corona Subsidiary, Promotora Minera de Guayana, S.A., and the Ghanaian Companies) is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

  (b) The Parent holds at least 74% of the issued share capital of GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited.

 

  (c) The Parent indirectly holds at least 71.1% of the issued share capital of each Ghanaian Company.

 

  (d) The Parent indirectly holds at least 92% of the voting shares in the share capital of the Cerro Corona Subsidiary (which equates to 80.7% of the issued and outstanding shares in the share capital of the Cerro Corona Subsidiary).

 

  (e) The Parent indirectly holds at least 95% of the issued share capital of Promotora Minera de Guayana, S.A., which owns and operates the Choco 10 mine in Venezuela.

 

- 43 -


18.22 No Material Adverse Effect

There has been no change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Obligors or the Group (taken as a whole) since 31 December 2006 which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.23 Times when representation made

 

  (a) All the representations and warranties in this Clause 18 are made by each Obligor on the date of this Agreement (other than paragraph (a) of Clause 18.10 ( No misleading information ) which is deemed to be made on the date the Information is provided by the relevant Obligor).

 

  (b) All the representations and warranties in this Clause 18 are deemed to be made by each Obligor (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on the date of each Utilisation Request and Utilisation Date.

 

  (c) The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on the first day of each Interest Period (other than on the first day of the first Interest Period for a Loan), on the date of extension pursuant to the exercise of the Extension Option under Clause 6.3 ( Extension Option ) and on the Facility A Term Out Date save that the references in Clause 18.11 ( Financial statements ) to “ the Original Financial Statements ” shall, for the purposes of the Repeating Representations, be construed as references to the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent delivered to the Agent under Clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ).

 

19. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 19 are given in favour of each Finance Party and remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

19.1 Financial statements

The Parent shall supply to the Agent:

 

  (a) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 (one hundred and twenty) days after the end of each of its Financial Years:

 

  (i) the audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent for that Financial Year;

 

  (ii) the audited financial statements of each Obligor (other than (A) Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited and Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited unless there is a legal requirement to audit its financial statements and (B) any other Obligor which is not legally required to audit its financial statements) for that Financial Year; and

 

  (iii)

if the audited financial statements of Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited and/or Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited and/or any other

 

- 44 -


 

Obligor which is not legally required to audit its financial statements, as the case may be, are not delivered under (ii) above, the unaudited financial statements of Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited and/or Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited and/or any Obligor which is not legally required to audit its financial statements, as the case may be, for that Financial Year;

 

  (b) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 (sixty) days after the first 6 (six) months of its Financial Years:

 

  (i) the unaudited financial statements of each Obligor for the first 6 (six) month period of that Financial Year; and

 

  (ii) the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Parent for the first 6 (six) month period of that Financial Year; and

 

  (c) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 45 (forty-five) days after the end of each quarter of each Financial Year:

 

  (i) the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Parent for that period; and

 

  (ii) the unaudited financial statements of each Obligor for that period.

 

19.2 Compliance Certificate

 

  (a) The Parent shall supply to the Agent, with each set of consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 19.1 ( Financial Statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  (b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by 2 (two) directors of the Parent and, if required to be delivered with the audited consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ), by the Auditors.

 

19.3 Requirements as to financial statements

 

  (a) Each set of financial statements delivered by the Parent pursuant to Clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by a director of the relevant company as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  (b) The Parent shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared in accordance with GAAP, the requirements of its jurisdiction of incorporation and accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements.

 

- 45 -


  (c) Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that, in relation to any sets of financial statements, the Parent notifies the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP or the accounting practices or reference periods and its Auditors (in the case of its annual audited financial statements) or the Parent (in the case of any of its other financial statements) delivers to the Agent:

 

  (i) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

  (ii) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Agent to determine whether Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

 

  (d) If the Parent notifies the Agent of a change in accordance with paragraph (c) above, then the Parent and the Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing:

 

  (i) whether or not the change might result in material alteration in the commercial effect of any of the terms of this Agreement or any other Finance Document; and

 

  (ii) if so, any amendments to this Agreement or any other Finance Document which may be necessary to ensure that the change does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of those terms, and if any amendments are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.

 

  (e) Any reference in this Agreement to “financial statements” shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as the same may be adjusted under this Clause 19.3 to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

19.4 Access to records

At any time after the occurrence of a Default and for so long as it is continuing, upon the request of the Agent or a Finance Party each Obligor shall (at that Obligor’s expense) provide to the Agent or any of its representatives and professional advisors such access to that Obligor’s records (including its general ledger), books and assets as that person may require at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice.

 

19.5 Information: miscellaneous

Each Obligor shall supply to the Agent, if the Agent so requests:

 

  (a) all documents dispatched by that Obligor to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

- 46 -


  (b) the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group which, if adversely determined against it, would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (c) promptly, such further information (including an extract of its general ledger) regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any Material Group Company as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request.

 

19.6 Notification of default

 

  (a) Each Obligor shall notify the Agent, of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

  (b) Promptly upon a request by the Agent, each Borrower shall supply to the Agent, a certificate signed by 2 (two) of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

19.7 Use of websites

 

  (a) The Parent may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “ Website Lenders ”) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Parent and the Agent (the “ Designated Website ”) if:

 

  (i) the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

  (ii) both the Parent and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

  (iii) the information is in a format previously agreed between the Parent and the Agent.

If any Lender (a “ Paper Form Lender ”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Parent accordingly and the Parent shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Parent shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

  (b) The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Parent and the Agent.

 

  (c) The Parent shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

  (i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

- 47 -


  (ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

  (iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

  (iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

  (v) the Parent becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If the Parent notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Parent under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Parent shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

19.8 “Know your customer” checks

 

  (a) If:

 

  (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii) any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

- 48 -


  (b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (c) The Parent shall, by not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

  (d) Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or an Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not readily available to it, the Parent shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

 

20. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

20.1 Financial definitions

In this Clause 20:

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any Measurement Period, (having reversed any entries made to reflect fair value gains or losses on financial derivative investments which are undertaken in the normal course of business) Consolidated Profits Before Interest and Tax before any amount attributable to the amortisation of intangible assets and depreciation of tangible assets and before any extraordinary items;

Consolidated Net Borrowings ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of all obligations of the Group for or in respect of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money but excluding any such obligation to any member of the Group, adjusted to take account of the aggregate amount of freely available cash and cash equivalents held by any member of the Group (and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once);

Consolidated Net Finance Charges ” means, in respect of any Measurement Period, the aggregate amount of the interest (including the interest element of leasing and hire purchase payments and capitalised interest), commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments

 

- 49 -


payable by any member of the Group (including any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payment payable by any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement but deducting any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments receivable by any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging instrument) but deducting any other interest receivable by any member of the Group on any deposit or bank account;

Consolidated Profits Before Interest and Tax ” means, in respect of any Measurement Period, the consolidated net income of the Group (less the net income of any Project Finance Subsidiaries but including any dividends received in cash by any member of the Group (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) from a Project Finance Subsidiary) before:

 

  (a) any provision on account of normal taxation; and

 

  (b) any interest, commission, discounts or other fees incurred or payable, received or receivable by any member of the Group in respect of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money; and

Measurement Period ” means each period of 12 (twelve) months ending on the last day of the Parent’s Financial Year and each period of 12 (twelve) months ending on the last day of the first half of the Parent’s Financial Year.

 

20.2 Financial condition

The Parent shall ensure that for so long as any amount is outstanding under a Finance Document or any Commitment is in force:

 

  (a) the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Finance Charges in respect of any Measurement Period shall be or shall exceed 5:1;

 

  (b) the ratio of Consolidated Net Borrowings to Consolidated EBITDA shall not in respect of any Measurement Period exceed 2.5:1.

 

20.3 Financial testing

The financial covenants set out in Clause 20.2 ( Financial condition ) shall be tested by reference to each of the financial statements and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Compliance Certificate ).

 

20.4 Breach of a Financial Condition Undertaking

Any Obligor shall, immediately upon becoming aware of a breach of either of the financial covenants in Clause 20.2 ( Financial condition ), notify the Agent and provide such details about the breach as the Agent may request (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

21. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 21 are given in favour of each Finance Party and remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

- 50 -


21.1 Authorisations

Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

  (a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (b) upon written request by the Agent or a Finance Party, supply certified copies to the Agent and/or a Finance Party, as the case may be, of,

any authorisation required or desirable under any applicable law to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document.

 

21.2 Compliance with laws

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject (including, but not limited to, Environmental Law), if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

21.3 Negative pledge

 

  (a) No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall procure that no other Material Group Company shall) create or permit to subsist any Encumbrance over any of its assets.

 

  (b) No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other Material Group Company will):

 

  (i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by it or by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

  (ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

  (iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  (iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

  (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to Permitted Encumbrances.

 

21.4 Disposals and Mergers

 

  (a) No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other Material Group Company will):

 

  (i) enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntarily or involuntarily to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets; or

 

- 51 -


  (ii) enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:

 

  (i) Permitted Disposals; or

 

  (ii) any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction of any member of the Group, without insolvency, if:

 

  (A) in respect of the Obligors or the successors-in-title or assignees of the Obligors, the Finance Documents are preserved as binding upon the amalgamated, demerged, merged and/or reconstructed members of the Group; and

 

  (B) the amalgamated, demerged, merged and/or reconstructed companies will be members of the Group; and

 

  (C) such amalgamation, demerger, merger and/or corporate reconstruction will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.5 Change of business

Each Obligor shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of its business or the business of the Group taken as a whole from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

21.6 Insurance

Each Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that each Material Group Company will) maintain insurances on and in relation to its business, properties and assets with reputable underwriters or insurance companies against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business.

 

21.7 Environmental Compliance

Each Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that each Material Group Company will) substantially comply in all material respects with all Environmental Law and obtain and maintain any Environmental Permits and take all reasonable steps in anticipation of known or expected future changes to or obligations under the same.

 

21.8 Environmental Claims

Each Obligor shall inform the Agent, in writing as soon as reasonably practical upon becoming aware of the same:

 

  (a) if any Environmental Claim (not of a frivolous or vexatious nature) has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against any Material Group Company; or

 

- 52 -


  (b) of any facts or circumstances which will or are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim (not of a frivolous or vexatious nature) being commenced or threatened against any Material Group Company,

where the claim would be reasonably likely, if determined against that Material Group Company, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.9 Taxation

Each Material Group Company shall duly and punctually pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties save to the extent that:

 

  (a) payment is being contested in good faith;

 

  (b) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes; and

 

  (c) where such payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

21.10 Maintenance of Legal Status

Each Material Group Company shall do all such things as are necessary to maintain its existence as a legal person and shall maintain its books and records in good order and make all necessary corporate filings with the relevant authorities in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

21.11 Claims Pari Passu

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times the claims of the Finance Parties against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

21.12 Maintenance of Assets

Each Material Group Company shall ensure that it has good title to or validly leases or licences all of the assets necessary and has all consents and/or authorisations necessary to carry on its business as conducted to the extent that failure to comply with this Clause 21.12 could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.13 Acquisitions

No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no Material Group Company will), without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, enter into any transaction, acquire any company, business, assets or undertaking where such a transaction or acquisition is classed as a “Category 1” transaction under the Listing Requirements of the JSE Limited. For the purpose of this Clause 21.13 only, references to a transaction shall be construed as not including any acquisition of the Parent by a third party.

 

- 53 -


21.14 Financial Indebtedness

No member of the Group (other than a Guarantor or a Project Finance Subsidiary) shall incur, create or permit to subsist or have outstanding any Financial Indebtedness or enter into any agreement or arrangement whereby it is entitled to incur, create or permit to subsist any Financial Indebtedness other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

21.15 Ownership of Material Group Companies

The Parent shall ensure that:

 

  (a) each Material Group Company which is a Material Group Company at the date of this Agreement (other than the GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, any Ghanaian Company, Promotora Minera de Guayana, S.A., the Cerro Corona Subsidiary) is and continues to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent;

 

  (b) it holds and continues to hold at least 74% of the issued share capital of GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited;

 

  (c) it indirectly holds and continues to indirectly hold at least 71.1% of the issued share capital of each Ghanaian Company;

 

  (d) it indirectly holds and continues to indirectly hold at least 92% of the voting shares in the share capital of the Cerro Corona Subsidiary (which equates to 80.7% of the issued and outstanding shares in the share capital of the Cerro Corona Subsidiary); and

 

  (e) it indirectly holds and continues to indirectly hold at least 95% of the issued share capital of Promotora Minera de Guayana, S.A., which owns and operates the Choco 10 mine in Venezuela.

 

22. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 22 is an Event of Default (whether or not caused by any reason whatsoever outside the control of a Borrower or the Parent or any other person).

 

22.1 Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressly payable unless payment is made within 3 (three) Business Days of its due date.

 

22.2 Financial covenants

Any requirement of Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) is not satisfied.

 

- 54 -


22.3 Other obligations

 

  (a) Subject to Clause 22.17 ( Remedy ), an Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 22.1 ( Non-Payment ) and Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants )).

 

  (b) No Event of Default will occur under paragraph (a) above if the Taxes not duly and punctually paid and discharged and in respect of which the undertaking contained in Clause 21.9 ( Taxation ) is given do not exceed an amount of $10,000,000 (ten million dollars).

 

22.4 Misrepresentation

 

  (a) Subject to Clause 22.17 ( Remedy ), any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by any Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material and adverse respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

  (b) No Event of Default will occur under paragraph (a) above if the Taxes in respect of which the representation contained in Clause 18.20 ( Taxation ) was made does not exceed an amount of $10,000,000 (ten million dollars).

 

22.5 Cross-default

 

  (a) Any Financial Indebtedness of a Material Group Company is not paid when due, nor where there is an applicable grace period, within the earlier to expire of the originally applicable grace period and a period of 5 (five) days starting at the same time as the originally applicable grace period.

 

  (b) Any Financial Indebtedness of a Material Group Company is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  (c) Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of a Material Group Company is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of a Material Group Company as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  (d) Any creditor of a Material Group Company becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of a Material Group Company due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  (e) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 22.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness, falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) of this Clause 22.5 above is less than $20,000,000.

 

22.6 Insolvency

 

  (a)

Any Material Group Company is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its

 

- 55 -


 

classes of creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its Financial Indebtedness which in the case of a Material Group Company (other than an Obligor) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b) The value of the assets of any Material Group Company is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities) which in the case of a Material Group Company (other than an Obligor) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (c) A moratorium is declared in respect of any Financial Indebtedness of any Material Group Company.

 

22.7 Insolvency proceedings

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other similar procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

  (a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any Financial Indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Material Group Company;

 

  (b) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor or class of creditors of any Material Group Company;

 

  (c) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, judicial manager, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Material Group Company or any of its assets; or

 

  (d) enforcement of any Encumbrance over any assets of any Material Group Company,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction and any such procedure or proceedings are not contested in good faith nor discharged within 30 (thirty) days (or such shorter period provided for contesting such procedure or proceedings under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction).

 

22.8 Failure to comply with final judgement

Any Material Group Company fails within 5 (five) Business Days of the due date to comply with or pay any sum due from it under any material final judgement or any final order made or given by any court of competent jurisdiction. For the purposes of this Clause 22.8, a “ material final judgement ” shall be any judgement for the payment of a sum of money in excess of $10,000,000 (ten million dollars).

 

22.9 Creditors’ process

Any expropriation (other than an expropriation where fair compensation is received) or the operation of the attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any material asset of a Material Group Company and is not discharged within 21 (twenty-one) days. For the purposes of this Clause 22.9 a “ material asset ” is any single income producing asset of the relevant Material Group Company which contributes not less than 5% (five percent) towards

 

- 56 -


the Consolidated EBITDA or gross assets of the Group (calculated according to the most recent set of audited consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 ( Financial Statements )) provided that any loss of mineral rights arising as a result of the operation of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, No. 28 of 2002 substantially in its current form as at the date of this Agreement and/or the operation of the Minerals and Petroleum Royalty Bill in substantially its current form once enacted shall not constitute an expropriation for the purposes of this Clause 22.9.

 

22.10 Unlawfulness

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or such obligations cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable obligations.

 

22.11 Repudiation and Unenforceability

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or any Finance Document is declared to be or is otherwise unenforceable against an Obligor by a court of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Obligor.

 

22.12 Governmental Intervention

By or under the authority of any government:

 

  (a) the management of any Material Group Company is wholly or partially displaced or the authority of any Material Group Company in the conduct of its business is wholly or partially taken over; or

 

  (b) all or a majority of the issued shares of any Material Group Company or material part of its revenues or assets is seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired. For the purposes of this Clause 22.12 “ material part of its revenues or assets ” shall in relation to the relevant Material Group Company be construed as revenues comprising not less than 5% (five percent) of the Consolidated EBITDA or gross assets of the Group calculated mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of Clause 22.9 ( Creditors’ process ) or assets which contribute not less than 5% (five percent) towards the Consolidated EBITDA or gross assets of the Group calculated mutatis mutandis accordance with the provisions of Clause 22.9 ( Creditors’ process ), provided that neither the implementation of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, No. 28 of 2002 substantially in its current form as at the date of this Agreement nor the implementation of the Minerals and Petroleum Royalty Bill in substantially its current form once enacted shall constitute a seizure, nationalisation, expropriation or compulsory acquisition as contemplated by this Clause 22.12.

 

22.13 Material Adverse Effect

Any change occurs in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Obligors or the Group taken as a whole since the date of the Original Financial Statements provided to the Agent in accordance with this Agreement, which could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 57 -


22.14 Cessation of Business

Any Material Group Company ceases to carry on the business which it undertakes at the date of this Agreement.

 

22.15 Litigation

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings or governmental or regulatory investigations or proceedings against any Material Group Company or its respective assets or revenues is reasonably expected to be adversely determined, and if so determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.16 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower and the Parent:

 

  (a) cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

  (b) declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  (c) declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

22.17 Remedy

 

  (a) No Event of Default under this Clause 22 ( Events of Default ) (other than those referred to in Clause 22.1 ( Non-payment ) and 22.2 ( Financial covenants )) will occur if the failure to comply or circumstance giving rise to the same is capable of remedy and is remedied by an Obligor within 10 (ten) days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to the Obligors or any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

  (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) above, the events or circumstances referred to in Clause 22.5 ( Cross-default ), Clause 22.6 ( Insolvency ), Clause 22.7 ( Insolvency Proceedings ), Clause 22.8 ( Failure to comply with final judgment ), Clause 22.9 ( Creditors’ process ), Clause 22.10 ( Unlawfulness ), Clause 22.11 ( Repudiation and Unenforceability ), Clause 22.12 ( Governmental Intervention ), Clause 22.13 ( Material Adverse Effect ) and Clause 22.14 ( Cessation of Business ) shall be deemed to be incapable of remedy save to the extent set out therein unless the Agent determines otherwise.

 

- 58 -


SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

23. CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

23.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this Clause 23, a Lender (the “ Existing Lender ”) may:

 

  (a) assign any of its rights; or

 

  (b) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

to another bank or financial institution (the “ New Lender ”).

 

23.2 Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

  (a) The consent of the Parent is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer:

 

  (i) is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; or

 

  (ii) takes effect at a time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

  (b) The consent of the Parent to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Parent will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Parent within that time.

 

  (c) The consent of the Parent to an assignment or transfer must not be withheld solely because the assignment or transfer may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost.

 

  (d) An assignment will only be effective on:

 

  (i) receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender; and

 

  (ii) performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

  (e) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.

 

  (f) If:

 

  (i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

- 59 -


  (ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or Clause 13 ( Increased costs ),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

 

23.3 Assignment or transfer fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,000, unless the Agent, in its sole discretion, agrees to waive the payment of such fee.

 

23.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

  (a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (ii) the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

  (iii) the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

  (iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

  (b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  (c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

  (i) accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 23; or

 

- 60 -


  (ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

23.5 Procedure for transfer

 

  (a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

  (b) The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

  (c) On the Transfer Date:

 

  (i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the “ Discharged Rights and Obligations ”);

 

  (ii) each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

  (iii) the Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

23.6 Copy of Transfer Certificate to Parent

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Parent a copy of that Transfer Certificate.

 

- 61 -


23.7 Disclosure of information

Any Lender may disclose to any of its Affiliates and any other person:

 

  (a) to (or through) whom that Lender assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (b) with (or through) whom that Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, this Agreement or any Obligor; or

 

  (c) to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law or regulation,

any information about any Obligor, the Group and the Finance Documents as that Lender shall consider appropriate if, in relation to paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the person to whom the information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking. A Lender may also disclose the size and term of the Facilities and the name of each Obligor to any investor or potential investor in a securitisation (or similar transaction of broadly equivalent economic effect) if the person to whom the information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking.

 

24. CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

24.1 Assignment and transfer by Obligors

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

24.2 Additional Borrowers

 

  (a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 19.8 ( “Know your customer” checks ), the Parent may request that any of its Subsidiaries become an Additional Borrower. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower if:

 

  (i) all the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary;

 

  (ii) the Parent delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter;

 

  (iii) the Parent confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and

 

  (iv) the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

  (b) The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ).

 

- 62 -


24.3 Resignation of an Additional Borrower

 

  (a) The Parent may request that a Borrower (other than the Original Borrowers) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

  (b) The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Parent and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

  (i) no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Parent has confirmed to the Agent that this is the case); and

 

  (ii) the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents,

whereupon that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

24.4 Additional Guarantors

 

  (a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 19.8 ( “Know your customer” checks ), the Parent may request that any of its Subsidiaries become an Additional Guarantor. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Guarantor if;

 

  (i) the Parent delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; and

 

  (ii) the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part III of Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

  (b) The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part III of Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ).

 

24.5 Repetition of Representations

Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the representations in Clause 18 ( Representations ) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

24.6 Resignation of an Additional Guarantor

 

  (a) The Parent may request that a Guarantor (other than an Original Guarantor) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

  (b) The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Parent and the Lenders of its acceptance if no Default is continuing and the Parent has confirmed to the Agent that this is the case.

 

- 63 -


SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

25. ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE ARRANGER

 

25.1 Appointment of the Agent

 

  (a) Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

25.2 Duties of the Agent

 

  (a) The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

  (b) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

  (c) If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

  (d) If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Arranger) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

  (e) The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

25.3 Role of the Arranger

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

25.4 No fiduciary duties

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

  (b) Neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

25.5 Business with the Group

The Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

- 64 -


25.6 Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

  (a) The Agent may rely on:

 

  (i) any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

  (ii) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

 

  (b) The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

  (i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 22.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

  (ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

  (iii) any notice or request made by the Parent (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

  (c) The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

  (d) The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

  (e) The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

  (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

25.7 Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

  (a) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

  (b) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

- 65 -


  (c) The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

  (d) In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

  (e) The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

25.8 Responsibility for documentation

Neither the Agent nor the Arranger:

 

  (a) is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

  (b) is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

25.9 Exclusion of liability

 

  (a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below, the Agent will not be liable (including without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  (b) No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause 25.9 subject to Clause 1.4 ( Third Party Rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

  (c) The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

  (d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger.

 

- 66 -


25.10 Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

25.11 Resignation of the Agent

 

  (a) The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Parent.

 

  (b) Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Parent, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Parent) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

  (c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Parent) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

  (d) The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (e) The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

  (f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 25. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

  (g) After consultation with the Parent, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

25.12 Confidentiality

 

  (a) In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

- 67 -


  (b) If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

25.13 Relationship with the Lenders

 

  (a) The Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost Formulae ).

 

25.14 Credit appraisal by the Lenders

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

  (a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

  (b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (c) whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (d) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

25.15 Reference Banks

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Parent) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

- 68 -


25.16 Agent’s Management Time

Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 14.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) and Clause 25.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Parent and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

25.17 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

26. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

  (a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

27. SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

27.1 Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a “ Recovering Finance Party ”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 28 ( Payment Mechanics ) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

  (a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

  (b) the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 28 ( Payment Mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

  (c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “ Sharing Payment ”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 28.5 ( Partial Payments ).

 

- 69 -


27.2 Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in accordance with Clause 28.5 ( Partial Payments ).

 

27.3 Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

  (a) On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 27.2 ( Redistribution of payments ), the Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in the redistribution.

 

  (b) If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under paragraph (a) above, the relevant Obligor shall be liable to the Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable.

 

27.4 Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  (a) each Finance Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment pursuant to Clause 27.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and

 

  (b) that Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any reimbursement shall be cancelled and the relevant Obligor will be liable to the reimbursing Finance Party for the amount so reimbursed.

 

27.5 Exceptions

 

  (a) This Clause 27 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause 27, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

  (b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

  (i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

  (ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

- 70 -


SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

 

28. PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

28.1 Payments to the Agent

 

  (a) On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

  (b) Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

28.2 Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 28.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ), Clause 28.4 ( Clawback ) and Clause 25.17 ( Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

 

28.3 Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 29 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

28.4 Clawback

 

  (a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

  (b) If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

- 71 -


28.5 Partial payments

 

  (a) If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (i) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent and the Arranger under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

  (iii) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

  (iv) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

  (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

28.6 No set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

28.7 Business Days

 

  (a) Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

  (b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

28.8 Currency of account

 

  (a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

  (b) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

  (c) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

- 72 -


28.9 Change of currency

 

  (a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

  (i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Parent); and

 

  (ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

  (b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Parent) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

29. SET-OFF

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

30. NOTICES

 

30.1 Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

30.2 Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  (a) in the case of the Parent, that identified with its name below;

 

  (b) in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

  (c) in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below,

 

- 73 -


or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

30.3 Delivery

 

  (a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  (i) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  (ii) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 30.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

  (b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

  (c) All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

  (d) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Parent in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

30.4 Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 30.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

30.5 Electronic communication

 

  (a) Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender:

 

  (i) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

  (ii) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (iii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

- 74 -


  (b) Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

30.6 English language

 

  (a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

  (b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

  (i) in English; or

 

  (ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

30.7 Obligor agent

 

  (a) Each Obligor (other than the Parent) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Letter (as the case may be) irrevocably appoints the Parent to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

 

  (i) the Parent on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of a Borrower, Utilisation Requests, Selection Notices or Facility A Term Out Notices), to execute on its behalf any documents required hereunder and to make such agreements capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and

 

  (ii) each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Parent on its behalf,

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests, Selection Notices or Facility A Term Out Notices) or executed or made such agreements or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

 

  (b) Every act, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, notice or other communication given or made by the Parent or given to the Parent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Parent and any other Obligor, those of the Parent shall prevail.

 

- 75 -


31. CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

31.1 Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

31.2 Certificates and Determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

31.3 Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

32. PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

33. REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

34. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

34.1 Required consents

 

  (a) Subject to Clause 34.2 ( Exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Parent and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

  (b) The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 34.

 

- 76 -


34.2 Exceptions

 

  (a) An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (i) the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (ii) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (iii) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

  (iv) an increase in or an extension of any Commitment;

 

  (v) a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors (other than in accordance with Clause 24 ( Changes to the Obligors ));

 

  (vi) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

  (vii) Clause 2.2 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), Clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) or this Clause 34.

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

  (b) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Arranger may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Arranger.

 

 

(c)

An amendment or waiver which has the effect of obliging any Lender which has a Facility B Commitment to make a participation in a proposed Facility B Loan when it would not otherwise be obliged to do so under this Agreement, shall not be made without the prior consent of a Lender or Lenders whose participations in that Facility B Loan (assuming that Utilisation would occur) would aggregate more than 66 2 / 3  per cent of the amount of that Utilisation under Facility B.

 

35. COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

- 77 -


SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

36. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement is governed by English law.

 

37. ENFORCEMENT

 

37.1 Jurisdiction

 

  (a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a “ Dispute ”).

 

  (b) The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

  (c) This Clause 37.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

37.2 Service of process

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

  (a) irrevocably appoints Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited as its agent for service of process (in the case of an Obligor incorporated in South Africa, domicilium citandi et executandi ) in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (b) agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

- 78 -


SCHEDULE 1

T HE O RIGINAL P ARTIES

Part I

The Obligors

 

Name of Original Borrowers

  

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, incorporated in South Africa

   2002/031431/07

Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, incorporated in the British Virgin Islands

   184982

Western Areas Limited, incorporated in South Africa

   1959/003209/06

Name of Original Guarantors

  

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, incorporated in South Africa

   2002/031431/07

Gold Fields Limited, incorporated in South Africa

   1968/004880/06

Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited, incorporated in the British Virgin Islands

   651406

Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, incorporated in the British Virgin Islands

   184982

Western Areas Limited, incorporated in South Africa

   1959/003209/06

 

- 79 -


Part II

The Original Lenders

 

Name of Original Lender

   Facility A Commitment

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

     17,000,000

Barclays Bank PLC

     17,000,000

Bank of Montreal Ireland plc

     16,000,000

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.

     16,000,000

BNP Paribas S.A.

     16,000,000

CALYON

     16,000,000

Citibank N.A., London Branch

     16,000,000

Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft

     16,000,000

Commonwealth Bank of Australia

     16,000,000

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A

     16,000,000

Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.

     16,000,000

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

     16,000,000

Standard Chartered Bank

     16,000,000

The Bank of Nova Scotia

     10,000,000

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.

     10,000,000

Royal Bank of Canada Europe Limited

     10,000,000

Standard Finance (Isle of Man) Limited

     10,000,000
      
   $ 250,000,000

 

- 80 -


Name of Original Lender

   Facility B Commitment

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

     34,000,000

Barclays Bank PLC

     34,000,000

Bank of Montreal Ireland plc

     32,000,000

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.

     32,000,000

BNP Paribas S.A.

     32,000,000

CALYON

     32,000,000

Citibank N.A., London Branch

     32,000,000

Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft

     32,000,000

Commonwealth Bank of Australia

     32,000,000

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A

     32,000,000

Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.

     32,000,000

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

     32,000,000

Standard Chartered Bank

     32,000,000

The Bank of Nova Scotia

     20,000,000

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.

     20,000,000

Royal Bank of Canada Europe Limited

     20,000,000

Standard Finance (Isle of Man) Limited

     20,000,000
      
   $ 500,000,000

 

- 81 -


SCHEDULE 2

C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT

Part I

Conditions precedent to initial utilisation

 

1. Obligors

 

  (a) A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

 

  (b) A copy of a good standing certificate with respect to Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited and Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, issued as of a recent date by the appropriate official in the British Virgin Islands.

 

  (c) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor:

 

  (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

  (iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or dispatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request and Selection Notice) to be signed and/or dispatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (d) A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (c) above.

 

  (e) A certificate of incumbency from the registered agent for Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited and Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited.

 

  (f) A copy of the resolution of the shareholders of Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited and Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited approving the relevant resolutions of the board of directors and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

  (g) A certificate of the Obligors (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Obligor to be exceeded.

 

  (h) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part 1 of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

- 82 -


2. Legal opinions

 

  (a) A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (b) A legal opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman, legal advisers to the Arranger and Agent in the British Virgin Islands, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (c) A legal opinion of Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs, legal advisers to the Arranger and Agent in South Africa, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

3. Other documents and evidence

 

  (a) Evidence that any agent for service of process referred to in Clause 37.2 ( Service of process ) has accepted its appointment.

 

  (b) The Original Financial Statements together with the latest audited financial statements of each Obligor (other than Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited and Gold Fields Orogen Golding (BVI) Limited).

 

  (c) The latest unaudited financial statements of Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited and Gold Fields Orogen Golding (BVI) Limited

 

  (d) Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Parent pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the initial Utilisation Date.

 

  (e) A copy of the approval of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank confirming that Gold Fields Limited, GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited and Western Areas Limited may enter into and provide the guarantee as contemplated by this Agreement and that the Original Borrowers may enter into and implement the provisions of this Agreement. If such approval is granted conditionally, this condition precedent shall not be considered to have been fulfilled, unless both the Lenders and the Original Borrowers acknowledge in writing to each other that such conditions are acceptable.

 

  (f) A copy of any authorisation or consent (to include any relevant corporate, regulatory and shareholder consent) which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

  (g) Evidence that irrevocable notices of prepayment and cancellation have been issued in respect of the Existing Facilities and that all outstandings under such facilities will be prepaid in full and cancelled simultaneously on the first Utilisation Date.

 

- 83 -


Part II

Conditions Precedent Required to be delivered by an Additional Borrower

 

1. An Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Borrower and the Parent.

 

2. A copy of a good standing certificate with respect to any Additional Borrower incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, issued as of a recent date by the appropriate official in the British Virgin Islands.

 

3. A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Borrower.

 

4. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Borrower:

 

  (a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Accession Letter;

 

  (b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter on its behalf; and

 

  (c) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

5. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 4 above.

 

6. A certificate of incumbency from the registered agent of each Additional Borrower incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.

 

7. If appropriate, a certificate of the Additional Borrower (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

8. A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Borrower certifying that each copy document listed in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter.

 

9. A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

10. If appropriate, a copy of the approval of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank confirming that Additional Borrower may enter into and provide the guarantee as contemplated by this Agreement and that the Additional Borrower may enter into and implement the provisions of this Agreement. If such approval is granted conditionally, this condition precedent shall not be considered to have been fulfilled, unless both the Lenders and the Additional Borrower acknowledge in writing to each other that such conditions are acceptable.

 

- 84 -


11. If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Borrower.

 

12. A legal opinion from legal advisers to the Agent in England.

 

13. If the Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Borrower is incorporated.

 

14. If the proposed Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that the agent for service of process specified in Clause 37.2 ( Service of process ) has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Borrower.

 

- 85 -


Part III

Conditions Precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Guarantor

 

1. An Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Guarantor and the Company.

 

2. A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Guarantor.

 

3. A copy of a good standing certificate with respect to any Additional Guarantor incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, issued as of a recent date by the appropriate official in the British Virgin Islands.

 

4. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Guarantor:

 

  (a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Accession Letter;

 

  (b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter on its behalf; and

 

  (c) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or dispatch all other documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

5. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 4 above.

 

6. A certificate of incumbency from the registered agent of each Additional guarantor incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.

 

7. A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party.

 

8. A certificate of the Additional Guarantor (signed by a director) confirming that guaranteeing the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

9. A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Guarantor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part III of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter.

 

10. A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

11. If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Guarantor.

 

12. A legal opinion from legal advisers to the Agent in England.

 

- 86 -


13. If the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Guarantor is incorporated.

 

14. If the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that the agent for service of process specified in Clause 37.2 ( Service of process ) has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Guarantor.

 

15. A copy of the approval of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank confirming that any Additional Guarantor incorporated in South Africa may enter into and provide the guarantees as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

- 87 -


SCHEDULE 3

R EQUESTS

Part I

Utilisation Request

 

From:   Gold Fields Limited for and on behalf of [ Borrower ]
To:   Barclays Bank PLC
Dated:  

Dear Sirs

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited

and Western Areas Limited – $750,000,000 Credit Facilities Agreement dated [•] 2007 (the

“Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2. We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

 

  Proposed Utilisation Date:    [        ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
  Facility:    [Facility A]/[Facility B]
  Currency of Loan:    Dollars
  Amount:    [                    ]
  Interest Period:    [                    ]

 

3. We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4. The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [ account ].

 

5. This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

 


authorised signatory for

Gold Fields Limited for and on behalf of

[ name of relevant Borrower ]

 

- 88 -


Part II

Selection Notice

 

From:   Gold Fields Limited for and on behalf of [Borrower]
To:   Barclays Bank PLC
Dated:  

Dear Sirs

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited

and Western Areas Limited- US$750,000,000 Credit Facilities Agreement dated [•] 2007 (the

“Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2. We refer to the following Facility A Term Out Loans with an Interest Period ending on [            ] * .

 

3. [We request that the above Facility A Term Out Loans be divided into [            ] Facility A Term Out Loans of the following amounts and with the following Interest Periods:] **

or

[We request that the next Interest Period for the above Facility A Term Out Loans is [            ]]. ***

 

4. This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

 


authorised signatory for

Gold Fields Limited on behalf of

[name of relevant Borrower]


* Insert details of all Loans in the same currency which have an Interest Period ending on the same date.
** Use this option if division of Loans is requested.
*** Use this option if sub-division is not required.

 

- 89 -


SCHEDULE 4

M ANDATORY C OST F ORMULAE

 

1. The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

2. On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “ Additional Cost Rate ”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

3. The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.

 

4. The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

 

    E  x 0.01   per cent. per annum.
        300  

Where:

 

  E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

5. For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

  (a) Fees Rules ” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

  (b) Fee Tariffs ” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

 

  (c) Tariff Base ” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

- 90 -


6. If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

 

7. Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

  (a) the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and

 

  (b) any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

8. The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 6 and 7 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.

 

9. The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

10. The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above.

 

11. Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

12. The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Parent and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Financial Services Authority or, the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

- 91 -


SCHEDULE 5

F ORM OF T RANSFER C ERTIFICATE

 

To:   Barclays Bank PLC as Agent
From:   [ The Existing Lender ] (the “ Existing Lender ”) and [ The New Lender ] (the “ New Lender ”)
Dated:  

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited

and Western Areas Limited – US$750,000,000 Credit Facilities Agreement dated [•] 2007 (the

“Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2. We refer to Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):

 

  (a) The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ).

 

  (b) The proposed Transfer Date is [            ].

 

  (c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

3. The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 23.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

 

4. This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

5. This Transfer Certificate is governed by English law.

 

- 92 -


THE SCHEDULE

C OMMITMENT / RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS TO BE TRANSFERRED

[ insert relevant details ]

[ Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments, ]

 

[Existing Lender]    [New Lender]
By:    By:

 

- 93 -


This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [            ].

[•]

By:

 

- 94 -


SCHEDULE 6

F ORM OF A CCESSION L ETTER

 

To:   Barclays Bank PLC as Agent
From:   [Subsidiary] and Gold Fields Limited
Dated:  

Dear Sirs

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited

and Western Areas Limited – US$750,000,000 Credit Facilities Agreement dated [•] 2007 (the

“Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Letter unless given a different meaning in this Accession Letter.

 

2. [Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] pursuant to Clause [24.2 ( Additional Borrowers )]/[24.4 ( Additional Guarantors )] of the Agreement. [Subsidiary] is a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Parent duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction].

 

3. [ Specify purpose of the Loan ].

 

4. [Subsidiary’s] administrative details are as follows:

Address:

Fax No:

Attention:

 

5. This Accession Letter is governed by English law.

 

   Gold Fields Limited    [Subsidiary]
   By:    By:

 

- 95 -


SCHEDULE 7

F ORM OF R ESIGNATION L ETTER

 

To:   Barclays Bank PLC as Agent
From:   [resigning Obligor] and Gold Fields Limited
Dated:  

Dear Sirs

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited

and Western Areas Limited – US$750,000,000 Credit Facilities Agreement dated [•] 2007 (the

“Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Accession Letter.

 

2. Pursuant to [Clause 24.3 ( Resignation of an Additional Borrower )]/[Clause 24.6 ( Resignation of an Additional Guarantor )], we request that [resigning Obligor] be released from its obligations as a [Borrower]/[Guarantor] under the Agreement.

 

3. We confirm that no default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request.

 

4. This Resignation Letter is governed by English law.

 

   Gold Fields Limited    [Subsidiary]
   By:    By:

 

- 96 -


SCHEDULE 8

F ORM OF C OMPLIANCE C ERTIFICATE

 

To:   Barclays Bank PLC as Agent
From:   Gold Fields Limited
Dated:  

Dear Sirs

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited

and Western Areas Limited – US$750,000,000 Credit Facilities Agreement dated [•] 2007 (the

“Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2. We confirm that as at [ ]:

 

  (a) Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Finance Charges

the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Finance Charges in respect of the Measurement Period ending on [ ] was: [            ] : 1; and

 

  (b) Consolidated Net Borrowings to Consolidated EBITDA

the ratio of Consolidated Net Borrowings to Consolidated EBITDA in respect of the Measurement Period ending on [ ] was: [            ] : 1,

and attach calculations showing how these figures were calculated.

 

3. We confirm that no Default is continuing.

 

Signed:  

 

  

 

  Director Of Gold Fields Limited    Director Of Gold Fields Limited
[insert applicable certification language]   

 

  
[or and on behalf of   
[ name of auditors of the Parent ]   

 

- 97 -


SCHEDULE 9

F ORM OF F ACILITY A T ERM OUT N OTICE

 

From:   Gold Fields Limited
To:   Barclays Bank PLC
Dated:  

Dear Sirs

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited

and Western Areas Limited – US$750,000,000 Credit Facilities Agreement dated [•] 2007 (the

“Agreement”)

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Facility A Term Out Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Facility A Term Out Notice unless given a different meaning in this Facility A Term Out Notice,

We elect to exercise the Facility A Term Out Option pursuant to Clause 6.2 ( Facility A Term Out Option ) of the Agreement in relation to the following Loan:

 

Amount:    [                                                             ]
Currency:    Dollars
Interest Period:    [                                                             ]

The Facility A Term Out Date shall be [date].

The Facility A Termination Date shall be [date].

This Facility A Term Out Notice is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

 


authorised signatory for

Gold Fields Limited

 

- 98 -


SCHEDULE 10

T IMETABLE

“U” = date of utilisation

“U - X” = X Business Days prior to date of Utilisation

 

Delivery of a duly completed

Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1

(Delivery of a Utilisation Request)

or in relation to a Facility A Term

Out Loan only, a Selection Notice

(Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods ) )

  

U-3*

10.00 a.m.

Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan

in accordance with Clause 5.4

( Lenders’ participation )

  

U-3*

3.00 p.m.

LIBOR is fixed

  

U-2**

11:00 a.m.


* provided that, in respect of the first Utilisation only, the Specified Time shall be U-2
** provided that, in respect of the first Utilisation only, the Specified Time shall be U-1

 

- 99 -


SIGNATURES
The Parent
GOLD FIELDS LIMITED
By:  
Address:   24 St Andrews Road
  Parktown, 2193
  Johannesburg
  South Africa
Tel:   +27 11 644 2400
Fax:   +27 11 484 4882
Attention:   Executive Vice President - General Counsel
The Original Borrowers
GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
By:  
Address:   24 St Andrews Road
  Parktown, 2193
  Johannesburg
  South Africa
Tel:   +27 11 644 2400
Fax:   +27 11 484 4882
Attention:   Executive Vice President - General Counsel

 

- 100 -


GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDING (BVI) LIMITED
By:  
Address:   Fallon Cliff
  Palace Road
  Douglas
  Isle of Man
Fax:   +44 1624 630 001
Attention:   Company Secretary
WESTERN AREAS LIMITED
By:  
Address:   24 St Andrews Road
  Parktown
  2193
  Johannesburg
  South Africa
Fax:   +27 11 434 4882
Attention:   Executive Vice President - General Counsel
The Original Guarantors
GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
By:  
Address:   24 St Andrews Road
  Parktown, 2193
  Johannesburg
  South Africa
Tel:   +27 11 644 2400
Fax:   +27 11 484 4882
Attention:   Executive Vice President - General Counsel

 

- 101 -


GOLD FIELDS LIMITED
By:  
Address:   24 St Andrews Road
  Parktown, 2193
  Johannesburg
  South Africa
Tel:   +27 11 644 2400
Fax:   +27 11 484 4882
Attention:   Executive Vice President - General Counsel
GOLD FIELDS HOLDINGS COMPANY (BVI) LIMITED
By:  
Address:   24 St Andrews Road
  Parktown, 2193
  Johannesburg
  South Africa
Tel:   +27 11 644 2400
Fax:   +27 11 484 4882
Attention:   Executive Vice President - General Counsel
GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDING (BVI) LIMITED
By:  
Address:   Falcon Cliff, Palace Road
  Douglas
  Isle of Man
  IM99 1EP
  British Isles
Tel:   +44 (0) 1624 63 00 00
Fax:   +44 (0) 1624 63 00 01
Attention:   Company Secretary

 

- 102 -


WESTERN AREAS LIMITED
By:  
Address:   24 St Andrews Road
  Parktown, 2193
  Johannesburg
  South Africa
Tel:   +27 11 644 2400
Fax:   +27 11 484 4882
Attention:   Executive Vice President - General Counsel
The Arrangers
ABN AMRO BANK N.V.
By:  
BARCLAYS CAPITAL
By:  
The Agent
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By:  
Address:   5 The North Colonnade
  Canary Wharf
  London E14 4BB
Fax:   020 7773 4893
Attention:   Global Loans - Agency Division

 

- 103 -


The Original Lenders
ABN AMRO BANK N.V.
By:  
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By:  
BANK OF MONTREAL IRELAND PLC
By:  
THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.
By:  
BNP PARIBAS S.A.
By:  
CALYON
By:  
CITIBANK N.A., LONDON BRANCH
By:  
COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
By:  
COMMONWEALTH BANK OF AUSTRALIA
By:  

 

- 104 -


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A

By:

 
MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.

By:

 
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

By:

 
STANDARD CHARTERED BANK

By:

 
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

By:

 
DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.

By:

 
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA EUROPE LIMITED

By:

 
STANDARD FINANCE (ISLE OF MAN) LIMITED

By:

 

 

- 105 -

Exhibit 4.38

EXECUTION

FACILITY AGREEMENT

made and entered into between

ABSA CAPITAL

(a division of Absa Bank Limited)

and

GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

 


LOGO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

 

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE

1.

  INTERPRETATION AND PRELIMINARY    1

2.

  SUSPENSIVE CONDITIONS    16

3.

  FACILITY    17

4.

  PURPOSE    17

5.

  DRAWDOWNS    17

6.

  INTEREST    20

7.

  REPAYMENT AND PAYMENTS    21

8.

  PREPAYMENT OF THIS FACILITY    22

9.

  RENEWAL OF THE FACILITY    23

10.

  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    24

11.

  UNDERTAKINGS    27

12.

  EVENTS OF DEFAULT    30

13.

  CONSEQUENCES OF EVENT OF DEFAULT    34

14.

  FINANCIAL COVENANTS    35

15.

  ACCELERATED REPAYMENT    37

16.

  INCREASED COSTS    38

17.

  TAXES    41

18.

  INDEMNITIES    42

19.

  REMEDIES AND WAIVERS    43

20.

  CERTIFICATE    43

21.

  CESSION AND DELEGATION OF RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS    44

22.

  NOTICES    44

 


LOGO


23.

  GENERAL    46

24.

  GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION    48

25.

  DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION    48

26.

  CONFIDENTIALITY    48

27.

  COSTS    49
ANNEXURE “A” – SUSPENSIVE CONDITIONS   
ANNEXURE “B” – DRAWDOWN CONDITIONS   
ANNEXURE “C” – DRAWDOWN REFUSAL NOTICE   
ANNEXURE “D” – DRAWDOWN NOTICE   
ANNEXURE “E” – PREPAYMENT/CANCELLATION NOTICE   

 


LOGO


1 INTERPRETATION AND PRELIMINARY

The headings of the clauses in this Agreement are for the purpose of convenience and reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of nor modify or amplify the terms of this Agreement or any clause hereof.

 

  1.1 In this Agreement, unless a contrary intention clearly appears, words importing:

 

  1.1.1 any one gender include the other two genders;

 

  1.1.2 the singular include the plural and vice versa ; and

 

  1.1.3 natural persons include created entities (incorporated or unincorporated) and the state and vice versa.

 

  1.2 The following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings, namely:

 

  1.2.1 “Account” means the bank account in the name of the Borrower to be held with Absa Bank Limited, the details of which will be provided in writing by the Borrower to the Lender as soon as possible after the Signature Date;

 

  1.2.2 “Advance” means each amount made available to the Borrower under this Agreement by way of a loan, and “Advances” means the aggregate amount thereof for the time being outstanding;

 

  1.2.3 “Agreement” means this facility agreement together with all the annexures hereto;

 


LOGO

 

Page 1


  1.2.4 “Applicable Laws” means all applicable South African laws, archives, writs, orders, regulations, judgments and orders of any competent South African court, central bank or governmental agency or authority in South Africa;

 

  1.2.5 “Available Facility” means, in relation to the Facility, on any date an amount calculated as the difference between the Facility Limit and the aggregate amount of Advances outstanding under the Facility;

 

  1.2.6 “Availability Period” means the period commencing on the Signature Date and terminating on the day 364 days thereafter, subject to the provisions of clause 2.1, or such further term as may be agreed in terms of clause 9 provided that if the Commitment is terminated prior to such date in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then the Availability Period shall end on such earlier date;

 

  1.2.7 “the Borrower” means GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, a limited liability company incorporated and existing under the laws of South Africa with registration number 2002/031431/07;

 

  1.2.8 “Breakage Costs” means, with respect to any amount prepaid in terms of this Agreement (whether voluntarily or involuntarily), an amount determined by the Lender to be necessary to compensate the Lender for all (if any) direct expenses and liabilities, and reasonable costs, in each case incurred by, imposed on, levied or asserted against the Lender as a result of such receipt or recovery, or arising out of any premature termination, unwinding, closing out or modification of any arrangements between the Parties (including any interest rate swap or other derivative transaction) entered into for the purposes of or to facilitate the funding in terms hereof from time to time;

 


LOGO

 

Page 2


  1.2.9 “Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday in South Africa, within the meaning of the Public Holidays Act, 1994) on which banks are open for business in South Africa;

 

  1.2.10 “Change in Law” means any implementation, introduction, abolition, withdrawal or variation of any Applicable Laws, regulation, published practice or concession or official directive, ruling, request, notice, announcement, guideline by any South African government entity (whether or not having the force of law) or any change in any interpretation, or the introduction or making of any new or further interpretation, or any new or different interpretation by any South African court, governmental, revenue or other competent authority or compliance with any new or different request or direction (in either case whether or not having the force of law) from any government entity which affects the banking industry generally;

 

  1.2.11 “Commitment” means the commitment of the Lender to make Advances from time to time up to the Facility Limit during the Availability Period;

 

  1.2.12 “Default Interest Rate” means the Prime Rate plus 2% (two percent);

 

 

1.2.13

‘Drawdown Date” means the Business Day specified in a Drawdown Notice upon which any Advance is made or to be made in terms of clause 5 of this Agreement, subject to the provision that the first drawdown shall be made by the Borrower by no later than the 31 st of December 2007;

 

  1.2.14 “Drawdown Notice” means a notice as envisaged in clause 5 below, duly and fully completed and signed by the Borrower substantially in the form of Annexure “D” ;

 


LOGO

 

Page 3


  1.2.15 “Drawdown Refusal Notice” means the notice substantially in the form set out in Annexure “C” and issued by the Lender in terms of clause 5.6;

 

  1.2.16 “Encumbrance” means:

 

  1.2.16.1 any mortgage, suretyship, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, hypothecation or cession by way of security, right of set-off or other encumbrance securing any obligation of any person or any other kind of security interest of any kind whatsoever, or any agreement, whether conditional or otherwise, to create any of the same;

 

  1.2.16.2 any arrangement under which money or claims to, or for the benefit of, a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts so as to effect discharge of any sum owed or payable to any person; or

 

  1.2.16.3 any other type of preferential arrangement (including title transfer and retention arrangements), the effect of which is the creation of security;

 

  1.2.17 “Event of Default” means any one of the events specified in clause 12 below;

 

  1.2.18 “Facility” means the 364 day revolving facility granted by the Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement up to the Facility Limit;

 

  1.2.19 “Facility Limit” means the maximum aggregate amount that can be drawn at any time under the Facility being R 500 000 000.00 (five hundred million Rand);

 


LOGO

 

Page 4


  1.2.20 “Final Repayment Date” means the last day of the Availability Period provided that if such day is not a Business Day, then the Final Repayment Date shall fall on the immediately succeeding Business Day;

 

  1.2.21 “Finance Documents” means:

 

  1.2.21.1 this Agreement;

 

  1.2.21.2 the Security Document;

 

  1.2.21.3 any other agreement at any time designated a Finance Document in writing by the Parties; and

 

  1.2.21.4 any amendment or supplemental agreement to the Finance Documents referred to in 1.2.21.1 to 1.2.21.3 above (inclusive), as agreed to by the Parties in writing;

 

  1.2.22 “Financing Costs” means in relation to the Facility, the aggregate of:

 

  1.2.22.1 all Interest (whether capitalised or accrued), costs and expenses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Breakage Costs) payable by the Borrower to the Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

  1.2.22.2 the amounts (if any) payable by the Borrower to the Lender under clause 15 (Accelerated Repayment), clause 16 (Increased Costs) and clause 17 (Taxes); and

 

  1.2.22.3 any VAT on the amounts referred to in clauses 1.2.22.1 and 1.2.22.2;

 


LOGO

 

Page 5


  1.2.23 “Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated annual financial statements of the Borrower and the Guarantor, from time to time;

 

  1.2.24 “Financial Year” means the financial year of the Borrower as recorded in the memorandum and articles of association of the Borrower which as at the date of signing this Agreement begins on 01 July and ends on 30 June of each year;

 

  1.2.25 “Fixed Interest Rate” means the fixed interest rate, expressed as a percentage, agreed to by the Lender and the Borrower from time to time, plus the Margin and inclusive of bank costs and stamp duty (if applicable);

 

  1.2.26 “Floating Interest Rate” means a floating interest rate, expressed as a percentage, equal to the 1 (one), 3 (three), or 6 (six) month JIBAR, as specified by the Borrower from time to time plus the Margin and inclusive of bank costs and stamp duty (if applicable) referred to in clause 6;

 

  1.2.27 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting practice in South Africa;

 

  1.2.28 “Gold Fields” means Gold Fields Limited, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of South Africa with registration number 1968/04880/06

 

  1.2.29 “Gold Fields Group of Companies” means Gold Fields and all of its subsidiaries registered in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  1.2.30 “Guarantee” means the limited guarantee by the Guarantors, jointly and severally, in favour of the Lender as security for the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement;

 


LOGO

 

Page 6


  1.2.31 “Guarantors” means Gold Fields;

 

  1.2.32 “Increased Costs” means, inter alia, any and all additional costs to or a reduction in the after tax return on capital or regulatory capital achieved by the Lender which is directly attributable to all or part of the Finance Documents and/or to the Lender entering into, performing, maintaining or funding its obligations under the Finance Documents and as more fully set out and provided for under clause 16;

 

  1.2.33 “Indebtedness for Borrowed Money” shall have the meaning given to it in clause 14.2;

 

  1.2.34 “Interest” means the aggregate of all interest payable by the Borrower in respect of the Facility pursuant to this Agreement;

 

  1.2.35 “Interest Cover Ratio” shall have the meaning given to it in clause 14.2;

 

  1.2.36 “Interest Payment Date” means the interest payment dates to be notified by the Lender to the Borrower in writing prior to the commencement of each Interest Period depending on the Interest Rate chosen by the Borrower in accordance with clause 6.2, provided that if any such date does not fall on a Business Day, then the succeeding Business Day;

 

  1.2.37 “Interest Period” means the period for which Interest will be payable by the Borrower in respect of each Advance; the Interest Period on an Advance (a) to which the Fixed Interest Rate applies will be 3 (three) months and (b) to which the Floating Interest Rate applies will be 1 (one), 3 (three) or 6 (six) months depending on the relevant applicable Floating Interest Rate;

 


LOGO

 

Page 7


  1.2.38 “Interest Rate” means the Fixed Interest Rate or the Floating Interest Rate, as the case may be, expressed as a percentage and converted to nacm rate;

 

  1.2.39 “JIBAR” means the rate determined on each Interest Payment Date utilising the 1 (one), the 3 (three) or 6 (six) Month Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate, as the case may be, which is the mid rate as polled and published by SAFEX (or its successor-in-title) and which appears on the Reuters Screen SAFEY page at 11:00 am (Johannesburg time), expressed as a yield rate. If no service is available or this rate is not quoted, “JIBAR”, in relation to the relevant period, will be the arithmetic mean of the mid rates for deposits in South African Rand for the relevant period as supplied to the Lender at its request quoted by the JIBAR Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 am (Johannesburg time), on that date;

 

  1.2.40 “JIBAR Reference Banks” means the principal Johannesburg offices of the banks who quote mid rates to the South African Futures Exchange from time to time, it being recorded that as at the Signature Date, the JIBAR Reference Banks are Absa Bank Limited, Rand Merchant Bank (a division of FirstRand Bank Limited), Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited;

 

  1.2.41 “Lender” means Absa Bank Limited (acting through its division Absa Capital), a company with limited liability incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa with registration number 1986/004794/06, a bank duly registered as such in terms of the Banks Act, 1990;

 

  1.2.42 “Margin” means:

 

  1.2.42.1 in relation to the Fixed Interest Rate, 0,70% nacm; and

 


LOGO

 

Page 8


  1.2.42.2 in relation to the Floating Interest Rate, 0,70% nacm;

 

  1.2.43 “Material Adverse Change” means in relation to the Borrower, or any of the Guarantors or any Material Subsidiary, (as the case may be) an event, circumstance or matter or combination of events, circumstances or matters which has or will in the reasonable opinion of the Lender to have a material adverse effect on:

 

  1.2.43.1 the ability of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors, as the case may be, to comply with its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; or

 

  1.2.43.2 the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary, as the case may be, taken as a whole and includes any substantial restructuring, disposal of material assets or arrangement; or

 

  1.2.43.3 the validity and/or enforceability of the Finance Documents and/or the rights and/or remedies of the Lender thereunder;

for the avoidance of doubt, should the Borrower, or any Guarantor or any of its Material Subsidiaries be subject to strike action (whether such strike is legal or illegal) and such strike has a duration of less than 2 (two) months, the Borrower or such Guarantor or Material Subsidiary shall be deemed to be able to conduct its normal line of business in an ordinary and regular manner and such circumstances shall not constitute a Material Adverse Change with respect to the relevant Entity.

 


LOGO

 

Page 9


  1.2.44 “Material Subsidiary” means at any time, any member of the Gold Fields Group of Companies which has turnover exceeding 10% (ten percent) of the consolidated turnover of the Gold Fields Group of Companies;

 

  1.2.45 “Month” means the period from one date in a calendar month to the date immediately preceding the corresponding date in the subsequent calendar month;

 

  1.2.46 “nacm” means nominal annual compounded monthly in arrears;

 

  1.2.47 “Outstandings” means, at any time, the aggregate of all Advances outstanding at that time and any Financing Costs which remain unpaid by the Borrower under this Agreement;

 

  1.2.48 “Parties” means the Lender and the Borrower;

 

  1.2.49 “Permitted Security Encumbrance” means:

 

  1.2.49.1 any Encumbrance created prior to the Signature Date which:

 

  1.2.49.1.1 is disclosed in the last published Financial Statements and quarterlies; or

 

  1.2.49.1.2 has been disclosed in writing to the Lender prior to the Signature Date; and

 

  1.2.49.1.3 in the case of all Encumbrances referred to under clause 1.2.49.1.1 and clause 1.2.49.1.2, securing only Indebtedness for Borrowed Money outstanding or a Loan available at the Signature Date if the principal amount or original Loan thereby secured is not increased after the Signature Date;

 


LOGO

 

Page 10


  1.2.49.2 any title transfer or retention arrangement entered into by any member of the Gold Fields Group of Companies in the normal course of its trading activities and on terms no worse than the standard terms of the relevant supplier;

 

  1.2.49.3 any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Gold Fields Group of Companies in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, those pursuant to hedging arrangements in relation to gold and silver prices, foreign exchange rates and interest rate where such arrangements are entered into for the purpose of providing protection against fluctuation in such rates or prices in the ordinary course of business), for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

  1.2.49.4 any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not by reason of any default (whether in payment or otherwise);

 

  1.2.49.5 any Encumbrance over or affecting any asset acquired by a member of the Gold Fields Group of Companies after the Signature Date, which Encumbrance is created to finance the acquisition thereof if the amount thereby secured is equivalent to, or less than, the acquisition price of the asset so acquired and the finance charges related thereto;

 

  1.2.49.6 any Encumbrance over or affecting any asset acquired by any member of the Gold Fields Group of Companies after the

 


LOGO

 

Page 11


 

Signature Date where such Encumbrance already existed over such asset as at the date of acquisition and has not been increased in contemplation of, or since the date of, the acquisition of such asset by such member;

 

  1.2.49.7 any Encumbrance existing as at the Signature Date or any renewal or extension thereof in the case of any company which becomes a member of the Gold Fields Group of Companies after the Signature Date;

 

  1.2.49.8 any other Encumbrance created or outstanding provided that the aggregate amount secured by all Encumbrances created under this exception must not at any time exceed an amount equal to 12% (twelve percent) of Tangible Consolidated Net Worth of the Gold Fields Group of Companies;

 

  1.2.49.9 any Encumbrance in favour of a contractor or sub-contractor which is the subject of a bona fide dispute;

 

  1.2.49.10 any Encumbrance of the interest of a member of the Gold Fields Group of Companies in any joint venture, including the revenues and assets derived by such member from such joint venture or employed by such member in such joint venture, in favour of its co-venturers and/or the manager or operator of the joint venture to secure the due payment of amounts payable under or in respect of such joint venture; or

 

  1.2.49.11 any Encumbrance arising in connection with a project financing or any refinancing of a project financing.

 

  1.2.50 “Potential Event of Default” means any event or circumstance which would or could after expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the

 


LOGO

 

Page 12


 

making of any determination, the fulfilment or non-fulfillment of any condition (or any combination of the aforegoing) be an Event of Default in terms of clause 12;

 

  1.2.51 “Prepayment Notice” means a notice as envisaged in clause 8 below, duly completed and signed by the Borrower substantially in the form of Annexure “E” ;

 

  1.2.52 “Prime Rate” means the publicly quoted basic rate of interest (expressed as a nacm rate) levied by the Lender from time to time on overdraft , calculated on a 365 (three hundred and sixty five) day year, irrespective as to whether or not the year is a leap year and prima facie proven, in the event of there being a dispute in relation thereto and in the absence of manifest error, by a certificate of any general manager of the Lender (whose qualification or authority need not be proven);

 

  1.2.53 “Security” means the security provided to the Lender by the Guarantors as security for the performance of the Borrower’s obligations to the Lender under this Agreement in terms of the Security Document, together with any other additional security which the Lender may require from time to time as agreed with the Borrower;

 

  1.2.54 “Security Document” means the Guarantee;

 

 

1.2.55

“Signature Date” means the date upon which this Agreement is signed by the Party signing last in time, it being recorded herein that the Borrower shall be obliged to complete and duly sign the Agreement by the 30 th of July 2007, or such later date that the Lender, in his sole discretion, may allow;

 

  1.2.56 “South Africa” means the Republic of South Africa as constituted by the Constitution of the Republic of South African Act 108 of 1996;

 


LOGO

 

Page 13


  1.2.57 “Subsidiary” has the meaning given to it in the Companies Act, No.61 of 1973 (as amended):

 

  1.2.58 “Tangible Consolidated Net Worth” shall have the meaning given to it in clause 14.2.3;

 

  1.2.59 “Taxes” means all taxes, charges, imposts, levies, deductions, withholdings or fees of any kind whatsoever, or any amount payable on account of or as security for any of the aforegoing by whomsoever and on whatsoever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed, and “tax” and “taxation” shall be construed accordingly;

 

  1.2.60 “Total Net Borrowings” shall have the meaning given to it in clause 14.2.4;

 

  1.2.61 “VAT” means value added tax payable as defined in the Value Added Tax Act, 1991, as amended including any similar tax which may be imposed in place thereof from time to time.

 

  1.3 Unless inconsistent with the context or save where the contrary is expressly indicated in this Agreement:

 

  1.3.1 any reference to an enactment is to that enactment as at the date of signature hereof and as amended or re-enacted from time to time;

 

  1.3.2 if any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any party, notwithstanding that it is only in the definition clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Agreement;

 


LOGO

 

Page 14


  1.3.3 words and expressions defined in a sub-clause shall for the purpose of the clause of which that sub-clause forms part, bear the meaning assigned to such words and expressions in that sub-clause;

 

  1.3.4 when any number of days is prescribed, same shall be reckoned inclusively of the first and exclusively of the last;

 

  1.3.5 where any act is to be performed on a day which is not a Business Day, such act shall be performed on the Business Day immediately preceding such day;

 

  1.3.6 where figures are referred to in numbers and in words, if there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail;

 

  1.3.7 schedules or annexures to this Agreement shall be deemed to be incorporated in and form part of this Agreement;

 

  1.3.8 a reference to a person includes such person’s permitted successors, assigns, transferees or substitutes;

 

  1.3.9 any reference to a document is a reference to that document as amended, novated, ceded or supplemented;

 

  1.3.10 a time of day shall be construed as Johannesburg, South African time;

 

  1.3.11 the expiry or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provided that they will operate after any such expiry or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiry or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 


LOGO

 

Page 15


  1.3.12 as a result of the terms and conditions of the Agreement having been negotiated by the Parties, the contra proferentum rule shall not be applied in the interpretation hereof.

 

2 SUSPENSIVE CONDITIONS

 

  2.1 The obligations of the Lender to the Borrower in terms of this Agreement (other than those contained in this clause 2 and in clauses 1 and 20 to 28 (both inclusive) which shall commence on the Signature Date) are subject to the fulfilment or waiver, confirmed in writing by the Lender to the Borrower, of the suspensive conditions set out in Annexure “A” hereto no later than 2 (two) Business Days prior to the first Drawdown Date, or such other extended date as may be stipulated in writing by the Lender.

 

  2.2 The obligation of the Lender to make any Advance available to the Borrower pursuant to clause 5, is subject to the further suspensive conditions set out in Annexure “B”.

 

  2.3 If the suspensive conditions set out in Annexure “A” are not fulfilled or waived prior to the date specified in clause 2.1 or, by any extended date for fulfilment thereof as may be agreed to in writing by the Lender and the Borrower, the provisions of this Agreement shall not come into force and effect (other than those contained in this clause 2 and in clause 1 and 20 to 28 (both inclusive) which are binding from the Signature Date) and the Lender and the Borrower shall be restored as near as may be reasonably possible, to the position in which they would have been had this Agreement not been entered into. No party shall have any claim against the other as a result of the failure of the Agreement coming into effect.

 

  2.4 The fulfilment or waiver of the suspensive conditions set out in Annexure “A” or “Annexure “B” shall be evidenced by way of a written communication by the Lender to the Borrower advising that same are considered fulfilled or the requirement for the fulfilment thereof or part thereof is waived.

 


LOGO

 

Page 16


  2.5 The Parties acknowledge that the suspensive conditions set out in Annexures “A” and “B” referred to above have been incorporated in this Agreement for the benefit of the Lender and may be waived by the Lender in its sole discretion and subject to such conditions as it may stipulate.

 

3 FACILITY

 

  3.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make the Facility available to the Borrower during the Availability Period.

 

  3.2 The Lender may in its sole discretion and at the request of the Borrower pursuant to clause 9.3, renew the Facility on the expiry of the then current Availability Period.

 

4 PURPOSE

 

  4.1 The Borrower shall apply the proceeds of the Facility in the Gold Fields Group of Companies general corporate purposes.

 

  4.2 The Lender shall be entitled, but is not obliged to, monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed by the Borrower under this Agreement.

 

5 DRAWDOWNS

 

  5.1 Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Facility may be drawn down in whole or in part during the Availability Period and an Advance will be made by the Lender to the Borrower on the Drawdown Date, provided that:

 

  5.1.1 no later than 11h00 (Johannesburg time) on the second Business Day prior to the Drawdown Date, or on such other date and time as the Borrower and Lender may agree in writing, the Lender has received a Drawdown Notice attaching a letter signed by the Borrower confirming that the Drawdown Conditions (as defined in clause 5.1.4) have been met;

 


LOGO

 

Page 17


  5.1.2 the proposed Drawdown Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

  5.1.3 the proposed Advance does not exceed the Available Facility;

 

  5.1.4 the Lender is satisfied that the conditions set out in Annexure “B” hereto (“the Drawdown Conditions”) have been fulfilled in form and substance to its satisfaction;

 

 

5.1.5

The first drawdown shall be made by the Borrower by no later than the 31 st of December 2007.

 

  5.2 The Lender shall be entitled, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may stipulate, to:

 

  5.2.1 extend the relevant period for fulfilment of any or all of the Drawdown Conditions, and/or;

 

  5.2.2 waive fulfilment of any or all of the Drawdown Conditions.

 

  5.3 The Lender shall, within 24 hours of receipt of the Drawdown Notice, notify the Borrower, in writing, whether or not it is satisfied that the Drawdown Conditions have been fulfilled or if they have been waived, as the case may be, in order to provide the Borrower with an opportunity to rectify such non-fulfilment, if it is capable of rectification. The Drawdown Conditions shall only be considered to have been fulfilled or waived, as the case may be, when such notice is given.

 


LOGO

 

Page 18


  5.4 In the event that the Drawdown Conditions have not been timeously fulfilled or waived, as the case may be, the Lender’s obligations under this Agreement to honour any Drawdown Notice or make any advance shall be suspended until such time as all of such Drawdown Conditions have been fulfilled or waived, as the case may be, provided that the Lender issued a Drawdown Refusal Notice and furnished a copy thereof to the Borrower by no later than 15H00 on the Business Day prior to the Drawdown Date.

 

  5.5 The Lender may validly act on all information, instructions and requests contained in the Drawdown Notice, without any liability or responsibility to verify or check the accuracy of such information, provided that the Drawdown Notice is substantially in the form of Annexure “D” .

 

  5.6 Save for the issuance of a Drawdown Refusal Notice, a Drawdown Notice shall be irrevocable and the Borrower shall draw the Advance on the Drawdown Date and, subject to the provisions of this clause 5, the Lender shall be obliged to make the relevant Advance on such date.

 

  5.7 All Advances drawn under this Agreement shall, in the absence of an express written agreement between the Borrower and the Lender to the contrary, be paid directly into the Account.

 

  5.8 If the full amount of the Facility is not drawn on or before the Business Day immediately preceding the last day of the Availability Period, all undrawn parts of this Facility shall automatically be cancelled on that Business Day.

 

  5.9 The Parties agree that all Advances repaid by the Borrower in accordance with this Agreement may be re-borrowed or redrawn by the Borrower, provided however that such amounts are redrawn subject to the terms and conditions set out herein and that such re-borrowing does not exceed the Available Facility.

 


LOGO

 

Page 19


6 INTEREST

 

  6.1 The rate of interest on each Advance shall either be the Fixed Interest Rate or Floating Interest Rate, as specified by the Borrower in terms of clause 6.2.

 

  6.2 The Borrower shall on each Drawdown Notice to be provided to the Lender in accordance with clause 5, indicate, or if the whole facility has been drawn down, indicate in writing and not later than 1 (one) Business Day prior to each repaid Interest Payment Date, whether it wishes to pay a Floating Interest Rate or Fixed Interest Rate in respect of the next Interest Period of the advance to be, or which has already been drawn down, and the Lender shall confirm to the Borrower in the notice referred to in clause 5.3 or on such Interest Payment Date, the Fixed Interest Rate or Floating Rate, as the case may be, for such advance.

 

  6.3 Interest shall from each Drawdown Date accrue on a daily basis on the Advance made at the Interest Rate and shall be calculated on the actual number of days elapsed and on the basis of a 365 (three hundred and sixty five) day year factor.

 

  6.4 Interest shall be payable in full in arrears on each Interest Payment Date.

 

  6.5 The Lender shall notify the Borrower at least 2 ( two) Business Day before each Interest Payment Date of the amount of Interest payable on the relevant Interest Payment Date, provided that a failure by the Lender to so notify the Borrower shall not render the Lender liable to the Borrower for any reason or cause of any nature, and shall not relieve the Borrower of any of its liabilities in respect of such Interest.

 

  6.6 All Interest shall be paid in full on or before the Final Repayment Date.

 


LOGO

 

Page 20


  6.7 If the Borrower fails to indicate either the Drawdown Notice or does not otherwise indicate in writing, which interest rate it wishes to pay in respect of the next Interest Period, the Floating Interest Rate shall apply.

 

7 REPAYMENT AND PAYMENTS

 

  7.1 All Advances made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be repaid by the Borrower in full by no later than the Final Repayment Date.

 

  7.2 All payments by the Borrower under this Agreement and any other payment of which the Lender may notify the Borrower in writing, shall be made to the Lender on the due date, into the following account or such other account as the Lender may in writing notify the Borrower:

 

Account Holder    : Absa Project Finance
Bank    : Absa Bank Limited
Account Number    : 1-903-800-506
Branch    : Gandhi Square
Branch Code    : 50-30-05

 

  7.3 All payments made by the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement shall be made in full without set-off or counterclaim, in immediately available funds.

 

  7.4 All payments by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made in full without any deduction or withholding in respect of Tax or otherwise unless the deduction or withholding is required by law in which event the provisions of clause 17 (Taxes) below shall apply.

 

  7.5 All Outstandings shall have been paid and all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement shall have been performed in full by no later than the Final Repayment Date.

 


LOGO

 

Page 21


  7.6 If the Borrower fails to pay on the due date any amount falling due or payable to the Lender under or arising from this Agreement then, without prejudice to such other rights as may accrue to the Lender consequent upon such failure, each such overdue amount shall bear interest at the Default Interest Rate from the due date to date of payment of such amount in full.

 

  7.7 All payments in respect of all amounts due and payable by the Borrower to the Lender in terms of this Agreement shall only discharge the Borrower’s obligations in respect thereof when the Lender has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has received such amounts from the Borrower. It is specifically recorded and agreed that once the Lender has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has received such amount from the Borrower, the Borrower’s obligation in terms of this clause 7 shall be deemed to be discharged with effect from the date on which payment was made by the Borrower. A certificate signed by any general manager of the Borrower to which a copy of any documentation evidencing such payment has been attached, shall be prima facie proof of any such payment.

 

8 PREPAYMENT OF THIS FACILITY

Voluntary prepayment

 

  8.1 The Borrower may prepay the drawn part of the Facility, in whole or in part, at any time, provided that:

 

  8.1.1 the Borrower shall make payment of Breakage Costs (if any) and accrued Interest then due and payable by the Borrower in respect of the amount to be prepaid under this Agreement;

 

  8.1.1.1 if such payment does not fall on an Interest Payment Date in respect of an Advance which carries a Floating Interest Rate; or

 


LOGO

 

Page 22


  8.1.1.2 if such payment is made at any time prior to the scheduled repayment date of an Advance which carries a Fixed Interest Rate;

 

  8.1.2 the amount to be prepaid shall be a minimum of R10 000 000.00 (ten million Rand) with increments of R5 000 000.00 (five million Rand); and

 

  8.1.3 the Borrower has given the Lender not less than 5 (five) Business Days’ notice, substantially in the form of the Prepayment Notice set out in Annexure “E” stating the principal amount of the Facility to be prepaid.

 

  8.2 During the 5 (five) Business Day period referred to in clause 8.1.3, the Borrower may not serve a Drawdown Notice purporting to draw all or any part of the amount which is the subject of such Prepayment Notice.

 

9 RENEWAL OF THE FACILITY

 

  9.1 At least 60 (sixty) days prior to the expiry of the Availability Period, the Borrower may request the Lender to renew the Facility for a further 364 (three hundred and sixty-four) days from the expiry of the then current Availability Period, upon the terms and conditions as agreed to by and between the Lender and the Borrower.

 

  9.2 The Lender must notify the Borrower in writing within 30 (thirty) days after the date of request for a renewal of the Facility as to whether the Lender is willing to extend the then current Availability Period for a further 364 (three hundred and sixty-four) days.

 

  9.3 If the Lender, in its sole discretion, agrees to renew the Facility, the Facility will be extended for a further 364 (three hundred and sixty-four) days upon the terms and conditions as agreed to by and between the Lender and the Borrower. However, if the Lender is not willing to renew the Facility for a further 364 (three hundred and sixty-four) days, the Facility shall terminate on the expiry of the Availability Period.

 


LOGO

 

Page 23


10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

  10.1 The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender for the duration of the Agreement that:

 

  10.1.1 it is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa;

 

  10.1.2 it has full power to enter into and perform all the terms of this Agreement and has taken all necessary statutory and other actions to authorise the borrowings and the performance of its obligations hereunder;

 

  10.1.3 this Agreement constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Borrower, ranking at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors of the Borrower save where other obligations are mandatory preferred by law applying generally to companies in South Africa, and is enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms;

 

  10.1.4 the execution of this Agreement and the exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations hereunder do not and will not contravene or constitute a default under:

 

  10.1.4.1 any material agreement, mortgage, bond or other instrument to which it is a party or which is binding upon it or any of its assets or revenues; or

 

  10.1.4.2 its constitutive documents;

 


LOGO

 

Page 24


  10.1.5 its Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and (in conjunction with the notes thereof) fairly present its financial condition and the result of its operations at the end of the applicable Financial Year;

 

  10.1.6 all authorisations and approvals required in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect;

 

  10.1.7 it is not in breach of any of the material provisions of any law relating to the conduct of its business and activities, including, but not limited to, any Tax law or regulations and no claims in excess of R100 000 000 (one hundred million Rand) by any relevant governmental authority or body is pending or threatened against it, except to the extent that (i) Payment is being contested in good faith; (ii) it has maintained adequate reserves for these Taxes; and (iii) payment can be lawfully withheld;

 

  10.1.8 to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, information and belief and having made due and careful enquiry, no event has occurred which constitutes, or which (with the giving of notice and/or the lapse of time and/or the fulfilment of any applicable requirement) would constitute, a contravention of, or breach of, or event of default under, any agreement to which the Borrower is a party or which is binding on it or any of its assets, which contravention, breach or event of default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change with respect to the Borrower;

 

  10.1.9 no Event of Default or potential Event of Default has occurred or will occur by virtue of the Borrower performing its obligations under this Agreement except to the extent that a Potential Event of Default has been disclosed in writing to the Lender.

 


LOGO

 

Page 25


  10.1.10 it has good title to all of its assets and revenues and has not sold or otherwise disposed of or Encumbered in any way such assets or revenues save for any Permitted Security Encumbrance;

 

  10.1.11 to the best of its knowledge and belief, having made all due and careful enquiry, it is not presently involved in any suit or legal proceeding, before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator which, if adversely determined against it, is likely to have a Material Adverse Change on the Borrower, nor is any such suit or legal proceeding pending or threatened against it;

 

  10.1.12 all of the information supplied by it in connection with this Agreement is true, complete and accurate in all material respects and it is not aware of any material facts or circumstances that have not been disclosed to the Lender;

 

  10.1.13 it has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been instituted or threatened against it for its winding-up, dissolution, liquidation, administration or for the appointment of a liquidator, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues;

 

  10.1.14 since publication of its last Financial Statements no Material Adverse Change has occurred with respect to the Borrower;

 

  10.1.15 the assets of the Borrower are insured against all risks and to the extent that is usual for companies in the jurisdiction in which it conducts its business and carrying on a substantially similar business in such jurisdiction as the Borrower, and the relevant insurance policies are in full force and effect.

 


LOGO

 

Page 26


  10.2 Each warranty set out in clause 10.1 above is:

 

  10.2.1 a separate warranty;

 

  10.2.2 in no way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other warranty; and

 

  10.2.3 for the sole benefit of the Lender.

 

11 UNDERTAKINGS

 

  11.1 Information Undertakings

 

  11.1.1 The Borrower undertakes in favour of the Lender that it shall:

 

  11.1.1.1 deliver to the Lender, as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 (one hundred and eighty) calendar days after the end of each Financial Year, its Financial Statements for that Financial Year, prepared in accordance with IFRS, without any material qualifications;

 

  11.1.1.2 procure that each of the Guarantors delivers to the Lender, as soon as same become available, but in any event within 180 (one hundred and eighty) calendar days after the end of each Financial Year, its Financial Statements for that Financial Year;

 

  11.1.1.3 deliver to the Lender its unaudited consolidated six-monthly management accounts as soon as same become available, but in any event within 60 (sixty) days after such accounts have been compiled and prepared;

 


LOGO

 

Page 27


  11.1.2 procure that each of the Guarantors delivers to the Lender its unaudited consolidated six-monthly management accounts as soon as same become available, but in any event within 60 (sixty) days after such accounts have been compiled and prepared;

 

  11.1.3 the Borrower shall, promptly upon becoming aware thereof, inform the Lender of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) and, upon receipt of a written request to that effect from the Lender, confirm that, except as previously notified or as notified in such confirmation, so far as it is aware, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred;

 

  11.1.4 the Borrower shall forthwith notify the Lender in writing of any event which it, acting reasonably, would expect would have a Material Adverse Change with respect to the Borrower (in this regard the Borrower shall not be expected to speculate on whether or not such event in the opinion of the Lender will have such an effect);

 

  11.1.5 The Borrower shall, upon reasonable notice provide the Lender with such other information concerning the business or financial conditions of the Borrower as the Lender may reasonably request.

 

  11.2 Positive Undertakings

The Borrower undertakes in favour of the Lender, that it shall:

 

  11.2.1 maintain in full force and effect all material authorizations, approvals, licenses and consents required under any Applicable Law to enable it to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  11.2.2 ensure that its Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), be audited by an

 


LOGO

 

Page 28


 

internationally recognized firm of independent auditors licensed to practice in South Africa, and fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrower and make full provision for all material liabilities of the Borrower;

 

  11.2.3 maintain in full force and effect all licenses, consents, approvals and authorisations necessary for the conduct of its business at the time that such approvals and authorisations are required;

 

  11.2.4 procure that its obligations under this Agreement do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations, except those which are mandatorily preferred by law in respect of companies generally.

 

  11.3 Negative Undertakings

The Borrower undertakes in favour of the Lender, without the prior written consent of the Lender, that it shall not:

 

  11.3.1 transfer, cede, license, loan, sell, donate or dispose of in any way, and shall not procure or permit the transfer, cession, licensing, loan, or disposal in any way, of the whole or any substantial part of its business, undertakings, assets, properties or revenues, other than any disposal:

 

  11.3.1.1 on arm’s length for fair market value;

 

  11.3.1.2 to any Material Subsidiary;

 

  11.3.1.3 of obsolete or redundant assets which are no longer required;

 


LOGO

 

Page 29


  11.3.1.4 in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business and for full value; or

 

  11.3.1.5 where the higher of the market value or consideration receivable when aggregated with other disposals by the members of the Gold Fields Group of Companies (other than disposals in terms of clause 11.3.1.1 through 11.3.1.4) does not exceed 10% (ten percent) of the Tangible Consolidated Net Worth of the Gold Fields Group of Companies.

 

  11.3.2 Each of the undertakings by the Borrower in this clause 11 above:

 

  11.3.2.1 shall remain in full force for the duration of this Agreement; and

 

  11.3.2.2 shall be a separate undertaking and shall in no way be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other undertaking.

 

12 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

  12.1 An Event of Default shall occur if any of the following events, each of which shall be severable and distinct, occurs (caused by any reason whatsoever, whether or not outside the control of the Borrower or any other person):

 

  12.1.1 the Borrower or any other member of the Gold Fields Group of Companies fails to pay any amount due under the Finance Documents to which it is a party on the due date, and such failure is not remedied by payment of the amount due within 5 (five) Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Lender to the Borrower calling upon the Borrower to effect payment; or

 


LOGO

 

Page 30


  12.1.2 the Borrower or any of the Guarantors breaches any other provision or defaults in the performance of any obligation or undertaking (other than chose referred to in 12.1.1) of any Finance Document to which it is a party and such breach or default, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within a period of 20 (twenty) Business Days, after such failure; or

 

  12.1.3 any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated or given by the Borrower or any party other than the Lender to the Finance Documents or certificate delivered by it pursuant thereto or in connection therewith is or proves in the reasonable opinion of the Lender to have been materially incorrect or significantly misleading when made or deemed to be made or repeated or given; or

 

  12.1.4 any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money in excess of R150 000 000 (one hundred and fifty million Rand) of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors or any Material Subsidiary becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity date by reason of a breach by the Borrower or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary, as the case may be, or is not repaid when due (taking into account any applicable grace period); or

 

  12.1.5 any judgment in respect of a claim of more than R100 000 000 (one hundred million Rand) or its equivalent in any other currency, is given against the Borrower or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary or any such person’s assets or revenues and is not discharged or contested within 20 (twenty) Business Days of it being granted; or

 

  12.1.6 the Borrower or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary is deemed for the purposes of any Applicable Law to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they fall due, or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, or commences negotiations with any of its creditors for the general readjustment, or rescheduling of its Indebtedness for Borrowed Money; or

 


LOGO

 

Page 31


  12.1.7 any third person takes any bona fide action, steps or proceedings against the Borrower or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary:

 

  12.1.7.1 for compulsory, provisional or final winding-up, liquidation, compromise, administration order, curatorship, judicial management, dissolution, or administration of the Borrower; or

 

  12.1.7.2 for the appointment of an administrator, trustee, liquidator, judicial manager or similar officer over any or all of the Borrower’s, assets or revenues; or

 

  12.1.7.3 the Borrower or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary itself takes any action, steps or proceedings:

 

  12.1.7.3.1 for voluntary or compulsory (provisional or final), winding-up, liquidation, compromise, administration order, curatorship, judicial management, dissolution, or administration in relation to itself or its assets; or

 

  12.1.7.3.2 for the appointment of a trustee, liquidator, judicial manager or similar officer over any or all of its own assets or revenues; or

 

  12.1.7.4 the Borrower or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary, compromises or attempts to compromise with creditors generally (or any significant class of creditors) or a meeting of creditors is convened by the Borrower or any guarantor or any Material Subsidiary, as the case may be, to consider a proposal for an arrangement or compromise with its creditors generally (or any significant class of creditors); or

 


LOGO

 

Page 32


  12.1.7.5 the Borrower or any Guarantor repudiates its obligations under or any Finance Document to which it is a party; or

 

  12.1.7.6 any attachment, sequestration or execution for an amount in excess of R100 000 000 (one hundred million Rand) is levied against, or an Encumbrance is taken over the whole or a substantial part of, the property, undertaking or assets of the Borrower or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary and such attachment, sequestration, execution or taking possession of, is not set aside within 20 (twenty) Business Days after it came to the attention of the Borrower or such Guarantor or Material Subsidiary, as the case may be; or

 

  12.1.7.7 subject to clause 11.3.1.5, a sale of a Material Subsidiary occurs without the prior written consent of the Lender; or

 

  12.1.7.8 any other event or series of events occurs which has a Material Adverse Change on the Borrower or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary and if, in the opinion of the Lender, such event or series of events can be remedied or rectified to its satisfaction within a period which the Lender is of the opinion will not prejudice the Lender, it is not so remedied or rectified;

 

  12.1.7.9 any of the financial covenants in clause 14 are breached; or

 

  12.1.7.10 any Permitted Encumbrance created over a material asset being a single income producing asset which contributes not less than 10% (ten percent) towards gross turnover of the Gold Fields Group of Companies, given by the Borrower or any member of the Gold Fields Group of Companies is enforced unless such enforcement is discharged within 30 (thirty) days of the enforcement action or is subject to a bona fide dispute.

 


LOGO

 

Page 33


13 CONSEQUENCES OF EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

  13.1 The occurrence of an Event of Default shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

 

  13.2 Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default the Lender may, without prejudice to such other rights or remedies which the Lender may have in terms of the Finance Documents or at law, without notice to the Borrower:

 

  13.2.1 decline to pay out any amounts then undrawn under this Agreement; and/or

 

  13.2.2 cancel this Agreement in whole or in part; and/or

 

  13.2.3 claim immediate payment of all amounts (including, without limitation, all Outstandings and Breakage Costs (if any) owing (whether due and payable or not) by the Borrower to the Lender, all of which shall be and become forthwith due and payable; and /or

 

  13.2.4 claim payment of such damages including, costs and other amounts, in consequence of such Event of Default from the Borrower in terms of this Agreement; and/or

 

  13.2.5 take all steps which the Lender considers desirable to enforce the Security.

 

  13.3 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Interest shall be calculated and paid on any amount which remains due but unpaid as a result of the occurrence of such Event of Default at the Default Interest Rate, without prejudice to any other right the Lender may otherwise have as a result of such Event of Default.

 


LOGO

 

Page 34


  13.4 If an Event of Default has occurred and the Lender is exercising or has exercised any of its rights and remedies under any one or more of clauses 13.2 to 13.2.4 (inclusive), then the Lender may at any time whilst any Event of Default is continuing and unremedied, elect to exercise any of its other rights and remedies under any of clauses 13.2 to 13.2.4 (inclusive).

 

14 FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

  14.1 The Borrower shall procure that Gold Fields maintains the following financial ratios for the duration of this Agreement:

 

  14.1.1 a ratio of Total Net Borrowings to Tangible Consolidated Net Worth not exceeding 0.40;

 

  14.1.2 minimum Tangible Consolidated Net Worth of R13 000000000.00 (thirteen billion Rand);

 

  14.1.3 a minimum Interest Cover Ratio of 2.5 times:

 

  14.2 For the purposes of this clause 14:

 

  14.2.1 “Indebtedness for Borrowed Money” means any indebtedness incurred (whether as principal or surety) in respect of:

 

  14.2.1.1 monies borrowed;

 

  14.2.1.2 any debenture, bond, note, loan stock or other debt security;

 

  14.2.1.3 acceptance credit facilities to the extent utilised; and

 

  14.2.1.4 capitalised rental payments under leases, which are termed “Financial leases” for the purposes of the Accounting Standards;

 


LOGO

 

Page 35


  14.2.2 “Interest Cover Ratio” means the ratio of the consolidated earnings before interest and taxation of Gold Fields over the interest expense for that period;

 

  14.2.3 “Tangible Consolidated Net Worth” means the amount paid up (or credited as paid up) on the issued share capital and share premium of Gold Fields, plus the consolidated reserves of the Gold Fields Group of Companies excluding any revaluations made after Gold Field’s most recent financial year and prior to the Signature Date (or less the amount standing to the debit of the consolidated profit and loss account of Gold Fields), plus the value of compulsory convertible instruments and the amount of subordinated shareholders loans granted by any member of the Gold Fields Group of Companies from time to time, and minus goodwill, all as shown in the then most recent audited annual consolidated financial statements of Gold Fields;

 

  14.2.4 “Total Net Borrowings” means all outstanding Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of Gold Fields on a consolidated basis, less (a) cash held by any Material Subsidiary or with any bank, (b) any short-term or current asset investments all as shown in the then most recent audited annual consolidated financial statements of Gold Fields, and (c) the value of compulsory convertible instruments and the amount of subordinated shareholders loans granted by any member of the Gold Fields Group of Companies from time to time;

 

  14.3 The financial ratios referred to in clause 14.1 shall be measured semi-annually against the Financial Statements and six-monthly management accounts referred to in clauses 11.1.1 to 11.1.2 respectively. The financial results of Gold Fields will be used to measure the financial ratios.

 

  14.4 The Borrower shall procure that the Lender is furnished, in a form acceptable to the Lender on a semi-annual basis with a certificate signed by an executive

 


LOGO

 

Page 36


 

director of each of the Guarantors stating that the covenants as set out in clause 14.1 have been complied with. Further, the Borrower shall procure that the Guarantors’ auditors furnish the Lender in a form acceptable to the Lender by no later than 120 (one hundred and twenty days) after the end of each Financial Year with a certificate setting out the calculations of the financial ratios in clause 14.1 and stating that the covenants as set out in clause 14.1 have been complied with.

 

15 ACCELERATED REPAYMENT

 

  15.1 If there is:

 

  15.1.1 a Change in Law which renders, will render or may have the effect of rendering the Finance Documents, or anything done or to be done pursuant thereto, illegal, invalid or unenforceable and the Parties fail in their endeavours to agree to rectify such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability (provided such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability is capable of being rectified), or agree upon alternative acceptable provisions, within 15 (fifteen) Business Days or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing between the Parties, after receipt by the Borrower of such notice from the Lender advising the Borrower of the relevant change; or

 

  15.1.2 a Change in Law which the Lender reasonably expects to occur or has occurred that will, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, adversely affect or have an adverse effect on the Lender or any transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, after the Lender and the Borrower have failed to agree upon an acceptable solution within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of written notice by the Lender to the Borrower,

 

  15.1.3 then the Lender shall, in addition to and without prejudice to any other rights the Lender may have in terms of this Agreement or in law and after consultation, in good faith, with the Borrower, be entitled to cancel this Agreement and the provisions of clause 13.1 and 13.2.5 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 


LOGO

 

Page 37


  15.2 The Lender shall provide the Borrower with such reasonable details in writing as to how such Change in Law which the Lender expects to occur or has occurred will adversely affect or have an adverse effect on the Lender or any transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, provided that it shall not be under any obligation under this clause to disclose any confidential information relating to its affairs.

 

16 INCREASED COSTS

 

  16.1 If by reason of:

 

  16.1.1 any Change in Law; and/or

 

  16.1.2 any directive, requirement, request or guideline, (whether or not having the force of law) or change in the interpretation of any directive, requirement, request or guidance now existing of the South African Reserve Bank or any other fiscal, monetary, regulatory or other authority in South Africa; and/or

 

  16.1.3 any change in banking practice required by any directive, requirement, request or guideline, as it affects or is applied generally by financial institutions; and/or

 

  16.1.4 a requirement or a request by any statutory or monetary authority, to pay Taxes or other amounts whatsoever or to maintain special deposits or reserve assets in addition to those existing at the Signature Date; and/or

 


LOGO

 

Page 38


  16.1.5 any compliance by the Lender with any additional reserve cash ratio, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or any other similar requirements) in respect of this Agreement; and/or

 

  16.1.6 any compliance by the Lender with any capital adequacy or similar requirements howsoever arising, including as a result of an increase in the amount of the capital to be allocated to the amount advanced under this Agreement or of a change of weighting of the commitment under this Agreement; and/or

 

  16.1.7 any liability arises to pay Taxes;

 

  16.1.8 there are any Increased Costs;

 

  16.2 The Lender shall be entitled, but not obliged, to either:

 

  16.2.1 Recalculate the Margin, in relation to both the Fixed Interest Rate as well as the Floating Interest Rate; and/or

 

  16.2.2 Demand from the Borrower, who shall, having received (5) five Business Days notice thereof, promptly pay to the Lender amounts sufficient to indemnify it against such Increased Costs, whether retrospectively or not:

 

  16.2.2.1 such cost; or

 

  16.2.2.2 such reduction in such rate of return (or proportion of such reduction as is attributable to its obligations hereunder); or

 

  16.2.2.3 such increased cost (or such proportion of such increased cost as is attributable to its funding or maintaining the Loan);

 

  16.2.2.4 such liability; or

 


LOGO

 

Page 39


  16.2.2.5 such recalculated Margin.

 

  16.2.3 provided, however, that the Lender shall use its reasonable endeavours to mitigate the existence of such Increased Costs. The Lender undertakes, as soon as reasonably possible of it becoming aware of any matter referred to in clause 16.1 above, to notify the Borrower of such matter. The provisions of this clause shall not apply to costs arising prior to the date of the relevant circumstances specified in clauses 16.1.1 to 16.1.7 (inclusive) above.

 

  16.3 The Lender shall provide the Borrower such reasonable details as to how such Increased Cost has been suffered, provided that it shall not be under any obligation under this clause 16 to disclose any information relating to its affairs or to that of any financier, which it in its sole and absolute discretion determines is confidential, commercially sensitive or the disclosure of which would be contrary to any of its or such financier’s usual policies and no failure to disclose any such information shall limit its rights hereunder.

 

  16.4 If and to the extent that there is an Increased Cost to be paid by the Borrower under clause 16.1 above, subject to the Borrower having paid to the Lender the Increased Costs incurred from the due date, specified in clause 16.2.2, to date of payment, the Borrower shall, on not less than 5 (five) Business Days’ prior notice to the Lender be entitled to terminate this Agreement and prepay the Outstandings (including Breakage Costs (if any)) provided that such notice shall be given within 10 (ten) Business Days from the date of demand by the Lender for payment of the Increased Costs.

 

  16.5 The Parties’ rights, benefits and obligations arising from the provisions of this clause 16 in respect of any liability to pay Taxes shall survive the expiry by effluxion of time or earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason and shall be enforceable by any party, its successors and assignees.

 


LOGO

 

Page 40


  16.6 For the sake of clarity it is recorded that clause 16.1 shall not apply to any Increased Cost attributable to any change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Lender.

 

17 TAXES

 

  17.1 Stamp Duty

The Borrower shall pay all stamp and other similar duties and Taxes to which this Agreement may be subject or give rise.

 

  17.2 Gross Up

All payments by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any Taxes, except to the extent that the Borrower is required by law to make payment subject to any Taxes. If any Tax or amounts in respect of tax must be withheld or deducted, or any other deductions must be made, from any amounts payable or paid by the Borrower under this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the Lender receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had payment not been made subject to Tax or any other deduction. If any Tax is imposed or levied on the Lender and the Borrower is required to withhold or deduct any such Tax on behalf of the Lender, any tax credit received in the hands of the Lender as a result of such withholding or deduction shall be refunded by the Lender to the Borrower.

 


LOGO

 

Page 41


  17.3 Tax Receipts

All Taxes required by law to be deducted or withheld by the Borrower from any amounts paid or payable under this Agreement shall be paid by the Borrower when due and it shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of the payment being made, deliver to the Lender evidence satisfactory to the Lender (including all relevant Tax receipts) that the payment has been duly remitted to the appropriate authority.

 

18 Value Added Tax

The amounts stated in this Agreement to be payable by the Borrower are exclusive of VAT and accordingly the Borrower, shall pay, against delivery of appropriate supporting documentation on demand any VAT properly chargeable in respect of any transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

19 INDEMNITIES

 

  19.1 The Borrower hereby indemnifies and holds the Lender harmless against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, disbursements, costs and expenses (including all legal costs on the attorney and own client scale) to which the Lender becomes subject to, which directly or indirectly arises from or relates to:

 

  19.1.1 enforcement of the Finance Documents against the Borrower;

 

  19.1.2 any breach by the Borrower of any representations, warranty, covenants or other agreement contained in or contemplated by this Agreement;

 

  19.1.3 the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default;

 


LOGO

 

Page 42


  19.1.4 the receipt or recovery by the Lender of all or any overdue amounts.

 

  19.2 The provisions of clause 19.1 shall not apply to any losses, liabilities, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, disbursements, costs and expenses which have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Lender.

 

20 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure by the Lender to exercise, nor any delay by the Lender in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

21 CERTIFICATE

A certificate signed by any general manager of the Lender (whose appointment or authority as such it shall not be necessary to prove), certifying any amount outstanding in terms of this Agreement or the relevant portion thereof which has become due and payable (including rates of Interest and other charges applicable thereto) shall be prima facie proof of the matters stated for all purposes, including for the purposes of furnishing further particulars, obtaining provisional sentence and obtaining judgment against the Borrower.

 


LOGO

 

Page 43


22 CESSION AND DELEGATION OF RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

 

  22.1 The Lender may at any time cede all or any or part of its rights and/or delegate any of its obligations under all or any or part of this Agreement to any other entity within the Absa Group without the Borrower’s prior consent or to any other financial institution or to any other person with the Borrower’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  22.2 To the extent that any cession by the Lender to a party referred to in clause 22.1 above results in a splitting of claims, the Borrower hereby consents to such splitting of claims.

 

  22.3 The Borrower shall not cede, pledge, assign, transfer, make over, hypothecate, novate or in any way alienate or encumber its rights under this Agreement without the Lender’s prior written approval.

 

23 NOTICES

 

  23.1 The Parties choose as their place where notices may be given for all purposes under this Agreement in respect of notices or other documents or communications of whatsoever nature including service of process in respect of the Borrower, the following addresses:

 

23.1.1                the Lender               

ABSA CAPITAL (a division of Absa Bank Limited)

Arlene Roelofse

Head : Documentation Management

Telephone No: (011) 350-2615

Facsimile No: (01l) 350-7461

 


LOGO

 

Page 44


23.1.2                the Borrower           

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary)

Limited

24 St Andrews Road

Parktown

Johannesburg

Telephone No: (011) 644 2480

Facsimile No: (011) 484 6349

Attention: Mr Rudolph Jordaan

 

  23.2 Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by facsimile.

 

 

23.3

Any Party may by written notice to the other Party change the physical address chosen or facsimile number vis-à-vis that Party to another physical address or facsimile number in South Africa, provided that the change shall become effective on the 7 th Business Day from the deemed receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  23.4 Any notice to a Party:

 

 

23.4.1

sent by courier in a correctly addressed envelope to it at its chosen address shall be deemed to have been received on the 3 rd Business Day after sending (unless the contrary is proved); or

 

  23.4.2 delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at its chosen address shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery; or

 

  23.4.3 sent by facsimile to its chosen facsimile number during ordinary business hours shall be deemed to have been received on the date of transmission, provided that any such notice given by facsimile is telephonically confirmed by Parties to such notice during business hours to such on the same day.

 


LOGO

 

Page 45


  23.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained a written notice or communication actually received by a Party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address, provided such party provides confirmation in writing that it has actually received such written notice or communication to the Party from whom the written notice or communication was received.

 

24 GENERAL

 

  24.1 This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

  24.2 No amendment or consensual cancellation of this Agreement or any provision or term thereof or of any agreement or other document issued or executed pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement and no settlement of any disputes arising under this Agreement and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation or suspension of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement or of any agreement or other document issued pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement shall be binding unless recorded in a written document signed by the Parties.

 

  24.3 No extension of time or waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement or any agreement, bill of exchange or other document issued or executed pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement, shall operate as an estoppel against any Party in respect of its rights under this Agreement, nor shall it operate so as to preclude such Party thereafter from exercising its rights strictly in accordance with this Agreement. Any such extension, waiver or relaxation or suspension which is so given or made shall be strictly construed as relating strictly to the matter in respect whereof it was made or given.

 


LOGO

 

Page 46


  24.4 No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like not recorded herein, whether it induced the contract or not.

 

  24.5 Each provision in this Agreement is severable, the one from the other, and if at any time any provision is or becomes or is found to be illegal, invalid, defective or unenforceable for any reason by any competent court, the remaining provisions shall be of full force and effect and shall continue to be of full force and effect.

 

  24.6 Each Party warrants that it is acting as a principal and not as an agent for an undisclosed principal.

 

  24.7 The expiry or termination of this Agreement shall not prejudice the rights of any Party thereto in respect of any breach or non-performance by any Party of any of the terms or conditions hereof during the tenure of this Agreement.

 

  24.8 All notices or communications under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in the English language.

 

  24.9 The Parties shall perform (or procure the performance of) all further acts and things, and execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery of) such further documents, as may be required by law or as may be necessary or desirable to implement and/or give effect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

  24.10 This Agreement may be executed in counterparts each of which when read together, shall constitute one and the same document.

 


LOGO

 

Page 47


25 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  25.1 The validity of this Agreement, its interpretation, the respective rights and obligations of the Parties and all other matters arising in any way out of this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

 

  25.2 Each Party hereby irrevocably submits in any legal proceeding or dispute relating to this Agreement to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of Witwatersrand Local Division of the High Court of South Africa.

 

26 DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

Subject to compliance with clause 27 (Confidentiality), the Lender may disclose to any person with whom it is proposing to enter, or has entered into, any kind of transfer, participation or other agreement in relation to this Agreement:

 

  26.1 a copy of the Finance Documents; and

 

  26.2 any information which the Lender has acquired under or in connection with any of the Finance Documents.

 

27 CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  27.1 Each of the Parties to this Agreement agrees to, and shall procure that its respective directors, officers, employees, servants and agents, shall keep confidential and not to disclose to any person (save as hereinafter provided) any confidential or proprietary information, management accounts, computer records, specifications, formulae, evaluations, methods, processes, technical descriptions, reports and other data, records, drawings and information in respect of the business operations or affairs of any Party, provided to or acquired by it pursuant

 


LOGO

 

Page 48


 

to or arising from the terms or performance of this Agreement or any other Finance Document (including without limitation any such documents or information supplied in the course of proceedings under the disputes resolution procedure under any Finance Document or during any negotiations of any Finance Document) together (“the Confidential Information”).

 

  27.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 27.1 above, either Party shall be entitled to disclose the whole or any part of the Confidential Information to (i) any assignee or transferee or any prospective assignee or transferee or any other person with whom it may enter contractual obligations in relation to funding or supporting its commitments under any Finance Documents, any of its or their respective directors, officers, employees, servants, subcontractors, agents, Lender’s advisers or Borrower’s advisers to the extent necessary to enable it or them to perform (or to cause to be performed) or to enforce any of its or their rights or obligations under this Agreement and all related documents (as the case may be) to assess whether or not to become the lender, provided that the recipient of such information enters into a similar written undertaking to that contained in this clause 27, (ii) any governmental authority, agency or entity required by any law, regulation, directive or decree, and (iii) any other person required in terms of the Promotion of Access to Information Act, 2002, provided that the Party required to provide such information shall notify the other Party in writing prior to such disclosure.

 

28 COSTS

 

  28.1 Each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, drafting and negotiation of this Agreement.

 

  28.2 The Borrower shall forthwith on demand pay to the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it:

 

  28.2.1 in connection with the enforcement, or the preservation of any rights under this Agreement; or

 


LOGO

 

Page 49


  28.2.2 in investigating any possible default which is established to be an Event of Default, irrespective of whether or not the Lender takes any action in respect of same.

 

  28.3 The Lender undertakes to use its reasonable endeavours to mitigate any costs and expenses to be incurred in respect of any steps taken referred to in 28.2.1 and 28.2.1 above.

Signed at Johannesburg this 21 st day of August 2007

 

AS WITNESSES    
1.  

LOGO

   
2.  

LOGO

    For: ABSA CAPITAL (a division of
Absa Bank Limited)
     

LOGO

      who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
     

LOGO

      who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 


LOGO

 

Page 50


Signed at Parktown this 21 st day of AUGUST 2007

 

AS WITNESSES    
1.  

LOGO

   
     

For: GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA

(PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

2.  

 

   
     

LOGO

      who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
     

 

      who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 


LOGO

 

Page 51


ANNEXURE “A”

SUSPENSIVE CONDITIONS

All of the suspensive conditions detailed in this Annexure “A” shall be fulfilled in form and substance to the satisfaction of the Lender:

 

1 receipt by the Lender of certified copies of the Memorandum and Articles of Association and Certificate of Incorporation of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors;

 

2 receipt by the Lender of a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors:

 

  2.1 approving the terms of the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it executes such agreements;

 

  2.2 authorising a specified person or persons to execute those agreements on its behalf;

 

  2.3 authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or dispatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or dispatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents; and

 

  2.4 in the case of the Borrower, confirming that the borrowing of the capital in full would not cause any borrowing limit binding on the Borrower to be exceeded;

 

3 the Lender shall be satisfied with the terms and conditions and shall be in possession of an original of the Security Document duly executed by each of the Parties thereto, the Lender shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Security Document has become unconditional except for any condition relating to this Agreement;

 

4 receipt by the Lender from the Borrower and each of the Guarantors of a certificate from a duly authorised officer setting out the names, officers and signatures of the person

 


LOGO

 

Page 1


 

authorised to sign, on behalf of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, any document to be delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors pursuant to the Facility Documents; and

 

5 receipt by the Lender from the Borrower of written confirmation that the Account has been opened in the name of the Borrower and setting out the details of the Account;

 

6 no Material Adverse Change has occurred with respect to the Borrower and/or any of the Guarantors.

 


LOGO

 

Page 2


ANNEXURE “B”

DRAWDOWN CONDITIONS

The drawdown of any Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfilment of the following Conditions to Drawdown, by no later than 2 (two) Business Days prior to such drawdown:

 

1. Drawdown Notice

The Lender shall have received the relevant Drawdown Notice in respect of an Advance in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2. No Default

On both the date of the Drawdown Notice and the Drawdown Date, an Event of Default shall not have occurred, be continuing or, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, be likely to occur as a result of making such Advance.

 

3. Representations and Warranties

On both the date of the Drawdown Notice and the Drawdown Date the representations and warranties made in clause 10 of this Agreement shall be true and accurate in all material respects.

 

4. Other Events Stopping Payments

No Drawdown Refusal Notice shall have been issued by the Lender in terms of clause 5.6 of this Agreement which is in effect and has not been withdrawn, and no other event has occurred under any Finance Document which, in the opinion of the Lender, has resulted or may result in any payment or drawdown under any Finance Document being stopped.

 


LOGO


5. Material Adverse Change

On both the date of the Drawdown Notice and the Drawdown Date no Material Adverse Change shall have occurred or in the reasonable opinion of the Lender be likely to occur with respect to the Borrower and/or any of the Guarantors as a result of the making of such Advance.

 


LOGO


ANNEXURE “C”

DRAWDOWN REFUSAL NOTICE

 

To:    [Borrower]
Date   

Dear Sirs

FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED BETWEEN ABSA CAPITAL (A DIVISION OF ABSA BANK LIMITED) AND GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED (“THE AGREEMENT”) DRAWDOWN REFUSAL NOTICE NUMBER                     

 

1 We refer to clause              of the Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meanings in this Drawdown Refusal Notice.

 

2 We issue this Drawdown Refusal Notice with the following specifications:

 

  2.1 date upon which draw was due to be made:                     

 

  2.2 amount of draw which was due to be made:                     

 

3 We confirm that:

 

  3.1 on the date of this Drawdown Refusal Notice, the provisions of clause              of the Agreement have not been complied with by the Borrower; [and/or]

 

  3.2 the suspensive conditions to drawdowns on the Facility as specified in Annexure “B” to the Agreement, have not been satisfied in that [detail of non-compliance to be provided]

 

Yours faithfully

 

For and on behalf of:
ABSA CAPITAL (a division of Absa Bank Limited)

 


LOGO

 

Page 1


ANNEXURE “D”

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

To:    [Lender]
Date:                        

Dear Sirs

FACILITY AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN ABSA CAPITAL (A DIVISION OF ABSA BANK LIMITED) AND GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED (“THE AGREEMENT”) – DRAWDOWN NUMBER                     

 

1 We refer to clause 5 of the Agreement. Terms defined in this Agreement have the same meanings in this Drawdown Notice.

 

  1.1 We wish to borrow Advances with the following specifications:

 

  1.2 drawdown date:                     

 

  1.3 amount:                     

 

  1.4 interest rate: fixed rate/floating rate

 

2 We confirm that:

 

  2.1 the proceeds of the Advance drawn pursuant to this Drawdown Notice shall be applied exclusively in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in particular (but without limitation) the terms of clause 4 thereof; and

 

  2.2 on the date of this Drawdown Notice, on the Drawdown Date and immediately after the making of the Advance to which this Drawdown Notice relates the conditions to drawdowns specified in Annexure “B” of the Agreement, have been satisfied.

 


LOGO

 

Page 1


3 Lender Authorisation: [To be completed by the Lender after signature by the Borrower of this drawdown notice and authorisation of advance to be drawn]

 

Advance Number:  

 

  
  (first or subsequent   
Amount of Advance:  

 

  

Other fees, costs and/or expenses

of the Lender, including Lender’s

  
Advisers:  

 

  
Lender’s signature to certify the     
Amounts set out above:  

 

  

 

Yours faithfully

 

For and on behalf of:
GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

 


LOGO

 

Page 2


ANNEXURE “E”

PREPAYMENT NOTICE

 

To: Absa Capital (a division of Absa Bank Limited)   
Date:                        

Dear Sirs

FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED ENTERED INTO BETWEEN ABSA CAPITAL (A DIVISION OF ABSA BANK LIMITED) AND GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED. (“THE FACILITY AGREEMENT”) – PREPAYMENT NOTICE

 

1 We refer to clause                      and specifically to clause                      of the Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meanings in this Prepayment Notice.

 

2 We wish to issue this Prepayment Notice with the following specifications:

 

  2.1 amount of drawn Facility to date:                     

 

  2.2 amount of drawn Facility to be:

 

  2.2.1 Prepaid in terms of this Prepayment Notice:                     

 

3 We confirm that we shall make payment of Breakage Costs (if any) and all other amounts now due and payable by us in connection with the amount to be prepaid under the Agreement.

 

Yours faithfully

 

For and on behalf of:
GFI MINING SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

 


LOGO

 

Page 1


FACILITY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

ABSA BANK LIMITED

(ACTING THROUGH ITS DIVISION)

ABSA CORPORATE AND MERCHANT BANK)

AND

GFL MINING SERVICES LIMITED

(AGREEMENT)

We hereby confirm that the account A as defined in (the Agreement) has been opened in the name of GFL Mining Services Limited, details of which are set out below:

 

GFL Mining Services   

Account Number         :

   2000-005706-103

Type of Account         :

   Call Deposit
Held at ABSA Corporate & Merchant Bank Eloff Street

 

LOGO
N J HOLLAND

 


Page 1 of 1


EXECUTION

GUARANTEE

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, a limited liability company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number 2002/031431/07 ( “GFI Mining South Africa” ), its successors-in-title, permitted cessionaries and/or assigns has entered into a Loan Agreement with Absa Bank Limited (acting through its division Absa Capital), with registration number 1986/004794/06 and its successors-in-title, permitted cessionaries and/or assigns ( “Absa” ) on or about the date of this Guarantee ( “the Loan Agreement” ), a copy of which is attached hereto.

Gold Fields Limited, a limited liability company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa, with registration number 1968/04880/06, having its principal place of business at 24 St. Andrews Road, Parktown 2193, South Africa, ( “Gold Fields” ) (the “Guarantor”), has agreed to guarantee to and in favour of Absa including, for the avoidance of doubt, (its successors-in-title, permitted cessionaries and/or assigns) the due and punctual performance and payment in full by GFI Mining South Africa of all obligations and liabilities which GFI Mining South Africa may now have or have incurred and from time to time hereafter have or incur to Absa in terms of or arising from or pursuant to the Loan Agreement in all cases, on the terms and subject to the conditions set out herein.

Consequently the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees and undertakes as follows:

 

1 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

  1.1 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  1.1.1 as a primary obligation, and not as surety and co-principal debtor, undertakes with Absa (including, for the avoidance of doubt its

   LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 1


 

successors-in-title, permitted cessionaries and/or assigns) that, whenever GFI Mining South Africa does not pay any amount in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations when due under the Loan Agreement, it shall immediately on first demand by Absa pay that amount as if it were the primary obligor in respect thereof; and

 

  1.1.2 indemnifies Absa (including, for the avoidance of doubt, its successors- in-title, permitted cessionaries and/or assigns) immediately on demand against any loss or liability suffered by Absa if any Guaranteed Obligation is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal; the amount of loss or liability under this indemnity will be equal to the amount Absa would otherwise have been entitled to recover in respect of such Guaranteed Obligation.

 

  1.2 For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded and agreed between the Parties:

 

  1.2.1 that the Guarantor shall as a primary obligation be liable to fulfil or perform that part of the Guaranteed Obligations when due, or becoming due, by GFI Mining South Africa and Absa shall not be obliged before exercising any of its rights or powers or remedies conferred upon it by this Guarantee or by law:

 

  1.2.1.1 to make any demand or to take any action or obtain any judgement in any court against GFI Mining South Africa;

 

  1.2.1.2 to make or file any claim or proof in the winding-up or dissolution of GFI Mining South Africa; or

 

  1.2.1.3 to enforce or seek to enforce any other security as may have been granted to it; and

  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 2


  1.2.2 that Absa shall not be obliged to declare an Event of Default nor exercise its rights under the Loan Agreement; and

 

  1.2.3 that should an Event of Default have occurred, Absa shall be entitled on written demand to the Guarantor to demand payment of the Outstandings together with any arrear interest thereon and Breakage Costs (if any) calculated in terms of the Loan Agreement and any and all fees due but unpaid to Absa in relation to the Facility (less any amounts paid by the Guarantor in terms of this Guarantee).

 

2 INTERPRETATION

 

  2.1 The headings of the clauses in this Guarantee are for the purpose of convenience and reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of nor modify the terms of this Guarantee or any clause hereof.

 

  2.2 Terms used but not defined in this Guarantee shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement. In addition, unless the context requires otherwise, the words and expressions set forth below shall bear the following meanings:

 

  2.2.1 “Guarantee” means this irrevocable and unconditional guarantee given by the Guarantor in favour of Absa;

 

  2.2.2 “Guaranteed Obligations” means all present and future moneys and liabilities (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) which are now, or may hereafter become owing by GFI Mining South Africa to Absa (including, for the avoidance of doubt, its successors-in-title, permitted cessionaries and/or assigns) in terms of the Loan Agreement together with all

  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 3


 

damages, and all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by Absa in connection with the breach by GFI Mining South Africa of its obligations under the Loan Agreement and which Absa is entitled to recover from GFI Mining South Africa in terms of the Loan Agreement, including all items which would be Guaranteed Obligations but for the winding up, absence of legal personality or incapacity of GFI Mining South Africa or any statute of limitation and a reference to “Guaranteed Obligation” shall be to any one or more of the “Guaranteed Obligations” as the context requires;

 

  2.2.3 “Parties” means Absa and the Guarantor and “Party” means any one of them;

 

  2.2.4 “Signature Date” means the date of the signature of the Party last signing this Guarantee in time;

 

  2.2.5 “Termination Date” means the date upon which Absa advises the Guarantor in writing in terms of clause 2.2 that all of GFI Mining South Africa’s obligations in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully discharged or performed in full;

 

3 TERM OF GUARANTEE

 

  3.1 This Guarantee shall be a continuing Guarantee and shall commence on the Signature Date and remain in operation until the Termination Date.

 

  3.2 Absa shall advise the Guarantor in writing as soon as reasonably possible but not later than 10 (ten) Business Days after the date on which the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully discharged or performed in full by GFI Mining South Africa.

  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 4


4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS

 

  4.1 All admissions and acknowledgements of indebtedness by GFI Mining South Africa pursuant to the Loan Agreement shall bind the Guarantor.

 

  4.2 This Guarantee is in addition to, and does not prejudice, nor is it prejudiced by, any other security now or hereafter held by Absa in relation to the obligations of GFI Mining South Africa under the Loan Agreement. This Guarantee is not conditional upon other security being held by Absa or any other person.

 

  4.3 Absa may, without prejudice to its rights in terms of this Guarantee and without notice to, or consent from, the Guarantor grant any indulgence, give extension of time or make any other concession to, or compound or make any other arrangement with, GFI Mining South Africa. The liability of the Guarantor shall not be affected by such indulgences, extensions of time, concessions, compounding or arrangements, or by any dealing which, but for the provisions of this clause 4.3, might operate as a discharge of the Guarantor from the whole or any part of their obligations under this Guarantee.

 

  4.4 If the Loan Agreement is amended or varied in any manner whatsoever, this Guarantee shall apply in respect of the Loan Agreement as amended or varied, provided that the Guarantor has consented to such amendment and/or variation in writing.

 

  4.5 If any payment having the effect of reducing or discharging the Guarantor’s liability under this Guarantee is set aside or reversed or refunded for any reason, the Guarantor will remain liable to Absa in terms of this Guarantee for the discharge of any obligation arising from or revised by the occurrence of any such event, even if it takes place after the termination of the Guarantor’s liability in terms of this Guarantee in other respects.

  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 5


  4.6 The Guarantor shall not be entitled to revoke this Guarantee before the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully discharged.

 

  4.7 The Guarantor acknowledges that it is fully acquainted with the contents, meaning and import of the Loan Agreement and GFI Mining South Africa’s obligations thereunder.

 

  4.8 Notwithstanding any indication to the contrary herein, this Guarantee does not constitute a suretyship and shall be construed as a primary undertaking giving rise to a principal obligation by the Guarantor.

 

  4.9 Neither the obligations of the Guarantor herein contained nor the rights, powers and remedies conferred upon Absa in respect of this Guarantee shall be discharged, impaired or otherwise affected by:

 

  4.9.1 the winding-up, sequestration, dissolution, administration or reorganisation of GFI Mining South Africa or any change in GFI Mining South Africa’s status, function, control or ownership;

 

  4.9.2 any of the obligations of GFI Mining South under the Loan Agreement, or any security granted by GFI Mining South Africa or any other person pursuant to the Loan Agreement, being or becoming illegal, invalid, unenforceable or ineffective in any respect;

 

  4.9.3 time or other indulgence being granted or agreed to be granted to GFI Mining South Africa, by Absa in respect of the Loan Agreement or in respect of any security granted pursuant to the Loan Agreement;

 

  4.9.4 any amendment to, or any variation, waiver or release of, any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security thereunder;

 


  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 6


  4.9.5 any failure to take in full any security now or hereafter agreed to be taken in relation to the Loan Agreement;

 

  4.9.6 any failure to realise in full the value of, or any release, discharge, exchange or substitution of, any security taken pursuant to the Loan Agreement; or

 

  4.9.7 any other act, event or omission which, but for this clause 4.9, might operate to discharge, impair or otherwise affect any of the obligations of the Guarantor in terms of this Guarantee or any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred upon Absa by law.

 

5 SUBROGATION

Notwithstanding any payments which may be made hereunder by the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall not be subrogated to the rights of Absa with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, and shall not seek reimbursement of such payments from GFI Mining South Africa, until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully paid.

 

6 CURRENCY AND PLACE OF PAYMENT

All payments to be made hereunder by the Guarantor shall be made without set-off, any deduction or counterclaim, in the same currency, being South African Rands, as the Guaranteed Obligations to such account or accounts in the Republic of South Africa as Absa may nominate in writing from time to time.

 

7 REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES

 

  7.1 The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to Absa that:

 

  7.1.1 it is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa;

  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 7


  7.1.2 it has full power to enter into and perform all the terms of this Guarantee and has taken all necessary statutory and other actions to authorise and the performance of its obligations hereunder;

 

  7.1.3 constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Borrower, ranking at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors of the Borrower save where other obligations are mandatory preferred by law applying generally to companies in South Africa, and is enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms;

 

  7.1.4 the execution of this Guarantee and the exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations hereunder do not and will not contravene or constitute a default under:

 

  7.1.4.1 any material agreement, mortgage, bond or other instrument to which it is a party or which is binding upon it or any of its assets or revenues; or

 

  7.1.4.2 its constitutive documents;

 

  7.1.5 its Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and (in conjunction with the notes thereof) fairly present its financial condition and the result of its operations at the end of the applicable Financial Year;

  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 8


  7.1.6 all authorisations and approvals required in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by this Guarantee, have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect;

 

  7.1.7 it is not in breach of any of the material provisions of any law relating to the conduct of its business and activities, including, but not limited to, any Tax law or regulations and no claims in excess of R100 000 000 (one hundred million Rand) by any relevant governmental authority or body is pending or threatened against it, except to the extent that (i) Payment is being contested in good faith; (ii) it has maintained adequate reserves for these Taxes; and (iii) payment can be lawfully withheld;

 

  7.1.8 to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge, information and belief and having made due and careful enquiry, no event has occurred which constitutes, or which (with the giving of notice and/or the lapse of time and/or the fulfilment of any applicable requirement) would constitute, a contravention of, or breach of, or event of default under, any agreement to which the Guarantor is a party or which is binding on it or any of its assets, which contravention, breach or event of default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change with respect to the Guarantor;

 

  7.1.9 no Event of Default or potential Event of Default has occurred or will occur by virtue of the Guarantor performing its obligations under this Guarantee except to the extent that a Potential Event of Default has been disclosed in writing to the Lender.

  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 9


  7.1.10 it has good title to all of its assets and revenues and has not sold or otherwise disposed of or Encumbered in anyway such assets or revenues save for any Permitted Security Encumbrance;

 

  7.1.11 to the best of its knowledge and belief, having made all due and careful enquiry, it is not presently involved in any suit or legal proceeding, before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator which, if adversely determined against it, is likely to have a Material Adverse Change on the Guarantor, nor is any such suit or legal proceeding pending or threatened against it;

 

  7.1.12 all of the information supplied by it in connection with this Guarantee is true, complete and accurate in all material respects and it is not aware of any material facts or circumstances that have not been disclosed to the Lender;

 

  7.1.13 it has not taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been instituted or threatened against it for its winding-up, dissolution, liquidation, administration or for the appointment of a liquidator, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues;

 

  7.1.14 since publication of its last Financial Statements no Material Adverse Change has occurred with respect to the Guarantor;

 

  7.1.15 the assets of the Guarantor are insured against all risks and to the extent that is usual for companies in the jurisdiction in which it conducts its business and carrying on a substantially similar business in such jurisdiction as the Guarantor, and the relevant insurance policies are in full force and effect.

  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 10


  7.2 Each warranty set out in clause 7.1 above is:

 

  7.2.1 a separate warranty;

 

  7.2.2 in no way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other warranty; and

 

  7.2.3 for the sole benefit of the Lender.

 

8 EXPENSES

The Guarantor shall pay all Absa’s costs and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of Counsel) arising in connection with the enforcement of, and preservation of rights under this Guarantee.

 

9 NO WAIVERS, CUMULATIVE REMEDIES MODIFICATION

No action or omission by Absa shall constitute a waiver of any of the rights or remedies of Absa hereunder. Such rights and remedies are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law. This Guarantee shall not be modified except by a written instrument signed by the Guarantor and Absa.

 

10 RENUNCIATIONS

The Guarantor hereby renounces the legal benefits and exceptions of no cause of debt, revision of accounts, errors in calculation, division and all other benefits or exceptions which might or could be taken hereto to the Guarantor’s liability in terms of this Guarantee, the Guarantor declaring itself to be fully acquainted with the full meaning and effect of this renunciation.


  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 11


11 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  11.1 The validity of this Guarantee, its interpretation, the respective rights and obligations of the Parties and all other matters arising in any way out of this Guarantee shall be determined in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

 

  11.2 The Guarantor hereby irrevocably:

 

  11.2.1 submits in any legal proceeding relating to this Guarantee to the non-exclusive in personam jurisdiction of a South African court of competent jurisdiction and agrees to suit being brought in such courts, as Absa may elect;

 

  11.2.2 agrees to service of process in any legal proceeding by mailing of copies thereof (by registered or certified mail, if practicable) postage prepaid, or telex to the Guarantor at its address set forth below or such other address of which Absa shall have been notified in writing; and

 

  11.2.3 agrees that nothing herein shall affect Absa’s right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

12 NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

The Guarantor hereby chooses domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee at the following address, or such other address in the Republic of South Africa, as the Guarantor may in writing notify Absa, where all notices and/or processes arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee, its breach or termination may validly be delivered to or served upon the Guarantor:

 

      Gold Fields:   

24 St Andrews Road, Parktown

Telephone No:(011) 6442480

Facsimile No: (011) 4846349

Attention: Mr Rudi Jordaan


  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 12


  12.1.1 Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Guarantee shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by facsimile.

 

 

12.2

The Guarantor may by notice to Absa change the physical address chosen as its domicilium citandi et executandi to another physical address where postal delivery occurs in the Republic of South Africa or its postal address or its facsimile number, provided that the change shall become effective on the 5 th business day from the deemed receipt of the notice by Absa.

 

  12.2.1 Any notice to the Guarantor:

 

 

12.2.1.1

sent by pre-paid registered post in a correctly addressed envelope to it at its chosen address shall be deemed to have been received on the 7 th (seventh) business day after sending (unless the contrary is proved); or

 

  12.2.1.2 delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at its legal address shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery; or

 

  12.2.1.3 sent by facsimile to its chosen facsimile number shall be deemed to have been received on the first business day following the date of transmission (unless the contrary is proven), provided that such notice given by facsimile is telephonically confirmed by the parties during ordinary business hours to such notice on the same day.

  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 13


  12.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained a written notice or communication actually received by a party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen domicilium citandi et executandi.

 

13 CERTIFICATE

A certificate signed by any duly authorised general manager, manager, director or senior office of Absa, its successors and/or assigns (whose appointment or authority it shall not be necessary to prove), certifying any amount outstanding in terms of this Guarantee which has become due and payable and other charges applicable thereto shall be prima facie proof (in the absence of any manifest error) of the matters therein stated for all purposes, including for the purposes of furnishing further particulars, obtaining provisional sentence and obtaining judgment against the Guarantor save in the absence of any manifest error.

 

14 CESSION AND DELEGATION

Upon the irrevocable payment and discharge in full of the Guaranteed Obligations to Absa by the Guarantor in terms hereof, Absa shall, at the cost of the Guarantor, cede and delegate on an out-and-out basis all its rights, title and interest and obligations (if any) in and to the Loan Agreement to the Guarantor including any security that it has taken in respect of the Loan Agreement.


  LOGO    LOGO

 

Page 14


Signed at PARKTOWN this 21 day of August 2007

 

AS WITNESS   
1.  

LOGO

  
     For: GOLD FIELDS LIMITED
    

LOGO

     who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
    

 

     who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
Signed at                          this      day of                          2007
AS WITNESS   
1.  

 

  

 

     For: ABSA BANK LIMITED (ACTING THROUGH ITS DIVISION ABSA CAPITAL)
    

 

     who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto
    

 

     who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto

 


LOGO

 

Page 15

Exhibit 4.39

RUSORO MINING LTD.

- and -

GOLD FIELDS NETHERLANDS SERVICES B.V.

 


COMBINATION AGREEMENT

 


October 11, 2007

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

Suite 4700

Toronto Dominion Bank Tower

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

M5K 1E6


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 - INTERPRETATION    1
 

1.1

   Definitions    1
 

1.2

   Interpretation Not Affected by Headings, etc    10
 

1.3

   Currency    10
 

1.4

   Number, etc    10
 

1.5

   Statutory References    10
 

1.6

   Date for Any Action    10
 

1.7

   Schedules    11

ARTICLE 2 - THE TRANSACTION

   11
 

2.1

   Pre-Merger Implementation Steps by GF Netherlands    11
 

2.2

   Pre-Merger Implementation Steps by Rusoro    12
 

2.3

   Joinder Agreement    13
 

2.4

   The Merger    14
 

2.5

   Post-Merger Transactions    16
 

2.6

   Mediation of Disputes Relating to Certain Values    17
 

2.7

   Filing Statement and Related Documents    18
 

2.8

   Preparation of Filings    19

ARTICLE 3 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   20
 

3.1

   Representations and Warranties of GF Netherlands    20
 

3.2

   Representations and Warranties of Rusoro    26
 

3.3

   Investigation    31
 

3.4

   Survival    32

ARTICLE 4 - CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

   32
 

4.1

   Conduct of Business by Rusoro    32
 

4.2

   Conduct of Business by the Acquired Companies    34
 

4.3

   Access and Consultation During the Interim Period    36
 

4.4

   Access by GF Netherlands Following the Effective Date    37
 

4.5

   Intercompany Indebtedness of Certain Direct Acquired Subsidiaries    37
 

4.6

   Working Capital of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries    38

ARTICLE 5 - COVENANTS

   38
 

5.1

   Covenants of Rusoro    38
 

5.2

   Covenants of GF Netherlands    41
 

5.3

   Certain Employees    42
 

5.4

   Additional Supporting Shareholders    42
 

5.5

   Closing Matters    42

ARTICLE 6 - CONDITIONS

   43
 

6.1

   Mutual Conditions Precedent    43
 

6.2

   Additional Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of GF Netherlands    43


 

6.3

   Additional Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Rusoro    45
 

6.4

   Notice and Cure Provisions    46
 

6.5

   Satisfaction of Conditions    46

ARTICLE 7 - TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

   46
 

7.1

   Termination    46
 

7.2

   Effect of Termination    47
 

7.3

   Expenses    48
 

7.4

   Amendment    48
 

7.5

   Waiver    48

ARTICLE 8 - INDEMNIFICATION

   48
 

8.1

   Rusoro’s Indemnity of GF Netherlands    48
 

8.2

   GF Netherlands’ Indemnity of Rusoro    49
 

8.3

   Notification of and Participation in Claims    49
 

8.4

   Threshold and Cap on Indemnity    49
 

8.5

   Miscellaneous    49

ARTICLE 9 - GENERAL

   50
 

9.1

   Notices    50
 

9.2

   Assignment    51
 

9.3

   Binding Effect    51
 

9.4

   No Other Warranties    51
 

9.5

   Separate Warranties    51
 

9.6

   Entire Agreement    51
 

9.7

   Remedies and Waivers    52
 

9.8

   No Personal Liability    52
 

9.9

   Control of Other Party’s Business    53
 

9.10

   Indemnification    53
 

9.11

   Further Assurances    53
 

9.12

   Public Statements    53
 

9.13

   Governing Law    53
 

9.14

   Invalidity of Provisions    53
 

9.15

   Counterparts    54

SCHEDULE A - ACQUIRED COMPANIES

  

SCHEDULE B - FORM OF PLAN OF MERGER

  

SCHEDULE C - FORM OF SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

  

SCHEDULE D - FORM OF DEBENTURE

  

 

- 2 -


COMBINATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of October 11, 2007

BETWEEN:

RUSORO MINING LTD., a corporation existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter referred to as “Rusoro” )

- and -

GOLD FIELDS NETHERLANDS SERVICES B.V., a corporation existing under the laws of the Netherlands (hereinafter referred to as “GF Netherlands” )

WHEREAS Rusoro wishes to acquire, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, from GF Netherlands all of the shares of the Acquired Companies, being certain direct and indirect subsidiaries of GF Netherlands which collectively hold all of GF Netherlands’ mining assets located in Venezuela;

AND WHEREAS the parties wish to effect such acquisition by implementing the Merger and taking certain other steps in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

AND WHEREAS the Supporting Shareholders, who collectively beneficially own or have voting and dispositive power over a majority of the Rusoro Shares, have entered into the Support Agreement and have thereby agreed to support the Transaction;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES THAT in consideration of the respective covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement, unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith, the following terms shall have the following meanings, respectively:

“Acquired Companies” means, collectively, the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries and the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries;

“Acquired Companies Governing Documents” means the certificate and articles of incorporation (or equivalent constitutional documents) of each of the Acquired Companies, as amended, and the by-laws of each of the Acquired Companies, where applicable and as amended;

“Acquired Companies Personnel Obligations” means any obligations or liabilities of any of the Acquired Companies to pay any amount to their officers, directors, employees and consultants, other


than for salary, bonuses under existing bonus arrangements and directors’ fees in the ordinary course, in each case in amounts consistent with historic practices and obligations or liabilities in respect of insurance or indemnification contemplated by this Agreement or arising in the ordinary and usual course of business and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Acquired Companies Personnel Obligations shall include the obligations of any of the Acquired Companies to their directors, officers, employees and consultants for payments on or in connection with any change of Control of any Acquired Companies pursuant to any change of Control agreements, policies or arrangements, including any payments disclosed in the GF Netherlands Disclosure Letter;

“ADR Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.6;

“Affiliate” means, in respect of any Person, another Person if:

 

  (a) one of them is the subsidiary of the other; or

 

  (b) each of them is Controlled by the same Person;

“Agreement” means this Combination Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time;

“Applicable Laws” or “Laws” means any applicable laws including supranational, national, federal, provincial, territorial, state, municipal and local civil, commercial, banking, securities, tax, personal and real property, security, mining, environmental, water, energy, investment, property ownership, land use and zoning, sanitary, occupational health and safety laws, treaties, statutes, ordinances, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, certificates and orders, by-laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, protocols, codes, guidelines, policies, notices, directions or other requirements of any Governmental Body;

“BCBCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia);

“Books and Records” means all technical, financial, accounting, business, tax and employee information, records and files, in any form whatsoever (including in written, printed or electronic form) of the Acquired Companies, including regulatory filings and returns, books of account and related original source documentation, actuarial, tax and accounting information, geological and metallurgical data, reports, files, lists, drawings, plans, logs, briefs, computer program documentation, employee data and records, deeds, certificates, contracts, surveys, title and legal opinions, records of payment, asset documentation, written employment manuals and employment policies;

“Business Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for business in each of Vancouver, British Columbia, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, Road Town, British Virgin Islands and Johannesburg, South Africa other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a statutory holiday under Applicable Laws;

“BVI Act” means the BV1 Business Companies Act, 2004;

“CEDR” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.6;

“Claimant” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 8.3;

 

- 2 -


“Completion Time” means the earliest time at which all of the transactions contemplated by sections 2.1 through 2.5 inclusive shall have been completed;

“Control” means, when applied to a relationship between two Persons, that a Person (the “first Person” ) is considered to control another Person (the “second Person” ) if:

 

  (a) the first Person, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns or exercises control or direction over securities of the second Person carrying votes which, if exercised, would entitle the first Person to elect a majority of the directors of the second Person, unless that first Person holds the voting securities only to secure an obligation;

 

  (b) the second Person is a partnership, other than a limited partnership, and the first Person holds more than 50% of the interests of the partnership; or

 

  (c) the second Person is a limited partnership and the general partner of the limited partnership is the first Person;

“Debenture” means the convertible debenture to be issued by Rusoro (or an Affiliate of Rusoro if Rusoro has guaranteed the obligations of such Affiliate to the satisfaction of GF Netherlands acting reasonably) in favour of GF Netherlands (or an Affiliate of GF Netherlands) as of the Effective Date in the form attached as Schedule D;

“Direct Acquired Subsidiaries” means, collectively, the companies details of which are set out in Part 1 of Schedule A;

“Effective Date” means the date upon which (i) the Merger shall become effective (as established by the date of issue shown on the certificate of merger issued by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs appointed under the BVI Act) and (ii) the transactions contemplated by sections 2.4 and 2.5 shall be completed, which shall be not later than the second Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of all of the Release Conditions, or such other date as GF Netherlands and Rusoro may agree in writing, provided that, in each case, each of the conditions set forth in Article 6 hereof shall have been satisfied or waived on or by the Effective Date;

“Effective Time” means the time on the Effective Date at which the Merger becomes effective under British Virgin Islands law, being the time at which the executed Plan of Merger, together with all documents required to be filed therewith and the requisite fees, shall have been validly and properly filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs appointed under the BVI Act;

“Environmental Laws” means any Applicable Law, ordinance, code, rule, or other official requirement of any Governmental Body regulating or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning (i) the environment, or emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases into the environment, (ii) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of solid waste, waste water, pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or any Hazardous Substance, or (iii) the reclamation or remediation of disturbed land;

“Equity Financing” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.2(b);

“Equity Financing Agreements” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 5.1(d)(i)(A);

 

- 3 -


“Excess Cash” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.5(a)(ii);

“Existing Rusoro Warrants” means, collectively, all outstanding share purchase warrants of Rusoro exercisable for Rusoro Shares and comprising, (i) 5,833,336 warrants governed by a warrant indenture between Rusoro and Pacific Corporate Trust Company dated November 7, 2006 (ii) 9,216,793 warrants governed by a warrant indenture between Rusoro and Computershare Trust Company of Canada dated March 4, 2007; (iii) 5,000,000 warrants expiring November 30, 2008 and (iv) 347,059 additional warrants expiring February 12, 2008;

“Expert” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.6;

“Filing Statement” means a filing statement (as defined in the TSX Venture Exchange Corporate Finance Manual) or similar public disclosure document of Rusoro in respect of the Transaction prepared in accordance with the requirements of the TSXV and filed with Canadian securities regulatory authorities in accordance with Applicable Laws;

“Financial Statements” means (i) in the case of Rusoro, the audited consolidated financial statements of Rusoro for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of Rusoro for the six month period ended June 30, 2007, each as filed with Canadian securities regulatory authorities and (ii) in the case of the Acquired Companies, the unaudited (consolidated where applicable) financial statements of each of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries for the year ended June 30, 2007, copies of which have been provided by GF Netherlands to Rusoro, consisting for each of Rusoro and each Directly Acquired Subsidiary, respectively, of a balance sheet as at each relevant date and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows for the period ended on each relevant date, together with all notes thereto and, where audited, the report of the auditors thereon;

“GF Loan Amount” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.1(b)(i);

“GF Mergeco” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.1(a);

“GF Mergeco Loan” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.1(b)(i);

“GF Mergeco Shares” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.1(a);

“GF Netherlands Disclosure Letter” means the confidential letter dated as of the date hereof and delivered by GF Netherlands to Rusoro concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and signed by GF Netherlands and Rusoro;

“GF Survivorco” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.4;

“GF Survivorco Shares” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.4(c)(x);

“GF Survivorco Share Consideration” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.4(d)(vi)(A);

“Gold Fields” means Gold Fields Limited, a corporation existing under the laws of South Africa of which GF Netherlands is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary;

 

- 4 -


“Gold Fields Public Disclosure” means, collectively, all public disclosure documents filed as of the date hereof by Gold Fields under applicable securities laws and stock exchange rules;

“Governmental Approvals” means any authorization, consent, approval, licence, ruling, permit, concession, certification, exemption, filing, variance, order, judgment, decree, publication, notice to, declaration of or with or registration by or with any Governmental Body;

“Governmental Body” means any national, state, regional, municipal or local government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, authority or instrumentality, or any Person exercising or purporting to exercise executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any of the foregoing entities, including all tribunals, commissions, including securities commissions, stock exchanges, boards, bureaux, arbitrators and arbitration panels, and any authority or other Person controlled by any of the foregoing;

“Hazardous Substance” means any pollutant, contaminant or waste of any nature, hazardous substance, hazardous material, toxic substance or dangerous substance as defined, judicially interpreted or identified in or for the purposes of any Environmental Laws;

“Indemnitor” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 8.3;

“Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries” means, collectively, the companies details of which are set out in Part 2 of Schedule A;

“Interim Period” means the period between the close of business in Caracas, Venezuela on the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Completion Time and the date upon which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Article 7;

“Interim Period Intercompany Indebtedness” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 4.5(b);

“Joinder Agreement” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.3;

“knowledge”, with respect to any party to this Agreement, means knowledge of any officer or director of such party after due inquiry, and for greater certainty, where a representation or warranty refers to the knowledge of more than one party, each such party is giving such representation and warranty to its own knowledge only and knowledge of one such party shall not be imputed to any other such party;

“Knowledge of Exco” means, in relation to any representation or warranty of GF Netherlands in this Agreement which is expressed to be to such knowledge, actual knowledge of each member of the Executive Committee of Gold Fields at the time such representation and warranty is made, without any independent investigation or inquiry, which actual knowledge is solely on the basis that such individual has not received any actual notice, information or report which has led him or her to conclude that such representation and warranty is incorrect;

“Liens” means any hypothecs, mortgages, liens, charges, security interests, encumbrances and adverse claims;

 

- 5 -


“Material Adverse Effect” means, in respect of any Person or group of Persons, any change, effect, event, development, occurrence or state of facts that is, or would reasonably be expected to be, material and adverse to the business, operations, results of operations, liabilities (including contingent liabilities), rights (contractual or otherwise), obligations (whether absolute, accrued, conditional or otherwise), capital, properties, assets or financial condition of that Person or group of Persons or that would materially impair, in the case of a party to this Agreement, the ability of such party to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect, other than any change, effect, event, development, occurrence or state of facts relating to (i) any change in general economic conditions in Canada, the United States, South Africa or Venezuela or any change in the securities, financial, banking or currency exchange markets of Canada, the United States, South Africa or Venezuela; (ii) any change or development resulting from any act of terrorism or any outbreak of hostilities or war (or any escalation or worsening thereof) or any natural disaster; (iii) any change in the price of gold or any change affecting the gold mining industry or the mining industry, in each case globally or in Venezuela; (iv) any change in the commercial attractiveness of holding mining rights or properties, or carrying on exploration, development, mining or related activities, in Venezuela, whether generally or in relation to any of the specific properties or assets held by either of the parties or their subsidiaries, and whether arising from economic, financial, political, social or other reasons; (v) the announcement of the entering into of this Agreement, or (vi) in the case of Rusoro, any change in the trading volume or market price of the common shares of Rusoro primarily resulting from a change, effect, event, development or occurrence excluded from the definition of Material Adverse Effect under clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) hereof; provided, however, that:

 

  (a) in the case of a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group, any such change referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) hereof does not primarily relate only to (or have the effect of primarily relating only to) Rusoro and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or disproportionately adversely affect Rusoro and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, compared to other companies of similar size operating in the industries in which Rusoro and its subsidiaries operate;

 

  (b) in the case of a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries, no effect shall be given to clause (iv) hereof (and for greater certainty, any reference to a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Acquired Companies or the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries shall not be considered to be a reference to a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the indirect Acquired Subsidiaries for this purpose); and

 

  (c) no change, effect, event, development, occurrence or state of facts or combination thereof shall be considered a Material Adverse Effect unless it is reasonable to conclude that the resulting financial impact on the business, operations, results of operations, liabilities (including contingent liabilities), obligations (whether absolute, accrued, conditional or otherwise), capital, properties, assets or financial condition of that Person is at least US$60,000,000;

“material fact” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Securities Act;

 

- 6 -


“Merger” means the merger of Rusoro Mergeco into GF Mergeco on the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan of Merger;

“Most Recent Balance Sheet” means, in the case of any Direct Acquired Subsidiary, the unaudited (consolidated where applicable) balance sheet of such Direct Acquired Subsidiary as at June 30, 2007 and, in the case of Rusoro, the unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet of Rusoro as at June 30, 2007, each forming part of the Financial Statements;

“Net Proceeds” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.5(a)(i);

“New Rusoro Warrant” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.4(d)(iii);

“New Rusoro Warrant Price” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.4(d)(v);

“NI 43-101” means National Instrument 43-101 Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects;

“Outside Date” means December 31, 2007 or such other date as may be agreed in writing between the parties;

“party” means, unless the context otherwise requires, a party to this Agreement;

“Person” includes any individual, firm, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, syndicate, sole proprietorship, company or corporation with or without share capital, unincorporated association, trust, trustee, executor, administrator or other legal personal representative, or other entity however designated or constituted;

“Plan of Merger” means a Plan of Merger in form and substance satisfactory to GF Netherlands and Rusoro to be entered between Rusoro Mergeco and GF Mergeco dated as of the Effective Date giving effect to the Merger;

“Principal Amount” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.5(a)(ii);

“Proceedings” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 3.1(n);

“Proceeds” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.2(b);

“Release Conditions” means, collectively, the conditions, as set out in the Subscription Receipt Agreement, to the deemed exercise of the Subscription Receipts contemplated by section 2.2(b);

“Rusoro Disclosure Letter” means the confidential letter dated as of the date hereof and delivered by Rusoro to GF Netherlands concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and signed by Rusoro and GF Netherlands;

“Rusoro Governing Documents” means the certificate and articles of incorporation of Rusoro, as amended, and the by-laws of Rusoro, as amended;

“Rusoro Group” and “Rusoro Group Company” have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in section 3.2(a);

 

- 7 -


“Rusoro Loan” and “Rusoro Loan Amount” have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in section 2.2(d)(i);

“Rusoro Mergeco” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.2(a);

“Rusoro Mergeco Shares” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.2(a);

“Rusoro Mergeco Unit” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.2(b);

“Rusoro Mergeco Warrant” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.2(b);

“Rusoro Options” means, collectively, options granted to purchase Rusoro Shares under the Rusoro Stock Option Plan;

“Rusoro Personnel Obligations” means any obligations or liabilities of Rusoro or any of its subsidiaries to pay any amount to its or their officers, directors, employees and consultants, other than for salary, bonuses under its or their existing bonus arrangements and directors’ fees in the ordinary course, in each case in amounts consistent with historic practices and obligations or liabilities in respect of insurance or indemnification contemplated by this Agreement or arising in the ordinary and usual course of business and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Rusoro Personnel Obligations shall include the obligations of Rusoro or any of its subsidiaries to directors, officers, employees and consultants:

 

  (a) for payments on or in connection with any change of Control of Rusoro pursuant to any change of Control agreements, policies or arrangements, including the payments specified herein; and

 

  (b) for special incentive bonus payments and commitments as previously disclosed in writing to GF Netherlands in the Rusoro Disclosure Letter;

“Rusoro Public Disclosure” means, collectively, all public disclosure documents filed as of the date hereof by Rusoro under applicable securities laws and stock exchange rules;

“Rusoro Share Consideration” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.4(d)(vi)(B);

“Rusoro Shareholder” means a beneficial owner of Rusoro Shares;

“Rusoro Shares” means the common shares in the capital of Rusoro;

“Rusoro Stock Option Plan” means the incentive stock option plan of Rusoro dated June 15,2006 and amended November 7, 2006;

“SARB” means the South African Reserve Bank, the central bank of the Republic of South Africa;

“Seconded Employees” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 5.3;

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act (British Columbia), as now in effect and as it may be amended from time to time prior to the Effective Date;

 

- 8 -


“Shareholder Agreement” means the shareholder agreement to be entered between Rusoro and GF Netherlands dated as of the Effective Date in the form attached as Schedule C;

“Subscriber” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 5.1(f);

“Subscription” and “Subscription Consideration” have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in section 2.5(a)(iii);

“Subscription Receipt Agent”, “Subscription Receipt Agreement” and “Subscription Receipts” have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in section 2.2(b);

“subsidiary” means a Person that is Controlled by another Person and includes a subsidiary of that Person;

“Support Agreement” means the support agreement dated as of the date hereof between GF Netherlands and the Supporting Shareholders whereby each of the parties thereto other than GF Netherlands irrevocably agrees, among other things, to vote his, her or its Rusoro Shares in favour of the Transaction in any action or approval by Written Consent;

“Supporting Shareholders” means those holders of Rusoro Shares who have executed the Support Agreement as of the date hereof, together with any additional holders of Rusoro Shares who may execute the Support Agreement subsequent to the date hereof;

“Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) and regulations made thereunder, as now in effect and as they may be amended from time to time prior to the Effective Date;

“Tax Returns” means all returns, schedules, elections, declarations, reports, information returns and statements required to be filed with any taxing authority relating to Taxes;

“Taxes” means all taxes, assessments, charges, dues, duties, rates, fees, imposts, levies and similar charges of any kind lawfully levied, assessed or imposed by any Governmental Body or authority, including all income taxes (including any tax on or based upon net income, gross income, income as specially defined, earnings, profits or selected items of income, earnings or profits) and all capital taxes, gross receipts taxes, environmental taxes, sales taxes, use taxes, ad valorem taxes, value added taxes, transfer taxes (including, without limitation, taxes relating to the transfer of interests in real property or entities holding interests therein), franchise taxes, licence taxes, withholding taxes, payroll taxes, employment taxes, Canada Pension Plan premiums, excise, severance, social security, workers’ compensation, employment insurance or compensation taxes or premium, stamp taxes, occupation taxes, premium taxes, property taxes, windfall profits taxes, alternative or add-on minimum taxes, goods and services tax, customs duties or other taxes, fees, imports, assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest and any penalties or additional amounts imposed by any taxing authority (domestic or foreign) on such entity, and any interest, penalties, additional taxes and additions to tax imposed with respect to the foregoing;

“Tax Warranty Expiry Time” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 3.4(b);

“Technical Report” means an independent technical report concerning the material mineral properties of the Acquired Companies prepared in compliance with NI 43-101;

 

- 9 -


“Transaction” means, collectively, the Merger, the issuance of the Debenture (if any), the Subscription and all other transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection therewith;

“TSXV” means the TSX Venture Exchange;

“Underwriters” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.2(b);

“U.S. Dollar Equivalent” of an amount determined as of any date means the amount resulting from the conversion of such amount into U.S. dollars using the average daily noon rate of exchange for Canadian dollars into U.S. dollars quoted by the Bank of Canada over the five Business Day period ended on the second Business Day immediately prior to the date of such determination.

“Working Capital Amount” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 4.6; and

“Written Consent” has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2.2(c).

 

1.2 Interpretation Not Affected by Headings, etc.

The division of this Agreement into Articles, sections, and other portions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation hereof. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to an “Article” or “section” followed by a number and/or a letter refer to the specified Article or section of this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement (including the Schedules and Appendices hereto) and not to any particular Article, section or other portion hereof and include any agreement or instrument supplementary or ancillary hereto.

 

1.3 Currency

References to “C$” herein are to lawful money of Canada. References to “US$” or “U.S. dollars” herein are to lawful money of the United States of America.

 

1.4 Number, etc.

Unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing any gender shall include all genders.

 

1.5 Statutory References

Any reference in this Agreement to a statute includes all regulations made thereunder, all amendments to such statute in force from time to time and any statute or regulation that supplements or supersedes such statute or regulation.

 

1.6 Date for Any Action

In the event that any date on which any action is required to be taken hereunder by any of the parties is not a Business Day, such action shall be required to be taken on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day.

 

- 10 -


1.7 Schedules

The following Schedules to this Agreement are an integral part of this Agreement:

 

Schedule A:

   Acquired Companies

Schedule B:

   Form of Plan of Merger

Schedule C:

   Form of Shareholder Agreement

Schedule D:

   Form of Debenture

ARTICLE 2

THE TRANSACTION

 

2.1 Pre-Merger Implementation Steps by GF Netherlands

GF Netherlands covenants in favour of Rusoro that GF Netherlands shall:

 

  (a) as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, acquire the sole issued and outstanding share of a newly incorporated company incorporated pursuant to the BVI Act ( “GF Mergeco” ) whose memorandum and articles of association, authorized share capital (which shall include ordinary shares (the “GF Mergeco Shares” )), directors, officers, assets, liabilities and other attributes must be acceptable to Rusoro, acting reasonably. Immediately following the foregoing acquisition and immediately prior to the Effective Time, GF Mergeco shall have one issued and outstanding GF Mergeco Share, with a nominal value, that will be owned by GF Netherlands; and

 

  (b) prior to the Effective Time:

 

  (i) cause GF Mergeco to borrow from a financial institution or other lender (the “GF Mergeco Loan” ), on a short-term basis in U.S. dollars and otherwise on terms acceptable to Rusoro, acting reasonably, an amount (the “GF Loan Amount” ) equal to the cash consideration required to be paid by GF Mergeco to GF Netherlands pursuant to section 2.1(b)(ii) below, provided that no Affiliate of Gold Fields other than GF Mergeco shall be required to provide any guarantee of, or assume any other obligations whatsoever in connection with, the GF Mergeco Loan; and

 

  (ii) immediately following the borrowing by GF Mergeco of an amount equal to the GF Loan Amount pursuant to section 2.1(b)(i), sell all of the issued and outstanding shares in the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries to GF Mergeco for cash consideration equal to the fair market value of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries at the time of such transfer;

or, if acceptable to Rusoro, acting reasonably, complete such alternative transactions as shall result in the same structure of indirect ownership of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries by GF Netherlands as the foregoing transactions.

 

- 11 -


2.2 Pre-Merger Implementation Steps by Rusoro

Rusoro covenants in favour of GF Netherlands that Rusoro shall:

 

  (a) as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, cause to be incorporated pursuant to the B VI Act a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Rusoro ( “Rusoro Mergeco” ) whose memorandum and articles of association, authorized and issued share capital (which shall include ordinary shares (the “Rusoro Mergeco Shares” )), directors, officers and other attributes must be acceptable to GF Netherlands, acting reasonably. Upon its incorporation, Rusoro Mergeco shall have one issued and outstanding Rusoro Mergeco Share, with a nominal value, that will be owned by Rusoro, and Rusoro Mergeco shall not issue any additional Rusoro Mergeco Shares except pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement;

 

  (b) subject to this section 2.2(b), by the end of the Business Day immediately after the date of this Agreement, execute (for and on behalf of Rusoro Mergeco), or cause Rusoro Mergeco to execute, an initial “bought deal” equity financing agreement with one or more investment dealers (collectively, the “Underwriters” ) for a private placement (the “Equity Financing” ) of subscription receipts (the “Subscription Receipts” ) for gross proceeds (the “Proceeds” ) of not less than C$160,000,000. Upon the closing of the Equity Financing, the Proceeds will be placed into escrow with the trustee (the “Subscription Receipt Agent” ) appointed under the subscription receipt agreement governing the terms of the Subscription Receipts (the “Subscription Receipt Agreement” ) pending the satisfaction of the Release Conditions, provided that any release of the Proceeds from escrow shall occur only if:

 

  (i) first, GF Netherlands and Rusoro agree that all of the conditions to closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement set out in sections 6.1 (except for sections 6.1(b) and 6.1(f)), 6.2 (except for sections 6.2(a), 6.2(b), 6.2(c) and 6.2(h)) and 6.3(d) have been satisfied or waived and shall have delivered a joint certificate to each other to such effect; and

 

  (ii) subsequently, Rusoro and the Underwriters agree that all of the Release Conditions have been satisfied or waived and shall have delivered a joint certificate to the Subscription Receipt Agent to such effect;

whereupon the Subscription Receipts will be automatically deemed to be exercised and the Proceeds will be paid to Rusoro Mergeco immediately prior to the Effective Time. Each Subscription Receipt will be exercisable into one unit (each, a “Rusoro Mergeco Unit” ) consisting of one Rusoro Mergeco Share and a number (which shall not be greater than one) of share purchase warrants (each, a “Rusoro Mergeco Warrant” ), with each whole Rusoro Mergeco Warrant being exercisable into one Rusoro Mergeco Share. The number and price of the Subscription Receipts, the number of Rusoro Mergeco Warrants to be issued upon the exercise of each Subscription Receipt and the expiry date, exercise price and other terms of the Rusoro Mergeco Warrants, and all other commercial terms of the Equity Financing,

 

- 12 -


including the form and substance of the initial “bought deal” equity financing agreement referred to above in this section 2.2(b), shall be subject to the prior written approval of GF Netherlands, and GF Netherlands shall provide or deny such approval, in each case acting reasonably, as soon as practicable and in any event on the same Business Day that a copy of such proposed agreement is provided to, and such approval is requested by, Rusoro. All other material documents to be entered into by Rusoro or Rusoro Mergeco in connection with the Equity Financing, including the definitive agency agreement with the Underwriters, the Subscription Receipt Agreement and the forms of Subscription Receipt and Rusoro Mergeco Warrant certificates to be issued to holders, must be acceptable to GF Netherlands and its counsel, acting reasonably, who shall be provided on a timely basis with drafts of all such documents for their review and comment;

 

  (c) within five Business Days after the date on which the TSXV notifies Rusoro in writing of its acceptance of the Filing Statement, obtain written consent to the Transaction from Rusoro Shareholders holding such specified majority of the outstanding Rusoro Shares as is required under TSXV rules in connection with the Transaction (the “Written Consent” ); and

 

  (d) except as provided in section 2.6, prior to the Effective Time:

 

  (i) borrow from a person resident in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act (the “Rusoro Loan” ), on a short-term basis and in U.S. dollars, an amount (the “Rusoro Loan Amount” ) equal to the GF Loan Amount less the excess of US$180,000,000 over the Principal Amount (as hereinafter defined), if any, and GF Netherlands agrees to cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner with Rusoro in connection with obtaining the Rusoro Loan; and

 

  (ii) use the Rusoro Loan Amount to subscribe for such number of Rusoro Mergeco Shares (at a price per share equal to the price paid per Rusoro Mergeco Share in connection with the exercise of the Subscription Receipts (such price per share to be determined based on a reasonable allocation of the price of a Rusoro Mergeco Unit between the constituent Rusoro Mergeco Share and Rusoro Mergeco Warrants which allocation must be acceptable to each of Rusoro and GF Netherlands, acting reasonably), as have an aggregate subscription price equal to the Rusoro Loan Amount.

 

2.3 Joinder Agreement

As soon as reasonably practicable after the later of the date of incorporation of Rusoro Mergeco and the date of GF Netherlands’ acquisition of the sole issued and outstanding share of GF Mergeco, and in any event prior to the Effective Date, Rusoro, Rusoro Mergeco, GF Netherlands and GF Mergeco will enter into an agreement (the “Joinder Agreement” ) for the purpose of, and with the legal effect of, causing each of Rusoro Mergeco and GF Mergeco to become a party to this Agreement, from and after the date such Joinder Agreement is executed. Rusoro hereby agrees to, and will, cause Rusoro Mergeco to enter into the Joinder Agreement and GF Netherlands hereby agrees to, and will, cause GF Mergeco to enter into the Joinder Agreement.

 

- 13 -


2.4 The Merger

Forthwith after the later of (x) the deemed exercise of the Subscription Receipts and the payment of the Proceeds to Rusoro Mergeco in accordance with section 2.2(b) and the provisions of the Subscription Receipt Agreement, and (y) the transaction described in section 2.2(d)(ii), upon the terms and conditions set out herein and in the Plan of Merger, at the Effective Time, by way of a statutory merger under the BVI Act, Rusoro Mergeco will merge into GF Mergeco (which thereafter shall be referred to herein as “GF Survivorco” to distinguish GF Mergeco before and after the Merger, notwithstanding that it is the same legal entity both before and after the Merger), and the following will occur without any further authorization, act or formality:

 

  (a) the separate legal existence of GF Mergeco will not cease and GF Mergeco will survive the Merger;

 

  (b) without limiting the foregoing, at the Effective Time, the separate legal existence of Rusoro Mergeco will cease without Rusoro Mergeco being liquidated or wound-up, GF Mergeco and Rusoro Mergeco will continue as one company, and the property of Rusoro Mergeco will become the property of GF Survivorco;

 

  (c) from and after the Effective Time:

 

  (i) GF Survivorco will own and hold all property of GF Mergeco and Rusoro Mergeco, and, without limiting the provisions hereof, all rights of creditors or others will be unimpaired by such Merger, and all obligations of GF Mergeco and Rusoro Mergeco, whether arising by contract or otherwise, may be enforced against GF Survivorco to the same extent as if such obligations had been incurred or contracted by it;

 

  (ii) GF Survivorco will continue to be liable for the obligations of GF Mergeco and Rusoro Mergeco;

 

  (iii) all rights, contracts, permits and interests of GF Mergeco and Rusoro Mergeco will continue as rights, contracts, permits and interests of GF Survivorco;

 

  (iv) any existing cause of action, claim or liability to prosecution of GF Mergeco and Rusoro Mergeco will continue as causes of action, claims or liabilities to prosecution of GF Survivorco;

 

  (v) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding pending by or against GF Mergeco or Rusoro Mergeco may be continued by or against GF Survivorco;

 

  (vi) a conviction against, or ruling, order or judgment in favour of or against GF Mergeco or Rusoro Mergeco may be enforced by or against GF Survivorco;

 

  (vii) GF Survivorco will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rusoro;

 

- 14 -


  (viii) the name of GF Survivorco will be the name of GF Mergeco;

 

  (ix) the registered and records office of GF Survivorco will be the registered and records office of GF Mergeco;

 

  (x) GF Survivorco will be authorized to issue an unlimited number of ordinary shares (the “GF Survivorco Shares” );

 

  (xi) the memorandum of association and articles of association of GF Survivorco will be those of GF Mergeco; and

 

  (xii) the directors of GF Survivorco will be the directors of GF Mergeco;

 

  (d) effective at the Effective Time:

 

  (i) each of the issued and outstanding Rusoro Mergeco Shares owned by Rusoro immediately before the Effective Time will be exchanged for one fully paid and non-assessable GF Survivorco Share, and such Rusoro Mergeco Shares will be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof;

 

  (ii) each of the issued and outstanding Rusoro Mergeco Shares owned by holders other than Rusoro immediately before the Effective Time will be exchanged for a right granted by and as against GF Survivorco to receive one fully paid and non-assessable Rusoro Share, and such Rusoro Mergeco Shares will be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof;

 

  (iii) each of the outstanding Rusoro Mergeco Warrants owned by holders other than Rusoro, if any, immediately before the Effective Time will be exchanged for a right granted by and as against GF Survivorco to receive one common share purchase warrant of Rusoro (each, a “New Rusoro Warrant” ), each such New Rusoro Warrant being exercisable into one Rusoro Share and otherwise on terms identical to those applicable to the Rusoro Mergeco Warrants, and such Rusoro Mergeco Warrants will be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof;

 

  (iv) each of the issued and outstanding GF Mergeco Shares immediately before the Effective Time will be exchanged for a right granted by and as against GF Survivorco to receive one fully paid and non-assessable Rusoro Share, and such GF Mergeco Shares will be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof;

 

  (v)

in satisfaction of GF Survivorco’s obligations described in sections 2.4(d)(ii), (iii) and (iv), GF Survivorco will direct Rusoro to, and Rusoro will, on behalf of GF Survivorco, issue and deliver the required number of Rusoro Shares and New Rusoro Warrants to the holders of Rusoro Mergeco Shares, Rusoro Mergeco Warrants and GF Mergeco Shares, as the case maybe, immediately before the Effective Time, and as consideration for such issuance and delivery by Rusoro, GF Survivorco will issue and deliver to Rusoro (x) for

 

- 15 -


 

each Rusoro Share so issued, one GF Survivorco Share and (y) for each New Rusoro Warrant so issued, such number of GF Survivorco Shares as the parties acting reasonably shall agree, prior to the Effective Time, is equal to the fair market value of a New Rusoro Warrant immediately before the Effective Time (the “New Rusoro Warrant Price” ), and each of the New Rusoro Warrants shall be issued for a price equal to the New Rusoro Warrant Price;

 

  (vi) the new GF Survivorco Shares and the Rusoro Shares issued pursuant to section 2.4(d)(v) will be issued for the following aggregate prices:

 

  (A) in the case of the new GF Survivorco Shares so issued, an aggregate price (the “GF Survivorco Share Consideration” ) equal to the aggregate of (x) the aggregate fair market value of the GF Mergeco Shares issued and outstanding immediately before the Effective Time, (y) the aggregate fair market value of the Rusoro Mergeco Shares issued and outstanding immediately before the Effective Time, and (z) the aggregate fair market value of the Rusoro Mergeco Warrants outstanding immediately before the Effective Time; and

 

  (B) in the case of the Rusoro Shares so issued, an aggregate price (the “Rusoro Share Consideration” ) equal to the GF Survivorco Share Consideration less the aggregate of (x) the fair market value of the Rusoro Mergeco Shares owned by Rusoro immediately before the Effective Time, and (y) the New Rusoro Warrant Price multiplied by the number of New Rusoro Warrants issued pursuant to section 2.4(d)(v);

and all such fair market values will be determined immediately before the Effective Time and the GF Survivorco Share Consideration and the Rusoro Share Consideration will each be agreed to by the parties prior to the Effective Time; and

 

  (vii) the aggregate amount in Canadian dollars added to the stated capital account maintained by Rusoro for the Rusoro Shares, in accordance with the provisions of the BCBCA, in connection with the issuance of the Rusoro Shares issued pursuant to section 2.4(d)(v) will be equal to the Rusoro Share Consideration, computed using the Bank of Canada daily noon rate of exchange for U.S. dollars into Canadian dollars on the Effective Date;

provided that none of the foregoing in this section 2.4 will occur or be deemed to occur unless all of the foregoing occurs.

 

2.5 Post-Merger Transactions

 

  (a) Immediately following the Effective Time, the parties will complete the following transactions:

 

  (i) GF Survivorco will (x) convert the Proceeds net of any commissions or fees paid or payable to the Underwriters in connection with the Equity Financing, (the “Net Proceeds” ) into U.S. dollars, and (y) use such U.S. dollar equivalent of the Net Proceeds, together with the Rusoro Loan Amount and any additional amount required (which shall be funded from Rusoro’s cash resources), to repay in full the GF Mergeco Loan.

 

- 16 -


  (ii) GF Netherlands will lend to Rusoro an amount equal to the excess, if any (such excess, if any, the “Principal Amount” ), of US$30,000,000 over an amount equal to the Excess Cash, where “Excess Cash” means an amount designated by Rusoro equal to at least one-half of the amount, if any, by which the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Proceeds (which for greater certainty, will, for purposes of this section 2.5(a)(ii), include any funds raised by Rusoro Mergeco by means of the exercise of any over-allotment option granted in connection with the Equity Financing) determined as of the date of such loan exceeds US$185,000,000. Provided that the Principal Amount is not nil, Rusoro will issue and deliver to GF Netherlands the Debenture with a principal amount equal to the Principal Amount.

 

  (iii) GF Netherlands will subscribe (the “Subscription” ) for 140,000,000 Rusoro Shares for an aggregate subscription price in U.S. dollars equal to the GF Loan Amount less US$180,000,000 (the “Subscription Consideration” ). In connection with the Subscription, Rusoro shall add to the stated capital account maintained by Rusoro for the Rusoro Shares, in accordance with the provisions of the BCBCA, an amount equal to the Canadian dollar equivalent of the Subscription Consideration, computed using the Bank of Canada daily noon rate of exchange for U.S. dollars into Canadian dollars on the date of the Subscription.

 

  (iv) Rusoro will use the Principal Amount and the Subscription Consideration and any additional amount required (which shall be funded from Rusoro’s cash resources) to repay the Rusoro Loan.

 

2.6 Mediation of Disputes Relating to Certain Values

If any dispute arises prior to the Effective Date in connection with any prices, amounts or values to be determined in this Article 2, including fair market values or allocated amounts to be agreed between the parties, the parties shall submit such dispute to mediation by an impartial person (the “Expert” ) in accordance with the Centre for Effective Dispute Resolution ( “CEDR” ) Model Mediation Procedure. Unless otherwise agreed between the parties, the Expert shall have experience satisfactory to the parties in accounting and/or business valuation matters. To initiate mediation, a party must give notice in writing (the “ADR Notice” ) to the other party to the dispute requesting mediation. A copy of the request should be sent to the CEDR. The mediation will commence not later than 30 calendar days after the date of the ADR Notice. No party may commence any court proceedings or arbitration in relation to any dispute arising out of the determination of a value in this Article 2 until it has attempted to settle the dispute by mediation and either the mediation has terminated or the other party has failed to participate in the mediation, provided that the right to issue proceedings is not prejudiced by a delay.

 

- 17 -


2.7 Filing Statement and Related Documents

 

  (a) Rusoro shall prepare and complete, in consultation with GF Netherlands, the Filing Statement together with any other documents required by the BCBCA, the Securities Act or other Applicable Laws in connection with the Transaction and the seeking of the Written Consent and Rusoro shall cause the Filing Statement and other documentation required in connection with the seeking of the Written Consent to be sent to each of the Supporting Shareholders and all other Rusoro Shareholders from whom such Written Consent is sought and to be filed as required by the rules of the TSXV or other Applicable Laws. For the avoidance of doubt, Rusoro shall be required to file the Technical Report with the TSXV and other Canadian securities regulators in connection with the Transaction. Rusoro agrees to cause the Technical Report to be prepared and to file it within 3 Business Days following it being jointly determined by Rusoro and GF Netherlands that the Technical Report is in form and substance acceptable for filing. Rusoro will file a signed Filing Statement with the TSXV within 10 Business Days following the later of it being jointly determined by Rusoro and GF Netherlands that the Technical Report is in form and substance acceptable for filing and the delivery by GF Netherlands of the historical financial statements for the Acquired Companies required to be included in the Filing Statement. In the event that Rusoro fails to meet the foregoing timetable for any reason, Rusoro hereby grants GF Netherlands a power of attorney to do all things necessary on behalf of Rusoro and its Affiliates for the sole purpose of ensuring the Technical Report is completed as soon as practicable.

 

  (b) Rusoro shall ensure that the Filing Statement complies with all Applicable Laws and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Rusoro shall ensure that the Filing Statement provides Rusoro Shareholders with information in sufficient detail to permit them to form a reasoned judgment concerning the matters to be consented to by them in the Written Consent. Rusoro covenants that the information to be contained in the Filing Statement or any amendment thereto (including any information referred to therein or incorporated therein by reference), other than information furnished to Rusoro by GF Netherlands, will be complete in all material respects as at the date thereof and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made. Rusoro shall permit GF Netherlands and its counsel to review and comment on drafts of the Filing Statement and other documents referred to in section 2.7(a) in the course of its preparation and shall consider in good faith GF Netherlands’ comments thereon.

 

  (c)

GF Netherlands covenants to furnish to Rusoro, on a timely basis, all information requested by Rusoro that may be required under Applicable Laws to be contained in the Filing Statement or any amendment thereto relating to GF Netherlands (other than such information as may be derived from the Technical Report), and GF

 

- 18 -


 

Netherlands covenants that all such information (including any information referred to therein or incorporated therein by reference) will be complete in all material respects as at the date thereof and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made.

 

  (d) Each of Rusoro and GF Netherlands shall promptly notify each other if at any time before the Completion Time it becomes aware that the Filing Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made, or that otherwise requires an amendment or supplement to such Filing Statement, and the parties shall co-operate in the preparation of such amendment or supplement as required.

 

2.8 Preparation of Filings

 

  (a) Rusoro and GF Netherlands shall cooperate in:

 

  (i) the preparation of any documents reasonably deemed by GF Netherlands or Rusoro to be necessary to discharge their respective obligations under Applicable Laws in connection with the Transaction and all other matters contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) the taking of all such action as may be required under Applicable Laws in connection with the Transaction and all other matters contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  (b) Each of the parties shall furnish to the other party, on a timely basis, all information as may be required to effectuate the foregoing actions, and each covenants that, to its knowledge, no information so furnished by it in writing in connection with those actions or otherwise in connection with the consummation of the actions contemplated by this Agreement will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made (other than with respect to any information relating to and provided by the other or any third party that is not an Affiliate of one of the parties).

 

  (c) Each of Rusoro and GF Netherlands shall promptly notify each other if at any time before the Completion Time it becomes aware that an application for any order, registration, consent, ruling, exemption, no-action letter or approval in connection with the Transaction or this Agreement, or any other filing under Applicable Laws contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made, or that otherwise requires an amendment or supplement to such application or filing, and the parties shall co-operate in the preparation of such amendment or supplement as required.

 

- 19 -


  (d) Rusoro and GF Netherlands shall keep each other informed as to the preparation of presentations, if any, to investors in connection with the Transaction, and no party shall issue any press release or other public disclosure document with respect to this Agreement or the Transaction (other than its regular interim and annual continuous disclosure documents, provided no reference is made to this Agreement or the Transaction in such documents other than as previously disclosed) without the consent of the other party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and Rusoro shall not make any filing with any Governmental Body in connection with the Transaction without the consent of GF Netherlands (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) and GF Netherlands shall not make any filing with any Governmental Body in connection with the Transaction without the consent of Rusoro (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that the foregoing shall be subject to each party’s overriding obligation to make any disclosure or filing required under Applicable Laws, and the party making such disclosure shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to give prior oral or written notice to the other party and reasonable opportunity to review or comment on the disclosure or filing, and if such prior notice is not possible, to give such notice immediately following the making of such disclosure or filing.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1 Representations and Warranties of GF Netherlands

Subject to the disclosure in the GF Netherlands Disclosure Letter and the Gold Fields Public Disclosure, GF Netherlands hereby represents and warrants to Rusoro as follows and acknowledges that Rusoro is relying upon such representations and warranties in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement:

 

  (a) Organization of GF Netherlands . GF Netherlands is a corporation duly incorporated and validly subsisting under the Applicable Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

  (b) Organization of the Acquired Companies, etc . Each of the Acquired Companies is a corporation duly incorporated and validly subsisting under the Applicable Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. Each of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries has the requisite corporate power and authority, and holds all material licenses and permits required for it, to own or lease its property and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted by it.

 

  (c) No Violation or Rights of Termination or Acceleration . Assuming that the approval of the SARB has been obtained in respect of the Transaction, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by GF Netherlands does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the performance of this Agreement by GF Netherlands will not:

 

  (i) conflict with or result in a violation, contravention or breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the articles or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents) of GF Netherlands or any of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries;

 

- 20 -


  (ii) constitute a default or violation by any of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries under any Applicable Laws to which any of them is subject or by which any of them is bound; or

 

  (iii) result in any breach of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or create, give rise to or change any rights or obligations of any Person under, or result in the creation of a Lien on any property or asset of any of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which any of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective property or assets is bound;

except, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii), for any such events or occurrences that could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially impair the ability of GF Netherlands to perform its obligations hereunder or to complete the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (d) Consents and Approvals . No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or permit from, any Governmental Body is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to any Direct Acquired Subsidiary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby, other than those which if not obtained, could not individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or materially impair the ability of GF Netherlands to perform its obligations hereunder or to complete the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (e) Capacity . GF Netherlands has the requisite corporate power and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to complete the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by GF Netherlands and the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby by it have been duly authorized by its board of directors and no other corporate proceedings on its part are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (f) Binding Agreement . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by GF Netherlands and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Applicable Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.

 

- 21 -


  (g) Outstanding Securities of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries . The outstanding shares of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries are as set out in Schedule A. All of such shares are owned directly or indirectly by GF Netherlands, other Direct Acquired Subsidiaries or the other Persons set out in Schedule A (and, where such owners are Affiliates of GF Netherlands or their nominees, free and clear of any and all Liens). There are no outstanding agreements, options, rights, entitlements, understandings or commitments (contingent or otherwise) regarding the right to acquire any issued securities of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries from GF Netherlands or any other Direct Acquired Subsidiaries. There are no agreements, options, rights, warrants, rights of conversion or other rights pursuant to which any of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries is or may become obligated to issue any shares, or any securities convertible or exchangeable directly or indirectly into shares, of any of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries. All of the outstanding shares of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries owned directly or indirectly by GF Netherlands are owned free and clear of all Liens.

 

  (h) Corporate Records . The corporate records and minute books of each Direct Acquired Subsidiary have been maintained substantially in accordance with all Applicable Laws and are complete and accurate in all material respects, except where such incompleteness or inaccuracy, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole. All corporate proceedings and actions reflected therein have been conducted or taken in compliance with Applicable Law.

 

  (i) No Bankruptcy Proceedings . There is no bankruptcy, liquidation, winding-up or other similar proceeding pending or in progress or, to the knowledge of GF Netherlands, threatened against GF Netherlands or any Direct Acquired Subsidiary before any court, administrative, regulatory or similar agency or tribunal.

 

  (j) Books and Records . All transactions of each Direct Acquired Subsidiary have been properly and accurately recorded in the appropriate Books and Records of such Direct Acquired Subsidiary and such Books and Records are correct and complete and have been maintained and retained in accordance with Applicable Law and generally accepted accounting principles. All original documentation, data and other supporting information relating to the Books and Records are readily accessible without the expenditure of any unusual effort or resources.

 

  (k)

Financial Statements . The Financial Statements for the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis and present fairly in all material respects (where applicable on a consolidated basis), the financial position and the results of operations and the changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flow of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries as at the dates thereof and for the periods then ended. In the case of unaudited statements, this representation is subject to normal, recurring year-end

 

- 22 -


 

adjustments that would be made in the course of an audit and would not be material. None of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries has any material liability or obligation, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, not reflected in its Financial Statements.

 

  (1) No Material Change . Since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet of each Direct Acquired Subsidiary, there has been no material change in or material effect on the financial condition of such Direct Acquired Subsidiary from that shown on such most recent balance sheet, no change in the accounting policies or practices used by such Direct Acquired Subsidiary and no material change in or material effect on the business, prospects, operations or assets of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

  (m) Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities . Except as otherwise disclosed in this Agreement, no Direct Acquired Subsidiary has any liabilities or obligations of any nature or kind (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) other than (i) obligations pursuant to agreements, arrangement or commitments currently in force but not yet required to be performed as of the date hereof, (ii) those reflected in its Most Recent Balance Sheet and (iii) those incurred since the date of its Most Recent Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business.

 

  (n) Litigation Involving Direct Acquired Subsidiaries . There is no court, administrative, regulatory or similar proceeding (whether civil, quasi-criminal or criminal), arbitration or other dispute settlement procedure, investigation, audit, assessment, inquiry, request for information, warrant, charge, suit or claim by any Governmental Body, or any similar matter or proceeding (collectively, “Proceedings” ) against or involving the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries in respect of their respective businesses, properties or assets (whether in progress or, to the knowledge of GF Netherlands, threatened) which, if determined adversely to the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries, would have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole, and there is no order, ordinance, writ, judgment, decree, injunction, award or order of any Governmental Body outstanding against any of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries which would have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole. There are no suits, claims, actions or Proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of GF Netherlands, threatened against the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries, seeking to prevent the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (o)

Litigation Involving Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries . To the Knowledge of Exco, there are no court proceedings against or involving the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries in respect of their respective businesses, properties or assets (whether in progress or, to the Knowledge of Exco, threatened) which, if determined adversely to the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries, would have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole, and to the Knowledge of Exco there is no order, ordinance, writ, judgment, decree, injunction, award or order of any Governmental Body outstanding against any of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries which would have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Indirect

 

- 23 -


 

Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole. There are no suits, claims, actions or court proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Exco, threatened against the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries, seeking to prevent the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (p) Absence of Changes . Since June 30, 2007, except as publicly disclosed by GF Netherlands prior to the date hereof:

 

  (i) each Direct Acquired Subsidiary has conducted its business only in the ordinary and regular course of business consistent with past practice;

 

  (ii) no Direct Acquired Subsidiary has incurred or suffered an adverse change;

 

  (iii) there has not been any acquisition or sale by any Direct Acquired Subsidiary of any material property or assets;

 

  (iv) other than in the ordinary and regular course of business consistent with past practice, there has not been any incurrence, assumption or guarantee by any Direct Acquired Subsidiary of any debt for borrowed money, any creation or assumption by any Direct Acquired Subsidiary of any Lien, any making by any Direct Acquired Subsidiary of any loan, advance or capital contribution to or investment in any other Person (other than (a) loans or advances made in the ordinary and regular course of business, (b) other loans and advances in an aggregate amount which does not exceed US$ 10,000,000 outstanding at any time and (c) loans made by or to GF Netherlands or another Direct Acquired Subsidiary) or any entering into, amendment of, relinquishment, termination or non-renewal by any Direct Acquired Subsidiary of any contract, agreement, licence, lease transaction, commitment or other right or obligation;

 

  (v) no Direct Acquired Subsidiary has declared or paid any dividends or made any other distribution on any of its shares;

 

  (vi) no Direct Acquired Subsidiary has effected or passed any resolution to approve a split, consolidation or reclassification of any of its outstanding shares;

 

  (vii) no Direct Acquired Subsidiary has effected any material change in its accounting methods, principles or practices except in accordance with such changes as may have been required in compliance with applicable accounting guidelines; and

 

  (viii) no Direct Acquired Subsidiary has adopted any, or materially amended any, collective bargaining agreement, bonus, pension, profit sharing, stock purchase, stock option or other benefit plan or shareholder rights plan;

other than events, actions or matters which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

- 24 -


  (q) Tax Matters . Each Direct Acquired Subsidiary has filed or caused to be filed, in a timely manner all Tax Returns required to be filed by it (all of which Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects) and has paid, collected, withheld or remitted, or caused to be paid, collected, withheld or remitted, all Taxes that are due and payable, collectible and remittable, except, in either case where such failure to file or to pay, collect, withhold or remit would not have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole. To the Knowledge of Exco, each Indirect Acquired Subsidiary has filed or caused to be filed in a timely manner all Tax Returns required to be filed by it (all of which Tax Returns were, to the Knowledge of Exco, correct and complete in all material respects) and has paid, collected, withheld or remitted, or caused to be paid, collected, withheld or remitted, all Taxes that are due and payable, collectible and remittable, except, in either case where such failure to file or to pay, collect, withhold or remit would not have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Adequate accruals have been provided in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the Financial Statements of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries for any Taxes for the period covered by such financial statements which have not been paid, whether or not shown as being due on any Tax Returns. Since June 30, 2007, no material liability for Taxes not reflected in the Financial Statements of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries or otherwise provided for has been assessed, proposed to be assessed, incurred or accrued other than in the ordinary course of business. To the knowledge of GF Netherlands, there are no material proposed (but unassessed) additional Taxes and none have been asserted by any taxing authority, including, without limitation, any sales tax authority, in connection with any of the Tax Returns referred to above. No waiver of any statute of limitations has been given or requested with respect to the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries. No lien for Taxes has been filed or exists other than for Taxes not yet due and payable.

 

  (r) Title . The Acquired Companies, collectively, are the owners, directly or indirectly, with good title, free and clear of any and all Liens, of all assets and properties shown or reflected in the Financial Statements of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries except for such assets and properties as have been disposed of in the usual and ordinary course of business of the Acquired Companies since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet contained in the Financial Statements of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries, and except for Liens or other defects in ownership or title which individually and in the aggregate would not be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole. To the Knowledge of Exco, the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries, collectively, are the owners, directly or indirectly, with good title, free and clear of any and all Liens, of all their assets and properties except for such assets and properties as have been disposed of in the usual and ordinary course of business of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet contained in the Financial Statements of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries, and except for Liens or other defects in ownership or title which individually and in the aggregate would not be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

- 25 -


  (s) Environmental . To the Knowledge of Exco, none of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries has received notice from any Governmental Body that it is in breach of any Environmental Laws other than breaches which individually and in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

  (t) Compliance with Applicable Laws . Each Direct Acquired Subsidiary has complied with, and no Direct Acquired Subsidiary is in violation of, any Applicable Laws other than such non-compliance or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

  (u) Certain Contracts . Other than agreements or obligations that have been entered into in the ordinary course of business and are typical in the mining industry but which neither individually nor in the aggregate could have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries taken as a whole, none of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any non-competition agreement or any other agreement, obligation, judgment, injunction, order or decree which purports to (i) limit the manner or the localities in which all or any material portion of its business is conducted, (ii) limit any business practice of such Direct Acquired Subsidiary in any material respect, or (iii) restrict any acquisition or disposition of any property by such Direct Acquired Subsidiary in any material respect.

 

3.2 Representations and Warranties of Rusoro

Subject to the disclosure in the Rusoro Disclosure Letter and the Rusoro Public Disclosure, Rusoro hereby represents and warrants to GF Netherlands as follows and acknowledges that GF Netherlands is relying upon such representations and warranties in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement:

 

  (a) Organization . Rusoro and each of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Rusoro Group” and each individually a “Rusoro Group Company” ) is a corporation duly incorporated and validly subsisting under the Applicable Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite corporate power and authority, and holds all material licenses and permits required for it, to own or lease its property and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted by it. Each of the Rusoro Group Companies is registered, licensed or otherwise qualified as an extra-provincial corporation or a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the nature of the business or the location or character of the property and assets owned or leased by it requires it to be so registered, licensed or otherwise qualified, other than those jurisdictions where the failure to be so registered, licensed or otherwise qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group. All of the outstanding shares of Rusoro’s subsidiaries owned directly or indirectly by Rusoro are owned free and clear of all Liens. There are no outstanding agreements, options, rights, entitlements, understandings or commitments (contingent or otherwise) regarding the right to acquire any issued securities of any of Rusoro’s subsidiaries from either Rusoro or any of its subsidiaries.

 

- 26 -


  (b) Capitalization . The authorized capital of Rusoro consists of an unlimited number of Rusoro Shares. As of September 30, 2007, there were 148,063,305 Rusoro Shares issued and outstanding, and Rusoro Options entitling the holders thereof to be issued an aggregate of 14,777,979 Rusoro Shares and Existing Rusoro Warrants exercisable by the holders thereof for an aggregate of 20,397,188 Rusoro Shares have been granted and are outstanding. Except for such Rusoro Options, there are no agreements, options, rights, warrants, rights of conversion or other rights pursuant to which any Rusoro Group Company is or may become obligated to issue any shares or any securities convertible or exchangeable, directly or indirectly, into any shares of any Rusoro Group Company. All of the outstanding Rusoro Shares are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in compliance with all Applicable Laws.

 

  (c) No Violation or Rights of Termination or Acceleration . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Rusoro do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the performance of this Agreement by Rusoro will not:

 

  (i) conflict with or result in a violation, contravention or breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the articles or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents) of any Rusoro Group Company;

 

  (ii) constitute a default or violation by any Rusoro Group Company under any Applicable Laws to which any Rusoro Group Company is subject or by which it is bound; or

 

  (iii) result in any breach of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or create, give rise to or change any rights or obligations of any Person under, or result in the creation of a Lien on any property or asset of any Rusoro Group Company pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which any Rusoro Group Company is a party or by which any Rusoro Group Company or any of their respective property or assets is bound;

except, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii), for any such events or occurrences that could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group or materially impair the ability of Rusoro to perform its obligations hereunder or to complete the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (d) Consents and Approvals . No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or permit from, any Governmental Body is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to any Rusoro Group Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby, other than:

 

  (i) filings with the TSXV and under Applicable Laws; and

 

- 27 -


  (ii) those which, if not obtained, could not individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group, or materially impair the ability of Rusoro to perform its obligations hereunder or to complete the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (e) No Proposed Change of Control . Other than this Agreement, Rusoro is not a party to, and Rusoro is not aware of, any agreement, arrangement or understanding whatsoever by which any Person or group of Persons proposes to effect a change of Control of Rusoro or to acquire beneficial ownership of, or control or direction over, directly or indirectly, in aggregate more than 20% of the issued and outstanding common shares of Rusoro.

 

  (f) Capacity . Rusoro has the requisite corporate power and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to complete the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Rusoro and the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby by it have been duly authorized by its board of directors and no other corporate proceedings on its part are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (g) Binding Agreement . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Rusoro and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Applicable Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.

 

  (h) No Broker’s Commission or Break Fee . Rusoro has not entered into any agreement that would entitle any Person to any valid claim against Rusoro or any Rusoro Group Company for a broker’s commission, finder’s fee, break fee or any like payment in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby or its completion or any other matter contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  (i) Financial Statements . The Financial Statements of Rusoro, each as filed with Canadian securities regulatory authorities, have been prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis and present fairly in all material respects, on a consolidated basis, the financial position and the results of operations and the changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flow of Rusoro and its subsidiaries for the periods then ended and as at the dates thereof. In the case of unaudited Financial Statements, this representation is subject to normal, recurring year-end adjustments that would be made in the course of an audit and would not be material. No Rusoro Group Company has any material liability or obligation, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, not reflected in the Financial Statements of Rusoro.

 

- 28 -


  (j) No Reportable Event . There has been no “reportable event” (within the meaning of National Instrument 51-102 Continuous Disclosure Obligations of the Canadian securities regulatory authorities, as amended) with the present or any former auditors of Rusoro.

 

  (k) No Cease Trade . Rusoro is not subject to any cease trade, trading suspension or other order of any applicable stock exchange or securities regulatory authority and is not included on a list of defaulting reporting issuers maintained by any securities regulatory authority and, to the knowledge of Rusoro, no investigation or other proceeding involving Rusoro which may operate to prevent, restrict or suspend trading of any securities of Rusoro is currently in progress, pending or threatened before any applicable stock exchange or securities regulatory authority.

 

  (1) No Bankruptcy Proceedings . There is no bankruptcy, liquidation, winding-up or other similar proceeding pending or in progress or, to the knowledge of Rusoro, threatened against any Rusoro Group Company before any court, administrative, regulatory or similar agency or tribunal.

 

  (m) Litigation . There are no Proceedings against or involving Rusoro or any of its subsidiaries in respect of their respective businesses, properties or assets (whether in progress or, to the knowledge of Rusoro, threatened) which, if determined adversely to Rusoro or any of its subsidiaries, would have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group, and there is no order, ordinance, writ, judgment, decree, injunction, award or order of any Governmental Body outstanding against Rusoro or any of its subsidiaries which would have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group. There are no suits, claims, actions or Proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Rusoro, threatened against Rusoro or any of its subsidiaries, seeking to prevent the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (n) Public Disclosure . Rusoro is current in the filing of the Rusoro Public Disclosure, there are no filings that have been made on a confidential basis which remain confidential and all of such filings comply with the requirements of all Applicable Laws except where such non-compliance has not and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group. Taken as a whole, the Rusoro Public Disclosure does not contain any misrepresentation or any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact that is required to be stated or that is necessary to make any statement contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which it is made.

 

  (o) Reporting Status . Rusoro is a “reporting issuer” or the equivalent, and is not in default of requirements under Applicable Laws, in each of the provinces of British Columbia, Alberta, Ontario and Quebec. The Rusoro Shares are listed for trading on the TSXV. Rusoro is not in default of any provision of its listing agreement with such exchange.

 

  (p) Absence of Changes . Since December 31, 2006, except as publicly disclosed by Rusoro prior to the date hereof:

 

  (i) each Rusoro Group Company has conducted its business only in the ordinary and regular course of business consistent with past practice;

 

- 29 -


  (ii) no Rusoro Group Company has incurred or suffered an adverse change;

 

  (iii) there has not been any acquisition or sale by any Rusoro Group Company of any material property or assets;

 

  (iv) other than in the ordinary and regular course of business consistent with past practice, there has not been any incurrence, assumption or guarantee by any Rusoro Group Company of any debt for borrowed money, any creation or assumption by any Rusoro Group Company of any Lien, any making by any Rusoro Group Company of any loan, advance or capital contribution to or investment in any other Person (other than (a) loans or advances made in the ordinary and regular course of business, (b) other loans and advances in an aggregate amount which does not exceed US$10,000,000 outstanding at any time and (c) loans made to another Rusoro Group Company) or any entering into, amendment of, relinquishment, termination or non-renewal by any Rusoro Group Company of any contract, agreement, licence, lease transaction, commitment or other right or obligation;

 

  (v) Rusoro has not declared or paid any dividends or made any other distribution on any of the Rusoro Shares;

 

  (vi) Rusoro has not effected or passed any resolution to approve a split, consolidation or reclassification of any of the outstanding Rusoro Shares;

 

  (vii) Rusoro has not effected any material change in its accounting methods, principles or practices except in accordance with such changes as may have been required in compliance with the Handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants; and

 

  (viii) Rusoro has not adopted any, or materially amended any, collective bargaining agreement, bonus, pension, profit sharing, stock purchase, stock option or other benefit plan or shareholder rights plan;

other than events, actions or matters which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group.

 

  (q)

Tax Matters . Each Rusoro Group Company has filed or caused to be filed, in a timely manner, all Tax Returns required to be filed by it (all of which Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects) and has paid, collected, withheld or remitted, or caused to be paid, collected, withheld or remitted, all Taxes that are due and payable, collectible and remittable, except, in either case where such failure to file or to pay, collect, withhold or remit would not have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group. Rusoro has provided adequate accruals in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles in the Financial Statements of Rusoro for any Taxes for the period covered by such financial

 

- 30 -


 

statements which have not been paid, whether or not shown as being due on any Tax Returns. Since December 31, 2006, no material liability for Taxes not reflected in the Financial Statements of Rusoro or otherwise provided for has been assessed, proposed to be assessed, incurred or accrued other than in the ordinary course of business. To the knowledge of Rusoro, there are no material proposed (but unassessed) additional Taxes and none have been asserted by the Canada Revenue Agency or any other taxing authority, including, without limitation, any sales tax authority, in connection with any of the Tax Returns referred to above. No waiver of any statute of limitations has been given or requested with respect to any Rusoro Group Company. No lien for Taxes has been filed or exists other than for Taxes not yet due and payable.

 

  (r) Compliance with Applicable Laws . Rusoro and, since the date Rusoro incorporated or acquired each other Rusoro Group Company, such Rusoro Group Company has complied with and is not in violation of any Applicable Laws other than such non-compliance or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group. To the knowledge of Rusoro, prior to the date Rusoro acquired a Rusoro Group Company, such Rusoro Group Company had complied with and was not in violation of any Applicable Laws other than such non-compliance or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group.

 

  (s) Certain Contracts . Other than agreements or obligations that have been entered into in the ordinary course of business and are typical in the mining industry but which neither individually nor in the aggregate could have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Rusoro Group, no Rusoro Group Company is a party to or bound by any non-competition agreement or any other agreement, obligation, judgment, injunction, order or decree which purports to (i) limit the manner or the localities in which all or any material portion of the business of the Rusoro Group is conducted, (ii) limit any business practice of any Rusoro Group Company in any material respect, or (iii) restrict any acquisition or disposition of any property by any Rusoro Group Company in any material respect.

 

  (t) Consideration Shares . The Rusoro Shares to be issued to (i) GF Netherlands pursuant to the Subscription, (ii) the holders of Rusoro Mergeco Shares (other than Rusoro) pursuant to the Merger, (iii) the holders of New Rusoro Warrants upon the exercise thereof in accordance with their terms, and (iv) the holder of the Debenture upon conversion thereof in accordance with its terms, will upon issue, be issued as fully-paid and non-assessable shares, will rank pari passu in all respects with all other Rusoro Shares already in issue, and (other than the Rusoro Shares referred to in (i) and (iv)) will not be subject to any statutory hold period under applicable securities Laws.

 

3.3 Investigation

Any investigation by either party to this Agreement or its advisors shall not mitigate, diminish or affect the representations and warranties of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereby confirm that, as at the date hereof, they have not determined any representation and warranty to be untrue or incorrect.

 

- 31 -


3.4 Survival

The covenants, representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct and notwithstanding the completion of the Transaction on the Effective Date or inquiry or investigation on the part of any party hereto, such covenants, representations and warranties shall not merge in, be superseded or prejudiced by and shall survive the Completion Time and continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the respective party provided, however, that:

 

  (a) all covenants, representations and warranties of the parties, except those relating to Taxes or set out in Section 4.4, shall terminate at the expiration of one (1) year following the Effective Date;

 

  (b) all covenants, representations and warranties in respect of Taxes and in respect of which any taxation authority of competent jurisdiction, administering any Tax legislation pursuant to which any relevant Person is subject, has the right to assess, reassess or make additional assessments pursuant to the Tax legislation of such jurisdiction, shall survive until the day following the day that all rights of assessment or reassessment referred to in this sentence cease (such time being referred to herein as the “Tax Warranty Expiry Time” ). If no claim has been made by a party hereto with respect to any incorrectness or misrepresentation in any such representation or warranty within 30 days of the expiry of the Tax Warranty Expiry Time, the other party shall have no further liability hereunder with respect to such representation or warranty; and

 

  (c) the covenants of Rusoro set out in Section 4.4 will survive the Completion Time and continue in full force and effect thereafter.

ARTICLE 4

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

 

4.1 Conduct of Business by Rusoro

Except as required by Applicable Laws or as otherwise expressly permitted or specifically contemplated by this Agreement, Rusoro covenants and agrees that, during the Interim Period, unless GF Netherlands shall otherwise agree in writing:

 

  (a) Rusoro shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries taken as a whole to conduct business in, and not take any action except in, the usual and ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, and Rusoro shall and shall cause its subsidiaries taken as a whole to use all commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and preserve their business organization, assets, employees and advantageous business relationships;

 

  (b) Rusoro shall not directly or indirectly:

 

  (i) amend the Rusoro Governing Documents;

 

- 32 -


  (ii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution or payment (whether in cash, shares or property) in respect of the Rusoro Shares owned by any Person;

 

  (iii) issue, grant, sell or pledge or agree to issue, grant, sell or pledge any Rusoro Shares, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or otherwise evidencing a right to acquire, Rusoro Shares, other than the Subscription Receipts, the Rusoro Mergeco Warrants, the New Rusoro Warrants, Rusoro Options issued in accordance with the terms of the Rusoro Stock Option Plan and Rusoro Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of Rusoro Options and Rusoro Warrants;

 

  (iv) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any of its outstanding Rusoro Shares or other securities including, without limitation, under an issuer bid;

 

  (v) split, combine or reclassify any of its shares;

 

  (vi) adopt a plan of liquidation or resolutions providing for the liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of Rusoro or any of its subsidiaries;

 

  (vii) reduce its stated capital; or

 

  (viii) enter into or modify any contract, agreement, commitment or arrangement with respect to any of the foregoing, except as permitted above;

 

  (c) Rusoro and its subsidiaries shall not, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, or as required or contemplated by this Agreement, without prior consultation with and the consent of GF Netherlands, directly or indirectly do any of the following:

 

  (i) sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber any assets;

 

  (ii) acquire (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or acquisition of shares or assets) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof, or make any investment either by purchase of shares or securities, contributions of capital or property transfer;

 

  (iii) acquire any material assets;

 

  (iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money other than pursuant to existing facilities, or any other material liability or obligation or issue any debt securities or assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for, the obligations of any other individual or entity, or make any loans or advances, other than the Rusoro Personnel Obligations and fees payable to legal, accounting, engineering and financial advisors in the ordinary course or in connection with the matters and transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

- 33 -


  (v) authorize, recommend or propose any release or relinquishment of any material contractual right; or

 

  (vi) waive, release, grant or transfer any material rights of value or modify or change in any material respect any existing material license, lease, contract, production sharing agreement, government land concession or other material document.

 

4.2 Conduct of Business by the Acquired Companies

Except as required by Applicable Law or as otherwise expressly permitted or specifically contemplated by this Agreement, GF Netherlands covenants and agrees that, during the Interim Period, unless Rusoro shall otherwise agree in writing:

 

  (a) GF Netherlands shall cause the Acquired Companies taken as a whole to conduct business in, and not take any action except in, the usual and ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, and GF Netherlands shall cause the Acquired Companies taken as a whole to use all commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and preserve their business organization, assets, employees and advantageous business relationships;

 

  (b) GF Netherlands shall not directly or indirectly cause or permit any Acquired Company to:

 

  (i) amend its Acquired Companies Governing Documents;

 

  (ii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution or payment (whether in cash, shares or property) in respect of any of its shares owned by any Person other than another Acquired Company;

 

  (iii) issue, grant, sell or pledge or agree to issue, grant, sell or pledge any of its shares, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or otherwise evidencing a right to acquire, any of its shares other than to another Acquired Company;

 

  (iv) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares or other securities including, without limitation, under an issuer bid other than from another Acquired Company;

 

  (v) split, combine or reclassify any of its shares;

 

  (vi) adopt a plan of liquidation or resolutions providing for its liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization;

 

  (vii) reduce its stated capital; or

 

  (viii) enter into or modify any contract, agreement, commitment or arrangement with respect to any of the foregoing, except as permitted above;

 

- 34 -


  (c) GF Netherlands shall procure that each Acquired Company shall not, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, or as required or contemplated by this Agreement, without prior consultation with and the consent of Rusoro, directly or indirectly do any of the following:

 

  (i) sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber any assets;

 

  (ii) acquire (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or acquisition of shares or assets) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof, or make any investment either by purchase of shares or securities, contributions of capital or property transfer;

 

  (iii) acquire any material assets;

 

  (iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money other than pursuant to existing facilities, or any other material liability or obligation or issue any debt securities or assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for, the obligations of any other individual or entity, or make any loans or advances, other than the Acquired Companies Personnel Obligations and fees payable to legal, accounting, engineering and financial advisors in the ordinary course or in connection with the matters and transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

  (v) authorize, recommend or propose any release or relinquishment of any material contractual right;

 

  (vi) waive, release, grant or transfer any material rights of value or modify or change in any material respect any existing material license, lease, contract, production sharing agreement, government land concession or other material document:

 

  (vii) enter into or terminate any hedges, swaps or other similar financial instruments or transactions;

 

  (viii) enter into any agreements with directors or officers of such Acquired Company or their respective Affiliates except as provided for in this Agreement; or

 

  (ix) authorize or propose any of the foregoing, or enter into or modify any contract, agreement, commitment or arrangement to do any of the foregoing;

 

  (d) from the date hereof, GF Netherlands shall procure that the Acquired Companies shall not, without prior consultation with and the consent of Rusoro (acting reasonably and taking into account that GF Netherlands and the Acquired Companies may need to be prepared for the eventuality that the Transaction may not complete), enter into new commitments of a capital expenditure nature or incur any new contingent liabilities other than (i) ordinary course expenditures, (ii) expenditures required by Applicable Laws, (iii) expenditures made in connection with transactions contemplated in this Agreement, and (iv) capital expenditures required to prevent the occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect;

 

- 35 -


  (e) notwithstanding, for greater certainty, Section 4.2(c), in no case shall GF Netherlands permit any Acquired Company to create any new Acquired Companies Personnel Obligations and, except for payment of the existing Acquired Companies Personnel Obligations (from which each Acquired Company shall make appropriate withholdings as required by Applicable Laws), none of the Acquired Companies shall grant to any officer or director an increase in compensation in any form, grant any general salary increase other than in accordance with the requirements of any existing collective bargaining or union contracts, grant to any other employee any increase in compensation in any form other than routine increases in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, make any loan to any officer or director, or take any action with respect to the grant of any severance or termination pay arising from the Transaction or a change of Control of any Acquired Companies or the entering into of any employment agreement with, any senior officer or director, or with respect to any increase of benefits payable under its current severance or termination pay policies; and

 

  (f) GF Netherlands will procure that the Acquired Companies do not adopt or amend or make any contribution to any bonus, profit sharing, option, deferred compensation, insurance, incentive compensation, other compensation or other similar plan, agreement, trust, fund or arrangements for the benefit of employees, except as is necessary to comply with Applicable Laws or with respect to existing provisions of any such plans, programs, arrangements or agreements without the consent of Rusoro.

 

4.3 Access and Consultation During the Interim Period

 

  (a) During the Interim Period, provided GF Netherlands has been provided with reasonable written notice, GF Netherlands shall cause the Acquired Companies to permit Rusoro and its subsidiaries, through their respective agents and representatives, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, to have full access to the Acquired Companies and their assets and the Books and Records for the purposes of (i) studying and making plans for future activities and expenditures relating to the Acquired Companies, and (ii) ensuring a speedy and efficient post-Effective Date integration of the Acquired Companies. Rusoro shall endeavour to ensure that all such access, investigations and inspections will be conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

  (b)

During the Interim Period: (i) GF Netherlands will cause Rusoro to be kept informed of the material ongoing activities of the Acquired Companies and material business decisions proposed to be taken by management of each of the Acquired Companies, and shall permit representatives of Rusoro in Venezuela to attend significant internal business meetings or planning sessions and to participate in any discussions at such meetings or sessions, provided that in the event of any material disagreement between management of the Acquired Companies and the Rusoro representatives the

 

- 36 -


 

matter in dispute will be referred to GF Netherlands which shall make the final decision; and (ii) Rusoro will be permitted to participate in dealings between the Acquired Companies and local regulators and other stakeholders.

 

4.4 Access by GF Netherlands Following the Effective Date

 

  (a) From and after the Effective Date, Rusoro shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, retain all Books and Records relating to any period ending on or prior to the Effective Date for a period of 7 years following the Effective Date. So long as such Books and Records are retained by Rusoro or its subsidiaries, GF Netherlands and its Affiliates shall have the right, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, to access and inspect such Books and Records for the purpose of (i) preparing and filing any Tax Returns relating to such prior periods, (ii) defending against or contesting any claims made against GF Netherlands or any of its Affiliates which relate to the Acquired Companies and their respective businesses, including any assessment or reassessment for Tax, or (iii) making any submission or filing which GF Netherlands or its Affiliates are required to make under Applicable Laws. Rusoro will further permit photocopies or electronic copies of any or all Books and Records accessed or inspected hereunder to be made and carried out by GF Netherlands or its Affiliates, at the expense of GF Netherlands or its Affiliates.

 

  (b) From and after the Effective Date, Rusoro shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, cooperate in a reasonable manner with GF Netherlands, its Affiliates and their respective agents, representatives, counsel and auditors for the purposes of preparing and filing GF Netherlands’ or its Affiliates’ accounts and Tax Returns and providing all information required for legal, filing and regulatory purposes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Rusoro shall arrange to provide the assistance of those employees of Rusoro or the Acquired Companies that GF Netherlands or its Affiliates may reasonably request; provided that GF Netherlands shall pay proper and reasonable compensation to Rusoro for the assistance of such employees.

 

4.5 Intercompany Indebtedness of Certain Direct Acquired Subsidiaries

 

  (a) The GF Netherlands Disclosure Letter sets out details of certain indebtedness owing by certain of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries to GF Netherlands as of the date hereof. Within 15 Business Days following the date hereof, GF Netherlands shall cause each such Direct Acquired Subsidiary to issue to GF Netherlands such number of additional shares of such Direct Acquired Subsidiary of the class held by GF Netherlands as may be determined by GF Netherlands to be reasonable in consideration of the cancellation of such indebtedness of such Direct Acquired Subsidiary.

 

  (b)

Any funding which may be provided during the Interim Period by GF Netherlands to the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries shall be provided by way of indebtedness ( “Interim Period Intercompany Indebtedness” ) in an aggregate amount which GF Netherlands does not currently anticipate will exceed US$3,000,000 on the terms set

 

- 37 -


 

out in the GF Netherlands Disclosure Letter which shall be consistent with GF Netherlands’ past practice except that interest charged will be at current market rates of interest.

 

4.6 Working Capital of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries

If the aggregate current combined consolidated assets of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries less the aggregate current combined consolidated liabilities of the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries, excluding any Interim Period Intercompany Indebtedness (the “Working Capital Amount” ), calculated in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards consistently applied as at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the date hereof, is less than zero, then (i) as soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of such calculation GF Netherlands shall notify Rusoro of the Working Capital Amount, and (ii) prior to the Effective Date, GF Netherlands shall contribute an aggregate amount in cash equal to the Working Capital Amount to one or more of the Direct Acquired Subsidiaries in consideration of the issuance of shares of such one or more Direct Acquired Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE 5

COVENANTS

 

5.1 Covenants of Rusoro

 

  (a) Rusoro shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to, use all reasonable commercial efforts to comply promptly with all requirements which Applicable Laws may impose on Rusoro or its subsidiaries with respect to matters contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction;

 

  (b) Rusoro shall promptly advise GF Netherlands by telephone and in writing if any senior officer of Rusoro becomes aware of:

 

  (i) any event occurring subsequent to the date of this Agreement that would render any representation or warranty of Rusoro contained in this Agreement, if made on or as at the date of such event or the Effective Date, untrue or inaccurate;

 

  (ii) any Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  (iii) any breach by Rusoro of any covenant contained in this Agreement.

 

  (c) During the Interim Period, Rusoro shall and shall cause its subsidiaries to perform all obligations required or desirable to be performed by Rusoro or any of its subsidiaries under this Agreement and shall do all such other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable in order to complete the Transaction as soon as reasonably practicable and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Rusoro shall and where appropriate shall cause its subsidiaries to:

 

  (i) use all reasonable commercial efforts to comply promptly with all requirements which Applicable Laws may impose on Rusoro and its subsidiaries with respect to the matters contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction;

 

- 38 -


  (ii) recommend in any manner acceptable to the TSXV that Rusoro Shareholders from whom the Written Consent is sought deliver such Written Consent, and all public comment by Rusoro in relation to the Transaction shall be made in accordance with section 9.12 and shall be consistent with and supportive of such recommendation; and Rusoro shall not act or fail to act in any way that might reasonably be expected to discourage Rusoro Shareholders from delivering such Written Consent;

 

  (iii) procure the preparation, delivery and filing of the Technical Report in compliance with the requirements of NI43-101 and other Applicable Laws;

 

  (iv) apply for and use all reasonable commercial efforts to obtain, and assist GF Netherlands in applying for, all Governmental Approvals and consents and waivers from any Persons required under the terms of any material contracts relating to Rusoro and its subsidiaries and GF Netherlands and the Acquired Companies respectively;

 

  (v) defend all lawsuits or other legal, regulatory or other proceedings to which Rusoro or any of its subsidiaries is a party challenging or affecting any matter contemplated by this Agreement or the completion of the Transaction;

 

  (vi) use all reasonable commercial efforts to have lifted or rescinded any injunction or restraining order or other order relating to Rusoro or its subsidiaries which may adversely affect the ability of the parties to complete the Transaction; and

 

  (vii) not take any action to cause any of its representations or warranties set forth in Article 3 to be untrue in any material respect such that the condition set forth in section 6.2(a) would not be satisfied.

 

  (d)     

(i)

      Each of Rusoro (on behalf of Rusoro Mergeco) and Rusoro Mergeco shall use its best efforts to complete the Equity Financing on the terms and conditions described herein, including using best efforts to:

 

  (A) negotiate definitive agreements (the “Equity Financing Agreements” ) with respect thereto on the terms and conditions set out in section 2.2(b) and in the Rusoro Disclosure Letter or on other terms not less beneficial to Rusoro;

 

  (B) satisfy on a timely basis all conditions applicable to Rusoro in such definitive agreements that are within its control; and

 

  (C) consummate the Equity Financing before the Effective Time.

 

- 39 -


  (ii) Rusoro agrees to notify GF Netherlands promptly, if at any time prior to the Effective Time any of the Equity Financing Agreements expires or is terminated for any reason.

 

  (iii) Rusoro shall keep GF Netherlands informed on a reasonably current basis in reasonable detail of the status of the Equity Financing and shall not permit any material amendment or modification to be made to, or any waiver of any material provision or remedy under the Equity Finance Agreements or any definitive agreement or documentation referred to in this section 5.1, without the prior written consent of GF Netherlands (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

  (e) Rusoro shall keep GF Netherlands informed, on a current basis, of any events, discussions, notices or changes with respect to any Tax (other than ordinary course communications which could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Rusoro Group), criminal or regulatory investigation or action involving Rusoro or any of its subsidiaries, so that GF Netherlands and its Affiliates will have the opportunity to take appropriate steps to avoid or mitigate any cost or regulatory consequences to them that might arise from such investigation or action (including by reviewing written submissions in advance, attending meetings with Tax authorities and coordinating and providing assistance in meeting with regulators).

 

  (f) Promptly following the date of incorporation of Rusoro Mergeco, Rusoro shall cause Rusoro Mergeco to, and Rusoro Mergeco shall, call a meeting of its shareholder to approve the Merger, which meeting shall be held between the shareholder and a proxyholder for the shareholder and may be held on less than seven (7) days notice if the shareholder and proxyholder waive notice of the meeting. Rusoro(on behalf of Rusoro Mergeco) shall ensure that any disclosure material provided to purchasers of Subscription Receipts (each a “Subscriber” ) shall disclose to the Subscribers that they shall not have any dissent rights under British Virgin Islands law in connection with the Merger as a result of such statutory dissent rights having expired at the termination of the aforementioned meeting of the shareholder of Rusoro Mergeco. The subscription agreements entered into between Rusoro Mergeco and each Subscriber for the Subscription Receipts shall contain an acknowledgement by the Subscribers that they do not have any dissent rights under British Virgin Islands law in connection with the Merger.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any obligation of Rusoro in this Agreement with respect to causing subsidiaries to take any action or refrain from taking any action shall only be a requirement for Rusoro to use its reasonable best efforts to cause such subsidiaries to take such action or refrain from taking such action; provided that no director of any subsidiary shall be required to take any action in breach of such Person’s fiduciary duties.

 

- 40 -


5.2 Covenants of GF Netherlands

 

  (a) GF Netherlands shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, use all reasonable commercial efforts to comply promptly with all requirements which Applicable Laws may impose on GF Netherlands or the Acquired Companies with respect to matters contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction;

 

  (b) GF Netherlands shall promptly advise Rusoro by telephone and in writing if any senior officer of GF Netherlands becomes aware of:

 

  (i) any event occurring subsequent to the date of this Agreement that would render any representation or warranty of GF Netherlands contained in this Agreement, if made on or as at the date of such event or the Effective Date, untrue or inaccurate;

 

  (ii) any Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  (iii) any breach by GF Netherlands of any covenant contained in this Agreement.

 

  (c) During the Interim Period, GF Netherlands shall and shall cause the Acquired Companies to perform all obligations required or desirable to be performed by it under this Agreement and to do all such other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable in order to complete the Transaction, as soon as reasonably practicable and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, GF Netherlands shall and where appropriate shall cause the Acquired Companies to:

 

  (i) use all reasonable commercial efforts to comply promptly with all requirements which Applicable Laws may impose on GF Netherlands and the Acquired Companies with respect to the matters contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction;

 

  (ii) apply for and use all reasonable commercial efforts to obtain all Governmental Approvals relating to GF Netherlands and the Acquired Companies;

 

  (iii) defend all lawsuits or other legal, regulatory or other proceedings to which GF Netherlands or any of the Acquired Companies is a party challenging or affecting any matter contemplated by this Agreement or the completion of the Transaction;

 

  (iv) use all reasonable commercial efforts to have lifted or rescinded any injunction or restraining order or other order relating to GF Netherlands or the Acquired Companies which may adversely affect the ability of the parties to complete the Transaction;

 

  (v) not permit any amendment or modification to be made to the Support Agreement in any manner that is material and adverse to the Rusoro Shareholders, without the prior written consent of Rusoro; and

 

- 41 -


  (vi) not take any action to cause any of its representations or warranties set forth in Article 3 to be untrue in any material respect such that the condition set forth in section 6.3(a) would not be satisfied.

 

  (d) GF Netherlands shall keep Rusoro informed, on a current basis, of any events, discussions, notices or changes with respect to any Tax (other than ordinary course communications which could not reasonably be expected to be material to GF Netherlands or the Acquired Companies taken as a whole), criminal or regulatory investigation or action involving GF Netherlands or any of the Acquired Companies, so that Rusoro and its subsidiaries will have the opportunity to take appropriate steps to avoid or mitigate any cost or regulatory consequences to them that might arise from such investigation or action (including by reviewing written submissions in advance, attending meetings with Tax authorities and coordinating and providing assistance in meeting with regulators).

 

  (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any obligation of GF Netherlands in this Agreement with respect to causing or proving Acquired Companies to take any action or refrain from taking any action shall only be a requirement for GF Netherlands to use its reasonable best efforts to cause or procure such Acquired Companies to take such action or refrain from taking such action; provided that no director of any Acquired Company shall be required to take any action in breach of such Person’s fiduciary duties.

 

5.3 Certain Employees

The GF Netherlands Disclosure Letter sets out details of certain employees whose employment with the Acquired Companies will be terminated at or immediately before the Effective Time, and who will be offered positions with GF Netherlands or one of its Affiliates. The GF Netherlands Disclosure Letter also sets out details of certain employees (the “Seconded Employees” ) whose employment with the Acquired Companies following the Effective Date will be continued by the Acquired Companies, provided that GF Netherlands or one of its Affiliates may, effective one year following the Effective Date or such earlier time as may be agreed by Rusoro, elect to offer the Seconded Employees or any of them employment, which offer the Seconded Employees shall be at liberty to accept or refuse. Until such time as the Seconded Employees cease to be employees of any of the Acquired Companies, Rusoro or one or more of its subsidiaries shall be responsible for their compensation.

 

5.4 Additional Supporting Shareholders

Rusoro will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such additional beneficial owners of, or Persons with voting or dispositive power over, Rusoro Shares to enter into the Support Agreement promptly following the date hereof as will result in the holders of over 50% of the Rusoro Shares being Supporting Shareholders.

 

5.5 Closing Matters

 

  (a) The closing of the Transaction will take place at the offices of McCarthy Tetrault LLP, Suite 1300, Pacific Centre, 777 Dunsmuir Street, Vancouver, British Columbia at 9:00 a.m. (Vancouver time) on the Effective Date, or at such other time on the Effective Date as GF Netherlands and Rusoro may agree.

 

- 42 -


  (b) GF Netherlands (on behalf of itself and the Acquired Companies) and Rusoro (on behalf of itself and the Rusoro Group), each acting reasonably, shall cooperate and agree upon the documents that each must deliver or cause to be delivered at the closing of the Transaction, including customary certificates, resolutions, and other closing documents, provided that nothing whatsoever shall be required to be delivered in relation to the Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries in connection with the Transaction closing.

ARTICLE 6

CONDITIONS

 

6.1 Mutual Conditions Precedent

The obligations of GF Netherlands and Rusoro hereunder, including the obligation to complete, or cause to be completed, the Transaction, are subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Effective Time, of the following conditions precedent, each of which may only be waived by the mutual consent of GF Netherlands and Rusoro, and any one or more of which, if not satisfied or waived by either party, will permit that party to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Article 7:

 

  (a) the Written Consent shall have been obtained in accordance with the requirements of the TSXV;

 

  (b) Rusoro Mergeco shall have completed the Equity Financing and received the Proceeds;

 

  (c) there shall not be in force any injunction, order or decree issued by a Governmental Body of competent jurisdiction restraining or enjoining the completion of the Transaction;

 

  (d) this Agreement shall not have been terminated pursuant to Article 7;

 

  (e) the Rusoro Shares issuable pursuant to the Transaction and this Agreement, including upon the exercise of the New Rusoro Warrants and the conversion of the Debenture, shall have been conditionally approved for listing on the TSXV subject to the filing of required documentation; and

 

  (f) the Plan of Merger, the Shareholder Agreement and the Debenture shall have been executed and delivered by all relevant parties.

 

6.2 Additional Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of GF Netherlands

The obligations of GF Netherlands hereunder, including the obligation to complete, or cause to be completed, the Transaction, are also subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Effective Time, of the following conditions precedent each of which is for GF Netherlands’s exclusive benefit and may only be waived by GF Netherlands, and any one or more of which, if not satisfied or waived, will permit GF Netherlands to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Article 7:

 

  (a) each of the representations and warranties of Rusoro contained in section 3.2 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Effective Date as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are by their express terms made as of the date of this Agreement or another specific date (in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date));

 

- 43 -


  (b) all covenants of Rusoro contained in this Agreement to be performed on or before the Effective Date shall have been duly performed by Rusoro in all material respects, except to the extent such failure to so comply would not materially impair Rusoro’s ability to complete the Transaction;

 

  (c) GF Netherlands shall have received a certificate of Rusoro addressed to GF Netherlands and dated the Effective Date, signed on behalf of Rusoro by two senior executive officers of Rusoro without personal liability, confirming the matters in sections 6.2(a) and (b) as of the Effective Date;

 

  (d) the Support Agreement shall not have been terminated and there shall not have been a material breach thereof by any of the parties thereto other than GF Netherlands;

 

  (e) all necessary steps and proceedings shall have been taken to permit the Rusoro Shares to be issued to GF Netherlands hereunder to be issued and registered in the name of GF Netherlands or its nominee in accordance with all Applicable Laws free and clear of all Liens, subject only to the Shareholder Agreement;

 

  (f) the written approval of SARB to proceed with the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained by Gold Fields;

 

  (g) all necessary consent and approvals from banks or other lenders to Gold Fields or any of its Affiliates shall have been obtained by Gold Fields or such Affiliates on terms satisfactory to GF Netherlands, acting reasonably;

 

  (h) GF Netherlands shall be paid an amount by Rusoro or a subsidiary of Rusoro equal to, and for, all Interim Period Intercompany Indebtedness incurred prior to the date that is 5 Business Days prior to the Effective Date, and the parties shall have entered into satisfactory arrangements for the repayment in full no later than 5 Business Days following the Effective Date of all of the Interim Period Intercompany Indebtedness incurred from 5 Business Days prior to the Effective Date to the Effective Time;

 

  (i) a financial institution or other lender shall have provided written confirmation to GF Mergeco as to the availability of the GF Mergeco Loan as contemplated by section 2.1(b)(i);

 

- 44 -


  (j) Rusoro shall have adopted a directors and officers liability insurance policy on terms consistent with policies customarily adopted by Canadian public companies comparable to Rusoro;

 

  (k) there shall not be pending or threatened in writing any suit, action or proceeding by any Governmental Body or any other Person:

 

  (i) that would reasonably be expected to prohibit or restrict the acquisition by GF Netherlands of any Rusoro Shares or that would reasonably be expected to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Transaction;

 

  (ii) that would reasonably be expected to impose limitations on the ability of GF Netherlands to acquire or hold, or exercise full rights of ownership of, any Rusoro Shares, including the right to vote the Rusoro Shares to be acquired by it on all matters properly presented to the shareholders of Rusoro; or

 

  (iii) which arises after the date of this Agreement and is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on Rusoro or GF Netherlands.

 

6.3 Additional Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Rusoro

The obligations of Rusoro hereunder, including the obligation to complete, or cause to be completed, the Transaction, are also subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Effective Time, of the following conditions precedent, each of which is for the exclusive benefit of Rusoro and may only be waived by Rusoro, and any one or more of which, if not satisfied or waived, will permit Rusoro to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Article 7:

 

  (a) each of the representations and warranties of GF Netherlands contained in section 3.1 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Effective Date as though made on and as of the such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are by their express terms made as of the date of this Agreement or another specific date (in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date));

 

  (b) all covenants of GF Netherlands contained in this Agreement to be performed on or before the Effective Date shall have been duly performed by GF Netherlands in all material respects, except to the extent such failure to so comply would not materially impair GF Netherlands’s ability to complete the Transaction;

 

  (c) Rusoro shall have received a certificate of GF Netherlands addressed to Rusoro and dated the Effective Date, signed on behalf of GF Netherlands by two senior executive officers thereof without personal liability, confirming the matters in sections 6.3(a) and (b) as of the Effective Date; and

 

- 45 -


  (d) there shall not be pending or threatened in writing any suit, action or proceeding by any Governmental Body or any other Person:

 

  (i) that would reasonably be expected to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Transaction; or

 

  (ii) which arises after the date of this Agreement and is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on Rusoro or the Acquired Companies taken as a whole.

 

6.4 Notice and Cure Provisions

Each of GF Netherlands and Rusoro will give prompt notice to the other of the occurrence, or failure to occur, at any time from the date hereof until the Effective Time, of any event or state of which it is aware, which occurrence or failure would, or would be likely to:

 

  (a) cause any of its representations or warranties contained herein to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect on the date hereof or on the Effective Date; or

 

  (b) result in its failure to comply with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied hereunder prior to the Effective Date.

Neither GF Netherlands nor Rusoro may elect not to complete the Transaction by reason of failure to satisfy the conditions precedent for the benefit of such party contained in sections 6.2(a), 6.2(b), 6.3(a) or 6.3(b), or exercise any termination right in section 7.1(f) and 7.1(g) arising therefrom, unless prior to the Effective Date GF Netherlands has or Rusoro has, as the case may be, delivered a written notice to the other specifying in reasonable detail all such breaches of representations and warranties, covenants or agreements which GF Netherlands is, or Rusoro is, as the case may be, asserting as the basis for the non-fulfilment of the applicable condition precedent or the exercise of the termination right, as the case may be. If any such notice is delivered, provided that GF Netherlands is, or Rusoro is, as the case may be, proceeding diligently to cure such matter, if such matter is susceptible to being cured, the other party may not terminate this Agreement until the earlier of the expiration of a period of 30 days from such notice and three Business Days prior to the Outside Date.

 

6.5 Satisfaction of Conditions

The conditions precedent set out in sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 shall be conclusively deemed to have been satisfied, waived or released when, with the agreement of GF Netherlands and Rusoro, a certificate of merger is issued by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs appointed under the BVI Act in respect of the Merger.

ARTICLE 7

TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

 

7.1 Termination

This Agreement may be terminated and the Transaction may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time, notwithstanding any requisite approval and authorization of this Agreement by Rusoro Shareholders:

 

  (a) by mutual written consent of GF Netherlands and Rusoro duly authorized by the respective boards of directors of GF Netherlands and Rusoro;

 

- 46 -


  (b) by either GF Netherlands or Rusoro if the Effective Time shall not have occurred on or before the Outside Date; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this section 7.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Effective Time to occur on or before such date;

 

  (c) by GF Netherlands if the Equity Financing has not been agreed by Rusoro and investment dealers on a “bought deal” basis by the end of the Business Day immediately following the date of this Agreement;

 

  (d) by either GF Netherlands or Rusoro if any Governmental Body shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law which has become final and non-appealable and has the effect of making the Transaction illegal or otherwise preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transaction;

 

  (e) by GF Netherlands if the Written Consent failed to receive the requisite signatures of Rusoro Shareholders in accordance with the rules of the TSXV;

 

  (f) by GF Netherlands, if there has been a breach of or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of Rusoro set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform by Rusoro would cause the conditions set forth in section 6.2(a) or 6.2(b) not to be satisfied;

 

  (g) by Rusoro, if there has been a breach of or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of GF Netherlands set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform would cause the conditions set forth in section 6.3(a) or 6.3(b) not to be satisfied; or

 

  (h) by GF Netherlands, if (a) all of the conditions set forth in sections 6.1 and 6.2 have been satisfied and remain satisfied or waived by GF Netherlands (other than those conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied at the Effective Time) and (b) Rusoro shall not have received the Proceeds by the Effective Date.

 

7.2 Effect of Termination

In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to section 7.1, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given by the terminating party to the other party specifying the provision pursuant to which such termination is made, this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect, and there shall be no liability under this Agreement on the part of any party hereto after such termination (except that sections 7.2 and 7.3 and Articles 8 and 9 and all related definitions set forth in Article 1 shall survive any such termination).

 

- 47 -


7.3 Expenses

Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Transaction shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not the Transaction is consummated.

 

7.4 Amendment

This Agreement may be amended by the parties by action taken by or on behalf of their respective boards of directors at any time prior to the Completion Time; provided, however, that, after the Written Consent is obtained there shall be made no amendment that pursuant to Applicable Laws requires further approval by Rusoro Shareholders without the further approval of such holders. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by each of the parties.

 

7.5 Waiver

At any time prior to the Completion Time, any party hereto may:

 

  (a) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of any other party hereto;

 

  (b) waive any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of any other party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto; or

 

  (c) waive compliance with any agreement of any other party or any condition to its own obligations contained herein.

Any such extension or waiver shall be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound thereby.

ARTICLE 8

INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1 Rusoro’s Indemnity of GF Netherlands

Rusoro hereby indemnifies and saves harmless GF Netherlands of and from any loss (other than consequential losses), cost, damage or expense whatsoever arising out of or resulting from, under or pursuant to:

 

  (a) the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or the breach of any covenant made by Rusoro herein or in any instrument or certificate delivered by Rusoro pursuant hereto except as contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

  (b) all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, demands, costs and expenses in respect of or incidental to any of the foregoing.

 

- 48 -


8.2 GF Netherlands’ Indemnity of Rusoro

GF Netherlands hereby indemnifies and saves harmless Rusoro of and from any loss (other than consequential losses), cost, damage or expense whatsoever arising out of or resulting from, under or pursuant to:

 

  (a) the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or the breach of any covenant made by GF Netherlands contained herein or any instrument or certificate delivered by GF Netherlands pursuant hereto except as contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

  (b) all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, demands, costs and expenses in respect of or incidental to any of the foregoing.

 

8.3 Notification of and Participation in Claims

No claim for indemnification will arise until notice thereof is given to the party (the “Indemnitor” ) from whom indemnity is sought. Such notice shall be sent within a reasonable time following the determination by a party (the “Claimant” ) that a claim for indemnity exists. In the event that any legal proceedings shall be instituted or any claim or demand is asserted by any third party in respect of which the Indemnitor may have an obligation to indemnify the Claimant, the Claimant shall give or cause to be given to the Indemnitor written notice thereof and such party shall have the right, at its option and expense, to be present at the defence of such proceedings, claim or demand, but not to control the defence, negotiation or settlement thereof, which control shall at all times rest with the Claimant, unless the Indemnitor irrevocably acknowledges full and complete responsibility for indemnification of Claimant and, in the case of Taxes, makes any payment required under applicable Tax legislation to dispute such Taxes, in which case the Indemnitor may assume such control through counsel of its choice, provided, however, that no settlement shall be entered into without the Claimant’s written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). The parties hereto agree to cooperate fully with each other in connection with the defence, negotiation or settlement of any such third party legal proceeding, claim or demand.

 

8.4 Threshold and Cap on Indemnity

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be entitled to make any claim for indemnification pursuant to this Article 8 in respect of any misrepresentation or breach of warranty made in this Agreement or in any instrument or certificate delivered pursuant hereto unless all such claims by such party equal or exceed, in the aggregate US$5,000,000, in which case the party claiming indemnification shall be entitled to indemnification for all amounts in excess of the US$5,000,000 threshold. In no event shall the aggregate of all claims for indemnification made hereunder by a party exceed the sum of US$20,000,000 and neither party shall have any obligation to indemnify the other hereunder when the aggregate of all claims for indemnification by a party exceed such amount.

 

8.5 Miscellaneous

Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the indemnity provided for in this Article 8 shall apply to any loss, liability, damage, deficiency or expense, whether or not the actual amount thereof shall have been ascertained prior to the final day upon which a claim for indemnity

 

- 49 -


with respect thereto may be made hereunder, so long as written notice thereof shall have been given to the Indemnitor prior to said date, setting forth specifically and in reasonable detail, so far as is known, the matter as to which indemnification is being sought, but nothing herein shall be construed to require payment of any claim for indemnity until the actual amount payable shall have been finally ascertained. For greater certainty an amount payable in respect to Tax matters shall be considered finally ascertained if a Person is required by law to pay the amount at the particular time.

ARTICLE 9

GENERAL

 

9.1 Notices

All notices and other communications which may or are required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed to be validly given if delivered personally or by fax, in each case addressed:

 

  (a) If to Rusoro, at:

 

Rusoro Mining Ltd.
355 Burrard Street, Suite 830
Vancouver, British Columbia
V6C 2G8
Attention :   George Salamis, President
Facsimile:   (604) 682-1514
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Anfield Sujir Kennedy & Durno
1600 Stock Exchange Tower
609 Granville Street
Pacific Centre
Vancouver, British Columbia
V7Y 1C3
Attention :   Michael Kennedy
Facsimile:   (604) 669-3877

 

  (b) If to GF Netherlands, at:

 

Schipholweg 66A
1st Floor
2316 XE, Leiden
The Netherlands
Attention :   Johan Pauley
Facsimile:   +31 (0) 71 528 4636

 

- 50 -


with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
McCarthy Tétrault LLP
Suite 4700
Toronto Dominion Bank Tower
Toronto, Ontario M5K 1E6
Attention :   Brian Graves
Facsimile:   (416) 868-0673

or at such other address at which any party may, from time to time, advise the other by notice in writing given in accordance with this section 9.1. The date of receipt of any notice given pursuant to this section 9.1 shall be deemed to be the date of delivery or faxing thereof.

 

9.2 Assignment

No party hereto may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction, provided, however, that GF Netherlands may assign any of or all its rights, interests and obligations under this Agreement to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of GF Netherlands or to any Affiliate of GF Netherlands organized for the purpose of effecting the Transaction without the prior written consent of Rusoro, provided that no such assignment shall (i) relieve GF Netherlands of any of its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) require any consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or permit from, any Governmental Body or other Person; or (iii) result in any delay in the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void.

 

9.3 Binding Effect

This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall enure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

9.4 No Other Warranties

The parties do not rely on and have not been induced to enter into this Agreement on the basis of any representations, warranties, covenants, undertakings, indemnities or other statements whatsoever other than the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement.

 

9.5 Separate Warranties

Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall be construed as a separate and independent representation and warranty and (except where expressly provided to the contrary) shall not be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other representation or warranty or any other term of this Agreement.

 

9.6 Entire Agreement

This Agreement sets out the entire agreement between the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes any previous written or oral agreements, understandings,

 

- 51 -


undertakings, representations, warranties and arrangements of any nature between the parties in relation to the matters set forth in this Agreement. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, each party acknowledges and agrees that, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, no representation, warranty or other assurance has been given by the other party in respect of any projection, forecast or other forward-looking information.

 

9.7 Remedies and Waivers

 

  (a) No delay or omission by any party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement or any other documents referred to herein shall affect that right, power or remedy or operate as a waiver thereof. The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any further exercise of such right, power or remedy or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies (express or implied) provided by common law, statute, custom or otherwise.

 

  (b) Subject to section 7.2, the parties agree that irreparable damage would occur, and that the parties would not have any adequate remedy at law, in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

  (c) From and after the completion of the Transaction, the rights of indemnity set forth in Article 7 shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of each party in respect of any inaccuracy or misrepresentation in any representation or warranty of, or breach of any covenant or other obligation by, the other party under this Agreement. Accordingly, the parties waive, from and after the Completion Time, any and all rights, remedies and claims that each party may have against the other party, whether at law, under any statute, in equity or otherwise, directly or indirectly relating to the provisions of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement other than those arising out of any fraud.

 

9.8 No Personal Liability

 

  (a) No director or officer of GF Netherlands or any of the Acquired Companies shall have any personal liability whatsoever to Rusoro under this Agreement or any other document delivered in connection with the Transaction or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement on behalf of GF Netherlands or any of the Acquired Companies.

 

  (b) No director or officer of Rusoro shall have any personal liability whatsoever to GF Netherlands under this Agreement or any other document delivered in connection with the Transaction or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement on behalf of Rusoro.

 

- 52 -


9.9 Control of Other Party’s Business

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall give Rusoro, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operations of the Acquired Companies prior to the later to occur of (a) the Effective Date and (b) GF Netherlands or Rusoro, as the case may be, obtaining any necessary Governmental Approvals.

 

9.10 Indemnification

Rusoro agrees that all rights to indemnification or exculpation existing in favour of the directors or officers of the Acquired Companies as provided in their respective articles or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents) as at the date of this Agreement shall survive the completion of the Transaction and shall continue in full force and effect for a period of not less than six years from the Effective Date. This section 9.10 shall survive the completion of the Transaction.

 

9.11 Further Assurances

Each party hereto shall, from time to time, and at all times hereafter, at the request of the other party hereto, but without further consideration, do all such further acts and execute and deliver all such further documents and instruments as shall be reasonably required in order to fully perform and carry out the terms and intent hereof.

 

9.12 Public Statements

Each of GF Netherlands and Rusoro agree to consult with each other as to the general nature of any news release or other public disclosure document with respect to this Agreement or the Transaction (other than regular interim or annual continuous disclosure filings provided no reference is made to this Agreement or the Transaction other than as previously disclosed) and to use their respective reasonable commercial efforts not to issue any news release or other public disclosure document inconsistent with the results of such consultations. Subject to Applicable Laws, each party shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to enable the other party to review and comment on all such news releases or other public disclosure document prior to the release thereof. Rusoro agrees to issue jointly with GF Netherlands a news release with respect to this Agreement as soon as practicable following the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The provisions of this section 9.12 shall survive termination of this Agreement in respect of news releases or public statements relating to the termination of this Agreement.

 

9.13 Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably attorns and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of British Columbia with respect to any matter arising under this Agreement.

 

9.14 Invalidity of Provisions

If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule or law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall

 

- 53 -


nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the fullest extent possible.

 

9.15 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank.

 

- 54 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

RUSORO MINING LTD.
By:  

LOGO

Name:   LOGO
Title:   LOGO
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

GOLD FIELDS NETHERLANDS

SERVICES B.V.

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

RUSORO MINING LTD,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
 

GOLD FIELDS NETHERLANDS

SERVICES B.V.

By:  

LOGO

Name:   LOGO
Title:   LOGO
By:  

LOGO

Name:   LOGO
Title:   LOGO


SCHEDULE A

Acquired Companies

Part 1 – Direct Acquired Subsidiaries

 

Name of Company

   Jurisdiction    Issued and
Outstanding Shares
  

Shareholder

   Shares Held

Carisma Corporation A.V.V.

   Aruba    1,000    Gold Fields Netherlands Services B.V.    1,000

El Callao Holdings A.V.V.

   Aruba    1,000    Gold Fields Netherlands Services B.V.    1,000

Right Angle Corporation A.V.V.

   Aruba    1,000    Gold Fields Netherlands Services B.V.    1,000

Vicenza Corporation A.V.V.

   Aruba    1,000    Gold Fields Netherlands Services B.V.    1,000

International Gold & Silver B.V.

   Netherlands    180    Gold Fields Netherlands Services B.V.    180

Part 2 – Indirect Acquired Subsidiaries

 

Name of Company

   Jurisdiction    Shareholding    

Shareholder(s)

Triway Corporation A.V.V.

   Aruba    100 %   El Callao Holdings A.V.V.

Helvetia Corporation A.V.V.

   Aruba    100 %   El Callao Holdings A.V.V.

Valet Corporation A.V.V.

   Aruba    100 %   El Callao Holdings A.V.V.

Asterville International Corporation A.V.V.

   Aruba    100 %   Carisma Corporation A.V.V.

Corporación Minera Choco 9, C.A.

   Venezuela    100 %   Helvetia Corporation A.V.V.

El Callao Holdings, C.A.

   Venezuela    100 %   El Callao Holdings A.V.V.

Corporación Minera ECH1, C.A.

   Venezuela    100 %   Right Angle Corporation A.V.V.

Corporación Minera ECH2, C.A.

   Venezuela    100 %   Right Angle Corporation A.V.V.

 

A-1


Name of Company

   Jurisdiction    Shareholding    

Shareholder(s)

Corporación Minera ECH3, C.A.

   Venezuela    100 %   Right Angle Corporation A.V.V.

Corporación Minera ECH4, C.A.

   Venezuela    100 %   Right Angle Corporation A.V.V.

Corporación Minera ECH5, C.A.

   Venezuela    100 %   Right Angle Corporation A.V.V.

Corporación Aurífera de El Callao, C.A. (Coralca)

   Venezuela    100 %   Triway Corporation A.V.V.

Proyectos Mineros del Sur, C.A. (Prominsur)

   Venezuela    100 %   Valet Corporation A.V.V.

Inversiones Anseg, C.A.

   Venezuela    100 %   Asterville International Corporation A.V.V.

Promotora Minera de Venezuela, S.A. (Promiven)

   Venezuela    100 %   Carisma Corporation A.V.V.

Promotora Minera de Guayana, S.A. (PMG)

   Venezuela    95 % (1)   Promotora Minera de Venezuela, S.A. (Promiven)

(l)

The remaining 5% of the shares of Promotora Minera de Guayana, S.A. are held by a subsidiary of Corporación Venezolana de Guayana, a government development agency for the Guayana region.

 

A-2


B-1

SCHEDULE B

Form of Plan of Merger


PLAN OF MERGER

This Plan of Merger is made on · , 2007 by [GF Mergeco], a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on •, 2007, with its registered office situate at Wickhams Cay, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands VG1110 (the “Surviving Company” ) in connection with a merger with [Rusoro Mergeco], a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on · , 2007, with its registered office situate at Craigmuir Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands VG1110 (the “Subsumed Company” ) pursuant to the provisions of sections 170 - 173 of the BVI Business Companies Act. The Surviving Company and the Subsumed Company are herein collectively referred to as the “Companies”.

WHEREAS the directors of the parties hereto deem it desirable and in the best interest of the Companies and their members as the case may be that the Subsumed Company be merged into the Surviving Company.

NOW THEREFORE this Plan of Merger witnesseth as follows:

 

1. The constituent companies to this Plan of Merger are the Surviving Company and the Subsumed Company.

 

2. The Surviving Company is the surviving company.

 

3. The Surviving Company has · outstanding shares without par value with one vote for each share. The Subsumed Company has · outstanding shares without par value with one vote for each share.

 

4. Upon the merger, the separate corporate existence of the Subsumed Company shall cease and the Surviving Company shall become the owner, without further action, of all the rights and property of the constituent companies and the Surviving Company shall become subject to all the liabilities, obligations and penalties of the constituent companies.

 

5. The manner and basis of converting the shares of the constituent companies into shares of the Surviving Company or other property shall be as follows:

(a) Each of the issued and outstanding shares of the Subsumed Company owned by holders other than Rusoro Mining Ltd shall be exchanged for a right granted by and as against the Surviving Company to receive one fully paid and non-assessable common share in the capital of Rusoro Mining Ltd and the shares of the Subsumed Company held by holders other than Rusoro Mining Ltd shall be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof;

(b) Each of the issued and outstanding shares of the Subsumed Company owned by Rusoro Mining Ltd shall be exchanged for one fully paid and non-assesable share in the Surviving Company and the shares of the Subsumed Company held by Rusoro Mining Ltd shall be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof; and


(c) Each of the issued and outstanding shares of the Surviving Company shall be exchanged for a right granted by and as against the Surviving Company to receive one fully paid and non assessable common share in the capital of Rusoro Mining Ltd and the shares in the Surviving Company shall be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof.

 

6. The Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association of the Surviving Company as in effect on the effective date of the merger shall be the Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association of the surviving company until the same shall be altered or amended or until a new Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association are adopted as provided therein.

 

7. This Plan of Merger shall be submitted to the members of the constituent companies for their approval by a resolution of members.

 

8. The merger shall be effective at the time and on the date of filing of the Articles of Merger relevant hereto and this Plan of Merger with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands.

 

9. This Plan of Merger may be created in counterparts which when taken together shall constitute one instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Surviving Company and the Subsumed Company have caused this Plan of Merger to be executed on the date first written above.

 

[GF Mergeco]
Per:  

 

  Authorised Signatory
[Rusoro Mergeco]
Per:  

 

  Authorised Signatory

 

- 2 -


C-1

SCHEDULE C

Form of Shareholder Agreement


RUSORO MINING LTD.

- and -

GOLD FIELDS NETHERLANDS SERVICES B.V.

 


SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

 


· , 2007

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

Suite 4700

Toronto Dominion Bank Tower

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

M5K 1E6


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 - INTERPRETATION    1

1.01

       Definitions    1

1.02

       GF Netherlands’ Common Shares    5

1.03

       Headings    5

1.04

       Extended Meanings    5

1.05

       Statutory References    5
ARTICLE 2 - CERTAIN DEALINGS WITH SECURITIES    5

2.01

       Transfer of Consideration Shares Prior to the Release Dates    5

2.02

       Transfer of Consideration Shares    6
ARTICLE 3 - DEMAND QUALIFICATION    8

3.01

       Request for Qualification    8

3.02

       Restrictions on Demand Qualifications    8

3.03

       Priority on Demand Qualification    9

3.04

       Dealer Offerings    9
ARTICLE 4 - PIGGYBACK QUALIFICATION    9

4.01

       Right to Piggyback    9

4.02

       Priority on Piggyback Qualification    10

4.03

       Dealer Offerings    10
ARTICLE 5 - QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES    11

5.01

       Obligations of the Corporation    11

5.02

       Obligations of GF Netherlands    13

5.03

       Preparation of Documents; Due Diligence    14

5.04

       Expenses    14
ARTICLE 6 - INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION    15

6.01

       Indemnification    15

6.02

       Contribution    16
ARTICLE 7 - BOARD REPRESENTATION    17

7.01

       Board Representation    17
ARTICLE 8 - GENERAL    17

8.01

       Qualification Exemptions    17

8.02

       Additional Rights    18


8.03

       Injunctive Relief    18

8.04

       Further Assurances    18

8.05

       Benefit of the Agreement    19

8.06

       Entire Agreement    19

8.07

       Amendments and Waivers    19

8.08

       Assignment    19

8.09

       Severability    19

8.10

       Time    20

8.11

       Notices    20

8.12

       Governing Law    21

8.13

       Counterparts    21

 

- 3 -


SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made as of · , 2007

BETWEEN:

RUSORO MINING LTD., a corporation existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation” )

- and -

GOLD FIELDS NETHERLANDS SERVICES B.V., a corporation existing under the laws of the Netherlands (hereinafter referred to as “GF Netherlands” )

WHEREAS contemporaneously with the entering into of this Agreement, the Corporation has acquired, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, from GF Netherlands all of the shares of certain former direct and indirect subsidiaries of GF Netherlands which collectively hold certain mining assets located in Venezuela (the “Assets” ) pursuant to a combination agreement dated October 11, 2007 between the Corporation and GF Netherlands (the “Transaction” ) and, in connection therewith, the Corporation issued to GF Netherlands 140,000,000 Common Shares (the “Consideration Shares” ) representing approximately · % of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Corporation;

AND WHEREAS this Agreement is being entered into as contemplated by, and in connection with the completion of, the Transaction;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES THAT in consideration of the respective covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 – INTERPRETATION

 

1.01 Definitions

In this Agreement, unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith:

 

  (a) “affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person (i) that is a subsidiary of such first mentioned person, (ii) of which such first mentioned person is a subsidiary or (iii) which is Controlled by the same person as such first mentioned person, and “affiliates” means all such persons collectively;

 

  (b) “Agapovs” has the meaning set out in 4.02(b);


  (c) “Agreement” means this Shareholder Agreement between Rusoro Mining Ltd. and Gold Fields Netherlands Services B.V. dated · 2007;

 

  (d) “Assets” has the meaning set out in the recitals hereto;

 

  (e) “Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to the Corporation, any of the following:

 

  (i) a trustee or other fiduciary is appointed for all or substantially all of its assets;

 

  (ii) it shall generally not pay its debts as they become due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts;

 

  (iii) it shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

  (iv) any case, proceeding or other action is commenced seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as debtor or to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent or seeking a reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its property; or

 

  (v) it shall take any action to authorize or in contemplation of any of the actions set forth above in subsections (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above.

 

  (f) “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Corporation;

 

  (g) “Business Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for business, other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday in each of Vancouver, British Columbia, The Netherlands or South Africa;

 

  (h) “Cash Price” has the meaning set out in Section 2.02(a);

 

  (i) “Change of Control Transaction” has the meaning set out in Section 2.01(b);

 

  (j) “Claim” has the meaning set out in Section 6.01(1);

 

  (k) “Common Shares” means the common shares of the Corporation and any other shares of the Corporation which carry voting rights exercisable in all circumstances or under circumstances that have occurred and are continuing or which carry a residual right to participate in the earnings of the Corporation and in its assets upon liquidation or winding-up to an unlimited degree;

 

  (1) “Consideration Shares” has the meaning set out in the recitals hereto;

 

- 2 -


  (m) “Control” means, when applied to a relationship between two persons, that a person (the “first person” ) is considered to control another person (the “second person” ) if:

 

  (i) the first person, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns or exercises control or direction over securities of the second person carrying votes which, if exercised, would entitle the first person to elect a majority of the directors of the second person, unless that person holds the voting securities only to secure an obligation;

 

  (ii) the second person is a partnership, other than a limited partnership, and the first person holds more than 50% of the interests of the partnership; or

 

  (iii) the second person is a limited partnership and the first person is the general partner of the limited partnership;

 

  (n) “Demand Qualification” means a qualification for distribution of Common Shares pursuant to a Qualification Request under Section 3.01;

 

  (o) “Demand Shares” has the meaning set out in Section 3.01;

 

  (p) “Expenses” means all expenses incident to the Corporation’s performance of or compliance with Articles 3, 4 and 5 of this Agreement, including all filing fees, stock exchange listing fees, translation costs, costs of preparing technical reports, expenses of compliance with Securities Laws and “blue sky” laws, printing expenses and reasonable fees and disbursements of the Corporation’s legal counsel (including local counsel), independent accountants, investment dealers and other persons retained by the Corporation, but excluding (i) underwriting discounts and selling commissions and (ii) the Corporation’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties);

 

  (q) “First Objection Notice”, “First Purchaser” and “First Purchaser Identification Notice” have the respective meanings set out in Section 2.02(a);

 

  (r) “First Release Date” means · 2008, the date which is 8 months following the date of this Agreement;

 

  (s) “GF Proportionate Interest” shall mean, at any particular time, the percentage that the Common Shares beneficially owned or over which control or direction is exercised by GF Netherlands and its affiliates, collectively, represents of the total number of Common Shares then issued and outstanding on an undiluted basis;

 

  (t) “Holder” has the meaning set out in Section 2.02(a);

 

  (u) “Indemnified Party”, “Indemnified Parties” and “Indemnifying Party” have the meanings set out in Section 6.01(3);

 

- 3 -


  (v) “Maximum Offering Size” has the respective meanings set out in Sections 3.03 and 4.02;

 

  (w) “Offered Securities” has the meaning set out in Section 2.02(a);

 

  (x) “Offered Shares” has the meaning set out in Section 5.01(l)(b);

 

  (y) “Offering Agreement” has the meaning set out in Section 6.01(l)(a);

 

  (z) “Permitted Transferee” has the meaning set out in Section 2.01(a);

 

  (aa) “Piggyback Qualification” has the meaning set out in Section 4.01;

 

  (bb) “Piggyback Shares” has the meaning set out in Section 4.01;

 

  (cc) “Qualification Request” has the meaning set out in Section 3.01;

 

  (dd) “qualification for distribution” means the qualification of Common Shares for distribution or the registration of Common Shares under any of the Securities Laws by filing a prospectus and obtaining a receipt therefor, all in such manner as is acceptable to GF Netherlands and its legal counsel, acting reasonably, and “qualified for distribution” and “qualify for distribution” have corresponding meanings;

 

  (ee) “Sale Notice” has the meaning set out in Section 2.02(a);

 

  (ff) “Second Objection Notice”, “Second Purchaser” and “Second Purchaser Identification Notice” have the respective meanings set out in Section 2.02(b);

 

  (gg) “Second Release Date” means · 2008, the date which is 12 months following the date of this Agreement;

 

  (hh) “Securities Laws” means, collectively, the applicable securities legislation of each of the provinces and territories of Canada and all regulations, rules, orders, rules, rulings, policy statements, instruments, communiqués and interpretation notes issued thereunder or in relation thereto, as amended, re-enacted or replaced from time to time;

 

  (ii) “subsidiary” means, with respect to any person, any other person in respect of which such first mentioned person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to vote more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such person, or otherwise direct the management or policies of such person, by contract or otherwise and “subsidiaries” means all of such persons collectively;

 

  (jj) “Transaction” has the meaning set out in the recitals hereto;

 

- 4 -


  (kk) “Transfer” means, with respect to any securities, any sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of such securities, and “Transferred” will have a corresponding meaning.

 

1.02 GF Netherlands’ Common Shares

Any references in this Agreement to Common Shares held by GF Netherlands, or words of like effect, shall be deemed to include Common Shares held by any of GF Netherlands’ affiliates.

 

1.03 Headings

The division of this Agreement into Articles and Sections and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. The terms “this Agreement”, “hereof, “hereto”, “hereunder” and similar expressions refer to this agreement and not to any particular Article, Section or other portion hereof and any agreement supplemental hereto. Unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith, references herein to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

 

1.04 Extended Meanings

In this Agreement (i) words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa, (ii) words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa, (iii) words importing persons shall include individuals, partnerships, associations, trusts, firms, unincorporated organizations, corporations, joint ventures, governments, governmental entities or authorities and any other entities of any kind or nature whatsoever and (iv) wherever the context permits, the words “including”, “includes” and “included” and similar expressions shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

1.05 Statutory References

Any reference in this Agreement to a statute includes all regulations made thereunder, all amendments to such statute in force from time to time and any statute or regulation that supplements or supersedes such statute or regulation.

ARTICLE 2 – CERTAIN DEALINGS WITH SECURITIES

 

2.01 Transfer of Consideration Shares Prior to the Release Dates

Prior to the First Release Date, GF Netherlands will not Transfer any Consideration Shares except as set out in this Section 2.01. During the period from and including the First Release Date and ending immediately prior to the Second Release Date, GF Netherlands will not Transfer more than 50% of the Consideration Shares except as set out in this Section 2.01. GF Netherlands (and any Permitted Transferree (as hereinafter defined) who has had Consideration Shares transferred to it) may Transfer any or all of the Consideration Shares at any time (i) with the consent of the Corporation or (ii) without the consent of the Corporation in the following circumstances:

 

  (a) to any affiliate of Gold Fields Limited (each, a “Permitted Transferee” ) provided that the Permitted Transferee first agrees to become a party to this Agreement as a Holder and to be bound by its terms and conditions to the same extent as GF Netherlands hereunder;

 

- 5 -


  (b) pursuant to any transaction (a “Change of Control Transaction” ) involving a change of Control of the Corporation, including a take-over bid, merger, arrangement, amalgamation, reverse take-over or other business combination, or to any person following the completion of a Change of Control Transaction;

 

  (c) following the occurrence of an event that results in any person other than the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation obtaining at least a 50% interest in the Assets taken as a whole;

 

  (d) subject to the requirements of Section 2.02 as if such requirements applied to this Section 2.01(d), following the proposal or announcement of a change in law that would have a material adverse effect on GF Netherlands’ ability to own the Consideration Shares;

 

  (e) at any time after any announcement that securities of the Corporation which are then listed on a stock exchange are to be de-listed from any and all stock exchanges or are subject to a cease trade order lasting more than 30 days;

 

  (f) at any time after the Corporation ceases, either directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, to carry on the business conducted by the Corporation, directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, as at the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (g) following the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event or following the occurrence of any event of default in any terms of bank indebtedness of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries where such indebtedness exceeds $25 million.

 

2.02 Transfer of Consideration Shares

 

  (a)

On or after the release dates specified in Section 2.01 and for so long as GF Netherlands and any Permitted Transferee collectively beneficially hold Consideration Shares carrying 10% or more of the votes attached to the Common Shares of the Corporation on an undiluted basis, if any such holder (the “Holder” ) proposes to sell any Consideration Shares to a party other than a Permitted Transferee, the Holder will provide a notice in writing (the “Sale Notice” ) to the Corporation of such intended sale. The Sale Notice will include the number of Consideration Shares (the “Offered Securities” ) and the minimum cash price per security at which the Holder is proposing to sell the Offered Securities (the “Cash Price” ). For a period of (i) three Business Days (if GF Netherlands and any

 

- 6 -


 

Permitted Transferee collectively beneficially hold Consideration Shares carrying 10% or more but less than 20% of the votes attached to the Common Shares of the Corporation on an undiluted basis) and (ii) five Business Days (if GF Netherlands and any Permitted Transferee collectively beneficially hold Consideration Shares carrying 20% or more of the votes attached to the Common Shares of the Corporation on an undiluted basis), after the date of receipt by the Corporation of the Sale Notice, the Corporation will have the right to identify one or more purchasers (which, for greater certainty, may include the Corporation or any of its affiliates) (collectively, the “First Purchaser” ) who have indicated to the Corporation a willingness to purchase all but not less than all of the Offered Securities at a price which is not less than the Cash Price and the Corporation will provide notice (the “First Purchaser Identification Notice” ) to the Holder identifying the purchaser(s). Unless the Holder provides notice in writing (the “First Objection Notice” ) to the Corporation within three Business Days after the date of receipt by the Holder of the First Purchaser Identification Notice that the Holder objects on reasonable commercial grounds (which need to be specified) to transacting with the First Purchaser, the Holder will proceed to effect sales with such First Purchaser within five Business Days after the date of receipt by the Holder of the First Purchaser Identification Notice.

 

  (b) If the Holder provides the First Objection Notice to the Corporation, for a period of three Business Days after the date of receipt by the Corporation of the First Objection Notice, the Corporation will have the right to identify one or more purchasers (which, for greater certainty, will not include the First Purchaser or its affiliates) (collectively, the “Second Purchaser” ) who have indicated to the Corporation a willingness to purchase all but not less than all of the Offered Securities at a price which is not less than the Cash Price and the Corporation will provide notice (the “Second Purchaser Identification Notice” ) to the Holder identifying the purchaser(s). Unless the Holder provides notice in writing (the “Second Objection Notice” ) to the Corporation within five Business Days after the date of receipt by the Holder of the Second Purchaser Identification Notice that the Holder objects on reasonable commercial grounds (which need to be specified) to transacting with the Second Purchaser, the Holder will proceed to effect sales with such Second Purchaser within ten Business Days after the date of receipt by the Holder of the Second Purchaser Identification Notice.

 

  (c) If the Holder provides the Second Objection Notice to the Corporation, the Holder will be free to Transfer the Offered Securities to any person other than the First Purchaser or the Second Purchaser.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 2.02 will not apply to any one or more sales of Consideration Shares either (i) sold privately and carrying in aggregate 5% or less of the votes attached to the Common Shares of the Corporation on an undiluted basis which are completed over any period of 60 or more calendar days, (ii) sales in the market in amounts not exceeding 100,000 Consideration Shares per calendar week or (iii) sold pursuant to qualification rights set out under Article 3 or Article 4.

 

- 7 -


ARTICLE 3 - DEMAND QUALIFICATION

 

3.01 Request for Qualification

Subject to Section 3.02, GF Netherlands may at any time, by written notice to the Corporation (a “Qualification Request” ), request that the Corporation qualify a “bought deal” distribution of Common Shares held by GF Netherlands, such notice to specify the number of Common Shares (the “Demand Shares” ) requested to be qualified for distribution, the jurisdictions where the Demand Shares are to be so qualified the intended method of disposition of the Demand Shares. GF Netherlands may only rely on this Section 3.01 where it is already in possession of a written indicative offer for such “bought deal” from an investment dealer. Promptly upon receipt of a Qualification Request, the Corporation shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to effect, as expeditiously as possible, the qualification for distribution of the Demand Shares to permit the disposition of the Demand Shares in accordance with the intended method of distribution.

 

3.02 Restrictions on Demand Qualifications

The Corporation shall not be obligated to effect:

 

  (a) any Demand Qualification where the Demand Shares have a market value of less than $25 million as at the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of the Qualification Request;

 

  (b) any Demand Qualification during any “black out” period required by any investment dealer in connection with any previous offering of securities by the Corporation;

 

  (c) any Demand Qualification in any jurisdiction other than British Columbia, Alberta or Ontario;

 

  (d) any Demand Qualification that is within 30 days of having received a notice from the Corporation given in good faith that the Corporation intends to effect a financing within the next 30 days;

 

  (e) more than one Demand Qualification in any 12 month period;

 

  (f) any Demand Qualification if such Demand Qualification would necessarily result in the Corporation being in breach of applicable Securities Laws such as where the Corporation was then in possession of material information concerning the Common Shares that could not yet be disclosed publicly; or

 

  (g) any Demand Qualification if it requires the Corporation to qualify any distribution of Common Shares in the United States under a registration statement.

 

- 8 -


3.03 Priority on Demand Qualification

In circumstances where the Corporation proposes to qualify certain other Common Shares for distribution in addition to the Demand Shares and the Demand Qualification involves the use of investment dealers, if the managing dealer advises the Corporation and GF Netherlands in writing, at any time and from time to time, that in its opinion the number of Common Shares that GF Netherlands and the Corporation have requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number (in this Section 3.03, the “Maximum Offering Size” ) which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to GF Netherlands, the Corporation shall include in such qualification for distribution:

 

  (a) first, as many of the Demand Shares as will not cause the offering to exceed the Maximum Offering Size; and

 

  (b) second, as many of any Common Shares proposed to be qualified for distribution by the Corporation as part of the Demand Qualification as will not cause the offering to exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

 

3.04 Dealer Offerings

If any Demand Qualification involves the use of an investment dealer:

 

  (a) GF Netherlands shall have the right to select the investment dealers and managers to market such offering subject, to the approval of the Corporation, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

 

  (b) the Corporation and GF Netherlands shall each bear or pay their proportionate share of the underwriting discounts and selling commissions determined on the basis of the proportion that the number of Common Shares or Demand Shares included in the Demand Qualification at such party’s request bears to the total number of all Common Shares qualified for distribution.

ARTICLE 4 - PIGGYBACK QUALIFICATION

 

4.01 Right to Piggyback

If the Corporation proposes to qualify for distribution any Common Shares (other than in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan or share incentive or other employee benefit plan) (a “Piggyback Qualification” ), the Corporation shall give notice to GF Netherlands of its intention to do so (specifying in good faith the intended size of such distribution such specification being hereinafter referred to as the “Initial Requirements” ) at its earliest practical opportunity but in any event at least two Business Days before the date on which the Corporation proposes to file a preliminary prospectus and, subject to Section 4.02, shall include in such qualification for distribution all Common Shares held by GF Netherlands (the “Piggyback Shares” ) with respect to which the Corporation has received from GF Netherlands a written request for inclusion therein within three Business Days of filing of the preliminary prospectus. The notice to GF Netherlands shall advise it of its right to have Common Shares included in the proposed Piggyback Qualification and give full particulars thereof including:

 

  (a) the date on which the Corporation proposes to file a preliminary prospectus in respect of such Piggyback Qualification;

 

- 9 -


  (b) whether or not the Piggyback Qualification will involve the use of investment dealers and, if so, the names of the managing or lead investment dealers and whether such offering will be pursuant to a “firm commitment” or “best efforts” offering; and

 

  (c) to the extent known, an estimate of the anticipated price range within which the Common Shares included in the Piggyback Qualification are to be sold.

 

4.02 Priority on Piggyback Qualification

If any Piggyback Qualification involves the use of investment dealers and the managing dealer advises the Corporation in writing, at any time and from time to time, that in its opinion the number of Common Shares that the Corporation and GF Netherlands have requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number (in this Section 4.02, the “Maximum Offering Size” ) which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Corporation, the Corporation shall include in such qualification for distribution:

 

  (a) first, as many of the Common Shares as will not exceed the Initial Requirements; and will not cause the offering to exceed the Maximum Offering Size;

 

  (b) second, as many of any Piggyback Shares proposed to be qualified for distribution by GF Netherlands as part of the Piggyback Qualification as will not cause the offering to exceed the Maximum Offering Size; provided, however, GF Netherlands understands that Messrs Vladimir and Andre Agapov (collectively, the “Agapovs” ) are entitled to pre-existing distribution rights in relation to Common Shares valued at an aggregate of US$30,000,000 which would entitle them to participate in any such offering. In such event, GF Netherlands and the Agapovs shall have the right to participate in such Piggyback Qualification on an equal basis to each other for so long as the Agapovs are so entitled. For the avoidance of doubt once the Agapovs are no longer entitled to such pre-existing distribution rights, GF Netherlands’ Piggyback Qualification rights under this agreement shall have priority over any other similar rights of any shareholders of the Corporation. The Corporation will notify GF Netherlands as soon as reasonably practicable following confirmation from the Agapovs as to whether the Agapovs intend to exercise any such distribution rights.

 

4.03 Dealer Offerings

If any Piggyback Qualification involves the use of an investment dealer:

 

  (a) the Corporation shall be entitled to select the investment dealers and managers to market such offering; and

 

- 10 -


  (b) the Corporation and GF Netherlands shall each bear or pay their proportionate share of the underwriting discounts and selling commissions determined on the basis of the proportion that the number of Common Shares or Piggyback Shares included in the Piggyback Qualification at such party’s request bears to the total number of all Common Shares qualified for distribution.

ARTICLE 5 - QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES

 

5.01 Obligations of the Corporation

(1) Subject to Section 3.02, whenever the Corporation receives a request for a Demand Qualification or a Piggyback Qualification, the Corporation shall use its best commercial efforts to effect such qualification for distribution and pursuant thereto the Corporation shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, and to the extent necessary by virtue of the Securities Laws of the jurisdictions in which such qualification for distribution is to be effected:

 

  (a) promptly prepare and file a preliminary prospectus, as the case may be, in the relevant jurisdictions and such other related documents as may be necessary or appropriate relating to the proposed qualification for distribution;

 

  (b) as soon as possible after any comments of the relevant securities regulatory authorities have been satisfied with respect to such preliminary prospectus, prepare and file under applicable Securities Laws a (final) prospectus and obtain receipts therefor and shall take all other steps and proceedings that may be necessary in order to qualify for distribution under, and in accordance with, such Securities Laws the Common Shares held by GF Netherlands covered by such prospectus (the “Offered Shares” );

 

  (c) prepare and file with the relevant regulatory authorities such amendments and supplements to such preliminary prospectus or prospectus as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of all applicable Securities Laws with respect to the distribution of the Offered Shares until all of the Offered Shares have been distributed in accordance with the intended method of disposition;

 

  (d) before filing any document referred to in Sections 5.01(l)(a), (b), (c) or (g), give GF Netherlands and its legal counsel the opportunity to review and comment on such document (all of which documents shall be reasonably satisfactory to GF Netherlands and its legal counsel before they are filed);

 

  (e) furnish to GF Netherlands such number of copies of the preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus and any amendment and supplement thereto and such other relevant documents as GF Netherlands may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Offered Shares;

 

- 11 -


  (f) furnish to GF Netherlands:

 

  (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel for the Corporation in a form that is customary at such time for distributions of securities similar to the distribution of the Offered Shares addressed to GF Netherlands and the investment dealers, if any; and

 

  (ii) a “comfort” letter addressed to GF Netherlands and the investment dealers, if any, signed by the auditors of the Corporation in a form that is customary at such time and providing comfort in relation to financial information contained in the prospectus;

dated both the effective date of the (final) prospectus and the closing date for the distribution of the Offered Shares;

 

  (g) (i) immediately notify GF Netherlands of any circumstance or the happening of any event as a result of which any preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus as then filed or in effect would include an untrue statement of material fact or would omit any fact that is required to be stated or that is necessary to make any statement therein not misleading, (ii) at the request of GF Netherlands, prepare and file a supplement to or an amendment of the preliminary prospectus or (final) prospectus as may be necessary so that such document shall not include an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any fact that is required to be stated or that is necessary to make any statement therein not misleading and (iii) furnish GF Netherlands such number of copies of the amendment or supplement and such other relevant documents as GF Netherlands may reasonably request;

 

  (h) qualify for distribution the Offered Shares under the securities laws of such jurisdictions, but limited to British Columbia, Alberta and Ontario, as GF Netherlands may request, and do all such other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Offered Shares to be distributed in such jurisdictions; provided that the Corporation shall not be required to:

 

  (i) become subject to continuous disclosure or similar requirements under the securities laws of any jurisdiction where, but for this Section 5.01(l)(h), it would not be subject to such requirements,

 

  (ii) qualify generally to do business as a foreign or extra-provincial corporation in any jurisdiction where, but for this Section 5.01(l)(h), it would not be required to so qualify, or

 

  (iii) subject itself to any taxation in any jurisdiction where, but for this Section 5.01(l)(h), it would not be subject to such taxation;

 

  (i) otherwise comply with all applicable Securities Laws during the course of the distribution;

 

- 12 -


  (j) list the Offered Shares on all stock exchanges or markets on which the Common Shares are then listed or quoted;

 

  (k) enter into such customary agreements, including underwriting agreements, containing such representations and warranties by the Corporation and such other terms and provisions as are customary therein including, without limitation, rights of indemnity and contribution in favour of the investment dealers;

 

  (1) in the event of the issuance of any order or ruling suspending the effectiveness of a prospectus receipt, suspending or preventing the use of any prospectus or suspending the qualification for distribution of any of the Offered Shares in any jurisdiction, use its reasonable commercial efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order or ruling; and

 

  (m) execute and deliver all such further documents and instruments and do all such acts and things, including obtaining such other certificates and opinions as, in the reasonable opinion of GF Netherlands, is customary in a distribution of securities similar to the distribution of the Offered Shares.

(2) If any Demand Qualification in which Offered Shares are qualified for distribution involves an investment dealer, the Corporation shall not effect any sale of Common Shares other than as part of such distribution during the period (which shall be no more than 30 days) from the date of the public announcement of such offering until closing, or such lesser period as GF Netherlands and the managing investment dealers may agree, other than pursuant to benefit plans or outstanding commitments or to satisfy legal requirements. In addition, if requested to do so by GF Netherlands pursuant to any Demand Qualification, the Corporation shall not (and it shall confirm to GF Netherlands in writing that it shall not), unless it can provide GF Netherlands with reasonable commercial reasons in writing for doing so, effect any sale of Common Shares other than as part of such distribution for a period of 90 days from the date of the (final) prospectus in respect of such distribution.

 

5.02 Obligations of GF Netherlands

(1) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Corporation it is necessary or appropriate in order to comply with any applicable Securities Laws, the obligations of the Corporation under Article 3 and Article 4 shall be conditional upon each of GF Netherlands and any investment dealer participating in such distribution executing and delivering to the Corporation an appropriate agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Corporation, that such person shall comply with all prospectus delivery requirements of all applicable Securities Laws and with anti-stabilization, manipulation and similar provisions of all applicable Securities Laws and shall furnish to the Corporation information about sales made in such offering.

(2) GF Netherlands shall not effect sales of any Offered Shares qualified by or included in a prospectus or deliver any prospectus in respect of such sale after notification by the Corporation of any order or ruling suspending the effectiveness of the receipt for such prospectus, suspending or

 

- 13 -


preventing the use of such prospectus or suspending the qualification for distribution of any of the Offered Shares until such time as such order or ruling shall have been withdrawn or otherwise terminated.

(3) If any Piggyback Qualification involves an investment dealer, GF Netherlands, shall not effect any sale of Common Shares other than as part of such distribution during the period (which shall be no more than 30 days) from the date of the public announcement of such offering until closing, or such lesser period as GF Netherlands and the managing investment dealers may agree. In addition, if requested to do so by the Corporation pursuant to any Piggyback Qualification, GF Netherlands shall not (and it shall confirm to the Corporation in writing that it shall not), unless it can provide the Corporation with reasonable commercial reasons in writing for doing so, effect any sale of Common Shares other than as part of such distribution for a period of 90 days from the date of the (final) prospectus in respect of such distribution.

 

5.03 Preparation of Documents; Due Diligence

In connection with the preparation and filing of any preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus or similar document as herein contemplated, GF Netherlands and the investment dealers, if any, and their respective legal counsel, auditors and other representatives, shall be given the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such documents and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto and there shall be inserted therein such material as is required under applicable Securities Laws or which, in the reasonable judgment of GF Netherlands or such investment dealers and their respective legal counsel, should be included and which is acceptable to the Corporation, acting reasonably. GF Netherlands and such investment dealers shall also be given such access to the books and records of the Corporation and such opportunities to discuss the business and affairs of the Corporation with its officers and auditors as shall be necessary in their respective opinions or in the opinion of their respective counsel, and the Corporation shall cooperate with GF Netherlands and such investment dealers in the conduct of all due diligence which any of the foregoing persons may reasonably require in order for the purposes of establishing a due diligence defence as contemplated by applicable Securities Laws and in order to enable GF Netherlands and such investment dealers to execute any certificates required to be executed by them pursuant to applicable Securities Laws for inclusion in any preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus or similar document.

 

5.04 Expenses

(1) Each of the Corporation and GF Netherlands shall pay its proportionate share of all Expenses relating to any Demand Qualification or Piggyback Qualification (based on the proportion that the number of Common Shares that the Corporation or GF Netherlands, as the case may be, is selling bears to the total number of Common Shares being qualified for sale). For greater certainty, GF Netherlands shall pay the fees of its own legal counsel in connection with a Demand Qualification or Piggyback Qualification subject to any rights of indemnification it may have under this Agreement.

(2) The Corporation shall pay all internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties).

 

- 14 -


ARTICLE 6 - INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

 

6.01 Indemnification

(1) The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless GF Netherlands, each of its affiliates and each person who controls GF Netherlands within the meaning of the United States Securities Act of 1933 and the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, and their respective officers, directors and agents, from and against any and all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) including costs of investigation and reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel (collectively a “Claim” ) arising out of or based upon:

 

  (a) any misrepresentation or alleged misrepresentation, breach of warranty or untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, whether of a material fact or otherwise, contained in any preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus or similar document (including any amendment or supplement thereto) relating to any Demand Qualification or Piggyback Qualification, or in any underwriting agreement, purchase agreement or other document relating thereto (each an “Offering Agreement” ), or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state in any such preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus or similar document (including any amendment or supplement thereto), or any Offering Agreement, a fact, material or not, required to be stated therein or necessary to make a statement therein not misleading; or

 

  (b) any other breach by the Corporation of any Offering Agreement or applicable Securities Laws;

provided that the Corporation shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Claim arises out of or is based upon any misrepresentation or untrue statement furnished to the Corporation in writing by GF Netherlands and stated to be specifically for use in any such document.

(2) In connection with any qualification for distribution of Common Shares held by GF Netherlands pursuant to this Agreement, the Corporation may request that GF Netherlands indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and each of its subsidiaries, and their respective officers, directors and agents, from and against any Claim arising out of or based upon:

 

  (a)

any misrepresentation or alleged misrepresentation, breach of warranty or untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, whether of a material fact or otherwise contained in any preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus or similar document (including any amendment or supplement thereto) relating to any Demand Qualification or Piggyback Qualification or in any underwriting agreement, purchase agreement or other document relating thereto (each an “Offering Agreement” ) where such misrepresentation, breach of warranty or untrue statement is caused by information furnished to the Corporation in writing by GF Netherlands and stated to be specifically for use in any such document or arising out of or based upon any

 

- 15 -


 

omission or alleged omission to state in any such preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus or similar document (including any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Offering Agreement, a fact, material or not, relating to GF Netherlands not within the Corporation’s knowledge required to be stated therein or necessary to make a statement therein not misleading; or

 

  (b) any other breach by the GF Netherlands of any Offering Agreement or applicable Securities Laws.

Should GF Netherlands not agree to such indemnification, the Corporation shall not be required to qualify such Common Shares for distribution hereunder.

(3) Each person entitled to indemnification under this Section 6.01 (individually an “Indemnified Party” and collectively the “Indemnified Parties” ) shall give notice to the Corporation or GF Netherlands, as the case may be, (the “Indemnifying Party” ) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any Claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defence of such Claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that:

 

  (a) counsel for the Indemnifying Party conducting the defence of such Claim or any litigation resulting therefrom shall have been approved by such Indemnified Party acting reasonably; and

 

  (b) such Indemnified Party may participate in such defence;

and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve such Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 6.01 to the extent that the Indemnifying Party was not prejudiced by such failure. The Indemnifying Party shall not, in the defence of any such Claim or litigation, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such Claim or litigation.

 

6.02 Contribution

If the indemnification provided for in Section 6.01 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnified Parties in respect of any Claim, then the Indemnifying Party shall in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnified Parties contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Parties as a result of such Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the parties thereto in connection with any statements or omissions which resulted in such Claim as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 6.02 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which did not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 6.02. The amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Parties as a result of such Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.

 

- 16 -


ARTICLE 7 - BOARD REPRESENTATION

 

7.01 Board Representation

 

  (1) Commencing on the date hereof and:

 

  (a) for so long as the GF Proportionate Interest is 15% or more, GF Netherlands shall be entitled to nominate two persons for appointment to the Board of Directors; and

 

  (b) for so long as the GF Proportionate Interest is less than 15% but not less than 10%, GF Netherlands shall be entitled to nominate one person for appointment to the Board of Directors;

and the Corporation shall direct that such persons be included as management nominees for election as directors in the first management information circular of the Corporation prepared following the date hereof for a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation at which directors are to be elected and in the management information circular prepared in connection with each subsequent meeting of shareholders of the Corporation at which directors are to be elected. The Corporation agrees to solicit proxies from its shareholders for such nominees and to cause management proxies to be voted in favour of such nominees except for such proxies as contain a specific contrary direction.

(2) If any director of the Corporation nominated by GF Netherlands shall cease to be a director for any reason whatsoever, the Corporation shall use its best efforts promptly upon the request of GF Netherlands to cause to be elected or appointed another person nominated by GF Netherlands to replace such director.

(3) In the event that (and for so long as) GF Netherlands does not elect to exercise its rights under Article 7 to nominate persons for the appointment to the Board of Directors, the Corporation agrees that, if (and for so long as) GF Netherlands is so entitled, GF Netherlands will receive all notices and related materials pertaining to, and be entitled to send one or two representatives to attend, any and all meetings of the Board of Directors in the capacity of observer and without any voting rights on such board.

ARTICLE 8 - GENERAL

 

8.01 Qualification Exemptions

The Corporation shall use its best commercial efforts to file and furnish any reports required to be filed or furnished by it under applicable Securities Laws and to use its reasonable commercial efforts to do all such further acts and things as GF Netherlands may reasonably request to enable GF Netherlands to sell Common Shares held by GF Netherlands to persons to whom the Securities Laws apply under an available exemption from the applicable requirement to qualify for distribution such Common Shares.

 

- 17 -


8.02 Additional Rights

(1) The Corporation represents and warrants to GF Netherlands that it has not granted to any person other than GF Netherlands any rights to request or require the Corporation to qualify for distribution any securities issued by the Corporation, except as disclosed in writing to GF Netherlands in relation to such rights granted to the Agapovs and as referred to in Section 4.02.

(2) The Corporation shall not enter into any agreement, understanding or commitment that is inconsistent with GF Netherlands’ rights under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Corporation proposes at any time to grant to any person rights to require the Corporation to qualify for distribution any Common Shares, the Corporation shall give prior notice, which notice shall include give full particulars of such proposed grant, including all relevant circumstances related thereto, and if, in the sole reasonable opinion of GF Netherlands, the terms of such proposed grant are more favourable to such person than the rights granted to GF Netherlands under this Agreement, the Corporation shall not make such grant unless the terms of this Agreement shall have been amended to the extent considered by GF Netherlands, in its sole discretion, to be necessary to provide GF Netherlands with such more favourable rights.

 

8.03 Injunctive Relief

The Corporation acknowledges and agrees that damages would be inadequate to compensate for the breach of any of its obligations contained in this Agreement and that GF Netherlands and the other Indemnified Parties would be seriously and irreparably injured if any provision of this Agreement is not performed by it in accordance with the specific terms and conditions of this Agreement. Accordingly, the Corporation agrees, without prejudice to any additional or alternative remedies GF Netherlands or the other Indemnified Parties may have, that GF Netherlands and such other Indemnified Parties shall be entitled:

 

  (a) to an injunction to prevent any breach of this Agreement by the Corporation;

 

  (b) to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof and any obligation in favour of such other Indemnified Parties, or any of them, contained in this Agreement; and

 

  (c) to declaratory relief or injunctive relief in respect of anything done in breach of an obligation in favour of such other parties, or any of them, contained in this Agreement.

 

8.04 Further Assurances

Each of the parties will from time to time execute and deliver all such further documents and instruments and do all acts and things as another party may reasonably require to effectively carry out or better evidence or perfect the full intent and meaning of this Agreement.

 

- 18 -


8.05 Benefit of the Agreement

This Agreement will be enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties. This Agreement shall also enure to the benefit of the Indemnified Parties other than GF Netherlands and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The Corporation acknowledges that GF Netherlands is acting on behalf of and as trustee for the other Indemnified Parties of the Corporation’s covenants and obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Indemnified Parties and of the rights of such Indemnified Parties hereunder. GF Netherlands accepts such trust and shall hold and enforce such covenants and obligations on behalf of the other Indemnified Parties; provided that any such Indemnified Party shall be entitled to enforce such covenants and obligations on its own behalf.

 

8.06 Entire Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and cancels and supersedes any prior understandings and agreements between the parties with respect thereto. There are no representations, warranties, terms, conditions, undertakings or collateral agreements, express, implied or statutory, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

8.07 Amendments and Waivers

No amendment to this Agreement will be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by all the parties. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement will be effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the party purporting to give the same and, unless otherwise provided in the written waiver, will be limited to the specific breach waived.

 

8.08 Assignment

This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party; provided that GF Netherlands shall be entitled at any time to assign this Agreement to an affiliate thereof provided that (i) such affiliate enters into a written agreement with the Corporation to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if it had been an original party hereto instead of GF Netherlands and (ii) GF Netherlands shall continue to bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8.09 Severability

If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, such invalidity or unenforceability will attach only to such provision or part thereof and the remaining part of such provision and all other provisions hereof will continue in full force and effect.

 

- 19 -


8.10 Time

Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

 

8.11 Notices

Any demand, notice or other communication to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be given by personal delivery or by facsimile transmission addressed to the recipient as follows:

 

(a)   To GF Netherlands or any other Indemnified Party:
  Schipholweg 66A
  1st Floor
  2316 XE, Leiden
  The Netherlands
  Attention :    Johan Pauley
  Facsimile No.: +31 (0) 71 528 4636
  with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
  McCarthy Tetrault LLP
  Suite 4700
  Toronto Dominion Bank Tower
  Toronto, Ontario
  M5K 1E6
  Attention :    Brian Graves
  Facsimile No. : +l 416-868-0673
(b)   To the Corporation:
  Rusoro Mining Ltd.
  355 Burrard Street, Suite 830
  Vancouver, British Columbia
  V6C 2G8
  Attention :    George Salamis, President
  Facsimile:    +1 604 682-1514

 

- 20 -


  with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
  Anfield Sujir Kennedy & Durno
  1600 Stock Exchange Tower
  609 Granville Street
  Pacific Centre
  Vancouver, British Columbia
  V7Y 1C3
  Attention :    Michael Kennedy
  Facsimile:    +1 604 669-3877

or to such other address, individual or facsimile number as may be designated by notice given by either party to the other. Any demand, notice or other communication given by personal delivery shall be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by electronic communication, on the day of transmittal thereof if given on a Business Day during the normal business hours of the recipient and on the Business Day during which such normal business hours next occur if not given during such hours on a Business Day.

 

8.12 Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein and each of GF Netherlands and the Corporation irrevocably attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of British Columbia.

 

8.13 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together will be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

- 21 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Shareholder Agreement.

 

RUSORO MINING LTD.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
GOLD FIELDS NETHERLANDS SERVICES B.V.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


SCHEDULE D

Form of Debenture


UNSECURED CONVERTIBLE NOTE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Rusoro Mining Ltd., a corporation existing under the laws of British Columbia, (the “Borrower” ), promises to pay to Gold Fields Netherlands Services B.V., a corporation existing under the laws of the Netherlands (the “Holder” ) or its registered assigns or successors in interest, on order the sum of thirty million U.S. dollars (U.S. $ [30,000,000] ) (the “Principal Amount” ), together with any accrued and unpaid interest hereon, on [ Closing Date +3 years ] (the “Maturity Date” ) if not sooner paid.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

In this Convertible Note, unless there is something in the context inconsistent therewith, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, respectively:

 

1.1 “Affiliate” means, in respect of any Person, another Person if:

 

  (a) one of them is the Subsidiary of the other; or

 

  (b) each of them is Controlled by the same Person.

 

1.2 “Applicable Law” means any applicable laws including supranational, national, federal, provincial, territorial, state, municipal and local civil, commercial, banking, securities, tax personal and real property, security, mining, environmental, water, energy, investment, property ownership, land use and zoning, sanitary, occupational health and safety laws, treaties, statutes, ordinances, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, certificates and orders, by-laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, protocols, codes, guidelines, policies, notices, directions or other requirements of any Governmental Body.

 

1.3 “Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person, that such Person is commercially insolvent or does not pay or perform its obligations generally as they become due or admits its inability to pay or perform its debts generally, that such Person commits an act of bankruptcy or insolvency within the meaning of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), any Bankruptcy Proceeding is instituted by or against that Person (excluding any Bankruptcy Proceeding being contested by that Person in good faith by appropriate proceedings so long as enforcement remains stayed, none of the relief sought is granted (either on an interim or permanent basis) and such Bankruptcy Proceeding is dismissed within 30 days of its commencement), or that Person takes corporate, partnership or other internal management action to authorise any of the actions set forth above in this definition.

 

1.4

“Bankruptcy Proceeding” means, with respect to any Person, any proceeding contemplated by any application, petition, assignment, filing of notice or other means, whether voluntary or involuntary, under the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) or any other like, equivalent or analogous legislation of any jurisdiction seeking any moratorium, reorganization, adjustment, composition, proposal, compromise, arrangement, administration, debt rescheduling or other like or similar relief in respect of any or all of the obligations of such Person, seeking the winding up, liquidation or dissolution of such Person (other than pursuant to any solvent internal reorganization) or all


 

or any part of its property, seeking any award declaring, finding or adjudging such Person insolvent or bankrupt, seeking the appointment (provisional, interim or permanent) of any receiver or resulting, by operation of law, in the bankruptcy of such Person.

 

1.5 “Borrower” means Rusoro Mining Ltd. and every Successor Corporation.

 

1.6 “Business Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for business in each of Amsterdam, Netherlands, Vancouver, British Columbia and South Africa other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a statutory holiday under Applicable Laws.

 

1.7 “Canadian dollar” or “Cdn$” means lawful currency of Canada.

 

1.8 “Closing Date” means · , 2007.

 

1.9 “Common Share” means a common share in the capital of the Borrower.

 

1.10 “Contract Rate” means a rate as defined in Section 2.1.

 

1.11 “Control” means, when applied to a relationship between two Persons, that a Person (the “First Person” ) is considered to control another Person (the “Second Person” ) if:

 

  (a) the First Person, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns or exercises control or direction over securities of the Second Person carrying votes which, if exercised, would entitle the First Person to elect a majority of the directors of the Second Person, unless that First Person holds the voting securities only to secure an obligation;

 

  (b) the Second Person is a partnership, other than a limited partnership, and the First Person holds more than 50% of the interests of the partnership; or

 

  (c) the Second Person is a limited partnership and the First Person is the general partner of the limited partnership.

 

1.12 “Conversion Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.2(a).

 

1.13 “Conversion Share” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.1(b).

 

1.14 “Converted Amount” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.1(a).

 

1.15 “Convertible Note” means this unsecured convertible debenture, as the same may be amended, varied, supplemented, restated, renewed or replaced at any time and from time to time.

 

1.16 “Corporate Reorganization” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 5.1(a).

 

1.17 “Event of Default” means an event described in Section 7.1.

 

1.18 “Event Notice” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 5.4(a).

 

- 2 -


1.19 “Exchange” means the TSX Venture Exchange.

 

1.20 “Fixed Conversion Price” means [Note: the number to be inserted upon signing will be the greater of (a) 33% above the Equity Financing Price and (b) US$3.00, rounded to the nearest US$0.01] , subject to adjustment as contemplated in Section 5.1.

 

1.21 “Governmental Body” means any national, state, regional, municipal or local government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, authority or instrumentality, or any Person exercising or purporting to exercise executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any of the foregoing entities, including all tribunals, commissions, including securities commissions, stock exchanges, boards, bureaux, arbitrators and arbitration panels, and any authority or other Person controlled by any of the foregoing.

 

1.22 “Holder” means Gold Fields Netherlands Services B.V. or its registered assigns or successors in interest.

 

1.23 “Indebtedness” in respect of any Person, is used in its most comprehensive sense and includes any and all advances, debts, obligations, guarantees, endorsements, duties, responsibilities, undertakings and liabilities of such Person heretofore, now or hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or involuntary and however arising, whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, direct or indirect, express or implied, whether such Person may be liable individually or jointly with others and whether recovered upon such indebtedness may be or hereafter becomes otherwise unenforceable, and irrespective of the existence or extent of any security therefor;

 

1.24 “Interest Period” means the period from the signing of this Convertible Note to [Closing date + 12 months] ; and the subsequent twelve month periods thereafter being · 2009 and · 2010;

 

1.25 “Judgment Conversion Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.8(a)(ii).

 

1.26 “Judgment Currency” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.8(a).

 

1.27 “Material Adverse Effect” means any event or occurrence which, when considered individually or together with other events or occurrences, has or could reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on:

 

  (a) the business, operations, results of operations, prospects, assets, liabilities or financial conditions of the Borrower, taken as a whole; and

 

  (b) the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Convertible Note.

 

1.28 “Maturity Date” means [Closing Date + 3 years] .

 

1.29 “Notice Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.2(a).

 

1.30 “Notice of Conversion” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.2(a).

 

- 3 -


1.31 “Notice of Redemption” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.1.

 

1.32 “Obligations” means all obligations of the Borrower with respect to the repayment or performance of all obligations (monetary or otherwise) of the Borrower arising under or in connection with this Convertible Note.

 

1.33 “Optional Redemption” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.1.

 

1.34 “Person” includes any individual, firm partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, syndicate, sole proprietorship, company or corporation with or without share capital, unincorporated association, trust, trustee, executor, administrator or other legal person representative, or other entity however designated or constituted;

 

1.35 “Principal Amount” means the sum of thirty million U.S. dollars (U.S.$ [30,000,000] ).

 

1.36 “Redemption Amount” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.1.

 

1.37 “Redemption Payment Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.1.

 

1.38 “Redemption Period” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.1.

 

1.39 “Shareholder Agreement” means the Shareholder Agreement entered into between the Borrower and the Holder on the Closing Date.

 

1.40 “Special Distribution” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 5.l(b).

 

1.41 “Subsidiary” means a Person that is Controlled by another Person and includes a subsidiary of that Person.

 

1.42 “Successor Corporation” means any corporation which is formed by the amalgamation, merger, restructuring or reorganization of the Borrower.

 

1.43 “U.S. dollar” and “U.S.$” mean lawful currency of the United States of America.

ARTICLE 2

INTEREST AND AMORTIZATION

 

2.1 Contract Rate

Subject to Sections 2.3 and 8.10, interest payable on the portion of the Principal Amount of this Convertible Note that remains outstanding from time to time shall accrue from day to day on the basis of a 360 day year and compounded semi-annually at a rate per annum equal to seven percent (7.00%) (the “Contract Rate” ).

 

2.2 Payment Dates

 

  (a) Interest accrued on this Convertible Note shall be payable, without duplication, on:

 

  (i) the last day of each Interest Period;

 

- 4 -


  (ii) the Maturity Date;

 

  (iii) with respect to the redemption of this Convertible Note pursuant to Section 3.1, the Redemption Payment Date; and

 

  (iv) on such other date on which the Principal Amount and accrued and unpaid interest thereon shall become due and payable hereunder.

 

  (b) The amount of accruing interest on this Convertible Note shall be calculated during each Interest Period applicable thereto by the Holder on the outstanding Principal Amount.

 

  (c) Interest on Converted Amounts shall accrue up to the day immediately prior to the Conversion Date. Accrued and unpaid interest on a Converted Amount shall be payable at the end of the Interest Period during which the Conversion Date occurred.

 

2.3 Post-Maturity Interest

After the maturity of all or any portion of the Principal Amount or after any other Obligations shall have become due and not been paid, the Borrower shall pay interest (after as well as before judgment) on the Principal Amount outstanding from it so matured and on any such other Obligations outstanding hereunder from it at a rate per annum equal to [eleven (11%)] percent.

 

2.4 Currency

All payments by the Borrower pursuant to this Convertible Note, whether in respect of the Principal Amount, interest or other Obligations, shall be paid in U.S. dollars. All such payments shall be made by the Borrower to the Holder by delivery of U.S. dollars in immediately available funds to an account of the Holder, which account shall be designated from time to time by notice to the Borrower from the Holder (and, if such payment shall be of less than the due amount of the relevant payment Obligation then due and owing, for the benefit of the Holder in accordance with its respective portion of the aggregate unpaid amount of similar payment Obligations). All such payments shall be made, without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim, not later than 11:00 a.m., Vancouver time, on the date when due. Any payments received hereunder after the time and date specified in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to have been received by the Holder on the next following Business Day.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION RIGHT

 

3.1 Optional Redemption in Cash

At any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower will have the option of prepaying this Convertible Note in whole or in part from time to time ( “Optional Redemption” ) by paying to the Holder the Principal Amount of this Convertible Note (or such part) as at the Redemption Payment Date, together with accrued but unpaid interest on the Principal Amount (or such part) and any and all other unpaid amounts then due, accrued, payable or owing to the Holder under this Convertible Note (the “Redemption Amount” ) on the Redemption Payment Date. The Borrower shall deliver to the Holder a written notice of redemption (the “Notice of Redemption” ) specifying the date for such

 

- 5 -


Optional Redemption (the “Redemption Payment Date” ), which date shall be not less than twenty (20) days after the date of the Notice of Redemption (the “Redemption Period” ). A Notice of Redemption shall be irrevocable and shall not be effective with respect to any portion of this Convertible Note for which: (i) the Holder has previously delivered a Notice of Conversion; or (ii) the Holder delivers a Notice of Conversion during the Redemption Period. The Redemption Amount shall be determined as if the Holder’s conversion elections had been completed immediately prior to the date of the Notice of Redemption. On the Redemption Payment Date, the Redemption Amount must be irrevocably paid in full in immediately available funds to the Holder. In the event the Borrower fails to pay the Redemption Amount on the Redemption Payment Date, then such Notice of Redemption shall be null and void and the Borrower shall be in breach of this Convertible Note.

ARTICLE 4

CONVERSION RIGHTS

 

4.1 Conversion

 

  (a) Until the Principal Amount is paid in full, the Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation, at any time, both before and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, to convert into Common Shares at the Fixed Conversion Price all or any portion of the Principal Amount (the “Converted Amount” ), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 4. The Holder may exercise such right by delivery to the Borrower of a written Notice of Conversion as contemplated by Section 4.2.

 

  (b) The Common Shares to be issued upon conversion under this Article 4 are herein referred to as the “Conversion Shares” .

 

4.2 Conversion Mechanics

 

  (a)

In the event that the Holder elects to convert this Convertible Note into Common Shares, the Holder shall give notice of such election by telecopying or delivering an executed and completed notice of conversion in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (appropriately completed) (a “Notice of Conversion” ) to the Borrower at least five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed date of conversion (the “Conversion Date” ) and such Notice of Conversion shall identify the Converted Amount, the Conversion Date and the Fixed Conversion Price. Each date on which a Notice of Conversion is delivered or telecopied to the Borrower and deemed effectively received by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.3 shall be deemed a “Notice Date” . The Holder shall surrender this Convertible Note to the Borrower together with the Notice of Conversion on each Notice Date and in accordance with its Notice of Conversion, the Holder shall make the appropriate reduction to the Principal Amount, accrued interest and other amounts due, accrued, payable or owing as entered in its records and shall provide written notice thereof to the Borrower within one (1) Business Day of the Conversion Date. Pursuant to the terms of a Notice of Conversion, the Borrower will issue instructions to its transfer agent accompanied by an opinion of counsel (if required) no later than three (3) Business Days after the Notice Date and shall use its best efforts to have the transfer agent deliver certificates representing the Conversion Shares to or to the order of the Holder no later than three (3) Business Days after the Conversion Date, together with

 

- 6 -


 

any other stock or other securities and property (including cash, where applicable) to which the Holder is entitled upon such conversion pursuant to Section 5.1. In the case of the exercise of the conversion rights set forth herein, the conversion rights shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Conversion Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have been issued upon the Conversion Date. On the Conversion Date, the Holder shall deliver this Convertible Note to the Borrower for cancellation and, if a part only of the Principal Amount is converted on such Conversion Date, the Borrower shall issue a new Convertible Note evidencing the remaining Principal Amount outstanding. The Holder shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of the Conversion Shares from and after the Conversion Date, unless the Holder provides the Borrower written instructions to the contrary.

 

  (b) The number of Conversion Shares to be issued upon each conversion of this Convertible Note shall be determined by dividing the Converted Amount by the Fixed Conversion Price rounded down to the nearest whole share.

 

  (c) The Borrower shall assume and pay all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the Conversion Shares, including any legal fees resulting from the conversion.

 

4.3 Reservation and Listing of Shares

 

  (a) From the Closing Date and until full and final payment of all amounts due, accrued, payable or owing under this Convertible Note, the Borrower will reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Shares, solely for the purpose of issue upon exercise of the Convertible Note by the Holder, and conditionally allot to the Holder for issuance upon such exercise, a sufficient number of Common Shares to provide for the issuance of the Conversion Shares upon the full conversion of this Convertible Note. The Borrower represents that upon issuance, the Conversion Shares will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The Borrower agrees that its issuance of this Convertible Note shall constitute full authority to its officers, agents, and transfer agents who are charged with the duty of executing and issuing share certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for the Conversion Shares upon the conversion of this Convertible Note, subject to the terms and conditions of this Convertible Note.

 

  (b) The Borrower shall, at its expense and as expeditiously as possible, use its best efforts to cause all Conversion Shares issuable under this Convertible Note to be duly listed on the Exchange and on any other stock exchange on which the Common Shares may then be listed or admitted to trading at the latest seven (7) Business Days from the Conversion Date.

 

4.4 Resale Restrictions

For greater certainty, any and all Conversion Shares acquired by the Holder pursuant to the exercise of conversion rights under this Convertible Note shall be subject to any contractual or legal restrictions as to their resale, distribution or trades, including those restrictions contained in the Shareholder Agreement.

 

- 7 -


ARTICLE 5

ADJUSTMENT

 

5.1 Adjustment

The kind and number or amount of Common Shares or other securities or property that the Holder is entitled to receive upon exercise of the conversion rights pursuant to Section 4.1(a) at any date shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

  (a) If and whenever, at any time from and after the Closing Date until full and final payment of all amounts due, accrued, payable or owing under this Convertible Note, there is:

 

  (i) a reclassification of the Common Shares outstanding, a change or exchange of Common Shares into or for other shares or securities, a subdivision of any outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of Common Shares, a combining, reduction or consolidation of any outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of Common Shares, the issuance of Common Shares as or by way of a stock dividend or other distribution or any other capital reorganization of the Borrower, except as described in Section 5.1(b);

 

  (ii) a consolidation, merger, amalgamation, arrangement or other form of business combination of the Borrower with or into another corporation or other entity resulting in a reclassification of the Common Shares outstanding or a change or exchange of Common Shares into or for other shares or securities; or

 

  (iii) a transaction whereby all or substantially all of the undertaking and assets of the Borrower become the property of another Person,

(any such event being herein called a “Corporate Reorganization” ), upon any exercise of the Convertible Note pursuant to Section 4.1(a) after the effective date of such Corporate Reorganization, the Holder will be entitled to receive and will accept, in lieu of the Common Shares to which it would otherwise have been entitled, the kind and number or amount of shares or other securities or property that it would have been entitled to receive as a result of such Corporate Reorganization if, on the effective date thereof, the Holder had been the registered holder of the number of Common Shares which it would have received had the Principal Amount, any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Conversion Date and any and all other unpaid amounts then due, accrued, payable or owing with respect thereto under this Convertible Note and sought to be converted had been converted pursuant to Section 4.1(a) immediately before such effective date.

 

  (b) If and whenever, at any time from and after the Closing Date until full and final payment of all amounts due, accrued, payable or owing under this Convertible Note, the Borrower fixes a record date for the issue by way of dividend or other distribution to all or substantially all holders of Common Shares:

 

  (i) securities of the Borrower, other than Common Shares;

 

- 8 -


  (ii) evidence of Indebtedness;

 

  (iii) any cash, property or other assets;

 

  (iv) any rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire securities of the Borrower (including Common Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares) or any of its cash, property or assets and including evidences of indebtedness,

and to the extent that such dividend or distribution does not constitute an event described in Section 5.1(a) (any of such non-excluded events being herein called a “Special Distribution” ) and effective immediately after the record date at which holders of Common Shares are determined for purposes of the Special Distribution, the kind and number or amount of Common Shares or other securities or property that the Holder is entitled to receive upon exercise of the conversion rights pursuant to Section 4.1(a) shall be adjusted by such amount and in such manner as is determined by the auditors of the Borrower to be appropriate in order to properly reflect the diminution of value of the Common Shares as a result of such Special Distribution (without reference to actual market value of those Common Shares).

 

5.2 Adjustment Mechanics

The following rules and procedures will be applicable to adjustments made pursuant to this Article 5:

 

  (a) the adjustments and readjustments provided for in this Article 5 are cumulative and, subject to Section 5.2(b) below, will apply (without duplication) to successive events that require such an adjustment;

 

  (b) no adjustment or readjustment provided for in Section 5.1(b) which would have the effect of increasing or decreasing the number of Common Shares or other securities or property that the Holder is entitled to receive upon exercise of the conversion rights pursuant to Section 4.1(a) shall be made unless the adjustment would result in a cumulative increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%) in such number of Common Shares or other securities or property, provided that any such adjustment which, except for the provisions of this Section 5.2(b), would otherwise have been required to be made, will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment;

 

  (c) for the purposes of Section 5.1(b), there will be deemed not to be outstanding:

 

  (i) any Common Share owned by or held for the account of the Borrower;

 

- 9 -


  (ii) any Common Share owned by or held for the account of any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower; and

 

  (iii) the percentage of Common Shares owned by or held for the account of any Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary, that is equal to the direct and indirect percentage interest in the Borrower in the outstanding shares of such Subsidiary that carry a residual right to participate to an unlimited degree in its earnings and in its assets on liquidation or winding-up;

 

  (d) in the absence of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower fixing a record date for purposes of any event referred to in this Article 5, the Borrower will be deemed to have fixed as the record date therefor the date at which the event is effected or such other date as may be required by law; and

 

  (e) in the event of any question arising with respect to the application of any adjustments provided in this Article 5, such questions shall be conclusively determined by a firm of chartered accountants appointed by the Holder and acceptable to the Borrower (who may be the auditors of the Borrower). Such accountants shall have access to all necessary records of the Borrower and such determination shall be binding upon the Borrower and the Holder.

 

5.3 Participation by Holder

In the event of the occurrence of a matter referred to in Section 5.1, no adjustment will be effected pursuant to this Article 5 if the Holder is allowed to participate in such Corporate Reorganization or Special Distribution as if the Holder had exercised the conversion rights under Section 4.1(a) in full immediately prior to the record date of such event.

 

5.4 Notice

The Borrower covenants with the Holder that from and after the Closing Date until full and final payment of the Principal Amount:

 

  (a) it will give written notice (the “Event Notice” ) to the Holder, in the manner provided in Section 8.3, of its intention to fix a record date for any event referred to in Section 5.1 which may give rise to an adjustment pursuant to this Article 5, and, in each case, such notice shall specify the particulars of such event and the record date and the effective date for such event; provided that the Borrower shall only be required to specify in such notice such particulars of such event as shall have been fixed and determined on the date on which such notice is given; provided further that such notice shall be given not less than ten (10) days in each case prior to such applicable record date; and

 

  (b) it will give written notice to the Holder, in the manner provided in Section 8.3, of any tender or exchange offer for Common Shares, and, in each case, such notice shall specify the particulars of such offer; provided that such notice shall be given forthwith upon such offer coming to the attention of the Borrower.

 

- 10 -


ARTICLE 6

COVENANT

 

6.1 Covenant of the Borrower

So long as any of the Principal Amount or other amounts payable hereunder remain outstanding or this Convertible Note is in effect, and except as otherwise permitted by the prior written consent of the Holder, the Borrower covenants and agrees to observe that it will be able to, and will duly and punctually, pay or cause to be paid when due the Principal Amount and all interest thereon.

ARTICLE 7

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

7.1 Events of Default

The occurrence of any one or more of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” by the Borrower:

 

  (a) the Borrower fails to pay when due any part of the amounts due, accrued, payable or owing under this Convertible Note (whether on account of the Principal Amount, interest or otherwise);

 

  (b) the Borrower commits any material breach or fails to perform or observe any material obligation, covenant or provision contained in this Convertible Note or any other agreement between the Holder and the Borrower or any of its Affiliates;

 

  (c) the Borrower carries on a business which its constating documents prohibit it from carrying on, or loses its charter by expiration, forfeiture or otherwise, or ceases or threatens to cease to carry on business as a going concern, or if a resolution is passed, a petition is filed or an order is made for the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Borrower or for the suspension of the operations of the Borrower, except for any such events or occurrences that could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or materially impair the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  (d) if a final judgment or decree for the payment of money due has been obtained or entered against the Borrower in an amount in excess of twenty million U.S. dollars (U.S.$20,000,000) and such judgment or decree has not been and remained vacated, discharged or stayed pending appeal within the applicable appeal period;

 

  (e) any Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Borrower occurs or the Borrower takes corporate or other internal administrative, management or other governance action to authorise any Bankruptcy Proceeding; or

 

  (f) if a custodian, liquidator, receiver, receiver and manager, receiver-manager, trustee or any other Person with similar powers is appointed for the Borrower or any assets or property of the Borrower.

 

- 11 -


7.2 Notice of Event of Default

 

  (a) If the Borrower commits an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(c), (d), (e) or (f), the Holder may, at its option and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies available to it, serve upon the Borrower a written notice and the Principal Amount and all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts owing by the Borrower to the Holder pursuant to this Convertible Note shall immediately become due and payable.

 

  (b) If the Borrower commits an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(a) or (b), the Holder may serve a written notice on the Borrower calling for the relevant Event of Default to be remedied and if on the expiry of ten (10) Business Days following service of the notice of default either:

 

  (i) the Event of Default has not been remedied by the Borrower; or

 

  (ii) if the Event of Default is incapable of being remedied by the Borrower (either within such ten (10) Business Day period or at all) and the Borrower has not paid monetary compensation acceptable to the Holder in lieu of remedying such Event of Default (such compensation shall include all costs, including reasonable legal costs, incurred by the Holder in enforcing or attempting to enforce its rights hereunder),

then at the option of the Holder (without prejudice to any other rights and remedies available to it), the entire Principal Amount and all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts owing by the Borrower to the Holder pursuant to this Convertible Note shall, upon written notice by the Holder to the Borrower, immediately become due and payable.

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1 Cumulative Remedies

The remedies under this Convertible Note shall be cumulative.

 

8.2 Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver

No failure or delay on the part of the Holder hereof in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege. All rights and remedies existing hereunder are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

 

- 12 -


8.3 Notices

Any notice herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively received: (a) upon personal delivery to the party notified, (b) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next Business Day or (c) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Borrower and the Holder at the addresses provided below or at such other address as the Borrower or Holder may designate by ten (10) Business Days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

(a)    If to the Borrower, at:
   Rusoro Mining Ltd.
   355 Burrard Street, Suite 830
   Vancouver, British Columbia
   V6C 2G8
   Attention :    George Salamis, President
   Facsimile:    (604) 682-1514
   with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
   Anfield Sujir Kennedy & Durno
   1600 Stock Exchange Tower
   609 Granville Street
   Pacific Centre
   Vancouver, British Columbia
   V7Y 1C3
   Attention :    Michael Kennedy
   Facsimile:    (604) 669-3877
(b)    If to the Holder, at:
   Schipholweg 66A
   1st Floor
   2316 XE, Leiden
   The Netherlands
   Attention :    Johan Pauley
   Facsimile:    +31 (0) 71 528 4636
   with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
   McCarthy Tétrault LLP
   Suite 4700
   Toronto Dominion Bank Tower
   Toronto, Ontario M5K 1E6
   Attention :    Brian Graves
   Facsimile:    (416) 868-0673

 

- 13 -


8.4 Amendment Provision

The term “Convertible Note” and all references thereto, as used throughout this instrument, shall mean this instrument as originally executed, or if later amended or supplemented, then as so amended or supplemented, and any successor instrument as such successor instrument may be amended or supplemented.

 

8.5 Assignability

The Borrower shall not be entitled to assign and/or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits and obligations under this Convertible Note, except with the written consent of the Holder. The Holder may at any time assign and/or transfer all or any of its rights and benefits under this Convertible Note to a third party.

 

8.6 Cost of Collection

In case of any Event of Default, the Borrower shall pay the Holder’s reasonable costs of collection, including fees of the Holder’s legal counsel.

 

8.7 Governing Law

This Convertible Note shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

8.8 Judgment Currency

 

  (a) If for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against the Borrower in any court in any jurisdiction it becomes necessary to convert into any other currency (such other currency being hereinafter in this Section 8.8 referred to as the “Judgment Currency” ) an amount due in U.S. dollars under this Convertible Note, the conversion shall be made at the Exchange Rate prevailing on the Business Day immediately preceding:

 

  (i) the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of the Province of British Columbia or in the courts of any other jurisdiction that will give effect to such conversion being made on such date; or

 

  (ii) the date on which the foreign court determines, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction (the date as of which such conversion is made pursuant to this Section 8.8(a)(ii) being hereinafter referred to as the “Judgment Conversion Date” )

 

  (b)

If in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in Section 8.8(a)(ii) above, there is a change in the Exchange Rate prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual payment of the amount due, the applicable party shall pay such adjusted amount as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the Exchange Rate

 

- 14 -


 

prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of U.S. dollars which could have been purchased with the amount of Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial order at the Exchange Rate prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date.

 

  (c) Any amount due from the Borrower under this provision shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of this Convertible Note.

 

8.9 Severability

In the event that any provision of this Convertible Note is invalid or unenforceable under any Applicable Law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such Applicable Law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Convertible Note.

 

8.10 Maximum Payments

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to establish or require the payment of a rate of interest or other charges in excess of the maximum permitted by Applicable Law. In the event that the rate of interest required to be paid or other charges hereunder exceed the maximum rate permitted by such law, any payments in excess of such maximum rate shall be credited against amounts owed by the Borrower to the Holder and thus refunded to the Borrower.

 

8.11 Construction

Each party acknowledges that its legal counsel participated in the preparation of this Convertible Note and, therefore, stipulates that the rule of construction that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in the interpretation of this Convertible Note to favour any party against the other.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Borrower has caused this Convertible Note to be signed in its name effective as of this · day of · , 2007.

 

RUSORO MINING LTD.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

- 15 -


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF CONVERSION

(To be executed by the Holder in order to convert the Convertible Note)

All capitalised terms used in this Notice of Conversion shall, unless the context requires otherwise, have the meaning ascribed to them in the Convertible Note dated as of · , 2007 issued by · as Borrower.

The undersigned hereby elects to convert the Converted Amount of U.S. dollar                                  owing with respect to the Convertible Note in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Convertible Note, as of the date written below.

 

Conversion Date:  

 

Fixed Conversion Price:  

 

Common Shares to be

Delivered:

 

 

Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery and Registration

Instructions:

 

 

Exhibit 4.40

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

- between -

GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDING (BVI) LIMITED

- and -

GOLD FIELDS ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED

- and -

OREZONE ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED

- and -

OREZONE RESOURCES INC.

Made as of

October 10, 2007

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

Suite 4700

Toronto Dominion Bank Tower

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

M5K 1E6


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

ARTICLE 1 – INTERPRETATION

   2

    1.01

  

Definitions

   2

    1.02

  

Headings

   8

    1.03

  

Extended Meanings

   9

    1.04

  

Statutory References

   9

    1.05

  

Accounting Principles

   9

    1.06

  

Currency

   9

    1.07

  

Schedules and Appendixes

   9

ARTICLE 2 – PURCHASE AND SALE

   10

    2.01

  

Purchase and Sale; Purchase Price

   10

    2.02

  

Closing

   12

    2.03

  

Closing Deliveries and Procedures

   12

ARTICLE 3 – CONDITIONS

   13

    3.01

  

Conditions for the Benefit of the Purchaser and Resources

   13

    3.02

  

Conditions for the Benefit of Selling Companies

   16

    3.03

  

Procedure for Satisfaction of the Conditions

   19

ARTICLE 4 – REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLING COMPANIES

   19

    4.01

  

Representations and Warranties of Selling Companies

   19

    4.02

  

Survival of the Representations, Warranties and Covenants

   19

ARTICLE 5 – REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER AND RESOURCES

   20

    5.01

  

Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser and Resources

   20

    5.02

  

Survival of the Representations, Warranties and Covenants

   20

ARTICLE 6 – COVENANTS AND INDEMNITIES

   21

    6.01

  

Selling Companies’ Indemnities

   21

    6.02

  

Indemnity of Purchaser and Resources

   21

    6.03

  

Exclusive Remedies

   21

    6.04

  

Representations and Warranties of Selling Companies

   22

    6.05

  

Representations and Warranties of Purchaser and Resources

   22

    6.06

  

Purchaser’s Acknowledgements Regarding the Acquired Companies

   22

    6.07

  

Costs of Consents, Taxes, Etc.

   23

    6.08

  

Compliance Verification and Continued Access

   23

    6.09

  

Post BFS Expenditures and Prepayment Fees

   23


    6.10

  

Operation of the Essakane Project during Interim Period

   24

    6.11

  

Announcements and Confidential Information

   25

    6.12

  

Conduct of Resources Public Offering

   26

    6.13

  

Extension of Period for Decision to Commence Mining

   26

ARTICLE 7 – LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY AND CARRIAGE OF ACTIONS

   27

    7.01

  

Limitation of Liability

   27

    7.02

  

Notice and Defence of Third Party Claims

   27

ARTICLE 8 – GENERAL

   30

    8.01

  

Further Assurances

   30

    8.02

  

Time of the Essence

   30

    8.03

  

Commissions

   30

    8.04

  

Arbitration

   31

    8.05

  

Fees and Expenses

   31

    8.06

  

Benefit of the Agreement

   31

    8.07

  

Entire Agreement

   31

    8.08

  

Amendments and Waiver

   31

    8.09

  

Assignment

   32

    8.10

  

Notices

   32

    8.11

  

Governing Law

   33

    8.12

  

Attornment

   33

    8.13

  

Counterparts and Faxed Signatures

   34

    8.14

  

Paramountcy

   34

SCHEDULE 3.01(1)(B) GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS AND NOTICES

   1

SCHEDULE 8.04 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

   2

APPENDIX A LOCK-UP AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT

   1

APPENDIX B REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLING COMPANIES

   1

APPENDIX C REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER AND RESOURCES

   1

APPENDIX D REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

   1

APPENDIX E AFE 11

   1

 

- 2 -


SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made as of October 10, 2007;

BETWEEN:

GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDING (BVI) LIMITED , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“ Orogen ”)

- and -

GOLD FIELDS ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“ GF BVI ”);

- and -

OREZONE ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “ Purchaser ”);

- and -

OREZONE RESOURCES INC. , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada (“ Resources ”).

WHEREAS:

A. GF BVI is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Orogen;

B. The Purchaser is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Orezone Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“ Orezone ”), which itself is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Resources;

C. Pursuant to transactions contemplated by an option agreement made as of July 19, 2002 (the “ Option Agreement ”) and a members agreement made as of April 1, 2007 (the “ Members Agreement ”) among the parties hereto and several of their affiliates, GF BVI and the Purchaser now own 60% and 40%, respectively, of the issued and outstanding shares of Essakane (BVI) Limited (“ Essakane BVI ”);

D. Essakane BVI owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of Essakane SARL, a corporation incorporated under the laws of Burkina Faso (“ Essakane BF ”), which holds title to the Property and Assets;

E. Orogen owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of Gold Fields Burkina Faso SARL (the “ Manager ”) , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Burkina Faso, and is owed the Intercompany Account by the Manager, and the Manager currently acts as the manager of Essakane BVI, the Essakane Project and all exploration, development and production operations on or with respect to the Property; and


F. GF BVI wishes to sell all of the shares of Essakane BVI held by it to the Purchaser and Orogen wishes to sell all of the shares of the Manager held by it, together with the Intercompany Account, to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to purchase such shares and the Intercompany Account, all upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements herein contained the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 – INTERPRETATION

1.01 Definitions

In this Agreement, unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith:

(a) “ Acquired Companies ” means, collectively, Essakane BVI and the Manager;

(b) “ Acquisition Right ” means, collectively, the entitlement under Applicable Law of the BF Government to a 10% fully carried share interest in Essakane BF once an Exploitation Convention (as defined in the Members Agreement) for the Essakane Project has been obtained from the BF Government, and any rights of the BF Government acquired in connection therewith as a shareholder of Essakane BF or otherwise;

(c) “ Affiliate ” means as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person;

(d) “AFE 11” means the budget for certain Post BFS Expenditures, attached hereto as Appendix E;

(e) “ Agreement ” means this agreement and the Schedules attached hereto and all amendments, restatements or replacements made hereto by written agreement between the Parties;

(f) “ AMEX ” means the American Stock Exchange;

(g) “ Applicable Law ” or “ Law ” in respect of any Person, property, transaction or event, means all laws, statutes, treaties, regulations, judgments, notices, approvals, orders and decrees applicable to that Person, property, transaction or event and, whether or not having the force of law, all applicable official directives, rules, protocols, consents, approvals, authorizations, guidelines, orders and policies of any governmental body having or purporting to have authority over that Person, property, transaction or event;

(h) “ Assets ” means in respect of each of the Acquired Companies, all right, title and interest in or to real or personal property, tangible or intangible;

 

- 2 -


(i) “ BF Government ” means the government of Burkina Faso;

(j) “ BFS ” means the definitive feasibility study relating to the Essakane Project prepared by GRD Minproc (Pty) Ltd. and dated August 30, 2007;

(k) “ Books and Records ” means all technical, financial, accounting, business, tax and employee information, records and files, in any form whatsoever (including written, printed or electronic form or stored on computer discs or other data and software storage devices) of the Acquired Companies, including regulatory filings and returns, books of account and related original source documentation, actuarial, tax and accounting information, geological and metallurgical data, reports, files, lists, drawings, plans, logs, briefs, computer program documentation, employee data and records, deeds, certificates, contracts, surveys, title and legal opinions, records of payment, asset documentation, written employment manuals and employment policies;

(l) “ Business Day ” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a statutory holiday in Toronto, Canada or BVI or Ouagadougou, Burkina Faso or (iii) any day on which major banks are closed for business in Toronto, Canada;

(m) “ BVI ” means British Virgin Islands;

(n) “ Claim ” means any claim of any nature whatsoever, including any demand, liability, obligation, debt, cause of action, suit, proceeding, judgment, award, assessment, reassessment or notice of determination of loss;

(o) “ Closing Date ” means that date which is one Business Day following the Financial Close of the Resources Public Offering or such other date as the Parties may agree in writing and “ Closing ” means the completion of the transactions of purchase and sale contemplated herein on such date;

(p) “ Confidential Information ” means all information relating to the Project, the Acquired Companies, the Assets or this Agreement, in any form and whether or not stated or noted to be confidential, other than information which is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of a breach of Section 6.11 of this Agreement;

(q) “ Consideration Securities ” means that number of Designated Securities calculated by dividing US $50,000,000 by the US Dollar Equivalent of the Offering Price;

(r) “ Contract ” means any written or oral agreement, arrangement or commitment;

(s) “ Control ” means:

 

  (i) when applied to the relationship between a Person and a Corporation, the beneficial ownership by such Person at the relevant time of shares of such Corporation carrying more than the greater of 50% of the voting rights ordinarily exercisable at meetings of shareholders of such Corporation or carrying sufficient rights to elect a majority of the directors of such Corporation or the ability of such Person to elect or appoint a majority of the directors or influence their voting through contract, understanding or other arrangement; and

 

- 3 -


  (ii) when applied to the relationship between a Person and a partnership or joint venture, the beneficial ownership by such Person at the relevant time of more than 50% of the ownership interests of the partnership or joint venture in circumstances where it can reasonably be expected that such Person directs the affairs of the partnership or joint venture;

(t) and the words “Controlled by” , “Controlling” and similar words have corresponding meanings; provided that a Person (the “first-mentioned Person” ) who Controls a Corporation, partnership or joint venture (the “second-mentioned Person” ) shall be deemed to Control: (i) a Corporation, partnership or a joint venture (the “third-mentioned Person” ) which is Controlled by the second-mentioned Person, (ii) a Corporation, partnership or joint venture which is controlled by the third-mentioned Person and (iii) so on;

(u) “Designated Securities” means:

 

  (i) absent an election by Resources as described in Section 1.01(u)(ii), the securities of the class offered by Resources in the Resources Public Offering; or

 

  (ii) common shares of Resources, in the event that Resources expressly elects, within its sole discretion, in the Partial Securities Election that the Designated Securities will comprise only common shares;

(v) “ Essakane Project ” or the “ Project ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “Essakane Project” in the Members Agreement;

(w) “ Financial Close ” means the agency or underwriting agreement between Resources and the agents or underwriters responsible for the Resources Public Offering having become unconditional in accordance with its terms, save for any conditionality relating to this Agreement;

(x) “ Final Prospectus ” means the final prospectus in the Resources Public Offering;

(y) “ Financial Statements ” means (i) in the case of Resources, the audited consolidated financial statements of Resources for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of Resources for the six month period ended June 30, 2007, each as filed with Canadian securities regulatory authorities and (ii) in the case of the Acquired Companies, the unaudited financial statements of each Acquired Company for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the unaudited interim financial statements of each Acquired Company for the six month period ended June 30, 2007, copies of which have been provided by the Selling Companies to Resources and the Purchaser, each consisting for each of Resources and the Acquired Companies, respectively, of a balance sheet as at each of those dates, a statement of income and a statement of cash flows for the periods ended on each of those dates, together with all notes thereto and, where audited, the reports of the auditors thereon;

(z) “First Expenditure Statement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.09;

(aa) “ Gold Fields Outside Date ” means the 36 th calendar day following the date of this Agreement;

 

- 4 -


(bb) “ Governmental Approval ” means any authorization, consent, approval, licence, ruling, permit, concession, certification, exemption, filing, variance, order, judgment, decree, publication, notice to, declaration of or with or registration by or with any Governmental Body;

(cc) “ Governmental Body ” means any national, state, regional, municipal or local government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, authority or instrumentality, or any Person exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any of the foregoing entities, including all tribunals, commissions, boards, bureaux, arbitrators and arbitration panels, and any authority or other Person controlled by any of the foregoing;

(dd) “ Intercompany Account ” means a loan from Orogen to the Manager in the amount of US$ 21, 962,845;

(ee) “ Interim Period ” means the period between 5:00 p.m. (Toronto Time) on the date of this Agreement and the Time of Closing;

(ff) “ knowledge ”, with respect to any Party, means knowledge of any officer, director or employee of such Party after due inquiry (and each such individual will be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if (i) that individual is actually aware of that fact or matter; or (ii) that fact or matter has been received or comes to the attention of that individual under circumstances in which a reasonable person would take cognizance of it), and for greater certainty, where a representation or warranty refers to the knowledge of more than one Party, each such Party is giving such representation and warranty to its own knowledge only and knowledge of one such Party shall not be imputed to any other such Party;

(gg) “ Lien ” means with respect to any property or asset, any security interest, mortgage, pledge, prohibition, injunction, restriction, lien, charge, assignment, option, claim, promise to contract, compromise or other encumbrance or interest of any kind, upon any such property or asset, or upon the income revenue or profits therefrom, including (i) any right to participate in revenues, profits, royalties, rents or other income in any way derived from or attributable to such property or asset or any rights arising therefrom, other than the Acquisition Right and any other such rights reserved to the BF Government at law or by contract; (ii) any acquisition of or option to acquire any property or asset upon conditional sale or other title retention agreement, device or arrangement (including any capital lease); (iii) any sale, assignment, pledge or other transfer for security of any accounts, intangibles or chattel paper, with or without recourse (iv) any agreement to create or grant any of the foregoing;

(hh) “ Lockup and Support Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.01(1)(o);

(ii) “ Loss ” means any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense suffered or incurred, including the costs and expenses of any assessment, judgment, settlement or compromise relating thereto;

(jj) “ Manager ” means Gold Fields Burkina Faso SARL;

(kk) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means, in respect of any Person, any change, effect, event, development, occurrence or state of facts that is, or would reasonably be expected to be, material and adverse to the business, operations, results of operations, liabilities (including contingent liabilities),

 

- 5 -


obligations (whether absolute, accrued, conditional or otherwise) capital, properties, assets or financial condition of that Person, other than any change, effect, event, development, occurrence or state of facts relating to (i) any change in general economic conditions in Canada, the United States or Burkina Faso or any change in the securities, financial, banking or currency exchange markets of Canada, the United States or Burkina Faso; (ii) any change or development resulting from any act of terrorism or any outbreak of hostilities or war (or any escalation or worsening thereof) or any natural disaster; (iii) any change in the price of gold or any change affecting the international gold mining industry or the international mining industry in general; (iv) the announcement of the entering into of this Agreement, or (v) in the case of Resources, any change in the trading volume or market price of the common shares of Resources primarily resulting from a change, effect, event, development or occurrence excluded from the definition of Material Adverse Effect under clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) hereof; provided, however, that no change, effect, event, development, occurrence or state of facts or combination thereof shall be considered a Material Adverse Effect unless it is reasonable to conclude that the resulting financial impact on the business, operations, results of operations, liabilities (including contingent liabilities), obligations (whether absolute, accrued, conditional or otherwise) capital, properties, assets or financial condition of that Person is at least US $30,000,000;

(ll) “ Most Recent Balance Sheet ” means in the case of the Acquired Companies, the unaudited balance sheet of each of the Acquired Companies as at June 30, 2007 and in the case Resources means the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Resources as at June 30, 2007, each forming part of the Financial Statements;

(mm) “ Offering Price ” means:

 

  (i) in the event that (i) the Partial Securities Election is made and (ii) the Designated Securities are the same securities of Resources offered and sold pursuant to the Resources Public Offering, the Offering Price will be the offering price of such securities in the Resources Public Offering, as determined immediately prior to Financial Close; and

 

  (ii) in the event that (i) the Partial Securities Election is made, (ii) the Designated Securities are common shares only and (iii) Other Securities are offered and sold pursuant to the Resources Public Offering, the Offering Price will be the offering price of the securities offered and sold pursuant to the Resources Public Offering, as determined immediately prior to Financial Close, less the Other Securities Price;

(nn) “ Options ” means stock options outstanding under the stock option plan of Resources;

(oo) “Other Securities” means securities of Resources, other than common shares, offered and sold pursuant to the Resources Public Offering;

(pp) “Other Securities Price” means the fair market value of each Other Security immediately prior to Financial Close, as determined in accordance with Section 2.01(6);

(qq) “ Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement and “ Party ” means any one of them;

 

- 6 -


(rr) “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a Governmental Body, a trustee, any unincorporated organization and the heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives of an individual and words importing “ Person ” have similar meaning;

(ss) “ Post BFS Expenditures ” means:

 

  (i) 40% of the internal and out-of-pocket costs (save for such capital related expenditures of up to US$346,519,332 as are described in the BFS and less any amounts Resources or the Purchaser has already contributed to those expenditures) which GF BVI, Orogen and their Affiliates have incurred or advanced in connection with the Essakane Project from and excluding June 30, 2007 to and including the Time of Closing; and

 

  (ii) 100% of all expenditures as described in the BFS made from and excluding June 30, 2007 to and including the Time of Closing;

(tt) “ Property ” has the meaning ascribed to that term in the Members Agreement;

(uu) “ Purchase Price ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01(2);

(vv) “ Purchased Essakane BVI Shares ” means 32,756,782 issued and outstanding ordinary shares in the capital of Essakane BVI (representing 60% of the issued and outstanding shares of Essakane BVI) owned by GF BVI which are to be sold by it to the Purchaser hereunder;

(ww) “ Purchased Manager Shares ” means all of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares in the capital of the Manager (representing 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Manager) owned by Orogen which are to be sold by it to the Purchaser hereunder;

(xx) “ Purchased Shares ” means the Purchased Essakane BVI Shares and the Purchased Manager Shares;

(yy) “ Purchaser Claimants ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.01;

(zz) “ Registration Rights Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.02(1)(k)(ii);

(aaa) “ Resources Group ” and “ Resources Group Company ” have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in Section (a) of Appendix C;

(bbb) “ Resources Public Offering ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.01(1)(c);

(ccc) “ Resources Subsidiaries ” means, collectively, Orezone Inc., Burkina Resources Inc., Channel Mining (Barbados) Limited, Niger Resources Inc. Orezone Essakane (BVI) Limited and Orezone Inc. SARL (and for greater certainty such term does not include Essakane BF);

(ddd) “ Selling Companies ” means GF BVI and Orogen and “ Selling Company ” means one of GF BVI or Orogen;

 

- 7 -


(eee) “ Share Transfer Opinion ” means, with respect to the sale and transfer of the Purchased Shares to the Purchaser as contemplated herein, an opinion of applicable local counsel confirming (i) the satisfaction of all requirements under Applicable Law to duly transfer to, and register in the name of, the Purchaser, the Purchased Shares free and clear of any Liens, and (ii) the payment of any exigible stamp, transfer or similar tax or charge with respect to such transfer and registration;

(fff) “ Subsidiaries ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Canada Business Corporations Act ;

(ggg) “ Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments, charges, dues, duties, rates, fees, imposts, levies and similar charges of any kind lawfully levied, assessed or imposed by any governmental entity or authority, including all income taxes (including any tax on or based upon net income, gross income, income as specially defined, earnings, profits or selected items of income, earnings or profits) and all capital taxes, gross receipts taxes, environmental taxes, sales taxes, use taxes, ad valorem taxes, value added taxes, transfer taxes (including, without limitation, taxes relating to the transfer of interests in real property or entities holding interests therein), franchise taxes, licence taxes, withholding taxes, payroll taxes, employment taxes, Canada Pension Plan premiums, excise, severance, social security, workers’ compensation, employment insurance or compensation taxes or premium, stamp taxes, occupation taxes, premium taxes, property taxes, windfall profits taxes, alternative or add-on minimum taxes, goods and services tax, customs duties or other taxes, fees, imports, assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest and any penalties or additional amounts imposed by any taxing authority (domestic or foreign) on such entity, and any interest, penalties, additional taxes and additions to tax imposed with respect to the foregoing.

(hhh) “ Tax Returns ” means all returns, schedules, elections, declarations, reports, information returns and statements required to be filed with any taxing authority relating to Taxes.

(iii) “ Third Party ” means any Person other than a Party or an Affiliate of a Party;

(jjj) “ Third Party Claim ” means any Claim asserted by a Third Party against a Purchaser Claimant;

(kkk) “ Time of Closing ” means 5:00 p.m. (Toronto Time) on the Closing Date;

(lll) “ Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement and all agreements, instruments, documents and certificates entered into or delivered pursuant to or relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(mmm) “ TSX ” means the Toronto Stock Exchange; and

(nnn) “ US Dollar Equivalent ” means at any time, the amount resulting from the conversion of one Canadian dollar into United States dollars using at the average daily noon rate of exchange for Canadian dollars into United States dollars quoted by the Bank of Canada over the five Business Day period ended on the third Business Day immediately prior to the time for such determination.

1.02 Headings

The division of this Agreement into Articles and Sections and the insertion of a table of contents and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction

 

- 8 -


or interpretation of this Agreement. The terms “hereof”, “hereunder” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and not to any particular Article, Section or other portion hereof and include any agreement supplemental hereto. Unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith, references herein to Articles, Sections and Schedules are to Articles and Sections of and Schedules to this Agreement.

1.03 Extended Meanings

In this Agreement, words importing the singular number only include the plural and vice versa , words importing any gender include all genders and words importing persons include individuals, corporations, limited and unlimited liability companies, general and limited partnerships, associations, trusts, unincorporated organizations, joint ventures and Governmental Authorities. The term “including” means “including without limiting the generality of the foregoing” and the term “third party” means any person other than the Parties.

1.04 Statutory References

In this Agreement, unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith or unless otherwise herein provided, a reference to any statute is to that statute as now enacted or as the same may from time to time be amended, re-enacted or replaced and includes any regulations made thereunder.

1.05 Accounting Principles

Wherever in this Agreement reference is made to a calculation to be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, such reference shall be deemed to be (i) in the case of Essakane BVI, to the accounting principles generally accepted in the BVI and from time to time approved by the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales or any successor institute, applicable as at the date on which such calculation is made or required to be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) in the case of the Manager, to the accounting principles generally accepted in Burkina Faso and from time to time approved by the Ordre national des experts comptables et comptables agréés du Burkina Faso .

1.06 Currency

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to currency herein are to lawful money of the United States.

1.07 Schedules and Appendixes

The following are the Schedules and Appendixes annexed hereto and incorporated by reference and deemed to be part hereof:

Schedule 3.01(1)(b) – Governmental Approvals and Notices

Schedule 8.04 – Dispute Resolution

Appendix A – Lockup and Support Agreement;

Appendix B – Representations and Warranties of Selling Companies;

Appendix C – Representations and Warranties of Resources and the Purchaser;

 

- 9 -


Appendix D – Registration Rights Agreement; and

Appendix E – AFE 11

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in the Schedules have the meanings given to them in this Agreement.

Article 2 – PURCHASE AND SALE

2.01 Purchase and Sale; Purchase Price

(1) Upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, GF BVI shall sell the Purchased Essakane BVI Shares and Orogen shall sell the Purchased Manager Shares to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall purchase the Purchased Shares and the Intercompany Account, at the Time of Closing free and clear of all Liens. The Manager hereby agrees to the purchase of the Intercompany Account by the Purchaser from Orogen.

(2) The aggregate purchase price for the Purchased Shares and the Intercompany Account (the “ Purchase Price ”) shall be US $200,000,000, plus an additional US $5,000,000 on the basis set out below, at the election of the Purchaser by written notice delivered to the Selling Companies no later than 10 Business Days prior to the earlier of Financial Close and the Gold Fields Outside Date, either:

 

  (a) in a combination of cash and Consideration Securities (the “Partial Securities Election” ), as follows:

 

  (i) US $150,000,000 in cash at Closing less the amount in Section 2.01(2)(ii) below;

 

  (ii) US$ 21, 962,845 in cash at Closing as payment for the Intercompany Account;

 

  (iii) US $50,000,000, by the issuance at Closing by Resources of the Consideration Securities to GF BVI; and

 

  (iv) US $5,000,000, which amount shall be conditional upon and shall be paid by the Purchaser to GF BVI if and when (x) Control of Resources or the Purchaser changes within 12 months from the date of signature of this Agreement, or (y) all or substantially all of the Assets of Essakane BVI are transferred to a Third Party within 12 months from the date of signature of this Agreement; provided, however, that no payment will be required under this Section 2.01(2)(a)(iv) if, between the date of signature of this Agreement and the time of such change of Control or transfer of assets, Resources has completed one or more debt or equity financings, including the Resources Public Offering, whereby Resources has raised aggregate net proceeds of at least US $300,000,000; or

 

- 10 -


  (b) in cash (the “Full Cash Election” ), as follows:

 

  (i) US $200,000,000 in cash at Closing less the amount in Section 2.01(2)(ii)(b)(ii) below;

 

  (ii) US$ 21, 962,845 in cash at Closing as payment for the Intercompany Account; and

 

  (iii) US $5,000,000, which amount shall be conditional upon and shall be paid by the Purchaser to GF BVI if and when (x) Control of Resources or the Purchaser changes within 12 months from the date of signature of this Agreement, or (y) all or substantially all of the Assets of Essakane BVI are transferred to a Third Party within 12 months from the date of signature of this Agreement; provided, however, that no payment will be required under this Section 2.01(2)(b)(iii) if, between the date of signature of this Agreement and the time of such change of Control or transfer of assets, Resources has completed one or more debt or equity financings, including the Resources Public Offering, whereby Resources has raised aggregate net proceeds of at least US $300,000,000.

(3) In the event that the Purchaser does not deliver a written notice in a timely manner in accordance with Section 2.01(2), it shall be deemed to have made the Full Cash Election.

(4) The Purchase Price shall be allocated among the Purchased Shares and paid to the Selling Companies as follows:

 

  (a) In the event that the Partial Securities Election is made:

 

Purchased Asset

  

Portion of

Purchase Price

   Payable To   

Cash Portion

Payable

  

Consideration

Securities

Issuable

Purchased Essakane Shares

   US$ 183,032,844    GF BVI    US$ 133,032,844    All

Purchased Manager Shares

   US$ 4,311    Orogen    US$ 4,311    Nil

Intercompany Account

   US$ 21,962,845    Orogen    US$ 21,962,845    Nil

 

  (b) In the event that the Full Cash Election is made:

 

Purchased Asset

  

Portion of

Purchase Price

   Payable To    Cash Payable

Purchased Essakane Shares

   US$ 183,032,844    GF BVI    US$ 183,032,844

Purchased Manager Shares

   US$ 4,311    Orogen    US$ 4,311

Intercompany Account

   US$ 21, 962,845    Orogen    US$ 21, 962,845

 

- 11 -


(5) Except as otherwise provided, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the Party making the payment to the Party receiving the payment by wire transfer in same day funds. A Party wishing to receive payment by wire transfer or to direct payment to another Person shall provide written instructions to the Party making the payment not later than the second Business Day prior to the time that payment is to be made.

(6) The Parties will, commencing upon the date of signature of this Agreement, endeavour to agree, by no later than the fifth Business Day (the “Discussion Day” ) following the date of signature of this Agreement, the basis upon which the Other Securities Price will be determined, if required for purposes of calculating the Offering Price. In the event that the Parties are, by the end of the Discussion Day, unable to agree upon the basis for calculation of the Other Security Price, they will refer the matter to a mutually agreed Canadian independent investment bank, acting through its equity capital markets group, (the “Expert” ), who shall, perform all preparatory work required in their discretion in order to enable them to determine the Other Securities Price within the time periods required in this Section 2.01(6). The Expert shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and shall deliver its opinion to the Parties no later than 1 Business Day prior to the date of the Final Prospectus. In preparing its opinion the Expert will consult with the agents or underwriters responsible for the Resources Public Offering. The opinion of the Expert shall be in writing and shall be of a standard and in a form that would permit the opinion to be publicly disclosed if required. The determination of the Expert will be final and binding upon the Parties and will not be subject to appeal, absent manifest error. In the event that the Parties are unable to agree upon the selection of the Expert by the Business Day immediately following the Discussion Day, the Expert shall, upon the request of any Party, be selected by the President of the Prospectors and Developers Association of Canada.

2.02 Closing

The purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares shall be completed at the Time of Closing at the offices of McCarthy Tétrault LLP, counsel to Orogen and GF BVI, located at Suite 4700, Toronto Dominion Bank Tower, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

2.03 Closing Deliveries and Procedures

(1) It is intended that the sale and purchase of the Purchased Shares and the payment of the Purchase Price at Closing will be completed simultaneously and none of such transactions will be completed unless all conditions of closing have been satisfied or waived by all parties entitled to waive such conditions.

(2) Subject to the foregoing, at Closing, the following shall be delivered in addition to all documents required to be delivered as a condition of closing:

 

  (a) GF BVI shall deliver to the Purchaser the share certificates representing the Purchased Essakane BVI Shares, duly endorsed in blank for transfer to the Purchaser or, at the election of GF BVI, accompanied by irrevocable security transfer powers of attorney executed in blank, together with evidence satisfactory to the Purchaser that the Purchaser or its
  nominee (s) have been entered into the register of the Manager as the holder of the Purchased Manager Shares;

 

- 12 -


  (b) Orogen shall deliver to the Purchaser the share certificates representing the Purchased Manager Shares, duly endorsed in blank for transfer to the Purchaser or, at the election of Orogen, accompanied by irrevocable security transfer powers of attorney executed in blank, together with evidence satisfactory to the Purchaser that the Purchaser or its nominee(s) have been entered into the register of Essakane BVI as the holder of the Purchased Essakane BVI Shares;

 

  (c) The Purchaser shall deliver to the Selling Companies:

 

  (i) to Orogen, or such Person as it may direct, the applicable amount in accordance with Section 2.01(4);

 

  (ii) to GF BVI, or such Person as it may direct, the applicable amount in accordance with Section 2.01(4)and

 

  (iii) in the event that the Partial Securities Election is made, to GF BVI, or such Person as it may direct, a certificate representing the Consideration Securities and registered in the name of GF BVI, or such Person as GF BVI may specify in writing to the Purchaser prior to Closing,

 

  (d) The Parties shall execute and deliver such other Transaction Documents (duly notarized and legalized, as applicable) as may reasonably be required by any Party so as to complete the registrations, recordings and publications, as required, of the sale of the Purchased Shares by the Selling Companies to the Purchaser as contemplated herein and the Parties shall co-operate with and render such reasonable assistance to each other as may be necessary or desirable to effect, facilitate or expedite such recordings and notice.

(3) All of the foregoing documentation to be delivered at the Closing shall be in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the recipient(s), acting in a commercially reasonable manner.

ARTICLE 3 – CONDITIONS

3.01 Conditions for the Benefit of the Purchaser and Resources

(1) The sale by the Selling Companies and the purchase by the Purchaser of the Purchased Shares and the issuance by Resources of the Consideration Securities is subject to the following conditions which are for the exclusive benefit of the Purchaser and Resources to be performed or complied with at or prior to the Time of Closing:

 

  (a) no order or judgment of any court or any Governmental Body shall have been issued or made and no legal or regulatory requirement shall remain to be satisfied, in either case which has the effect of making void, unlawful or otherwise prohibiting the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares or any portion thereof as contemplated herein;

 

- 13 -


  (b) the Governmental Approvals listed in Schedule 3.01(1)(b) shall have been obtained and the notices to Governmental Bodies listed in Schedule 3.01(1)(b) shall have been given;

 

  (c) Resources shall have achieved Financial Close in respect of a private or public offering of a sufficient number of its common shares or, alternatively, units of common shares and warrants or other securities, which results in net proceeds to Resources of at least US $150,000,000 (the “ Resources Public Offering ”) or; provided that the Full Cash Election shall first have been made, Resources shall have obtained cash funds in an amount sufficient to make payment in full of the Purchase Price;

 

  (d) there shall have been no event, circumstance, effect, change, condition or state of facts that, either individually or in the aggregate, has or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Acquired Companies taken as a whole;

 

  (e) the representations and warranties of the Selling Companies in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at the Time of Closing with the same force and effect as if made as at and as of such time;

 

  (f) each of the Selling Companies shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Time of Closing, including delivery of all items to be delivered by it at the Closing pursuant to Section 2.03;

 

  (g) the Purchaser and Resources shall be furnished with such certificates of senior officers of the Selling Companies or other instruments of the Selling Companies as the Purchaser and Resources or their counsel may reasonably think necessary in order to establish that the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Agreement to have been performed or complied with by the Selling Companies, at or prior to the Time of Closing shall have been performed and complied with in all material respects and that the representations and warranties of the Selling Companies herein given are true and correct in all material respects at the Time of Closing;

 

  (h) all directors and officers of each of the Acquired Companies nominated by any of the Selling Companies shall have resigned;

 

  (i)

each of the Selling Companies shall have provided full releases releasing each of the Acquired Companies, Resources and all Affiliates of Resources, and the shareholders, directors and officers of such corporations, from all claims arising from any cause, matter or thing arising at or prior to the Time of Closing, save for the Intercompany Account, and terminating at the Time of Closing the Option Agreement, the Members Agreement and the Master Mining Services Agreement dated April 1, 2007 between the Acquired Companies (the “Master Services Agreement” ), provided that for greater certainty the Unconditional Release as of

 

- 14 -


 

April 2, 2007 between Resources, Orezone Inc., the Purchaser, Orogen and GF BVI (the “Release” ) shall continue in effect notwithstanding the execution of this Agreement and Closing hereunder;

 

  (j) each current director and officer of the Acquired Companies shall have released each of the Acquired Companies from all claims that such director or officer may have in respect of bonus, remuneration, benefits or other monetary obligations owing or accruing to such director or officer by any of the Acquired Companies;

 

  (k) all necessary steps and proceedings shall have been taken to permit the Purchased Shares to be duly and regularly transferred to and registered in the name of the Purchaser in accordance with all Applicable Laws free and clear of all Liens;

 

  (l) the Selling Companies shall have delivered to the Purchaser or its agents a written irrevocable and unconditional undertaking to deliver, ten Business Days after Closing, all material Books and Records relating to the Acquired Companies in their possession or control, other than all material original minute books, share registers and other similar corporate records of the Acquired Companies, all of which shall be delivered to the Purchaser or its agents at the Closing;

 

  (m) GF BVI shall deliver to the Purchaser and Resources a Share Transfer Opinion of GF BVI’s counsel in BVI satisfactory to counsel for the Purchaser, acting reasonably, with respect to the sale and transfer of the Purchased Essakane BVI Shares to the Purchaser, subject to such qualifications and assumptions as are customary in such an opinion in the relevant jurisdiction;

 

  (n) Orogen shall deliver to the Purchaser and Resources a Share Transfer Opinion of Orogen’s counsel in Burkina Faso satisfactory to counsel for the Purchaser, acting reasonably, with respect to the sale and transfer of the Purchased Manager Shares to the Purchaser, subject to such qualifications and assumptions as are customary in such an opinion in the relevant jurisdiction; and

 

  (o) if the Partial Securities Election is made, GF BVI shall execute and deliver to Resources a lockup agreement in substantially the form annexed hereto as Appendix A (the “ Lockup and Support Agreement ”).

Where any of the conditions in this Section 3.01(1) are stated to be required to be satisfied “in all material respects”, such conditions shall be considered to be satisfied so long as any failure to fully and completely satisfy all such conditions could not reasonably be expected to give rise to a risk of Loss to the Purchaser and Resources of more than $1,000,000 in the aggregate.

(2) If any condition in Section 3.01 shall not have been satisfied at or prior to the Time of Closing, the Purchaser and Resources may, without limiting any other right that they may have, at their sole option, but acting in concert and not alone, either:

 

  (a) rescind this Agreement by notice to the Selling Companies and, in such event, the Purchaser and Resources shall be released from all obligations hereunder; or

 

- 15 -


  (b) waive compliance with any such term, covenant or condition in whole or in part on such terms as may be agreed upon without prejudice to any of its rights of rescission in the event of non-performance of any other term, covenant or condition in whole or in part.

(3) If the Purchaser and Resources rescind this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.01(2)(a) because a term, covenant or condition was not performed, satisfied or complied with, and the performance or satisfaction of, or compliance with, such term, covenant or condition was in the sole control of both of the Selling Companies or both of their respective counsel, the Selling Companies shall be jointly and severally liable to the Purchaser and Resources for any Losses (including reasonable fees and expenses incurred during the due diligence process or in the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and any related legal or business documents) incurred by the Purchaser and Resources and not recovered by reason of such rescission, subject to the limitations set out in Section 7.01.

(4) If the Purchaser and Resources rescind this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.01(2)(a) because a term, covenant or condition was not performed, satisfied or complied with, and the performance or satisfaction of, or compliance with, such term, covenant or condition was in the sole control of only one of the Selling Companies or its respective counsel, such Selling Company alone shall be liable to the Purchaser for any Losses (including reasonable fees and expenses incurred during the due diligence process or in the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and any related legal or business documents) incurred by the Purchaser and Resources and not recovered by reason of such rescission, subject to the limitations set out in Section 7.01.

(5) For greater certainty and notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.12, the Purchaser acknowledges that the Selling Companies have no control over, responsibility for, duties or obligations in relation to the Resources Public Offering.

3.02 Conditions for the Benefit of Selling Companies

(1) The sale by the Selling Companies, the purchase by the Purchaser of the Purchased Shares, and the issuance of the Consideration Securities by Resources to GF BVI is subject to the following conditions which are for the exclusive benefit of the Selling Companies to be performed or complied with at or prior to the Time of Closing:

 

  (a) no order or judgment of any court or Governmental Body shall have been issued or made and no legal or regulatory requirement shall remain to be satisfied, in either case which has the effect of making void, unlawful or otherwise prohibiting the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares or, if the Partial Securities Election is made, the issuance of the Consideration Securities or any portion thereof as contemplated herein;

 

  (b) the Governmental Approvals listed in Schedule 3.01(1)(b) shall have been obtained and the notices to Governmental Bodies listed in Schedule 3.01(1)(b) shall have been given;

 

  (c) Resources shall have achieved Financial Close in respect of the Resources Public Offering or; provided that the Full Cash Election shall have been made, Resources shall have obtained cash funds in an amount sufficient to make cash payment in full of the Purchase Price;

 

- 16 -


  (d) there shall have been no event, circumstance, effect, change, condition or state of facts that, either individually or in the aggregate, has or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources;

 

  (e) the resignations of the current representatives of the Selling Companies on the board of directors of Essakane BVI shall have been duly approved;

 

  (f) the representations and warranties of the Purchaser and Resources contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at the Time of Closing with the same force and effect as if made as at and as of such time;

 

  (g) each of the Purchaser and Resources shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Time of Closing, including delivery of all items to be delivered by it at the Closing pursuant to Section 2.03;

 

  (h) the Purchaser and Resources shall have provided to each of the Selling Companies such certificates of senior officers of the Purchaser and Resources or other instruments of the Purchaser or Resources as the Selling Companies or their counsel may reasonably think necessary in order to establish that the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Agreement to have been performed or complied with by the Purchaser and Resources, at or prior to the Time of Closing shall have been performed and complied with in all material respects and that the representations and warranties of the Purchaser and Resources herein given are true and correct in all material respects at the Time of Closing;

 

  (i) each of the Purchaser and Resources shall have provided full releases releasing, Orogen and all Affiliates of Orogen, and the shareholders, directors and officers of such corporations, from all claims arising from any cause, matter or thing arising at or prior to the Time of Closing and terminating at the Time of Closing the Option Agreement, the Members Agreement and the Master Mining Services Agreement, provided that for greater certainty the Release shall continue in effect notwithstanding the execution of this Agreement and Closing hereunder;

 

  (j) Orogen shall be reimbursed by the Purchaser or Resources (i) all of the Post BFS Expenditures listed on the First Expenditure Statement, and (ii) all prepayment fees (the “Prepayment Fees” ) paid by Orogen and relating the purchase of milling equipment and estimated at US $784,640.88;

 

  (k) if the Partial Securities Election is made:

 

  (i) all necessary steps and proceedings shall have been taken to permit the Consideration Securities to be issued and registered in the name of GF BVI in accordance with all Applicable Laws free and clear of all Liens, subject only to the Lockup and Support Agreement;

 

- 17 -


  (ii) Resources shall execute and deliver to GF BVI a registration rights agreement in substantially the form annexed hereto as Appendix D (the “Registration Rights Agreement” ); and

 

  (iii) Resources shall deliver to GF BVI and Orogen an opinion of Resources’ counsel in Canada satisfactory to counsel for the Selling Companies, acting reasonably, confirming that the Consideration Securities have been duly and validly issued in compliance with all applicable laws and that shares are registered in the name of GF BVI (or such other Person as GF BVI may designate) and are free and clear of all Liens, and confirming such other matters as are customary at the time of issuance of shares pursuant to a private placement of shares by a reporting issuer in Canada, subject to such qualifications and assumptions as are customary in such an opinion in the relevant jurisdiction.

Where any of the conditions in this Section 3.02(1) are stated to be required to be satisfied “in all material respects”, such conditions shall be considered to be satisfied so long as any failure to fully and completely satisfy all such conditions could not reasonably be expected to give rise to a risk of Loss to the Selling Companies of more than $1,000,000 in the aggregate.

(2) If any condition in Section 3.02 shall not have been satisfied at or prior to the Time of Closing, the Selling Companies may, without limiting any other right that they may have, at their sole option, but acting in concert and not alone, either:

 

  (a) rescind this Agreement by notice to the Purchaser and, in such event, the Selling Companies shall be released from all obligations hereunder; or

 

  (b) waive compliance with any such term, covenant or condition in whole or in part on such terms as may be agreed upon without prejudice to any of its rights of rescission in the event of non-performance of any other term, covenant or condition in whole or in part.

(3) If the Selling Companies rescind this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.02(2)(a) because a term, covenant or condition was not performed, satisfied or complied with, and the performance or satisfaction of, or compliance with, such term, covenant or condition was in the sole control of both of the Purchaser and Resources or both of their respective counsel, the Purchaser and Resources shall be jointly and severally liable to the Selling Companies for any Losses (including reasonable fees and expenses incurred during the due diligence process or in the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and any related legal or business documents) incurred by the Selling Companies and not recovered by reason of such rescission, subject to the limitations set out in Section 7.01.

(4) If the Selling Companies rescind this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.02(2)(a) because a term, covenant or condition was not performed, satisfied or complied with, and the performance or satisfaction of, or compliance with, such term, covenant or condition was in the sole control of only one of Purchaser and Resources or its respective counsel, such defaulting entity alone

 

- 18 -


shall be liable to the Selling Companies for any Losses (including reasonable fees and expenses incurred during the due diligence process or in the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and any related legal or business documents) incurred by the Selling Companies and not recovered by reason of such rescission, subject to the limitations set out in Section 7.01.

3.03 Procedure for Satisfaction of the Conditions

(1) Each of the Parties undertakes to use all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure the satisfaction of the conditions set out in Sections 3.01 and 3.02 over which it has control as promptly as possible, but in any event not later than the Time of Closing.

(2) The Selling Companies shall be responsible for seeking any Governmental Approvals required for Closing described in Schedule 3.01(1)(b). The Parties shall co-operate one with the other to obtain such Governmental Approvals and, in connection therewith, each of the Purchaser and the Selling Companies shall:

 

  (a) not communicate or meet with any Governmental Body in connection with obtaining such approvals without first consulting with and obtaining the agreement of the other Parties regarding the contents of such communication or the questions to be asked or information conveyed at such meeting and give the other Parties the opportunity to join in such communication or participate in such meeting;

 

  (b) deliver to the other Parties copies of all relevant communications to or from such Governmental Body in a timely fashion; and

 

  (c) submit to the other Parties for comment and prior written consent drafts of any submissions to be made to and agreements to be entered into with, such Governmental Body.

(3) In this regard the Parties shall make their respective representatives available on reasonable notice to meet in person or by teleconference if requested by any other Party to discuss the process and progress in obtaining the Governmental Approvals.

ARTICLE 4 – REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLING COMPANIES

4.01 Representations and Warranties of Selling Companies

Each of the Selling Companies hereby represents and warrants those statements set out in Appendix B hereto.

4.02 Survival of the Representations, Warranties and Covenants

(1) The representations and warranties of the Selling Companies set forth in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Documents shall survive the completion of the transactions herein provided for and shall continue for the benefit of the Purchaser for the following periods notwithstanding such completion and any inspections or inquiries made by or on behalf of the Purchaser or Resources:

 

  (a) the representations and warranties set out in Appendix B, save for the representations or warranties described below in this Section 4.02(1), shall survive for a period of one year from the Closing Date;

 

- 19 -


  (b) any representations or warranties that prove to be false as a result of any fraudulent misrepresentation made by the Person giving such representation or warranty shall survive, as against such Person, for a period of five years from the Closing Date; and

 

  (c) the representations and warranties relating to Tax matters shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Purchaser and Resources for such period after the Closing Date that is six months after the conclusion of the period during which any assessment or reassessment for any Tax can be made against the particular Acquired Company under Applicable Law.

(2) For greater certainty, the expiry of the survival period applicable to a representation or warranty shall be without prejudice to any Claim for indemnification based on any inaccuracy or misrepresentation in such representation or warranty made prior to such expiry pursuant to this Agreement.

(3) The covenants of the Selling Companies set out in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Documents that have not been fully performed at or prior to the Time of Closing shall survive the completion of the transactions herein provided for and notwithstanding such completion shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Purchaser and Resources in accordance with the terms thereof for a period of five years from the Closing Date.

ARTICLE 5 – REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER AND RESOURCES

5.01 Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser and Resources

Each of the Purchaser and Resources hereby represents and warrants those statements set out in Appendix C hereto.

5.02 Survival of the Representations, Warranties and Covenants

(1) The representations and warranties of the Purchaser and Resources set forth in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Documents shall survive the completion of the transactions herein provided for and shall continue for the benefit of the Selling Companies for the following periods notwithstanding such completion and any inspections or inquiries made by or on behalf of the Selling Companies:

 

  (a) the representations and warranties set out in Appendix C, save for those representations and warranties described below in this Section 5.02(1) shall survive for a period of one year from the Closing Date; and

 

- 20 -


  (b) any representations or warranties that prove to be false as a result of any fraudulent misrepresentation made by the Person giving such representation or warranty shall survive, as against such Person, for a period of five years from the Closing Date.

(2) For greater certainty, the expiry of the survival period applicable to a representation or warranty shall be without prejudice to any Claim for indemnification based on any inaccuracy or misrepresentation in such representation or warranty made prior to such expiry pursuant to this Agreement.

(3) The covenants of the Purchaser and Resources set out in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Documents that have not been fully performed at or prior to the Time of Closing shall survive the completion of the transactions herein provided for and notwithstanding such completion shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Selling Companies in accordance with the terms thereof for a period of five years from the Closing Date.

ARTICLE 6 – COVENANTS AND INDEMNITIES

6.01 Selling Companies’ Indemnities

Subject to the limitations set out in Section 7.01, each of the Selling Companies hereby jointly and severally indemnifies and saves harmless the Purchaser, Resources, the Acquired Companies and their respective directors and officers (collectively the “Purchaser Claimants” ) from and against all Losses directly or indirectly suffered by any of the Purchaser Claimants resulting from any breach of any covenant of a Selling Company contained in this Agreement or from any inaccuracy or misrepresentation in any of its representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement at any time that such covenant, representation or warranty, as the case may be, is in effect hereunder.

6.02 Indemnity of Purchaser and Resources

Subject to the limitations set out in Section 7.01, each of the Purchaser and Resources hereby jointly and severally indemnifies and saves harmless the Selling Companies and their respective directors and officers (collectively the “Seller Claimants” ) from and against all Losses directly or indirectly suffered by any of the Seller Claimants resulting from any breach of any covenant of the Purchaser or Resources contained in this Agreement or from any inaccuracy or misrepresentation in any representation or warranty of the Purchaser or Resources set forth in this Agreement at any time that such covenant, representation or warranty, as the case may be, is in effect hereunder.

6.03 Exclusive Remedies

After completion of the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares and the issuance of the Consideration Securities provided for herein, the rights of indemnification set out in this Article 6 shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of the Parties under or in connection with this Agreement and shall be exclusive of all other remedies to which the Parties would otherwise be entitled at law or in equity.

 

- 21 -


6.04 Representations and Warranties of Selling Companies

Each of the Selling Companies shall ensure that its representations and warranties contained in this Agreement over which it has reasonable control are true and correct at the Time of Closing.

6.05 Representations and Warranties of Purchaser and Resources

Each of the Purchaser and Resources shall ensure that its representations and warranties contained in this Agreement over which it has reasonable control are true and correct at the Time of Closing.

6.06 Purchaser’s Acknowledgements Regarding the Acquired Companies

The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  (a) The Purchaser is familiar with and has conducted to its satisfaction an independent investigation of the business, operations, assets, liabilities and financial condition of the Acquired Companies, and, in making the determination to proceed with the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares and the Intercompany Account herein contemplated, has relied solely on the results of its own independent investigations and the representations and warranties of the Vendor expressly set out in Appendix B.

 

  (b) Except as expressly stated in the representations or warranties expressly set out in Appendix B, neither the Selling Companies nor any Affiliate or representative of the Selling Companies nor any other person is making, has made or will be deemed to have made any representations or warranties of whatever nature, express or implied, with respect to the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares and the Intercompany Account and such the assets purchased and sold hereunder are sold in their existing condition, with all defects, if any, on an “as-is, where-is” basis.

 

  (c) Any claims the Purchaser may have for breach of representation or warranty shall be based solely on the representations and warranties of the Selling Companies expressly set out in Appendix B.

 

  (d) Except with respect to matters expressly stated in the representations or warranties expressly set out in Appendix B, the Purchaser will not be entitled to, and will not make, any Claims against the Selling Companies whether in contract, tort or otherwise on the grounds:

 

  (i) of any misunderstanding or misapprehension in respect of the Acquired Companies or the Essakane Project ; or

 

  (ii) that incorrect or insufficient information relating to the Acquired Companies or the Essakane Project was given to it by any person.

 

- 22 -


6.07 Costs of Consents, Taxes, Etc .

(1) The Selling Companies shall be liable for and shall pay all stamp taxes or similar documentary, registration or transfer taxes, fees, imposts or charges and any income, capital gains or other Taxes levied by any Governmental Body with respect to the transfer to, or registration in the name of, the Purchaser, of the Purchased Shares.

(2) Resources shall be liable for and shall pay all expenses in connection with the issuance and registration of the Consideration Securities.

6.08 Compliance Verification and Continued Access

(1) During the Interim Period, the Selling Companies shall cause the Acquired Companies to permit the Purchaser, through its agents and representatives, to have full access to the Acquired Companies, the Assets and the Books and Records for the purposes of, among other things, (i) verifying the compliance of the Selling Companies with their respective representations, warranties and covenants hereunder, (ii) exercising its rights hereunder, (iii) studying and making plans for future activities and expenditures relating to the Project, and (iv) ensuring a speedy and efficient post-Closing integration of the Acquired Companies. The Selling Companies agree to cause the Acquired Companies to permit the inspection of the Assets prior to the Time of Closing by such Governmental Bodies as the Purchaser may reasonably require upon reasonable prior notice. Such investigations and inspections shall not, however, affect or mitigate the representations and warranties of the Selling Companies hereunder, which shall continue in full force and effect. The Purchaser shall endeavour to ensure that all such access, investigations and inspections will be conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.

(2) The Selling Companies will use reasonable commercial efforts to deliver all material original minute books, share registers and other similar corporate records of the Acquired Companies to the Purchaser at the Closing and all other material Books and Records to the Purchaser within ten Business Days after Closing. The Selling Companies may at their own cost retain a copy of the Books and Records so delivered. The Purchaser will preserve the Books and Records so delivered for a period of six years from the Closing Date, or for such longer period as is required by any Applicable Law, and will permit the Selling Companies and their authorized representatives reasonable access thereto in connection with the affairs of the Selling Companies.

6.09 Post BFS Expenditures and Prepayment Fees

(1) Orogen will deliver to the Purchaser (a) no later than the last Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, a statement certified by a senior officer of the Manager of all Post BFS Expenditures made prior to the date that is five Business Days prior to the Closing Date (the “First Expenditure Statement ”) and (b) no later than 15 days after the Closing Date, a statement certified by a senior officer of GF BVI of all Post BFS Expenditures incurred from five Business Days prior to the Closing Date to the Time of Closing and the final amount of the Prepayment Fees (the “ Second Expenditure Statement ”). The Purchaser will be deemed to have accepted the First Expenditure Statement or Second Expenditure Statement, as the case may be, if it does not notify Orogen of its objection within 10 days of receiving such statement. The Purchaser

 

- 23 -


shall make payment to Orogen of the amount of any accepted Second Expenditure Statement (adjusted for amounts already paid in respect of the Prepayment Fees in accordance with Section 3.02(1)(j)) no later that ten Business Days following the expiry of such 10 day period.

(2) If the Purchaser disputes any or both of the First Expenditure Statement or Second Expenditure Statement, Orogen and the Purchaser will work expeditiously and in good faith in an attempt to resolve such dispute within a period of ten Business Days after the date of notification of dispute by the Purchaser to Orogen, failing which the dispute will be submitted for determination to an independent national Canadian firm of chartered accountants mutually agreed to by Orogen and the Purchaser. The determination of the independent national firm of chartered accountants will be final and binding upon Orogen and the Purchaser will not be subject to appeal, absent manifest error. The independent national firm of chartered accountants will be deemed to be acting as experts and not as arbitrators and their costs shall be borne equally by Orogen and the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall make payment to Orogen of the amount of any disputed Second Expenditure Statement (adjusted for amounts already paid in respect of the Prepayment Fees in accordance with Section 3.02(1)(j)) no later that ten Business Days following the final determination hereunder of any such dispute.

(3) In the event that the Purchaser shall have disputed the First Expenditure Statement, the payment by the Purchaser in accordance with Section 3.02(1)(j) shall be without prejudice to the rights of the Purchaser under such dispute. Orogen shall be obliged to repay to the Purchaser any portion of such amount that is subsequently determined pursuant to Section 6.09(2) to not have been payable to Orogen, such payment to be made no later than ten Business Days following such determination.

6.10 Operation of the Essakane Project during Interim Period

(1) During the Interim Period, GF BVI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Manager operates the Essakane Project in accordance with the current governing agreements and understandings. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, each of the Selling Companies shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the following acts or matters will not occur in relation to the Acquired Companies or the Assets during the Interim Period without the prior written consent of the Purchaser or unless contemplated by the terms of the existing agreement between the Parties or their Affiliates relating to the Manager or the Essakane Project and, with respect to the expenditures referred to in, and authorized under, Section 6.10(1)(h) the Selling Companies shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consult the Purchaser or Resources with respect to such expenditures:

 

  (a) any disposal of any material Asset;

 

  (b) any declaration, authorization, making or payment of a dividend in cash, in specie or in kind by, or any reduction in paid-up capital of, the Acquired Companies;

 

  (c) any creation, allotment or issue or any grant of any option or other right to subscribe or purchase, or any redemption, purchase or repurchase of, any shares of an Acquired Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares;

 

  (d) any creation or grant of Lien on, over or affecting the Assets or any portion thereof;

 

- 24 -


  (e) the making of any loan or granting of credit by any of the Acquired Companies to any Person;

 

  (f) any amendment to the constitutional documents of any of the Acquired Companies;

 

  (g) the acquisition, whether by merger, consolidation, formation or otherwise, of any body corporate or business, or all or substantially all of the assets of any body corporate or business, or the entering into of any partnership or joint venture arrangement;

 

  (h) the making of expenditures or the incurring of liabilities or commitments during the Interim Period which in the aggregate exceed the amount budgeted for the relevant period in accordance with AFE 11;

 

  (i) any modification, amendment, cancellation or termination of any material Contract other than a termination arising out of the expiration of its term;

 

  (j) the failure to renew on expiry or to pay any premium due in respect of its insurance and/or the modification of any insurance policy in any material respect and/or the allowance of any such insurance to lapse or the doing of anything which would render such insurance void or voidable;

 

  (k) the granting of any guarantees or indemnities by any of the Acquired Companies;

 

  (l) engaging any new employees; and

 

  (m) settling any litigation to which any of the Acquired Companies is a party.

(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Acquired Companies may take reasonable action necessary to deal with any emergency without prior consultation with the Purchaser or Resources provided that (i) it was impractical to consult in advance in view of the emergency and (ii) forthwith after taking any such action, the Acquired Companies notify the Purchaser and Resources of the facts and circumstances giving rise to the emergency as well as the action taken in response.

6.11 Announcements and Confidential Information

(1) No discussion with a Third Party, public announcement or press release concerning the sale and purchase of the Purchased Shares or the issuance of the Consideration Securities, or the terms or conditions of this Agreement or any Transaction Documents shall be made by any of the Parties except as may be required by Applicable Law or the rules of any stock exchange on which their respective shares are listed or to the extent required by Resources in order to conduct the Resources Public Offering. Each of the Parties will advise and consult with the other prior to any such required announcement or disclosure and any such subsequent disclosure will be restricted to that agreed to by the Parties.

(2) The Parties will keep all Confidential Information confidential and will not, without the prior written consent of the other Parties, disclose in any manner, in whole or in part, or use, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information for any purpose except in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

- 25 -


(3) A Party may disclose Confidential Information if required by Applicable Law, by legal process or by a regulatory authority to do so. If a Party is so required to disclose any Confidential Information, such Party will give the other Parties prompt notice of that fact so that they may seek a protective order or other remedy and the Party seeking or required to make disclosure will co-operate with the other Parties in any efforts to obtain a protective order or other remedy. If a protective order or other remedy is not obtained the Party seeking or required to make disclosure will disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information which is required.

6.12 Conduct of Resources Public Offering

Resources shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Resources Public Offering prior to the Gold Fields Outside Date and to keep the Selling Companies informed about its progress. As promptly as reasonably practicable after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Resources will deliver to the Selling Companies an initial draft of any prospectus or other disclosure document required under Applicable Laws to be filed in connection with the Resources Public Offering and any material agreements, including any underwriting agreement or agency agreement, proposed to be entered into in connection with the Resources Public Offering. Resources will provide the Selling Companies and their counsel with reasonable time to review and comment on any such disclosure documents before they are filed and any such material agreements before they are entered into. The Selling Companies will provide Resources with any comments and any proposed changes or additions to such disclosure documents or agreements to the extent that they relate to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, the Selling Companies and their Affiliates and the Essakane Project as soon as reasonably possible but in any event no later than two Business Days after receipt of a draft. The Selling Companies acknowledge that whether or not such comments are appropriate, or any revision thereof will be made as a result thereof to such disclosure documents or agreements, will be determined solely by Resources acting reasonably; provided, however, that Resources may not enter into an underwriting agreement or agency agreement, or any similar agreement, with respect to Resources Public Offering unless the conditions of Financial Close contained in such agreement have been approved in writing by the Selling Companies, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

6.13 Extension of Period for Decision to Commence Mining

The Parties agree that the 90 day period referred to in Section 3.4 of the Members Agreement, which period commenced running following receipt by the board of directors of Essakane BVI of the BFS, and which is the period within which the Members (as defined in the Members Agreement) shall make, or determine not to make, a Decision to Commence Mining (as defined in the Members Agreement), shall be suspended for the duration of this Agreement. In the event that this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, such 90 day period shall recommence running from the date of such termination.

 

- 26 -


ARTICLE 7 – LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY AND CARRIAGE OF ACTIONS

7.01 Limitation of Liability

(1) No Selling Company shall have any liability in respect of any Claim made by a Purchaser Claimant for indemnification pursuant to this Agreement unless and until the liability of the Selling Companies in respect of that Claim, when aggregated with the liability of the Selling Companies in respect of all other such Claims, exceeds US $2,000,000 (the “Deductible” ), in which event that Selling Company shall then be liable for the full amount of such Claims. The aggregate liability of the Selling Companies in respect of all Claims under this Agreement shall not in any circumstances exceed the amount of the Purchase Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.01(1) regarding the Deductible, the Purchaser shall be entitled to conduct a review of the Financial Statements during the period of 90 calendar days following the Time of Closing and to the extent that the Purchaser, during such period, delivers a written notice to the Selling Companies of any bona fide Claims, described in reasonable detail in such notice, in respect of alleged breaches of the representations and warranties contained in Paragraph 1(k) (Financial Statements) of Appendix B, the Deductible shall not apply in respect of such Claims.

(2) Neither the Purchaser or Resources shall have any liability in respect of any Claim made by a Seller Claimant for indemnification pursuant to this Agreement unless and until the liability of all of the Seller Claimants in respect of that Claim, when aggregated with the liability of the Purchaser and Resources in respect of all other such Claims, exceeds US $2,000,000, in which event the Purchaser and Resources shall then be liable for the full amount of such Claims. The aggregate liability of the Purchaser and Resources in respect of all Claims under this Agreement shall not in any circumstances exceed US $50,000,000 (if the Partial Securities Election is made) or US$7,500,000 (if the Full Cash Election is made).

(3) Neither any of the Selling Companies nor the Purchaser or Resources has any liability for, or obligation with respect to, any special, indirect, consequential, punitive or aggravated damages, including damages for lost profit, damages based on multiples of earnings, EBITDA, cash flow or other metrics or projections, provided that for greater certainty Third Party Claims will not be considered claims for special, indirect, consequential, punitive or aggravated damages even if such Third Party Claim itself is a claim for special, indirect, consequential, punitive or aggravated damages.

7.02 Notice and Defence of Third Party Claims

(1) If a Purchaser Claimant receives written notice of the commencement or assertion of any Third Party Claim in respect of which such Purchaser Claimant believes either of the Selling Companies has liability under this Agreement, such Purchaser Claimant shall give the Selling Companies prompt written notice thereof. To the extent reasonable and practical given the information readily available to such Purchaser Claimant, such notice to the Selling Companies shall describe the Third Party Claim in reasonable detail and shall indicate (without prejudice to such Purchaser Claimant’s rights) the estimated amount of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Purchaser Claimant in respect thereof, provided that the failure to give such notice within such time period shall not reduce such Purchaser Claimant’s rights hereunder, except to the extent of any actual prejudice suffered as a result of such failure. Where the Purchaser Claimant has given the

 

- 27 -


aforesaid notice to both of the Selling Companies, the Selling Companies must exercise any of their rights under this Section 7.02 jointly. Where for purposes of this Section 7.02 the Purchaser Claimant believed only one of the Selling Companies has a liability hereunder and accordingly gives the aforesaid notice to such Selling Company, the provisions of this Section 7.02 shall thereafter apply only to such Selling Company with respect to the subject matter of such notice. Provided that the Selling Companies have unconditionally acknowledged in writing their obligation to indemnify the Purchaser Claimant with respect to all Losses incurred or which may be incurred by such Purchaser Claimant in respect of such Third Party Claim the Selling Companies shall have the right, by giving notice to that effect to the Purchaser Claimant not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice of such Third Party Claim and subject to the rights of any insurer or other Third Party having potential liability therefor, to elect to assume the defence of any Third Party Claim at the Selling Companies’ own expense and by the Selling Companies’ own counsel provided that the Selling Companies shall not be entitled to assume the defence of any Third Party Claim: (i) alleging any criminal or quasi-criminal wrongdoing (including fraud), (ii) which impugns the reputation of a Purchaser Claimant or (iii) where the Third Party making the Third Party Claim is a Governmental Body. Prior to settling or compromising any Third Party Claim in respect of which the Selling Companies have the right to assume the defence, the Selling Companies shall obtain the consent of the Purchaser Claimant regarding such settlement or compromise, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by the Purchaser Claimant. In addition, the Purchaser Claimant shall be entitled to participate in (but not control) the defence of any Third Party Claim (and in so doing may retain its own counsel) provided that the expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Selling Companies only if the Selling Companies have consented to the retention of such counsel at their expense or if the named parties to any Third Party Claim include the Selling Companies and the Purchaser Claimant and the representation of such parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to the actual or potential differing interests between them. With respect to any Third Party Claim in respect of which a Purchaser Claimant has given notice to the Selling Companies pursuant to this Section 7.02 and in respect of which the Selling Companies have not elected to assume the defence, the Selling Companies may participate in (but not control) such defence assisted by counsel of their own choosing at the Selling Companies’ sole cost and expense and, prior to settling or compromising any such Third Party Claim, the Purchaser Claimant shall obtain the consent of the Selling Companies regarding such settlement or compromise, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by the Selling Companies. The Selling Companies and the Purchaser Claimant shall use all reasonable efforts to make available to the party which is undertaking and controlling the defence of any Third Party Claim:

 

  (a) those employees whose assistance, testimony or presence is necessary to assist such party in evaluating and in defending any Third Party Claim; and

 

  (b) all documents, records and other materials in the possession of such party reasonably required by such party for its use in defending any Third Party Claim,

and shall otherwise co-operate with the party defending such Third Party Claim. The Selling Companies shall be responsible for all reasonable expenses associated with making such documents, records and materials available and for all reasonable expenses of any employees made available by the Purchaser Claimant to the Selling Companies hereunder, which expense shall be equal to an amount to be mutually agreed upon per Person per hour or per day for each day or portion thereof that such employees are assisting the Selling Companies but such

 

- 28 -


expenses shall not exceed the actual direct cost to the Purchaser Claimant associated with such employees. If the Selling Companies elect to assume the defence of any Third Party Claim and fail to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently such Third Party Claim within 30 days after receiving notice from the Purchaser Claimant that the Purchaser Claimant bona fide believes on reasonable grounds that the Selling Companies have failed to take such steps, the Purchaser Claimant may, at its option, elect to assume the defence of and to compromise or settle the Third Party Claim assisted by counsel of its own choosing and the Selling Companies shall be liable for all reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection therewith.

(2) If a Seller Claimant receives written notice of the commencement or assertion of any Third Party Claim in respect of which such Seller Claimant believes either of the Purchaser or Resources has liability under this Agreement, such Seller Claimant shall give the Purchaser or Resources prompt written notice thereof. To the extent reasonable and practical given the information readily available to such Seller Claimant, such notice to the Purchaser or Resources shall describe the Third Party Claim in reasonable detail and shall indicate (without prejudice to such Seller Claimant’s rights) the estimated amount of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Seller Claimant in respect thereof, provided that the failure to give such notice within such time period shall not reduce such Seller Claimant’s rights hereunder, except to the extent of any actual prejudice suffered as a result of such failure. Where the Seller Claimant has given the aforesaid notice to the Purchaser and Resources, the Purchaser and Resources must exercise any of their rights under this Section 7.02 jointly. Where for purposes of this Section 7.02 the Seller Claimant believed only one of the Purchaser and Resources has a liability hereunder and accordingly gives the aforesaid notice to only one of the Purchaser and Resources, the provisions of this Section 7.02 shall thereafter apply only the entity receiving the notice with respect to the subject matter of such notice. Provided that the Purchaser and Resources have unconditionally acknowledged in writing their obligation to indemnify the Seller Claimant with respect to all Losses incurred or which may be incurred by such Seller Claimant in respect of such Third Party Claim the Purchaser and Resources shall have the right, by giving notice to that effect to the Seller Claimant not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice of such Third Party Claim and subject to the rights of any insurer or other Third Party having potential liability therefor, to elect to assume the defence of any Third Party Claim at sole expense of the Purchaser and Resources and by their own counsel provided that the Purchaser and Resources shall not be entitled to assume the defence of any Third Party Claim: (i) alleging any criminal or quasi-criminal wrongdoing (including fraud), (ii) which impugns the reputation of a Seller Claimant or (iii) where the Third Party making the Third Party Claim is a Governmental Body. Prior to settling or compromising any Third Party Claim in respect of which the Purchaser and Resources have the right to assume the defence, the Purchaser and Resources shall obtain the consent of the Seller Claimant regarding such settlement or compromise, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by the Seller Claimant. In addition, the Seller Claimant shall be entitled to participate in (but not control) the defence of any Third Party Claim (and in so doing may retain its own counsel) provided that the expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Purchaser and Resources only if the Purchaser and Resources have consented to the retention of such counsel at their expense or if the named parties to any Third Party Claim include the Purchaser and Resources and the Seller Claimant and the representation of such parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to the actual or potential differing interests between them. With respect to any Third Party Claim in respect of which a Seller Claimant has given notice to the Purchaser and Resources pursuant to this Section 7.02 and in respect of which the Purchaser and Resources have not elected to assume the defence, the Purchaser and Resources may participate in

 

- 29 -


(but not control) such defence assisted by counsel of their own choosing at the sole cost and expense of the Purchaser and Resources and, prior to settling or compromising any such Third Party Claim, the Seller Claimant shall obtain the consent of the Purchaser and Resources regarding such settlement or compromise, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by the Purchaser and Resources. The Purchaser and Resources and the Seller Claimant shall use all reasonable efforts to make available to the party which is undertaking and controlling the defence of any Third Party Claim:

 

  (a) those employees whose assistance, testimony or presence is necessary to assist such party in evaluating and in defending any Third Party Claim; and

 

  (b) all documents, records and other materials in the possession of such party reasonably required by such party for its use in defending any Third Party Claim,

and shall otherwise co-operate with the party defending such Third Party Claim. The Purchaser and Resources shall be responsible for all reasonable expenses associated with making such documents, records and materials available and for all reasonable expenses of any employees made available by the Seller Claimant to the Purchaser and Resources hereunder, which expense shall be equal to an amount to be mutually agreed upon per Person per hour or per day for each day or portion thereof that such employees are assisting the Purchaser and Resources but such expenses shall not exceed the actual direct cost to the Seller Claimant associated with such employees. If the Purchaser and Resources elect to assume the defence of any Third Party Claim and fail to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently such Third Party Claim within 30 days after receiving notice from the Seller Claimant that the Seller Claimant bona fide believes on reasonable grounds that the Purchaser and Resources have failed to take such steps, the Seller Claimant may, at its option, elect to assume the defence of and to compromise or settle the Third Party Claim assisted by counsel of its own choosing and the Purchaser and Resources shall be liable for all reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 8 – GENERAL

8.01 Further Assurances

Each of the Parties shall from time to time execute and deliver all such further documents and instruments and do all acts and things as any other Party may, either before or after the Closing Date, reasonably require to effectively carry out or better evidence or perfect the full intent and meaning of this Agreement.

8.02 Time of the Essence

Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

8.03 Commissions

The Selling Companies shall indemnify and save harmless the Purchaser and Resources from and against any claims whatsoever for any commission or other remuneration payable or alleged to be payable to any Person in respect of the sale and purchase of the Purchased

 

- 30 -


Shares where such Person purports to act or has acted for the Selling Companies in connection with such sale. If the Partial Securities Election is made, the Purchaser and Resources shall indemnify and save harmless the Selling Companies from and against any claims whatsoever for any commission or other remuneration payable or alleged to be payable to any Person in respect of the sale and purchase of the Purchased Shares, or the issuance of the Consideration Securities where such Person purports to act or has acted for the Purchaser in connection with such sale or issuance.

8.04 Arbitration

Save for any dispute referred to in Section 6.09, any and all differences, disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or in any way connected with any of the Transaction Documents including their negotiation, execution, delivery, enforceability, performance, breach, discharge, interpretation and construction, existence, or validity and any damages resulting therefrom or the rights, privileges, duties and obligations of the Parties under or in relation to any of the Transaction Documents (including any dispute as to whether an issue is arbitrable) shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures set out in Schedule 8.04.

8.05 Fees and Expenses

Subject to the payment of any costs or expenses in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the Parties shall pay their respective legal, accounting and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and all documents and instruments executed pursuant hereto and any other costs and expenses whatsoever and howsoever incurred relating to the completion of the transactions contemplated herein.

8.06 Benefit of the Agreement

This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the Parties.

8.07 Entire Agreement

The Transaction Documents, the Members Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto), the Option Agreement, the Master Services Agreement and the Release constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and cancel and supersede any prior understandings and agreements between the Parties with respect thereto.

8.08 Amendments and Waiver

No modification of or amendment to this Agreement shall be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by the Parties and no waiver of any breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the Party purporting to give the same and, unless otherwise provided, shall be limited to the specific breach waived.

 

- 31 -


8.09 Assignment

This Agreement may not be assigned by the Selling Companies without the written consent of the Purchaser but may be assigned by the Purchaser without the consent of the Selling Companies to an Affiliate of the Purchaser, provided that such Affiliate enters into a written agreement with the Selling Companies, in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Selling Companies and their respective counsel, acting reasonably, to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement in all respects and to the same extent as the Purchaser is bound and provided that the Purchaser shall continue to be bound by all the obligations hereunder as if such assignment had not occurred and perform such obligations to the extent that such Affiliate fails to do so and, prior to such assignment, the Purchaser shall provide each of the Selling Companies with a written undertaking to that effect in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Selling Companies and their respective counsel, acting reasonably. Save as aforesaid, this Agreement may not be assigned by the Purchaser without the express prior written consent of the Selling Companies, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

8.10 Notices

Any demand, notice or other communication to be given in connection with this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be given by personal delivery or by facsimile addressed to the recipient as follows:

 

To Orogen and GF BVI:

6400 S. Fiddlers Green Circle

Suite 1650

Englewood CO 80111

United States of America

Fax No.:    +1 303 796-8293
Attention:    James J. Komadina
with a copy to:

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

Suite 4700

Toronto Dominion Bank Tower

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

M5K 1E6

Canada

Fax No.:    +1 416 868-0673
Attention:    David B. Tennant
To the Purchaser or Resources:

Orezone Resources Inc.

290 Picton Street, Suite 201

Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

K1Z 8P8

Fax No.:    +1 613 241-6005
Attention:    Ron Little

 

- 32 -


with a copy to:

Stikeman Elliot LLP

5300 Commerce Court West

199 Bay Street

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

M5L 1B9

Fax No.:    +1 416 947-0866
Attention:    Jay C. Kellerman

or to such other address, individual or facsimile number as may be designated by notice given by one Party to another. Any demand, notice or other communication given by personal delivery shall be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by electronic communication, on the day of transmittal thereof if given during the normal business hours of the recipient and on the Business Day during which such normal business hours next occur if not given during such hours.

8.11 Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein, other than such laws relating to conflicts of law. However, the Parties acknowledge that the validity, nature and effect of the transfer of the Purchased Shares shall be governed by the Applicable Law of the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of the Acquired Company and that the validity, nature and effect of the issuance of the Consideration Securities shall be governed by the Applicable Law of the Province of Ontario, to the extent that such Applicable Law applies to such transfer or issuance, as the case may be.

8.12 Attornment

(1) For the purpose of all legal proceedings this Agreement shall be deemed to have been performed in the Province of Ontario. Insofar as it is not precluded by Schedule 8.04, the courts of the Province of Ontario shall have jurisdiction to entertain any action arising under this Agreement and each of the Parties to this Agreement hereby attorns to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario.

(2) The Selling Companies each hereby nominate, constitute and appoint McCarthy Tétrault LLP, Barristers and Solicitors, of the City of Toronto, its true and lawful attorney, to act as such, and to sue and be sued, plead or be impleaded in any court in the Province of Ontario, and generally on behalf of such persons and within Ontario to accept service of process, and to receive all lawful notices. Until due and lawful notice of the appointment of another and subsequent attorney in the Province of Ontario has been given to the Selling Companies, service of process or of papers and notices upon the said McCarthy Tétrault LLP shall be accepted by such persons as sufficient service in the premises.

 

- 33 -


(3) Each of the Purchaser and Resources hereby nominate, constitute and appoint Stikeman Elliott LLP, Barristers and Solicitors, of the City of Toronto, its true and lawful attorney, to act as such, and to sue and be sued, plead or be impleaded in any court in the Province of Ontario, and generally on behalf of such persons and within Ontario to accept service of process, and to receive all lawful notices. Until due and lawful notice of the appointment of another and subsequent attorney in the Province of Ontario has been given to the Purchaser, service of process or of papers and notices upon the said Stikeman Elliott LLP shall be accepted by such persons as sufficient service in the premises.

8.13 Counterparts and Faxed Signatures

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which, taken together, shall be regarded as one and the same Agreement. Counterparts may be executed in faxed form and the Parties adopt any signatures received by a receiving fax machine as original signatures of the Parties, provided, however, that any Party providing its signature in such a manner shall promptly forward to the other Parties an original of the signed signature page of this Agreement which was so faxed.

8.14 Paramountcy

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Transaction Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern unless the express terms of the Transaction Document indicate that the Transaction Document is to govern notwithstanding the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

The balance of this page is intentionally left blank

 

- 34 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement.

 

GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDING (BVI) LIMITED     GOLD FIELDS ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED
Per:  

Brian Delaney

    Per:  

Brian Delaney

 

Colin Bird

     

Colin Bird

OREZONE ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED     OREZONE RESOURCES INC.
Per:  

“Ronald Little

    Per:  

Ronald Little

 

- 35 -


SCHEDULE 3.01(1)(B)

GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS AND NOTICES

 

  1. Approval of the Exchange Control Department of The South African Reserve Bank to be obtained by the Selling Companies.

 

  2. Approval of the TSX and AMEX to be obtained by Resources.


SCHEDULE 8.04

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

1.1 Interpretation

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the share purchase agreement (the “Agreement”) dated October 10, 2007 between Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited, Gold Fields Essakane (BVI) Limited, Orezone Essakane (BVI) Limited and Orezone Resources Inc. (the “Parties”) to which this Schedule 8.04 is attached.

1.2 Manner of Resolution .

 

  (a) In the event of a difference, dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or in any way connected with any of the Transaction Documents, including their negotiation, execution, delivery, enforceability, performance, breach, discharge, interpretation and construction, existence or validity, and any damages resulting therefrom or the rights, privileges, duties and obligations of the Parties under or in relation to any of the Transaction Documents (including any issue as to whether an issue is arbitrable), the disputing Parties shall first, to the extent possible, seek to amicably, in good faith, settle such dispute, controversy, or claim. A senior executive of each disputing Party with authority to settle the dispute shall meet, within ten (10) days of each such Party receiving written notice of the existence of the dispute, at a mutually convenient time and place to consult on the matter and attempt to resolve the issue.

 

  (b) If the relevant difference, dispute, claim or controversy is not amicably settled within thirty (30) days after each disputing Party has received written notice of the existence of the dispute, then any disputing Party may, by written notice to each other disputing Party, refer such matter for final settlement by arbitration under the London Court of International Arbitration Rules (“LCIA Rules”), which rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference into this clause.

1.3 Arbitration . Any arbitration to be carried out hereunder shall be subject to the following provisions, namely:

 

  (a)

Appointment of Arbitrators . The Party desiring arbitration shall nominate one (1) arbitrator who shall be familiar with and have experience and expertise in the mineral exploration and development industry and shall notify the other disputing Party of such nomination. Such notice shall set forth a brief description of the matter submitted for arbitration and the Transaction Document, and provision thereof, pursuant to which such matter is so submitted. Such other disputing Party shall within thirty (30) days after receiving such notice nominate an arbitrator with similar qualifications to the first arbitrator and the two (2) arbitrators shall select an umpire to act jointly with them who shall also have such qualifications. If said arbitrators shall be unable to agree in the selection of such umpire, the umpire shall be designated by the President or any Vice-President of the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, provided that such person is not, and never has been, an


 

employee of any of the Parties hereto or any Affiliate of them and the decision of the arbitrators and umpire or any two (2) of them in writing shall be binding upon the Parties. Said arbitrators and umpire shall, after hearing any evidence Parties may submit, make their decision and reduce the same to writing and deliver one (1) copy thereof to each of the Parties. The majority of the umpire and arbitrators may determine any matters of procedure for the arbitration not specified herein or in the LCIA Rules. If the disputing Party receiving the notice of the nomination of an arbitrator by the member desiring arbitration fails within the said thirty (30) days to nominate an arbitrator, then the arbitrator nominated by the Party desiring arbitration may proceed alone to determine the dispute in such manner and at such time as he shall think fit and his decision shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon the Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any arbitration may be carried out by a single arbitrator if the disputing Parties so agree in writing, in which event the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall apply, mutatis mutandis .

 

  (b) Arbitral Award . The determination which shall be made by the said arbitrators and umpire, or a majority of them, or by the single arbitrator, as the case may be, shall be final and binding on the Parties and the cost of the arbitration and the remuneration of the arbitrators and the umpire shall, be borne by the Parties as may be specified in such determination. It is agreed that any Party may amend or supplement its submission hereunder, provided, only, that the other disputing Party or Parties receive a copy thereof and are given the opportunity to reply thereto.

 

  (c) Place of Arbitration . The seat, or legal place of the arbitration shall be in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

 

  (d) Language . All communications during the arbitration proceedings shall be in the English language.

 

  (e) Cost of Arbitration .

 

  (i) Should any dispute occur between any of the Parties hereto relating to the payment of money or other monetary issues or as to the quantum of any amounts due and owing between the Parties or by any of the Parties under any of the Transaction Documents, each relevant Party shall submit to the arbitrator or arbitrators in writing such Party’s figures as to the actual amount or amounts due and owing as at a then current date. The arbitrator or arbitrators shall determine the actual amounts due and owing and the Party that is the furthest away from the actual figure agreed to by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall pay the costs of the arbitration (exclusive of the Parties’ respective legal fees and expenses), provided such amount exceeds the agreed to cost plus 10 percent (10%); otherwise the cost shall be split equally between the arbitrating Parties should all arbitrating Parties be within the agreed to amount by ten per cent (10%).

 

  (ii)

Subject to paragraph (i) above, the costs of the arbitration (excluding the Parties’ respective legal fees and expenses) shall be borne equally by the


 

disputing Parties pending the award of costs by the said arbitrators and umpire, or a majority of them, or by the single arbitrator, as the case may be. In any arbitration proceeding under this Schedule 8.04 (other than an arbitration proceeding referred to in paragraph (i) above), the arbitrator or arbitrators, as the case may be, shall award to each prevailing Party, and shall allocate against each non-prevailing Party, the costs incurred by the prevailing Party in connection with such proceeding, including without limitation legal fees and expenses.

1.4 Confidentiality . The existence, content and results of any arbitration under this Schedule 8.04 shall be considered to be Confidential Information for purposes of the Agreement to which this Schedule 8.04 is attached.

1.5 Arbitration Exclusive . No Party shall be entitled to commence or prosecute any action before any Court in respect of any dispute in relation to this Agreement, except:

 

  (a) to compel arbitration pursuant to this Schedule 8.04;

 

  (b) that any Party may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for urgent or interim relief pending the resolution of arbitration proceedings that have been instituted by any Party in accordance with this Schedule 8.04; and

 

  (c) if necessary, to enforce the terms of any arbitration award pursuant to this Schedule 8.04.

1.6 Survival . The provisions of this Schedule 8.04 shall survive the termination or expiration of the Agreement.


APPENDIX A

LOCK-UP AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT


LOCK-UP AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT

- between -

GOLD FIELDS ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED

- and -

OREZONE RESOURCES INC.

Made as of

                     , 2007

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

Suite 4700

Toronto Dominion Bank Tower

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

M5K 1E6


LOCK-UP AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made the      day of                      2007

BETWEEN:

GOLD FIELDS ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“ GF BVI ”);

- and -

OREZONE RESOURCES INC ., a corporation incorporation under the laws of Canada (“ Resources ”).

WHEREAS:

 

A. GF BVI, its holding body corporate, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited ( “Orogen” ), Resources and Resources’ wholly-owned subsidiary Orezone Essakane (BVI) Limited (the “Purchaser” ) have entered into a share purchase agreement dated October 10, 2007 (the “Share Purchase Agreement” ) pursuant to which GF BVI proposes to sell all of its shares of Essakane (BVI) Limited (the “Purchased Shares” ) to the Purchaser;

 

B. The consideration payable to GF BVI by the Purchaser for the Purchased Shares includes listed equity securities (the “Consideration Securities” ) of Resources; and

 

C. Pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, as a condition to the acquisition of the Purchased Shares by the Purchaser, GF BVI must execute and deliver this agreement to Resources.

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby expressly acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Interpretation

 

1.1 All capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

 

  (a) Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person;

 

  (b) Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to Resources, any of the following:

 

  (i) a trustee or other fiduciary is appointed for all or substantially all of its assets;

 

  (ii) it shall generally not pay its debts as they become due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts;


  (iii) it shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

  (iv) any case, proceeding or other action is commenced seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as debtor or to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent or seeking a reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its property;

 

  (v) it shall take any action to authorize or in contemplation of any of the actions set forth above in subsections (ii), (iii) or (iv) above; or

 

  (vi) any case, proceeding or other action against it shall be commenced seeking to have an order for relief entered against it as debtor or to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its property, and such case, proceeding or other action (A) results in the entry of an order for relief against it which is not fully stayed within seven Business Days after the entry thereof or (B) shall remain undismissed for a period of 45 days;

 

  (c) Business Day ” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a statutory holiday in Toronto, Canada, the British Virgin Islands or Ouagadougou, Burkina Faso or (iii) any day on which major banks are closed for business in Toronto, Canada;

 

  (d) Control ” means:

 

  (i) when applied to the relationship between a Person and a corporation, the beneficial ownership by such Person at the relevant time of shares of such corporation carrying more than the greater of 50% of the voting rights ordinarily exercisable at meetings of shareholders of such corporation or carrying sufficient rights to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation or the ability of such Person to elect or appoint a majority of the directors or influence their voting through contract, understanding or other arrangement; and

 

  (ii) when applied to the relationship between a Person and a partnership or joint venture, the beneficial ownership by such Person at the relevant time of more than 50% of the ownership interests of the partnership or joint venture in circumstances where it can reasonably be expected that such Person directs the affairs of the partnership or joint venture;


and “Controlled by” has a corresponding meaning; provided that a Person (the “first-mentioned Person”) who Controls a corporation, partnership or joint venture (the “second-mentioned Person”) will be deemed to Control: (i) a corporation, partnership or a joint venture (the “third-mentioned Person”) which is Controlled by the second-mentioned Person, (ii) a corporation, partnership or joint venture which is controlled by the third-mentioned Person and (iii) so on;

 

  (e) Essakane Project ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in a members agreement made as of April 1, 2007 among the parties hereto and several of their respective Affiliates;

 

  (f) Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a governmental body, a trustee, any unincorporated organization and the heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives of an individual; and

 

  (g) Transfer ” means, with respect to any securities, to offer, sell, agree to offer or sell, solicit offers to purchase, grant any call option or otherwise dispose of such securities and “Transferred” will have a corresponding meaning, provided that the conversion or exchange by GF BVI or a Permitted Transferee of any exchangeable or convertible securities which form part of the Consideration Securities into the underlying securities shall not be considered a Transfer.

 

1.2 The division of this Agreement into Sections and headings are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. Unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith, references herein to Sections are to Sections of this Agreement.

 

2. Voting of Common Shares

 

2.1 Until the date which is six months from the date that Consideration Securities are issued to GF BVI (the “Expiration Date” ), at any meeting of the shareholders of Resources at which GF BVI is entitled to vote the Consideration Securities, or at any adjournment or postponement thereof, or in any other circumstances where the vote, consent or other approval (including by written consent in lieu of a meeting) of GF BVI, as a holder of Consideration Securities, is sought, GF BVI will vote or cause to be voted all of the Consideration Securities then held, directly or indirectly, by GF BVI in accordance with any recommendation or proposal of the board of directors of Resources, with respect to the following matters only:

 

  (a) the nomination and election of directors; and

 

  (b) the appointment of auditors and the payment of remuneration thereto,

(together, the “Approval Matters” ).

 

2.2 GF BVI will, on the date that the Consideration Securities are issued to GF BVI, complete, execute and deliver to Resources a proxy in the form attached hereto as Schedule A (the “Proxy” ), which, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Proxy, will be irrevocable to the fullest extent permissible by law up to and including the Expiration Date with respect to the Approval Matters.


2.3 Prior to the Expiration Date GF BVI will not enter into any agreement or understanding with any Person the effect of which would be inconsistent or contrary to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

2.4 Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 2, GF BVI will not be obliged, and the holder of any proxy granted on behalf of GF BVI will not be entitled, to vote Consideration Securities in the manner provided therein if at the time of such vote there will be in force any order or decree of a governmental authority restraining or enjoining GF BVI or the holder of any proxy granted on behalf of GF BVI from voting Consideration Securities; provided that, such order or decree is not the result of any breach of representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of GF BVI in this Agreement and provided further that GF BVI has notified Resources of such order or decree, to the extent that GF BVI is aware of same.

 

3. Transfer of Consideration Shares prior to the Expiration Date

Prior to the Expiration Date GF BVI will not Transfer any Consideration Securities without the prior written consent of Resources, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that GF BVI (and any Permitted Transferee who has had Consideration Shares transferred to it) may, without the consent of Resources, Transfer any or all of the Consideration Securities:

 

  (a) subject to compliance with Section 4, offer, agree to offer or sell or grant any call option, or any similar right, with respect some or all of the Consideration Securities if GF BVI or a Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, is the legal and beneficial holder of the Consideration Securities so Transferred to but excluding the Expiration Date;

 

  (b) to Orogen or any Affiliate of Gold Fields Limited (each, a “Permitted Transferee” ) provided that the Permitted Transferee first enters into this Agreement and agrees to be bound by its terms and conditions to the same extent as GF BVI hereunder;

 

  (c) pursuant to any transaction (a “Change of Control Transaction” ) involving a change of Control of Resources including, without limitation, a take-over bid, a merger, arrangement or amalgamation provided that any Consideration Securities not Transferred pursuant to such Change of Control Transaction will remain subject to this Agreement;

 

  (d) following a public announcement by the board of directors of Resources of a formal proposal for Resources to take any steps or course of action including, without limitation, a reorganization (other than an internal reorganization), merger, arrangement, amalgamation or other business combination that, if completed, would result in a change of Control of Resources;


  (e) following the execution by Resources of any agreement which would, upon completion of the transaction(s) contemplated thereby, result in a change of Control of Resources;

 

  (f) following (i) the occurrence of an event that results in any Person other than Resources or an Affiliate of Resources obtaining a material interest in the Essakane Project, (ii) the execution by Resources of any agreement which would, upon completion of the transaction(s) contemplated thereby, result in any Person other than Resources or an Affiliate of Resources obtaining a material interest in the Essakane Project or (iii) a public announcement by Resources of a proposed sale, joint venture, expropriation, loss of title or other similar transaction or event relating to the Essakane Project;

 

  (g) following the proposal or announcement of a change in law that would have a material adverse effect on GF BVI’s ownership of the Consideration;

 

  (h) at any time after any securities of Resources which are then listed on a stock exchange are de-listed from such stock exchange or subject to a cease trade order lasting more than 30 days;

 

  (i) at any time after Resources ceases, either directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, to carry on the business conducted by Resources, directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, as at the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (j) following the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event.

 

4. Transfer of Consideration Shares

 

4.1 For so long as GF BVI and any Permitted Transferee collectively beneficially hold Consideration Securities carrying 2% or more of the votes attached to the issued share capital of Resources, if any such holder (the “Holder” ) proposes to sell any Consideration Securities to a third party by way of private agreement, the Holder will comply with the provisions of Section 4.2, or if such Holder proposes to sell any Consideration Securities on a stock exchange on which the Consideration Securities are listed, the Holder will comply with the provisions of Section 4.3.

 

4.2

If the Holder proposes to sell any Consideration Securities to a Person by way of private agreement, the Holder will provide a notice in writing (the “ Negotiated Sale Notice ”) to Resources of such intended sale. The Negotiated Sale Notice will include the number of Consideration Securities (in this Section 4.2, the “Offered Securities” ) which the Holder is proposing to sell the Offered Securities and the cash price (the “Negotiated Price” ) at which the buyer (the “Buyer” ) has agreed to purchase all of the Offered Securities. For a period of five Business Days after the date of receipt by Resources of the Negotiated Sale Notice, Resources will have the right to identify one or more purchasers (which, for greater certainty, may include Resources or any of its Affiliates) (collectively, the “ Purchaser ”) who have indicated to Resources a willingness to purchase all but not less than all of the Offered Securities at a price which is not less than the Negotiated Price and Resources will provide notice (in this Section 4.2, the “Purchaser Identification Notice ”) to the Holder identifying


 

the purchaser(s). The Holder will proceed to effect sales with such Purchaser within five Business Days after the date of receipt by the Holder of the Purchaser Identification Notice. If no Purchaser Identification Notice is provided to the Holder, or the Purchaser fails to purchase all the Offered Securities within the five Business Day period, the Holder may sell the Offered Securities to the Buyer during the period of 30 Business Days from the date of the Negotiated Sale Notice.

 

4.3 If the Holder proposes to sell any Consideration Securities on a stock exchange on which the Consideration Securities are listed, the Holder will provide a notice in writing (the “Market Sale Notice ”) to Resources of such intended sale. The Market Sale Notice will include the number of Consideration Securities (in this Section 4.3, the “Offered Securities” ) which the Holder is proposing to sell the Offered Securities and the market price (the “Market Price” ) of the Consideration Securities on such stock exchange at the close of trading on the trading day prior to the Market Sale Notice. For a period of five Business Days after the date of receipt by Resources of the Market Sale Notice, Resources will have the right to identify one or more purchasers (which, for greater certainty, may include Resources or any of its Affiliates) (collectively, the “ Purchaser ”) who have indicated to Resources a willingness to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Securities at a price which is not less than the Market Price and Resources will provide notice (in this Section 4.3, the “Purchaser Identification Notice ”) to the Holder identifying the purchaser(s). The Holder will proceed to effect sales with such Purchaser within five Business Days after the date of receipt by the Holder of the Purchaser Identification Notice. If no Purchaser Identification Notice is provided to the Holder, or the Purchaser fails to purchase any of the Offered Securities within the five Business Day period, the Holder may sell the Offered Securities not purchased by the Purchaser through the facilities of the stock exchange at the then prevailing market prices during the period of 30 Business Days from the date of the Market Sale Notice.

 

5. Notice

Any demand, notice or other communication to be given in connection with this Agreement will be given in writing and will be given by personal delivery or by facsimile addressed to the recipient as follows:

To GF BVI:

6400 S. Fiddlers Green Circle

Suite 1620

Englewood CO 80111

United States of America

 

Fax No.:   +1 303 796 8293
Attention:   James J Komadina

with a copy to:

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

Suite 4700


Toronto Dominion Bank Tower

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

M5K 1E6

Canada

 

Fax No.:   +1 416-868-0673
Attention:   David B Tennant

To Resources:

Orezone Resources Inc.

290 Picton Street, Suite 201

Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

K1Z 8P8

 

Fax No.:   +1 613 241 6005
Attention:   Ron Little

with a copy to:

Stikeman Elliot LLP

5300 Commerce Court West

199 Bay Street

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

M5L 1B9

 

Fax No.:   +1 416 947 0866
Attention:   Jay C. Kellerman

or to such other address, individual or facsimile number as may be designated by notice given by one Party to another. Any demand, notice or other communication given by personal delivery will be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by electronic communication, on the day of transmittal thereof if given during the normal business hours of the recipient and on the Business Day during which such normal business hours next occur if not given during such hours.

 

6. Remedies

Each Party agrees that if this Agreement is breached, or if a breach hereof is threatened, damages may be an inadequate remedy, and, therefore, without limiting any other remedy available at law or in equity, an injunction, restraining order, specific performance, and other forms of equitable relief for damages, or any combination thereof will be available to each other Party. Each Party agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief.


7. Further Assurances

Each of the Parties will from time to time execute and deliver all such further documents and instruments and do all acts and things as the other Party may reasonably require to effectively carry out or better evidence the full intent and meaning of this Agreement.

 

8. Severability

If any term, condition or provision in this Agreement is determined to be void or unenforceable in whole or in part, such term, condition or provision will be severable from all other terms, conditions and provisions hereof and will not affect or impair the validity of any other term, condition or provisions hereof.

 

9. Assignment and Benefit of the Agreement

 

9.1 This Agreement may not be assigned by either Party without the prior written consent of the other party and may not be amended or supplemented except by instrument in writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

9.2 This Agreement will enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

10. Counterparts and Faxed Signatures

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which, taken together, will be regarded as one and the same Agreement. Counterparts may be executed in faxed form and the Parties adopt any signatures received by a receiving fax machine as original signatures of the Parties, provided, however, that any Party providing its signature in such a manner will promptly forward to the other Parties an original of the signed signature page of this Agreement which was so faxed.

 

11. Governing Law

This Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein, other than other than such laws relating to conflicts of law.

 

12. Attornment

For the purpose of all legal proceedings this Agreement will be deemed to have been performed in the Province of Ontario. Insofar as it is not precluded by Schedule 8.04 of the Share Purchase Agreement, the courts of the Province of Ontario will have jurisdiction to entertain any action arising under this Agreement and each of the Parties to this Agreement hereby attorns to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario.


13. Time of the Essence

Time will be of the essence of this Agreement.

The balance of this page is intentionally left blank


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

GOLD FIELDS ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED

 

Name:  
Title:  
OREZONE RESOURCES INC.

 

Name:  
Title:  


IRREVOCABLE PROXY

The undersigned holder (the “Holder” ) of                                               [number and class of shares] (the “Subject Securities” ) in the capital of Orezone Resources Inc. (the  “Company” ), a corporation existing under the laws of Canada, hereby irrevocably (to the fullest extent permitted by law) nominates and appoints                                               [Name and Title] of the Company, or, failing him,                                               [Name and Title] of the Company, as the sole and exclusive proxy of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to attend, act, vote and exercise all voting rights and any rights ancillary thereto which are necessary to permit the proxyholder to vote all of the Subject Securities that are from time to time beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the terms of this Proxy at any time until                                               (the “Expiration Date” ) with respect to the following matters only:

 

  (a) the election of directors; and

 

  (b) the appointment of auditors and the payment of remuneration thereto.

The Holder will not be obliged, and the holder of any proxy granted on behalf of the Holder will not be entitled, to vote the Subject Securities in the manner provided therein if at the time of such vote there will be in force any order or decree of a governmental authority restraining or enjoining the Holder or the holder of any proxy granted on behalf of the Holder from voting the Subject Securities; provided that, such order or decree is not the result of any breach of representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Holder in any agreement with Resources governing the voting of the Subject Securities and provided further that the Holder has notified Resources of such order or decree, to the extent that the Holder is aware of same.

This Proxy is irrevocable (to the fullest extent permitted by law) until the Expiration Date, is coupled with an interest and is granted pursuant to the Lock Up and Support Agreement (the “ Lock-Up and Support Agreement ”) of even date herewith between the undersigned and the Company. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein will have the same meaning as assigned thereto in the Lock-Up and Support Agreement. Upon the undersigned’s execution of this Proxy, the undersigned agrees not to grant any subsequent proxies with respect to the Subject Securities for any of the matters set forth in the following paragraph until the Expiration Date.

The proxyholder appointed hereunder is hereby authorized and empowered by the undersigned, at any time prior to the Expiration Date, to act as the undersigned’s proxy to vote the Subject Securities, and to exercise all voting, consent and similar rights of the undersigned with respect to the Subject Securities (including, without limitation, the power to execute and deliver written consents) at every annual, special or adjourned meeting of the shareholders of the Company or of any class of shareholders of the Company and in every written consent in lieu of such meeting in respect of the Approval Matters, and only the Approval Matters, contemplated by the Lock-Up and Support Agreement.

The proxyholder appointed hereunder may not exercise this Proxy on any other matter except as provided above and must exercise this Proxy only in accordance with the Lock-Up and Support Agreement. The undersigned may vote and may grant proxies in respect of the Subject Securities on any matter which is not an Approval Matter.


Any obligation of the undersigned hereunder will be binding upon the heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of the undersigned.

This Proxy is irrevocable (to the fullest extent permitted by law) until the Expiration Date. This Proxy will terminate, and be of no further force and effect, automatically upon the Expiration Date.

This Proxy is not solicited by or on behalf of management of the Company.

 

Dated:                      , 2007    

 

    Print Name of Shareholder
   

 

   

Signature of Shareholder (or if Shareholder is a corporation,

of an Authorized Signatory)

   

 

   

(Print Name and Title of Authorized Signatory of

Shareholder, if applicable)

                 Common shares of the Company


APPENDIX B

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLING COMPANIES

Each of Orogen and (to the extent only that any of such representations and warranties relates to the GF BVI or Essakane BVI) GF BVI hereby represent and warrant to each of Resources and the Purchaser as follows and acknowledges that Resources and the Purchaser are relying upon such representations and warranties in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement:

Representations and Warranties Relating to the Selling Companies and the Acquired Companies

 

  (a) Organization of the Acquired Companies . Each of the Acquired Companies is a corporation duly incorporated and validly subsisting under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite corporate power and authority, and holds all material licenses and permits required for it, to own or lease its property and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted by it. Each of the Acquired Companies is registered, licensed or otherwise qualified as an extra-provincial corporation or a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the nature of the business or the location or character of the property and assets owned or leased by it requires it to be so registered, licensed or otherwise qualified, other than those jurisdictions where the failure to be so registered, licensed or otherwise qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Acquired Companies taken as a whole.

 

  (b) No Violation or Rights of Termination or Acceleration . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Selling Companies do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the performance of this Agreement by the Selling Companies will not:

 

  (i) materially conflict with or result in a material violation, contravention or breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the articles or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents) of any of the Acquired Companies or any agreement, instrument or license to which any of them is a party or by which any of them is bound or constitute a material default or violation by any of them thereunder, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the assets of any of the Acquired Companies;

 

  (ii) assuming that all Governmental Approvals set out in Schedule 3.01(1)(b) have been obtained and the notices to Governmental Bodies listed in Schedule 3.01(1)(b) have been given, constitute a default or violation by any of the Acquired Companies under any Laws to which any of them is subject or by which any of them is bound; or

 

  (iii)

result in any breach of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or create,


 

give rise to or change any rights or obligations of any Person under, or result in the creation of a Lien on any property or asset of any of the Acquired Companies pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which any of them is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective property or assets is bound;

except, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii), for any such events or occurrences that could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Acquired Companies taken as a whole or materially impair the ability of a Selling Company to perform its obligations hereunder or to complete the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (c) No Other Agreements to Purchase . Except for the Purchaser’s rights under this Agreement, no Person has any written or oral agreement, warrant or option, or any other right or privilege (whether by Law, pre-emptive right or contract) capable of becoming such, for the purchase or acquisition from the Selling Companies of the Purchased Shares.

 

  (d) Capacity . Each of the Selling Companies has the requisite corporate power and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to complete the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Selling Companies and the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby by them have been duly authorized by their respective boards of directors and no other corporate proceedings on the part of either are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby by them.

 

  (e) Binding Agreement . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Selling Companies and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.

 

  (f) Capitalization of Essakane BVI . The authorized capital of Essakane BVI consists of one billion (1,000,000,000) ordinary shares of capital stock with a par value of US$0.00005 per share. As of the date hereof, there are 54,594,636 ordinary shares of Essakane BVI issued and outstanding, of which 32,756,782 ordinary shares are beneficially owned by GF BVI free and clear of all Liens and 21,837,854 ordinary shares are registered on the books and records of Essakane BVI in the name of the Purchaser. There are no outstanding agreements, options, rights, entitlements, understandings or commitments (contingent or otherwise) regarding the right to acquire any issued securities of Essakane BVI from GF BVI. There are no agreements, options, rights, warrants, rights of conversion or other rights pursuant to which Essakane BVI is or may become obligated to issue any shares, or any securities convertible or exchangeable, directly or indirectly, into shares, of Essakane BVI. All of the outstanding ordinary shares in the capital of Essakane BVI are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in compliance with all applicable Laws.


  (g) Capitalization of the Manager . As of the date hereof, there are 200 ordinary shares with a par value of 10,000Fcfa of the Manager issued and outstanding, all of which are beneficially owned by Orogen free and clear of all Liens. There are no outstanding agreements, options, rights, entitlements, understandings or commitments (contingent or otherwise) regarding the right to acquire any issued securities of the Manager from Orogen. There are no agreements, options, rights, warrants, rights of conversion or other rights pursuant to which the Manager is or may become obligated to issue any shares, or any securities convertible or exchangeable, directly or indirectly, into shares, of the Manager. All of the outstanding ordinary shares in the capital of the Manager are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in compliance with all applicable Laws.

 

  (h) Corporate Records . To the knowledge of the Selling Companies, the minute books of each of the Acquired Companies, all of which have been made available to the Purchaser or its advisors, contain true, correct and complete records and copies of the minutes of every meeting of its board of directors, shareholders and members, as applicable, every written resolution of its directors, shareholders or members, as applicable, and its articles and by-laws and all amendments thereto. To the knowledge of the Selling Companies, all corporate proceedings and actions reflected therein have been conducted or taken in compliance with Applicable Law.

 

  (i) No Bankruptcy Proceedings . There is no bankruptcy, liquidation, winding-up or other similar proceeding pending or in progress or, to the knowledge of the Selling Companies, threatened against any Selling Company or Acquired Company before any court, administrative, regulatory or similar agency or tribunal.

 

  (j) Books and Records . All transactions of the Acquired Companies have been properly and accurately recorded in the appropriate Books and Records of the Acquired Companies and such Books and Records are correct and complete and have been maintained and retained in accordance with Applicable Law and generally accepted accounting principles. All such Books and Records are located (i) in the case of Essakane BVI, at Leiden, Netherlands, (ii) in the case of the Manager, at Ouagadougou, Burkina Faso, and no original Books and Records are located in any other place. All original documentation, data and other supporting information relating to the Books and Records are readily accessible without the expenditure of any unusual effort or resources.

 

  (k)

Financial Statements . To the knowledge of the Selling Companies, the Financial Statements for the Acquired Companies have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis and present fairly in all material respects, on a consolidated basis, the financial position and the results of operations and the changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flow of the Acquired Companies for the periods then ended and as at the dates thereof. To the


 

knowledge of the Selling Companies, in the case of unaudited statements, this representation is subject to normal, recurring year-end adjustments that would be made in the course of an audit and would not be material. To the knowledge of the Selling Companies, neither Acquired Company has any material liability or obligation, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, not reflected in its Financial Statements.

 

  (l) No Material Change . Since the date of their respective Most Recent Balance Sheet there has been no material change in or effect on the financial condition of any Acquired Company from that shown on such Most Recent Balance Sheet, no change in the accounting policies or practices used by any Acquired Company and no material adverse change in or effect on the business, prospects, operations and Assets of any Acquired Company.

 

  (m) Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities . To the knowledge of the Selling Companies and except as otherwise disclosed in this Agreement, no Acquired Company has any liabilities or obligations of any nature or kind (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) other than (i) obligations pursuant to Contracts currently in force but not yet required to be performed as of the date hereof, (ii) those reflected in its Most Recent Balance Sheet and (iii) those incurred since the date of its Most Recent Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business (which in the aggregate for all Acquired Companies do not exceed $15,000,000).

 

  (n) Litigation . There is no court, administrative, regulatory or similar proceeding (whether civil, quasi-criminal or criminal), arbitration or other dispute settlement procedure, investigation, audit, assessment, inquiry, request for information, warrant, charge, suit or claim by any Governmental Body, or any similar matter or proceeding (collectively, “ Proceedings ”) against or involving the Acquired Companies in respect of their respective businesses, properties or assets (whether in progress or, to the relevant Selling Company’s knowledge, threatened) which, if determined adversely to the Acquired Companies, would have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Acquired Companies taken as a whole, and there is no order, ordinance, writ, judgment, decree, injunction, award or order of any Governmental Body outstanding against either of the Acquired Companies which would have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Acquired Companies taken as a whole. There are no suits, claims, actions or Proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of relevant Selling Company, threatened against the Acquired Companies, seeking to prevent the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (o)

Tax Matters . To the knowledge of the Selling Companies, in respect of tax years covered by the period during which the Manager acted as manager of the Essakane Project, being January 1, 2006 to the date of this Agreement (the “ Relevant Period ”), each Acquired Company has filed or caused to be filed, in a timely manner all Tax Returns required to be filed by it (all of which Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects) and has paid, collected, withheld or remitted, or caused to be paid, collected, withheld or remitted, all Taxes that are due and payable, collectible and remittable in respect of the Relevant Period, except, in either case


 

where such failure to file or to pay, collect, withhold or remit would not have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Acquired Companies taken as a whole. To the knowledge of the Selling Companies, adequate accruals have been provided in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the Financial Statements of the Acquired Companies for any Taxes for the Relevant Period which have not been paid, whether or not shown as being due on any Tax Returns. To the knowledge of the Selling Companies, since January 1, 2006, no material liability for Taxes not reflected in the Financial Statements of the Acquired Companies or otherwise provided for has been assessed, proposed to be assessed, incurred or accrued other than in the ordinary course of business. To the knowledge of the relevant Selling Company, there are no material proposed (but unassessed) additional Taxes relating to the Relevant Period and none have been asserted by any taxing authority relating to the Relevant Period, including, without limitation, any sales tax authority, in connection with any of the Tax Returns referred to above, to the extent relating to the Relevant Period. To the knowledge of the Selling Companies, no waiver of any statute of limitations has been given or requested with respect to the Acquired Companies. To the knowledge of the Selling Companies, no lien for Taxes has been filed or exists other than for Taxes not yet due and payable.

 

  (p) Compliance with Laws . To the knowledge of the Selling Companies, during the Relevant Period, each of the Acquired Companies has complied with and is not in violation of any applicable Laws other than such non-compliance or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Acquired Companies taken as a whole.

 

  (q) Certain Contracts . Other than agreements or obligations that have been entered into in the ordinary course of business and are typical in the mining industry but which neither individually nor in the aggregate could have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Acquired Companies taken as a whole, neither Acquired Company has during the Relevant Period become a party to or bound by any non-competition agreement or any other agreement, obligation, judgment, injunction, order or decree which purports to (i) limit the manner or the localities in which all or any material portion of its business is conducted, (ii) limit any business practice of such Acquired Company in any material respect, or (iii) restrict any acquisition or disposition of any property by such Acquired Company in any material respect.

 

  (r) BFS . To the knowledge of each of the Selling Companies, the BFS was prepared in accordance with prudent mining industry standards and no information material to the preparation of the BFS was withheld from the Persons preparing it. Neither the Selling Companies nor, to the knowledge of the Selling Companies, the Acquired Companies:

 

  (i) has received any notice from any Governmental Body that any permits, consents, authorizations or authorities contemplated by the BFS will not be obtained;


  (ii) has received any notice from any Person that such Person will oppose or contest the granting of any permits, consents, authorizations or authorities contemplated by the BFS; and

 

  (iii) has any knowledge that the estimates of mineral resources set out in the BFS are materially overstated or that such estimates were arrived at other than in accordance with good mining industry practice.

 

  (s) Residency . GF BVI is not a U.S. Person or a person within the United States (as such terms are defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and it is not acquiring the Consideration Securities for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person or a person within the United States and the Consideration Securities were not offered to it in the United States and this Agreement has not been signed in the United States. GF BVI is resident in the British Virgin Islands and is acquiring the Consideration Securities as principal for its own account and not with a view to resale.

 

  (t) Accredited Investor . GF BVI is an “accredited investor”, as such term is defined in National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus and Registration Exemptions.

 

  (u) Acknowledgment of Risk . Each of the Selling Companies acknowledges that:

 

  (i) no securities commission or similar regulatory authority has reviewed or passed on the merits of the Consideration Securities;

 

  (ii) there is no government or other insurance covering the Consideration Securities;

 

  (iii) it has such knowledge of financial and business affairs as to be capable of assessing the merits and risks of an investment in the Consideration Securities and is able to bear the economic consequences of such investment even if the entire investment is lost; and

 

  (iv) it has not received, nor has it requested, nor does it have any need to receive, any offering memorandum or similar document describing the business and affairs of Resources.

 

  (v) Restrictions on Resale . Each of the Selling Companies acknowledges that:

 

  (i) there are restrictions under applicable Laws on GF BVI’s ability to resell the Consideration Securities and it is the responsibility of GF BVI to find out what those restrictions are and to comply with them before selling the Consideration Securities;

 

  (ii) without limiting the generality of clause (i), the Consideration Securities may not be resold in Canada or to a resident of Canada through the TSX or otherwise except pursuant to an exemption from applicable prospectus and registration requirements for a period of four months from the date of issuance of the Consideration Securities;


  (iii) Resources has advised the Selling Companies that Resources is relying on an exemption from the requirements to provide GF BVI with a prospectus and to issue and sell the Consideration Securities through a person or company registered to sell securities under Canadian securities legislation and, as a consequence of acquiring the Consideration Securities pursuant to this exemption, certain protections, rights and remedies provided by Canadian securities legislation, including statutory rights of rescission or damages, will not be available to GF BVI; and

 

  (iv) the certificates representing the Consideration Securities will bear a legend regarding restrictions on transfer which may apply under Canadian securities legislation.


APPENDIX C

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER AND RESOURCES

Each of Resources and (to the extent only that any of such representations and warranties relates to the Purchaser) the Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to each of Orogen and GF BVI as follows and acknowledges that Orogen and GF BVI are relying upon such representations and warranties in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement:

 

  (a) Organization . Resources and each of the Resources Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Resources Group ” and each individually a “ Resources Group Company ”) is a corporation duly incorporated and validly subsisting under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite corporate power and authority, and holds all material licenses and permits required for it, to own or lease its property and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted by it. Each of the Resources Group Companies is registered, licensed or otherwise qualified as an extra-provincial corporation or a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the nature of the business or the location or character of the property and assets owned or leased by it requires it to be so registered, licensed or otherwise qualified, other than those jurisdictions where the failure to be so registered, licensed or otherwise qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources. All of the outstanding shares in the capital of the Resources Subsidiaries are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, have been issued in compliance with all applicable Laws and are beneficially owned by Resources or by a Resources Subsidiary free and clear of all Liens. There are no outstanding agreements, options, rights, entitlements, understandings or commitments (contingent or otherwise) regarding the right to acquire any issued securities of any of the Resources Subsidiaries from either Resources or any of the Resources Subsidiaries. The only Subsidiaries of Resources are the Resources Subsidiaries.

 

  (b) Capitalization . The authorized capital of Resources consists of an unlimited number of common shares. As of the date hereof, there are 133,715,441 common shares of Resources issued and outstanding, and Options entitling the holders thereof to be issued an aggregate of 6,390,700 common shares of Resources at prices ranging between $1.15 and $1.67 and expiring not later than July 20, 2017 have been granted and are outstanding. Except for such Options, there are no agreements, options, rights, warrants, rights of conversion or other rights pursuant to which any Resources Group Company is or may become obligated to issue any shares or any securities convertible or exchangeable, directly or indirectly, into any shares of any Resources Group Company. All of the outstanding common shares in the capital of Resources are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in compliance with all applicable Laws.

 

  (c) No Violation or Rights of Termination or Acceleration . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Resources and the Purchaser do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the performance of this Agreement by Resources and the Purchaser will not:


  (i) Materially conflict with or result in a material violation, contravention or breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the articles or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents) of any Resources Group Company or any agreement, instrument or license to which any Resources Group Company is a party or by which any Resources Group Company is bound or constitute a material default or violation by any Resources Group Company thereunder, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the assets of any Resources Group Company;

 

  (ii) assuming that all Governmental Approvals set out in Schedule 3.01(1)(b) have been obtained and the notices to Governmental Bodies listed in Schedule 3.01(1)(b) have been given, constitute a default or violation by any Resources Group Company under any Laws to which any Resources Group Company is subject or by which it is bound; or

 

  (iii) result in any breach of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or create, give rise to or change any rights or obligations of any Person under, or result in the creation of a Lien on any property or asset of any Resources Group Company pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which any Resources Group Company is a party or by which any Resources Group Company or any of their respective property or assets is bound;

except, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii), for any such events or occurrences that could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources or materially impair the ability of Resources or the Purchaser to perform its obligations hereunder or to complete the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (d) Consents and Approvals . No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or permit from, any Governmental Body is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to any Resources Group Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby, other than:

 

  (i) filings with the TSX and the AMEX and under applicable provincial, state and federal securities laws of Canada or the United States; and

 

  (ii) those, which if not obtained, could not individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources, or materially impair the ability of Resources or the Purchaser to perform its obligations hereunder or to complete the transactions contemplated hereby.


  (e) Capacity . Each of Resources and the Purchaser has the requisite corporate power and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to complete the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by each of Resources and the Purchaser and the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby by them have been duly authorized by their respective boards of directors and no other corporate proceedings on the part of either are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby by them.

 

  (f) Binding Agreement . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of Resources and the Purchaser and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.

 

  (g) Financial Statements . The Financial Statements of Resources, each as filed with Canadian securities regulatory authorities, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis and present fairly in all material respects, on a consolidated basis, the financial position and the results of operations and the changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flow of Resources and its Subsidiaries for the periods then ended and as at the dates thereof. In the case of unaudited Financial Statements, this representation is subject to normal, recurring year-end adjustments that would be made in the course of an audit and would not be material. No Resources Group Company has any material liability or obligation, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, not reflected in the Financial Statements of Resources.

 

  (h) No Reportable Event . There has been no “reportable event” (within the meaning of National Instrument 51-102 Continuous Disclosure Obligations of the Canadian securities regulatory authorities, as amended) with the present or any former auditors of Resources.

 

  (i) No Cease Trade . Resources is not subject to any cease trade, trading suspension or other order of any applicable stock exchange or securities regulatory authority and is not included on a list of defaulting reporting issuers maintained by any securities regulatory authority and, to the best knowledge and belief of Resources, no investigation or other proceeding involving Resources which may operate to prevent, restrict or suspend trading of any securities of Resources is currently in progress, pending or threatened before any applicable stock exchange or securities regulatory authority.

 

  (j) No Bankruptcy Proceedings . There is no bankruptcy, liquidation, winding-up or other similar proceeding pending or in progress or, to the best of Resources’ knowledge and belief, threatened against any Resources Group Company before any court, administrative, regulatory or similar agency or tribunal.


  (k) Litigation . There is no court, administrative, regulatory or similar proceeding (whether civil, quasi-criminal or criminal), arbitration or other dispute settlement procedure, investigation, audit, assessment, inquiry, request for information, warrant, charge, suit or claim by any Governmental Body, or any similar matter or proceeding (collectively, “ Proceedings ”) against or involving Resources or any of the Resources Subsidiaries in respect of their respective businesses, properties or assets (whether in progress or, to the best of Resources’ knowledge, threatened) which, if determined adversely to Resources or any of the Resources Subsidiaries, would have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources, and there is no order, ordinance, writ, judgment, decree, injunction, award or order of any Governmental Body outstanding against Resources or any of the Resources Subsidiaries which would have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources. There are no suits, claims, actions or Proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Resources, threatened against Resources or any of the Resources Subsidiaries, seeking to prevent the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (l) Public Disclosure . Resources is current in the filing of all public disclosure documents required to be filed by Resources under applicable securities Laws and stock exchange rules (collectively, the “ Resources Public Disclosure ”), there are no filings that have been made on a confidential basis which remain confidential and all of such filings comply with the requirements of all applicable Laws except where such non-compliance has not and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources. Taken as a whole, the Resources Public Disclosure does not contain any misrepresentation or any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact that is required to be stated or that is necessary to make any statement contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which it is made.

 

  (m) Reporting Status . Resources is a “reporting issuer” or the equivalent in each of the provinces of Alberta, Manitoba, Ontario and Quebec and the common shares of Resources are registered under section 12(b) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 , as amended. Such common shares are listed for trading on the TSX and AMEX. Resources is not in default of any provision of its listing agreement with either such exchange. Resources has obtained the conditional approval of the TSX and AMEX for the issuance, listing and posting for trading of the Consideration Securities.

 

  (n) Title . Resources is the owner, directly or indirectly, with good title, free and clear of any and all Liens, of all assets and properties (including interests in all mining rights and mining properties) shown or reflected in the Financial Statements of Resources, except only such assets and properties as have been disposed of in the usual and ordinary course of business of the Resources Group Companies since the respective date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet contained in the Financial Statements of Resources, and of any assets or properties acquired since such date and, to the knowledge of Resources, there is no state of facts which could reasonably be expected to cause any such title not to be so owned or to be subject to any Liens, except in each case for Liens which individually and in the aggregate do not have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources.


  (o) Absence of Changes . Since December 31, 2006, except as publicly disclosed by Resources prior to the date hereof:

 

  (i) each Resources Group Company has conducted its business only in the ordinary and regular course of business consistent with past practice;

 

  (ii) no Resources Group Company has incurred or suffered an adverse change;

 

  (iii) there has not been any acquisition or sale by any Resources Group Company of any material property or assets;

 

  (iv) other than in the ordinary and regular course of business consistent with past practice, there has not been any incurrence, assumption or guarantee by any Resources Group Company of any debt for borrowed money, any creation or assumption by any Resources Group Company of any Lien, any making by any Resources Group Company of any loan, advance or capital contribution to or investment in any other person (other than (a)   loans or advances made in the ordinary and regular course of business, (b) other loans and advances in an aggregate amount which does not exceed $15,000,000 outstanding at any time and (c) loans made to another Resources Group Company) or any entering into, amendment of, relinquishment, termination or non-renewal by any Resources Group Company of any contract, agreement, licence, lease transaction, commitment or other right or obligation;

 

  (v) Resources has not declared or paid any dividends or made any other distribution on any of its common shares;

 

  (vi) Resources has not effected or passed any resolution to approve a split, consolidation or reclassification of any of the outstanding Resources common shares;

 

  (vii) Resources has not effected any material change in its accounting methods, principles or practices; and

 

  (viii) Resources has not adopted any, or materially amended any, collective bargaining agreement, bonus, pension, profit sharing, stock purchase, stock option or other benefit plan or shareholder rights plan,

other than events, actions or matters which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources.

 

  (p)

Tax Matters . Each Resources Group Company has filed or caused to be filed, in a timely manner all Tax Returns required to be filed by it (all of which Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects) and has paid, collected, withheld or remitted, or caused to be paid, collected, withheld or remitted, all Taxes that are


 

due and payable, collectible and remittable, except, in either case where such failure to file or to pay, collect, withhold or remit would not have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources. Resources has provided adequate accruals in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles in the Financial Statements of Resources for any Taxes for the period covered by such financial statements which have not been paid, whether or not shown as being due on any Tax Returns. Since December 31, 2006, no material liability for Taxes not reflected in the Financial Statements of Resources or otherwise provided for has been assessed, proposed to be assessed, incurred or accrued other than in the ordinary course of business. To the knowledge of Resources, there are no material proposed (but unassessed) additional Taxes and none have been asserted by the Canada Revenue Agency or any other taxing authority, including, without limitation, any sales tax authority, in connection with any of the Tax Returns referred to above. No waiver of any statute of limitations has been given or requested with respect to any Resources Group Company. No lien for Taxes has been filed or exists other than for Taxes not yet due and payable.

 

  (q) Compliance with Laws . Resources and, since the date Resources incorporated or acquired each other Resources Group Company, such Resources Group Company has complied with and is not in violation of any applicable Laws other than such non-compliance or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources. To the knowledge of Resources, prior to the date Resources acquired an Resources Group Company, such Resources Group Company had complied with and was not in violation of any applicable Laws other than such non-compliance or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources.

 

  (r) Certain Contracts . Other than agreements or obligations that have been entered into in the ordinary course of business and are typical in the mining industry but which neither individually nor in the aggregate could have a Material Adverse Effect in respect of Resources, no Resources Group Company is a party to or bound by any non-competition agreement or any other agreement, obligation, judgment, injunction, order or decree which purports to (i) limit the manner or the localities in which all or any material portion of the business of the Resources Group is conducted, (ii) limit any business practice of any Resources Group Company in any material respect, or (iii) restrict any acquisition or disposition of any property by any Resources Group Company in any material respect.

 

  (s) Investment Company Status . Resources is not registered, and is not required to be registered, as an open-end investment company, a closed-end investment company, a unit investment trust or a face-amount certificate company under the United States Investment Company Act of 1940 .

 

  (t) Consideration Securities . The Consideration Securities will, upon issue, be issued as fully-paid and non-assessable shares.


  (u) Exemption from Prospectus and Registration Requirements . Subject to the representations and warranties of the Selling Companies contained in Appendix B being true and correct, the issuance by Resources of the Consideration Securities will be exempt from the prospectus and registration requirements of applicable Canadian securities legislation and no document is required to be filed, proceeding taken or approval, consent or authorization of any regulatory authorities required to be obtained by Resources under applicable Canadian securities legislation to permit such issuance other than the preparation, execution and filing of a report in Form 45-106F1 with the Ontario Securities Commission together with payment of the prescribed filing fees and a duly completed fee checklist.

 

  (v) First Trade . Subject to the representations and warranties set forth in Appendix B, and any other representations and warranties in any subscription agreement with respect to the Consideration Securities entered into between GF BVI and Resources, being true, the first trade by GF BVI of the Consideration Securities will be exempt from, or not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities legislation and no document will be required to be filed and no proceeding taken or approval, permit, consent, order or authorization obtained under the applicable Canadian securities legislation in order to permit such first trade provided that:

 

  (i) the trade is not a “control distribution” as defined in National Instrument 45-102 - Resale of Securities;

 

  (ii) Resources is and has been a reporting issuer in a jurisdiction of Canada for the four months immediately preceding the trade;

 

  (iii) at least four months have elapsed from the “distribution date” (as defined in National Instrument 45-102 - Resale of Securities) of the Consideration Securities;

 

  (iv) the certificates representing the Consideration Securities carry a legend or ownership statement issued under a direct registration system or other electronic book-entry system acceptable to the applicable Canadian securities regulator;

 

  (v) no unusual effort is made to prepare the market or create a demand for the securities that are the subject of the trade; and

 

  (vi) no extraordinary commission or consideration is paid to a person or company in respect of the trade.


APPENDIX D

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

- between -

GOLD FIELDS ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED

- and -

OREZONE RESOURCES INC.

Made as of

                     , 2007

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

Suite 4700

Toronto Dominion Bank Tower

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

M5K 1E6


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 – INTERPRETATION

   1

1.01

  

Definitions

   1

1.02

  

GF BVI’s Common Shares

   3

1.03

  

Headings

   3

1.04

  

Extended Meanings

   3

ARTICLE 2 – PIGGYBACK QUALIFICATION

   3

2.01

  

Right to Piggyback

   3

2.02

  

Priority on Piggyback Qualification

   4

2.03

  

Underwritten Offerings

   4

ARTICLE 3 – QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES

   5

3.01

  

Obligations of Resources

   5

3.02

  

Obligations of GF BVI

   7

3.03

  

Preparation of Documents; Due Diligence

   8

3.04

  

Expenses

   8

ARTICLE 4 – INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

   8

4.01

  

Indemnification

   8

4.02

  

Contribution

   10

ARTICLE 5 – GENERAL

   10

5.01

  

Qualification Exemptions

   10

5.02

  

Additional Rights

   10

5.03

  

Injunctive Relief

   10

5.04

  

Further Assurances

   11

5.05

  

Benefit of the Agreement

   11

5.06

  

Entire Agreement

   11

5.07

  

Amendments and Waivers

   11

5.08

  

Assignment

   12

5.09

  

Severability

   12

5.10

  

Time

   12

5.11

  

Notices

   12

5.12

  

Governing Law

   13

5.13

  

Counterparts

   13


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made as of                      , 2007;

BETWEEN:

GOLD FIELDS ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“ GF BVI ”);

- and -

OREZONE RESOURCES INC. , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada (“ Resources ”).

WHEREAS:

A. Pursuant to a share purchase agreement (the “Share Purchase Agreement” ) dated October 10, 2007, the parties hereto have agreed that GF BVI will sell, and Orezone Essakane (BVI) Limited (the “Purchaser” ) will purchase, all the shares held by GF BVI in Essakane (BVI) Limited ( “Essakane BVI” ) and, subject to Resources having made the Partial Securities Election (as such term is defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), Resources will issue to GF BVI, in partial consideration for such shares, such number of securities in Resources as is required in accordance with Section 2.01 of the Share Purchase Agreement;

B. GF BVI is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) Limited ( “Orogen” ) and the Purchaser is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Orezone Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“ Orezone ”), which itself is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Resources;

C. As a condition to the performance by GF BVI and Orogen of their respective obligations under the Share Purchase Agreement, Resources must execute and deliver this Agreement to GF BVI.

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements herein contained the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 – INTERPRETATION

1.01 Definitions

In this Agreement, unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith:

 

  (a) “affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person that is either a subsidiary of such first mentioned person or of which such first mentioned person is a subsidiary and “affiliates” means all such persons collectively;


  (b) “business day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a statutory holiday in Toronto, Canada, the British Virgin Islands or Ouagadougou, Burkina Faso or (iii) any day on which major banks are closed for business in Toronto, Canada;

 

  (c) “Claim” has the meaning set out in Section 4.01(1);

 

  (d) “Common Shares” means the common shares of Resources and any other shares of Resources which carry voting rights exercisable in all circumstances or under circumstances that have occurred and are continuing or which carry a residual right to participate in the earnings of Resources and in its assets upon liquidation or winding-up to an unlimited degree;

 

  (e) “Indemnified Party” and “Indemnified Parties” have the meanings set out in Section 5.01(2);

 

  (f) “Maximum Offering Size” has the meaning set out in Section 2.02;

 

  (g) “Offered Shares” has the meaning set out in Section 3.01(1)(b);

 

  (h) “Offering Agreement” has the meaning set out in Section 4.01(1)(a);

 

  (i) “Piggyback Qualification” has the meaning set out in Section 2.01;

 

  (j) “Piggyback Shares” has the meaning set out in Section 2.01;

 

  (k) “qualification for distribution” means the qualification of Common Shares for distribution or the registration of Common Shares under any of the Securities Laws by filing a prospectus and obtaining a receipt therefore and/or by filing a registration statement and such registration statement becoming or being declared effective, as applicable, all in such manner as is acceptable to GF BVI and its legal counsel, acting reasonably, and “qualified for distribution” and “qualify for distribution” have corresponding meanings;

 

  (l) “Securities Laws” collectively means the securities legislation of each of the provinces and territories of Canada and of the federal government of the United States of America, and all regulations, rules, orders, rules, rulings, policy statements, instruments, communiqués and interpretation notes issued thereunder or in relation thereto, as amended, re-enacted or replaced from time to time;

 

  (m) “subsidiary” means, with respect to any person, any other person in respect of which such first mentioned person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to vote more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such person, or otherwise direct the management or policies of such person, by contract or otherwise and “subsidiaries” means all of such persons collectively; and

 

  (n) “Termination Date” means the date which is 36 months after the date of closing of the transactions contemplated by Share Purchase Agreement.

 

- 2 -


1.02 GF BVI’s Common Shares

Any references in this Agreement to Common Shares held by GF BVI, or words of like effect, shall be deemed to include Common Shares held by any of GF BVI’s affiliates other than Resources and Resource’s subsidiaries.

1.03 Headings

The division of this Agreement into Articles and Sections and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. The terms “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereto” , “hereunder” and similar expressions refer to this agreement and not to any particular Article, Section or other portion hereof and any agreement supplemental hereto. Unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith, references herein to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

1.04 Extended Meanings

In this Agreement (i) words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa , (ii) words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa , (iii) words importing persons shall include individuals, partnerships, associations, trusts, firms, unincorporated organizations, corporations, joint ventures, governments, governmental entities or authorities and any other entities of any kind or nature whatsoever and (iv) wherever the context permits, the words “including”, “includes” and “included” and similar expressions shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

ARTICLE 2 – PIGGYBACK QUALIFICATION

2.01 Right to Piggyback

If at any time on or prior to the Termination Date Resources proposes to qualify for distribution any Common Shares (other than in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan or share incentive or other employee benefit plan) (a “Piggyback Qualification” ), Resources shall give notice to GF BVI of its intention to do so at least:

 

  (a) 15 business days, or

 

  (b) if the proposed qualification for distribution is in response to an unsolicited proposal for an offering by way of a “bought deal”, at two business days,

before the earlier of the date referred to in Section 2.01(a) below and the first date of public announcement of such proposed qualification for distribution, and, subject to Section 2.02, shall include in such qualification for distribution all Common Shares held by GF BVI (the “Piggyback Shares” ) with respect to which Resources has received from GF BVI a written request for inclusion therein within:

 

  (i) ten business days, or

 

- 3 -


  (ii) in the case of a proposed qualification for distribution referred to in clause (ii) above, two business days,

after the date of such notice. The notice to GF BVI shall advise GF BVI of its right to have Common Shares held by GF BVI included in the proposed Piggyback Qualification and give full particulars thereof including:

 

  (b) the date on which Resources proposes to file a preliminary prospectus and/or registration statement in respect of such Piggyback Qualification;

 

  (c) whether or not the Piggyback Qualification will be an underwritten offering and, if so, the names of the managing or lead underwriters and whether such offering will be pursuant to a “firm commitment” or “best efforts” underwriting; and

 

  (d) to the extent known, an estimate of the anticipated price range within which the Common Shares included in the Piggyback Qualification are to be sold.

2.02 Priority on Piggyback Qualification

If any Piggyback Qualification includes an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise Resources in writing that in their opinion the aggregate number of Common Shares that Resources and GF BVI have requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number (the “Maximum Offering Size” ) which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to Resources, Resources shall include in such distribution or registration:

 

  (a) first, as many of the Common Shares proposed to be sold by Resources as will not cause the offering to exceed the Maximum Offering Size; and

 

  (b) second, as many of the Piggyback Shares as will not cause the offering to exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

Subject to the foregoing, Resources shall use its best commercial efforts to arrange for the underwriters to include all of the Piggyback Shares as part of the Common Shares to be distributed by or through such underwriters.

2.03 Underwritten Offerings

If any Piggyback Qualification is an underwritten offering:

 

  (a) Resources shall be entitled to select the investment bankers and managers to underwrite such offering subject to the approval of GF BVI, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld; and

 

  (b) GF BVI shall bear or pay its proportionate share of the underwriting discounts and selling commissions determined on the basis of the proportion that the number of Piggyback Shares included in the Piggyback Qualification bears to the total number of Common Shares qualified for distribution.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE 3 – QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES

3.01 Obligations of Resources

(1) Whenever Resources receives a request for a Piggyback Qualification, Resources shall use its best commercial efforts to effect such qualification for distribution and pursuant thereto Resources shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, and to the extent necessary by virtue of the Securities Laws of the jurisdictions in which such qualification for distribution is to be effected:

 

  (a) promptly prepare and file a preliminary prospectus and/or a registration statement, as the case may be, in the relevant jurisdictions and such other related documents as may be necessary or appropriate relating to the proposed qualification for distribution;

 

  (b) as soon as possible after any comments of the relevant securities regulatory authorities have been satisfied with respect to such preliminary prospectus and/or registration statement, prepare and file under applicable Securities Laws a (final) prospectus and/or registration statement and obtain receipts therefor and use its best commercial efforts to cause any registration statement to become effective as soon as possible and remain effective and shall take all other steps and proceedings that may be necessary in order to qualify for distribution under, and in accordance with, such Securities Laws the Common Shares held by GF BVI covered by such prospectus or registration statement (the “Offered Shares” );

 

  (c) prepare and file with the relevant regulatory authorities such amendments and supplements to such preliminary prospectus, prospectus or registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of all applicable Securities Laws with respect to the distribution of the Offered Shares until all of the Offered Shares have been distributed in accordance with the intended method of disposition;

 

  (d) before filing any document referred to in Sections 3.01(1)(a), (b), (c) or (g), give GF BVI and its legal counsel the opportunity to review and comment on such document (all of which documents shall be reasonably satisfactory to GF BVI and its legal counsel before they are filed);

 

  (e) furnish to GF BVI such number of copies of the preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus and/or registration statement and any amendment and supplement thereto and such other relevant documents as GF BVI may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Offered Shares;

 

  (f) furnish to GF BVI:

 

  (a) an opinion or opinions of counsel for Resources in a form that is customary at such time for distributions of securities similar to the distribution of the Offered Shares addressed to GF BVI and the underwriters, if any; and

 

  (b) a “comfort” letter addressed to GF BVI and the underwriters, if any, signed by the auditors of Resources in a form that is customary at such time and providing comfort in relation to financial information contained in the prospectus;

 

- 5 -


dated both the effective date of the (final) prospectus and the closing date for the distribution of the Offered Shares;

 

  (g) (i) immediately notify GF BVI of any circumstance or the happening of any event as a result of which any preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus or registration statement as then filed or in effect would include an untrue statement of material fact or would omit any fact that is required to be stated or that is necessary to make any statement therein not misleading, (ii) at the request of GF BVI, prepare and file a supplement to or an amendment of the preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus or registration statement as may be necessary so that such document shall not include an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any fact that is required to be stated or that is necessary to make any statement therein not misleading and (iii) furnish GF BVI such number of copies of the amendment or supplement and such other relevant documents as GF BVI may reasonably request;

 

  (h) qualify for distribution the Offered Shares under the securities laws and “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as GF BVI or any underwriter may reasonably request and do all such other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Offered Shares to be distributed in such jurisdictions; provided that Resources shall not be required to:

 

  (a) become subject to continuous disclosure or similar requirements under the securities laws of any jurisdiction where, but for this Section 3.01(1)(h), it would not be subject to such requirements,

 

  (b) qualify generally to do business as a foreign or extra-provincial corporation in any jurisdiction where, but for this Section 3.01(1)(h), it would not be required to so qualify, or

 

  (c) subject itself to any taxation in any jurisdiction where, but for this Section 3.01(1)(h), it would not be subject to such taxation;

 

  (i) otherwise comply with all applicable Securities Laws during the course of the distribution and, if the qualification for distribution involves a registration statement in the United States, make generally available to securityholders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement of Resources which satisfies the provisions of section 11(a) of the United States Securities Act of 1933 , as amended;

 

  (j) list the Offered Shares on all stock exchanges or markets on which the Common Shares are then listed or quoted;

 

  (k) enter into such customary agreements, including underwriting agreements, containing such representations and warranties by Resources and such other terms and provisions as are customary therein including, without limitation, rights of indemnity and contribution in favour of the underwriters;

 

- 6 -


  (l) in the event of the issuance of any order or ruling suspending the effectiveness of a prospectus receipt or registration statement, suspending or preventing the use of any prospectus or suspending the qualification for distribution of any of the Offered Shares in any jurisdiction, use its best commercial efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order or ruling;

 

  (m) execute and deliver all such further documents and instruments and do all such acts and things, including obtaining such other certificates and opinions as, in the reasonable opinion of GF BVI, is customary in a distribution of securities similar to the distribution of the Offered Shares; and

 

  (n) otherwise use its best commercial efforts to facilitate the distribution of the Offered Shares including causing management of Resources to participate in any road shows, sales meetings or other activities arranged by the underwriters provided such road shows, sales meetings or other activities comply with applicable Securities Laws.

(2) If Piggyback Qualification in which Offered Shares are qualified for distribution involves an underwritten offering, Resources shall not effect any sale of Common Shares other than as part of such underwritten offering during a period of 180 days, or such lesser period as GF BVI and the managing underwriters may agree, after the date of the (final) receipt for the prospectus or the effective date of the registration statement for such offering other than pursuant to benefit plans or outstanding commitments or to satisfy legal requirements.

3.02 Obligations of GF BVI

(1) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to Resources it is necessary or appropriate in order to comply with any applicable Securities Laws, the obligations of Resources under Article 3 shall be conditional upon each of GF BVI and any underwriter participating in such distribution executing and delivering to Resources an appropriate agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to counsel for Resources, that such person shall comply with all prospectus delivery requirements of all applicable Securities Laws and with anti-stabilization, manipulation and similar provisions of all applicable Securities Laws and shall furnish to Resources information about sales made in such offering.

(2) GF BVI shall not effect sales of any Offered Shares qualified by or included in a prospectus or registration statement or deliver any prospectus in respect of such sale after notification by Resources of any order or ruling suspending the effectiveness of the receipt for such prospectus or the effectiveness of such registration statement, suspending or preventing the use of such prospectus or suspending the qualification for distribution of any of the Offered Shares until such time as such order or ruling shall have been withdrawn or otherwise terminated.

(3) If any Piggyback Qualification involves an underwritten offering, GF BVI shall not effect any sale of Common Shares other than as part of such underwritten offering during a period of 180 days, or such lesser period as Resources and the managing underwriters may agree, after the date of the (final) receipt for the prospectus or the effective date of the registration statement for such offering.

 

- 7 -


3.03 Preparation of Documents; Due Diligence

In connection with the preparation and filing of any preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus, registration statement or similar document as herein contemplated, Resources shall provide GF BVI and the underwriters, if any, and their respective legal counsel, auditors and other representatives with the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such documents and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto and there shall be inserted therein such material as is required under applicable Securities Laws or which, in the reasonable judgment of GF BVI or such underwriters and their respective legal counsel, should be included and which is acceptable to Resources, acting reasonably. Resources shall also provide GF BVI and such underwriters with such access to the books and records of Resources and such opportunities to discuss the business and affairs of Resources with its officers and auditors as shall be necessary in their respective opinions or in the opinion of their respective counsel, and Resources shall cooperate with GF BVI and such underwriters in the conduct of all due diligence which any of the foregoing persons may reasonably require in order for the purposes of establishing a due diligence defence as contemplated by applicable Securities Laws and in order to enable GF BVI and such underwriters to execute any certificates required to be executed by them pursuant to applicable Securities Laws for inclusion in any preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus, registration statement or similar document.

3.04 Expenses

Subjection to Section 2.03(b), each of the Parties shall pay their respective legal, accounting and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and all documents and instruments executed pursuant hereto and any other costs and expenses whatsoever and howsoever incurred relating to the completion of the transactions contemplated herein.

ARTICLE 4 – INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

4.01 Indemnification

(1) Resources shall indemnify and hold harmless GF BVI, each of its affiliates (other than Resources and its subsidiaries) and each person who controls GF BVI within the meaning of the United States Securities Act of 1933 and the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 , each as amended, and their respective officers, directors and agents, from and against any and all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) including costs of investigation and reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel (collectively a “Claim” ) arising out of or based upon:

 

  (a)

any misrepresentation or alleged misrepresentation, breach of warranty or untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, whether of a material fact or otherwise, contained in any preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus, registration statement or similar document (including any amendment or supplement thereto) relating to any Piggyback Qualification, or in any underwriting agreement, purchase agreement or other document relating thereto (each an “Offering Agreement” ), or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state in any such preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus, registration statement or similar document (including

 

- 8 -


 

any amendment or supplement thereto), or any Offering Agreement, a fact, material or not, required to be stated therein or necessary to make a statement therein not misleading; or

 

  (b) any other breach by Resources of any Offering Agreement or applicable Securities Laws relating to the distribution;

provided that Resources shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Claim arises out of or is based upon any misrepresentation or untrue statement of information furnished to Resources in writing by GF BVI and stated to be specifically for use in any such document.

(2) In connection with any qualification for distribution of Common Shares held by GF BVI pursuant to this Agreement, Resources may request that GF BVI indemnify and hold harmless Resources and each of its subsidiaries, and their respective officers, directors and agents, from and against any Claim arising out of or based upon:

 

  (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus, registration statement or similar document (including any amendment or supplement thereto) relating to any Piggyback Qualification where such misrepresentation or untrue statement relates to information furnished to Resources in writing by GF BVI and stated to be specifically for use in any such document or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state in any such preliminary prospectus, (final) prospectus, registration statement or similar document (including any amendment or supplement thereto) a material fact relating to GF BVI not within Resources’ knowledge required to be stated therein or necessary to make a statement therein not misleading.

Should GF BVI not agree to such indemnification, Resources shall not be required to qualify such Common Shares for distribution hereunder.

(3) Each person entitled to indemnification under this Section 4.01 (individually an “Indemnified Party” and collectively the “Indemnified Parties” ) shall give notice to Resources or GF BVI, as the case may be, (the “Indemnifying Party” ) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any Claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defence of such Claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that:

 

  (a) counsel for the Indemnifying Party conducting the defence of such Claim or any litigation resulting therefrom shall have been approved by such Indemnified Party; and

 

  (b) such Indemnified Party may participate in such defence;

and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve such Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 5.01. The Indemnifying Party shall not, in the defence of any such Claim or litigation, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such Claim or litigation.

 

- 9 -


4.02 Contribution

If the indemnification provided for in Section 4.01 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnified Parties in respect of any Claim, then the Indemnifying Party shall in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnified Parties contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Parties as a result of such Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the parties thereto in connection with any statements or omissions which resulted in such Claim as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.02 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which did not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 4.02. The amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Parties as a result of such Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.

ARTICLE 5 – GENERAL

5.01 Qualification Exemptions

Resources shall use its best commercial efforts to file and furnish any reports required to be filed or furnished by it under applicable Securities Laws and do all such further acts and things as GF BVI may reasonably request to enable GF BVI to sell Common Shares held by GF BVI to persons to whom the Securities Laws apply under an available exemption from the applicable requirement to qualify for distribution such Common Shares.

5.02 Additional Rights

(1) Resources represents and warrants to GF BVI that it has not granted to any person other than GF BVI any rights to request or require Resources to qualify for distribution any securities issued by Resources.

(2) Resources shall not enter into any agreement, understanding or commitment that is inconsistent with GF BVI’s rights under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Resources proposes at any time to grant to any person rights to require Resources to qualify for distribution any Common Shares, Resources shall give prior notice, which notice shall include give full particulars of such proposed grant, including all relevant circumstances related thereto, and if, in the sole reasonable opinion of GF BVI, the terms of such proposed grant are more favourable to such person than the rights granted to GF BVI under this Agreement, Resources shall not make such grant unless the terms of this Agreement shall have been amended to the extent considered by GF BVI, in its sole discretion, to be necessary to provide GF BVI with such more favourable rights.

5.03 Injunctive Relief

Resources acknowledges and agrees that damages would be inadequate to compensate for the breach of any of its obligations contained in this Agreement and that GF BVI and the other Indemnified

 

- 10 -


Parties would be seriously and irreparably injured if any provision of this Agreement is not performed by it in accordance with the specific terms and conditions of this Agreement. Accordingly, Resources agrees, without prejudice to any additional or alternative remedies GF BVI or the other Indemnified Parties may have, that GF BVI and such other Indemnified Parties shall be entitled:

 

  (a) to an injunction to prevent any breach of this Agreement by Resources;

 

  (b) to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof and any obligation in favour of such other Indemnified Parties, or any of them, contained in this Agreement; and

 

  (c) to declaratory relief or injunctive relief in respect of anything done in breach of an obligation in favour of such other parties, or any of them, contained in this Agreement.

5.04 Further Assurances

Each of the parties will from time to time execute and deliver all such further documents and instruments and do all acts and things as another party may reasonably require to effectively carry out or better evidence or perfect the full intent and meaning of this Agreement.

5.05 Benefit of the Agreement

This Agreement will be enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties. This Agreement shall also enure to the benefit of the Indemnified Parties other than GF BVI and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Resources acknowledges that GF BVI is acting on behalf of and as trustee for the other Indemnified Parties of Resources’ covenants and obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Indemnified Parties and of the rights of such Indemnified Parties hereunder. GF BVI accepts such trust and shall hold and enforce such covenants and obligations on behalf of the other Indemnified Parties; provided that any such Indemnified Party shall be entitled to enforce such covenants and obligations on its own behalf.

5.06 Entire Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and cancels and supersedes any prior understandings and agreements between the parties with respect thereto. There are no representations, warranties, terms, conditions, undertakings or collateral agreements, express, implied or statutory, between the parties other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

5.07 Amendments and Waivers

No amendment to this Agreement will be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by all the parties. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement will be effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the party purporting to give the same and, unless otherwise provided in the written waiver, will be limited to the specific breach waived.

 

- 11 -


5.08 Assignment

This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party; provided that GF BVI shall be entitled at any time to assign this Agreement to an affiliate thereof provided that (i) such affiliate enters into a written agreement with Resources to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if it had been an original party hereto instead of GF BVI and (ii) GF BVI shall continue to bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

5.09 Severability

If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, such invalidity or unenforceability will attach only to such provision or part thereof and the remaining part of such provision and all other provisions hereof will continue in full force and effect.

5.10 Time

Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

5.11 Notices

Any demand, notice or other communication to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be given by personal delivery or by facsimile transmission addressed to the recipient as follows:

 

  (a) To GF BVI or any other Indemnified Party:

6400 S. Fiddlers Green Circle

Suite 1620

Englewood CO 80111

United States of America

 

Fax No.:   +1 303 796 8293
Attention:   James J Komadina

with a copy to:

McCarthy Tétrault LLP

Suite 4700

Toronto Dominion Bank Tower

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

M5K 1E6

Canada

 

Fax No.:   +1 416-868-0673
Attention:   David B Tennant

 

- 12 -


  (b) To Resources:

Orezone Resources Inc.

290 Picton Street, Suite 201

Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

K1Z 8P8

 

Fax No.:   +1 613 241 6005
Attention:   Ron Little

with a copy to:

Stikeman Elliot LLP

5300 Commerce Court West

199 Bay Street

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

M5L 1B9

 

Fax No.:   +1 416 947 0866
Attention:   Jay C. Kellerman

or to such other address, individual or facsimile number as may be designated by notice given by either party to the other. Any demand, notice or other communication given by personal delivery shall be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by electronic communication, on the day of transmittal thereof if given on a business day during the normal business hours of the recipient and on the business day during which such normal business hours next occur if not given during such hours on a business day.

5.12 Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein and each of Resources and GF BVI irrevocably attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Ontario.

5.13 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together will be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

The balance of this page is intentionally left blank

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.

 

GOLD FIELDS ESSAKANE (BVI) LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
OREZONE RESOURCES INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

- 14 -


APPENDIX E

AFE 11

 

LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

 


 

Company:      Gold Fields Exploration Inc.
Description & Comments:      Essakane Project
Date of Request:      27 th July 2007
Amount Required:      US$15,635,751
Date Required:      By Cash Call

 

Requested by:      
     

 

      Charles A Taschereau
      Country Manager – Burkina Faso
Approved By:      
     

 

      Jim Komadina
      Senior Vice President Projects
Approved By:      
     

 

      Nick J. Holland
      Executive Director: Finance
Approved By:      
     

 

      Ian Cockerill
      CEO
Reviewed by:         :  

 

Reviewed and Cost Centre       
Assigned by         :  

 


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

 
 

 


 

AFE 11:

Approval for AFE11 (US$15,635,751) is requested for the period from August 2007 to end December 2007 to:

 

   

Advance detailed engineering design of the project to a 40% level;

 

   

Order major equipment (grinding and crushing) with lead time of two years and more or in the critical path to keep schedule of operation startup by end 2009;

 

   

Complete the consultations with local populations for resettlement; obtain the approval for the environmental permit and negotiate the mining convention with the government;

 

   

Complete field work required for accurate detailed design;

 

   

Maintain and expand the team of expats and Burkinabes that will overview the project from now and potentially through construction and operation;

 

   

Uphold good relationship with Essakane populations through various social programs.

In conformity with the terms of the JV agreement, Gold Fields is assuming full management of the Essakane project. An administrative office in Ouagadougou and a field team at Essakane are managing the project through Gold Fields Burkina Faso Sarl.

AFE 11 will allow pursuing work on detailed design, to do all preparation work in the field and advance on legal requirements and agreements. This would allow starting construction shortly after approval by the Joint Venture partners. A tight schedule has to be maintained if start gold production is to be achieved at the end of 2009.

HISTORICAL WORK:

Through historic AFE approvals (AFE1 – AFE10) Gold Fields has invested a total of US$42,200,000 on exploration, pre-feasibility and detailed feasibility study over five years at the Essakane JV in northeast Burkina Faso in Joint Venture with Orezone Resources Inc.

Work undertaken during AFE1 to AFE7 resulted in Gold Fields vesting its 50% interest in the property in May 2005 and completing a pre-feasibility study (PFS) in October 2005. Work in AFE8 (October 2005 to January 2006) allowed the change of Management of the project to Gold Fields and established an interim resources model. Work in AFE9 (February-September 2006) was on additional drilling to confirm reserves in Essakane Main Zone (EMZ) and to evaluate potential along strike on North and South extension of the EMZ. It also included regional exploration to meet governmental expenditures requirements and secure all the Essakane permits in the Joint Venture, ongoing metallurgical, environmental, geotechnical and socio-economic studies of the project and completion a new geological model to be used for the Bankable Feasibility Study. AFE 10 (from October 2006 to June 2007) allowed the realization of a full Bankable Feasibility Study (BFS) and reassay of previous samples to confirm geological model and produce a new one. It also included some geology work to confirm the geological interpretation of EMZ, do condemnation drilling on areas planned for mine


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

 
 

 


 

infrastructure and do the required regional exploration expenditure to maintain the exploration permits. The BFS also includes an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and a Socio-economic Impact Assessment (SIA). Both are being translated and will be filed with the Burkinabe Government in August for review and granting of an operating permit.

BASIS OF BUDGET

The budget for AFE11 will cover the period from August 2007 to December 2007, which represents the transition period between the Bankable Feasibility Study and start of construction. This period will also cover approval process of the Environmental Impact Assessment and negotiation of the mining permit and consultation with populations on resettlement. The budget also includes allowances for continuation of social programs with local populations; amounts are budgeted to realize aid and sustainable development programs and continue to build trust and open communication channels with populations and officials at regional and national levels.

Budget is done on the assumption that the project will go ahead with construction and production at the end of the period. As such, a presence in Burkina Faso is desirable to build and maintain relationships with local authorities, develop experience in working in the country. It will allow a smooth transition into the next phases of the project.

Gold Fields standards such as IS014001, SOX404, GRI, etc are currently being implemented. IS014001 implementation is ready for audit later in the year. Essakane will be the first ISO14001 certified business in Burkina Faso.

SUMMARY BUDGET

A summary of the activities and associated costs to end November 2007 is tabulated below:

 

Expenditure Item

   Total    %  

Equipment Order

   $ 4,850,000    29.5 %

Pre-Construction work

   $ 7,338,272    44.7 %

Salaries

   $ 1,166,685    7.1 %

Socio-Economic and Training

   $ 413,500    2.5 %

Essakane Camp

   $ 350,800    2.1 %

CAPEX

   $ 314,000    1.9 %

Ouagadougou Office

   $ 154,950    0.9 %

Exploration and Geology

   $ 320,000    1.9 %

Contingency

   $ 727,544    5.0 %

Total AFE11

   $ 15,635,751    100.0 %


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

 
 

 


 

COST DESCRIPTION

PRE-CONSTRUCTION

The main focus of this AFE11 and budget is the transition period between the BFS and start of construction. Objective is to realise 40% of detailed engineering design of the plant and infrastructure during this period. Additional expenditure is also required to complete some studies in the fields of geotechnical and hydrogeology.

The main amount of $3,400,000 is for the engineering company Minproc to do the detailed design and coordinate the work of the other consultants. This is based on their tender and estimation and is composed entirely of man-hours.

RePlan will continue to act as a consultant on resettlement negotiations with the populations, preparation for actual resettlement and various long term alternative livelihood programs to reduce the dependence of the population on artisanal gold mining (orpaillage).

Environmental consultants are the costs proposed by Knight Piesold (“KP”) to complete the designs of tailing storage facilities (TSF), overburden storage facilities (OSF), water dam, water storage facility and various work in hydrogeology and geotechnical. Although KP’s proposal is used in this budget, other consultants will also be used for mine geotech (Geotech Africa) and civil geotech (SRK Consulting) due to less than adequate service by KP.

Other consulting fees are planned in mining, metallurgy to review and optimize various aspects of the BFS and assist in the optimization of major contracts as fleet purchase, MARC contract, power plant purchase, etc.

An amount of $20,000 was allowed for additional studies related to the resettlement of the Essakane population. These additional studies are mainly related to the farmland availability and testing of soil for farming purpose.

A total of $560,000 in allocated at additional geotechnical and hydrogeological drilling, as proposed by KP to confirm and complete BFS results.

A budget of $30,000 was allocated for the upgrade of the old CEMOB camps to be used as lodgings during the construction period.

An allowance of $80,000 was made for travel costs of various Gold Fields employees in relation to the project.


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

 
 

 


 

A allowance of $40,000 was made in consulting fees the start the implementation of SOX at Essakane. It will be easier to introduce the various requirements at an earlier stage than later during construction or operation.

An amount of $50,000 is required to do the detailed field survey prior to implementation and construction.

$370,000 is budgeted to do geotechnical work and testing on soil conditions required prior to civil work, as recommended by Minproc.

A total of $60,000 is requested to start work on drilling of new potable water wells for new mine townsite and offices and water treatment plant.

 

Description

   Total   

Comment

GRD MINPROC – Engineering

   $ 3,400,000    Start of detailed design (40% detailed), organisation of start of construction of townsite and trip to Burkina Faso - Based on Minproc estimate

RePlan – Socio-Economic

   $ 320,000    RePlan work on resetlement negotiations - Based on RePlan proposal

Environmental, hydro, geotechnical and civil consultants

   $ 1,200,000    Cost toward detailed design and further work on geotech and hydrogeology, as per KP proposal and retaining taxes

Mining consultant

   $ 20,000    External reviews

Review of BFS and cost optimization

   $ 15,000    Consultants on review meetings and studies. Peer reviews for Processing, Mining and Overall Project Management

Contracts Consultants

   $ 40,000    Consultants to review contacts on Mining Fleet, MARC, Fuel and Power

Metallurgy

   $ 40,000    Additional metallurgical testing and completion of those ongoing, including shipment of samples; also including new sedimentation tests.

Townsite detailed design

   $ 10,000    Architectural design and detailed drawings

Additional socio-economic studies and resettlement site studies

   $ 20,000    As required during and following negotiations

Legal costs for mining convention

   $ 15,000    Legal costs for mining convention negotiations

Additional hydrogeological & geotechnical drilling/studies

   $ 560,000    Require more detailed drilling for mine foot wall, plant building, dam and other as required, as per KP proposal

Archeology work

   $ 20,000    To excavate potentially interesting archeological areas with University of Ouagadougou and clear up for construction

CEMOB Camp Upgrade for phase one construction

   $ 30,000    Existing camp will be used throughout construction to lodge about 150 senior workers, contractors and consultants

Travel Costs

   $ 80,000    Travel and related costs for GFL employees related to Essakane

SOX

   $ 40,000    Start of SOX implementation, consultation fees

Topographic survey

   $ 50,000    Topographic survey at Essakane

Geotechnical survey

   $ 370,000    Geotechnical survey and drilling at Essakane for civil work

Construction boreholes and pumps and water treatment plant

   $ 60,000    Dewatering and potable water boreholes (assume 50% prior to December)

Ongoing Baseline Monitoring – Environment

   $ 10,000    Analyses costs based on current costs
         

TOTAL

   $ 7,338,272   
         

 


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

 
 

 


 

EQUIPMENT ORDER

To keep construction time to the minimum and realize a completion of work for end of 2009, some equipment needs to be ordered in the next few months. Critical equipment with long fabrication and delivery time need to be ordered now: SAG and ball mill as well as portions of the mining fleet. Other Project components need to be ordered now as their usage is in the critical path of the project and they will be required early in the construction phase: prefabricated mine village and office buildings, tower cranes, overhead electrical lines and mine village reticulation.

A sum of $1,500,000 is budgeted for the pre-payment on the grinding mill order as previously approved by EXCO. This is required due to the long delivery time required for the fabrication of the mills. An additional sum is required as down-payment on fabrication of variable speed drives.

Mine village and offices will be mostly prefab building, 20% need to be paid on order.

A payment of 5% is assumed on the order of the first phase of the mining fleet that will be required for a part of the earthworks on site.

A payment of 10% or order of tower cranes is assumed.

A partial payment of 20% is assumed on electrical equipment and start of the work for the electrification of the mine townsite and offices.

 

Description

   Total   

Comment

SAG and Ball Mill order

   $ 1,500,000    10% of total Mill (SAG and Ball Mill) costs required as payment on order; need to be ordered now due to fabrication time

Mine village and offices

   $ 1,800,000    Assumed 20% commitment on value of mine village and offices pre-fab buildings

Mining fleet

   $ 1,000,000    Assume 5% payment on order of portion of mining fleet required in 2008 for water storage earthwork

Tower cranes

   $ 300,000    Tower cranes order, assumed 10% commitment on order;

Overhead lines and village reticulation

   $ 250,000    Assume 20% payment on material order
         

TOTAL

   $ 4,850,000   
         

 


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

 
 

 


 

SALARIES

These salaries ($1,166,685) include all the supervision and management personnel at Essakane, Ouagadougou office and Johannesburg in Minproc office; inclusive of all overhead, taxes, health costs, travels expenditure for expats, etc. They also include manual and casual labour costs. Some costs are also planned for hiring and headhunting costs. Organisation charts of Ouagadougou office and Essakane are attached. Four expats are added to the team when compared to the previous period:

 

   

Plant Manager; to supervise the detailed feasibility study.

 

   

Engineering Superintendent; to supervise the detailed feasibility study.

 

   

Health-Safety and Environmental Manager to upgrade the standards on site and coach the Burkinabe employees in good practices.

 

   

Purchase, Logistics and Contracts Coordinator to implement systems prior to construction as it is identified as one of the main delay risks on the project.

 

Description

   Total   

Comment

Ouaga Management – Expats    $ 367,479    Total expats salaries and related costs in Ouagadougou
Ouaga Management – Burkinabes    $ 63,075    Total Burkinabes salaries and related costs in Ouaga
Temporary staff and contractors    $ 25,000    HR consultant, internships, logistics consultant and others
Recruitment costs    $ 2,500    Headhunters, newspaper ads, etc
Indirect costs GFL secondments    $ 25,000    Plane tickets, passport, visa fees, etc (Mike Botha, Juan Barrera, Clifton Potter, etc)
Essakane Supervision – Expats    $ 278,040    Total expats salaries and related costs at Essakane
Essakane Casual workers    $ 60,000    Casual workers at Essakane
Training and formation – employees    $ 15,000    Various training and visits to Ghana operations for Burkinabe employees
Project Management    $ 125,000    Salaries and indirect costs (travel, hotel, etc) for Project Manager in EPCM contractor office
Essakane Regular Workers    $ 205,590    Total Burkinabes salaries and related costs at Essakane
         
TOTAL    $ 1,166,685   
         

 


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

 
 

 


 

OUAGADOUGOU OFFICE

Ouagadougou office costs include all expenditures other than salaries related to the operation of the Ouagadougou office, guesthouse and maintaining a company in Burkina Faso. Due to project location and lack of amenities, all accounting and financial functions for the project are based in Ouagadougou. Costs for business related travels ($20,000) for employees are also included in this section.

An amount of $60,000 was budgeted for various legal costs and those related to the mining convention negotiation.

 

Description

   Total   

Comment

Rent – office/house in Ouaga    $ 12,000    Rent for GF office/home.
Utilities – power, water, garbage, etc    $ 8,000    Electrical power and water use for GF office/home.
Security, cleaning, maintenance    $ 1,600    Part not included in wages and building maintenance
Food, meals and purchases for guesthouse    $ 6,000    Meals supplied at guesthouse for expats and visitors
Telephone, cell phones    $ 8,000    Cell and land line charges GF staff, includes Ouagadougou and Essakane
Postage, Courier and Freight    $ 400    Allowance for shipment of documents or correspondence to or from Ouaga.
Office Services and Supplies    $ 2,000    Allowance for consumable office supplies used in Ouaga office
Subscriptions/Publications    $ 200    Newspaper, etc
Computer maintenance and parts    $ 1,000    Allowance for maintenance of GF computers located in Ouaga.
Communication, Software & internet charges    $ 8,000    Bandwidth on optic fiber and overseas calls
Vehicles, rental taxi, parking, etc.    $ 2,750    Rental of one vehicles with drivers and fuel
Entertainment    $ 1,600    Allowance for business related group meals.
Staff Amenities    $ 400    Allowance
Public Relations (Advertising)    $ 2,000    Organization and participation activities, contributions, gifts with logo, etc
Public Relations    $ 10,000    Organization meetings, press relations, NGO, etc
Memberships – Chamber of Mines, etc    $ 1,000    Mining association (GPMB), Chamber of Commerce, etc
Audit fees    $ 2,000    Assumed various audit fees
Stamp Duty, Municipal Taxes Etc.    $ 1,000    Various governmental fees
Insurance    $ 2,000    Various insurances
Bank Charges    $ 4,000    Assumed various bank charges
Legal costs    $ 60,000    Various legal fees, shareholders agreement, permits transfer, etc
International Business Travel costs    $ 20,000    Airplane tickets, hotels, visas, restaurants, etc
In country and regional traveling/out of station allowance    $ 1,000    Hotels, restaurants, fuel, etc
         
TOTAL    $ 154,950   
         


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

 
 

 


 

EXPLORATION AND GEOLOGY

A limited amount was budgeted for the geology during this period. The main work will be the consolidation of the results obtained to date. A total of $20,000 was allocated for the training of Burkinabe geologists on softwares and Datashed geological database. An amount of $80,000 is planned to realize some regional work on the various permits, as required by the Burkinabe mining code to keep the permits active. An amount of $200,000 is required to complete all assays of sample drilled during the previous phase of regional exploration and condemnation drilling. Finally, an amount of $20,000 was allocated for various reviews and signoffs of the geological models by Snowden.

 

Description

   Total   

Comment

Training geologists

   $ 10,000    Training on software

Training database administrator

   $ 10,000    Advanced training on Datashed

Regional Exploration

   $ 80,000    Regional exploration work, soil sampling, assays, etc

Assays from regional program and condemnation

   $ 200,000    Preparation and Assaying of 17,000 samples

Geology consultants

   $ 20,000    Snowden and other external consultants/reviews on models
         

TOTAL

   $ 320,000   
         

 


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

 
 

 


 

ESSAKANE CAMP

This amount includes ongoing operation for infrastructure and services at Essakane camp. It is all the costs involved in operating and maintaining a 75 man camp at Essakane, offices and infrastructure (total capacity of the camp is 130 but will be upgraded to 150 prior to construction).

 

Description

   Total   

Comment

Police Economique

   $ 12,000    Police station at Essakane

Security

   $ 18,000    Djamnati watchmen contractors

IT maintenance

   $ 1,000    Various parts and equipment

Transport Truck

   $ 14,000    Monthly cost for truck to transport material and equipment. 2 trips/week

Airplane rental

   $ 4,000    Occasional flight for transport of visitors to site

Fuel

   $ 75,000    Fuel for power generation and Gold Fields vehicles

Food and water

   $ 120,000    Various food and consumables supplies for Essakane

Protective clothing and safety equipment

   $ 10,000    Safety clothing and equipment

Drugs, first aid equipment and medical costs

   $ 8,000    Drugs, first aid equipment and medical costs

Small tools

   $ 2,000    Various

Transport related costs

   $ 4,000    Various transport related costs, customs, road fees, etc

Software

   $ 8,000    Purchase and licenses renewal (Datashed, Datamine, etc)

Office supplies

   $ 2,000    Various office supplies

Lubricants, propane

   $ 800    Oil, grease and propane (cooking)

Building maintenance

   $ 15,000    Various maintenance and equipment replacement

Phone

   $ 3,000    Fixed phone costs (cell fees paid by Ouaga)

Satellite communication and Internet

   $ 8,000    Monthly bandwidth fees

Freight (general)

   $ 10,000   

Cleaning products and equipment

   $ 3,000    Various cleaning products

Maintenance Light Vehicles

   $ 4,000    General maintenance

General Maintenance cost

   $ 25,000    Genset, potable water system, electrical, etc

Maintenance Heavy vehicles

   $ 4,000    General maintenance
         

TOTAL

   $ 350,800   
         


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

 
 

 


 

SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND TRAINING

Social programs are in place to maintain and reinforce the links with the local populations. This is required to obtain and maintain our social license to operate, especially in this transition period where the potential resettlement of the villages is being discussed with the populations.

 

   

An amount of $20,000 was allowed for various transport fees, local consultants and allowances paid during the resettlement consultations with the populations.

 

   

Vegetable gardens and tree nursery are now in place and are being expanded with the participation of a local woman association and the regional representative from the department of agriculture and forestry.

 

   

Three NGOs (SOS Monde Rural, Zaaminga and La Lidejel) are now working with the project in the local villages on the development and training of local associations with whom it will be possible to work and sub-contract as local services providers (reinforcement of local capacities). One of objective of these NGOs is also to reduce the potential impact of anti-mining NGOs on the project. If only a anti-mining NGO (Orcade, financed by OXFAM America) is working with the populations, there is a high risk that all people afraid of the project or feeling they could lose something would polarize with Orcade in a Us against Them scenario. If many NGOs are involved with the population, there is more non-biased information disseminated and it opens additional channels for communication (not only the Project and Orcade), explain project impacts and reduce fears. This approach is working very well so far.

 

   

A micro-credits program was put in place to allow farmers to buy cereals at low price just after the harvest and to sell them when prices are going up later in the year. Money would then be reimbursed and used to maintain the program next year. Other micro-credit programs are in preparation. Choice of projects will be based on population driven requests and interests. Priority will be given to sustainable development projects.

 

   

Allowance was also made for more aid programs to be defined depending on needs and population requirements.

 

   

Other programs are also in development to assist in construction and improvement of schools in the Essakane area in collaboration with NGOs and government. Already, during the past year, the number of classrooms in the direct project area was increased from 3 to 12 through collaborations with UNICEF and Cathwell.

 

   

Various programs are being put in place to insure the population is well informed about the project and its impacts. Various methods used are meetings in villages, theater shows, radio programs and even games with questions on project.

ISO14001 system is ongoing and a total of $17,000 is allowed for maintenance, audit and consulting fees.


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

A major training program was put in place in collaboration with Gold Fields Academy. The objective is to train before the end of the year at least 300 people of the area in basic construction skills to allow them to be hired by the various contractors during the construction period. The bursaries selected (in collaboration with the elders and villages representatives) among the villages of the Essakane area are given $2 per day and are trained in various disciplines as: mechanics, electricity, masonry, etc. They also receive literacy courses in French and ‘life skills’ training (how to manage their money, basic hygiene and health, health and safety at work and at home, environmental protection, etc). The program was started in June and is very popular and successful so far. Allowances were made in the budget for fees to the Academy, bursaries and training. An amount is also planned for the conversion of existing buildings in training rooms.

 

Description

   Total  

Comment

Small donations and activities

   $ 2,000   Various donations to Essakane local communities

Consultation activities with populations

   $ 25,000   Per diem, meals, transport to meetings, etc

Preparation for consultation activities

   $ 1,500   Furniture, equipment, room preparation for meetings, etc

Tree nursery

   $ 8,000   Organization, seeds, small plants, consultation, etc

Safety equipment for training and uniforms

   $ 12,000   Hard hats, boots, etc for trainees (will be kept after)

Training - Gold Fields Academy

   $ 60,000   Coordinator salary, traveling and fees to Academy for supervision

Bursaries for trainees

   $ 75,000   $2 per day per trainee for living expenses (250 x 150days x $2 = $75,000)

Training cost

   $ 75,000   Trainers, books, consumables, etc

Training rooms

   $ 20,000   Training rooms equipment and preparation

Literacy training

   $ 10,000   Literacy and French training classes in villages

Socio-economics installation

   $ 20,000   Offices upgrade and equipment

ISO 14001 consulting and audit costs

   $ 17,000   Costs for auditing and consultation related to ISO14001 implementation

Aid programs

   $ 20,000   Allowance for bigger aid program to local communities

NGO-GFBF work with local communities

   $ 40,000   Work in cooperation with local NGO to develop local associations in villages

Sustainable development programs

   $ 10,000   Various programs with population and consultation

Population information and education

   $ 14,000   Information of population on project through various medias as radio, meetings, etc

Garden

   $ 4,000   Ongoing vegetables garden with local woman association and development at school

TOTAL

   $ 413,500  


LOGO  

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11

CAPEX

Main capital expenditure is for replacement of a part of the light vehicles fleet utilized on site. A part of the fleet is now four years old, maintenance costs are increasing and there are some safety concerns. New vehicles are also purchased for Ouagadougou office (where the current vehicle is rented), health and safety and local affairs (which do not have currently any attributed vehicle). A new power generator, that will be required for power supply in the field for pre-construction program is also included.

An allowance is also made to purchase offices furniture, computers and equipment.

 

Description

   Total  

Comment

Light Vehicles type HILUX (3x)

   $ 75,000   To replace out-of-service vehicles at Essakane

Light Vehicles type Landcruiser (2x)

   $ 90,000   New vehicles for Essakane - Local Affairs, Security, Health&Safety

Light Vehicles type Landcruiser Trooper (1x)

   $ 45,000   New vehicles for Essakane - Local Affairs

Light vehicle type PAJERO

   $ 35,000   New vehicle for Ouaqa office to replace location

Gen-set

   $ 50,000   New Genset for field/construction related work

Computers

   $ 16,000   For new employees and replacement of older ones, new printer

Office furniture

   $ 3,000   Office furniture for new employees

TOTAL

   $ 314,000  

CONTINGENCY

A contingency of 5% has been included in the budget to allow for unforeseen expenses and omissions for the stated scope of work.

 


LOGO

 

AUTHORISATION FOR EXPENDITURE

ESSAKANE PROJECT

AFE11


 

ID

  

Task Name

   Duration    Start    Finish    Predecessors    LOGO
1    Essakane Development    26.2 wks    Mon 7/2/07    Mon 12/31/07      
2    Permitting    12 wks    Wed 8/8/07    Tue 10/30/07      
3    ESIA Submittal    0 wks    Wed 8/8/07    Wed 8/8/07      
4    ESIA Review    12 wks    Wed 8/8/07    Tue 10/30/07    3   
5    ESIA Public Hearings    2 wks    Mon 8/20/07    Fri 8/31/07      
6    ESIA Approval    0 wks    Tue 10/30/07    Tue 10/30/07      
7    Mining Convention    10 wks    Mon 8/13/07    Fri 10/19/07      
8    Economic Submittal    0 wks    Wed 10/10/07    Wed 10/10/07      
9    Initial Engineering    18 wks    Mon 7/2/07    Fri 11/2/07      
10    Public Engagement    42 wks    Mon 7/16/07    Fri 5/2/08      
11    Relocation Negotiations    12 wks    Mon 7/16/07    Fri 10/5/07      
12    Relocation Village Tenders    4 wks    Mon 8/6/07    Fri 8/31/07      
13    Adjudicate Tenders    4 wks    Mon 9/3/07    Fri 9/28/07    12   
14    Award Village Contract    0 wks    Fri 9/28/07    Fri 9/28/07      
15    Mobilize To Site    2 wks    Fri 9/28/07    Thu 10/11/07    14   
16    Begin Construction    29 wks    Fri 10/12/07    Thu 5/1/08    15   
17    Complete BFS    0 wks    Fri 8/31/07    Fri 8/31/07      
18    Denver Gold Group    1 wk    Mon 9/24/07    Fri 9/28/07      
19    Submit BFS To OZN    0 wks    Mon 9/3/07    Mon 9/3/07    17   
20    Decision To Mine    13 wks    Mon 9/3/07    Fri 11/30/07    19   
21    Positive Decision To Mine    0 wks    Fri 11/30/07    Fri 11/30/07    20   
22    GF BVI Financing    8 wks    Mon 12/3/07    Fri 1/25/08    21   
23    GF BVI Notice To OZN    8 wks    Mon 1/28/08    Fri 3/21/08    22   
24    OZN Financing Decision    21 wks    Mon 12/3/07    Fri 4/25/08    20   
25    Negative Decision To Mine    0 wks    Fri 11/30/07    Fri 11/30/07    21   
26    Party Negotiations    6 wks    Mon 12/3/07    Fri 1/11/08    25   
27    Exercise Shotgun    4 wks    Mon 1/14/08    Fri 2/8/08    26   
28    Response To Shotgun    6 wks    Mon 2/11/08    Fri 3/21/08    27   
29    Closing Activities    4 wks    Mon 3/24/08    Fri 4/18/08    28   
30    Close Purchase    0 wks    Fri 4/18/08    Fri 4/18/08    29   

 


ESSAKANE PROJECT JV - AFE 11

July 2007 - November 2007

General Breakdown

 

Expenditure Item

   August    September    October    November    Total    %  

Equipment Order

   $ 1,500,000    $ 900, 000    $ 1,675,000    $ 775,000    $ 4,850,000    31.5 %

Pre-Construction work

   $ 1,702,500    $ 1,667,500    $ 1,487,500    $ 1,442,500    $ 7,338,272    48.0 %

Salaries

   $ 212,087    $ 212,087    $ 242,087    $ 267,087    $ 933,348    6.1 %

Socio-Economic and Training

   $ 106,000    $ 84,500    $ 77,500    $ 86,500    $ 354,500    2.3 %

Essakane Camp

   $ 68,950    $ 68,950    $ 73,950    $ 73,950    $ 285,800    1.9 %

CAPEX

   $ 252,000    $ 54,000    $ 4,000    $ 4,000    $ 314,000    2.1 %

Ouagadougou Office

   $ 40,800    $ 38,050    $ 38,050    $ 38,050    $ 154,950    1.0 %

Exploration and Geology

   $ 105,000    $ 95,000    $ 95,000    $ 25,000    $ 320,000    2.1 %

Contingency

               $ 727,544    5.0 %

Total AFE11

   $ 3,987,337    $ 3,120,087    $ 3,693,087    $ 2,712,087    $ 15,278,414    100.0 %

 


Ouagadougou Office and Guesthouse Operating Costs

 

Cost Code

 

Description

   August    September    October    November    Total  

Comment

  Rent - office/house in Ouaga    $ 3,000    $ 3,000    $ 3,000    $ 3,000    $ 12,000   Rent for GF office/home.
  Utilities - power, water, garbages, etc    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 8,000   Electrical power and water use for GF office/home.
  Security, cleaning, maintenance    $ 400    $ 400    $ 400    $ 400    $ 1,600   Part not included in wages and building maintenance
  Food, meals and purchases for guesthouse    $ 1,500    $ 1,500    $ 1,500    $ 1,500    $ 6,000   Meals supplied at guesthouse for expats and visitors
  Telephone, cell phones    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 8,000   Cell and land line charges GF staff, includes Ouagadougou and Essakane
  Postage, Courier and Freight    $ 100    $ 100    $ 100    $ 100    $ 400   Allowance for shipment of documents or correspondence to or from Ouaga.
  Office Services and Supplies    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 2,000   Allowance for consumable office supplies used in Ouaga office
  Subscriptions/Publications    $ 50    $ 50    $ 50    $ 50    $ 200   Newspaper, etc
  Computer maintenance and parts    $ 250    $ 250    $ 250    $ 250    $ 1,000   Allowance for maintenance of GF computers located in Ouaga.
  Communication, Software & internet charges    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 8,000   Bandwidth on optic fiber and overseas calls
  Vehicles, rental taxi, parking, etc.    $ 2,750    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 2,750   Rental of one vehicles with drivers and fuel
  Entertainment    $ 400    $ 400    $ 400    $ 400    $ 1,600   Allowance for business related group meals.
  Staff Amenities    $ 100    $ 100    $ 100    $ 100    $ 400   Allowance
  Public Relations (Advertising)    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 2,000   Organization and participation activities, contributions, gifts with logo, etc
  Public Relations    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 10,000   Organization meetings, press relations, NGO, etc
  Memberships - Chamber of Mines, etc    $ 250    $ 250    $ 250    $ 250    $ 1,000   Mining association (GPMB), Chamber of Commerce, etc
  Audit fees    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 2,000   Assumed various audit fees
  Stamp Duty, Municipal Taxes Etc.    $ 250    $ 250    $ 250    $ 250    $ 1,000   Various governmental fees
  Insurance    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 2,000   Various insurances
  Bank Charges    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 4,000   Assumed various bank charges
  Legal costs    $ 15,000    $ 15,000    $ 15,000    $ 15,000    $ 60,000   Various legal fees, shareholders agreement, permits transfer, etc
  International Business Travel costs    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 20,000   Airplane tickets, hotels, visas, restaurants, etc
  In country and regional travelling/out of station allowance    $ 250    $ 250    $ 250    $ 250    $ 1,000   Hotels, restaurants, fuel, etc
  TOTAL    $ 40,800    $ 38,050    $ 38,050    $ 38,050    $ 154,950  

 


Salaries Management and Senior Supervision

 

Cost Code

 

Description

  August   September   October   November   Total  

Comment

  Ouaga Management - Expats   $ 59,746   $ 59,746   $ 74,746   $ 99,746   $ 293,983   Total expats salaries and related costs in Ouagadougou
  Ouaga Management - Burkinabes   $ 12,615   $ 12,615   $ 12,615   $ 12,615   $ 50,460   Total Burkinabes salaries and related costs in Ouaga
  Temporary staff and contractors   $ 5,000   $ 5,000   $ 5,000   $ 5,000   $ 20,000   HR consultant, internships, logistics consultant and others
  Recruitment costs   $ 500   $ 500   $ 500   $ 500   $ 2,000   Headhunters, newspaper ads, etc
  Indirect costs GFL secondments   $ 5,000   $ 5,000   $ 5,000   $ 5,000   $ 20,000   Plane tickets passport, visa fees, etc (Mike Botha, Juan Barrera, Clifton Potter, etc)
  Essakane Supervision - Expats   $ 48,108   $ 48,108   $ 63,108   $ 63,108   $ 222,432   Total expats salaries and related costs at Essakane
  Essakane Casual workers   $ 12,000   $ 12,000   $ 12,000   $ 12,000   $ 48,000   Casual workers at Essakane
  Training and formation - employees   $ 3,000   $ 3,000   $ 3,000   $ 3,000   $ 12,000   Various training and visits to Ghana operations for Burkinabe employees
  Project Management   $ 25,000   $ 25,000   $ 25,000   $ 25,000   $ 100,000   Salaries and indirect costs (travel, hotel, etc) for Project Manager in EPCM contractor office
  Essakane Regular Workers   $ 41,118   $ 41,118   $ 41,118   $ 41,118   $ 164,472   Total Burkinabes salaries and related costs at Essakane
  TOTAL   $ 212,087   $ 212,087   $ 242,087   $ 267,087   $ 933,348  

 


Expats

 

Number

   Pattison
Level
  

Equivalent

   Basic Salary
$/yr
   Bonus $/yr
25%
   Overtime    Taxes $/yr
30%
   CNSS
$/yr
   Loading
$/yr
   Total each
$/yr
  

Total

$/yr

         
1    E lower    Country Manager - TASCHEREAU Charles    145,000    36,250    0    54,375    3,000    23,000    261,625    261,625      
1    D lower    Chief Mining Engineer - VARAUD Olivier    105,000    26,250    0    39,375    3,000    58,500    185,700    185,700      
1    C lower    Office Coordinator - DUFOUR Margot    42,000    0    0    0    0    0    42,000    42.000      
1    C upper    Purchasing and Logistics Coordinator    75,000    18,750    0    28,125    3,000    27,000    151,875    151,875      
1    E lower    Metallurgical Manager    120,000    30,000    0    0    0    15,000    165,000    165,000      
1    D upper    Engineering Superintendant    100,000    25,000    0    0    0    15,000    140,000    140,000      
1    C upper    Environmental Consultant - BAUDRAND Julien    42,000    0    0    0    0    0    42,000    42,000      
1    D upper    F&A Manager - RIOPEL Guy    110,000    27,500    0    41,250    3,000    27,000    208,750    208,750      
8          739,000    163,750    0    163,125    12,000    165,500    Total    1,196,950       99,746
Burkinabe                               1,045,075    Without non filled positions   

Number

   Pattison
Level
  

Equivalent

   Basic Salary
$/yr
   Bonus $/yr
12%
   Overtime
10%
   Taxes    CNSS $/yr
18.5%
   Loading
$/yr
   Total each
$/yr
  

Total

$/yr

         
1    D lower    Lawyer - KARAMBIRY Antoine    16,000    1,920    0    0    3,315    1,500    22,735    22,735      
1    D lower    Accountant - OUEDRAOGO M Pascal    14,000    1,680    0    0    2,901    1,500    20,081    20,081      
1    C upper    Purchaser - BAZEMO Ezidor    11,000    1,320    0    0    2,279    1,000    15,599    15,599      
1    C upper    Ass. Accountant OUEDRAOGO Guillaume    11,000    1,320    0    0    2,279    1,000    15,599    15,599      
1    C upper    PR Coordinator - KOSSONGONONA Eric    7,500    900    0    0    1,554    1,000    10,954    10,954      
1    C upper    HR Coordinator - MAIGA Hamadou    13,200    1,584    0    0    2,735    1,000    18,519    18,519      
1    C lower    Secretary - YAGUIBOU Zénatou    6,000    720    0    0    1,243    750    8,713    8,713      
1    B upper    Traductrice - DA Marguerite    5,000    600    0    0    1,036    500    7,136    7,136      
1    B upper    Cook - Thimothy Apuulika    4,000    480    400    0    829    500    6,209    6,209      
1    B lower    Senior Driver - DABIRE Serge    3,000    360    300    0    622    500    4,782    4,782      
1    B lower    Driver - OUEDRAOGO Didier    3,000    360    300    0    622    500    4,782    4,782      
1    B lower    Receptionnist/security - KABORE Augustin    2,500    300    250    0    518    500    4,068    4,068      
1    B lower    Driver Ouaga - SIMPORE Bernard    2,500    300    250    0    518    500    4,068    4,068      
1    A    Watchman - BONKOUNGOU D. Soulaymane    1,000    120    100    0    207    250    1,677    1,677      
1    A    Watchman - Replacement    1,000    120    100    0    207    250    1,677    1,677      
1    A    Maintenance - SOGABA Lizeta    1,500    180    150    0    311    250    2,391    2,391      
1    A    Maintenance - YABRÉ Zébado François    1,500    180    150    0    311    250    2,391    2,391      
17          103,700    12,444    2,000    0    21,487    11,750    Total    151,381       12,615

 

Expats Salary Loading
$/yr

   Manager   

Expat

Essakane

   Expat Ouaga
single
   Expat
Ouaga
Married
   Expat
Ouaga 2
kids
    

Accomodation (US$/annum)

   Included G&A    Included G&A    12,000    15,000    22,000    $1500/month residence in Ouaga for Managers, $1,000/month residence in Ouaga for D upper

insurance employee

   4,000    4,000    4,000    4,000    4,000   

insurance partner

   0    0    0    4,000    8,000   

airfares employee

   18,000    10,000    10,000    7,500    7,500    Business for Managers 4x year ($4,500 per ticket), economy for Expats 4x year ($2,500 per ticket).

airfares partner

   0    0    0    9,000    14,000    3x per year for married status

Visa, passport, malaria drugs, etc

   500    500    500    1,000    1,500   

annual medical examination

   500    500    500    1,000    1,500   

TOTAL

   23,000    15,000    27,000    41,500    58,500   


Expats

 

Number

 

Pattison

Level

  

Equivalent

     

Basic Salary

$/yr

  Bonus $/yr
25%
  Overtime  

Taxes $/yr

30%

 

CNSS

$/yr

  Loading
$/yr
  Total each
$/yr
 

Total

$/yr

       
1   E lower   

Project Exploration Manager - Phil Davies

    125,000   31.250   0   46,875   3,000   56,400   262,525   262,525    
1   C upper   

Risk Coordinator - Colin Steyn

    55,000   13,750   0   20,625   3,000   17,099   109,474   109,474    
1   D upper   

Health, Safety and Environmental Manager

    90,000   22,500
  0   33,750   3,000   17,099   166,349   166,349    
1  

C upper

  

Maintenance Coordinator

    45,000   11,250   0   16,875   3,000   599   76,724   76,724    
1     

Internships - Geraldine Cosset & Antoine Champagne

    25,000   0   0   7,500   3,000   13,500   49,000   49,000    
1   C upper   

Agronomy Coordinator - Sophie Sicot

    45,000   11,250   0   16,875   3,000   17,099   93,224   93,224    
6          385,000   90,000   0   142,500   18,000   121,795   Total   757,296

    63,108
Burkinabe                        590,947
  Without non filled positions  

Number

 

Pattison

Level

  

Equivalent

 

Basic Salary

Fcfa/Month

 

Basic Salary

$/Year

 

Bonus $/yr

12%

  Scheduled
Overtime
  Taxes $/yr
Variable
 

CNSS $/yr

18.5%

  Loading
$/yr
 

Total each

$/yr

 

Total

$/yr

       
1   D upper   

Chief Geologist - KOLGA Issaka

  1,250,000   27,273   3,273   0   0   5,045   1,500   37,091   37,091    
1   D lower   

Environmental Coordinator - Savadogo Adama

  450,000   9,818   1,178   0   0   1,816   1,000   13,813   13,813    
1   D lower   

Sr Technician - Ouedraogo Alphonse

  700,000   15,273   1,833   0   0   2,825   1,000   20,931   20,931    
1   D lower   

Local Affairs Coordinator - OUEDRAOGO Hassan

  800,000   17,455   2,095   0   0   3,229   1,000   23,778   23,778    
1   D lower   

Heath & Safety Coordinator - SAVADOGO Sidi

  725,000   15,818   1,898   0   0   2,926   1,000   21,643   21,643    
1   D lower   

Training Coordinator

  500,000   10,909   1,309   0   0   2,018   1,000   15,236   15,236    
1   C upper   

Language Training Supervisor

  400,000   8,727   1,047   0   0   1,615   1,000   12,389   12,389    
1   C upper   

Lifestyle Training Supervisor

  250,000   5,455   655   0   0   1,009   1,000   8,118   8,118    
1   C upper   

Skills Training Supervisor

  250,000   5,455   655   0   0   1,008   1,000   8,118   8,118    
1   C upper   

Geologist - TOE Edgar

  450,000   9,818   1,178   0   0   1,816   500   13,313   13,313    
1   C upper   

Geologist - OUEDRAOGO Augustin

  425,000   9,273   1,113   0   0   1,715   500   12,601   12,601    
1   C upper   

Geologist - OUEDRAOGO Franco

  425,000   9,273   1,113   0   0   1,715   500   12,601   12,601    
1   C upper   

Geologist - ILBOUDO Gomnoaga

  426,000   9,273   1,113   0   0   1,715   500   12,601   12,601    
1   C upper   

Geologist - TRAORE Yacouba

  425,000   9,273   1,113   0   0   1,715   500   12,601   12,601    
1   C upper   

Geologist - PIKBOUGOUM Elie

  425,000   9,273   1,113   0   0   1,715   500   12,601   12,601    
1   C upper   

Camp Manager - ILBOUDO Olivier

  550,000   12,000   1,440   0   0   2,220   500   16,160   16,160    
1   C upper   

IT Coordinator - TIANHOUN Samuel

  500,000   10,909   1,309   0   0   2,018   500   14,736   14,736    
1   C upper   

IT Officer - BATOKO Wilfrid

  225,000   4,909   589   0   0   908   500   6,906   6,906    
1   C upper   

Database Manager - DERA Idrissa

  325,000   7,091   851   0   0   1,312   500   9,754   9,754    
1   C upper   

Database Operator - ZEBA Francis

  400,000   8,727   1,047   0   0   1,615   500   11,889   11,889    
1   C upper   

Surveyor - OUANGRAOUA Nestor

  350,000   7,636   916   0   0   1,413   500   10,465   10,465    
1   C upper   

Electrician - SAWADOGO Michel

  350,000   7,636   916   0   0   1,413   500   10,465   10,465    
1   C upper   

Chef BAZOUME Baziemo

  250,000   5,455   655   0   0   1,009   500   7,618   7,618    
1   C upper   

Environmental Officer - SAWADOGO Philibert

  300,000   6,545   785   0   0   1,211   500   9,042   9,042    
1   C upper   

New senior local affairs officer

  250,000   5,455   855   0   0   1,009   500   7,818   7,818    
1   C lower   

Senior Technician - YE Joseph

  350,000   7,636   916   3,055   0   1,413   400   13,420   13,420    
1   C lower   

Technician - SORGHO Serge

  340,000   7,418   890   2,967   0   1,372   400   13,048   13,048    
1   C lower   

Technician - KOUAKOU Kouame

  340,000   7,418   890   2,967   0   1,372   400   13,048   13,048    
1   C lower   

Technician - SAWADOGO Robert

  340,000   7,418   890   2,967   0   1,372   400   13,048   13,048    
1   C lower   

Technician - KONAN Moise

  330,000   7,200   864   2,880   0   1,332   400   12,676   12,676    
1   B upper   

Maintenance Light Vehicles - AMADOU Alou

  150,000   3,273   393   818   0   605   300   5,389   5,389    
1   B upper   

Ass. Chef

  130,000   2,836   340   284   0   525   300   4,285   4,285    
1   B upper   

Maintenance - KERE Jacques

  180,000   3,927   471   982   0   727   300   6,407   6,407    
1   B upper   

Concierge - SAMBO Ag

  120,000   2,618   314   655   0   484   300   4,371   4,371    
1   B upper   

Secretary - WARADIOFFET Fati

  120,000   2,618   314   262   0   484   300   3,979   3,979    
1   B upper   

Local Affairs Officer - TARGUI Lamine

  130,000   2,836   340   709   0   525   300   4,711   4,711    
1   B lower   

New Local affair officers

  100,000   2,182   262   545   0   404   300   3,693   3,693    
1   B lower   

New Local affair officers

  100,000   2,182   262   545   0   404   300   3,693   3,693    
1   B lower   

New Local affair officers

  100,000   2,182   262   545   0   404   300   3,693   3,693    
1   B lower   

Local Affairs Officer - SAMBO Aminata

  120,000   2,618   314   655   0   484   200   4,271   4,271    
1   B upper   

Senior Driver - NIGNAN Moumouni

  150,000   3,273   393   818   0   605   300   5,389   5,389    
1   B upper   

Warehouse supervisor - RABO Abdoulaye

  120,000   2,618   314   655   0   484   300   4,371   4,371    
1   B lower   

Driver

  90,000   1,964   236   491   0   363   200   3,253   3,253    
1   B lower   

Driver

  90,000   1,964   236   491   0   363   200   3,253   3,253    
1   B lower   

Driver

  90,000   1,964   236   491   0   363   200   3,253   3,253    
1   B lower   

Driver

  90,000   1,964   236   491   0   363   200   3,253   3,253    
1   B lower   

Help Maintenance

  75,000   1,636   196   409   0   303   200   2,745   2,745    
1   B lower   

Help Cook

  70,000   1,527   183   382   0   283   200   2,575   2,575    
1   B lower   

Help Cook

  70,000   1,527   183   382   0   283   200   2,575   2,575    
1   A   

Kitchen service

  65,000   1,418   170   355   0   262   200   2,405   2,405    
1   A   

Kitchen service

  65,000   1,418   170   355   0   262   200   2,405   2,405    
1   A   

Cleaner

  55,000   1,200   144   300   0   222   200   2,066   2,066    
1   A   

Cleaner

  55,000   1,200   144   300   0   222   200   2,066   2,066    
1   A   

Ass. Cook

  52,650   1,149   138   287   0   213   200   1,986   1,986    
54        15,487,650   337,912
  40,549   27,042   0   62,514   25,400   493,417   493,417     41,118
         35,909                  

 

Expats Salary
Loading $/yr

   Manager    Expat Essakane    Expat Ouaga
single
   Expat Ouaga
Married
   Expat Ouaga
2 kids
   Interns     

Accomodation (USS/annum)

   18,000    Included G&A    9,000    12,000    14,400    Included G    $1500/month residence in Ouaga for Managers, $1,000/month residence in Ouaga for D upper

insurance employee

   4,000    4,000    4,000    4,000    4,000    4,000   

insurance partner

   0    0    0    4,000    8,000    0   

airfares employee

   18,000    12,000    12,000    9,000    9,000    9,000    Business for Manager 3x year ($6000 per ticket), economy for Expats 3x year ($3000 per ticket).

airfares partner

   0    0    0    9,000    18,000    0   

Visa, passport, malaria drugs, etc

   500    599    500    1,000    1,500    500   

annual medical examination

   500    500    500    1,000    1,500    0   

TOTAL

   41,000    17,099    26,000    40,000    56,400    13,500   

 


Exploration and Geology

 

Cost Code

  

Description

   August    September    October    November    Total   

Comment

   Training geologists    $ 10,000    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 10,000    Training on softwares
   Training database administrator    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0       Advanced training on Datashed
   Regional Exploration    $ 20,000    $ 20,000    $ 20,000    $ 20,000    $ 80,000    Regional exploration work, soil sampling, assays, etc
   Assays from regional program and condemnation    $ 70,000    $ 70,000    $ 70,000    $ 0    $ 210,000    Preparation and Assaying of 17,000 samples
   Geology consultants    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 20,000    Snowden and other external consultants/reviews on models
   TOTAL    $ 105,000    $ 95,000    $ 95,000    $ 25,000    $ 320,000   

-An expenditure of 270,000Fcfa ($550) per km2 is required annually for permit retention. Six permits are currently roughly 180km2 each. According to the BF laws, these permits will lapse in two years, unless we transform them in mining permits

 


Essakane Camp

 

Cost Code

 

Description

   August    September    October    November    Total   

Comment

  Police Economique    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 10,000    Police station at Essakane
  Security    $ 4,000    $ 4,000    $ 4,000    $ 4,000    $ 16,000    Djamnati watchmen contractors
  IT maintenance    $ 250    $ 250    $ 250    $ 250    $ 1,000    Various parts and equipment
  Transport Truck    $ 3,500    $ 3,500    $ 3,500    $ 3,500    $ 14,000    Monthly cost for truck to transport material and equipment, 2 trips/week
  Airplane rental    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 4,000    Occasional flight for transport of visitors to site
  Fuel    $ 15,000    $ 15,000    $ 15,000    $ 15,000    $ 60,000    Fuel for power generation and Gold Fields vehicles
  Food and water    $ 20,000    $ 20,000    $ 25,000    $ 25,000    $ 90,000    Various food and consumables supplies for Essakane
  Protective clothing and safety equipment    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 10,000    Safety clothing and equipment
  Drugs, first aid equipment and medical costs    $ 1,500    $ 1,500    $ 1,500    $ 1,500    $ 6,000    Drugs, first aid equipment and medical costs
  Small tools    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 2,000    Various
  Transport related costs    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 4,000    Various transport related costs, customs, road fees, etc
  Softwares    $ 2000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 8,000    Purchase and licenses renewal (Datashed, Datamine, etc)
  Office supplies    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 2,000    Various office supplies
  Lubrifiants, propane    $ 200    $ 200    $ 200    $ 200    $ 800    Oil, grease and propane (cooking)
  Building maintenance    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 10,000    Various maintenance and equipment replacement
  Phone    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 2,000    Fixed phone costs (cell fees paid by Ouaga)
  Satellite communication and Internet    $ 1,500    $ 1,500    $ 1,500    $ 1,500    $ 6,000    Monthly bandwidth fees
  Freight (general)    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 10,000   
  Cleaning products and equipment    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 2,000    Various cleaning products
  Maintenance Light Vehicles    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 4,000    General maintenance
  General Maintenance cost    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 20,000    Genset, potable water system, electrical, etc
  Maintenance Heavy vehicles    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 4,000    General maintenance
  TOTAL    $ 68,950    $ 68,950    $ 73,950    $ 73,950    $ 285,800   


Socio-Economic

 

Cost Code

 

Description

   August    September    October    November    Total   

Comment

  Small donations and activities    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 500    $ 2,000    Various donations to Essakane local communities
  Consultation activities with populations    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 20,000    Per diem, meals, transport to meetings, etc
  Preparation for consultation activities    $ 1,500    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 1 ,500    Furniture, equipment, room preparation for meetings, etc
  Tree nursery    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 8,000    Organization, seeds, small plants, consultation, etc
  Safety equipment for training and uniforms    $ 6,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 12,000    Hard hats, boots, etc for trainees (will be kept after)
  Training - Gold Fields Academy    $ 12,000    $ 12,000    $ 12,000    $ 12,000    $ 48,000    Coordinator salary, traveling and fees to Academy for supervision
  Bursaries for trainees    $ 12,000    $ 12,000    $ 12,000    $ 12,000    $ 48,000    $2 per day per trainee for living expenses (250 x 120days x $2 = $48,000)
  Training cost    $ 15,000    $ 15,000    $ 15,000    $ 15,000    $ 60,000    Trainers, books, consumables, etc
  Training rooms    $ 15,000    $ 5,000    $ 0    $ 0    $ 20,000    Training rooms equipment and preparation
  Litteracy training    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 10,000    Litteracy and French training classes in villages
  Socio-economics installation    $ 15 000    $ 5,000    $ 0    $ 0    $ 20,000    Offices upgrade and equipment
  ISO 14001 consulting and audit costs    $ 1,000    $ 5,000    $ 1,000    $ 10,000    $ 17,000    Costs for auditing and consultation related to ISO14001 implementation
  Aid programs    $ 0    $ 0    $ 10,000    $ 10,000    $ 20,000    Allowance for bigger aid program to local communities
  NGO-GFBF work with local communities    $ 10,000    $ 10,000    $ 10,000    $ 10,000    $ 40,000    Work in cooperation with local NGO to develop local associations in villages
  Sustainable development programs    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 2,500    $ 10,000    Various programs with population and consultation
  Population information and education    $ 5,000    $ 5,000    $ 2,000    $ 2,000    $ 14,000    Information of population on project through various medias as radio, meetings, etc
  Garden    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 1,000    $ 4,000    Ongoing vegetables garden with local woman association and development at school
  TOTAL    $ 106,000    $ 84,500    $ 77,500    $ 86,500    $ 354,500   

 


Pre-Construction Work

 

Cost Code

  

Description

   August    September   October    November    Total   

Comment

   GRD MINPROC - Engineering    $ 850,000    $ 850,000   $850,000    $ 850,000    $ 3,400,000    Start of detailed design (40% detailed), organisation of start of construction of townsite and trip to Burkina Faso - Based on Minproc estimate
   RePlan - Socio-Economic    $ 80,000    $ 80,000   $80,000    $ 80,000    $ 320,000    RePlan work on resetlement negotiations - Based on RePlan proposal
   Environmental, hydro, geotechnical and civil consultants    $ 300,000    $ 300,000   $300,000    $ 300,000    $ 1,200,000    Cost toward detailed design and further work on geotech and hydrogeology, as per KP proposal and retaining taxes
   Mining consultant    $ 5,000    $ 5,000   $5,000    $ 5,000    $ 20,000    [External reviews]
   Review of BFS and cost optimization    $ 5,000    $ 0   $5,000    $ 5,000    $ 15,000    Consultants on review meetings and studies. Peer reviews for Processing, Mining and Overall Project Management
   Contracts Consultants    $ 10,000    $ 10,000   $10,000    $ 10,000    $ 40,000    Consultants to review contacts on Mining Fleet, MARC, Fuel and Power
   Metallurgy    $ 10,000    $ 10,000   $10,000    $ 10,000    $ 40,000    Additional metallurgical testing and completion of those ongoing, including shipment of samples; also including new sedimentation tests.
   Townsite detailed design    $ 10,000    $ 0   $0    $ 0    $ 10,000    Architectural design and detailed drawings
   Additional socio-economic studies and resettlement site studies    $ 5,000    $ 5,000   $5,000    $ 5,000    $ 20,000    As required during and following negotiations
   Legal costs for mining convention    $ 5,000    $ 5,000   $5,000    $ 0    $ 15,000    Legal costs for mining convention negotiations
   Additional hydrogeological & geotechnical drilling/studies    $ 140,000    $ 140,000   $140,000    $ 140,000    $ 560,000    Require more detailed drilling for mine foot wall, plant building, dam and other as required, as per KP proposal
   Archeology work    $ 5,000    $ 5,000   $5,000    $ 5,000    $ 20,000    To excavate potentially interesting acheological areas with University of Ouagadougou and clear up for construction
   CEMOB Camp Upgrade for phase one construction    $ 10,000    $ 10,000   $10,000    $ 0    $ 30,000    Existing camp will be used throughout construction to lodge about 150 senior workers, contractors and consultants
   Travels Costs    $ 20,000    $ 20,000   $20,000    $ 20,000    $ 80,000    Travel and related costs for GFL employees related to Essakane
   SOX    $ 10,000    $ 10,000   $10,000    $ 10,000    $ 40,000   

Start of SOX implementation, consultation fees

   Topographic survey    $ 50,000    $ 0   $0    $ 0    $ 50,000    Topographic survey at Essakane
   Geotechnical survey    $ 185,000    $ 185,000   $0    $ 0    $ 370,000   

Geotechnical survey and drilling at Essakane for civil work

   Construction boreholes and pumps and water treatment plant    $ 0    $ 30,000   $30,000    $ 0    $ 60,000    Dewatering and potable water boreholes (assume 50% prior to December)
   Ongoing Baseline Monitoring - Environment    $ 2,500    $ 2,500   $2,500    $ 2,500    $ 10,000    Analyses costs based on current costs
                                     
   TOTAL    $ 1,702,500    $ 1,667,500   $1,487,500    $ 1,442,500    $ 7,338,272   
                                     

 


Equipment Order

 

Cost Code

  

Description

   August    September    October    November    Total   

Comment

   SAG and Ball Mill order    $ 1,500,000    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 1,500,000    10% or total Mill (SAG and Ball Mill) costs required as payment on order; need to be ordered now due to fabrication time
   Mine village and offices    $ 0    $ 900,000    $ 900,000    $ 0    $ 1,800,000    Assumed 20% commitment on value of mine village and offices pre-fab buildings
   Mining fleet    $ 0    $ 0    $ 500,000    $ 500,000    $ 1,000,000    Assume 5% payment on order of portion of mining fleet required in 2008 for water storage earthwork
   Tower cranes    $ 0    $ 0    $ 150,000    $ 150,000    $ 300,000    Tower cranes order, assumed 10% commitment on order;
   Overhead lines and village reticulation    $ 0    $ 0    $ 125,000    $ 125,000    $ 250,000    Assume 20% payment on material order
                                        
   TOTAL    $ 1,500,000    $ 900,000    $ 1,675,000    $ 775,000    $ 4,850,000   
                                        

 


Capital Expenditure Essakane

 

Cost Code

  

Description

   August    September    October    November    Total   

Comment

   Light Vehicules type HILUX (3x)    $ 75,000    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 75,000    To replace out-of-service vehicles at Essakane
   Light Vehicules type Landcruiser (2x)    $ 90,000    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 90,000    New vehicles for Essakane - Local Affairs, Security, Health & Safety
   Light Vehicules type Landcruiser Trooper (1x)    $ 45,000    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 45,000    New vehicles for Essakane - Local Affairs
   Light vehicle type PAJERO    $ 35,000    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 35,000    New vehicle for Ouaga office to replace location
   Gen-set    $ 0    $ 50,000    $ 0    $ 0    $ 50,000    New Genset for field/construction related work
   Computers    $ 4,000    $ 4,000    $ 4,000    $ 4,000    $ 16,000    For new employees and replacement of older ones, new printer
   Office furniture    $ 3,000    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 3,000    Office furniture for new employees
                                        
   TOTAL    $ 252,000    $ 54,000    $ 4,000    $ 4,000    $ 314,000   
                                        

Exhibit 4.41

Private & Confidential

7 September 2007

 

Mr I D Cockerill

 

3 Prunus

 

Little Fillan

 

Morningside Gardens

 

SANDTON

 

2057

     

GFL Mining Services

Limited  (formerly Gold Fields Limited)

 

Reg. No 1997/019961/06

24 St Andrews Road

Parktown, 2193

Postnet Suite 252

Private Bag x 30500

Houghton, 2041

 

Tel: 011: 644-2400

Tel direct: 644-2536

Fax: 011: 484-7989

 

www.goldfields.co.za

Dear Mr Cockerill

LETTER OF APPOINTMENT

GFL Mining Services Limited (“the Company”) confirms your appointment by it on the following terms and conditions:

 

1. RECORDAL

 

  1.1. You commenced employment with the Company on 1 October 1999. With effect from 1 July 2002, you were appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Gold Fields Limited (“GFL”) and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company which is a wholly owned subsidiary of GFL. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, you hereby agree that you shall not receive any remuneration or benefits from GFL for providing your services as President and Chief Executive Officer thereof.

 

  1.2. It is recorded that contemporaneously with your employment with the Company, you are also employed by and provide services to other offshore entities in the Gold Fields Group (“the Group”), currently Orogen Holdings BVI Limited (“Orogen”) and Gold Fields Ghana Holdings Limited (“Ghana”) (collectively referred to as “the Offshore Companies”).

Directors: I D Cockerill*, N J Holland*, D Roets *British

Company Secretary: C Farrel


  1.3. In terms of an agreement between the Company and the Offshore Companies, it has been agreed that you will provide services to the Company for the number of days set out in Annexure A over the period set out in Annexure A. Annexure A shall be amended effective 1 January each year to set out the number of days that you will provide services to the Company in the following twelve month period.

 

  1.4. The Parties hereby wish to record the employment terms that were verbally agreed upon by them in February 2007. These terms are recorded below and are effective, as agreed, from 1 March 2007.

 

2. DUTIES

 

  2.1. Subject to clause 1.2 above, you shall devote the whole of your time and attention, other than de minimis amounts of time devoted by you to the management of your personal affairs or to engaging in charitable or community services, during the Company’s ordinary business hours, and such reasonable amount of additional time as may be necessary, having regard to the exigencies of business from time to time, to directing and managing the business and affairs of the Group and shall in particular take charge of and superintend the business carried on by the Group, to supervise the work of and engage and dismiss executives of the Group and to see to the due performance of their duties.

 

  2.2. The only services you will in terms of this agreement be required to render to offshore subsidiaries in the Group, will be those services known as ‘shareholder functions’ in the transfer pricing context, namely those functions which are performed for the benefit of Gold Fields Limited (“GFL”), for GFL to protect its investment in its subsidiaries. All other services (referred to as ‘intra-group’ services) you may be required to render to offshore subsidiaries of the Group, will be in terms of your employment agreements with the Offshore Companies.

 

  2.3. You shall not, during your employment by the Company, be engaged either directly or indirectly, and whether as principal, agent, shareholder, or in any other manner whatsoever, in any other form of business without the previous written consent of the Board of GFL (“the Board”).


  2.4. You shall comply with the directions of the Board and carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to you and are consistent with your office and use your utmost endeavours to protect and promote the business and interests of the Group and to preserve its reputation and goodwill.

 

  2.5. You shall not, during your employment by the Company or thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of your employment, use for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or divulge or communicate to any person or persons, except to those officials of the Group whose province it is to know the same, any of the Group’s secrets or any other confidential information which you may receive or obtain in relation to the Group’s affairs or those of their customers, associates and suppliers.

 

  2.6. You may be required to take up office with other companies and bodies which you will be required to serve diligently, with any fees or other remuneration receivable by you in such capacity as a nominee of the Group required to be paid to the appropriate Group company, unless otherwise agreed by the Board.

 

  2.7. You shall undertake such reasonable and necessary travel as may be required for purposes of carrying out your duties, it being recorded that the Company may from time to time require your spouse to accompany you when you are obliged to conduct business away from your normal place of work.

 

  2.8. You shall submit to the Board, or to any person nominated by it, such information and reports as may be required of you in connection with the performance of your duties and the business of the Group.

 

  2.9. You shall generally discharge the fiduciary duties incumbent upon you in your aforesaid position and which may in law be applicable after you vacate that position.

 

  2.10. You shall, given the international nature of the Group, make yourself available at all times to attend to the business of the Group and, to this end, ensure that you have suitable facilities at your residence to attend to business outside ordinary office hours.


3. REMUNERATION AND OTHER BENEFITS

 

  3.1. As remuneration for your services, the Company will pay you an annual total cost to company Remuneration Package as set out in Annexure A (the “Remuneration Package”), one twelfth of which shall be paid each month (“monthly Remuneration Package”). The Company, where required, shall deduct tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.2. Your Remuneration Package will consist of a mix of cash and benefits as agreed to between you and the Company in advance. The cash amount shall be paid, directly into your bank account (being any bank account in the Republic of South Africa that you may nominate from time to time) and monthly in arrears on or before the last day of each month.

 

  3.3. Your Remuneration Package is subject to annual review (but not reduction) on or before 1 January of each year by the Compensation Committee.

 

  3.4. The benefit portion of your Remuneration Package will accrue as determined by the provisions and policies applicable to the benefits elected by you from time to time.

 

  3.5. You shall be entitled to participate in the annual GF Bonus Incentive Scheme, subject to the rules applicable thereto from time to time. In respect of each financial year, you shall be eligible to earn a bonus from the Company that equates to 50% (fifty percent) of your Remuneration Package in effect at the end of the applicable financial year, provided applicable performance or other targets approved by the Board for that financial year are achieved. These targets will generally be adopted, after reasonable consultation with you, by no later than 60 (sixty) days following the start of a particular financial year.

 

  3.6. If the targets contemplated in clause 3.5 above are:

 

  3.6.1. achieved, you shall be paid a bonus that equates to 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package;

 

  3.6.2. exceeded, you may in addition to the bonus contemplated in clause 3.6.1 above, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee, be paid an additional bonus of up to a further 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package; and/or


  3.6.3. not achieved, you may, nonetheless, be paid a bonus at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

  3.7. Any amount due to you determined in accordance with clause 3.5 will be paid to you within 60 (sixty) days following the end of that financial year, less tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.8. It is recorded that you are a Participant in the GF Management Incentive Scheme (“the Scheme”), in respect of which no further allocations shall be made, and The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan (“the Plan”). Your participation in the Scheme and the Plan shall, at all times, be in accordance with the provisions of the Scheme and/or the Plan and the decisions of the Compensation Committee in terms of such provisions, which decisions shall be final and binding on you.

 

  3.9. The Company shall refund to you in Rands the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by you on behalf of the Company which are substantiated by vouchers and which have been approved by the Company or are incurred in accordance with principles determined by it from time to time.

 

  3.10. You shall join the Company’s currently nominated Medical Scheme or any other medical scheme nominated by the Company from time to time, subject to the rules thereof. The Company shall pay the monthly contributions to the Medical Scheme, monthly in arrears, the costs of which form part of your Remuneration Package. Upon termination of employment for any reason, including retirement, you may, subject to the rules of the applicable medical scheme at the time, be eligible to remain a member of such medical scheme, provided that the Company shall have no obligation to make any payment of contributions to such medical scheme following such termination of employment.

 

  3.11. You shall become a member of the Gold Fields Limited Corporate Retirement Fund or any other such fund nominated by the Company from time to time, subject to the rules thereof. The Company shall pay the monthly contributions to the said Retirement Fund, monthly in arrears, the costs of which form part of your Remuneration Package.

 

  3.12. You are required to use your personal motor vehicle for the purposes of the Company in performing your duties and will be reimbursed for such use in accordance with the Company’s vehicle policy as amended from time to time.


  3.13. As you are regarded as a key man in Company and exposed to exceptional personal risks, the Company may require additional permanent or temporary security arrangements to be made in regard to your safety and the safety of your immediate family. The costs of the provision of such additional security arrangements shall be borne by the Company.

 

4. ANNUAL LEAVE

 

  4.1. You shall be entitled to a number of working days paid leave (“the Leave Entitlement”) on full pay in respect of each twelve-month cycle of employment with the Company, as set out in Annexure A, to be taken at such time or times as mutually agreed to by the Board and in accordance with the Company’s leave policy applicable from time to time.

 

  4.2. The monthly leave entitlement that will accrue to you with respect to the Company for the applicable period is set out in Annexure A.

 

5. NON-SOLICITATION

 

  5.1. You hereby undertake that neither you nor any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern in which you are directly or indirectly interested or employed, will for a period of 24 (twenty four) months after the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly:

 

  5.1.1. encourage or entice or incite or persuade or induce any employee of the Group, who is employed by the Group as at the date your employment with the Company terminates, to terminate his or her employment by it; or

 

  5.1.2. furnish any information or advice to any employee to whom clause 5.1.1 applies or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such employee terminating his or her employment by the Group and/or becoming employed by or directly or indirectly in any way interested in or associated with any other company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern.


6. INVENTIONS, DISCOVERIES AND COPYRIGHT

 

  6.1. Any discovery or invention or secret process or improvement in procedure made or discovered by you in the course and scope of your employment by the Company, in connection with or in any way affecting or relating to the business of the Group or capable of being used or adapted for use by the Group or in connection with their businesses shall be disclosed to the Company and shall belong to and be the absolute property of the Company or any other company or entity nominated by it.

 

  6.2. You shall, if and when required by the Company, apply or join with the Company at its expense in applying for Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the Republic of South Africa or in any other part of the world for such discovery, invention, process or improvement and shall at the Company’s expense execute all instruments and do all things necessary for vesting the said Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the name of the Company as sole beneficial owner or in the name of such other person as the Company may nominate.

 

  6.3. Insofar as may be necessary, you assign to the Company the copyright in all present and future works eligible for copyright of which you may be the author, which works were or are created, compiled, devised or brought into being during the course and scope of your employment with the Company. No consideration will be paid by the Company to you in respect of this assignment.

 

  6.4. All reports, manuals, budgets, indices, research papers, letters or other similar documents (the nature of which is not limited by the specific reference to the a foregoing items and which include electronic versions thereof) which are created, compiled or devised or brought into being by you or come into your possession during the course and scope of your employment, and all copies thereof, shall be the property of the Company. Upon the date of termination of your employment, or earlier if required by the Company, such documents and all copies shall be returned to the Company.

 

  6.5. On termination of this agreement, you shall deliver to the Company all property in your possession or under your control belonging to the Group.


7. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

 

  7.1. Your employment shall continue for an indefinite period subject to you being able to terminate the employment relationship by furnishing the Board with 6 (six) calendar months written notice or the Board furnishing you with 6 (six) calendar months written notice thereof. The Company may elect to pay you in lieu of notice. The a foregoing shall not derogate from the entitlement of either party to terminate this agreement summarily on grounds permitted in law.

 

  7.2. Your employment contemplated herein shall terminate ipso facto upon you reaching the retirement age of 63 (sixty-three) years.

 

8. CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

  8.1. Notwithstanding clause 7, if, at any time before the termination of your employment pursuant to this agreement a change of control of GFL shall occur and your employment pursuant to this agreement is terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such change of control, you shall be entitled to a lump sum compensatory payment equal to twice your then annual Remuneration Package, plus the average of the incentive bonuses paid by the Company to you during the previous 2 (two) completed financial years, together with any other payments and/or benefits then due and payable in terms of this agreement. The agreed amounts referred to in the preceding sentence shall cover any compensation or damages you may be entitled to in terms of the Labour Relations Act, 1995, the Basic Conditions of Employment Act, 1997, and any other law (including common law) governing employment or the termination of employment. You shall be entitled for a period of 2 (two) years after the date of termination of your employment, subject to the relevant rules of the GF Management Incentive Scheme then in force, to retain and to exercise all share options allocated to you in terms of that Scheme including those which may not have vested at the date of such termination. Entitlements to Awards and Allocations in terms of The Gold Fields 2005 Share Plan shall be accelerated and on the date of such termination of employment you shall be Settled with the full number of SARS and PVRS previously Allocated and Awarded to you in accordance with the provisions of that Plan and, in the case of SARS, you shall have, subject to the relevant rules of that Plan then in force, a period of 1 (one) year after the date of termination of your employment, to retain and to exercise all SARS Allocated to you in terms of that Plan. You shall furthermore be entitled to receive the Bonus Incentive earned in terms of clause 3.6 to notwithstanding that the financial year concerned may not have been concluded on the basis that the bonus targets shall be deemed to have been achieved.


  8.2. For the purposes of this clause 8, a change of control of GFL shall mean a transaction or series of transactions, whereby directly or indirectly, any company, person or other entity and its concert parties (as envisaged, from time to time, in the Securities Regulation Code on Take-Overs and Mergers) comes to beneficially hold in aggregate more than 30% (thirty per cent) of the ordinary issued share capital of GFL.

 

  8.3. In the event of the consummation of an acquisition, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement or other re-organisation, whether or not there is a change of control, and your services are terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such consummation, the provisions of 8.1 shall apply.

 

  8.4. You shall not be entitled to the benefits set out in 8.1 should your services be terminated as the result of your dismissal on the grounds of proven fraud, theft, misappropriation of property or funds, or a related disciplinary offence involving gross dishonesty.

 

9. DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ INSURANCE

The Company hereby indemnifies you to the full extent permitted by the provisions of section 247(2) of the Companies Act, 1973, as amended, and in addition undertakes to take out and maintain at its cost and for your benefit, such standard Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance as may be recommended by the Company’s insurance brokers, from time to time, and for such reasonable level of cover having regard to all the circumstances as may be determined by the Board, from time to time.

 

10. TAXATION

None of the provisions of this agreement shall impose any obligation on the Company to make any tax payment in your favour and you shall be required to bear and pay all monies for which you may be liable in respect of income tax or any other tax.


11. APPLICABLE LAWS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  11.1. This agreement will be interpreted and applied in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

  11.2. Any dispute between the parties in regard to any matter arising from this agreement and your employment relationship with the Company, shall first be referred to the Compensation Committee for resolution, failing which it shall be referred to a sub-committee of the Board comprising the majority of the Non-executive members of the Board. Should such body not be able to resolve the dispute, the dispute shall be finally resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the appropriate rules of the Arbitration Foundation of South Africa, by an arbitrator agreed to between the parties or, failing such agreement, appointment by that Foundation.

 

12. DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI

The parties choose as their domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes under this agreement the following addresses:

 

  12.1. The Company:

24 St Andrews Road

Parktown

JOHANNESBURG

 

  12.2. Mr I D Cockerill:

3 Prunus

Little Fillan

Morningside Gardens

SANDTON

2057


13. GENERAL

 

  13.1. In the event that your services are terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Company may deduct all amounts owing to the Company from any amounts due to you by the Company on the date your employment terminates.

 

  13.2. Subject to 1.2, this agreement, read with any applicable written policies, procedures, regulations or the like of the Company, including the Company’s Corporate Office Staff Booklet, constitutes the whole agreement between the parties in respect of your employment by the Company. In the event of any conflict between such written policies, procedures, regulations or the like and this agreement, the terms of this agreement shall prevail.

 

  13.3. No relaxation or indulgence which the Company may show to you shall in any way prejudice or be deemed to be a waiver of its rights under this agreement.

 

  13.4. The parties record that the provisions of this agreement correctly reflect their intentions.

 

14. RESIGNATION

On the date your employment with the Company terminates, you shall ipso facto be deemed on that date to have resigned as a director or officer of GFL, the Company and/or any other company or body in which you hold office by virtue of your employment by the Company, in which event you hereby irrevocably appoint the then secretary of the Company as your agent in rem suam to sign all such documents and to do all such acts as may be necessary to effect and implement such resignations.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GFL MINING SERVICES LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms and conditions of employment as set out in this letter of appointment.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr ID Cockerill
    __________
    Date

 


ANNEXURE A

Mr I D Cockerill

This Annexure is to be read in conjunction with the specified clauses in the Letter of Appointment.

This Annexure is to be updated effective 1 January each year, and at any other time when the

applicable details are reviewed.

This Annexure is effective 1 March 2007.

 

1. In terms of Clause 1.3, the Executive shall perform services to the Company for 177 working days for the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007.

 

2. In terms of Clause 3.1, the Remuneration Package is R 4,055,000 with effect from 1 March 2007.

 

3. In terms of Clause 4.1, the Leave Entitlement is calculated as 177/227 * 24 = 18.72 days, where:

 

  177 represents the annual number of contracted working days

 

  227 represents the number of working days in the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007

 

  24 represents the total leave entitlement for a full calendar year, inclusive of all leave entitlements arising out of your contracts with the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies.

Annual leave shall accrue on a monthly basis at the rate of 1.56 working days per month.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GFL MINING SERVICES LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms of this Annexure A, effective 1 March 2007.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr ID Cockerill
    __________
    Date

Exhibit 4.42

Private & Confidential

7 September 2007

 

Mr NJ Holland

9 Southbend Avenue

Northcliff

2195

    

GFL Mining Services

Limited (formerly Gold Fields Limited)

 

Reg. No 1997/019961/06

24 St Andrews Road

Parktown, 2193

Postnet Suite 252

Private Bag x 30500

Houghton, 2041

 

Tel: 011: 644-2400

Tel direct: 644-2536

Fax: 011: 484-7989

 

www.goldfields.co.za

Dear Mr Holland

LETTER OF APPOINTMENT

GFL Mining Services Limited (“the Company”) confirms your appointment by it on the following terms and conditions:

 

1. RECORDAL

 

  1.1. You commenced employment with the Company on 1 March 1998 as the Financial Director. You subsequently were appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 1 July 2002.

 

  1.2. It is recorded that contemporaneously with your employment with the Company, you are also employed by and provide services to other offshore entities in the Gold Fields Group (“the Group”), currently Gold Fields Orogen Holdings BVI Limited (“Orogen”) and Gold Fields Ghana Holdings Limited (“Ghana”) (collectively referred to as “the Offshore Companies”).

 

  1.3. In terms of an agreement between the Company and the Offshore Companies, it has been agreed that you will provide services to the Company for the number of days set out in Annexure A over the period set out in Annexure A. Annexure A shall be amended effective 1 January each year to set out the number of days that you will provide services to the Company in the following twelve month period.

Directors: I D Cockerill*, Ms I Boninelli, MD Fleischer, TP Goodlace, N J Holland*, V Pillay, D Roets *British

Company Secretary: C Farrel


  1.4. The Parties hereby wish to record the employment terms that were verbally agreed upon by them in February 2007. These terms are recorded below and are effective, as agreed, from 1 March 2007.

 

2. DUTIES

 

  2.1. Subject to clause 1.2 above, you shall devote the whole of your time and attention, other than de minimis amounts of time devoted by you to the management of your personal affairs or to engaging in charitable or community services, during the Company’s ordinary business hours, and such reasonable amount of additional time as may be necessary, having regard to the exigencies of business from time to time, to directing and managing the financial affairs of the Group.

 

  2.2. The only services you will in terms of this agreement be required to render to offshore subsidiaries in the Group, will be those services known as ‘shareholder functions’ in the transfer pricing context, namely those functions which are performed for the benefit of Gold Fields Limited (“GFL”), for GFL to protect its investment in its subsidiaries. All other services (referred to as ‘intra-group’ services) you may be required to render to offshore subsidiaries of the Group, will be in terms of your employment agreements with the Offshore Companies.

 

  2.3. You shall not, during your employment by the Company, be engaged either directly or indirectly, and whether as principal, agent, shareholder, or in any other manner whatsoever, in any other form of business without the previous written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of GFL (“the CEO”).

 

  2.4. You shall comply with the directions of the CEO and carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to you and are consistent with your office and use your utmost endeavours to protect and promote the business and interests of the Group and to preserve its reputation and goodwill.

 

  2.5. You shall not, during your employment by the Company or thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of your employment, use for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or divulge or communicate to any person or persons, except to those officials of the Group whose province it is to know the same, any of the Group’s secrets or any other confidential information which you may receive or obtain in relation to the Group’s affairs or those of their customers, associates and suppliers.


  2.6. You may be required to take up office with other companies and bodies which you will be required to serve diligently, with any fees or other remuneration receivable by you in such capacity as a nominee of the Group required to be paid to the appropriate Group company, unless otherwise agreed by the CEO.

 

  2.7. You shall undertake such reasonable and necessary travel as may be required for purposes of carrying out your duties, it being recorded that the Company may from time to time require your spouse to accompany you when you are obliged to conduct business away from your normal place of work.

 

  2.8. You shall submit to the CEO, or to any person nominated by him, such information and reports as may be required of you in connection with the performance of your duties and the business of the Group.

 

  2.9. You shall generally discharge the fiduciary duties incumbent upon you in your aforesaid position and which may in law be applicable after you vacate that position.

 

  2.10. You shall, given the international nature of the Group, make yourself available at all times to attend to the business of the Group and, to this end, ensure that you have suitable facilities at your residence to attend to business outside ordinary office hours.

 

3. REMUNERATION AND OTHER BENEFITS

 

  3.1. As remuneration for your services, the Company will pay you an annual total cost to company Remuneration Package as set out in Annexure A (the “Remuneration Package”), one twelfth of which shall be paid each month (“monthly Remuneration Package”). The Company, where required, shall deduct tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.2. Your Remuneration Package will consist of a mix of cash and benefits as agreed to between you and the Company in advance. The cash amount shall be paid, directly into your bank account (being any bank account in the Republic of South Africa that you may nominate from time to time) and monthly in arrears on or before the last day of each month.


  3.3. Your Remuneration Package is subject to annual review (but not reduction) on or before 1 January of each year by the Compensation Committee.

 

  3.4. The benefit portion of your Remuneration Package will accrue as determined by the provisions and policies applicable to the benefits elected by you from time to time.

 

  3.5. You shall be entitled to participate in the annual GF Bonus Incentive Scheme, subject to the rules applicable thereto from time to time. In respect of each financial year, you shall be eligible to earn a bonus from the Company that equates to 50% (fifty percent) of your Remuneration Package in effect at the end of the applicable financial year, provided applicable performance or other targets approved by the Board for that financial year are achieved. These targets will generally be adopted, after reasonable consultation with you, by no later than 60 (sixty) days following the start of a particular financial year.

 

  3.6. If the targets contemplated in clause 3.5 above are:

 

  3.6.1. achieved, you shall be paid a bonus that equates to 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package;

 

  3.6.2. exceeded, you may in addition to the bonus contemplated in clause 3.6.1 above, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee, be paid an additional bonus of up to a further 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package; and/or

 

  3.6.3. not achieved, you may, nonetheless, be paid a bonus at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

  3.7. Any amount due to you determined in accordance with clause 3.5 will be paid to you within 60 (sixty) days following the end of that financial year, less tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.8.

It is recorded that you are a Participant in the GF Management Incentive Scheme (“the Scheme”), in respect of which no further allocations shall be made, and The Gold Fields Limited


 

2005 Share Plan (“the Plan”). Your participation in the Scheme and the Plan shall, at all times, be in accordance with the provisions of the Scheme and/or the Plan and the decisions of the Compensation Committee in terms of such provisions, which decisions shall be final and binding on you.

 

  3.9. The Company shall refund to you in Rands the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by you on behalf of the Company which are substantiated by vouchers and which have been approved by the Company or are incurred in accordance with principles determined by it from time to time.

 

  3.10. You shall join the Company’s currently nominated Medical Scheme or any other medical scheme nominated by the Company from time to time, subject to the rules thereof. The Company shall pay the monthly contributions to the Medical Scheme, monthly in arrears, the costs of which form part of your Remuneration Package. Upon termination of employment for any reason, including retirement, you may, subject to the rules of the applicable medical scheme at the time, be eligible to remain a member of such medical scheme, provided that the Company shall have no obligation to make any payment of contributions to such medical scheme following such termination of employment.

 

  3.11. You shall become a member of the Gold Fields Limited Corporate Retirement Fund or any other such fund nominated by the Company from time to time, subject to the rules thereof. The Company shall pay the monthly contributions to the said Retirement Fund, monthly in arrears, the costs of which form part of your Remuneration Package.

 

  3.12. You are required to use your personal motor vehicle for the purposes of the Company in performing your duties and will be reimbursed for such use in accordance with the Company’s vehicle policy as amended from time to time.

 

  3.13. As you are regarded as a key man in the Company and exposed to exceptional personal risks, the Company may require additional permanent or temporary security arrangements to be made in regard to your safety and the safety of your immediate family. The costs of the provision of such additional security arrangements shall be borne by the Company.


4. ANNUAL LEAVE

 

  4.1. You shall be entitled to a number of working days paid leave (“the Local Leave Entitlement”) on full pay in respect of each twelve-month cycle of employment with the Company, as set out in Annexure A, to be taken at such time or times as mutually agreed to by the CEO and in accordance with the Company’s leave policy applicable from time to time.

 

  4.2. The monthly leave entitlement that will accrue to you with respect to the Company for the applicable period is set out in Annexure A.

 

5. NON-SOLICITATION

 

  5.1. You hereby undertake that neither you nor any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern in which you are directly or indirectly interested or employed, will for a period of 24 (twenty four) months after the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly:

 

  5.1.1. encourage or entice or incite or persuade or induce any employee of the Group, who is employed by the Group as at the date your employment with the Company terminates, to terminate his or her employment by it; or

 

  5.1.2. furnish any information or advice to any employee to whom clause 5.1.1 applies or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such employee terminating his or her employment by the Group and/or becoming employed by or directly or indirectly in any way interested in or associated with any other company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern.

 

6. INVENTIONS, DISCOVERIES AND COPYRIGHT

 

  6.1. Any discovery or invention or secret process or improvement in procedure made or discovered by you in the course and scope of your employment by the Company, in connection with or in any way affecting or relating to the business of the Group or capable of being used or adapted for use by the Group or in connection with their businesses shall be disclosed to the Company and shall belong to and be the absolute property of the Company or any other company or entity nominated by it.


  6.2. You shall, if and when required by the Company, apply or join with the Company at its expense in applying for Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the Republic of South Africa or in any other part of the world for such discovery, invention, process or improvement and shall at the Company’s expense execute all instruments and do all things necessary for vesting the said Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the name of the Company as sole beneficial owner or in the name of such other person as the Company may nominate.

 

  6.3. Insofar as may be necessary, you assign to the Company the copyright in all present and future works eligible for copyright of which you may be the author, which works were or are created, compiled, devised or brought into being during the course and scope of your employment with the Company. No consideration will be paid by the Company to you in respect of this assignment.

 

  6.4. All reports, manuals, budgets, indices, research papers, letters or other similar documents (the nature of which is not limited by the specific reference to the aforegoing items and which include electronic versions thereof) which are created, compiled or devised or brought into being by you or come into your possession during the course and scope of your employment, and all copies thereof, shall be the property of the Company. Upon the date of termination of your employment, or earlier if required by the Company, such documents and all copies shall be returned to the Company.

 

  6.5. On termination of this agreement, you shall deliver to the Company all property in your possession or under your control belonging to the Group.

 

7. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

 

  7.1. Your employment shall continue for an indefinite period subject to you being able to terminate the employment relationship by furnishing the CEO with 6 (six) calendar months written notice or the CEO furnishing you with 6 (six) calendar months written notice thereof. The Company may elect to pay you in lieu of notice. The aforegoing shall not derogate from the entitlement of either party to terminate this agreement summarily on grounds permitted in law.


  7.2. Your employment contemplated herein shall terminate ipso facto upon you reaching the retirement age of 60 (sixty) years.

 

8. CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

  8.1. Notwithstanding clause 7, if, at any time before the termination of your employment pursuant to this agreement a change of control of GFL shall occur and your employment pursuant to this agreement is terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such change of control, you shall be entitled to a lump sum compensatory payment equal to twice your then annual Remuneration Package, plus the average of the incentive bonuses paid by the Company to you during the previous 2 (two) completed financial years, together with any other payments and/or benefits then due and payable in terms of this agreement. The agreed amounts referred to in the preceding sentence shall cover any compensation or damages you may be entitled to in terms of the Labour Relations Act, 1995, the Basic Conditions of Employment Act, 1997, and any other law (including common law) governing employment or the termination of employment. You shall be entitled for a period of 2 (two) years after the date of termination of your employment, subject to the relevant rules of the GF Management Incentive Scheme then in force, to retain and to exercise all share options allocated to you in terms of that Scheme including those which may not have vested at the date of such termination. Entitlements to Awards and Allocations in terms of The Gold Fields 2005 Share Plan shall be accelerated and on the date of such termination of employment you shall be Settled with the full number of SARS and PVRS previously Allocated and Awarded to you in accordance with the provisions of that Plan and, in the case of SARS, you shall have, subject to the relevant rules of that Plan then in force, a period of 1 (one) year after the date of termination of your employment, to retain and to exercise all SARS Allocated to you in terms of that Plan. You shall furthermore be entitled to receive the Bonus Incentive earned in terms of clause 3.6 notwithstanding that the financial year concerned may not have been concluded on the basis that the bonus targets shall be deemed to have been achieved.


  8.2. For the purposes of this clause 8, a change of control of GFL shall mean a transaction or series of transactions, whereby directly or indirectly, any company, person or other entity and its concert parties (as envisaged, from time to time, in the Securities Regulation Code on Take-Overs and Mergers) comes to beneficially hold in aggregate more than 30% (thirty per cent) of the ordinary issued share capital of GFL.

 

  8.3. In the event of the consummation of an acquisition, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement or other re-organisation, whether or not there is a change of control, and your services are terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such consummation, the provisions of 8.1 shall apply.

 

  8.4. You shall not be entitled to the benefits set out in 8.1 should your services be terminated as the result of your dismissal on the grounds of proven fraud, theft, misappropriation of property or funds, or a related disciplinary offence involving gross dishonesty.

 

9. DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ INSURANCE

The Company hereby indemnifies you to the full extent permitted by the provisions of section 247(2) of the Companies Act, 1973, as amended, and in addition undertakes to take out and maintain at its cost and for your benefit, such standard Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance as may be recommended by the Company’s insurance brokers, from time to time, and for such reasonable level of cover having regard to all the circumstances as may be determined by the CEO, from time to time.

 

10. TAXATION

None of the provisions of this agreement shall impose any obligation on the Company to make any tax payment in your favour and you shall be required to bear and pay all monies for which you may be liable in respect of income tax or any other tax.

 

11. APPLICABLE LAWS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  11.1. This agreement will be interpreted and applied in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.


  11.2. Any dispute between the parties in regard to any matter arising from this agreement and your employment relationship with the Company, shall first be referred to the Compensation Committee for resolution, failing which it shall be referred to a sub-committee of the Board comprising the majority of the Non-executive members of the Board. Should such body not be able to resolve the dispute, the dispute shall be finally resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the appropriate rules of the Arbitration Foundation of South Africa, by an arbitrator agreed to between the parties or, failing such agreement, appointment by that Foundation.

 

12. DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI

The parties choose as their domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes under this agreement the following addresses:

 

  12.1. The Company:

24 St Andrews Road

Parktown

JOHANNESBURG

 

  12.2. Mr NJ Holland

9 Southbend Avenue

Northcliff

2195

 

13. GENERAL

In the event that your services are terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Company may deduct all amounts owing to the Company from any amounts due to you by the Company on the date your employment terminates.

 

  13.1. Subject to 1.2, this agreement, read with any applicable written policies, procedures, regulations or the like of the Company, including the Company’s Corporate Office Staff Booklet, constitutes the whole agreement between the parties in respect of your employment by the Company. In the event of any conflict between such written policies, procedures, regulations or the like and this agreement, the terms of this agreement shall prevail.

 

  13.2. No relaxation or indulgence which the Company may show to you shall in any way prejudice or be deemed to be a waiver of its rights under this agreement.


  13.3. The parties record that the provisions of this agreement correctly reflect their intentions.

 

14. RESIGNATION

On the date your employment with the Company terminates, you shall ipso facto be deemed on that date to have resigned as a director or officer of GFL, the Company and/or any other company or body in which you hold office by virtue of your employment by the Company, in which event you hereby irrevocably appoint the then secretary of the Company as your agent in rem suam to sign all such documents and to do all such acts as may be necessary to effect and implement such resignations.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GFL MINING SERVICES LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms and conditions of employment as set out in this letter of appointment.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr NJ Holland
    __________
    Date


ANNEXURE A

Mr NJ Holland

This Annexure is to be read in conjunction with the specified clauses in the Letter of Appointment.

This Annexure is to be updated effective 1 January each year, and at any other time when the

applicable details are reviewed.

This Annexure is effective 1 March 2007.

 

1. In terms of Clause 1.3, the Executive shall perform services to the Company for 177 working days for the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007.

 

2. In terms of Clause 3.1, the Remuneration Package is R 2,441,250.00 with effect from 1 March 2007.

 

3. In terms of Clause 4.1, the Local Leave Entitlement is calculated as 177/227 * 24 = 18.72 days, where:

 

  177 represents the annual number of contracted working days

 

  227 represents the number of working days in the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007

 

  24 represents the total leave entitlement for a full calendar year, inclusive of all leave entitlements arising out of your contracts with the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies.

Annual leave shall accrue on a monthly basis at the rate of 1.56 working days per month.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GFL MINING SERVICES LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms of this Annexure A, effective 1 March 2007.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr NJ Holland
    __________
    Date


ANNEXURE A

Mr NJ Holland

This Annexure is to be read in conjunction with the specified clauses in the Letter of Appointment.

This Annexure is to be updated effective 1 January each year, and at any other time when the

applicable details are reviewed.

This Annexure is effective 1 August 2007.

 

1. In terms of Clause 1.3, the Executive shall perform services to the Company for 177 working days for the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007.

 

2. In terms of Clause 3.1, the Remuneration Package is R 2,930,000.00 with effect from 1 March 2007.

 

3. In terms of Clause 4.1, the Local Leave Entitlement is calculated as 177/227 * 24 = 18.72 days, where:

 

  177 represents the annual number of contracted working days

 

  227 represents the number of working days in the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007

 

  24 represents the total leave entitlement for a full calendar year, inclusive of all leave entitlements arising out of your contracts with the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies.

Annual leave shall accrue on a monthly basis at the rate of 1.56 working days per month.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GFL MINING SERVICES LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms of this Annexure A, effective 1 August 2007.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr NJ Holland
    __________
    Date

Exhibit 4.43

7 September 2007

Mr I D Cockerill

3 Prunus

Little Fillan

Morningside Gardens

SANDTON

2057

Dear Mr Cockerill

LETTER OF APPOINTMENT

Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Limited (“the Company”) confirms your appointment by it on the following terms and conditions:

 

1. RECORDAL

 

  1.1. You have been employed by GFL Mining Services Limited (“the South African Employer”), which company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Gold Fields Limited (“GFL”), since 01 October 1999. The terms of this employment are set out in your agreement with the South African employer.

 

  1.2. Due to the international operations of the Gold Fields Group (the “Group”), you will from time to time be required to render services for the benefit of the offshore subsidiaries in the Group outside of South Africa.

 

  1.3. With effect from 1 March 2007, you have therefore been appointed as an Executive Officer of the Company, which will be your offshore employer for purposes of this letter. The Company and any other offshore employer in the Group by which you are employed will collectively be referred to as the “Offshore Companies”.


  1.4. In terms of an agreement between the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies, it has been agreed that you will be entitled to provide services to the Company for the number of days set out in Annexure A over the period set out in Annexure A. Annexure A shall be amended effective 1 January each year to set out the number of days that you will provide services to the Company in the following twelve month period.

 

  1.5. For the time that you render services for the benefit of the Offshore Companies, it has been arranged with the South African Employer that it will release you from devoting the whole of your time and attention to managing the business and affairs of GFL and your South African employer and make some of your time available to render services for the benefit of the Offshore Companies.

 

  1.6. The Parties hereby wish to record the employment terms that were verbally agreed upon by them in February 2007. These terms are recorded below and are effective, as agreed, from 1 March 2007.

 

2. DUTIES

 

  2.1. You shall in terms of this agreement be required to render services for the benefit of the Company.

 

  2.2. Subject to clause 1 above, you shall, during the time you are rendering services to the Company, devote the whole of your time and attention, other than de minimis amounts of time devoted by you to the management of your personal affairs or to engaging in charitable or community services, during the Company’s ordinary business hours, and such reasonable amount of additional time as may be necessary, having regard to the exigencies of business from time to time, to managing the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

  2.3. You shall not, during your employment by the Company, be engaged either directly or indirectly, and whether as principal, agent, shareholder, or in any other manner whatsoever, in any other form of business without the previous written consent of the Board of the Company (“the Board”).


  2.4. You shall comply with the directions of the Board and carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to you and are consistent with your office and use your utmost endeavours to protect and promote the business and interests of the Group and to preserve its reputation and goodwill.

 

  2.5. You shall not, during your employment by the Company or thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of your employment, use for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or divulge or communicate to any person or persons, except to those officials of the Group whose province it is to know the same, any of the Group’s secrets or any other confidential information which you may receive or obtain in relation to the Group’s affairs or those of their customers, associates and suppliers.

 

  2.6. You may be required to take up office with other companies and bodies which you will be required to serve diligently, with any fees or other remuneration receivable by you in such capacity as a nominee of the Group required to be paid to the appropriate Group company, unless otherwise agreed by the Board.

 

  2.7. You shall undertake such reasonable and necessary travel as may be required for purposes of carrying out your duties, it being recorded that the Company may from time to time require your spouse to accompany you when you are obliged to conduct business away from your normal place of work.

 

  2.8. You shall submit to the Board, or to any person nominated by it, such information and reports as may be required of you in connection with the performance of your duties and the business of the Group.

 

  2.9. You shall generally discharge the fiduciary duties incumbent upon you in your aforesaid position and which may in law be applicable after you vacate that position.

 

  2.10. You shall, given the international nature of the Group, make yourself available at all times to attend to the business of the Group.


3. REMUNERATION AND OTHER BENEFITS

 

  3.1. As remuneration for your services, the Company will pay you an annual total cost to company Remuneration Package as set out in Annexure A (the “Remuneration Package”), one twelfth of which shall be paid each month (“monthly Remuneration Package”). The Company, where required, shall deduct tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.2. Your Remuneration Package will consist of a mix of cash and benefits as agreed to between you and the Company in advance. The monthly cash amount shall be paid directly into your bank accounts (not exceeding two), that you may nominate from time to time, and monthly in arrears on or before the last day of each month.

 

  3.3. Your Remuneration Package is subject to annual review (but not reduction) on or before 1 January of each year by the Compensation Committee appointed by the Board of GFL (“the Compensation Committee”).

 

  3.4. The benefit portion of your Remuneration Package will accrue as determined by the provisions and policies applicable to the benefits elected by you from time to time.

 

  3.5. You shall be entitled to participate in the annual GF Bonus Incentive Scheme, subject to the rules applicable thereto from time to time. In respect of each financial year, you shall be eligible to earn a bonus from the Company that equates to 50% (fifty percent) of your Remuneration Package in effect at the end of the applicable financial year, provided applicable performance or other targets approved by the Board for that financial year are achieved. These targets will generally be adopted, after reasonable consultation with you, by no later than 60 (sixty) days following the start of a particular financial year.

 

  3.6. If the targets contemplated in clause 3.5 above are:

 

  3.6.1. achieved, you shall be paid a bonus that equates to 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package;

 

  3.6.2. exceeded, you may in addition to the bonus contemplated in clause 3.6.1 above, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee, be paid an additional bonus of up to a further 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package; and/or


  3.6.3. not achieved, you may, nonetheless, be paid a bonus at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

  3.7. Any amount due to you determined in accordance with clause 3.6 will be paid to you within 60 (sixty) days following the end of that financial year, less tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.8. The Company shall refund to you the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by you on behalf of the Company which are substantiated by vouchers and which have been approved by the Company or are incurred in accordance with principles determined by it from time to time.

 

4. ANNUAL LEAVE

 

  4.1. You shall be entitled to a number of working days paid leave (“the Offshore Leave Entitlement”) on full pay in respect of each twelve-month cycle of employment with the Company, as set out in Annexure A, to be taken at such time or times as mutually agreed to by the Board and in accordance with the Company’s leave policy applicable from time to time.

 

  4.2. The Offshore Leave Entitlement shall be reviewed at the same time that the number of days for which you will be entitled to provide services in 1.4 above are reviewed, and Annexure A shall be updated accordingly.

 

5. NON-SOLICITATION

 

  5.1. You hereby undertake that neither you nor any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern in which you are directly or indirectly interested or employed, will for a period of 24 (twenty four) months after the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly:

 

  5.1.1. encourage or entice or incite or persuade or induce any employee of the Group, who is employed by the Group as at the date your employment with the Company terminates, to terminate his or her employment by it; or


  5.1.2. furnish any information or advice to any employee to whom clause 5.1.1 applies or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such employee terminating his or her employment by the Group and/or becoming employed by or directly or indirectly in any way interested in or associated with any other company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern.

 

6. INVENTIONS, DISCOVERIES AND COPYRIGHT

 

  6.1. Any discovery or invention or secret process or improvement in procedure made or discovered by you in the course and scope of your employment by the Company, in connection with or in any way affecting or relating to the business of the Group or capable of being used or adapted for use by the Group or in connection with their businesses shall be disclosed to the Company and shall belong to and be the absolute property of the Company or any other company or entity nominated by it.

 

  6.2. You shall, if and when required by the Company, apply or join with the Company at its expense in applying for Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the Republic of South Africa or in any other part of the world for such discovery, invention, process or improvement and shall at the Company’s expense execute all instruments and do all things necessary for vesting the said Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the name of the Company as sole beneficial owner or in the name of such other person as the Company may nominate.

 

  6.3. Insofar as may be necessary, you assign to the Company the copyright in all present and future works eligible for copyright of which you may be the author, which works were or are created, compiled, devised or brought into being during the course and scope of your employment with the Company. No consideration will be paid by the Company to you in respect of this assignment.

 

  6.4.

All reports, manuals, budgets, indices, research papers, letters or other similar documents (the nature of which is not limited by the specific reference to the aforegoing items and which include electronic versions thereof) which are created, compiled or devised or brought into being by you or come into your possession during the course and scope of your employment, and all copies


 

thereof, shall be the property of the Company. Upon the date of termination of your employment, or earlier if required by the Company, such documents and all copies shall be returned to the Company.

 

  6.5. On termination of this agreement, you shall deliver to the Company all property in your possession or under your control belonging to the Group.

 

7. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

 

  7.1. Your employment shall continue for an indefinite period subject to you being able to terminate the employment relationship by furnishing the Board with 6 (six) calendar months’ written notice or the Board furnishing you with 6 (six) calendar months written notice thereof. The Company may elect to pay you in lieu of notice. The aforegoing shall not derogate from the entitlement of either party to terminate this agreement summarily on grounds permitted in law.

 

  7.2. Your employment contemplated herein shall terminate ipso facto upon you reaching the retirement age of 63 (sixty-three) years.

 

8. CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

  8.1.

Notwithstanding clause 7, if, at any time before the termination of your employment pursuant to this agreement a change of control of GFL shall occur and your employment pursuant to this agreement is terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such change of control, you shall be entitled to a lump sum compensatory payment equal to twice your then annual Remuneration Package, plus the average of the incentive bonuses paid by the Company to you during the previous 2 (two) completed financial years, together with any other payments and/or benefits then due and payable in terms of this agreement. The agreed amounts referred to in the preceding sentence shall cover any compensation or damages you may be entitled to in terms of the Labour Relations Act, 1995, the Basic Conditions of Employment Act, 1997, and any other law (including common law) governing employment or the termination of employment. You shall be entitled for a period of 2 (two) years after the date of termination of your employment, subject to the relevant rules of the GF Management Incentive Scheme then in force, to retain and to exercise all share options allocated to you in terms of that Scheme including those which may not have vested at the date


 

of such termination. Entitlements to Awards and Allocations in terms of The Gold Fields 2005 Share Plan shall be accelerated and on the date of such termination of employment you shall be Settled with the full number of SARS and PVRS previously Allocated and Awarded to you in accordance with the provisions of that Plan and, in the case of SARS, you shall have, subject to the relevant rules of that Plan then in force, a period of 1 (one) year after the date of termination of your employment, to retain and to exercise all SARS Allocated to you in terms of that Plan. You shall furthermore be entitled to receive the Bonus Incentive earned in terms of clause 3 notwithstanding that the financial year concerned may not have been concluded on the basis that the bonus targets shall be deemed to have been achieved.

 

  8.2. For the purposes of this clause 8, a change of control of GFL shall mean a transaction or series of transactions, whereby directly or indirectly, any company, person or other entity and its concert parties (as envisaged, from time to time, in the Securities Regulation Code on Take-Overs and Mergers) comes to beneficially hold in aggregate more than 30% (thirty per cent) of the ordinary issued share capital of GFL.

 

  8.3. In the event of the consummation of an acquisition, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement or other re-organisation, whether or not there is a change of control, and your services are terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such consummation, the provisions of 8.1 shall apply.

 

  8.4. You shall not be entitled to the benefits set out in 8.1 should your services be terminated as the result of your dismissal on the grounds of proven fraud, theft, misappropriation of property or funds, or a related disciplinary offence involving gross dishonesty.

 

9. DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ INSURANCE

 

   The Company hereby indemnifies you to the full extent permitted by the provisions of applicable legislation and in addition undertakes to take out and maintain at its cost and for your benefit, such standard Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance as may be recommended by the Company’s insurance brokers, from time to time, and for such reasonable level of cover having regard to all the circumstances as may be determined by the Board, from time to time.


10. TAXATION

 

   None of the provisions of this agreement shall impose any obligation on the Company to make any tax payment in your favour and you shall be required to bear and pay all monies for which you may be liable in respect of income tax or any other tax in any jurisdiction.

 

11. APPLICABLE LAWS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  11.1. This agreement will be interpreted and applied in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

  11.2. Any dispute between the parties in regard to any matter arising from this agreement and your employment relationship with the Company, shall first be referred to the Compensation Committee for resolution, failing which it shall be referred to a sub-committee of the Board comprising the majority of the Non-executive members of the Board. Should such body not be able to resolve the dispute, the dispute shall be finally resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the appropriate rules of the Arbitration Foundation of South Africa, by an arbitrator agreed to between the parties or, failing such agreement, appointment by that Foundation.

 

12. DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI

 

   The parties choose as their domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes under this agreement the following addresses:

 

  12.1. The Company:

9 Columbus Centre

Pelican Drive

Road Town

Tortola

BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

  12.2. Mr I D Cockerill:

3 Prunus

Little Fillan

Morningside Gardens

SANDTON

2057


13. GENERAL

 

  13.1. In the event that your services are terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Company may deduct all amounts owing to the Company from any amounts due to you by the Company on the date your employment terminates.

 

  13.2. Subject to 1.2, this agreement, read with any applicable written policies, procedures, regulations or the like of the Company, including the South African Employer’s Corporate Office Staff Booklet, constitutes the whole agreement between the parties in respect of your employment by the Company. In the event of any conflict between such written policies, procedures, regulations or the like and this agreement, the terms of this agreement shall prevail.

 

  13.3. No relaxation or indulgence which the Company may show to you shall in any way prejudice or be deemed to be a waiver of its rights under this agreement.

 

  13.4. The parties record that the provisions of this agreement correctly reflect their intentions.

 

14. RESIGNATION

 

   On the date your employment with the Company terminates, you shall ipso facto be deemed on that date to have resigned as a director or officer of the Company and/or any other company or body in which you hold office by virtue of your employment by the Company, in which event you hereby irrevocably appoint the then secretary of the Company as your agent in rem suam to sign all such documents and to do all such acts as may be necessary to effect and implement such resignations.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GOLD FIELDS GHANA HOLDINGS (BVI) LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms and conditions of employment as set out in this letter of appointment.
__________    

 

Date     Mr ID Cockerill
    __________
    Date


ANNEXURE A

Mr I D Cockerill

This Annexure is to be read in conjunction with the specified clauses in the Letter of Appointment.

This Annexure is to be updated effective 1 January each year, and at any other time when the

applicable details are reviewed.

This Annexure is effective 1 March 2007.

 

1. In terms of Clause 1.4, the Executive shall perform services to the Company for 5 working days for the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007.

 

2. In terms of Clause 3.1, the Remuneration Package is US$24,200 with effect from 1 March 2007.

 

3. In terms of Clause 4.1, the Offshore Leave Entitlement is calculated as 5/227 * 24 = 0.48 days, where:

 

  5 represents the annual number of contracted working days

 

  227 represents the number of working days in the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007

 

  24 represents the total leave entitlement for a full calendar year, inclusive of all leave entitlements arising out of your contracts with the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies.

Annual leave shall accrue on a monthly basis at the rate of 0.04 working days per month.

 

4. The Executive shall be entitled to work on non-working days (e.g. weekends), which days shall count towards his contracted total days.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GOLD FIELDS GHANA HOLDINGS (BVI) LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms of this Annexure A, effective 1 March 2007.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr ID Cockerill
    __________
    Date

Exhibit 4.44

7 September 2007

Mr NJ Holland

9 Southbend Avenue

Northcliff

2195

Dear Mr Holland

LETTER OF APPOINTMENT

Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Limited (“the Company”) is pleased to offer you a position on the following terms and conditions:

 

1. RECORDAL

 

  1.1. You have been employed by GFL Mining Services Limited (“the South African Employer”), which company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Gold Fields Limited (“GFL”), since 1 March 1998. The terms of this employment are set out in your agreement with the South African employer. Prior to this date you were employed by the Gencor Group.

 

  1.2. Due to the international operations of the Gold Fields Group (the “Group”), you will from time to time be required to render services for the benefit of the offshore subsidiaries in the Gold Fields Group outside of South Africa. You have previously been employed by certain Group companies.

 

  1.3. With effect from 1 March 2007, you have therefore been appointed as the Chairman of the Company, which will be your offshore employer for purposes of this letter. The Company and any other offshore employer in the Group by which you are employed will collectively be referred to as the “Offshore Companies”.


  1.4. In terms of an agreement between the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies, it has been agreed that you will be entitled to provide services to the Company for the number of days set out in Annexure A over the period set out in Annexure A. Annexure A shall be amended effective 1 January each year to set out the number of days that you will provide services to the Company in the following twelve month period.

 

  1.5. For the time that you render services for the benefit of the Offshore Companies, it has been arranged with the South African Employer that it will release you from devoting the whole of your time and attention to managing the business and affairs of GFL and your South African employer and make some of your time available to render services for the benefit of the Offshore Companies.

 

  1.6. The Parties hereby wish to record the employment terms that were verbally agreed upon by them during February 2007. These terms are recorded below and are effective, as agreed from 1 March 2007.

 

2. DUTIES

 

  2.1. You shall in terms of this agreement be required to render services for the benefit of the Company.

 

  2.2. Subject to clause 1 above, you shall, during the time you are rendering services to the Company, devote the whole of your time and attention, other than de minimis amounts of time devoted by you to the management of your personal affairs or to engaging in charitable or community services, during the Company’s ordinary business hours, and such reasonable amount of additional time as may be necessary, having regard to the exigencies of business from time to time, to managing the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

  2.3. You shall not, during your employment by the Company, be engaged either directly or indirectly, and whether as principal, agent, shareholder, or in any other manner whatsoever, in any other form of business without the previous written consent of the Board of the Company (“the Board”).


  2.4. You shall comply with the directions of the Board and carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to you and are consistent with your office and use your utmost endeavours to protect and promote the business and interests of the Group and to preserve its reputation and goodwill.

 

  2.5. You shall not, during your employment by the Company or thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of your employment, use for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or divulge or communicate to any person or persons, except to those officials of the Group whose province it is to know the same, any of the Group’s secrets or any other confidential information which you may receive or obtain in relation to the Group’s affairs or those of their customers, associates and suppliers.

 

  2.6. You may be required to take up office with other companies and bodies which you will be required to serve diligently, with any fees or other remuneration receivable by you in such capacity as a nominee of the Group required to be paid to the appropriate Group company, unless otherwise agreed by the Board.

 

  2.7. You shall undertake such reasonable and necessary travel as may be required for purposes of carrying out your duties, it being recorded that the Company may from time to time require your spouse to accompany you when you are obliged to conduct business away from your normal place of work.

 

  2.8. You shall submit to the Board, or to any person nominated by it, such information and reports as may be required of you in connection with the performance of your duties and the business of the Group.


  2.9. You shall generally discharge the fiduciary duties incumbent upon you in your aforesaid position and which may in law be applicable after you vacate that position.

 

  2.10. You shall, given the international nature of the Group, make yourself available at all times to attend to the business of the Group.

 

3. REMUNERATION AND OTHER BENEFITS

 

  3.1. As remuneration for your services, the Company will pay you an annual total cost to company Remuneration Package as set out in Annexure A (the “Remuneration Package”), one twelfth of which shall be paid each month (“monthly Remuneration Package”). The Company, where required, shall deduct tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.2. Your Remuneration Package will consist of a mix of cash and benefits as agreed to between you and the Company in advance. The monthly cash amount shall be paid directly into your bank accounts (not exceeding two), that you may nominate from time to time, and monthly in arrears on or before the last day of each month.

 

  3.3. Your Remuneration Package is subject to annual review (but not reduction) on or before 1 January of each year by the Compensation Committee appointed by the Board of GFL (“the Compensation Committee”).

 

  3.4. The benefit portion of your Remuneration Package will accrue as determined by the provisions and policies applicable to the benefits elected by you from time to time.

 

  3.5. You shall be entitled to participate in the annual GF Bonus Incentive Scheme, subject to the rules applicable thereto from time to time. In respect of each financial year, you shall be eligible to earn a bonus from the Company that equates to 50% (fifty percent) of your Remuneration Package in effect at the end of the applicable financial year, provided applicable performance or other targets approved by the Board for that financial year are achieved. These targets will generally be adopted, after reasonable consultation with you, by no later than 60 (sixty) days following the start of a particular financial year.


  3.6. If the targets contemplated in clause 3.5 above are:

 

  3.6.1. achieved, you shall be paid a bonus that equates to 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package;

 

  3.6.2. exceeded, you may in addition to the bonus contemplated in clause 3.6.1 above, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee, be paid an additional bonus of up to a further 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package; and/or

 

  3.6.3. not achieved, you may, nonetheless, be paid a bonus at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

  3.7. Any amount due to you determined in accordance with clause 3.6 will be paid to you within 60 (sixty) days following the end of that financial year, less tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.8. The Company shall refund to you the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by you on behalf of the Company which are substantiated by vouchers and which have been approved by the Company or are incurred in accordance with principles determined by it from time to time.

 

4. ANNUAL LEAVE

 

  4.1. You shall be entitled to a number of working days paid leave (“the Offshore Leave Entitlement”) on full pay in respect of each twelve-month cycle of employment with the Company, as set out in Annexure A, to be taken at such time or times as mutually agreed to by the Board and in accordance with the Group’s leave policy applicable from time to time.

 

  4.2. The Offshore Leave Entitlement shall be reviewed at the same time that the number of days for which you will be entitled to provide services in 1.4 above are reviewed, and Annexure A shall be updated accordingly.

 

5. NON-SOLICITATION

 

  5.1. You hereby undertake that neither you nor any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern in which you are directly or indirectly interested or employed, will for a period of 24 (twenty four) months after the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly:


  5.1.1. encourage or entice or incite or persuade or induce any employee of the Group, who is employed by the Group as at the date your employment with the Company terminates, to terminate his or her employment by it; or

 

  5.1.2. furnish any information or advice to any employee to whom clause 5.1.1 applies or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such employee terminating his or her employment by the Group and/or becoming employed by or directly or indirectly in any way interested in or associated with any other company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern.

 

6. INVENTIONS, DISCOVERIES AND COPYRIGHT

 

  6.1. Any discovery or invention or secret process or improvement in procedure made or discovered by you in the course and scope of your employment by the Company, in connection with or in any way affecting or relating to the business of the Group or capable of being used or adapted for use by the Group or in connection with their businesses shall be disclosed to the Company and shall belong to and be the absolute property of the Company or any other company or entity nominated by it.

 

  6.2. You shall, if and when required by the Company, apply or join with the Company at its expense in applying for Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the Republic of South Africa or in any other part of the world for such discovery, invention, process or improvement and shall at the Company’s expense execute all instruments and do all things necessary for vesting the said Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the name of the Company as sole beneficial owner or in the name of such other person as the Company may nominate.

 

  6.3. Insofar as may be necessary, you assign to the Company the copyright in all present and future works eligible for copyright of which you may be the author, which works were or are created, compiled, devised or brought into being during the course and scope of your employment with the Company. No consideration will be paid by the Company to you in respect of this assignment.


  6.4. All reports, manuals, budgets, indices, research papers, letters or other similar documents (the nature of which is not limited by the specific reference to the aforegoing items and which include electronic versions thereof) which are created, compiled or devised or brought into being by you or come into your possession during the course and scope of your employment, and all copies thereof, shall be the property of the Company. Upon the date of termination of your employment, or earlier if required by the Company, such documents and all copies shall be returned to the Company.

 

  6.5. On termination of this agreement, you shall deliver to the Company all property in your possession or under your control belonging to the Group.

 

7. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

 

  7.1. Your employment shall continue for an indefinite period subject to you being able to terminate the employment relationship by furnishing the Board with 6 (six) calendar months written notice or the Board furnishing you with 6 (six) calendar months written notice thereof. The Company may elect to pay you in lieu of notice. The aforegoing shall not derogate from the entitlement of either party to terminate this agreement summarily on grounds permitted in law.

 

  7.2. Your employment contemplated herein shall terminate ipso facto upon you reaching the retirement age of 60 (sixty) years.

 

8. CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

  8.1.

Notwithstanding clause 7, if, at any time before the termination of your employment pursuant to this agreement a change of control of GFL shall occur and your employment pursuant to this agreement is terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such change of control, you shall be entitled to a lump sum compensatory payment equal to twice your then annual Remuneration Package, plus the average of the incentive bonuses paid by the Company to you during the previous 2 (two) completed financial years, together with any other payments and/or benefits then due and payable in terms of this


 

agreement. The agreed amounts referred to in the preceding sentence shall cover any compensation or damages you may be entitled to in terms of the Labour Relations Act, 1995, the Basic Conditions of Employment Act, 1997, and any other law (including common law) governing employment or the termination of employment. You shall be entitled for a period of 2 (two) years after the date of termination of your employment, subject to the relevant rules of the GF Management Incentive Scheme then in force, to retain and to exercise all share options allocated to you in terms of that Scheme including those which may not have vested at the date of such termination. Entitlements to Awards and Allocations in terms of The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan shall be accelerated and on the date of such termination of employment you shall be Settled with the full number of SARS and PVRS previously Allocated and Awarded to you in accordance with the provisions of that Plan and, in the case of SARS, you shall have, subject to the relevant rules of that Plan then in force, a period of 1 (one) year after the date of termination of your employment, to retain and to exercise all SARS Allocated to you in terms of that Plan. You shall furthermore be entitled to receive the Bonus Incentive earned in terms of clause 3 notwithstanding that the financial year concerned may not have been concluded on the basis that the bonus targets shall be deemed to have been achieved.

 

  8.2. For the purposes of this clause 8, a change of control of GFL shall mean a transaction or series of transactions, whereby directly or indirectly, any company, person or other entity and its concert parties (as envisaged, from time to time, in the Securities Regulation Code on Take-Overs and Mergers) comes to beneficially hold in aggregate more than 30% (thirty per cent) of the ordinary issued share capital of GFL.

 

  8.3. In the event of the consummation of an acquisition, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement or other re-organisation, whether or not there is a change of control, and your services are terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such consummation, the provisions of 8.1 shall apply.

 

  8.4. You shall not be entitled to the benefits set out in 8.1 should your services be terminated as the result of your dismissal on the grounds of proven fraud, theft, misappropriation of property or funds, or a related disciplinary offence involving gross dishonesty.


9. DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ INSURANCE

The Company hereby indemnifies you to the full extent permitted by the provisions of applicable legislation and in addition undertakes to take out and maintain at its cost and for your benefit, such standard Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance as may be recommended by the Company’s insurance brokers, from time to time, and for such reasonable level of cover having regard to all the circumstances as may be determined by the Board, from time to time.

 

10. TAXATION

None of the provisions of this agreement shall impose any obligation on the Company to make any tax payment in your favour and you shall be required to bear and pay all monies for which you may be liable in respect of income tax or any other tax in any jurisdiction.

 

11. APPLICABLE LAWS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  11.1. This agreement will be interpreted and applied in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

  11.2. Any dispute between the parties in regard to any matter arising from this agreement and your employment relationship with the Company, shall first be referred to the Compensation Committee for resolution, failing which it shall be referred to a sub-committee of the Board comprising the majority of the Non-executive members of the Board. Should such body not be able to resolve the dispute, the dispute shall be finally resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the appropriate rules of the Arbitration Foundation of South Africa, by an arbitrator agreed to between the parties or, failing such agreement, appointment by that Foundation.

 

12. DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI

The parties choose as their domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes under this agreement the following addresses:


  12.1. The Company:

9 Columbus Centre

Pelican Drive

Road Town

Tortola

BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

  12.2. Mr NJ Holland

9 Southbend Avenue

Northcliff

2195

 

13. GENERAL

 

  13.1. In the event that your services are terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Company may deduct all amounts owing to the Company from any amounts due to you by the Company on the date your employment terminates.

 

  13.2. Subject to 1.2, this agreement, read with any applicable written policies, procedures, regulations or the like of the Company, including the South African Employer’s Corporate Office Staff Booklet, constitutes the whole agreement between the parties in respect of your employment by the Company. In the event of any conflict between such written policies, procedures, regulations or the like and this agreement, the terms of this agreement shall prevail.

 

  13.3. No relaxation or indulgence which the Company may show to you shall in any way prejudice or be deemed to be a waiver of its rights under this agreement.

 

  13.4. The parties record that the provisions of this agreement correctly reflect their intentions.


14. RESIGNATION

On the date your employment with the Company terminates, you shall ipso facto be deemed on that date to have resigned as a director or officer of the Company and/or any other company or body in which you hold office by virtue of your employment by the Company, in which event you hereby irrevocably appoint the then secretary of the Company as your agent in rem suam to sign all such documents and to do all such acts as may be necessary to effect and implement such resignations.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GOLD FIELDS GHANA HOLDINGS (BVI) LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms and conditions of employment as set out in this letter of appointment.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr NJ Holland
    __________
    Date


ANNEXURE A

Mr NJ Holland

This Annexure is to be read in conjunction with the specified clauses in the Letter of Appointment.

This Annexure is to be updated effective 1 January each year, and at any other time when the

applicable details are reviewed.

This Annexure is effective 1 March 2007.

 

1. In terms of Clause 1.3, the Executive shall perform services to the Company for 45 working days for the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007.

 

2. In terms of Clause 3.1, the Remuneration Package is US$15,000 with effect from 1 March 2007.

 

3. In terms of Clause 4.1, the Offshore Leave Entitlement is calculated as 5 / 227 * 24 = 0.48 days, where:

 

  5 represents the annual number of contracted working days

 

  227 represents the number of working days in the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007

 

  24 represents the total leave entitlement for a full calendar year, inclusive of all leave entitlements arising out of your contracts with the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies.

Annual leave shall accrue on a monthly basis at the rate of 0.04 working days per month.

 

4. The Executive shall be entitled to work on non-working days (eg weekends), which days shall count towards his contracted total days.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GOLD FIELDS GHANA HOLDINGS (BVI) LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms of this Annexure A, effective 1 March 2007.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr NJ Holland
    __________
    Date


ANNEXURE A

Mr NJ Holland

This Annexure is to be read in conjunction with the specified clauses in the Letter of Appointment.

This Annexure is to be updated effective 1 January each year, and at any other time when the

applicable details are reviewed.

This Annexure is effective 1 August 2007.

 

1. In terms of Clause 1.3, the Executive shall perform services to the Company for 5 working days for the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007.

 

2. In terms of Clause 3.1, the Remuneration Package is US$18,000 with effect from 1 August 2007.

 

3. In terms of Clause 4.1, the Offshore Leave Entitlement is calculated as 5/227 * 24 = 0.48 days, where:

 

  5 represents the annual number of contracted working days

 

  227 represents the number of working days in the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007

 

  24 represents the total leave entitlement for a full calendar year, inclusive of all leave entitlements arising out of your contracts with the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies.

Annual leave shall accrue on a monthly basis at the rate of 0.04 working days per month.

 

4. The Executive shall be entitled to work on non-working days (eg weekends), which days shall count towards his contracted total days.

 

   

For and on behalf of

GOLD FIELDS GHANA HOLDINGS (BVI) LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms of this Annexure A, effective 1 August 2007.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr NJ Holland
    __________
    Date

Exhibit 4.45

7 September 2007

Mr I D Cockerill

3 Prunus

Little Fillan

Morningside Gardens

SANDTON

2057

Dear Mr Cockerill

LETTER OF APPOINTMENT

Gold Fields Orogen Holdings BVI Limited (“the Company”) confirms your appointment by it on the following terms and conditions:

 

1. RECORDAL

 

  1.1. You are currently employed by GFL Mining Services Limited (“the South African Employer”), which company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Gold Fields Limited (“GFL”), since 01 October 1999. The terms of this employment are set out in your agreement with the South African employer.

 

  1.2. Due to the international operations of the Gold Fields Group (the “Group”), you will from time to time be required to render services for the benefit of the offshore subsidiaries in the Group outside of South Africa.

 

  1.3. With effect from 1 March 2007, you have therefore been appointed as an Executive Officer of the Company, which will be your offshore employer for purposes of this letter. The Company and any other offshore employer in the Group by which you are employed will collectively be referred to as the “Offshore Companies”.


  1.4. In terms of an agreement between the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies, it has been agreed that you will be entitled to provide services to the Company for the number of days set out in Annexure A over the period set out in Annexure A. Annexure A shall be amended effective 1 January each year to set out the number of days that you will provide services to the Company in the following twelve month period.

 

  1.5. For the time that you render services for the benefit of the Offshore Companies, it has been arranged with the South African Employer that it will release you from devoting the whole of your time and attention to managing the business and affairs of GFL and your South African employer and make some of your time available to render services for the benefit of the Offshore Companies.

 

  1.6. The Parties hereby wish to record the employment terms that were verbally agreed upon by them in February 2007. These terms are recorded below and are effective, as agreed, from 1 March 2007.

 

2. DUTIES

 

  2.1. You shall in terms of this agreement be required to render services for the benefit of the Company.

 

  2.2. Subject to clause 1 above, you shall, during the time you are rendering services to the Company, devote the whole of your time and attention, other than de minimis amounts of time devoted by you to the management of your personal affairs or to engaging in charitable or community services, during the Company’s ordinary business hours, and such reasonable amount of additional time as may be necessary, having regard to the exigencies of business from time to time, to managing the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

Page 2 of 12


  2.3. You shall not, during your employment by the Company, be engaged either directly or indirectly, and whether as principal, agent, shareholder, or in any other manner whatsoever, in any other form of business without the previous written consent of the Board of the Company (“the Board”).

 

  2.4. You shall comply with the directions of the Board and carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to you and are consistent with your office and use your utmost endeavours to protect and promote the business and interests of the Group and to preserve its reputation and goodwill.

 

  2.5. You shall not, during your employment by the Company or thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of your employment, use for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or divulge or communicate to any person or persons, except to those officials of the Group whose province it is to know the same, any of the Group’s secrets or any other confidential information which you may receive or obtain in relation to the Group’s affairs or those of their customers, associates and suppliers.

 

  2.6. You may be required to take up office with other companies and bodies which you will be required to serve diligently, with any fees or other remuneration receivable by you in such capacity as a nominee of the Group required to be paid to the appropriate Group company, unless otherwise agreed by the Board.

 

  2.7. You shall undertake such reasonable and necessary travel as may be required for purposes of carrying out your duties, it being recorded that the Company may from time to time require your spouse to accompany you when you are obliged to conduct business away from your normal place of work.

 

  2.8. You shall submit to the Board, or to any person nominated by it, such information and reports as may be required of you in connection with the performance of your duties and the business of the Group.

 

Page 3 of 12


  2.9. You shall generally discharge the fiduciary duties incumbent upon you in your aforesaid position and which may in law be applicable after you vacate that position.

 

  2.10. You shall, given the international nature of the Group, make yourself available at all times to attend to the business of the Group.

 

Page 4 of 12


3. REMUNERATION AND OTHER BENEFITS

 

  3.1. As remuneration for your services, the Company will pay you an annual total cost to company Remuneration Package as set out in Annexure A (the “Remuneration Package”), one twelfth of which shall be paid each month (“monthly Remuneration Package”). The Company, where required, shall deduct tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.2. Your Remuneration Package will consist of a mix of cash and benefits as agreed to between you and the Company in advance. The monthly cash amount shall be paid directly into your bank accounts (not exceeding two), that you may nominate from time to time, and monthly in arrears on or before the last day of each month.

 

  3.3. Your Remuneration Package is subject to annual review (but not reduction) on or before 1 January of each year by the Compensation Committee appointed by the Board of GFL (“the Compensation Committee”).

 

  3.4. The benefit portion of your Remuneration Package will accrue as determined by the provisions and policies applicable to the benefits elected by you from time to time.

 

  3.5. You shall be entitled to participate in the annual GF Bonus Incentive Scheme, subject to the rules applicable thereto from time to time. In respect of each financial year, you shall be eligible to earn a bonus from the Company that equates to 50% (fifty percent) of your Remuneration Package in effect at the end of the applicable financial year, provided applicable performance or other targets approved by the Board for that financial year are achieved. These targets will generally be adopted, after reasonable consultation with you, by no later than 60 (sixty) days following the start of a particular financial year.

 

  3.6. If the targets contemplated in clause 3.5 above are:

 

  3.6.1. achieved, you shall be paid a bonus that equates to 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package;

 

  3.6.2. exceeded, you may in addition to the bonus contemplated in clause 3.6.1 above, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee, be paid an additional bonus of up to a further 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package; and/or

 

Page 5 of 12


  3.6.3. not achieved, you may, nonetheless, be paid a bonus at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

  3.7. Any amount due to you determined in accordance with clause 3.6 will be paid to you within 60 (sixty) days following the end of that financial year, less tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.8. The Company shall refund to you the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by you on behalf of the Company which are substantiated by vouchers and which have been approved by the Company or are incurred in accordance with principles determined by it from time to time.

 

4. ANNUAL LEAVE

 

  4.1. You shall be entitled to a number of working days paid leave (“the Offshore Leave Entitlement”) on full pay in respect of each twelve-month cycle of employment with the Company, as set out in Annexure A, to be taken at such time or times as mutually agreed to by the Board and in accordance with the Company’s leave policy applicable from time to time.

 

  4.2. The Offshore Leave Entitlement shall be reviewed at the same time that the number of days for which you will be entitled to provide services in 1.4 above are reviewed, and Annexure A shall be updated accordingly.

 

5. NON-SOLICITATION

 

  5.1. You hereby undertake that neither you nor any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern in which you are directly or indirectly interested or employed, will for a period of 24 (twenty four) months after the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly:

 

  5.1.1. encourage or entice or incite or persuade or induce any employee of the Group, who is employed by the Group as at the date your employment with the Company terminates, to terminate his or her employment by it; or

 

Page 6 of 12


  5.1.2. furnish any information or advice to any employee to whom clause 5.1.1 applies or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such employee terminating his or her employment by the Group and/or becoming employed by or directly or indirectly in any way interested in or associated with any other company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern.

 

6. INVENTIONS, DISCOVERIES AND COPYRIGHT

 

  6.1. Any discovery or invention or secret process or improvement in procedure made or discovered by you in the course and scope of your employment by the Company, in connection with or in any way affecting or relating to the business of the Group or capable of being used or adapted for use by the Group or in connection with their businesses shall be disclosed to the Company and shall belong to and be the absolute property of the Company or any other company or entity nominated by it.

 

  6.2. You shall, if and when required by the Company, apply or join with the Company at its expense in applying for Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the Republic of South Africa or in any other part of the world for such discovery, invention, process or improvement and shall at the Company’s expense execute all instruments and do all things necessary for vesting the said Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the name of the Company as sole beneficial owner or in the name of such other person as the Company may nominate.

 

  6.3. Insofar as may be necessary, you assign to the Company the copyright in all present and future works eligible for copyright of which you may be the author, which works were or are created, compiled, devised or brought into being during the course and scope of your employment with the Company. No consideration will be paid by the Company to you in respect of this assignment.

 

  6.4.

All reports, manuals, budgets, indices, research papers, letters or other similar documents (the nature of which is not limited by the specific reference to the aforegoing items and which include electronic versions thereof) which are created, compiled or devised or brought into being by you or come into your possession during the course and scope of your employment, and all copies

 

Page 7 of 12


 

thereof, shall be the property of the Company. Upon the date of termination of your employment, or earlier if required by the Company, such documents and all copies shall be returned to the Company.

 

  6.5. On termination of this agreement, you shall deliver to the Company all property in your possession or under your control belonging to the Group.

 

7. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

 

  7.1. Your employment shall continue for an indefinite period subject to you being able to terminate the employment relationship by furnishing the Board with 6 (six) calendar months’ written notice or the Board furnishing you with 6 (six) calendar months written notice thereof. The Company may elect to pay you in lieu of notice. The aforegoing shall not derogate from the entitlement of either party to terminate this agreement summarily on grounds permitted in law.

 

  7.2. Your employment contemplated herein shall terminate ipso facto upon you reaching the retirement age of 63 (sixty-three) years.

 

8. CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

  8.1.

Notwithstanding clause 7, if, at any time before the termination of your employment pursuant to this agreement a change of control of GFL shall occur and your employment pursuant to this agreement is terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such change of control, you shall be entitled to a lump sum compensatory payment equal to twice your then annual Remuneration Package, plus the average of the incentive bonuses paid by the Company to you during the previous 2 (two) completed financial years, together with any other payments and/or benefits then due and payable in terms of this agreement. The agreed amounts referred to in the preceding sentence shall cover any compensation or damages you may be entitled to in terms of the Labour Relations Act, 1995, the Basic Conditions of Employment Act, 1997, and any other law (including common law) governing employment or the termination of employment. You shall be entitled for a period of 2 (two) years after the date of termination of your employment, subject to the relevant rules of the GF Management Incentive Scheme then in force, to retain and to exercise all share options allocated to you in terms of that Scheme including those which may not have vested at the date

 

Page 8 of 12


 

of such termination. Entitlements to Awards and Allocations in terms of The Gold Fields 2005 Share Plan shall be accelerated and on the date of such termination of employment you shall be Settled with the full number of SARS and PVRS previously Allocated and Awarded to you in accordance with the provisions of that Plan and, in the case of SARS, you shall have, subject to the relevant rules of that Plan then in force, a period of 1 (one) year after the date of termination of your employment, to retain and to exercise all SARS Allocated to you in terms of that Plan. You shall furthermore be entitled to receive the Bonus Incentive earned in terms of clause 3 notwithstanding that the financial year concerned may not have been concluded on the basis that the bonus targets shall be deemed to have been achieved.

 

  8.2. For the purposes of this clause 8, a change of control of GFL shall mean a transaction or series of transactions, whereby directly or indirectly, any company, person or other entity and its concert parties (as envisaged, from time to time, in the Securities Regulation Code on Take-Overs and Mergers) comes to beneficially hold in aggregate more than 30% (thirty per cent) of the ordinary issued share capital of GFL.

 

  8.3. In the event of the consummation of an acquisition, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement or other re-organisation, whether or not there is a change of control, and your services are terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such consummation, the provisions of 8.1 shall apply.

 

  8.4. You shall not be entitled to the benefits set out in 8.1 should your services be terminated as the result of your dismissal on the grounds of proven fraud, theft, misappropriation of property or funds, or a related disciplinary offence involving gross dishonesty.

 

9. DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ INSURANCE

 

   The Company hereby indemnifies you to the full extent permitted by the provisions of applicable legislation and in addition undertakes to take out and maintain at its cost and for your benefit, such standard Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance as may be recommended by the Company’s insurance brokers, from time to time, and for such reasonable level of cover having regard to all the circumstances as may be determined by the Board, from time to time.

 

Page 9 of 12


10. TAXATION

 

   None of the provisions of this agreement shall impose any obligation on the Company to make any tax payment in your favour and you shall be required to bear and pay all monies for which you may be liable in respect of income tax or any other tax in any jurisdiction.

 

11. APPLICABLE LAWS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  11.1. This agreement will be interpreted and applied in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

  11.2. Any dispute between the parties in regard to any matter arising from this agreement and your employment relationship with the Company, shall first be referred to the Compensation Committee for resolution, failing which it shall be referred to a sub-committee of the Board comprising the majority of the Non-executive members of the Board. Should such body not be able to resolve the dispute, the dispute shall be finally resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the appropriate rules of the Arbitration Foundation of South Africa, by an arbitrator agreed to between the parties or, failing such agreement, appointment by that Foundation.

 

12. DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI

 

   The parties choose as their domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes under this agreement the following addresses:

 

  12.1. The Company:

9 Columbus Centre

Pelican Drive

Road Town

Tortola

BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

  12.2. Mr I D Cockerill:

3 Prunus

Little Fillan

Morningside Gardens

SANDTON

2057

 

Page 10 of 12


13. GENERAL

 

  13.1. In the event that your services are terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Company may deduct all amounts owing to the Company from any amounts due to you by the Company on the date your employment terminates.

 

  13.2. Subject to 1.2, this agreement, read with any applicable written policies, procedures, regulations or the like of the Company, including the South African Employer’s Corporate Office Staff Booklet, constitutes the whole agreement between the parties in respect of your employment by the Company. In the event of any conflict between such written policies, procedures, regulations or the like and this agreement, the terms of this agreement shall prevail.

 

  13.3. No relaxation or indulgence which the Company may show to you shall in any way prejudice or be deemed to be a waiver of its rights under this agreement.

 

  13.4. The parties record that the provisions of this agreement correctly reflect their intentions.

 

14. RESIGNATION

 

   On the date your employment with the Company terminates, you shall ipso facto be deemed on that date to have resigned as a director or officer of the Company and/or any other company or body in which you hold office by virtue of your employment by the Company, in which event you hereby irrevocably appoint the then secretary of the Company as your agent in rem suam to sign all such documents and to do all such acts as may be necessary to effect and implement such resignations.

 

 

   
For and on behalf of GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDINGS BVI LIMITED     I hereby accept the terms and conditions of employment as set out in this letter of appointment.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr ID Cockerill
    __________
    Date

 

Page 11 of 12


ANNEXURE A

Mr I D Cockerill

This Annexure is to be read in conjunction with the specified clauses in the Letter of Appointment.

This Annexure is to be updated effective 1 January each year, and at any other time when the

applicable details are reviewed.

This Annexure is effective 1 March 2007.

 

1. In terms of Clause 1.4, the Executive shall perform services to the Company for 45 working days for the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007.

 

2. In terms of Clause 3.1, the Remuneration Package is US$ 217,800 with effect from 1 March 2007.

 

3. In terms of Clause 4.1, the Offshore Leave Entitlement is calculated as 45 / 227 * 24 = 4.8 days, where:

 

  45 represents the annual number of contracted working days

 

  227 represents the number of working days in the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007

 

  24 represents the total leave entitlement for a full calendar year, inclusive of all leave entitlements arising out of your contracts with the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies.

Annual leave shall accrue on a monthly basis at the rate of 0.40 working days per month.

 

4. The Executive shall be entitled to work on non-working days (e.g. weekends), which days shall count towards his contracted total days.

 

 

   
For and on behalf of GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDINGS BVI LIMITED     I hereby accept the terms of this Annexure A, effective 1 March 2007.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr ID Cockerill
    __________
    Date

 

Page 12 of 12

Exhibit 4.46

7 September 2007

Mr NJ Holland

9 Southbend Avenue

Northcliff

2195

Dear Mr Holland

LETTER OF APPOINTMENT

Gold Fields Orogen Holdings BVI Limited (“the Company”) is pleased to offer you a position on the following terms and conditions:

 

1. RECORDAL

 

  1.1. You have been employed by GFL Mining Services Limited (“the South African Employer”), which company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Gold Fields Limited (“GFL”), since 1 March 1998. The terms of this employment are set out in your agreement with the South African employer. Prior to this date you were employed by the Gencor Group.

 

  1.2. Due to the international operations of the Gold Fields Group (the “Group”), you will from time to time be required to render services for the benefit of the offshore subsidiaries in the Gold Fields Group outside of South Africa. You have previously been employed by certain Group companies.

 

  1.3. With effect from 1 March 2007, you have therefore been appointed as the Chairman of the Company, which will be your offshore employer for purposes of this letter. The Company and any other offshore employer in the Group by which you are employed will collectively be referred to as the “Offshore Companies”.


  1.4. In terms of an agreement between the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies, it has been agreed that you will be entitled to provide services to the Company for the number of days set out in Annexure A over the period set out in Annexure A. Annexure A shall be amended effective 1 January each year to set out the number of days that you will provide services to the Company in the following twelve month period.

 

  1.5. For the time that you render services for the benefit of the Offshore Companies, it has been arranged with the South African Employer that it will release you from devoting the whole of your time and attention to managing the business and affairs of GFL and your South African employer and make some of your time available to render services for the benefit of the Offshore Companies.

 

  1.6. The Parties hereby wish to record the employment terms that were verbally agreed upon by them during February 2007. These terms are recorded below and are effective, as agreed from 1 March 2007.

 

2. DUTIES

 

  2.1. You shall in terms of this agreement be required to render services for the benefit of the Company.

 

  2.2. Subject to clause 1 above, you shall, during the time you are rendering services to the Company, devote the whole of your time and attention, other than de minimis amounts of time devoted by you to the management of your personal affairs or to engaging in charitable or community services, during the Company’s ordinary business hours, and such reasonable amount of additional time as may be necessary, having regard to the exigencies of business from time to time, to managing the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

  2.3. You shall not, during your employment by the Company, be engaged either directly or indirectly, and whether as principal, agent, shareholder, or in any other manner whatsoever, in any other form of business without the previous written consent of the Board of the Company (“the Board”).


  2.4. You shall comply with the directions of the Board and carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to you and are consistent with your office and use your utmost endeavours to protect and promote the business and interests of the Group and to preserve its reputation and goodwill.

 

  2.5. You shall not, during your employment by the Company or thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of your employment, use for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or divulge or communicate to any person or persons, except to those officials of the Group whose province it is to know the same, any of the Group’s secrets or any other confidential information which you may receive or obtain in relation to the Group’s affairs or those of their customers, associates and suppliers.

 

  2.6. You may be required to take up office with other companies and bodies which you will be required to serve diligently, with any fees or other remuneration receivable by you in such capacity as a nominee of the Group required to be paid to the appropriate Group company, unless otherwise agreed by the Board.

 

  2.7. You shall undertake such reasonable and necessary travel as may be required for purposes of carrying out your duties, it being recorded that the Company may from time to time require your spouse to accompany you when you are obliged to conduct business away from your normal place of work.

 

  2.8. You shall submit to the Board, or to any person nominated by it, such information and reports as may be required of you in connection with the performance of your duties and the business of the Group.

 

  2.9. You shall generally discharge the fiduciary duties incumbent upon you in your aforesaid position and which may in law be applicable after you vacate that position.

 

  2.10. You shall, given the international nature of the Group, make yourself available at all times to attend to the business of the Group.


3. REMUNERATION AND OTHER BENEFITS

 

  3.1. As remuneration for your services, the Company will pay you an annual total cost to company Remuneration Package as set out in Annexure A (the “Remuneration Package”), one twelfth of which shall be paid each month (“monthly Remuneration Package”). The Company, where required, shall deduct tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.2. Your Remuneration Package will consist of a mix of cash and benefits as agreed to between you and the Company in advance. The monthly cash amount shall be paid directly into your bank accounts (not exceeding two), that you may nominate from time to time, and monthly in arrears on or before the last day of each month.

 

  3.3. Your Remuneration Package is subject to annual review (but not reduction) on or before 1 January of each year by the Compensation Committee appointed by the Board of GFL (“the Compensation Committee”).

 

  3.4. The benefit portion of your Remuneration Package will accrue as determined by the provisions and policies applicable to the benefits elected by you from time to time.

 

  3.5. You shall be entitled to participate in the annual GF Bonus Incentive Scheme, subject to the rules applicable thereto from time to time. In respect of each financial year, you shall be eligible to earn a bonus from the Company that equates to 50% (fifty percent) of your Remuneration Package in effect at the end of the applicable financial year, provided applicable performance or other targets approved by the Board for that financial year are achieved. These targets will generally be adopted, after reasonable consultation with you, by no later than 60 (sixty) days following the start of a particular financial year.

 

  3.6. If the targets contemplated in clause 3.5 above are:

 

  3.6.1. achieved, you shall be paid a bonus that equates to 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package;

 

  3.6.2. exceeded, you may in addition to the bonus contemplated in clause 3.6.1 above, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee, be paid an additional bonus of up to a further 50% (fifty per cent) of your Remuneration Package; and/or


  3.6.3. not achieved, you may, nonetheless, be paid a bonus at the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

  3.7. Any amount due to you determined in accordance with clause 3.6 will be paid to you within 60 (sixty) days following the end of that financial year, less tax and other lawful deductions.

 

  3.8. The Company shall refund to you the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by you on behalf of the Company which are substantiated by vouchers and which have been approved by the Company or are incurred in accordance with principles determined by it from time to time.

 

4. ANNUAL LEAVE

 

  4.1. You shall be entitled to a number of working days paid leave (“the Offshore Leave Entitlement”) on full pay in respect of each twelve-month cycle of employment with the Company, as set out in Annexure A, to be taken at such time or times as mutually agreed to by the Board and in accordance with the Group’s leave policy applicable from time to time.

 

  4.2. The Offshore Leave Entitlement shall be reviewed at the same time that the number of days for which you will be entitled to provide services in 1.4 above are reviewed, and Annexure A shall be updated accordingly.

 

5. NON-SOLICITATION

 

  5.1. You hereby undertake that neither you nor any company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern in which you are directly or indirectly interested or employed, will for a period of 24 (twenty four) months after the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly:

 

  5.1.1. encourage or entice or incite or persuade or induce any employee of the Group, who is employed by the Group as at the date your employment with the Company terminates, to terminate his or her employment by it; or


  5.1.2. furnish any information or advice to any employee to whom clause 5.1.1 applies or to any prospective employer of such employee or use any other means which is directly or indirectly designed, or in the ordinary course of events calculated, to result in any such employee terminating his or her employment by the Group and/or becoming employed by or directly or indirectly in any way interested in or associated with any other company, close corporation, firm, undertaking or concern.

 

6. INVENTIONS, DISCOVERIES AND COPYRIGHT

 

  6.1. Any discovery or invention or secret process or improvement in procedure made or discovered by you in the course and scope of your employment by the Company, in connection with or in any way affecting or relating to the business of the Group or capable of being used or adapted for use by the Group or in connection with their businesses shall be disclosed to the Company and shall belong to and be the absolute property of the Company or any other company or entity nominated by it.

 

  6.2. You shall, if and when required by the Company, apply or join with the Company at its expense in applying for Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the Republic of South Africa or in any other part of the world for such discovery, invention, process or improvement and shall at the Company’s expense execute all instruments and do all things necessary for vesting the said Letters Patent or other equivalent protection in the name of the Company as sole beneficial owner or in the name of such other person as the Company may nominate.

 

  6.3. Insofar as may be necessary, you assign to the Company the copyright in all present and future works eligible for copyright of which you may be the author, which works were or are created, compiled, devised or brought into being during the course and scope of your employment with the Company. No consideration will be paid by the Company to you in respect of this assignment.

 

  6.4.

All reports, manuals, budgets, indices, research papers, letters or other similar documents (the nature of which is not limited by the specific reference to the aforegoing items and which include electronic versions thereof) which are created, compiled or devised or brought into being by you or come into your possession during the course and scope of your employment, and all copies


 

thereof, shall be the property of the Company. Upon the date of termination of your employment, or earlier if required by the Company, such documents and all copies shall be returned to the Company.

 

  6.5. On termination of this agreement, you shall deliver to the Company all property in your possession or under your control belonging to the Group.

 

7. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

 

  7.1. Your employment shall continue for an indefinite period subject to you being able to terminate the employment relationship by furnishing the Board with 6 (six) calendar months written notice or the Board furnishing you with 6 (six) calendar months written notice thereof. The Company may elect to pay you in lieu of notice. The aforegoing shall not derogate from the entitlement of either party to terminate this agreement summarily on grounds permitted in law.

 

  7.2. Your employment contemplated herein shall terminate ipso facto upon you reaching the retirement age of 60 (sixty) years.

 

8. CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

  8.1.

Notwithstanding clause 7, if, at any time before the termination of your employment pursuant to this agreement a change of control of GFL shall occur and your employment pursuant to this agreement is terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such change of control, you shall be entitled to a lump sum compensatory payment equal to twice your then annual Remuneration Package, plus the average of the incentive bonuses paid by the Company to you during the previous 2 (two) completed financial years, together with any other payments and/or benefits then due and payable in terms of this agreement. The agreed amounts referred to in the preceding sentence shall cover any compensation or damages you may be entitled to in terms of the Labour Relations Act, 1995, the Basic Conditions of Employment Act, 1997, and any other law (including common law) governing employment or the termination of employment. You shall be entitled for a period of 2 (two) years after the date of termination of your employment, subject to the relevant rules of the GF Management Incentive Scheme then in force, to retain and to exercise all share options allocated to you in terms of that Scheme including those which may not have vested at the date


 

of such termination. Entitlements to Awards and Allocations in terms of The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan shall be accelerated and on the date of such termination of employment you shall be Settled with the full number of SARS and PVRS previously Allocated and Awarded to you in accordance with the provisions of that Plan and, in the case of SARS, you shall have, subject to the relevant rules of that Plan then in force, a period of 1 (one) year after the date of termination of your employment, to retain and to exercise all SARS Allocated to you in terms of that Plan. You shall furthermore be entitled to receive the Bonus Incentive earned in terms of clause 3 notwithstanding that the financial year concerned may not have been concluded on the basis that the bonus targets shall be deemed to have been achieved.

 

  8.2. For the purposes of this clause 8, a change of control of GFL shall mean a transaction or series of transactions, whereby directly or indirectly, any company, person or other entity and its concert parties (as envisaged, from time to time, in the Securities Regulation Code on Take-Overs and Mergers) comes to beneficially hold in aggregate more than 30% (thirty per cent) of the ordinary issued share capital of GFL.

 

  8.3. In the event of the consummation of an acquisition, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement or other re-organisation, whether or not there is a change of control, and your services are terminated by the Company, directly or constructively, within 12 (twelve) months of the effective date of such consummation, the provisions of 8.1 shall apply.

 

  8.4. You shall not be entitled to the benefits set out in 8.1 should your services be terminated as the result of your dismissal on the grounds of proven fraud, theft, misappropriation of property or funds, or a related disciplinary offence involving gross dishonesty.

 

9. DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ INSURANCE

 

   The Company hereby indemnifies you to the full extent permitted by the provisions of applicable legislation and in addition undertakes to take out and maintain at its cost and for your benefit, such standard Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance as may be recommended by the Company’s insurance brokers, from time to time, and for such reasonable level of cover having regard to all the circumstances as may be determined by the Board, from time to time.


10. TAXATION

 

   None of the provisions of this agreement shall impose any obligation on the Company to make any tax payment in your favour and you shall be required to bear and pay all monies for which you may be liable in respect of income tax or any other tax in any jurisdiction.

 

11. APPLICABLE LAWS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  11.1. This agreement will be interpreted and applied in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

  11.2. Any dispute between the parties in regard to any matter arising from this agreement and your employment relationship with the Company, shall first be referred to the Compensation Committee for resolution, failing which it shall be referred to a sub-committee of the Board comprising the majority of the Non-executive members of the Board. Should such body not be able to resolve the dispute, the dispute shall be finally resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the appropriate rules of the Arbitration Foundation of South Africa, by an arbitrator agreed to between the parties or, failing such agreement, appointment by that Foundation.

 

12. DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI

 

   The parties choose as their domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes under this agreement the following addresses:

 

  12.1. The Company:

9 Columbus Centre

Pelican Drive

Road Town

Tortola

BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

  12.2. Mr NJ Holland

9 Southbend Avenue

Northcliff

2195


13. GENERAL

 

  13.1. In the event that your services are terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Company may deduct all amounts owing to the Company from any amounts due to you by the Company on the date your employment terminates.

 

  13.2. Subject to 1.2, this agreement, read with any applicable written policies, procedures, regulations or the like of the Company, including the South African Employer’s Corporate Office Staff Booklet, constitutes the whole agreement between the parties in respect of your employment by the Company. In the event of any conflict between such written policies, procedures, regulations or the like and this agreement, the terms of this agreement shall prevail.

 

  13.3. No relaxation or indulgence which the Company may show to you shall in any way prejudice or be deemed to be a waiver of its rights under this agreement.

 

  13.4. The parties record that the provisions of this agreement correctly reflect their intentions.

 

14. RESIGNATION

 

   On the date your employment with the Company terminates, you shall ipso facto be deemed on that date to have resigned as a director or officer of the Company and/or any other company or body in which you hold office by virtue of your employment by the Company, in which event you hereby irrevocably appoint the then secretary of the Company as your agent in rem suam to sign all such documents and to do all such acts as may be necessary to effect and implement such resignations.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDINGS BVI LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms and conditions of employment as set out in this letter of appointment.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr NJ Holland
    __________
    Date


ANNEXURE A

Mr NJ Holland

This Annexure is to be read in conjunction with the specified clauses in the Letter of Appointment.

This Annexure is to be updated effective 1 January each year, and at any other time when the

applicable details are reviewed.

This Annexure is effective 1 March 2007.

 

1. In terms of Clause 1.3, the Executive shall perform services to the Company for 45 working days for the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007.

 

2. In terms of Clause 3.1, the Remuneration Package is US$135,000 with effect from 1 March 2007.

 

3. In terms of Clause 4.1, the Offshore Leave Entitlement is calculated as 45 / 227 * 24 = 4.8 days, where:

 

  45 represents the annual number of contracted working days

 

  227 represents the number of working days in the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007

 

  24 represents the total leave entitlement for a full calendar year, inclusive of all leave entitlements arising out of your contracts with the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies.

Annual leave shall accrue on a monthly basis at the rate of 0.4 working days per month.

 

4. The Executive shall be entitled to work on non-working days (eg weekends), which days shall count towards his contracted total days.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDINGS BVI LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms of this Annexure A, effective 1 March 2007.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr NJ Holland
    __________
    Date


ANNEXURE A

Mr NJ Holland

This Annexure is to be read in conjunction with the specified clauses in the Letter of Appointment.

This Annexure is to be updated effective 1 January each year, and at any

other time when the applicable details are reviewed.

This Annexure is effective 1 August 2007.

 

1. In terms of Clause 1.3, the Executive shall perform services to the Company for 45 working days for the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007.

 

2. In terms of Clause 3.1, the Remuneration Package is US$162,000 with effect from 1 August 2007.

 

3. In terms of Clause 4.1, the Offshore Leave Entitlement is calculated as 45 / 227 * 24 = 4.8 days, where:

 

  45 represents the annual number of contracted working days

 

  227 represents the number of working days in the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2007

 

  24 represents the total leave entitlement for a full calendar year, inclusive of all leave entitlements arising out of your contracts with the South African Employer and the Offshore Companies.

Annual leave shall accrue on a monthly basis at the rate of 0.4 working days per month.

 

4. The Executive shall be entitled to work on non-working days (eg weekends), which days shall count towards his contracted total days.

 

 

   

For and on behalf of

GOLD FIELDS OROGEN HOLDINGS BVI LIMITED

    I hereby accept the terms of this Annexure A, effective 1 August 2007.
__________    
Date    

 

    Mr NJ Holland
    __________
    Date

EXHIBIT 8.1

AMENDED LIST OF

SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES OF GOLD FIELDS LIMITED

(AS OF JUNE 30, 2007)

GFI Mining South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, incorporated in South Africa

GFL Mining Services Limited, incorporated in South Africa

Gold Fields Operations Limited, incorporated in South Africa (1)

GFI Joint Venture Holdings (Pty) Limited, incorporated in South Africa (2)

Gold Fields Orogen Holdings (BVI) Limited, incorporated in the British Virgin Islands

Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited, incorporated in the British Virgin Islands

Gold Fields Ghana Holdings Limited, incorporated in the British Virgin Islands

Gold Fields Ghana Limited, incorporated in Ghana

Abosso Goldfields Limited, incorporated in Ghana

Gold Fields Australasia Limited, incorporated in the British Virgin Islands

Gold Fields Australia Pty Limited, incorporated in Australia

St. Ives Gold Mining Company (Pty) Limited, incorporated in Australia

Agnew Gold Mining Company (Pty) Limited, incorporated in Australia

Gold Fields Corona BVI Limited, incorporated in the British Virgin Islands

Gold Fields La Cima S.A., incorporated in Peru

Gold Fields Exploration B.V., incorporated in the Netherlands

Gold Fields Finland O.Y., incorporated in Finland

Gold Fields Artic Platinum O.Y, incorporated in Finland

Gold Fields Venezuela Holding B.V., incorporated in the Netherlands (3)

Carisma Corporation AVV, incorporated in Aruba (4)

Promotora Minera de Venezuela S.A., incorporated in Venezuela (4)

Promotora Minera de Guayana S.A., incorporated in Venezuela (4)

Notes:

1. In fiscal 2007, Western Areas Limited changed its name to Gold Fields Operations Limited.
2. In fiscal 2007, Barrick Gold South Africa (Pty) Limited changed its name to GFI Joint Venture Holdings (Pty) Limited.
3. In fiscal 2007, Gold Fields Venezuela Holding B.V. changed its name to Gold Fields Netherlands Services B.V.
4. Sold to Rusoro Mining Limited on November 30, 2007.

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Ian D. Cockerill, the Chief Executive Officer of Gold Fields Limited, certify that:

 

1 I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Gold Fields Limited;

 

2 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3 Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4 The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5 The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: December 7, 2007

 

/s/ Ian D. Cockerill

Ian D. Cockerill

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Nicholas J. Holland, the Chief Financial Officer of Gold Fields Limited, certify that:

 

1 I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Gold Fields Limited;

 

2 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3 Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4 The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5 The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: December 7, 2007

 

/s/ Nicholas J. Holland

Nicholas J. Holland

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Gold Fields Limited (the “ Company ”) for the period ended June 30, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “ Report ”), I, Ian D. Cockerill, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1 The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2 The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: December 7, 2007

 

/s/ Ian D. Cockerill

Ian D. Cockerill

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 13.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Gold Fields Limited (the “ Company ”) for the period ended June 30, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “ Report ”), I, Nicholas J. Holland, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1 The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2 The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: December 7, 2007

 

/s/ Nicholas J. Holland

Nicholas J. Holland

Chief Financial Officer